THOMAS LINCOLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925
fon Gv ae J
NY
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
PENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON
oa
ear | -
rm”
: . me
J ’
- >
‘ —
y x
‘
« 7 '
J]
i ‘ =
« -
1 a ,
: » ; :
® 4 +
' ]
1 i
_ j
‘
i =
es ‘ 1
A 7
'
‘
« ‘
Fs * > ’ 1 : e
v - 1 « me
y ‘ Fe ‘
‘ : i
i ® 7
- . - :
) : U 7
, n : f
. ake
7 1
\ *
‘ '
‘ J a Pe
W bs Lo
a / ‘
F i
i ; =
+
1 a x e .
i i
t
. “ N .
.
U
- P 1
= f 7 ,
: t
7 S ‘ aan)
i '
1 ; fs ri I
' i
J ’
. ! ‘
. Ay ¢
( = = 7
o e
- q
2 y
: fa! :
- Fé - 7
5
. . '
* t
' rl ]
. = 7 ’
, *
b .
'
i
‘ he ‘i ; ;
‘ A =
”
-
1
et
1 i
‘ , ro
.
’
~
'
i
{
, ‘
+
.
. I ‘
: ve a =
Es ‘
r +
' i] =
1 i
‘ { ri
‘
- = ‘
= % +
be -
ue
i ;
. 7 w *
; 7 t
’ i
he ,
:
,
hl
:
Ae
;
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1897.
EON DON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED,
44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.
—_
1897.
DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS.
Part I. (Trans., pp. 1-112, Proc., i-xii) was published 9th April, 1897.
1 eee 113-248, ,, xili-xxxvi) - 2nd July, ,,
5 bl BY at 249-332, ,, xxxvii-xliv) Bs Ist Sept., _,,
LW Ce 43 333-434, ,, xlv—lx) 3 16th Dec., __,,
TV eee Se » lxi-lxv) 55 2nd Feb., 1898.
?
oy
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FOUNDED, 1833.
INCORPORATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1885.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1897-98.
President.
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Vice- Presidents.
THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.LS.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Proressor RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.
@reasurer.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.B.S., F.LS.
Secretaries.
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
Librarian.
GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
Council.
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.
Sir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.
MARTIN JACOBY.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.5., F.L.S.
Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.BE.S., F.L.S.
JAMES WILLIAM TUTT.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
Resident Librarian.
W. R. HALL,
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1833—1897.
The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—
PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ............ Price £413 0 £310 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ......00 0 0 bls 10
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869)......+00-+ te Oe 0 410 0
The Transactions for the year 18638 iO)
65 D 1869 ... They
a a 1870 ih ee 25 0
er 4 1871 ee)
33 3 1872 120
of on US folmecesseeetaae 116 0
is - ISTAL tte Ree : 112 0
3 35 SVS seat esaer ; 1 2 OF 38 0 0
an 3 87 Olneccssessecs baby ©
i A SVE Beeces sce 14 0
a SVS). cenopadcos 5 100 0 15
is a 1879. 2nvaehees 120 016 6
is a 1880) xs 019 0 014 3
i a 1881 116 0 1 70
5 - 1882 wig © IB &
a5 55 1885 a0) lO 8
oF - SSA ccceceecees i W ail
a ee TSS eh cet ee 160 019 6
55 z, 1886. choeee 160 019 6
- A LSS /ecstcccas én 1 4 6 019 0
ss fe Se ba : 115 0 16S
i a TOSOM ec es Ast6a6 Lae aG
rp - 1890 aL ky WW) 110 0
, 3 iSOL a! Sh. ene 116 0 170
is e 1892 ... 190 1-19
f y 1893... 156 019 3
ie 1894 110 6 D2
es as 1806 08 2 1 76 1 0007
De 5 URS HT63 Gascdecosoge 110 0 ee lel
if fs USOT: Aaeres te AO 018 0
Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. ii—iv., and
Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—
Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’ .............6. £2 12 0 £119 0
Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt.I., Aposta-
SUCON Oedesetecrcceccssccasctesccssctacesesctreercertaes 016 0 012 0
Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial
AY INMCNOPEETO” cecoesceceaseseceorseesesceeesep es 0 4 6 3 4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’ :
PRAY GMI. --nnsasees-ssesnsorssunncernccshs smceoest sense 0 6 0 0 4 6
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie ’ (Prize Essay) Wa -@) 0) a0
The JOURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.
Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further enone
and they wili be forwarded free, by post, to any address, i
( wu )
COND ENTS.
PAGE
Explanation of the Plates viii
iBinrathy yeaeee vill
Charter and Bae: Taek: 1x
List of Fellows ... XXV
Additions to the eee tee) XXXIX
MEMOIRS.
I. A Monograph of British Braconidee. Part VII. By the Rev.
Tuomas A. MarsHAatt, M.A., F.E.S., Member of the
Société Entomologique de France 1
II. Western Equatorial African Micro- rete tete By The e Right
Honble. Lorp WatstncHam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.. : 33
III. On Lepidoptera from the Miley Archipelago. Pe EDWARD
Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.8. 69
IV. New Coccide collected in izes by the Rev. Alfred EK.
Eaton. By R. Newsteap, F.E.S., Curator of the Grosvenor
Museum, Chester 93
V. Seasonal Dimorphism in ee Butterflies. By ARTHUR G.
Borter, Ph.D., F.L.8., etc. 105
VI. The Prothoracic Gland of Dicranura vinula, and other Notes.
By Oswatp H. Latrer, Assistant Master at Charterhouse,
formerly Tutor of Keble College... ae 118
VII. On the Classification of two Subfamilies of Moths of the
Family Pyralide: the Hydrocampine and Scopariane.
By Sir Greorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.... es fog UH
VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Central and South American
Rhopalocera. By F. Du Cane Gopman, F.R.S., F.L.S.,
and OsBERT Savin, M.A., F.R.S. ... ; 241
IX. A List of the Phytophagous ee eee = Mr. H. H.
Smith at St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, with
Descriptions of New Species: Crioceridee — Galerucide.
By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. (Hispide—Cassidide. By
G. C. Champion, F.Z.S.) ... Ee an aS Se «. 249
X. On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
Grenadines. By GrorGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. 5 Pell
XI. Quelques Formicides de l’Antille de Grenada récoltés par
M. Smith. Par le Dr. AuGustE ORE aoreeeur
a l'Université de Ziirich ws 297
XII. New or little-known er vabiaes from mney pt By ate Pee F. D.
Moriceg, M.A., F.E.S.. . 801 (& 434)
XIII. Mimetic deaactns By Freperick A. Dixry, M.A., M.D.,
F.E.S., Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford os so BY)
XIV. The Changes in the Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. By
A. Rapcuirrr Grore, A.M. nee 333
( viii)
PAGE
XV. The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.
By Professor L. C. Mian, F.R.S., and R. SHeLrorD, B.A.
With an Appendix on the Literature of the earlier stages of
the Cy Tk ea by Baron C. R. OsTEN SACKEN, Hon.
F.E.S we = 343
XVI. Hasan aii of New Tatiana Both, iageeala aa New
Zealand. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.8., F.E.S. ... 367
XVII. Description of a New Coleopterous Tete oF the Homily,
Pausside. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. see) og
XVIII. Revision of the Notonectide. Part I. Tameauerions ond
Systematic Revision of the Genus Notonecta. my Ge Wie
KIRKALDY ... 393
XIX. The Butterflies of conor “By iV M. De LA i Neoprene
Communicated by Siz GrorcE F. Hampson, Bart., B.A. 427
XX. New or little-known Sphegide from 7 ema Caurdeton!
By the Rey. F. D. Moricz, M.A., F.E.S. we 484
Proceedings for 1897... as aan Sai ae pr ee .-1—lxi
Annual Meeting ... ies 500 oss Bee sibs ae 0 lxi—lxv
President’s Address _.... a ee a as a ... lxvi—xevil
Index iva av oe a ve A = 2 aes Bee XCIN
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
FRONTISPIECE.
The late JOSEPH WILLIAM DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S.,
(Born, Nov. 5, 1833. Died, Oct. 15, 1897.)
SECRETARY, 1862—1871. PREsIDENT, 1883—1884.
(See Page lxx.)
Plate I. See pages 1—31 Plate ve See pages 301—316
5) HIG C9 NE as 33—67 . 317—33 2
ro Vs ‘ 93—103 Si Vili, Xe eX Mode
pais 5, 1138—126 See pages 3483—366
ERRATA.
TRANSACTIONS.
Page 94, line 14 from bottom, for napax read rapaz.
Pages 131, 132, 134, 185, for Mixophila read Mixophyla.
Page 223, line 17, for Maasen read Maassen.
Page 235, line 5 trom bottom, for Milliere’s read Milliéres.
Page 287, lines 1 and 3, for Melis’s read Melliss’s.
Page 306, line 2 from bottom, for au read an.
Page 313, line 26, for nigro-natatur read nigro-notatur.
Page 318, line 2 from bottom, for demophile 6 read demophile 9.
Page 394, lines 20—21, for pronoti read prosterni; line 24, for pronotum
read prosternum.
Page 420, line 17, for 1891 read 1871.
PROCEEDINGS.
Page iv., last line, the species referred to by Mr. Tutt should be Platyptili
metznert.
Page viil., first line, for Brauer read Brunner.
Page lvii., line 2 from bottom, for brachycephala read barycephala.
Charter and Bye-Latus
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
CHARTER.
Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith.
TO ALL TO WHOM these presents shall come Greeting :
Wuereas JosepH Witi1Am Dunnine, of Lincoln’s Inn, in
the County of Middlesex, Barrister-at-Law, Esquire, Master
of Arts, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge,
Fellow of the Cambridge Philosophical Society and of the
Linnean and Zoological Societies of London, has by his
Petition humbly represented unto US, That in the year 1833
certain of our loyal subjects formed themselves into a Society
for the Improvement and Diffusion of Entomological Science,
and subscribed and expended considerable sums of money for
such purposes, and have collected and become possessed of a
valuable library and other property, and have been and
continue to be actively employed in promoting the objects for
which the said Society was founded, especially by the
publication of Volumes of Transactions composed of Original
Memoirs, read before the Society. Anp wuerras the said
Petitioner, believing that the well-being and usefulness of
the said Society would be most materially promoted by
obtaining a Charter of Incorporation, hath therefore, on
behalf of himself and the other Members of the said Society,
most humbly prayed that WE would be pleased to grant a
Royal Charter for incorporating into a Society the several
persons who have already become Fellows, or who may at
any time hereafter become Fellows thereof, subject to such
Regulations and Restrictions as to US may seem good and
x CHARTER.
expedient. NOW KNOW YE that WE, being desirous of
encouraging a design so laudable, and of promoting the
improvement and diffusion of Science in all its branches,
have of Our especial Grace, certain Knowledge and mere
Motion, given and granted, and We do hereby give and
grant, That the said JosrpH Winitam Dunnine and such
others of Our loving subjects as are now Fellows of the said
Society, or who shall at any time hereafter become Fellows
thereof in pursuance of the provisions of this Our Charter
and according to such Bye-Laws as are hereinafter men-
tioned, shall be a Body Corporate by the name of ‘‘ The
Entomological Society of London,” having perpetual succes-
sion and a common seal, with power to sue and be sued in
their Corporate name, and to acquire and hold any goods and
chattels whatsoever.
And our Will and Pleasure is, That Jonn Osapran
Westwoop, Esg., Master of Arts, Hope Professor of Zoology
in the University of Oxford, shall be Honorary President of
the said Corporation during the term of his natural life.
And that Ropert MacLacunan, F.R.S., shall be the first
President of the said Corporation and shall continue such
until the Annual Meeting to be held in the month of January
next.
And our Will and Pleasure is, And we do hereby declare,
that there shall always be a Council to direct and manage
the concerns of the said Corporation. And that the thirteen
persons, who were elected to form the Council of the said
Society at the Annual Meeting held in the month of January
last, shall form the first Council of the said Corporation, and
shall continue in Office until the Annual Meeting to be held
in the month of January next.
And our Will and Pleasure is, And we further grant and
declare, that the existing Bye-Laws of the said Society, as
revised and amended at a General Meeting held on the 2nd
day of May, 1883, shall be the Bye-Laws of the said
Corporation, until the same shall be revoked or altered as
hereinafter mentioned. And that it shall be lawful at
General Meetings of the said Corporation to revoke or alter
any former Bye-Laws, and to make such new Bye.Laws as
CHARTER. X1
shall be deemed useful and necessary for the regulation of
the said Body Corporate.
Provided always: And we lastly declare it to be our Royal
Will and Pleasure, That no Bye-Law or Resolution shall, on
any account or pretence whatsoever, be made by the said
Corporation in {opposition to the general scope, true intent,
and meaning of this our Charter or the Laws and Statutes of
this Realm, and that if any such Bye-Law or Resolution
shall be made, the same shall be absolutely null and void.
In Witness whereof We have caused these our Letters to
be made Patent.
Witness Ourself at Westminster the
twentieth day of July, in the Forty-ninth
year of Our Reign. THE SEAL.
By Warrant under the Queen’s Sign
Manual.
( xii j
BY E-hA Ws.
As AMENDED AT A SpEctAL MEETING HELD 2ND JuNF, 1897.'
Cuap. I. Object.
THe Entomonocican Socrery or Lonpon is instituted for
the improvement and diffusion of Entomological Science.
CuHap. II. Constitution.
The Society shall consist of Honorary and Ordinary
Fellows.
Cuap. III. Management.
The affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Council
consisting of fifteen Fellows, to be chosen annually, five of
whom shall not be re-eligible for the following year. Five
shall be a quorum.
Cuar. IV. Officers.
The Officers of the Society shall consist of a President ;
three Vice-Presidents; a Treasurer; two Secretaries; and a
Librarian, The Officers shall be chosen annually from
amongst the Members of the Council, No Fellow shall
be President, or a Vice-President, more than two years
successively.
Cuap. V. Removal or Resignation of Officers.
1. For any cause which shall appear sufficient to a
majority thereof, the Council shall have power to suspend
any Officer of the Society from the exercise of his office, or
to remove him and declare such office vacant.
2. In the event of any vacancy occurring in the Council
or Officers of the Society, at the next meeting of Council
BYE-LAWS. Xl
after such vacancy has been made known, the Council shall
elect some Fellow to fill the vacancy till the Annual Meeting.
CuHap. VI. President.
1. The duty of the President shall be to preside at the
Meetings of the Society and Council, and regulate all the
discussions and proceedings therein, and to execute or see to
the execution of the Bye-Laws and orders of the Society.
2. In case of an equality of Votes the President shall have
a double or casting Vote.
Cuap. VII. Vice-Presidents.
1. The Vice-Presidents shall be nominated by the Presi-
dent. Such nomination shall be declared at the Ordinary
Meeting next after the election of the President in every
year.
2. In the absence of the President a Vice-President shall
fill his place, and shall for the time being have all the
authority, power, and privilege of the President.
3. In the absence of all the Vice-Presidents a Member of
the Council shall preside ; and if no Member of the Council
be present at an Ordinary Meeting, the Fellows present shall
appoint by a majority to be Chairman such Fellow as they
shall think fit; and the Member of Council so presiding, or
the Fellow so appointed, shall for the time being have all the
authority, power and privilege of the President.
Cuap. VIII. Treasurer.
1. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to demand and
receive for the use of the Society all sums of money due or
payable to the Society, and to disburse all sums payable by
the Society out of the Funds in his hands.
2. No payment exceeding £5, excepting for rent or taxes,
shall be made by the Treasurer without the consent of the
Council.
3. The Treasurer shall keep a book of Cheque Receipts for
admission fees and annual payments; each Receipt shall be
signed by himself, the date of payment and name of the
X1V BYE-LAWS.
Fellow paying being written both on the Receipt and on the
part of the Cheque which is left in the book.
4. The Treasurer shall demand all arrears of annual
payment after such payment shall have been due three
months.
5. The accounts of the Treasurer shall be audited annually,
previously to the Annual Meeting, by a Committee of six
Fellows (of whom three shall be Members of the Council),
to be appointed by the President at the Ordinary Meeting
in December, of which Committee three (or two, provided
that one of them is not a member of the Council) shall be a
quorum, The Treasurer shall furnish the Auditors with a
detailed account of all receipts and disbursements down to
the 31st December.
Cuap. IX. Secretaries.
1. It shall be the duty of the Secretaries to keep a list of
all the Fellows of the Society, together with their addresses ;
to summon Meetings (when necessary) of the Society and the
Council; to conduct and produce to the Council all corres-
pondence in any way connected with the Society at the next
Meeting after such correspondence shall have been received
or taken place; to take Minutes of the Proceedings at
Meetings of the Society and the Council; to edit the
Transactions and Journal of Proceedings: and, generally, to
act under the direction of the Council in all matters con-
nected with the welfare of the Society.
2. In the absence from any Meeting of the Society, or the
Council, of both the Secretaries, Minutes of the Proceedings
shall be taken by a Fellow whom the President shall appoint
for the occasion.
Cuap. X. Librarian.
1. It shall be the duty of the Librarian to take care of the
Library and MSS8., and keep a Catalogue thereof, with the
names of the Donors ; to call in all Books borrowed, and see
that the Library regulations are carried into effect.
2. The Council may employ a Sub-Librarian, who shall
BYE-LAWS. XV
receive such remuneration as the Council shall from time to
time determine, and shall be subject to such Rules and
Orders as shall from time to time be given to him by the
Council.
Cap. XI. Lnbrary Regulations.
1. No Fellow shall, without special permission of the
Council, be allowed to borrow from the Library more than
four volumes at one time, or without leave of the Librarian,
to retain any volume longer than one month.
2. If any book be torn, injured, lost, or not forthcoming
when demanded by the Librarian, full compensation shall be
made for the same by the borrower.
8. The Librarian shall call in all books borrowed from the
Library on the 5th day of January and 5th day of July in
each year ; and in case the same be not returned on or before
the Ordinary Meeting of the Society in the following month,
notice thereof shall be given by him to the Council, who
shall then direct a second notice to be sent to the Fellow
retaining any book, and in case the same be not returned
within the further space of four weeks from the date of such
second notice so sent, such Fellow shall in future be dis-
qualified from borrowing books from the Library without the
special permission of the Council.
4. Subject to such Regulations as may be made from time
to time by the Council, the Library shall be open to the Fellows
between the hours of one and .six p.m. on every week-day,
except Saturday, and on that day between one and three
p.m.
5. No stranger shall be allowed access to the Library
unless introduced by a Fellow; but a note addressed to the
Librarian or Secretary shall be deemed a sufficient intro-
duction.
Cuap. XII. Election of Fellows.
1. Every Candidate for admission into the Society shall be
proposed by three or more Fellows, to one of whom he shall
be personally known, and they must sign a Certificate in
recommendation of him. The Certificate shall specify the
name and usual place of residence of the Candidate.
Xvl BYE-LAWS.
2. The Certificate having been read at one of the Ordinary
Meetings shall be suspended in the Library, read again at the
following Ordinary Meeting, and the person therein recom-
mended shall be balloted for at the next Ordinary Meeting.
3. The method of voting shall be by ballot, and two-thirds
of the Fellows balloting shall elect.
4. Fellows shall sign the Obligation Book of the Society
at the first Ordinary Meeting of the Society at which they
are present, and shall then be admitted by the President.
Car. XIII. Adinission Fee and Annual Contribution.
1. The Admission Fee shall be £2 2s, the Annual Con-
tribution £1 1s.
2. Fellows permanently resident out of the United Kingdom
shall pay the Annual Contribution, but shall be exempt from
payment of any Admission Fee.
3. The composition for Life Fellowship, in leu of the
Annual Contribution, shall be £15 15s.
4. The Annual Contribution shall become due on the 1st
day of January in advance; any Fellow elected after Sep-
tember will not be called upon for his Contribution for that
year.
Cuarp. XIV. Withdrawing and Removal of Fellows.
1. Every Fellow, having paid all sums due to the Society,
shall be at liberty to withdraw therefrom upon giving notice
in writing to the Secretary.
2. Whenever written notice of a motion for removing any
Fellow shall be delivered to the Secretary, signed by the
President or Chairman for the time being on the part of the
Council, or by six or more Fellows, such notice shall be read
from the Chair at the two Ordinary Meetings immediately
following the delivery thereof, and the next following Ordinary
Meeting shall be made a Special Meeting and the Fellows
summoned accordingly, when such motion shall be taken into
consideration and decided by ballot; whereat if a majority of
the Fellows balloting shall vote that such Fellow be removed,
he shall be removed from the Society.
BYE-LAWS. XVil
3. Whenever any Fellow shall be in arrear for three years
in the payment of his Annual Contribution, notice thereof in
writing shall be given or sent to him by the Treasurer
with an intimation that at the expiration of three months he
will be liable to have his name erased from the list of Fellows.
In default of payment within that period, the Council may
order his name to be erased accordingly, and he shall there-
upon cease to be a Fellow of the Society.
4. The removal or erasure of the name of a Fellow shall
not affect his liability for Contributions in arrear.
Cuap. XV. Privileges of Fellows.
1. Fellows have the right to be present, to state their
opinions, and to vote, at all General Meetings ; to propose
Candidates for admission into the Society; to introduce
Visitors at General Meetings of the Society ; to have personal
access, and to introduce scientific strangers, to the Library ;
and Fellows who have paid the Annual Contribution for the
year shall be entitled to receive a copy of the Transactions
published during the year.
2. Fellows shall be eligible to any office in the Society,
provided they are not more than one year in arrear in the
payment of the Annual Contribution.
3. A Fellow shall not be entitled to vote on any occasion
until he shall have paid his Contribution for the year last
past.
Cuar. XVI. Honorary Fellows.
1. Every person proposed as an Honorary Fellow shall be
recommended by the Council; and shall be balloted for, and,
if elected, be liable to be removed in the like form and manner,
and be subject to the same rules and restrictions, as an
Ordinary Fellow.
2. Honorary Fellows shall be exempt from the payment of
Fees and Contributions, and shall possess all the privileges
of Ordinary Fellows.
8. No British Subject shall be an Honorary Fellow.
4. The number of Honorary Fellows shall not exceed
twelve.
b
XV1ll BYE-LAWS.
Cuar. XVII. Ordinary Meetings of the Society.
1. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held on
the first Wednesday in each month (except January), begin-
ning at eight o’clock in the evening, or at such other days or
times as the Council shall from time to time direct.
2. At the Ordinary Meetings the order of business shall be
as follows :—
(1.) The names of the Visitors present at the Meeting
shall be read aloud by the President.
(2.) The Minutes of the last Meeting shall be read °
aloud by one of the Secretaries, proposed for
confirmation by the Meeting, and signed by the
President.
(3.) The Presents made to the Society since the last
Meeting shall be announced and exhibited.
(4.) Certificates in favour of Candidates for admission
into the Society shall be read, and Candidates
shall be balloted for.
(5.) Fellows shall sign their names in the Obligation
Book, and be admitted.
(6.) Exhibitions of specimens, &c., shall be made.
(7.) Entomological communications shall be announced
and read either by the Author or one of the
Secretaries.
(8.) Business not specified in the above order and dis-
cussions arising out of the exhibitions and
communications shall be taken at such times
and in such manner as the President shall direct.
3. All Memoirs which shall be read at any Meeting of the
Society, and accepted for publication, shall become the
property of the Society, unless otherwise stipulated before
the reading thereof.
4. No Motion relating to the government of the Society,
its Bye-Laws, the management of its concerns, or the election,
appointment, or removal of its Officers, shall be made at any
Ordinary Meeting.
BYE-LAWS. xX1x
Cap. XVIII. Special Meeting.
1. Upon the requisition of six or more Fellows, presented
to the President and Council, a Special General Meeting of
the Society shall be convened ; a notice thereof shall be sent
to every Fellow whose last known residence shall be in the
United Kingdom, at least seven days before such Meeting
shall take place: and any motion to be submitted to such
Meeting which involves a substantive proposition and is not
of the nature of an amendment shall be stated at length in
such notice.
2. No vote shall be taken at any Special Meeting unless
nine or more Fellows shall be present.
Cap. XIX. Annual Meeting.
1. The Annual Meeting of the Society shall be held on the
third Wednesday in January.
2. The objects of the Meeting shall be to receive from the
Council, and hear read, their Annual Report on the general
concerns of the Society; and to choose the Council and
Officers for the ensuing year.
3. The Council for the time being shall annually cause to
be prepared two Lists, one of which (No. 1 in the Schedule
hereto) shall contain the names of Fellows whom they shall
recommend to be re-elected, and of other Fellows to be
elected into the Council; and the other List (No. 2) shall
contain the names of such Fellows as they shall recommend
to fill the offices of President, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Librarian for the year ensuing ; which Lists shall be read at
the Ordinary Meeting in December, and shall then be fixed
up in the room until the day of election. And copies of such
lists shall be transmitted to every Fellow whose last known
residence shall be in the United Kingdom, before the 20th
December.
4. If any four or more Fellows shall desire to substitute
the name or names of any other Fellow or Fellows to be
elected into the Council or to fill any of the offices of
President, Treasurer, Secretary, or Librarian, such four or
more Fellows shall give notice in writing to that effect,
xX BYE-LAWS.
specifying the name or names of the Fellow or Fellows
proposed to be substituted: such notice to be given on or
before the 31st December to one of the Secretaries, who
shall before the second Wednesday in January transmit a
List of the names proposed to be substituted to every Fellow
whose last known residence shall be in the United Kingdom.
5. If no such notice be given to either of the Secretaries
on or before the 31st December, the Fellows named in the
Lists prepared by the Council shall be the Council and
Officers for the ensuing year.
6. If any such notice be given, the election shall be by
Ballot at the Annual Meeting, and the President shall
appoint two or more Scrutineers from the Fellows present,
not being Members of the Council, to superintend the Ballots
and report the results to the Meeting. The Secretaries,
assisted by the Treasurer, shall prepare a list of the Fellows
entitled to vote, and each Fellow voting shall give his name
to the Scrutineers to be marked on the said List, and shall
then put his balloting lists into the respective glasses to be
provided for such occasion.
7. Any balloting List containing a greater number of
names proposed for any office than the number to be elected
to such office, shall be wholly void, and be rejected by the
Scrutineers.
8. No Ballot shall be taken unless nine or more Fellows
shall be present.
9. If from any cause an election shall not take place of
persons to fill the Council, or any of the offices aforesaid,
then the election of the Council and Officers, or the election
of Officers, as the case may be, shall be adjourned until the
next convenient day, of which notice shall be given in like
manner as is directed for the Annual Meeting.
Cuar. XX. Transactions and Journal of Proceedings.
1. The Transactions shall consist of such papers commu-
nicated to the Meetings of the Society as the Council shall
order to be published therein.
2. The Transactions shall be published quarterly, or at
BYE-LAWS. xxl
such other times, and at such prices as the Council shall
direct for each Part or Volume.
8. Authors of Memoirs published in the Transactions shall
be allowed twenty-five copies of their communications gratis.
If any additional number be required, the permission of the
Council shall be first obtained, and the entire expense thereof
shall be paid for by the Authors.
4, A Journal of Proceedings of the Society shall also be
published, containing Abstracts of the Papers read and
Notices of other Matters communicated at the Ordinary
Meetings of the Society. The Proceedings shall be bound
up with the Transactions.
Cuap. XXI. Alteration of the Bye-Laws.
Any of the Bye-Laws of the Society may at any time be
repealed or altered, or others adopted in lieu thereof, at a
Special Meeting of the Society, to be held after a Notice
given to the President and Council, signed by six Fellows at
least, and specifying the intended repeal or alteration, has
been read at three Ordinary Meetings of the Society.
Xxil BYE-LAWS.
THE SCHEDULE REFERRED TO IN CHAPTER XIX.
No, 1.
Form of List for the Council.
List of Members of the present Council recommended to be
re-elected at the Election on the day of January,18 *:—
A.B:
CD:
GH:
il, dk
|
| o
E. F. | |
|
|
|
K, Ts.
M.N. |
OP.
oa
3 ae ia
OL ith |
* If any of the Names in this List be objected to, they must be struck
out before the Ballot, and other names, notified as provided by Sec. 4 of
Chapter xix. of the Society’s Bye-Laws, may be substituted in the blank
spaces left for that purpose.
BYE-LAWS. XxXill
No. 2.
Form of List for the Officers.
List of Fellows recommended by the present Council to be
appointed to the Offices of President, Treasurer, Secre-
taries and Librarian, at the Election on the day of
January, 18 *:—
President: ...2.0<c0s0.2- As |
SPGAGUTEI 2c e.sees ee YeB: |
; Ki: CR
Secretaries ......... W.D. |
Ralbrariat <<... .. ssc. V. EB
* If any of the names in this List be objected to, they must be struck
out before the Ballot, and other names, notified as provided by Sec. 4 of
Chapter xix. of the Society’s Bye-Laws, may be substituted in the blank
spaces left for that purpose.
(Psxy *)
List of Fellotus
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.
Election.
1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., The University, Ziirich.
1884 OsrEeN SAcKEN, Baron C. R., Wredeplatz, Heidelberg.
1884 Packarp, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1872 Saussure, Henri I’. de, Tertasse, 2, Geneva.
1895 ScuppeER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
1871 Sexrys-Lonecuampes, Baron M. E. de, Liége.
1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.
1895 TuHomson, Dr. C. G., The University, Lund, Sweden.
1893 Warrenwyt, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngasse, 6,
Vienna.
FELLOWS.
Marked * is an Original Member.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.
Date of
Election.
1877 ApaAms, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 68, St. Ermin’s Mansions,
Caxton-street, Westminster, S.W.
1877. Apbams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.
1885 ADKIN, Robert, Welljield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1897 ALpDERSON, Hope, Hilda Vale, Farnborough, Kent.
1886 ArMmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn, Norfolk.
1892 Baty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Churchtown, near
Penzance, Cornwall.
1894 Baker, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough.
1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle, Wareham,
Dorset,
1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., Knoti’s Green, Leyton, Essex.
XXvl
1886
1895
1887
1884
1865
1897
LIST OF FELLOWS.
BarGaGui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo
Tempi No.1, Florence, Italy.
BarkeEr, Cecil W., Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa.
Barker, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S8.E.
Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Office, Newington Butts,
S.E., and 39, Linden-grove, Nunhead, S.E.
BaRrTON, Stephen, 114, St. Wichael’s Hill, Bristol.
Bates, F., 417, High-road, Chiswick, W.
1894 + Bareson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,
St. John’s College, Cambridge.
1896 + Beare, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Park House, King’s-road,
Richmond, Surrey.
1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath, 8.E.
1893
1897
1882
1885
1895
1892
1886
1880
1879
1895
1897
1896
1891
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Zoological Gardens, Regent's
Park, N.W.
Bennett, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings.
Bera, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos
Aires (Rep. Argent.), South America.
BETHUNE-BAKER, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.
Bevan, Lieutenant H.G. R., R.N., 2, Lansdown-place, Cheltenham.
BIppDELL, Walter Cuthbert, 32, The Grove, Bolton Gardens, S.W.
Bippte, F. W., M.A., 3, Knole Paddock, Sevenouks.
BIGNELL, George Carter, 69, Union-strect, Stonehouse, Plymouth.
Biuuurs, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham, S.E.
Bineuam, Lt.-Col., F.Z.8., Bombay Staff Corps, c/o Messrs. King
& Co., 65, Cornhill, E.C.
Birp, George, W., The Manor-house, West Wickham, Beckenham.
Bisuop, Luke, F.R.G.S., 3, Tokenhouse-buildings, E.C.
Buaser, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton.
1894 + BLACKBURNE-Maze, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury, Berkshire.
1889
1890
1885
1886
1876
1875
1876
1891
1892
BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Secretary, 48, Wimpole-
street, W.
Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.
Biaruwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Batheuston,
Bath.
BioomrieLp, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,
Hastings.
Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconne.,
Geneva.
BorkeER, Wm., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,
Sussex.
BoscueEr, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham.
Bootu, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth,
Lancashire.
BouskELL, Frank, Market Bosworth, Nuneaton.
1888
1894+ Bow es, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross
LIST OF FELLOWS. XXVIl
Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, S.E.
Hertfordshire.
1852 + Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E.
1893
1894
1877
1870
1894
1897
1890
1879
1878
1897
1887
1886
1892
1890
1883
1889
Bravant, Edouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),
France.
Breyer, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal,
Africa.
Briaes, Charles Adolphus, 55, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ; and
Rock House, Lynmouth, North Devon.
Briaas, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, North
Devon.
Bricut, Percy M., Roccabruna, Bournemouth.
BriGHTweEn, Mrs. E., The Grove, Great Stanmore.
Bristowe8, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.
BronG@nrart, Le Chevalier Dr. Charles, Assistant d’Entomologie
au Musée Vhistoire naturelle de Paris, Foreign Corr. Geol.
Soc. Lond., Hon. Mem. Geologists’ Assn. Lond., &c., 9, Rue
LTinné, Paris.
Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.
Brown, F.N., M.R.C.S., The Elms, Chobham, Woking ; and Natal.
Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, E.C.
Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge.
Browne, Capt. Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Southern Mahratta
Railway, Dharwar, India.
Bryant, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near Southampton.
Buck ton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe, Haslemere,
Surrey.
Burns, Henry, 34, Byrne-road, Balham, 8.W.
1896 + Burr, Malcolm, F.Z.8., Bellagio, Kast Grinstead, Sussex.
1868 | ButLeR, Arthur Gardiner, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,
1883
1886
1886
1885
1860
1880
1889
1890
South Kensington, S.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road, Beckenham,
Kent.
Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc.,39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill,N.
CALVERT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili, South
America.
CAMERON, Peter, Union Road, New Mills, Derbyshire.
CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Brynllwydwyn,
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.
CanveEzE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.
CaNSDALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E.
Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-
street, Cavendish-square, W.
Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and
Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool.
XXVUl LIST OF FELLOWS.
1886 Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey.
1894 Caraccio.o, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British
West Indies.
1892 CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton,
Yorkshire.
1895 CarpENTER, G. H., B.Sc., Museum of Science and Art, Dublin.
1868 CARRINGTON, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham.
1890 Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.1.S., Cliff End House, Scarboro’.
1895 Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 43, Charing Cross, W.C., and
Government House, Nassau, Bahamas.
1889 + Cave, Charles J. T., Binstead, Cambridge.
1871 CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., Lisrarian, Heatherside, Horsell,
Woking, Surrey ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
1891 CHapMan, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Elmscroft, Elms-road, Redhill.
1890 CuHaTrerton, Frederick J.8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N.
1897 CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst.
1891 + Cuirry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, S.W.
1889 Curisty, W. M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.
1886 + CLarK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E.
1867 CriarkeE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earl's Court, S.W.
1886 CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 13, Kew
Gardens-road, Kew, S.W.
1891 Crarke, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isleof Man.
1891 CocKERELL, Theodore D. A., F.Z.S., Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A.
1874 Cock LE, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens,S.W.
1873 Coe, William, 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31, Belsize
Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W., and Penleaze, Fowey, Cornwall.
1886 CoweELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),
William Brown-street, Liverpool.
1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F. 8S. Eve, Esq., 125, Harley-street, W.
1895 CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.
1888 CreEGor, J. P., Fredinick, Mayow-road, Sydenham, S.E.
1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.
1880 +Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S., Treasurer
R.M.S., 5, Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.
1888 Croker, A. J., 90, Albert-road, Walthamstow.
1895 Crompton, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary
Islands.
1883 CrowLey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.
1873 Day, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.
1887 Dattry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,
Newcastle, Staffordshire.
1886 Dannart, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,
S.E.
LIST OF FELLOWS. XX1x
Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20, Thurloe-sguare, 8.W.
Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor
of Divinity ia the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.
Distant, Wm. Lucas, 4, Westbourne-terrace, Lower Addiscombe,
Surrey.
Drxety, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of
Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford.
Dosson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, Surrey.
Do.py-TyeEr, Charles H., F.R.G.S., Corresponding Member of the
Italian Anthropological Society, British Vice- Consul, Panama.
DoNIsTHORPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., 73, West Cromwell-
road, S.W., and Durandesthorpe, Chiddingfold.
Donovay, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., Mangalore, South Canara,
India.
Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.’
Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-street,
S.W.
Dovaias, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153, Lewisham -road,
Lewisham, 8.E.
Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Cireus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.
Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 48, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,
NW.
Duparon, G. C., Fagoo Tea Estate, Sailihat P.O., vid Julpiguri,
India.
Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford,
Norfolk.
Easrwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.
Eaton, The Rey. Alfred Edwin, M.A, Woodlands, Seaton,
Aaminster.
Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Epwakbs, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath,
S.E.
Exuis, Joho W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.
Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Colesborne,
Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park-road, Holloway, N.
Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent; ana
Medical Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.
FENN, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E.
Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank, Surbiton
Hill, Kingston-on-Thames.
1890
1886
1855
LIST OF FELLOWS.
Ferepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.
FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.
Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77, St. Helen’s-gardens, N.
Kensington, W.
Fircu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.
Fitrcu, Frederick, Hudleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.
FLETCHER, J. E., 2, Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.
t+ FLETCHER, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,
Sussea,
FLEUTIAUX, Edmond, 6, <Avenue Suzanne, Nogent-sur-Marne,
France.
FoKKeEr, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.
Fow.erR, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Vicke-PREsIDENT, The
School House, Lincoln.
FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock, South Devon.
FREKE, Percy Evans, Step House, Borris, Co. Carlow, Ireland.
FREMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone,
Kent.
Frouawk, F. W., 34, Widmore-road, Bromley, Kent.
Fry, Alexander, F.L.8., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,
Norwood, S.E.
FRYER, Charles John, 410, Wandsworth-road, S.W.
Fuuier, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,
Sydenham, S.E.
GAHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., British Museum (Natural History),
South Kensington, S.W.; and 16, Ashchurch-grove, Shepherd's
Bush, W.
GALE, C. H., Public Works Department, Hong Kong.
GALTON, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42, Rutland
Gate, S.W.
GarDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “ Waterwitch,’ Australian
Station.
GARDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.
Gipps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., Avenue House, St. Albans, Hert-
Fordshire.
5 tGopMan, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., South Lodge,
Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-
square ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
GoLpTHwaltT, Oliver, 3, Duke of Edinburgh-road, Carshalton,
Surrey.
tGoopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Lennox Lodge, Malvern
Links.
GorHAM, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., The Chestnuts, Shirley
Warren, Southampton.
LIST OF FELLOWS. XXxl
1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S8., F.G.S., The Avenue, Surbiton-hill,
Kingston-on- Thames.
1886 GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.
1891 GREEN, E. Ernest, Eton Estate, Punduloya, Ceylon.
1894 Green, Joseph F., F.Z.S., West Lodge, Blackheath, S.E.
1865 GREENE, The Rev Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.
1893 + GREENWooD, Henry Powis, F.L.S., care of Thomas Greenwood,
Esq., Alderbury Farm-house, Salisbury.
1888 Grirritus, G. C., 43, Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.
1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Edinburgh
Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh.
1897 Haauer, Henry, 83, Leyland-road, Southport.
1890+ Haut, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.
1885 Hawi, Thomas William, “ Stanhope,” The Crescent, Croydon.
1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., 36, Tedworth-square,
Chelsea, S.W.
1891 Hanpury, Frederick J., F.L.8., 69, Clapton Common, Clapton, N.F.
1877 HarpineG, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.
1897 Harrison, Albert, F.C.S., 72, Windsor-road, Forest Gate, E.
1889 Harrison, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.
1892 Heapty, Charles Burnard, Two Elms, Alexwandra-road, Stoneygate,
Leicester.
1892 Hearn, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114, Ebury-street, Pimlico,
S.W.
1889 Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Bow 1282, Post Office, Sydney, N.S. W.
1881 Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.
1888 Hiaas, Martin Stanger, F.C.S., Eastleigh Gold Mines, Ltd.,
Klerksdorp, Transvaal.
1891 Hii, Henry A., 9, Addison Mansions, Kensington, W.
1876 + HILLMAN, Thomas Stanton, Kastgate-street, Lewes, Sussex.
1896 Hocxine, The Rev. John, M.A., Copdock Rectory, Ipswich.
1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., 32, Wilton-place, Halifax.
1887 Ho.uanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,
Penn. USA.
1897 Horne, Arthur, Ugie Bank, Aberdeen.
1876 t HorNIMAN, Fredk. John, M.P., F.L8., F.Z.8., &c., Surrey
Mount, Forest Hill, S.E.
1865+ Hupp, A. E., ‘“ Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.
1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand.
1897 ImacE, Selwyn, M.A., 6, Sowthampton-street, W.C.
1893 Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W.
1891 IsaBeLL, The Rev. John, 65, Waddon Old-road, Croydon.
XxXXil LIST OF FELLOWS.
1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.
1892. JAFFREY, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen’s Ride, Burnes, S.W
1869 Janson, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and
44, Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4, East-street, Lewes.
1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.
1889 JonNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Puss,
Newry, Ireland.
1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.
1894 Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuana-
land, Africa.
1894 + Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring, Hertfordshire.
1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.LA., Drumleaske House,
Monaghan, Ireland.
1884 Kapp, A. W., F.L.S., Hilden, 20, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.
1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.
1896 + Kaye, William James, Worcester Court, Worcester Park, Surrey.
1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.LS., 26, Charles-street, St. James's, S.W.
1894 KEEBLE, Henry.
1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Bir-
mingham.
1890 Kimber, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.
1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.
1861 Kuirpy, William F., F.L.8., Hilden, 20, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick,
W.
1893 KrrKkaupy, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon,
S.W.
1889 KuapAuEK, Professor Franz, Trebon, Wittingau, Bohemia.
1887 +t Kier, Sydney T., F.L.8., F.R.A.S., The Red House, Stanmore,
Middlesex.
1876 Kraartz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.
1895 Kranz, Paul, Bow 413, Pretoriu, Transvaal, South Africa.
1868 Lana, Colonel A.M., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford, Surrey.
1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.
1887+ Leecu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e., [ford
Manor, Lewes, Sussex.
1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.
1892 Leswir, J. H., 58, Poxbourne-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.
1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., St. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton
1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.
1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.
LIST OF FELLOWS. XXXUl
1865 + LLEWELYN, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S.,
Penllergare, Swansea.
1881 + Lueyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.
1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wolie. St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Nightingale-
lane, Clapham Common, 8.W.
1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage,
Guernsey.
1850 Lower, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon
Park, 5.W.
1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South
Australia.
1850 + Luspock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., High Elms : See Kent.
1880 Lupron, ae Tyndh uret, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds.
1887 M‘DouGcaALL, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath,
S.E.
1851 + M‘Inrosu, J.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.
1892 Macxonocuir, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl
of Home), Douglas Castle, Lunarkshire; and The Hirsel,
Coldstream.
1858 McLacutan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Vice-PRESIDENT and
TREASURER, Westview, 23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1887 Manveérs, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.8., Colombo,
Ceylon.
1891 Mancer, William T., 100, Manor-road, Brockley, 8.E.
1892 MaAwnspripGe, William, 9, The Green, Stratford, E.
1894 + MarsHaL, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.
1895 Marsa, G. A. K., The Masters Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland,
South Africa.
1896 ManrsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.8S., Grammar School, are,
New Mee
1865 Marsnau, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Poste restante, Ajaccio,
Corsica.
1856+ MarsHat, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.
1897 Marrineav, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham.
1874+ Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Trent House, Burton-
on- Trent.
1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Withington, Manchester.
1865 MATHEW, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lee House,
Dovercourt, Harwich.
1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Plympton St. Mary, South Devon,
1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s Green-
lane, Fulham, S.W.
c
XXXIV LIST OF FELLOWS.
1872+ Metpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., Vice-PRESIDENT,
6, Brunswick-square, W.C.
1885 Metviti, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S8., Brook House, Prestwich,
Lancashire.
1887 MerRIFIELD, Frederic, SECRETARY, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.
1888 Meryer-Darcis, G., c/o Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.
1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough, Wilt-
shire.
1894 Mratu, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S., Crag Foot, Ben Rhydding,
Leeds.
1883 Mies, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.
1896 Mover y, J. C., M.A., 9, Rochkstone-place, Southampton.
1879 Monrerro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72, Rua de
Alecreon, Lisbon.
1853 Moore, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.S., Claremont House, Avenuc-
road, Croydon-road, Penge, S.E.
1886 Morean, A.C. F., F.LS., 24, Leinster-square, W.
1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,
Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.
1895 + Mor ey, Claude, 34, Berners-street, Ipswich.
1893 Morvron, Kenneth J., 13, Bluckford-road, Edinburgh.
1889 Mostey, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.
1869 + MiituER, Albert, F.R.G.S.
1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-
road, S.W.
1896 Nesuam, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W.
1889 NeEvINson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.S., 3, Tedworth-square,
Chelsea, S.W.
1887 Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple
Barton, Oxon.
1890 Newsread, R., The Museum, Chester.
1882 NickEVILLE, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ; and 13,
Kyd-street, Caleutta.
1895 Nicuo.son, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N.E.
1886 NuicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.
1893 NONFRIED, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.
1897 Norris, Albert, Church-lane, Napier, New Zealand.
1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Warket-place, Cirencester.
1878 NorripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.
1895 Norse, Captain C.G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, 5, St. Mary’s-
square, Bury St. Edmunds.
1869 OpertTHtr, Charles, Rennes, France.
1877 OperTHiR, René, Rennes, France.
LIST OF FELLOWS. XXXKV
1893 + OGLE, Bertram §8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.
1883 OxLprIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 21, Longridge-
road, Earl’s Court, S.W.
1893 OLtverR, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood,
N.W.
1873 OxtviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.
1878 OrmeERoD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, Holy-
well Hill, St. Albans, Herts.
1895 Pace, Herbert E., 25, Casella-road, New Cross, S.E.
1893 PauicKke, Wilhelm, 4, Marienstrasse, Freiburg im Breisgau, Ger-
many.
1897 Perers, C. H., M.A., Harrow Weald, Middlesex.
1897 PrGLER, Stephen, Retford.
1897 Premperton, Charles H., 4, Kent’s-terrace, Torquay.
1883 PrERINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South
Africa.
1879 Perkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-EHdge, Gloucestershire.
1887 Puitiirs, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's
Hili, Kent.
1897 Puivtirps, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., 83, Shirland-ygurdens, Paddington,
Ww.
1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.
1885 Pou, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amster-
dam.
1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Crosland Hall, Huddersfield.
1884 +t PouLton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.GS.,
F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of
Oxford, Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.
1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thurcaston
Rectory, Leicester.
1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham, Sussex.
1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E.
1882 t RamMspEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26, Upper Bedford-place,
Russell-square, W.C.
1874 REED, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.S., Bunos de Cauquenes, Chili.
1893 Reip, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding,
Maidstone, Kent.
1891 Reip, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.
1890 RENDLEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-
bridge, Suffolk.
1886 Ruopes, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington, Lancashire.
XXXV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.
1891 Ricuarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, near Weymouth,
Dorset.
1894 Rurpinc, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Buckerell,
near Honiton, Devon.
1853 Rrreox, The Most Noble the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.B.S.,
F.L.S., etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W.
1889 Ropinson, Arthur, B.A., 1, Mitre Court Buildings, Temple,
E.C.
1892 Roprinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith's Hall, K.C.
1869 + Roprnson-DouGias, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,
Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.
1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.
1886 Rose, Arthur J., Sharrow House, Hutherley Crescent, Sideup.
1868 RoruNney, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley,
S.E.
1894 RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.S., 148, Pzeca-
dilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.
1888 + Roruscuitp, The Honble. Walter, F.Z.S., 148, Piccadilly, W.;
and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.
1890 RovurLenGE, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.
1892 RussE.L, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.
1894 Rye, Bertram George, 212, Upper Richmond-road, Putney,
SW.
1894 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.8S., Highfields, Thelwall,
Warrington.
1866+Satvin, Osbert, M.A. F.R.S., F.LS., 10, Chandos-street,
Cavendish-square, W. ; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst, Sussex.
1886 Satwey, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on- Thames,
1865 + SaunDERsS, Edward, F.L.S., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon, Woking,
Surrey.
1861 +t SaunvDERS, G. 8., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, 8.W.
1886 SauNDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa,
Canada (President of the Entomological Society of Ontario).
1881 Scotiick, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on-
Thames.
1864 SemMpPeR, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate-
street, E.C.
1862 Suarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Hawthorndene,
Hills-road, Cambridge; and University Museum of Zoology and
Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.
1883 SHaAw, A. Eland, M.R.C.S., Fakenham, Norfolk.
1883 +t SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 10, Thurloe-
square, S.W.
1887 Sicu, Alfred, Brentwood, 65, Barrowgute-road, Chiswick, W.
1887
1869
1895
1885
1897
LISt OF FELLOWS. XXXVll
Sipewick, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford,
64, Woodstock-road, Oxford.
Smiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5, Bryanston-square, Hyde Park, W.
Smiru, W. W., Ashburton, Cunterbury, New Zealand.
SoutuH, Richard, 100, Ritherdon-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.
Sparkes, E.G. J., B.A., 1, Christchurch Villas, Tooting Bec-road,
S.W.
* +Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.
1889
1890
1897
1862
1837
1889
1896
1895
1882
1884
1894
1876
1893
1892
1886
1892
1897
1893
STaNnDEN, Richard §., F.L.8., Thorpe Hall, near Colchester.
STEARNS, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W.
SrTepsinc, E. P., Indian Forest Service, c/o King, Hamilton
and Co., Calcutta.
STEVENS, John S., 4, Pope’s-grove, Twickenham.
STEVENS, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper Norwood,
S.E.
Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.
STRICKLAND, A. Gerald, 28, Elm Park-gardens, S.W.
Strupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.
Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.
SWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S8., F.Z.S., Avenue House,
Oxford.
SwINHOE, Ernest, Avenue House, Oxford.
Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Clovernooke, Redbridge,
Southampton.
Taytor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica,
Tay or, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory,
Nanaimo, British Columbia.
THEOBALD, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and
Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court,
near Ashford, Kent.
THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage, Lincoln.
ToMLIN, B., 59, Liverpool-road, Chester.
TOWNSEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico,
U.S.A.
1859+ Trimen, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S., PresipENT, 87, Gloucester-
1895
1597
1893
1894
1886
1893
place, W.
TUNALEY, Henry, 30, Fairmont-road, Brixton Hill, 8.W.
TunsTaLL, Wilmot, Brook-house, Meltham, Huddersfield.
TuRNER, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park,
Hutcham, 8.E.
TurRNER, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon.
Tutt, J.W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E.
Unicu, Frederick William, Railway Extension Office, Arimu,
Trinidad, British West Indies.
XXXVIll LIST OF FELLOWS.
1866 VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
1897 Vice, William A., M.B., Belvoir-street, Leicester.
1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and Trinity
College, Cambridge.
1895 Wacue_r, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.
1897 WarnwreicHt, Colbran J., 2, Handsworth Wood-road, Hands-
worth, Birmingham.
1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.
1870 Watker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun Mallard,
Cricklewood, N.W.
1878 Waker, James J., R.N., F.LS., 23, Ranelagh-road, Marine
Town, Sheerness.
1863 +Wauuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S8.,
Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.
1866 + Watsincuam, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS.,
F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton
Hall, Thetford, Norfolk ; and 66a, Eaton-square, 8.W.
1886 Warren, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville Gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W.
1869 Warernouss, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens, Acton, W. ;
and British Museum, Cromwell-road, S.W.
1893 Wess, John Cooper, 32, Henslowe-road, Dulwich, S.E.
1876+ WesTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.
1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,
Norwich.
1865 Wuhuirr, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,
Gloucestershire. 2
1884 Wuitr, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,
Sheffield.
1896 Witteman, A. E., c/o J. W. B. Wileman, A bridge, Romford.
1894 Wiuson, Edwin, Post Office-terrace, Cambridge.
1894 Wottry-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T. Canada.
1881 Woop, The Rey. Theodore, 23, Broderick-road, Upper Tooting,
S.W.
1894 Wootr, Michael Yeatman, 1, Marlborough-place, St. John’s Wood,
INZW..
1897 Wricut, Dudley D’A., M.R.C.S., I:.R.C.P., 55, Queen Anne-street,
We
1891 WrovuGutTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service,
Bombay, India.
1888 YeERBuRY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy
Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.
1892 YoupaLE, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52, Main-street, Cockermouth,
Cumberland.
€ xsaix,))
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
Durinc THE YEAR 1897.
Apamson (C. H. E.). Catalogue of Butterflies collected in Burmah up to the
end of 1895. 8vo, Newcastle-on-Tyne, 1897. The Author.
ANDRE (Ed. et Ernest). Species des Hyménoptéres d’ Europe et d’ Algérie.
Tome V., par le Rev. T. A. Marshall. 8vo, Gray, 1891.
The Author.
AsuMeap (W. H.). Descriptions of new Cynipidous Galls and Gall-Wasps
in the United States National Museum.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1896. ] The Author.
Barrett (C. G:). Lepidoptera of the British Islands. Vol. IV. Hetero-
cera: Noctuze. 8vo, London, 1897. The Publishers.
Bere {C.). Contribucion al estudio de los Hemipteros de la Tierra del
Fuego.
{An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo V., 1896. ]
Comunicaciones Lepidopterologicas acerca de Veinticinco Ropalo~
ceros Suda-Americanos.
[An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo V., 1897. | The Author.
BERLESE (Ant.). Le Cocciniglie Italiane viventi sugli agrumi. Parte I.-ITI.
8vo, Firenze, 1893—1896. The Author.
BEUTENMULLER (W.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Sphingidze found
within Fifty Miles of New York “City.
[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII., 1895.]
Critical Review of the Sesiide found in America, North of Mexico.
[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIII., 1896. | The Author.
Broccui (Dr.). Rapport sur les observations faites en 1895 a la station
entomologique de Paris. 8vo, Paris, 1896. The Author.
Branprorp (W. F. H.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvin (QO. Biologia
Centrali-Americana. |
[See Grassi (B.) and Sanpras (A.).]
(Seal 2}
Bucxton (G. B.). Notes on Indian Aphides (1893).
The Mango Shoot Psylla (1893).
Notice of a New Indian Homopteron (1895).
Notes on Two New Species of Gall-Aphids from the N.W. Hima-
layan Region (1896).
(Ind. Mus. Notes, 1893—1896. | The Author.
Burr (M.). On New Species of Forficularia.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XIX., 1897. ] The Author.
CamBrinGE (F. O.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana |
CamBripGE (O. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvrn (0.). Biologia
Centrali-A mericana. |
CAMERON (P. ye Hymenoptera Orientalia, or Contributions to a anew tee
ot the Hymenoptera of the Oriental Zoological Region. Pt.
[Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. & Philos. Soc., Vol. XaInTE
menor
[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
Casey (T. L.). Coleopterological Notices. No. VII.
[Ann. N. York Acad. Sci., Vol. IX., 1897. | The Author.
CuAmpion (G.C.). List of Tenebrionidze supplementary to the ‘‘ Munich”
Catalogue.
[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, III., 1895. } By Exchange.
List of the Aigialitide and Cistelidse supplementary to the ‘‘ Munich”
Catalogue.
[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, VI., 1897. | The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvrn (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
CHITTENDEN (F. H.). Some little-known Insects affecting Stored Vegetable
Products. The Asparagus Beetles.
[Year Book U. 8. Dept. Agric. for 1896. |
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
CockERELL (T. D. A.). Onthe danger to American Horticulture from the
introduction of Injurious Insects. 4to, Mesilla, New Mexico,
1897. The Author.
The Food Plants of Scale Insects (Coccide).
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1897. |
Directions for Collecting and Preserving Scale Insects.
[Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Pt. I., 1897.]
Smithsonian Institution.
Notes on New Mexican Flowers and their Insect Visitors.
| Botanical Gazette, Aug., 1897. |
The San José Seale and its nearest allies.
[Bull. U. 8. Dept. Agric. Div. Ent. Techn. Ser., Bull. No. 6.]
The Author.
Coquittett (D. W.). Revision of the Tachinide of America, North of
Mexico, a Family of Parasitic Two-winged Insects.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Div. Ent., Techn. Ser., Bull. No. 7, 1897. ]
U. &. ’ Dept. Agriculture.
( xii )
Dawa Torre (C.G. de). Catalogus Hymenopterorum hucusque descriptorum
systematicus et synonymicus. Vol. VIII. 8vo, Lipsie, 1897.
Purchased.
Druce (Herbert). Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera
from Central and South America.
[P. Z. S. Lond., 1893. ]
Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from Central
America. (2 parts).
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XIII., 1894. ]
Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from the Eastern
slands and Tropical America.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XV., 1895. ]
Descriptions of some New Species of ee from Tropical
America.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVI., 1895. ]
Descriptions of Five New Species of Castnia from Tropical South
America.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVII., 1896. ]
Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from Tropical
Africa.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVII., 1896. ]
Descriptions of some New Genera and Species of Heterocera from
Central and Tropical South America.
[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVIII., 1896.] The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
DurRAnt (J. H.). [See WatstncHam (Lord). |
Dyar (3E G.). Larvae of ae eres Bombyces (Agrotides, Grote).
[Proe. Boston Soc. N , Vol. XXVII., 1896.]- The Author.
EpwarbDs (James). The Hemiptera-Homoptera (Cicadina and Psyllina) of
the British Islands. 8vo, London, 1896. The Publishers.
Ewes (H. J.), & Epwarps (J.). A Revision of the Oriental Hespertidz.
[Trans. Z. S. Lond., Vol. XIV., Pt. 4, 1897. ] The Authors.
Foret (A.). Zur Fauna und Lebensweise der Ameisen im columbischen
Urwald.
| Mit. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell, Bd. 9, 1896. |
Deux Fourmis d’Espagne. Communication verbale sur les
_ meeurs des Fourmis de l Amérique Tropicale.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, Tome XLI., 1897. |
Ameisen aus Nossi-Bé, Majunga, Juan de Nova (Madagaskavr), oie
Aldabra-Inseln und Sansibar. Gesammelt von Herrn Dr. A.
Voeltzkow.
|Abhandl. Senck. nat. Gesell. Bd. XXI., Frankfort am M., 1897. |
The Author.
Fow.ter (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvirn (0O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. |
GopMAN (F. D.) and Sanvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Araneidea
by O. P. and F. O. Cambridge. Insecta by W. F. H. Blandford,
P. Cameron, G. C. Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, F. D.
Godman, A. Pictet, O. Salvin, H. de Saussure, D. Sharp, and
F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CXXXI.—CXXXIX.
The Editors.
(@ xi =)
GRANDIDIER (A.). Histoire Physique, Naturelle et Politique de Madagascar ;
Vol. XXVII. Histoire Naturelle des Myriapodes—Atlas. Par
H. de Saussure. 4to, Paris, 1897. The Author.
Grassi (B.) & Sanpras (A.). The Constitution and Development of the
Society of Termites. Observations on their Habits; with
Appendices on the Parasitic Protozoa of Termitidee, and on the
Embiide. Translated by W. F. H. Blandford.
[Qr. Journ. Micros. Sci., Vols. XXXIX., XL., 1897.]
The Translator.
GREEN (E. Ernest}. The Coccide of Ceylon. Part I. Svo, London, 1896.
The Author.
GrimsHAaw (Perey H.). I. On some Type Specimens of Lepidoptera and
Coleoptera: and II. Ona Melanie Specimen of Hestina nama
(Doubleday) in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art.
[Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb., Vol. XXXIX., Pt. I., 1897, ]
The Author.
Grote (A. Radcliffe). Entwurf eines diphyletischen Stammbaumes der
europiischen Tagfalter.
Die Schmetterlingsfauna von Hildesheim.
Classification der Schmetterlinge—Die Nachtpfanenaugen mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Fliigelbildung.
[Mittheil. Roemer-Mus. Hildesheim, 1897. |
Hind Wings of the Day Butterflies.
[Canadian Entom., Vol. XXIX., 1897. | The Author.
GuéRIN-MENEVILLE (M. F. E.). Species et Iconographie Générique des
Animaux Articulés: 1¢ partie. Insectes Coléoptéres. Nos.
1-85 (wanting Nos. 30-32). 8vo, Paris, 1843-49. Purchased.
Hampson (Sir G. F.). Fauna of British India. including Ceylon and Burma.
Moths.—Vol. ITV. 8vo, London, 1896. The Author.
HotmGReEN (Emil). Studier éfver hudens och de kértelartade hudorganens
mortologia.
|Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handlingar, Bd. XXVII,, No. 4, 1895. |
The Academy.
“Hope Reports,” edited by E. Poulton, Vol. I., 1893-97. 8vo, Oxford,
1897. The Editor.
Howarp (L. O.). A Study of Insect Parasitism, &c.
U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. Ent. Tech. Ser. Bull., No. 5, 1897.]
The use of Steam Apparatus for Spraying.
[Year Book, U. 8S. Dep. Agric., 1896. |
U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.
Jacopy (Martin.) Further Contributions to the knowledge of the Phyto-
phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar. Part II.
[P. Z. S. Lond., 1897. | The Author.
JANET (C.). Les Fourmis. Svo, Paris, 1896.
Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes, et les Abeilles. Note 13. 8vo,
Limoges, 1897.
Sur les Rapports du Discopoma comata, Berlese, avec le Lasius
mictus, Nylander.
Sur les Rapports de l’Antennophorus Uhlmanni, Haller, avec le
Lasius mixtus, Nylander.
[(C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Tome CXXIV., 1895.] The Author.
( xiii}
Lerarerry (L.) et SEVERIN (G.). Catalogue Général des Hémiptéres.
Tome II].—Hétéroptéres. 8vo, Berlin, 1896. Purchased.
LINELL (Martin L.). Descriptions of New Species of North American
Coleoptera in the families Cerambycide and Scarabeide.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1896. ]
On the Insects collected by Dr. Abbott on the Seychelles, Aldabra,
Glorioso, and Providence Islands, with descriptions of nine
New Species of Coleoptera
[| Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1897. ]
The Author.
Lintner (J. A.). Eleventh Report on the Injurious and other Insects of the
State of New York for 1894. S8vo, Albany, N. Y., 1896.
The Author.
Marcuat (Paut). La glande coxale du Scorpion, et ses rapports morpholo-
giques avec les organes ee des Crustacés.
[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1892.
Etude sur la reproduction a Guépes.
[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1895. |
La Cécidomyie de l’avoine.
[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1895. ]
Les Coccinellides Nuisibles.
[Rev. Sci. Nat. Appliquées, Paris, 1895. ]
Observations sur les Polistes. _
[ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1896. |
La Reproduction et l’Evolution des Guépes Sociales.
[Rev. Sci., Paris, 1896. |
Sur deux Cécidomyes Nouvelles vivant sur la pomme de terre
___ et sur le lierre.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1896. ]
Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur l'appareil excréteur
des Crustacés Decapodes.
| Arch. Zool. Expérimentale, Paris. |
La Castration Nutriciale esky les Hyménoptéres Sociaux.
[C.R. Soc. Biologie, 1897. ]
Notes d’Entomologie Biologique sur une excursion en Algérie
et en Tunisie.
[Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1897.]
L’ Entomologie appliquée en Europe.
[Bull. Soc. Nat. d’Acclimatation de France, 1896. |
Sur les Insectes nuisibles de Tunisie et d’ Algérie.
| Assoc. pour l’avancement des Sci., 1896. |
The Author.
Maruatr (C. L.). Insect Control in California.
| Year Book, U. 8. Dept. Agric., 1896. ]
U. S. Dept. Agriculture.
MarsHatu (T. A.). [See ANpRE (Ed. et ERNEST). |
Maver (A. G.), On the Colour and Colour-Patterns of Moths and
Butterflies.
|P. Boston Soc. N. H., Vol. XXVII., 1897.] The Author.
ORMEROD (Eleanor A). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and
Common Farm Pests, for 1896. S8vo, London, 1897.
The Author.
Osporn (H.). Insects affecting Domestic Animals.
[U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull. No. 5, N. 8., 1896 ]
U. S. Dept. Agriculture.
Coexliveay)
OstEN SAcKEN (C. R.). Bibliographische und theilweise psychologische
Untersuchung tiber die zwei Ausgaben der Erstlingsarbeit von
H. Loew: Ueber die Posener Dipteren.
[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. j
Notice on the terms tegula, antitegula, squama, and alula,
as used in Dipterology.
| Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |
A New Genus of eon (Dipt.) from New Zealand.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VII., 1896. |
A Cecidomyia livi hae in Pine- resin.
{Ent. Nachr. XXII., 1896. |
Prof. Mik’s Genus Paracrocera (Cyrtide).
{Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |
On the terms Calypterate and <Acalypterate, Calypta and
Calyptra, as they have been used in Dipterology.
[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |
Preliminary notice of a Subdivision of the Suborder Orthorrhapha
_ Brachycera (Dipt.) on cheetotactie principles.
[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896.] ‘
The genus Phyllolabis (Dipt., Tipul.) a remarkable case of dis-
connected areas in geographical distribution.
{Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |
Identification of two genera of Nemestrinide published by Bigot.
[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI1., 1897. ]
The Author.
PERINGUEY a, ). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa.
Part II. Cicindelide, Supplement: Carabidae. S8vo, London,
1896. The Author.
Picter (A.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
Pirpers (M. C.). Nouvelles observations sur les vols des Lépidoptéres.
an Batavia & s ’Gravenhage, 1897. The Author.
Porritt (G. T.). Preliminary List of the Neuroptera and Trichoptera of
Yorkshire (omitting Psocidxe and Ephemeride),
[| Naturalist, 1897. ] The Author.
Povutton (E. B.). [See ‘‘ The Hope Reports, Vol. I.’’]
PREUDHOMME DE Borre. Pyrrhocoris Marginatus. |
[Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., Genéve, 1896. | The Author.
ReGiMBART (M.). Dytiscidee et Gyrinide d'Afrique et de Madagascar.
[Mém. Soe. Ent. Belge, IV., 1895.] By Exchange.
RicHarpson (Nelson M.). Report on Observations on the First Appear-
ances of Birds, Insects, &c., in Dorset during 1894.
Tinea Vinculella, H.-S.
| Proc. Dorset N. H. & Antig. Field Club, Vol. XVI., 1895. ]
List of Portland Lepidoptera.
oe Dorset N. H. & Antiq. Field Club, Vol. XVIT., 1896. |
The Author.
ROBERTSON (C.). Flowers and Insects.
North American Bees :—Descriptions and Synonyms.
[Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. VII., 1896. }
The Academy.
(aly)
Satvin (O.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. |
SaussurE (H. de). Note Supplémentaire sur le genre Hemimerus.
[ Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome 1V., 1896. |
Révision du genre Tridactylus.
| Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome LV., 1897. ] The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyrn (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
[See GRANDIDIER (A.). |
Scuriépte (J. C.). De Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum Observationes.
Parts I.-XII. (in 8 vols.). 8vo, Copenhagen, 1861-1883.
Purchased.
Scupper (8. H.). List of Exotic Orthoptera described by 8S. H. Scudder,
1868-1879, with a revision of their nomenclature.
[Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., Vol. XXVII., 1896. ]
The Genera of North American Melanopli.
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., Vol. XXXITI., 1897. ]
The Species of the Genus Melanoplus.
[Proe. Am. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXXVI., 1897. ]
Synonymical and Descriptive Notes on North-American Orthoptera.
{Canadian Entom., 1897. | The Author.
SHarp (D.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
THEOBALD (F. V.). Parasitic Diseases of Poultry. S8vo, London, 1896.
The Apple-Blossom Weevil (Anthonomus pomoruwm) aud suggestions
for its destruction, together with a list of other beetles in-
jurious to the apple; also the method of preparing the new
Insectide, Arsenate of Lead. 8vo, Ashford & London, 1897.
Notes on Injurious Insects.
[Journal 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 5, 1897.] The Author.
THomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica. Fase. 22. Svo, Lunde, 1897.
The Author.
Tosquinet (J.). Ichneumonides d’ Afrique.
{(Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, V., 1896. | By Exchange.
Turr (J. W.). Stray Notes on the Noctue. S8vo, London, 1892.
Papers on certain species of the Zygenide.
[Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1894. }
On Agrotis tritici, Linn. Ab. subgothica, Haw., and Agrotis
jaculifera, Gn.
[Canadian Entom., 1896. |
Notes on some of the Noctuz in the British Museum Collection.
[Canadian Entom., 1896. |
British Butterflies. S8vo, London, 1896. The Author.
Unter (P. R.). Summary of the Hemiptera of Japan, presented to the
United States National Museum by Professor Mitzukuri.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XTX., 1896.]
U. S. Dept. Agriculture.
(= sxdiva 2)
Unitep States DepaRTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY)
BuLueEtins (New Series) 1897.
No. 5. Insects affecting Domestic Animals. (H. Osborn.)
No. 6. Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Meeting of the Asso-
ciation of Economic Entomologists.
No. 7. Some Miscellaneous Results of the Work of the Division
of Entomology.
No. 8. Some Little-known Insects affecting stored Vegetable Pro-
ducts. (F. H. Chittenden.)
No. 9. Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Meeting of the Asso-
ciation of Economic Entomologists.
Farmers’ Bulletins, Revised Editions, 1897.
No. 45. Some Insects injurious to Stored Grain.
(F. H. Chittenden.)
No. 47. Insects affecting the Cotton Plant. (L. O. Howard.)
Bibliography of the more important contributions to American
Economie Entomology. (8S. Henshaw) Part V.; L-Z, 1896.
General Index to ‘‘ Insect Life.’’ U. 8S. Dept. Agriculture.
UNITED States DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION oF ENTOMOLOGY),
Technical Series, 1897.
No. 5. A study of Insect Parasitism: a consideration of the
Parasites of the White-marked Tussock Moth, with an account
of their habits and inter-relations, and with descriptions of
New Species. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 6. The San José Scale and its nearest allies.
(T. D. A. Cockerell.)
No. 7. Revision of the Tachimide of America, North of
Mexico. (D. W. Coquillett.)
U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.
WALKER (J. J.). List of the Coleoptera of the Rochester District.
[Rochester Naturalist, Vol. II., 1897. | The Author.
WaALSINGHAM (Lord) and Durrant (J. H.). An attempt to elucidate and
to fix the types of Tortriz, Tinea, and Alucita, three of the
Linnean Subdivisions of Phalena, L.
| Ent. Monthly Mag. Ser. 2. VIII., 1897. | The Authors.
Weep (Clarence, M.). Some Dangerous Fruit Insects. :
[Bull. No. 28, New Hampshire Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1894. |
Remedies for the Horn Fly.
Two Shade-Tree Pests. :
[ Bull. Nos. 29 & 34, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1895. |
The Codling Moth and the Apple Maggot.
Analyses of Three Common Insecticides.
The Tent Caterpillar.
The Army Worm.
{Bull. Nos. 35, 36, 38, 39, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1896. }
The Canker Worm.
{Bull. No. 44, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1897. |
The Author.
Wotpr (F. M. van der). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvrn (O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. |
( xiv)
Periodicals and Publications of Societies.
AFRICA.
CapPETOWN. South African Philoscphical Society. Transactions, Vol. VIT.,
1s Bg Wolk IDicy ie ILS Wolk dts, Ver ile The Society.
AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
Hawirax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transac-
tions. Vol. IX., Pt. 2. The Institute.
Lonpon, OnrARIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXIX., 1897.
By Exchange.
Montreat. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions,
Ser. 2, Vol. I1., 1896. The Society.
UNITED STATES.
CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
Annual Report, 1895—96. The Curator.
Davenport, Iowa. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, 1897.
The Acadenvy.
New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal, 1897. Purchased.
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceed-
ings, 1897. By Exchange.
Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section.
Vol. VIII. By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1897.
By Exchange.
WasHINGTON. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1897.
Purchased.
WEST INDIES.
JAMAICA. Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. II. The Institute.
AMERICA (SOUTH).
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
Buenos Aires. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin.
Tomo XV. By Exchange.
Museo Nacional de Buenos.Aires. Tomo V., 1896--97.
Dr. C. Berg.
( xlvii )
ASIA.
INDIA.
Bowsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XI. By Huchange.
Catcutra. Indian Museum Notes. Vol. LV., No. 2.
Trustees of Musewi.
AUSTRALASIA,
ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings
and Reports. Vol. XX. By Exchange.
Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1897.
Agric. Dept.
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1897.
By Hechange.
NEW ZEALAND.
Wettineton. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.
Vol. XXIX. The Institute. ©
EUROPE.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY...
BrRuNN. Naturforschender Verein in Briinn. Verhandlungen. Band
XXXIV.—V. By Exchange.
Vienna. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band XLVII. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1897. By Purchase.
BELGIUM.
Brussets. Académie Royale des Sciences de Belgique—
Bulletins, 8e Sév., Tomes XXX.—XXXIII.
Annuaires 1896 et 1897.
Memoires Couronnées. 4to, Tome LIV.
a Be 8vo, Tomes XLVIII.—LIV.
Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, 1897. Mémoires,
TeV. By Buchange.
FRANCE.
CaEN. Société Frangaise d’Entom>logie. Revue. Tome XVI. 1897.
Purchased.
Cuatreauroux. Le Frélon, 1891—1897. By Purchase.
Paris. L’Abeille, 1897. By Purchase.
Ge csline*y))
GERMANY.
Berwin. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1897. By Exchange.
Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1897. By Exchange.
Drespen. ‘‘Tris.”? Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift Bd. IX.,
Hitt..2); Bde xX. Het, W- By Exchange.
FRANKFORT. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht.
1896.
Abhandlungen, Bd. XXIJI., Hft. 1 & 2. By Eachange.
Srertin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LVI.
By Exchange.
WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahrg. L.
By Exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Buckuurst Hitt. Essex Naturalist, Vol. [X., 15—24.
The Essex Field Club.
oe
Guascow. Natural History Society. Transactions, Vol. [V., Pts. 2, :
WOls Wor lets Uc By Exchange.
Legps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. ‘Transactions. Pt. 20. ;
The Society.
Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1897. By Purchase.
Athenzeun. The Publishers.
City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.
Transactions for 1896. The Society.
Hutomologist (The). 1897. R. South.
Eutomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1897. The Editors.
Linnean Society of London. ‘Transactious, Vol. VI., Pts. 4—6.
Journal, Nos. 165—168. By Hechange.
Nature. 1897. The Publishers.
Nature Notes. 1897. The Publishers.
Naturalist. The Publishers.
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. Ld97. The Club.
Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 8rd Ser., Vol. VIII.
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1897. By Exechunge.
Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 363—381. By Eechange.
South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.
1896. The Society.
Year Book of Scientitic Societies. 1897. By Purchase.
Zoological Record for 1895 and 1896. By Purchase.
Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1897. ‘lrausactions, Vol. XIV.,
Pts. 2, 3, 4. By Exchange.
Zoologist (The). 1897. The Publisher.
d
(Gea)
HOLLAND.
Tue HaGue. ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1897.
By Exchange.
ITALY.
FLORENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino. 1897.
By Exchange.
GENOA. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Amnali. Ser. 2,
Vol. XVIT. By Exchange.
RUSSIA.
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. — Bulletin. 1896.
By Exchange.
Sr. PererRsBURG. Societas Hutomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXX.
By Exchange.
Académie Impériale des Sciences. Annuaire du Musée
ZLoologique, 1897. The Academy.
SWEDEN.
STOCKHOLM. Entomologiska Férenigen i Stockholm. Entomologisk
Tidskrift. 1897. By Exchange.
SWITZERLAND.
GENEVA. Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle. Mém. Tome XXXIL.,
2e Partie. By Exchange.
SCHAFFHAUSEN. Sehweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. © Mitthei-
lungen. 1897. By Exchange.
!
ERAN SAC TONS *
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For tHE YEAR 1397
I. A Monograph of British Braconidssn. Part VII.
By the Rev. THomas A. Marsaa.t, M.A., F.E.S.,
Member of the Société Entomologiqne de Irance,
[Read October 21st, 1896.]
Prate I.
IV. DACNUSA, Hal. (Continued from Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1895, p. 398.)
1. Dacnusa adducta, Hal.
DD adducio, Hal., Hym: Britj pals 4639), ¢ 2s.
Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg. Bracon.,
Vole d:; p. 4, gt >.
2 Black, shining, finely pubescent, middle of the abdomen
brownish. Head wider than the thorax ; palpi obscure. Antenne
twice as long as the body, slender, setiform, 31-32-jointed, blackish,
testaceous at the base. Thorax short, gibbous; furrow of the
mesopleurz smooth, very short and narrow ; metathorax pubes-
cent, not shining. Wings ample, hyaline with a brownish tinge ;.
squamule testaceous ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous ; basal
areolets short and small; radial areolet longer than the pra-
brachial, dilated in the middle, sinuated and contracted at both
ends ; stigma elongate, linear, emitting the radial nervure near its
base ; 2nd* cubital areolet sessile, 7.¢., touching the stigma, which
* In Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895. p. 395, Table of Species (2) 1 ;
for “ First cubital areolet,” read ‘ Second,” ete.
TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND, 1897.—pParT I. (APRIL.) il
2 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
cuts off its upper angle together with the Ist abscissa ; 2nd dis-
coidal areolet short, subquadrate; recurrent nervure rejected.
Legs flavotestaceous ; tips of the tarsi obscure. Abdomen as long
as the thorax, spathulate, subtruncate at the apex ; Ist segment
black, linear, twice as long as its apical width, hardly aciculate, not
shining, its tubercles situated in the middle ; the following seg-
ments piceous, becoming darker towards the anal extremity.
Terebra very short. ¢ Antenne longer, 32-jointed ; 2nd cubital
areolet still further invaded by the stigma ; abdomen narrower,
depressed. Length, 1 line ; exp., 25 lines.
This species is easily distinguished from all others by
the peculiarity of the 2nd cubital areolet. It forms by
itself the genus Agonia, Forst. Rare in Ireland, accord-
ing to Haliday. I have taken both sexes in Hngland, at
St. Alban’s, Herts, and Bishop’s Teignton, Devon. See
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, pl. vii., fig. 12.
2. Dacnusa phenicura, Hal.
De phenicura,, Hal.) Lym. Brit wit p.0e(lS39)eae
Marsh., lib. cit., p. 461, ¢.
¢ Abdomen rufous with the Ist segment blackish, 2-3 piceous,
the rest testaceous; radial areolet nearly reaching the tip of the
wing. Body black, with long hairs; head stout, punctured, wider
than the thorax; front smooth; face and cheeks scabrous ; man-
dibles reddish ; palpi testaceous. Antenne blackish, shorter than
the body, 26-jointed, the 2nd joint rufescent. Thorax subeylin-
dric, narrowed at both ends, punctured anteriorly; furrows of the
mesothorax humeral only, incomplete, not meeting posteriorly ; a
Jongitudinal channel before the scutellum ; antescutellar fovea
smooth, bipartite; metathorax scabrous, sloping, narrowed pos-
teriorly; mesopleure rugulose anteriorly, smoother in the middle,
their furrow rugulose, subobsolete. Wings hyaline; squamulz
brownish testaceous ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter linear-
lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its
length ; radial areolet oblong, attenuated towards the apex. Fore
legs testaceous ; middle pair the same, but with the fexora and
tibie darker ; hind legs incrassated, blackish, with the trochanters
and tarsi rufescent; hind femora one-half shorter than their tibie.
Abdomen not so wide as the thorax, depressed, pubescent ; 1st
segment scarcely twice as long as its apical width, not much
narrowed at the base, blackish, finely rugulose, having a longi-
British Braconide. 3
tudinal carina which is bifurcate at the base ; tubercles minute,
placed near the base ; segments 2-3 brown, very finely rugulose,
carinate, smooth, bordered posteriorly with testaceous, which
is the colour of the following segments. 2 unknown,
Length, 1} lines.
Taken once only by Haliday in Ireland, and not seen
since by any one. The author adds that it is a singular
species, forming perhaps a section apart, but imperfectly
described from an injured specimen.
3. Dacnusa talaris, Hal.
Da iolants, Jal... Eyma brite, p. 8 (1839). 6g°2);
Marsh., lib. cit., p. 464, f 2.
¢ 2? Mesonotum with the mere commencement of a medial
furrow, the two ordinary furrows subobsolete, converging towards
a fovea in front of the seutellum. Black, with dark pubescence ;
mandibles rufescent ; palpi testaceous. Antennz of both sexes
about 32-jointed, hardly longer than the body. Thorax oblong-
oval, pubescent , the mesothoracic furrows punctulate ; on the fore
margin is a short linear impression ; metathorax obtuse, rugose-
punctate, with yellowish pubescence, scarcely carinate in the
middle. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule brownish ; nervures
and stigma fusco-ferruginous ; the latter linear, emitting the radial
mervure not far from the base ; radial areolet elongate, sinuated,
attenuated towards the extremity. Legs fusco-testaceous ; all the
cox, upper margin of the 4 posterior femora towards the apex,
tips of the 4 anterior tarsi, and the whole of the hind tarsi, fuscous.
Abdomen as broad as the thorax, and scarcely longer, oblong, sub-
sessile, narrowed at the base; Ist segment of the ¢ almost linear,
of the 2 obconic, robust, somewhat gibbous, one-half longer than
its apical width, punctate-rugose, pubescent, with hardly visible
tubercles; 2nd seguent pubescent, rugosely punctate at the
extreme base, but occasionally smooth, in both sexes. Terebra
scarcely exserted. Length, 14 lines ; exp., 22 lines.
Var. Scape of the antenn, and legs, dull testaceous; last
joint of the tarsi blackish,
This is extremeiy like D. lateralis (sp. 15), but differs
in having much si orter antennx, and the base of the 2nd
abdominal segie i’ usually, though not always, rugose.
It is moderately co\nmon, and has been taken in Iingland,
Treland, and Cen +l Hurope ; many specimens are in the
present writer’s «ollection,
4 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
A, Dacnusa semirugosa, Hal.
D. semirugosa, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 7; Marsh., lib.
a. p. 463; ¢ 2.
3 2 Radial nervure not sinuated, forming a parabolic curve,
remote from the tip of the wing. Black, shining. Antenne
about 36-jointed, somewhat shorter than the body in the 9, longer
in the 4; the subapical joints short and oval. Mesothoracic
furrows very slender, smooth, converging towards a fovea in front
of the scutellum ; metathorax rugose, carinated in the middle,
covered with not very dense pubescence ; furrow of the meso-
pleure rugose. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule brownish ;
nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter linear-lanceolate, gradually
attenuated to the apex, emitting the radial nervure before one-
third of its length; radial areolet lanceolate ; 2nd discoidal areolet
open on the outer side ; posterior wings with a punctiform vestige
of a recurrent nervure, not found in other species. Legs brownish
red ; cox and base of the trochanters black ; femora often streaked
with black on the upper edge, the 4 posterior frequently blackish
altogether. Abdomen subsessile, oblong, depressed, not much
narrowed at the base ; 1st segment cbconic, one-half longer than
broad, longitudinally rugulose, with scattered pubescence and
almost invisible tubercles ; 2nd segment finely rugulose, the rest
smooth. Terebra concealed. Length, 2 lines ; exp., 34 lines.
A large species, and easy to determine. Not uncom-
mon: found in Ireland by Haliday; in 'ngland by
Rudd, Walker, and myself, in Yorkshire, 5. Wales, and
Wiltshire.
5. Dacnusa striatula, Hal.
D. striatula, Wal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 7; Marsh., lb. cit.,
p. 465, ¢.
3d Mesonotum impressed longitudinally with a deep medial
furrow ; the two ordinary furrows distinct, but not extending to
the point of junction in front of the scutellum. Black, pubescent ;
mandibles brownish ; palpi blackish. Antenne <omewhat longer
than the body (in my specimen), as long as the bocy (according to
Haliday), 28-jointed. Mesothoracie furrows punci sie, incomplete
posteriorly ; metathorax obtuse, without a medi rina, coarscly
rugose, reticulated; furrow of the mesople. broad, rugose.
Wings slightly infumated; squamule brownish; nervures and
stigma dark fuscous; the latter linear, rather stout, emitting
ie ee —
British Braconide. 5
the radial nervure near the base ; radial areolet acuminate ; radial
nervure sinuated ; 2nd discoidal areolet completely closed. Legs
testaceous; cox blackish; hind tibiz infuscated at the apex,
their tarsi blackish. Abdomen somewhat narrower and longer
than the thorax, oblong, depressed, contracted at the base, shining ;
1st segment more than twice as long as its breadth, punctate-
rugose, the tubercles obsolete ; 2nd striolate in the middle, smooth
at the sides, somewhat narrowed towards the base; 3rd and
following segments smooth, very shining. @Q unknown, Length,
1% lines ; exp., 3 lines.
This and the three preceding species are distinguished
from the rest by the rugosity of the 2nd segment at its
base. D. striatula much resembles sp. 4, but is smaller.
According to Haliday it is rare in the north of Ireland:
my only specimen was taken at Niton, in the I. of
Wight.
6. Ducnusa tristis, Nees.
Alysia tristis, Nees, Mon.,i., p. 258, ¢ 3; D. tristis,
Marsh., lib. cit., p. 467, ¢ 2.
D. ampliator, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 8, ¢ 2 (nec
Nees).
¢@ Deep black, shining, with whitish pubescence ; palpi
dusky. Head transverse, wider than the thorax. Antennz longer
than the body, 25-jointed in the 9, 31-jointed inthe ¢. Furrows
of the mesothorax merely inchoate, humeral ; mesonotum faintly
impressed with a longitudinal channel terminating before the
scutellum in an oval fovea, deep and elongate; furrow of the
mesopleure crenulate ; metathorax very short, rounded, granulated
and dull, somewhat densely covered with whitish pubescence.
Wings ample, hyaline, sometimes with a lacteous tinge, some-
times more cinereous ; squamule, nervures, and stigma black, this
last elongate, rather stout, acuminate at the apex ; radial nervure
slightly sinuated ; radial areolet longer than the prebrachial ;
recurrent nervure interstitial; 2nd discoidal areolet not quite
closed on the outer side. Fore legs brownish testaceous, their
femora and tibize with a black streak above, or almost wholly
blackish ; tarsi obscure ; 4 posterior legs black, with the 2nd joint
of the trochanters and the base of the tibie dull testaceous. First
abdominal segment obconic, twice as long as its apical width,
narrowed at the base, margined, finely striolate, furnished with
two carine, convergent and meeting before the hind margin,
6 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
enclosing a triangular space ; tubercles not prominent ; the following
segments form together a short oval, smooth and shining. 'Terebra
concealed. ¢ similar; antenne longer; Ist segment sublinear,
scarcely wider behind; the following segments oblong, longer
than those of the @. Length, 1-13 lines; exp., 2-3 lines.
Haliday seems to have confused this species with the
following, especially in his account of the antennex, taking
the number of joints from D. tristis, and the length from D.
ampliator, whereby the description is rendered doubtful.
According to Haliday the number of joints ¢ 2 is 21-23;
according to Nees it is 24-25 for the 2, the ¢ not being
mentioned. As to length, the antennz f are shorter
than the body, according to Haliday, while those of the ?
are hardly longer than the head and thorax ; a character
belonging only to the following species. D. tristis is
common in England; Goureau states it to be a parasite
of the dipteron Agromyza niyripes, Macq.; and it 1s in-
cluded by Giraud in his list of observed cases of para-
sitism, where it is reported to have issued from galls
made by some dipterous insect on the roots of Artemisia
campestris. D. lugens, Hal. (Hym. Brit., 11., p. 26), from
Norway (Hammerfest), is a closely allied species, if not
the same.
7. Dacnusa ampliator, Nees. (PI. 1., figs. i, 1a.)
D8, d Se ; Dz
8, 2 2 nec
Alysia ampliator, Nees, Mon., i., p. 2
ampliator, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 46
Haliday).
Antenne ? not longer than the head and thorax, 15-17-jointed ;
those of the ¢ not quite as long as the body, 21-jointed. Q Form
short and stout ; deep black, shining, with whitish pubescence ;
palpi dusky ; mandibles reddish. Head large, transverse, wider
than the thorax ; face covered with whitish down; front exca-
vated, with a minute fovea at the bottom of the hollow. Antennz
moniliform after the 7th joint, incrassated towards the extremity,
the extremity itself being slender. Mesothoracic furrows hardly
inchoate ; no fovea, nor channel, before the scutellum ; meta-
thorax very short, not shining, covered with whitish down, verti-
cally truncate behind ; a transverse carina separates the horizontal
from the vertical surface, the former of which is again divided
into two compartments by a longitudinal carina. Wings whitish,
almost lacteous ; nervures and stigma testaceous or pale brown,
British Braconide. vi
the latter short (for the genus), not more than four times as long
as its breadth, which is equal to the length of the Ist abscissa :
radial areolet not longer than the prebrachial, remote from the
tip of the wing, acuminate ; radial nervure slightly sinuated ;
recurrent nervure distinctly rejected. Fore legs brownish, with
the upper edge of the femora, the tips of the tibiz, and the tarsi,
blackish ; 4 posterior legs, or sometimes all the. legs, blackish, with
the 2nd joint of the trochanters, and the knees, reddish. Abdomen
small, narrower and not longer than the thorax, subclaviform,
convex; Ist segment twice as broad at the extremity as at the
base, finely aciculate and margined ; the following segments smooth
and shining. ‘Terebra almost concealed. 3 Antenne not
thickened before the extremity; fore iegs entirely testaceoas ;
abdomen forming a longer oval. Length, } line ; exp., 2 lines.
The autennz alone are decisive of this species, thouzh
itis otherwise abundantly distinct from the preceding.
It may have been known to Haliday, as his description
of D. ainpliator contains some of its characters, mixed with
those of D. tristis. However that may be, Dr. Capron
discovered several specimens at Shiere, near Guildford,
some of which he gave to me; he considered them to
represent FGrster’s genus Brachystropha (Synopsis,
p. 274). The plate gives, I believe, a faithful likeness of
this curious little insect ; at least Dr. Capron has expressed
his approval of the figure. ‘The species was originally
taken in Franconia by Nees von Hsenbeck.
8. Dacnusa petiolata, Nees. (Pl. J., fig. 2.)
Alysia petiolata, Nees, Mon., i., p. 25
D, petiolata, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 1
Wb ctt., ps avO <2
Abdomen spathulate ; Ist segment linear, almost four times as
long as the hind coxew ; antenne Q 44-jointed, ¢ 49-jointed ;
2nd discoidal areolet not closed on the inner side. By far the
largest species. 9? Black, pubescent ; abdomen, after the Ist seg-
ment, rufo-testaceous. Head broadly transverse, profoundly
excavated behind ; face punctate, with a faint carina ; mandibles
blackish ; ocelli red; palpi testaceous. Antenne as long as the
body, obscurely reddish, with dark articulations. Thorax short,
gibbous, narrower than the head ; mesothoracic furrows hardly
inchoate; on the mesonotum a longitudinal medial channel
terminates in a deep fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax short,
6,
OF
8 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
obtuse, rugulose, almost truncated behind, with some yellowish
pubescence, and a shortened medial carina. Wings subhyaline :
squamule brownish ; nervures and stigma dark brown ; the latter
moderately incrassated in the middlc, elongate, acuminate at both
ends, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its length ;
radial nervure thickened towards its base : radial areolet lanceo-
late, hardly attenuated and sinuated towards the extremity ; recur-
rent nervure considerably rejected. Fore legs testaceous, the
femora sometimes streaked with black above ; legs of the middle
pair testaceous, their femora more or less blackish towards the
base ; hind legs blackish, the tips of the trochanters and extreme
base of the tibiz doll testaceous ; all the coxe blackish. Abdomen
longer than the head and thorax, depressed, spathulate ; Ist
segment black, slender, as long as one-third of the abdomen, strio-
lite, canaliculate in the middle, with prominent tubercles ; the
following segments testaceous, smooth, those near the extremity
more or less darkened, or cinctured with fuscous, each segment
traversed, near the hind border, by a line formed of minute im-
pressed points. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar ; antennz
longer and more slender, blackish ; Ist segment comparatively
longer. Length, 24 lines; exp., 5 lines.
This species exceeds in size the largest Alysia; it is
rivalled, but not surpassed, by the foliowing. Térster
has made for its reception the genus Phanolevis. It
occurs somewhat rarely in woods; my six specimens
were taken in Wilts, Devon, and 8.Wales; Nees captured
it in the Sudetsche Gebirge. In Wesmael’s unnamed
collection are several Belgian specimens.
9. Dacnusa egregia, Marsh.
Degregia, Marsh:, Wbscitspctal. ee
2 Abdomen oblong, not spathulate; Ist segment linear, about
twice as long as the hind coxe ; antenne 36-jointed ; 2nd discoidal
areolet closed at both ends. Black, pubescent; abdomen, after the
Ist segment, brownish-red, more obscure towards the extremity.
Head transverse, wider than the thorax, profoundly excavated
behind ; palpi testaceons. Antenne as long as the body, slender,
setiform, black, with the first 5 joints testaceous. ‘Thorax gibbous,
very pubescent ; mesothoracie furrows complete but shallow, con-
verging hindwards into a small round fovea, from which proceeds
a shallow medial channel, not reaching the middle of the disk;
metathorax short, rugulose, beset with whitish hairs, almost
British Braconide. 9
trureate posteriorly, carinated at the base. Wings subhyaline ;
squamulz brownish ; nervures and stigma dark brown ; the latter
much attenuated, acuminate at both ends, emitting the radial
nervure before one-third of its length ; radial nervure thickened
towards the base ; radial areolet broader near the extremity than
in D. petiolata; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs testaceous ;
middle femora somewhat infuseated, the hind femora blackish ; all
the tarsi fuscescent. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax,
hardly wider behind, somewhat compressed ; Ist segment much
shorter than in D. petiolata, linear, finely punctate-rugulose ; the
tubercles subobsolete. Terebra briefly exserted, falciform.
unknown. Length, 2 lines; exp., 3} lines. .
Formerly I regarded this as the Alysia navicularis,
Nees, but the description of that insect differs in too
many particulars to justify the identification. ‘Taken on
the banks of the Usk, near Abergavenny, and unique in
my collection.
10. Dacnusa temula, Hal.
D. temula, Hal., Hym. Brit., u., p. 14, ¢; Marsh., Jvb.
Cita ps 412, 2.
Stigma thicker than the length of the Ist abscissa, dull fer-
ruginous, more than four times as long as its breadth ; recurrent
nervure hardly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet oblong. ¢ Black,
shining, hardly pubescent; middle of the abdomen brownish
testaceous. Mandibles and palpi ferruginous. Antenne scarcely
longer than the body, blackish, with the three basal joints ferru-
ginous, except at their extremities, 25-jointed; all the joints
cylindric, after the 2nd. Thorax oblong oval; furrows of the
mesothorax abbreviated, humeral ; an impressed line before the
scutellum ; metathorax finely scabrous ; furrow of the mesoplcure
smooth. Wings hyaline; squamule pale testaceous; nervures
stout, ferruginous ; stigma large, linear-lanceolate, obtuse at the
base, acuminate at the extremity,emitting the radial nervure before
one-third of its length; radial arcolet attenuated and sinuated
before the apex; and nervure scarcely inchoate. Legs pale testa-
ceous. Abdomen oval ; Ist segment black, finely scabrous, twice
as long as its breadth, somewhat contracted at the base, rectangular
at the extremity ; intermediate segments testaceous brown, the
posterior infuscated. @ unknown. Length, 1-13 lines.
Found in the woods of North Ircland; rare in England.
10 tev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
I have not seen this species, which seems closely allied
to the following; the two together constitute Forster’s
genus Pachysema.
11. Dacnusa macrospila, Hal
D. macrospila, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 14, ¢ ; Marsh.,
lib. cit., p. 473, g
by \Oheaks
Stigma blackish, hardly three times as long as its breadth ;
recurrent nervure sensibly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet, short,
nearly quadrate. ¢ Verysimilar to D. temula, differing only by the
nervulation and the darker colour of the legs. Black, shining ;
middle of the abdomen, and sometimes the Ist segment, testaceous
brown. Base of the antenne testaceous. Wings slightly infu-
mated ; squamule dull, ferruginous ; uervures stout, blackish ;
stigma large, thick, ovai-lanceolate, bulging out beyond the margin
of the wing, acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial
nervure before the middie. Legs testaceous, 2 unknown.
Length, 1 line.
Not known to me. England and Ireland; very rare.
12. Dacnusa senilis, Nees.
Bassus senilis, Nees, Mag. Ges. Ber]., 1814, p. 209.
Alysia senilis, Nees, Mon., i., p. 260, f 9, and A.
rujupes, Nees, lub. cié., p. 261, f 9.
D. senilis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 11; Marsh., lib. cit.,
pti4ay tf o..
Metathorax and Ist abdominal segment densely covered with
pale down, concealing the sculpture; hind femora blackish, or
streaked with blackish above. Body black, with dense whitish
pubescence. Head broader than the thorax ; mandibles dull red-
dish; palpi ferruginous. @Q antennew longer than the body,
blackish, with the 2nd joint rufescent, 32-36-jointed. Thorax
subeylindric ; mesothoracie furrows faintly impressed, extending
over the disk, but not quite reaching the hind border ; an oblong
fovea before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure crenulate ;
metathorax excavated behind, rugulese, with a basal carina. Wings
slightly infumated ; squamule brownish; nervures and stigma
dark brown ; the latter sublinear, not so thick as the length of the
Ist abscissa, obtuse at the base, acuminate at the extremity,
British Braconide. 1]
emitting the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial
areolet hardly attenuated and sinuated before the apex; recur-
rent nervure interstitial. Fore legs ferruginous, their cox often
infuscated ; middle legs ferruginous, their cox, the base of the
trochanters, the upper edge of the femora, and the tarsi, blackish ;
hind legs blackish, with the 2nd joint of the trochanters, and the
tibiew, ferruginous, these last dark at the tips, the femora sometimes
reddish underneath. Abdomen longer and narrower than the
thorax, convex, pointed at the extremity ; Ist segment sublinear,
carinated in the middle, rugulose, the tubercles hardly visible ; 2nd
and following segments very smooth, having each a series of
minute impressed points along the hind border. Terebra_ briefly
exserted, curved, with stout, compressed valves. ¢ antenne longer,
37-40-jointed; abdomen depressed, somewhat spathulate. Length,
13 lines ; exp., 33 lines.
Var. ¢ Q Alysia rufipes, Nees. Ferruginous parts of lighter
tint ; mandibles, base of antenns, squamulze, and legs, red ; hind
cox and tips of hind femora either red or blackish. Pubescence
of the metathorax and first segment very fine. In one ¢ of my
collection the 2nd segment is reddish at the base.
Not uncommon in marshes; a parasite, according to
Rondani, of Phytomyza albiceps, Meigen. Besides
England, it has been noticed in Germany, Iialy, and
Norway.
13. Dacnusa imisella, Marsh.
D. misella, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 475, ¢ 2.
Metathorax less densely covered with down, often nearly bare ;
hind femora entirely pale, or rarely and faintly streaked with
fuscous. ‘The smallest species, very minute. Body short, black,
shining, with pale pubescence; base of the 2nd abdominal segment
somewhat reddish. Head large, transverse, wider than the thorax ;
mandibles 3-denticulate, red; palpi red. @ antenne much longer
than the body, black, 20-22-jointed ; scape pale at the extremity.
Thorax short, gibbous ; mesonotum divided by an indistinct medial
channel, sometimes effaced, which terminates in a fovea before the
scutellum ; pectus and pleure covered with whitish pubescence ;
furrow of the mesopleure smooth; metathorax very short,
not shining, abruptly truncate bebind, carinated at the base,
furnished at each posterior angle with a tuft of whitish woolly
hair, Wings subbyaline ; squamule, nervures, and stigma pale
12 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
brownish ; the latter elongate, linear, acuminate externally, not so
thick as the length of the 1st abscissa, emitting the radial nervure
before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet lanceolate, hardly
sinuated before the extremity, remote from the tip of the wing ;
recurrent nervure rejected ; Ist cubital areolet imperfectly separ-
ated from the 1st discoidal by reason of the dividing nervure being
colourless ; anal nervure effaced. Legs testaceous, with fuscous
coxe. Abdomen not longer than the thorax, spathulate, some-
what convex, pointed at the extremity ; Ist segment twice as
broad at the extremity as at the base, hardly pubescent, very finely
aciculate, the tubercles scarcely visible ; the following segments
smooth. Terebra concealed. ¢ similar; antennee 22-jointed ;
abdomen depressed ; not so wide behind; Ist segment sublinear.
Length, 2 line ; exp., 1? lines.
Comimon in Cornwail; obtained by sweeping hedges.
14. Dacnusa albipes, Hal.
D. albipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 10; Marsh., lid. cit.,
p. 477, 2.
Radial areolet shorter than the prebrachial, Abdomen entirely
black. ¢ black, shining, hardly pubescent. Mandibles ferrugi-
nous; labrum and palpi yellow. Antenne as long as the body,
black, with joints 1-5 yellow, 21-25-jointed. Thorax subglobular;
a minute fovea before the. scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure
rugose. Wings hyaline ; squamule yellow ; nervures pale ; stigma
ochreous, linear, emitting the radial nervure from the base ; recur-
rent nervure rejected ; radial areolet shorter than the prabrachial,
attenuated and sinuated before the extremity. Legs pale yellow,
with only the last tarsal joint obscure. Abdomen depressed, spathu-
late; Ist segment sublinear, punctate-rugulose. 2 unknown.
Length, 1 line.
Treland, in woods, verv rare. Dr. Schmiedeknecht
states that he has found it in Germany.
15. Dacnusa lateralis, Hal.
D. lateralis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 9; Marsh., lib. cit.,
p: 480,38 2.
Antenne very long, one-half longer than the body; radial ner-
vure distinctly sinuated ; 1st abdominal segment three times as
long as its breadth. Body black, shining, very finely pubescent ;
British Braconide. 18
abdomen usually black (see varieties). @Q antennz slender, tes-
taceous, blackish towards the extremity, about 40-jointed. Meso-
thoracic furrows inchoate; an oblong, near fovea before the
scutellum; metathorax rugose, very short, almost vertical from
the base, carinated in the middle, beset with whitish pubes-
cence. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule testaceous ; nervures
and stigma pale brown; the Jatter linear, elongate, narrow, emit-
ting the radial nervure from near the base ; radial areolet large,
lanceolate, sinuated before the extremity : recurrent nervure inter-
stitial. Legs testaceous ; hind coxe blackish, their tibiz infuscated
at the apex. and the femora often streaked with blackish towards
the extremity ; tarsi obscure, the 4 anterior only at the tips.
Abdomen depressed, suborbicular, almost broader than the thorax ;
Ist segment linear, punctate-rugulose, with medial tubercles.
Terebra hardly exserted. 4 similar; abdomen sublinear.
Length 14 lines ; exp., 5 lines.
Var. 1. Second abdominal segment dull testaceous at the base ;
base of antenne, and legs, of a duller tint.
Var. 2. ¢ 9 Abdomen testaceous, infuscated at the sides ; Ist
segment black. This variety is perhaps peculiar to Ireland, since
Haliday has described it as the ordinary form of the species ; but
in all the numerous specimens which I have seen the abdomen is
black, having at most a slight reddish tint at the base of the 2nd
segment,
This species may be known by the remarkable length of
the antenne. In other respects it much resembles D. talaris
(sp. 3), and especially those specimens which have the
2nd segment free from rugosity ; these, however, have
both the antennz and the Ist segment shorter. Com-
mon in England and Ireland; taken also by Walker in
Finmark.
16. Dacnusa cincta, Hal.
D. cincta, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p.9; Marsh., lib. cié.,
peAGls Ye:
Antenne a little longer than the body ; radial nervure hardly
sinuated ; Ist abdominal segment twice as long as its width. @
black, shining, with very fine pubescence ; 2nd and following seg-
ments testaceous, cinctured with a darker colour, after the 3rd ;
mandibles testaceous. Antenne slender, 42-jointed, more or less
testaceous at the base. Metathorax short, obtuse, punctate-
rugulose. Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge; squamulze
14 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
yellowish ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous, the latter linear,
emitting the radial nervure from near the base ; radial areolet very
little narrowed and sinuated before the extremity. Legs testaceous
with the last tarsal joint obscure. Abdomen rather longer than
the head and thorax, and as wide as the latter ; Ist segment sub-
linear, contracted at the extreme base, black, punctate-rugulose.
Terebra subexserted. dunknown. Length, 13 lines.
I have not met with this species. he habitat is not
mentioned ; probably Ireland.
17. Dacnusa lepida, Marsh.
D. lepida, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 482, g.
Legs whitish-yellow, elongate; squamule of the same colour ;
wings very ample, obtuse and truncated at the extremity ; face
whitish. ¢ black, shining, thinly beset with whitish hairs ; abdo-
men piceous brown. Head transverse, wider than the thorax, face
and oral parts whitish-yellow. Autenne much longer than the
body, slender, dull testaceous, with the scape and the base of the
flagellum of a brighter hue, 33-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows
subobsolete ; a linear fovea before the scutellum; metathorax
almost smooth, rather shining, without a basal carina. Wings
hyaline ; nervures and stigma brown, the latter moderately long,
lanceolate, obtuse at the base, acuminate at the extremity, emitting
the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet
distinctly attenuated and sinuated towards the extremity, longer
than the preebrachial areolet ; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs
very pale, including the cox; 4 posterior tarsi, and tips of the
hind tibie slightly infuscated; a small black spot at the base of
the hind coxe, above. First abdominal,;segment short, barely
twice as long as its width, not much narrowed at the base, canali-
culate in the middle throughout its length, margined, somewhat
shining, without rugosity, its tubercles salient ; the following seg-
ments forma claviform oval, shorter than the thorax. 9 unknown.
Length, nearly 1 line ; exp., 24 lines.
The only specimen was taken at Bishop’s Teignton,
Devon.
18. Dacnusa ovalis, Marsh.
D. ovalis, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 488, 3 2.
Legs dull testaceous, shorter than in species 17 ; squamule of
the same colour; wings less ample, regularly rounded at the
extremity ; face black. Body black, shining; metathorax and Ist
oOo)
British Braconide. 15
segment covered with fine down; 2nd segment somewhat reddish
at the base. Head transverse, wider than the thorax; mandibles
rufous, tridenticulate ; palpi dusky. @ Antenne longer than the
body, blackish, with two or three of the basal joints more or less
testaceous, 31-jointed (in 4 examples). Thorax short, gibbous ;
mesothoracic furrows almost obsolete ; a rather large oval fovea
before the scutellum ; metathorax short, not shining, finely rugose,
vertically truncate behind, the descending portion bounded by a
transverse carina. Wings subhyaline: nervures and stigma
fuscous, th2 latter elongate, linear-lanceolate, obtuse at the base,
acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial nervure from near
the base ; radial areolet large, much dilated in the middle, sinuated
and gradually attenuated towards the extremity, longer than the
prebrachial; recurrent nervure interstitial. Last joint of the
tarsi infuscated. First abdominal segment short, twice as long as
its apical width, hardly narrowed at the base, not shining, finely
aciculate, with medial tubercles, not salient; the following seg-
ments form a pointed oval, as wideand as long as the thorax, black,
more or less reddish at the base. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢
similar; antenne 31-jointed ; legs of a more dingy hue; abdomen
obtuse at the extremity, narrower than the thorax. Length,
hardly 1 line; exp., 23 lines.
Var. @Q Abdomen, after the Ist segment, dull, testaceous,
infuscated at the sides.
Found at Nunton, Wilts, 3 9, 1 g¢; the var. in
Cornwall.
19. Dacnusa leptogaster, Hal.
D. lepiogaster, Hal., Hym. Brit., i, p. 10; Marsh., lib.
Clie, ators 6 fs
Squamule black. Body black, pubescent ; abdomen linear, not
so wide as the thorax; 2nd segment reddish at the base. Resembles
D, petiolata (sp. 8), but is much smaller, and the head and abdomen
are relatively narrower. Q Antenne as long as the body, 26-30-
jointed. Thorax oblong-oval; a punctiform fovea before the
scutellum ; metathorax short, pubescent, slightly excavated behind.
Wings hyaline, with a faint dusky tinge; nervures and stigma
fuscous, the latter linear, rather stout, emitting the radial nervure
before one-quarter of its length; radial areolet short, hardly
sinuated and narrowed before the extremity. Legs testaceous ;
the 4 anterior femora marked above with a blackish streak ; hind
tibix blackish at the apex. Abdomen somewhat compressed,
16 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
truncate at the extremity ; Ist segment slender, linear, almost as
long as the following segments united, rugose, reticulated ;
tubercles situated before the middle, subobsolete : the rest of the
abdomen sometimes wholly reddish. Terebra subexserted. ¢
Antennez rather longer than the body, 33-jointed, and upwards ;
abdomen linear, not compressed. Length, 14 lines.
England and Ircland ; somewhat rare.
20. Dacnusa yostica, Hal.
tr 5)
Dposivca, Wal., Hym. Brit:, a. pod) Marsh7) (2b.
cit. p. 455, g.
Squamule reddish. Abdomen testaceous with the Ist segment
black. Similar to D. senilis (sp. 12), but the Ist segment is more
slender, and its pubescence not so dense. ¢ Black, pubescent ;
head large, wider than the thorax ; mandibles red, palpi paler.
Antenne testaceous at the base. Thorax oblong; metathorax
pubescent, slightly excavated behind. Wings hyaline, with an
obscure tinge ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the former (according
to Haliday) arranged as in D. senilis. Legs testaceous. Abdomen
narrower than the thorax ; Ist segment slender, linear, punctate-
rugulose, subcarinate ; tubercles obtuse, situated somewhat before
the middle. @Q unknown; but compare D. gracilis (sp. 22). Length,
13 lines.
The single example, taken long ago by Walker, is too
succinctly described by Haliday. He differentiates it from
D. cincta (sp. 16) as being of a more elongate form, with a
larger head, the 1st segment more slender, and the radial
areolet smaller.
Taken once in England.
21. Dacnusa diremta, Hal.
D. diremia, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 12; Marsh., lid.
Cligeps 4005.6 9s
Head subcubic, its length and breadth being about equal, not
dilated behind the eyes ; nervures and stigma pale yellow. Black,
shining, with scattered pubescence. The form of the head,
peculiar to this species, is easy to recognise; the head also is as
wide as the thorax, and less flattened than usual ; mandibles and
British Braconide. iby
palpi ferruginous. 9 Antennz longer than the body, slender,
blackish, with the base ferruginous, 42-jointed, and upwards.
Thorax subcylindric ; mesothoracic furrows united, not far from
the fore margin, in a channel which terminates in a deep round
fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax downy, punctate-rugulose,
obtuse behind, canaliculate in the middle. Wings hyaline;
squamulz pale yellow ; stigma linear, acuminate at the extremity,
emitting the radial nervure from near the base; radial areolet
lanceolate, hardly sinuated, longer than the preebrachial ; recurrent
nervure interstitial. Legs entirely ferruginous. Abdomen nar-
rower than the thorax, somewhat compressed posteriorly ; 2nd
segment ferruginous, the rest blackish. Terebra subexserted.
¢ Antenne twice as long as the body, about 32-jointed; Ist
abdominal segment twice as long as its apical width, hardly con-
tracted at the base, canaliculate in the middle, very finely aciculate,
with medial tubercles not salient ; abdomen narrowly oblong, not
compressed ; 2nd and 3rd segments testaceous. Length, $line ;
exp., 14 lines.
Var. Second abdominal segment piceous.
Found in marshy places; England and_ Ireland ;
Germany ; Russia, according to Kawall. I possess one
$, not in good condition.
22. Dacnusa gracilis, Nees.
Alysia gracilis, Nees, Mon., p. 257, 2 2.
D. gracilis, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 487, $ 2.
Head transverse, dilated behind the eyes; nervures and stigma
fuscous. Black, shining ; middle of the abdomen ferruginous.
© Head large ; oral parts rufous. Antenne somewhat longer than
the body, testaceous as far as the middle, thence gradually darkened
to the apex, 3l-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows continned to the
oblong fovea before the scutellum; metathorax carinate in the
middle, pubescent posteriorly, hardly rugulose, truncate behind.
Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge ; nervures and stigma pale
brown, the latter linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure at
one-third of its length ; radial nervure hardly sinuated ; recurrent
nervure rejected. Legs rufous, the cox included ; last joint of
the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen longer than the head and thoray,
narrow, strongly compressed towards the apex ; Ist segment almost
linear, striolate, carinate in the middle, with subobsolete tubercles ;
2nd and part of the Srd, testaceous or rufous; the rest blackish,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART I. (APRIL.) 2
18 “Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
except the last and the hypopygium, which are rufous. Terebra
exserted, curved upwards. 4 similar, according to Nees, but not
described. Length, 14 lines ; exp., 3! lines.
I have taken two females of this species, one in
England, the other in France, at Nantua; they agree in
all respects except size, the English example being much
the smaller. Fora iong time I supposed them to be
D. postica, Hal. (sp. 20), the 2 of which is undiscovered ;
but the identification is too uncertain to be adopted.
Taken by Manger in the Sudetsche Gebirge.
23. Dacnusa aphanta, Marsh.
D, aphanta, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 488, 2.
First cubital areolet. more or less confounded with the 1st dis-
coidal. Black; abdomen piceous; body not very pubescent.
Head wider than the thorax ; oral parts pale. @ Antenne twice
as long as the body, blackish, with the scape partly testaceous,
25-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; a linear fovea before
the scutellum ; metathorax sloping from the base, not shining,
bisected by a transverse carina. Wings hyaline ; squamulex pale
yellow ; nervures and stigma pale brownish; the latter elongate,
stout, abruptly acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial
nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet large, much
longer than the ‘prebrachial, dilated and sinuated before the
extremity ; the nervure dividing the lst cubital from the 1st dis-
coidal areolet widely interrupted, subobsolete ; recurrent nervure
interstitial. Legs very pale testaceous, the coxze included ; tips of
the hind tibize and iast joint of all the tarsi, infuscated. Abdomen
claviform, as long as the thorax, somewhat compressed towards the
apex, which is vertically truncate ; lst segment linear, black, 2}
times as long as its width, hardly aciculate, not shining ; the tuber-
cles not salient ; the following segments piceous. Terebra briefly
exserted. ¢ doubtful on account of the antennz, which have
only 24 joints, and are somewhat shorter than those of the 9°.
Otherwise it agrees well with the description ; the 1st cubital is
completely confused with the 1st discoidal; this character may he
of little value, but I could not find any other by which to fix the
place of a species so little distinguished. Length, 3 lines ; exp.,
2 lines.
Taken in 8. Wales and near Plymouth. Forster has
made a genus Aphanta, possibly intended for this insect.
British Braconide. 19
24. Dacnusa stramineipes, Hal.
D. stramineipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 16; Marsh.,
lib. cit., p. 498, 2 9.
Second discoidal areolet not closed on the outer side ; antenns
much longer than the body, 25-31-jointed ; terebra as long as one-
fourth, or even three-fourths, of the abdomen. Blackish-brewn,
or piceous, pubescent ; the apex of the abdomen pale. Head not
wider than the thorax; cheeks pale piceous; mandibles rufous ;
palpi pale. ¢ Q Antenne very slender, blackish, more or less
testaceous at the base. Mesonotum flattened posteriorly, having
in front of the scutellum a linear fovea of variable length, some-
times short and oval ; the ordinary furrows effaced ; furrow of the
mesopleure wanting; metathorax pilose, short, not shining, punc-
tulate, without a medial carina. Wings ample, very long, hyaline;
squamule testaceous ; nervures and stigma testaceous in the 9,
black in the ¢ ; stigma linear, very elongate, acuminate at the
apex ; radial areolet very long, longer than the preebrachial, and
approaching nearer to the tip of the wing than in the next species,
somewhat dilated and sinuated in the middle, not much attenuated
towards the apex, almost cultriform ; radial nervure originating
near the base of the stigma ; recurrent neryure rejected. Legs
straw-coloured; last joint of the tarsi obscure. Abdomen sub-
sessile, oboval, somewhat depressed ; Ist segment not longer than
its apical width, somewhat narrowed at the base, aciculate, downy,
not shining ; the tubercles not apparent. Length, 14 lines; exp.,
3? lines.
This species constitutes the genus Tanystropha,
Forster. It is confounded by transitional links with
D. areolaris (sp. 25) ; itis found with that species, but less
abundantly; as it differs in no important particulars
except superior development, it may be reasonably
suspected of being only a well nourished variety.
England and Ireland ; common.
25. Dacnusa areolaris, Nees. (PI. I., fig. 5.)
Bracon «areolaris, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 20,
plete tiga to:
Alysia areolaris, Nees, Mon., i., 262, :
D..areolanis, Hal., Hym. Brit., u.,p: 15, ¢ 2 ; Marsh.,
lab. cit., p. 491.
Alysia pubescens, Curt. Brit. Ent., 141.
Stigma elongate, emitting the radial nervure not far from its
base, which is somewhat attenuated ; abdomen entirely black or
20 Rev. T’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
piceous ; terebra only slightly exserted. Body black, with pale
pubescence ; palpi dusky; mandibles rufous. ¢ 9 Antenne a
little longer than the body, about 25-jointed. Mesonotum some-
what flattened, impressed with a medial faint longitudinal channel
not reaching the fore border ; furrow of the mesopleure wanting ;
metathorax densely pubescent, short, rugulose. Wings hyaline ;
squamulz brownish ; nervures and stigma pale in the 2, black in
the ¢ ; stigma much attenuated, extending ever two-thirds of the
radial areolet ; this latter is longer than the prebrachial areolet,
and a trifle more remote from the tip of the wing than in sp. 24 ;
radial nervure rather stout, curved and sinuated before the
extremity ; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs rufous; coxe,
base of the trochanters, upper edge of the 4 posterior femora, tips
of the hind tibiz, and the hind tarsi, often infuscated. Abdomen
like that of sp. 24, but not pale at the apex. Terebra concealed
or slightly exserted. Length, $-1 line ; exp., 24-3 lines.
Variable, not only as to size, but also in the colour of
the palpi, mandibles, and legs, which are more or less
dark in the smaller examples, more clearly rufous in the
larger. Many seem to be intermediate between this
species and the preceding, so that it is hard to say,
among the great number | possess, to which they ought
to be referred. It may be also remarked that the radial
areolet varies in length, and the stigma exhibits different
degrees of attenuation, but the general resemblance of all
these equally abundant forms is too intimate to admit a
doubt of their specific identity. They are probably
widely dispersed in cold and temperate regions, where
they show themselves in the earliest days of spring.
T’orster has made of them another genus, Rhizarcha.
26. Dacnusa clandestina, Hal.
D. clandestina, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 14; Marsh.,
lab. cit., p. 492, 2.
Stigma somewhat shorter, emitting the radial nervure before
one-fourth of its length, and dilated at the anastomosis ; abdomen
blackish, the segments cinctured with pale yellowish ; terebra half
as long as the abdomen. @ Black, pubescent ; head large, wider
than the thorax, piceous with paler cheeks ; mandibles ferruginous,
dark at the points ; palpi elongate, pale testaceous. Thorax oval ;
mesonotum impressed with a longitudinal smooth channel not
reaching th fore border ; mesopleure without a furrow ; meta-
British Braconide. 2h
thorax short, obtuse. Wings hyaline: squamule and stigma pale
ochreous ; radialareolet slightly dilated and sinuated in the middle,
somewhat acuminate at the extremity, shorter than spp. 24, 25;
recurrent nervure almost interstitial. Legs pale testaceous, the
tips of the tibize and of the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen subsessile,
oval, convex; 1st segment obconic, densely pubescent like the
metathorax, and finely rugulose ; segments 2—5 cinctured with pale
yellowish before the posterior margin ; 6-7 ochreous. Described
by Haliday from a single specimen. ¢@ unknown. Length,
14 lines,
Taken in Ireland.
27. Dacnusa aquilegix, Marsh.
D. aquileqizx, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 493, 2.
Stigma as long as the prebrachial areolet ; radial nervure bent
in the middle, forming almost a blunted angle, indicating thus a drd
abscissa, which proceeds almost in a straight line to the metacarp, and
terminates in anacute angle at a considerable distance from the tip
of the wing. This conformation is found also in certain species of
Opius, as O. ochrogaster, Wesm., and O. nitidulator, Nees (see Tr. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 32,38). @ Black, scarcely pubescent ; abdo-
men piceous, with the Ist segment testaceous. Head much wider
than long; mandibles rufous; palpi paler. Antenne slender, longer
than the body, 28-jointed, black, with the two first joints reddish.
An impressed line on the m2sonotum before the scutellum ; meta-
thorax short, not shining, pubescent, with a smooth space at the
middle of the base. Wings nyaline; squamule testaceous ;
nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter stout, extending to two-
thirds of the short radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure from
near its base ; the dividing nervure between the Ist cubital and
Ist discoidal areolets colourless, but still traceable; recurrent
nervure directed towards the inner lower angle of the 2nd cubital
areolet. Legs rufotestaceous, the cox included ; last joint of the
tarsi infuscated. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, sub-
sessile ; Ist segment twice as long as its apical width, not much
narrowed at the base, finely striolate and margined, with salient
tubercles ; the following segments smooth, forming a claviform
mass as wide as the thorax. Terebra concealed. ¢ unknown.
Length, 1 live; exp., 24 lines.
The only example was bred from an unknown dipte-
rous pupa found on the columbine, Ajuilegia vulgaris,
by Mr. Billups.
22 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
28. Dacnusa abdita, Hal. (PI. 1., fig. 4.)
D. abdita, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 13; Marsh., lb.
Cit... 294, 6 Y
Mesopleure without a distinct furrow. @ Black, shining, with
scattered pubescence ; abdomen in general entirely black, some-
times the segments cinctured with testaceous along the hind
margin. Head short, transverse, wider than the thorax ; clypeus
brown; mandibles rufous ; palpi whitish. Antenne longer than
the body, black, with the scape testaceous, 51-35-jointed. Thorax
short, gibbous, oval ; on the mesonotum before the scutellum is an
oval fovea more or less distinct, which is prolonged into a channel
on the disk ; metathorax short, rugose, truncate posteriorly. Wings
ample, hyaline, minutely hairy ; squamule testaceous ; nervures
and stigma fuscous, the latter stout, elongate, linear-lanceolate,
sometimes attenuated at the base, close to which it emits the radial
nervure ; radial areolet large, much longer than the preebrachial,
strongly dilated and sinuated before the extremity ; recurrent
nervure directed towards the inner lower angle of the 2nd cubital
areolet. Legs testaceous ; hind tarsi and tips of the hind tibiz
infuscated, tarsi shorter than the tibiz. Abdomen convex, sub-
orbicular ; 1st segment sublinear, somewhat contracted before the
tubercles, which are conspicuous and situated in the middle ; the
following segments very smooth, ciliated on the margins; belly
testaceous. ‘lerebra hardly exserted. 2 similar, but more
slender ; antenne (in 3 examples) 32-jointed ; abdomen depressed,
oblong, with parallel sides ; posterior segments obscurely bordered
with testaceous. Length, 11 lines; exp., 3 lines.
‘This species may be known by the unusual direction of
the recurrent nervure, and the exceptional shortness of
the hind tarsi; otherwise it is very hke D. talaris (sp. 3)
and D. lateralis (sp. 15); in D. talaris the hind tarsi are
as long as their tibie ; in D. lateralis the hind tarsi are
short, but the antenne very much longer. Found in
England and Ireland ; a supposed parasite of some Phy-
tomyza, Whose larva lives in the parenchyma of leaves.
29, Dacnusa gilvines, Hal.
guvipes,
D. gilvipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 12;.Marsh., 7b;
City Peano, oy.
Mesopleurz with a crenulate furrow. Antennee 25-29-jointed.
@ Black, shining, finely pubescent ; mandibles, clypeus, and palpi
British Braconide. 23
yellow. Antenne as long as the body, blackish, with the first
+ or 5 joints yellow, the 3rd somewhat elongate. Thorax oval,
convex ; mesothoracic furrows scarcely inchoate, punctulate; a
punctiform fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax very short,
obtuse, punctate-rugulose. | Wings hyaline; squamule yellow ;
nervures and stigma testaceous, the latter very narrow, emitting
the radial nervure from its attenuated base; the nervulation
‘according to Haliday) resembles that of D. areolar/s (sp. 25), but the
recurrent nervure is interstitial, and the 1st abscissa longer. Legs
slender, yellow. Abdomen subpetiolate, spathulate, somewhat less
wide than the thorax, slightly compressed at the apex ; 1st segment
linear, punctate-rugulose, very little contracted at the base, with
medial tubercles. Terebra as long as one-fourth of the abdomen,
its valves slender. 4 similar, but with stouter legs. Length,
1-1} lines.
Var. 1. d@ Abdominal segments, after the Ist, fuscous ; an
obscure testaceous patch at the base of the 2nd.
Var. 2. ¢ Hind tarsi and tips of their tibiz infuscated.
I have not seen this species, which, according to
Haliday, resembles D. albipes (sp. 14), differing only in
having the thorax nearly glabrous, the radial areolet and
the stigma shorter, and the recurrent nervure interstitial.
Forster has made for it the genus Mesora. Found in
Hngland and Ireland, but very rare.
V. GYROCAMPA, Forster.
Forster, Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 276.
Palpi elongate, the maxillary 6-, the labial 3- or 4-jointed. Head
transverse ; cheeks somewhat dilated ; eyes rather small, glabrous.
Thorax smooth; mesonotum canaliculate in the middle, the channel
developing into a fovea before the scutellum ; mesothoracic furrows
incomplete, directed at first across the disk, but soon forming
almost a right angle, marked by a punctiform impression, and then
suddenly effaced ; furrow of the mesopleurze smooth ; metathorax
pubescent. Wings narrower than in Dacnusa ; 2nd abscissa form-
ing a regular parabolic curve, not at all sinuated; recurrent nervure
rejected ; stigma linear, elongate, sometimes very much attenu-
ated and indeterminate, emitting the radial nervure at one-fourth
or one-third of its length ; radial areolet remote from the tip of
the wing ; 2nd discoidal completely closed ; radial nervure of the
hind wings colourless or effaced. Abdomen spathulate, pointed at
the apex in the ? ; 2nd and following sutures very indistinct ; Ist
24 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
segment oblong, a little narrowed at the base, striolate, pubescent,
with more or less visible tubercles. Terebra briefly exserted, with
broad, flattened valves.
These insects are distinguished from Dacnusa by a
certain facies, which is due to the form of the head and
abdomen, as well as to the neuration. Fdérster has made
of them two genera, Gyrocampa and Ametria, the latter
of which is distinguished by a longer radial areolet, and
the number of joints of the labial palpi. The same author
evidently intended to separate Gyrocampa from Dacnusa
by the radial nervure, which is regularly curved in the
former; but the typographical errors in his synopsis,
p- 276 (where No. 2U needs correction), are misleading
to the reader. It may also be remarked that some
species of Dacnusa, as D. semirugosa (sp. 4), present a
radial nervure not more sinuated than in Gyrocam pa.
The parasitism of the species of (ryrocampa is unknown,
but they are always found in marshy places, especially on
plants of the family Lemnacew. The dense pubescence
or down, covering the region of the principal spiracles,
viz., the metathorax and the Ist abdominal segment, is
probably for the protection of the breathing-orifices from
water, and indicates, as in many other insects, the habit
of living in wet places.
TABLE OF SPECIES,
(4) 1. Labial palpi 4-jointed ; stigma attennated, but
not quite obsolete, emitting the radial nervure
at one-fourth of its length.
(3) 2. Second segment striolate at the base, length
nearly 2 lines ate nec ... 2. foveola, Hal.
(2) 8. Second segment entirely smooth ; Tenth 1 line
or very little more .. lL. affinis, Nees.
(1) 4. Labial palpi 3-jointed; stigma obs slete, or "nearly
so, not thicker than the costa, emitting the
radial nervure at one-third of its length ... 3. wliginosa, Hal-
Gyrocampa affinis, Nees.
Bracon longicornis, varr. a, 8, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl.,
LSI, pe 20,
Bassus affinis, Nees, lib. cit., 1814, p. 209.
Alysia affinis, Nees, Mon., i., p. 261, # 2.
Dacnusa affinis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 16, 2 2.
G. affinis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg.
Bracon., vol. ii., p. 503, f 2.
British Braconide. 25
Labial palpi 4-jointed ; stigma elongate, attenuated, emitting
the radial nervure at one-fourth of its length, which fourth is
about equal in length to the Ist abscissa. Second segment of the
abdomen entirely smooth. 2 Black, shining, pubescent ; mandibles
and palpi rufous. Antenne somewhat longer than the body,
24-jointed, the first 3 or 4 joints rufous. Prothorax transversely
wrinkled ; mesonotum traversed by an impressed line issuing in a
rounded fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax not shining, beset
with whitish hairs, truncate posteriorly. Wings hyaline; squa-
mulze brown ; nervures and stigma reddish-brown, sometimes very
pale. Legs rufotestaceous ; last joint of the tarsi elongate, incras-
sated, with minute claws. Abdomen spathulate, as long as the
thorax ; Ist segment finely striolate, pubescent, carinate in the
middle, twice as wide at tle extremity as at the base, with incon-
spicuous tubercles. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar ; antenn
longer, 28-33-jointed ; Ist segment almost linear ; 2nd and follow-
ing narrower than in the 9, forming together an elongate oval.
Length, 1-14 lines; exp., 24-3 lines.
Var. ¢@ Form more slender; head not so much flattened;
antenne longer, 36-jointed; stigma more attenuated, almost
obsolete. Haliday.
Common in Europe, upon duck-weed and other aquatic
plants.
2. Gyrocampa foveola, Hal.
Dacnusa foveola, Hal., Hym. Brit., i1., p. 16, 2.
G. foveola, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 504, ¢ ¢.
Labial palpi, and stigma, as in the preceding. Second segment
of the abdomen striolate at the extreme base. ‘The largest species.
@ Black shining. Antenne 30-35-jointed, the two basal joints
more or less testaceous. Medial furrow of the mesonotum broad and
deeply sunk; metathorax densely pubescent. Wings slightly infu-
mated; nervures and stigma fuscous. First abdominal segment with
salient tubercles, striolate, with a small medial space triangular and
smooth ; apex of the abdomen more acuminate than in G’. affinis ;
terebra longer, its valves incrassated and flattened. The other
characters are the same as those of G.affinis. 4 similar ; 2nd abdo-
minal segment reddish towards the base ; one ¢ in my collection
has 30-jointed antenne, like the 9. Length, 1% lines; exp,
3? hues.
Found in England and Ireland, but much more rarely
than the other species.
26 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
3. Gyrocampa uliginosa, Hal. (PI. 1., fig. 5.)
Dacnusa uliginosa, Hal., Hym. Brit., it., p.17, ¢ 2.
G. uliginosa, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 502, 2 2.
Labial palpi 3-jointed; stigma more elongate and attenuated,
almost indistinguishable from the costa, emitting the radial nervure
at one-third of its length, which third is longer than the 1st
abscissa, 2 Black, shining ; head and thorax pubescent, and of
equal width; palpi and mandibles rufous. Antenne somewhat
longer than the body, 24-jointed, the 2nd joint testaceous. An
impressed line on the mesonotum. terminating in a rounded fovea
before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure fine and smooth ;
metathorax beset with whitish hairs. Wings hyaline ; squamule
brown ; nervures and stigma ferruginous brown ; the portion of
the stigma preceding the Ist abscissa being longer than this latter,
it results that the parastigma is thrown back towards the base of
the wing, and the Ist cubital areolet is angularly prolonged in the
same direction ; radial areolet longer and narrower than in the
other species; hind wings narrow. Legs rufous; tarsi, and tips
of the femora, infuscated. Abdomen convex, spathulate, as wide
as the thorax and a little longer, glabrous, very shining ; Ist seg-
ment twice as wide at the extremity as at the base, striolate, finely
margined, with scarcely visible tubercles ; 2nd sometimes faintly
striolate at the extreme base. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢
similar ; antenne 28-jointed ; abdomen elongate-oval. depressed ;
2nd segment rufcpiceous towards the base, Length, 1 line; exp.,
2+ lines,
Found all over the British Islands, and in Holland ;
common amongst aquatic plants. It constitutes the genus
Ametria, Forster.
VI. CHOREBUS, Hal.
Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 1, (1839).
Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the 4th joint longer than the 5th, the
6th shorter, suboval ; labial palpi 3-jointed, the last joint enlarged,
oval. Head transverse; eyes pilose; mandibles subcompressed, pris-
matic, 3-denticulate, the middle tooth the longest. Thorax finely
and densely punctulate, often not shining, rugose at the sides and
beneath ; mesosternum smooth ; furrow of the mesopleure rugose;
mesothoracic furrows incomplete, directed at first across the disk,
but soon turning off at a right angle marked by a punctiform
British Braconide. Qa
impression,and then suddenly effaced; metathorax rugose, reticulate.
Stigma either linear, elongate, attenuated, emitting the radial nervure
before one-third of its length, or else forming an elongate triangle,
and emitting the radial nervure just before the middle ; radial ner-
vure describing a regular curve, without sinuation ; radial areolet
narrow, elongate, remote from the tip of the wing; recurrent nervure
more or lessrejected, when it is much thrown back, the first cubital
areolet becomes a hexagon ; 2nd discoidal areolet complete. Ab-
domen subsessile; Ist segment striolate, the rest smooth, minutely
ciliate along the hind border. Terebra very short.
Haliday was acquainted with three species, to which I
am now enabled to add a fourth, distinguished by its
neuration, ‘They are closely allied to the preceding and
the following genus, and are found in similar situations,
such as the banks of rivers and ponds, or among the
rejectamenta of the sea-beach. ‘Their earlier states are
not known.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(4) 1. Recurrent nervure rejected as far as the
middle, or one-third, of the 1st eubital
areolet, thus forming a (th side of that
areolet.
(3) 2. Stigma attenuated, sublinear, not so thick
as the length of the 1st abscissa; emit-
ting the radial nervure betore one-fourth
of its length; legs blackish eee « Ll. nereidum, Hal.
. Stigma forming an elongate scalene tri-
angle ; emitting the ranial nervure from
near the middl-, where it is thicker than
the length of the 1st abscissa; legs in
great part testaceous”... at .. 2. Limoniadum, Marsh.
Recurrent nervure not so far rejected.
Antenne of the 9 one-half longer than
the head and thorax; abdomen not
compressed (@ unknown) oe ... 3. lymphatus, Hal.
(5) 6. Antenne of the Q as long as the head
and thorax; abdomen, after the 3rd
segment, strongly compressed ... .. 4. natadum, Hal.
49
ee)
oF
1. Cherebus nereidum, Hal.
C. nererdum, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 18
fibvetis, We O01, 6?
2 Black ; head transverse, somewhat less wide than the thorax,
shining, densely pubescent ; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles
piceous ; palpi pale, infuscated at bothends. Antennz 18-jointed,
hardly as long as the head and thorax. Thorax densely pubescent;
mesothoracic furrows humeral, effaced posteriorly, between them
on the fore margin is a short smooth stria; metathorax short,
Marsh.,
I
28 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
subtruncate. Wings hyaline ; squamule black; nervures and
stigma fuscous ; radial areolet lanceolate, very narrow ; Ist cubital
areolet hexagonal ; prebrachial areolet of the hind wings rather
short. Legs robust, blackish, with the extremities of the trochan-
ters rufous. Abdomen as broad as the thorax, and somewhat
longer, lanceolate, depressed ; 1st segment obconic, rather longer
than its apical width, without visible tubercles, obsoletely rugu-
lose, margined, often marked with a medial impression ; 2nd and
3rd, taken together, subrectangular, one-half longer than the Ist ;
the rest, taken together, scarcely half as long as the 2nd and 3rd.
Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar; antennze almost one-half
longer than the head and thorax, 22-jointed ; abdomen scarcely
narrower than the thorax ; segments 2—3 as long as all the follow-
ing united. Length, 1 lines ; exp., 2} lines.
It has been taken in England, Ireland, and Holland, but
rarely ; it crawls slowly amongst seaweed at the mouths
of rivers, and on the coast. Mr. Billups has captured it at
Oxshott.
Chorebus limoniadum, Marsh.
C. limoniadum, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 507, 2.
@ Black; head transverse, as wide as the thorax, shining
pubescent ; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles and palpi testa-
ceous. Antenne mutilated, but 16 joints remain. Mesothorax as
in the last species; metathorax punctate-rugose, traversed by several
raised lines, irregular, longitudinal, of which the two medial enclose
an oval space. Wings hyaline ; squamule, nervures, and stigma,
rufopiceous ; radial areolet lanceolate, broader than in C. nereidum ;
recurrent nervure rejected to one-third of the length of the inner
lower side of the 1st cubital areolet, which is thus made hexagonal;
prebrachial areolet of the hind wings shorter than in C. nereidum.
Legs testaceous, pubescent ; 4 anterior cox, all the femora, tibix,
and tarsi infuscated at the apex; hind coxe black. Abdomen
elongate-oval, depressed, subpetiolate ; 1st segment striolate, nearly
linear, much narrower than the metathorax, margined from the
base to the tubercles, which are acute and very salient ; the rest of
the segments smooth. ‘Terebra hardly exserted. 4 unknown.
Length, 14 lines ; exp., 23 lines.
The shape of the stigma will at once distinguish this
species, without regard to smaller differences. I cap-
tured the only specimen known on the banks of a rivulet
in Devonshire, at some distance from the sea.
British Braconide. 99
3. Chorebus lymphatus, Hal.
C. lymphatus, Hal., Hym. Brit., i, p.19; Marsh.,
ib. cit., p. 508, &.
2 More slender than C.nereidum and C.naiadum. Black ; head
transverse, subcubic, wider than the thorax, shining ; eyes beset
with scattered hairs; mandibles and palpi ferruginous. Antenne
22-jointed, the 2nd joint rufescent. Thorax finely punctulate,
pubescent; mesonotum having an impressed line in front, and a
fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax obtuse. Wings hyaline ;
squamule yellowish ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous, the
latter still more attenuated than in C. nereidum ; radial areolet more
elongate, Legs ferruginous, the tips of the tarsi infuscated.
Abdomen asin C. nereidum, but less narrowed posteriorly ; 1st seg-
ment almost twice as long as wide, its tubercles situated before the
middle. Terebra subexserted. Length, 1} lines.
Once captured by Haliday in North Ireland, in a grassy
ditch.
4, Chorebus navadum, Hal.
C. naiadum, Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., p. 18; Marsh., ld.
cit., p. B09, 3 2.
2 Black: head transverse, a little narrower than the thorax,
shining, densely pubescent; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles
dusky ; palpi pale. Antenne 16-jointed, more slender than in
C. nereidum. Thorax densely pubescent ; mesonotum canaliculate in
thé middle, sometimes studded with large punctures ; metathorax
very short, gibbous at the sides, truncate posteriorly. | Wings
hyaline ; squamule black ; stigma and nervures dull ferruginous;
the former linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure before
one-third of its length; recurrent nervure moderately rejected.
Legs dull ferruginous. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax ;
1st segment about one-half longer than its apical width ; faintly
rugulose; 2nd and 3rd forming together an attenuated cone,
scarcely as long as the following segments united ; these latter are
strongly compressed like the blade of an oar, vertically. Terebra
exserted, with slender valves. ¢ Antenna: longer and more slender
than those of the 9, 20—21-jointed ; stigma and nervures fuscous ;
legs dull rufopiceous, much longer and more slender. Length,
12 lines; ¢ 13 lines.
Taken by Haliday in North Ireland, on the banks of
rivers and lakes, but not commonly.
30 T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
VII. CHANUSA, Hal.
Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 19 (1839).
Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the last joint suboval; labial 4-jointed,
the two last joints short, consolidated so as to form a club some-
what longer than the 2nd joint. Head somewhat transverse, sub-
cubic, widened behind the eyes, smooth, shining, finely pubescent :
eyes beset with scattered hairs ; mandibles subcompressed in the
form of a prism, as in Chorebus, tridenticulate. Thorax densely
punctulate, pubescent; prothorax large, transversely wrinkled ;
mesothoracic furrows as in Chorebus, but smoother, the medial line
almost effaced ; a linear fovea before the scutellum ; mesopleurz
smooth, the usual furrow crenulate ; metathorax short, rounded,
rugose, Stigma oval-lanceolate, shorter than in Chorebus, and
broader than the length of the Ist abscissa, emitting the radial
nervure from very near the middle ; radial areolet small, shorter
than the preebrachial, remote from the tip of the wing ; recurrent
nervure very slightly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet completely
closed. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, depressed,
spathulate in the 2, elongate-oval in the ¢; Ist segment twice
as long as its apical width, very little narrowed at the base, finely
striolate and margined, its tubercles almost effaced ; before them
there is generally a transverse impression resembling a false suture ;
the following segments smooth, ciliate on the hind margin. 'Terebra
very short.
The single species of this genus has the general appear-
ance of a Chorebus, differing only in the neuration and
the labial palpi: this latter character probably induced
Haliday to establish a new subgenus, though at the pre-
sent day it would hardly be regarded as of primary
importance. Nees von Hsenbeck strangely placed the
insect in his genus Perilitus, notwithstanding the.
mandibles, which are those of the Hwodontes, and not
considering his own closely allied species Gyrocampa
afjinis, which he more correctly referred to the genus
Alysia.
1. Chenusa conjungens, Nees. (PI. I., fig. 6.)
Bracon conjungens, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811,
Pad, pl. ai. ie. 7:
Perilitus conjungens, Nees, Mon.,1. p. 33, f @.
C. conjungens, Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., p. 19; Marsh.,
hoScitcproll, gf Qy.
British Braconide. 31
Black ; ¢ mandibles testaceous ; labrum and palpi ferruginous.
Antenne longer than the body, 24-25-jointed. Wings hyaline ;
5
squamulz brownish ; stigma fuscous in the ¢, ferruginous in the
@. Legs ferruginous; trochanters and base of the tibix paler ;
knees and tips of the tarsi infuscated.. Terebra scarcely as long as
the last segment. Length, 1-1} lines; exp., 21-3 lines.
Found in England and Ireland; originally by Nees
in Franconia. I have taken three, in Devonshire and
Cornwall; the species is not uncommon in swampy
places.
EXPLANATION OF Prats J,
DACNUSIDA.
Fig. 1. Dacnusa ampliator, Nees, 2. 1a Antenna,
2. Dacnusa petiolata, Nees, ¢.
3. Dacnusa areolaris, Nees, 2.
4, Wing of Dacnusa abdita, Hal.
5. Gyrocampa uliginosa, Hal., 2.
6. Chenusa conjungens, Nees, 4.
a»
co
co
“——
II. Western Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. By
The Right lHonble. Lorp Watsinauamu, M.A.,
GDS ERS.
[Read Dec. 2nd, 1896.]
Prates II. and III.
I am indebted to the Rev. Dr. W. J. Holland for the
opportunity of making known some interesting additions
to the African Micro-lepidoptera from a locality hitherto
unvisited by any collector of these small but instructive
forms. Kangwé, on the Ogowé River (where the Rev.
A. C. Good collected the specimens communicated by
Dr. Holland), is situated only two miles south of the
equator, and the collection, as might be expected, affords
several examples of the more brilliant colouring and
abnormal structure which distinguishes the equatorial
fauna in other regions. The specimens, unfortunately, for
the most part are in only moderate condition, but are
sufficient to indicate that an experienced collector could
find a rich harvest of novelties if he should possess also
the qualifications of a sportsman and be indifferent to the
aggressive curiosity of the very numerous lions which, I
am informed, make night collecting absolutely impossible,
and in this instance confined it exclusively to lamp-light
on the upper floor.
This small collection still further emphasises the
alliances undoubtedly prevalent between the Micro-
lepidoptera of the two regions lying on opposite sides of
the great dividing barrier of the Atlantic Ocean, especially
about those degrees of latitude tending southward from
the equator. But, while emphasising this fact, the
collection possesses a still greater interest from the
evidence which it affords that the African continent forms
a strong connecting link with the eastern as well as with
the western fauna. Some of the genera included in this
paper, such as Idiothawma and Mictopsichia, have repre-
9
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT I. (APRIL) 3
34 Lord Walsingham on Western
sentative forms in both, The species placed in the genera
Choreutis, Simaethis, and Glyphipteryx have near allies
among the Amazonian types, but could be matched
almost as closely by specimens from Assam and the
Malay Archipelago, while Tiguadra, another Brazilian
genus (to which a species is here added), is represented
in the late Mr. Pryer’s collection from Japan. Nematois
parvella, in the Adeline, carries us at once to Borneo and
Sumatra for a careful comparison to enable us_ to
distinguish it from more than one species equally resplen-
dent; and this is the more remarkable, inasmuch as the
Adeline are but poorly represented in all coliections that
have hitherto reached us from the African region, and are
apparently unrepresented in South America; while the
alliance of Ptilothyris is with Adelomorpha, hitherto only
known from a single species occurring in Celebes.
Alucita simiialis, Wkr., affords a parallel instance,
strengthened by the absolute similarity of specimens from
both localities. These affinities will probably be more
strongly recognised when the mass of material in my
hands, illustrating this study from the islands of the Malay
Archipelago and the adjacent peninsula, as well as from
India and the extreme north of Australia, can be
thoroughly worked out and described.
My assistant, Mr. Durrant, has drawn and coloured the
figures for the plates which illustrate this paper under
circumstances of unusual difficulty, owing to the condition
of the specimens and the absence of any lengthened
series; the extreme interest which attaches to many of
these unique forms being the chief incentive in under-
taking a task which he thas achieved with remarkable
success. ‘lo make correct drawings of the neural
characters from ill-set and frequently contorted specimens,
requires not only much labour and patience, but an
intimate knowledge of structure which few possess, yet
this portion of the work is of the utmost importance in
instituting any comparison between what may be
regarded as grades of structural variation, chiefly interest-
ing for the light they may throw upon geographical
origin and distribution; I must here express my
acknowledgment for the pains that he has taken to
ensure accurate delineation, as well as for the skill with
which he has reproduced the natural colouring.
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 39
PTEROPHORIDAL.
CRrocyDOSCELUS, gen. n.
(«poxts = a piece of wool, cxéAos = a leg.)
Types. Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, Wlsm.
Antenne half the length of the forewings, scarcely pubescent in
the ¢, somewhat flattened laterally. Labial palpi slender, pro-
jecting about the length of the head beyond it ; apical joint nearly
as long as the second, which is slightly recurved. Haustellum well
developed. //ead clothed above with bifid scales. Thorax stout,
smooth, Forewings narrow, bilobed, the fissure commencing at
about three-fourths from the base; the anterior lobe as wide as
the second, slightly uncate at the apex ; second lobe square-ended,
Neuration, 12 veins; 8 and 9 stalked, 8 to apex ; 3 and 4 stalked.
Hindwings trilobed, the anterior fissure extending to one-half, the
lower fissure not reaching to the base ; third lobe filiform, with a
spatule of black scales in the cilia at its apex. Neuwration, 8 veins ;
7 to apex of upper lobe ; 5 and 6 short, to fissure ; 3 and 4 approxi-
mate towards origin, 4 to apex and 3 to angle of second lobe ;
1 to apex of third lobe. Abdomen widened in the middle, tapering
to the anal segments. Legs, anterior pair with a wide tuft at the
end of the tibiz ; middle pair with a similar tuft ; posterior pair
with three outspreading fan-like tufts, the first small, near the base
of the tibize, the other two much larger, arising above the base of
the spurs, the inner spurs much longer than the outer, slightly
clothed, outer spurs densely clothed.
Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 1.)
Antenne greyish fuscous, with a reduplicated white line and
white spots above. Palpi, head, and thorax ferruginous. Fore-
wings ferruginous, banded across the outer half of the lobes with
tawny fuscous and reddish cupreous, with a faint indication of a
white transverse streak on each lobe; the apical margin of the
anterior lobe is slightly uncate, the cilia blackish along their base,
their outer half tawny-grey; on the second lobe the cilia are
similarly coloured, but the tawny grey does not extend to
the tornus, where they are purplish, and behind it they
become pale ferruginous on the dorsum. Zzp. al., 15 mm.
30 Lord Walsingham on Western
Hindwings bright shining ferruginous at the base, shading
outwardly to cupreous ; cilia purplish fuscous at the apex, shading
to tawny grey and pale ferruginous towards the base ; hind lobe
very slender, with a cupreous black spatule af its apex. Abdomen
dark ferruginous, shading to tawny fuscous at the sides. Legs, the
anterior and middle pairs pale ferreginous with a rich ferruginous.
fan-shaped tuft towards the end of the tibiz ; posterior pair thickly
clothed to the tarsal joints with dark ferruginous scales, the tibial
tufts banded at their base with reddish ferruginous, on their outer
half bright ochreous.
Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.
Hab. Yoruba—Idanre (Sir G. Carter, 1894) ; French
Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).
Auucita, L.
Tyee. Phalena (Alucita) pentadactyla, L. (Poda, 1761).
atucita, L. (nec Meyr.) = acipritia, Hb. = aciprius,
Z. = *pTEROPHORUS (Geofir.) Meyr.
Alucita similalis, Wkr.
n. syn. = malacensis, Z.
Aciptilus similalis, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,
949 (1864)!; Aciptilia malacensis, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent-
Ross., XILIL., 485-6 (1877).
Hab. Arrica—Sierra Leone, 10, I. (Dr. Clements) ;
French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C.
Good) ; Asta—Malacca? ; Bornec—Sarawak! ; Celebes—
Macassar, 500 ft. (W. M. Doherty).
This species has not hitherto been recorded from
Africa.
Alucita candidalis, Wkr.
Aciptilus candidalis, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,
948 (1864)!; Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, 282?.
Hab. Sierra Leone’ ?; French Congo—Kanegwé,
Ogowé River (Rev. A. CU. Good); Natal-— Spring
Vale, LI?
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 37
GELECHIADA.
PrILOTHYRIS, gen. Ns
(rridov = wing, Oipls = a window.)
Tyee. Ptilothyris purpurea, Wism.
Antenne shorter than the forewings, somewhat thickened beyond
the base: ¢ bipectinate 2}, each pectination strongly biciliate ; ?
slightly biserrate ; basal joint smooth in both sexes. Mawillary palpi
slender, drooping. Labial palpi very long, recurved, smooth; second
and third joints of about equal length, the former somewhat flattened
and sabre-shaped, the latter very slender and sharply pointed.
Haustellum long. Head smooth, with side-tufts behind eyes.
Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, of approximately even width
throughout, costa slightly depressed at the base and apex, termen
slightly oblique, not sinuate, tornus rounded. Neuration, 11 veins
(9 absent, coincident with 8); 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa above
apex ; 2,3 and 4 from a recurved common stem ; 5 from lower
angle of cell, remote from 6. Hindwings broader than the fore-
wings, scarcely sinuate beneath apex ; ¢ with a semi-transparent
patch. Neuwration, 8 veins; 6 and 7, as also 3 and 4, from a short
stalk; 5 straight. Abdomen slightly flattened behind middle ;
d with genital segments densely hairy ; uncus strongly developed.
Legs smooth, hind tibiz with elongate slender tarsi and rather long
spurs.
Allied to Adelomorpha [fonnded by Snellen (Tijd. v.
Kot., XXVIII, 31-2, Pl. I11., 1-3, 1885) on the characters
of a single species from Celebes| but differing chiefly in
the shorter and distinctly bipectinate antenne, which in
Adelomorpha are biciliate. ‘lhe occurrence of this genus
in tropical Africa is interesting, especially in connexion
with other forms from which probably it may have been
derived. Idiopterya, Wlsm., possesses vein 9 in the:
forewings from the same stem as 7 + 8, while the loss
of this vein is characteristic of Adelomorpha and Ptilo-
thyris. A tendency in the same direction is shown in the
hindwings, where 3 and 4, which are separate in [diopteryz,
arise from a short stalk in both these genera. It would
be interesting to disccver a form in which all these
stalked veins have become coincident.
38 Lord Walsingham on Western
Ptilothyris purpurea, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 2.
Antenne purple on the basal two-thirds, with an ochreous patch
behind the basal joint, the outer third white. Palp/ bright
ochreous, the apical joint shaded with purplish fuscous externally.
Head dark purplish, the face paler ; the fringes above the eyes
bright ochreous. Thorax dark purplish. Forewings shining, dark
purplish, with a triangular patch of somewhat roughened scales
extending nearly across the wing at one-third from the base (this
is bright purplish grey in certain lights, but appears brownish
fuscous 1f held in an opposite direction) ; beyond this at the upper
angle of the cell isa smaller similar patch; a slender subochreous
line runs along the base of the dark purplish cilia, rp. al.
24mm. Hindwings, ¢, deep purplish fuscous (varying somewhat
according to the angle at which the light strikes them); costal
margin from the base to two-thirds shining whitish ochreous ; a
pale, iridescent transparent elongate patch, lying beneath the costal
margin beyond the middle, extends nearly across the width of the
cell; a tuft of greyish hair-scales at the base of vein 1; cilia
purplish tipped with whitish ochreous towards the abdominal angle
and somewhat beyond it: 2 cupreous brown, without the pale
patch ; cilia purplish grey. Abdomen purplish grey, anal tuft pale
ochreous ; underside shining whitish ochreous. Legs bright
ochreous ; hind tibiz shaded externally with purplish at the base
and between the spurs, the outer spurs and the basal joint of the
tarsi also purplish externally.
Type. gf. Mus. Wism.; 2. Mus. Holland.
IIlab. Lagos (f gf, Sir G. Carter) ; French Congo—
Kangwé, Ogowé River (2 Rev. A. C. Good); three
specimens.
EPICHARMA, gen. n.
(émlxapua = an object of malignant joy.)
Tyer. Lpicharma nothriforme, Wism.
Antenne (Q) filiform. Labial palpi strongly recurved, second
joint amply clothed above and below, the scales beneath scarcely
longer than those above ; apical joint as long as the second, slender,
smooth. Mavillary palpi short, dependent. //austellum long.
Ocelli obsolete. Head and thorax smooth. Forewings, costa
slightly arched at the base, straight beyond, apex depressed, ter-
men scarcely oblique. Neuration, 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 39
throughout); 2 and 3 from a recurved common stem, others
separate. Hindwings slightly broader than the forewings, trape-
zoidal, costal third of the wing thickly scaled throughout beneath.
Neuration, 8 veins ; 3 and 4 from a point, 6 and 7 closely approxi-
mated at base. Legs, hind tibie thickly clothed, spurs very long.
Allied to Nothris and Ypsolophus, but differing in the
coincidence of veins 7 and 8 of the forewings.
Hpicharma nothriforme, sp.n. (Pl. I., fig. 3.)
Antenne stone ochreous, faintly annulate. Pa/pi, rich brown
exterrally on the second joint ; apical joint and a narrow fringe at
the end of the second joint stone-ochreous. Head and thorax
stone-ochreous. Horewings pale stone-ochreous with three black
spots, one on the middle of the fold, one on the middle of the disc
above and beyond it, the vhird at the end of the cell slightly below
the line of the previous one; a very faint shade of greyish brown
on the apical portion of the wing is interrupted by a pale waved
fasciaform mark which extends from the commencement of the
costal cilia, bulging outwards and reverting to the dorsum before
the tornus ; a few ill-defined greyish brown spots around the apex
and termen ; cilia pale stone-ochreous. vp, al.,23 mm. Hini-
wings grey : cilia stone-ochreous with a greyish shade near their
base. .Lbdomen greyish. Legs stone-ochreous.
Typeas 2.
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
This species has much the appearance of Nothris
verbascella, Hb., but the neuration is different.
PaPpoPpHOoRUs, gen. n.
(axmos = thistle down, péperv = to bear.)
Tyee. Pappophorus eurynotus, Wism.
Antenne (#), unidentate, basal joint without pecten. Labial
palpi, second joint porrect, clothed at the end and above and
beneath soas to make the joint appear triangular ; apical joint
slender, recurved, twice the length of the second joint. Mazillary
palpi short, distinct. ITaustellum well-developed. J/ead and thorax
smooth, Jorewings with the costa conspicuously bulged before
40 Lord Walsingham on Western
the middle, comparatively straight beyond, but slightly depressed
before the apex, termen somewhat oblique, tornus rounded, dorsum
straight. Neuwration, 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex ; 2 and 3
from a recurved stalk, the others separate. Hindwings trapezoidal,
broader than the forewings, slightly sinuate beneath apex, and con-
cave between abdominal angle and tornus, ciliaz ; ¢ with a
long narrow naked fold on the upper side between vein 1b and 1c
containing a pencil of long fine expansible hairs. Newration, 6
veins ; 2 absent, 3and 4 coincident, 5 nearer to 6 than to 3 + 4,
6 and 7 closely approximated, 1) with a long and distinct fork.
Abdomen slender, somewhat flattened. Legs, hind tibize smooth.
Allied to Ypsolophus, F., but differing conspicuously
in the hindwings in the absence of vein 2, in the coin-
cidence of veins 3 and 4, in the approximation of 5 to 6,
and in the fold containing a long hair-pencil between 1)
and le.
Pappophorus eurynotus, sp.n. (PI. I., fig. 4.)
Antenne pale fawn, faintly annulate with brown. Palpi pale
fawn on their inner sides, with a well-marked triangular brown
shade externally on the second joint, leaving a pale margin along
the upper edge of the projecting tuft ; apical joint dark fuscous.
Head and thorax pale fawn. Forewings whitish fawn, shaded with
umber-brown along the dorsal half and on the costa beyond the
middle ; a small black spot at the extreme base of the costa,
another, wedge-shaped, at the end of the discal cell, scarcely above
the middle of the wing ; a larger blackish patch (variable in size and
shape) half-way between this and the base (its lower portion some-
times forming a black line in the middle of the fold) ; along the
outer side of the bulged portion of the costa commences an umber-
brown shade, which continues to the apex (shading downwards to
chestnut-brown along its middle in some specimens) but interrupted
by three slender whitish streaks, the first of which is very oblique,
passing across the discal nervules and angulated downwards at a
point before the termen, but above the middle of the wing, hence
it reverts to the dorsum at the commencement of the dorsal cilia ;
the other two small and inconspicuous whitish streaks precede the
apex, and the termen and apex are margined by a line of the same
colour, containing a series of three or four blackish spots ; cilia
chestnut-brown on their basal half, fawn-brown externally. Erp.
al,16mm. Hindwings dark umber-brown ; cilia scarcely paler but
chestnut-brown at the apex; ¢ with an expansible white hair-
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoplera. 41
pencil between veins 1) and lc. Abdomen shining, cinereous, anal
tuft slightly paler. Legs brown, tarsi annulated with pale fawn.
Type. fg. Mus. Wlsm.
Hab. Sierra Leone, 25, IV. (Dr. Clements); French
Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good) ; two
specimens.
Yvsotoruus, F.
Ypsolophus basistriatus, sp.n. (Pl. ILI., fig. 13.)
Antenne pale cinereous, annulated with fawn grey. Palpi,
second joint with a conspicuously projecting triangular tuft
below, apical joint very long, slender; second joint with a tri-
angular chocolate-brown shade externally, apical joint sprinkled
with chocolate-brown scales on the under side. Head and thorax
fawn-grey, face slightly paler. Forewings with veins 2 and 3
closely approximate throughout, but especially at their base ; pale
cinereous sprinkled with fawn-grey throughout, a series of small
blackish spots around the apex and termen at the base of the cilia,
and a conspicuous outwardly-oblique black balf-fascia arising from
the dorsum near the base, crossing the fold and terminating at the
upper end of the cell at about two-thirds the width of the wing ;
cilia pale cinereous, Exp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings greyish ; cilia
scarcely paler, with a faint subochreous parting line along their
base. Abdomen gr2yish. Legs, anterior and middle pairs black,
tarsi annulated with white, posterior pair pale cinereous,
LTE MN
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good); three specimens.
This species differs from the typical forms of Ypso-
lophus in the approximation of veins 2 and 3 of the
forewings.
G@COPHORID:.
OryYGovcERA, gen. n.
(épvé = an antelope, xépas = a horn.)
Type. 2. Orygocera carnicolor, Wlsm.
Antenne, $ simple. Labial palpi very long, evenly recurved,
tapering to an acute point, overarching thethorax, apical joint as long
42 Lord Walsingham on Western
as the second. Mazillary palpi short, stout, dependent. Haust-
ellum present. Head slightly rough above, face smooth. Thorac
smooth. Forewings of approximately even width throughout, apex
depressed, somewhat acute, termen slightly concave, oblique,
tornus rounded. Neuwration, 11 veins (vein 11 absent); 2 and 3
from a short stalk (not recurved), 4, 5, and 6 straight ; 7 and 8
from a long stalk enclosing the apex, 12 running to the commence-
ment of the costal cilia. Hindwings as broad as the forewings,
slightly lanceolate at the apex, termen not indented. Newration,
8 veins; 3 and 4 from a point, 5 bent over to near their
base; the outer end of the cell forming a deep angle between
5 and 6; 6 and 7 -widely separate, almost parallel, 7 nearly
coalescing with 8 beyond the upper angle of cell. Abdomen not
flattened. Legs, hind tibie clothed with projecting scales above ;
spurs stout, tarsal joints somewhat coarsely clothed.
Orygocera carnicolor, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 5.)
Antenne yellowish grey. Palpi white, sprinkled with greyish
scales on the second joint. //ead white. Thorax yellowish grey
spotted with flesh-red. ’orewings sericeous, yellowish grey, dappled
with flesh-red, with a small triangular mouse-grey spot a little
before the middle, of which the apex is slightly turned outwards,
the whole bordered with flesh-red ; a suffusion of scattered flesh-
red scales extends over the greater portion of the wing-surface,
especially along the fold and in a line beneath it; there is a red
spot on the middle of the disc, and a second a little beyond it below
the costa; a series of three similar spots running obliquely, parallel
with the termen, the first immediately below the costa, the second
at the upper angle of the cell, and the third, somewhat lunate, at
the lower angle of the cell; another smaller one lies near the
iornus, and the termen is mottled throughout with flesh-red ; the
extreme base of the costa is shaded with fuscous ; cilia yellowish
grey. Exp. al., 19 mm, Hindwings greyish, somewhat trans-
parent, with a bluish iridescence between the veins, especially
near the abdominal margin; cilia yellowish grey. Abdomen
greyish. J/indlegs whitish cinereous,
Pape. Nias
Hab. Yrench Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 43
'THEATROCOPIA, gen. Nn.
(Geatpokoria = a courting of applause.)
Tyee. Theatrocopia roseoviridis, Wism.
Antenne 3 (@ simple). Palpi very long, strongly recurved
to above the middle of the thorax, smooth, apical joint shorter
than the second and somewhat more slender. Afaxillary palpi short.
Haustellum present. Head somewhat roughened above. Thorax
smooth. Forewings elongate, narrow, scarcely widened outwardly,
apex depressed, obtuse but not rounded, costa arched, termen
oblique, tornus rounded. Neuration, 12 veins, 7 and 8 from a
common stem énclosing the apex, 2 and 3 from a recurved
common stem, the others separate. ///ndwings as broad as the
forewings, apex slightly depressed, obtuse, termen scarcely
sinuate. Newration, 8 veins, 6 and 7 separate, parallel, 3 and 4
from a short stalk. Legs, hind tibiz clothed with hairs.
Allied to Cryptolechia, Z., but differing in the longer
palpi, and in the stalking of 2 and 3 of the forewings.
Theatrocopia roseoviridis, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 6.)
Antenne roseate, faintly annulate. Pulpi pale olive-grey,
tinged with rosy externally, especially on the apical joint. J/ead
and thorax pale olive-grey, the latter with a strong roseate tinge.
Forewings elongate, narrow, scarcely widened outwardly, apex
depressed, obtuse, but not rounded, costa arched, termen oblique,
tornus rounded : rosy pink with a strong olive-green band cover-
ing the whole base of the wing (except the extreme basal margin)
and extending to beyond the end of the cell, where it is deflected to
the tornus, its upper edge being impressed before the middle by the
rosy ground-colour which continues between it and the costa, occu-
pying the whole apical portion of the wing, and continued very
narrowly to the base; beneath the band is a large semicircular
olive-green patch on the middle of the dorsum, bordered by a
narrow line of purplish scales ; between this and the band the rosy
ground-colour, commencing in a narrow line at the base, becomes,
widened towards the middle of the wing, and still more so towards
the tornus, its upper edge, adjacent to the angulated green band,
being enriched with bright rosy scales ; cilia rosy pink. Lxzp. al.,
19 mm. Hindwings olive-grey, cilia the same, slightly tinged with
rosy about the apex, and with a narrow paler parting line on the
outer half of the margin. Abdomen grey. Legs pale grey, tarsi
slightly rosy.
44, Lord Walsingham on Western
Type. &. (Paratype, Mus. Br.)
Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good), one specimen; Calabar—Old Calabar, one
specimen (British Museum),
Theatrocopia elegans, sp.n. (PI. IIL, fig. 14.)
Antenne pale reddish grey. Palpi slender, recurved, second
joint very long, apical joint somewhat shorter than the second ;
pale reddish grey. Head and thorax pale reddish grey. Forewings
grass-green, with a dorsal patch before the middle connected with
an oblique fascia beyond the middle, which is again connected
along the costa and around the tornus, with a patch covering the
apical portion—these markings are all reddish grey, with a distinct
lilac tinge, and are delicately margined with darker scales ; the
connexion of the dorsal patch with the central fascia leaves a
semicircular patch of the green ground-colour on the middle of the
dorsum; cilia reddish grey, Hvp.al.,16 mm. Hindwings and cilia
brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs slightly paler than
the abdomen.
ype. "oh",
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
PsEUDOPROTASIS, gen. n.
(Protasis, nom. gen.)
Tyre. Pseudoprotasis canariella, W|sm.
Antenne, ¢ biserrate, slender. Labial palpi (as in Protusis, H.-S.),
very long, projecting more than three times the length of the head
beyond it, clothed with appressed scales throughout ; apical joint
very short, scarcely visible; second joint straight and laterally
compressed. J/uxillary palpi short. Haustellum present. Head
and thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat narrowed at the base,
whence the costa is slightly arched, of approximately even width
beyond the bend, apex depressed, rounded, termen slightly convex,
oblique. Newration, 11 veins (10 missing) ; 2 and 3 stalked; 7 and
8 stalked, 7 toapex. Hindwings as broad as the forewings, apex
obtuse, termen evenly rounded. Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4
stalked, 5 bent over towards their origin; 6 and 7 separate and
parallel. Abdomen rather slender. Hindlegs slender, scarcely
clothed.
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 45
This genus differs from Protasis, H.-S., in its neuration
and in the less acute forewings, but greatly resembles it
in the form of the palpi, and in general appearance.
Pseudoprotasis canariella, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 7.)
Antenne ochreous. Palpi canary-yellow, tinged with ferru-
ginous internally and externally on the upper edge of the second
joint ; apical joint fuscous. Head and thorax canary-yellow.
Forewings straw-yellow, with a slight ferruginous tinge at the
extreme base and along the outer half of the costa, also at the
apex ; cilia pale straw-yellow, slightly tinged with ferruginous.
Exp. al., 14mm. Hindwings pale greyish ochreous ; cilia the same,
but tinged with ferruginous at the apex and along the costa.
Abdomen ochreous. Legs pale greyish ochreous, with some fuscous
shading on the hind tibiz and tarsi.
pean ds
Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rey.
A. C. Gcod) ; unique.
Eramia, Hb.,
(n. syn. = psecaDiA, Hb.)
Ethmia rhomboidella, sp.n. (Pl. IIL, fig. 15.)
Antenne stone-grey. Palpi ochreous, apical joint shaded with
grey. Head and face ochreous. Thoraw mouse-grey, with five
black spots (two in front, one in the middle, and two smaller ones
behind it). Morewings slaty grey, cilia the same ; with six black
spots (two small ones beneath the costa on the basal fourth, two
larger ones on the disc, and two on the fold); of the discal
spots one lies at the end of the cell, the other at the middle of
the wing; the first of those on the fold is somewhat further
removed from the base than the second subcostal spot, the other
lies beyond and below the first discal spot, but nearer to it than
to the second ; thus these six spots form a series of three pairs, in
parallel lines whether counted as pairs or in series of three.
Exp. al. 28mm. Hinduwings stone-grey, having a slight ochreous
tinge on the abdominal margin, cilia also inclining to ochreous,
except towards apex. [Abdomen missing.] Legs greyish
ochreous.
Type. 9°. Mus. Wlsm.
io
46 Lord Walsingham on Western
Hab. Natal—Malvern (Col. Bowker), one specimen ;
French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good),
two specimens.
The specimens from the Ogowé River have the series of
spots in precisely the same places, but they are decidedly
of larger size; inall other respects they are similar to the
type, and without further evidence cannot be regarded
as belonging to a distinct species; these specimens,
which are figured, have the abdomen ochreous.
Hep. al., 26-27 mm.
HYPONOMEUTIDA,
HYPONOMEUTINA.
JopnuLta, Wkr.
Jobula? radiata, sp.n. (Pl. III., fig. 16.)
Antenne & shortly uniciliate, basal joint amply clothed ; olive-
grey above, ochreous beneath. Palpi, ¢ long, projecting four
times the length of the head beyond it, second joint slightly
recurved, closely clothed throughout ; apical joint short, recurved,
slender, also clothed ; orange-ochreous on their upper half, olive-
grey externally along their middle, cinereous within and beneath :
© shorter than inthe ¢, and much more recurved ; whitish cine-
reous throughout. J//cud strongly tufted with long projecting
hairs in front, face concave ; olive-grey above, mixed with pale
cinereous, face pale cinereous. Thorax smooth, olive-grey with
three longitudinal orange-ochreous lines; whitish cinereous
beneath. Forewings, ¢ dark olive-grey, with orange-ochreous
lines marking the interspaces between the veins, the extreme base
of the costa narrowly orange-ochreous ; a distinct orange-ochreous
line, commencing near the base beneath the costa, follows the
upper edge of the cell to the middle of the wing-length; this
is followed by some spots of the same colour about the upper angle
of the cel!, diverging obliquely downwards ana nearly joining the
outer end of a median streak of the same colour, which terminates
in the direction of the base at half the length of the cell ; there is
also a line of the same colour along the fold and some suffusion of
orange-ochreous scales beneath it ; beyond the end of the cell a
series of 9 or 10 separate orange-ochreous lines diverge fan-like
between the veins, and are margined, at their outer ends, by
a distinct semicircle of the olive-grey ground-colour, which is
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 47
followed by an orange-ochreous space, also semicircular, but not
attaining the margins, the apical space being dark olive.
grey; cilia olive-grey, with an ochreous line along their base :
2 with the orange-ochreous much less distinct than in the 2,
although the same pattern can be traced. xp. al., 17-18 mm.
ITindwings brown, cilia greyish. Abdomen brown. Legs pale
cinereous.
Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.; 2. Mus. Holland.
Hab. French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A.C. Good) ; two specimens.
This African form differs from any of the Asiatic or
Malayan group, so far as known to me, in that vein 8,
forming the upper branch of 7 and 8 stalked, terminates
at the apex instead of below it. In the palpi ofthe ¢ it
approaches Jobula semilinea, Wkr., more nearly than the
ordinary forms known under the name of Tortricomorpha,
but the palpi of the @ differ scarcely at all from those of
both sexes of the latter genus,
:REMOTHYRIS, gen. n.
(épijmos = destitute of, Svpis — a window.)
Tyee. ff 2. Lremothyris hollandi, Wism.
Antenne, two-thirds length of forewings, basal joint enlarged,
flattened, in g biciliate (1). Labial palpi short, somewhat recurved,
moderately slender, smooth, apical joint not longer than second.
Maxillary palpi and ocelli absent. Haustellum naked. Head moder-
ately clothed, not roughened above. Zhorax smooth. Forewings
ovate, somewhat widened outwards. Neuration, 12 veins : 2 and 3
from a short slightly recurved common stem at lower angle of cell,
the others separate; 4 from near origin of 2+ 3 ; 5 further removed
at the base from 4 than from 6; 6 and 7 approximated, 7 to below
apex; 8 and 9 approximated, but parallel, 8 to costa; 9 and 10
from upper angles of a small supplementary cell, formed by an
internal vein runuing from between 7 and 8 to about midway be-
tween 10 and 11; two internal veins, the upper from between 6
and 7, and the lower from immediately above 5, unite at about
half the length of the cell, and form a common stem, which is con-
tinued nearly to the base, where it runs into the radius. /Hdénd-
wings slightly broader than the forewings, subovate, the margin
evenly rounded, the part occupied by the branches of vein 1
48 Lord Walsingham on Western
clothed above with long hair-scales, no transparent spot at the base.
Neuration, 8 veins: 3 and 4 from a point (or short stalk) ; 6 and 7
from a short stalk; the cell receding upwards and angulated
inwards between 5 and 6 + 7, with an internal vein from the
angle to the base ; vein 1) basally furcate. Legs smooth, outer
spurs longer than the inner ones.
Hremothyris hollandi, sp.n. (Pl. IL., fig. 8.)
Antenne whitish at the base, tinged with grey beyond. Palpé
whitish unspotted. Head, ¢ whitish: 9@stone-grey. T'horax stone-
grey ; tegule whitish in the ¢, stone-grey in the 9. Forewings
stone-grey, the costa narrowly whitish except at the extreme base ;
cilia whitish. Underside greyish, cilia whitish. Hp. al., 22-25 mm.
Hindwings pale stone-grey (scarcely paler than the forewings);
cilia whitish, somewhat tinged with grey. Underside slightly paler
than in the forewings. Abdomen stone-grey. Legs whitish, some-
what tinged with grey.
pew Mus. Wilsm;
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.
C. Good) ; five specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYGIN 2.
GLYPHIPTERYX, Hb.
Glyphipterye gemmatella, Wkr. (PI. III., fig. 17.)
Gelechia gemmatella, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,
1022 (1864)'. Glyphipteryx (Gelechia) gemmatella,
Wism., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, 116-77.
Antenne brownish fuscous, faintly annulated. Palp? porrect,
slightly recurved, apical joint very acute, shorter than the second ;
second joint with a divided fringe beneath, consisting of three or
four black tufts separated from each other by white lines. Head
leaden grey. T'horax greyish fuscous, with a white spot posteriorly;
white on the underside. Forewings bronzy brown mixed with
fuscous shading, especially towards the base, a large triangular
straw-white dorsal patch near the base, its apex ending in a small
straight whitish costal streak at one-fifth from the base, its outer
edge slightly convex ; this is followed by two straight chalybeous
metallic streaks, the first at one-third from the base, the second
scarcely beyond the middle ; a third slightly oblique towards the
apex is preceded by a small white costal dot half-way between it
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 49
and the preceding streak, and followed by a larger white costal spot
immediately before the apex, a few white scales at the costal
extremity of the third chalybeous streak ; from the dorsum arises
arather broad straight chalybeous streak immediately before the
middle, which terminates on the disc between the lower extremities
of the first and second costal streaks; this is followed by a con-
spicuous black patch at the tornus, margined by a shorter chaly-
beous streak at its commencement, and containing two conspicuous
shining metallic spots, with some golden metallic scales along the
margin; above this patch is a series of five radiating golden ochreous
lines following the nervules, but not extending to the termen;
termen indented below the apex, the apex itself being somewhat
depressed ; cilia shining metallic about the tornus (but too much worn
above it to admit of description). Hxp. al., 12 mm. Hindwings
purplish fuscous, with cilia the same colour but inclining to greyish
about the abdominal angle. Underside with the cilia distinctly
spotted with white along the outer margin. Abdomen leaden grey.
Underside white, anal segments fuscous. Legs greyish fuscons,
annulated with white on the tarsal joints, spurs inclining to
ochreous.
Hab. Sierra Leonel?. French Congo—Kanewé,
Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).
Allied to Glyphipteryx grapholithoides, Wlism., from
Natal. These species belong to the group to which
Walker gave the generic name Ussara, when describing
decoratella trom the Amazons. I am unable to discover
any structural character by which it can be separated from
Glyphipteryx. {When the above description was written
I had not recognised the species, but as it supplements
Walker’s in several particulars I am not willing to sup-
press it. |
IplOTHAUMA, gen. n.
(ios = distinct, @atua = a wonder.)
Typr. Idiothauma africanum, Wlsm.
Antenne, ¢ bifasciculate (at least 2), without pecten. Labial
palpi recurved, appressed to face; apical joint blunt, shorter
than second. Muzillary palpi absent. Haustellum short. Ocelli
present. Head and thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat triangu-
lar, narrow at the base, widened outwardly, costa straight or
slightly depressed towards apex, dorsum straight, termen oblique,
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) t
50 Lord Walsingham on Western
indented above vein 5. Neuration, 12 veins, all separate ; 2 from
commencement of outer third of cell, 3 and 4 somewhat straight, 8
totermen. J//indwings broader than the forewings (or at least equal
te the extreme width outwardly), evenly rounded. Neuration, 8
veins; Sand 4 from a point or short stalk, 6 and 7 from a short
stalk, 8 free, 5 straight ; outer edge of cell somewhat receding
upwards. Legs, hind tibie slightly hairy.
Allied to Hilarographu, Z., but differing in vein 8 of
the forewings running to the termen instead of to the
costa, in the much straighter costa and in the conspicuous
indentation between veins 5 and 6,
Tliothauma africanum, sp.n. (Pl. IL., fig. 9.)
Antenne ochreous with greyish cilia. Palpi pale straw-colour.
Head brownish fuscous, with some pale straw-coloured scales.
Thorac brownish fuscoas, streaked at the sides with pale straw-
colour. Forewings reddish orange, streaked with brownish fuscous,
dark fuscous, pale straw-colour and metallic lilac ; the ground-
colour of the basal third is brownish fuscous, in which are two con-
spicuous pale straw-coloured marks, the one from the middle of the
base depressed along the fold, thence tending upwards and attenu-
ated to a sharp point below the costa at about one-third the wing
length ; the second at one-third of the dorsum, cuneiform, oblique,
and ending in a point at about the middle of the discal cell
immediately beyond the apex of the basal streak already described ;
separated from the outer edge of this mark, by a narrow line of
brownish fuscous, is a rather narrow band of shining cupreous
scales illuminating the orange ground-colour of this portion of the
wing, this is entirely narrowly margined with brownish fuscous, its
upper extremity being above the middle of the wing, but not
reaching to the upper edge of the discal cell, and therefore ter-
minating before the apex of the pale straw-coloured wedge; a
dark fuscous shade leaves the dorsum at two-thirds from the base,
tending outwards to the end of the cell above its middle, its upper
portion contains a short orange streak and its extremity is con-
tiguous with a shade of a similar colour which approaches the
lower half of the termen extending to the tornus; between these
two shades a short cuneiform spot of brilliant cupreous scales
leaves the dorsum immediately before the tornus, occupying the
central portion of the orange patch of which they form the
boundaries ; along the costa are seven pale straw-coloured streaks,
Kquatorial African Micro-lepidipte 1s 5t
the first two within the basal third very oblique, the third and
fourth within the middle third also oblique, the fifth straight at
the commencement of the apical third, and the sixth and seveuth
(also straight and more than twice the length of the others) immedi-
ately before the apex—all these streaks are narrowly margined on
both sides with dark fuscous and with a few lilac-metallic scales at
the lower extremities of the third and fifth streaks ; in the orange
space between the fifth and sixth costal streaks is an isolated, oblique,
bright metallic lilac patch similarly margined ; cilia purplish
fuscous, interrupted at the upper third of the outer margin by a
small wedge-shaped pale straw-coloured spot. Underside dirty
ochreous all the pale straw-coloured streaks being distinctly white.
Hep.al. ¢ 14mm.; 9 15-20 mm. Hindwings bronzy ochreous,
shaded with brownish fuscous around their margins ; cilia slightly
paler, with an ill-defined darker parting line along their base.
Abdomen bronzy ochreous, whitish cinereous beneath. Leys
cinereous with bronzy brown spots and shading on the hind tibiw
and tarsal joints.
MU DCamaad i
Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; three specimens.
[Hilarographa was proposed by Zeller, Hor. Soc. Ent.
Ross., XIII., 186-7 (1877) as asubdivision of his existing
genus Setiosioma, and having as its types swederiana,
Stoll, and ribbei, Z.
Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 286, raised
Hilarographa to generic rank, giving a _ careful
structural description, and adding a new species, zapyra
from New Guinea, the type of which is in my collection,
and it was from this specimen, differing in neuration
from swederiana, Stoll, that his generic description was
probably taken, as it conforms in every particular, and
no reference was made to either of Zeller’s original
types.
I have not been able to examine the neuration of
ribbei, Z. (the type of which is in Staudinger’s cabinet),
to see whether it agrees in structure with swederiana,
Stoll; but of this I have specimens, and I select it as the
type of Hilarographa, Z., with the following generic
characters :—
52 Lord Walsingham on Western
HILaroGrapPnHa, Z.
SETIOSTOMA (HILAROGRAPHA), Z., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XITI., 186-7 (1877).
Tyez. Phalena Tortrix swederiana, Stoll, (W1sm.).
Antenne hardly half the length of the forewings, stout, simple,
without pecten. Labial palpi recurved, appressed to face, closely
scaled ; apical joint blunt, shorter than second. Mazillary palpi
absent. Haustellum short. Ocelli distinct. J/Tead with loosely
appressed hairs. Thorax smooth. Forewings uarrow at the base,
widened outwardly ; costa slightly arched, termen scarcely oblique,
slightly sinuate below the apex and convex beneath. Newration,
12 veins, all separate ; 2 from commencement of outer third of cell,
8 to costa. Hindwings broader than the forewings, costa arched,
termen evenly convex, not sinuate, cilia short. Meuwration, 8 veins ;
3 and 4 connate (or froma short stalk),6 and 7 from a short
stalk, 8 free. Abdomen slender, tapering, in 9 terminating in a
bifid extruded chitinous process (having much the appearance of
the anal claspers of the ¢), this is armed with short scattered
bristles, and is either the ovipositor itself or the sheath of the
same, a point I am unable to determine from the specimen before
me. Leys smooth, the first pair of spurs on the hind tibiz longer
than tlhe second.
THAUMATOGRAPHA, 0. Nn.
(Jaiua = a wonder, ypdpw = I write).
= HILAROGRAPHA, Meyr., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, 286
(nec Z.).
Tyre. Hilarographa zapyra, Meyr.
I propose the above name for Meyrick’s genus Hilaro-
grapha, which differs from Zeller’s in having veins 7 and
8 of the forewings stalked. |
Cuorerutis, Hb.
Choreutis octogemmifera, sp. n. (PI. III, fig. 18.)
Antenne whitish beneath, barred with fuscous above. Paulpz
white tipped with fuscous, the second joint with three diverging
points of hair-like scales beneath, mixed white and fuscous. Head
greyish fuscous, with a slender white lin along each side. Thorax
Equatorial African Micro-lepido; tera. 53
greyisu fuscous, with two slender white lines on each side of the
anterior half. Forewings greyish fuscous, mottled and banded
with white, with a row of eight bright metallic spots around the
apex and termen, each set in an elongate dark fuscous shade ; the
white markings on the forewings are thus distributed :—a narrow
fascia near the base, running obliquely outwards from the dorsum
across the fold, angulated a little below the costa and reverting to
it ; a second a little beyond, rather straighter, reaches only half-
way across the wing from the costa; beyond the middle of the
wing isa large patch spreading from the outer end of the cell
to the costa and dorsum, much interruptel anl suTusel by
greyish fuscous scales, but becoming distinct on the margins at the
commencement of the costal cilia and before the commencement
of the dorsal cilia ; cilia greyish fuscous, with a white spot below
the apex and another below the tornus, a slight parting line along
their base. Hap. al., 12mm. Hindiwings brownish fuscous, with
a white patch on the outer half of the cell, and an oblique
white streak reverting from beyond this to the middle of the
termen; above and beyond the upper extremity of the second
streak is a brilliant metallic lilac streak tapering to its lower
extremity, where it almost reaches the margin; a third obscurely
whitish streak, from near the abdominal angle, tends outwards and
upwards, terminating above the lower extremity of the more con-
spicuous white streak beyond it ; cilia greyish fuscous with three
conspicuous white interruptions, the first at the apex, the other
two corresponding with the extremities of the lilac streak and the
largest white streak respectively. Abdomen brownish fuscous.
Legs white, annulated with brownish fuscous,
Dypers a.
Hab. Yoruba—Idanre (Sir G. Carter); French Congo
—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. ©. Good); three
specimens.
All the white and metallic markings of both fore and
hindwings are reproduced on the underside, where they
are even more strongly apparent than above.
SimAETHIS, Leach.
Simaethis equatoris, sp.n. (Pl. III., fig. 19.)
Antenne slightly ciliate ; greyish fuscous, annulated with whitish,
Palpi very short, not projecting beyond the head ; cinereous, with
three narrow greyish fuscous bands beneath. //ead ochreous, mixed
54 Lord Walsingham on Western
with greyish fuscous. Thorax brownish fuscous. Forewings narrow
at the base, much widened outwardly, apex rounded, termen some-
what oblique ; brownish fuscous to beyond the middle, thence
orange-ochreous; the outer edge of the brownish fuscous portion
broken into projecting points, one tending upwards towards the
apex from the upper end of the cell, another shorter one tending
outwards from the lower angle of the cell, a narrow band of
brownish fuscous runs around the apex and termen to the tornus
with a slight inward projection below the apex (but in some speci-
mens this is reduced to a slight shade) preceding a more or less
distinct brownish line along the base of the pale greyish cilia ; a
pale greyish speckled transverse fascia crosses the darker portion
of the wing at one-third from the base, and is somewhat wider on
its lower than on its upper half ; a few whitish scales are visible at
three points on the costa, the first at the upper extremity of the
transverse fascia, the second at the outer edge of the brown por-
tion of the wing, the third immediately before the apex, and these
are slightly reproduced on the brownish fuscons underside. Erp.
al, 14mm. Hindwings brown, with pale greyish cilia, a narrow
brown parting line running through them near their base ; a slight
pale marking occurs near the abdominal angle, within the margin,
extending outwards parallel with it nearly to one-half. Abdomen,
brownish fuscous. Leys brownish, with several conspicuous whitish
bands on the hind tibiz and tarsi, spurs whitish.
ees a.
Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.
C. Good) ; three specimens.
Simaethis flavimaculata, Wlsm.
Simaethis flavimaculata, Wism., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
SOU Gis tl Ts ee
Hab. French Congo—Ogowé River; one specimen.
Zanzibar.
This specimen exhibits some slight variation from the
type, in that the first orange spot reaches to the costal
margin, the two outer spots narrowly touching each other
at their outer edge.
Microrsicuia, Hb.
Mictopsichia argus, sp.n. (PI. III., fig. 20.)
Antenne dull ferruginous. Palpi short, recurved, scarcely pro-
jecting beyond the head, apical joint shorter and more slender than
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 5D
the second ; pale ferruginous. Head dull ferruginous. Thorar
greyish, with three inconspicuous ferruginous longitudinal streaks
and a reddish orange patch posteriorly. /oremwings dull ferruginous,
paler on the dorsal than on the costal half, much speckled and
shaded with greyish fuscous scales and streaked with metallic
purplish grey, a triocellated dorsal patch before the tornus ; the
dorsal half of the wing from near the base to the tornus is minutely
reticulated with black wavy lines, and these are concentrated into
a somewhat circular patch almost touching the dorsum before the
tornus, in which are spots of the ferruginous (almost ochreous)
ground-colour, and three or four larger spots of metallic bluish
grey, all dark-margined, the more conspicuous of these bluish grey
spots lying along its outer edge ; from the base, immediately below
the costa, runs a bluish grey streak which is deflected at one-third
the wing-length, terminating on the cell ; beneath it from the base
arises a shorter streak of the same colour, almost coterminous with
a similar streak arising from near the base of the dorsum, the
space between them being brownish ; on the outer half of the
wing are two conspicuous blue-grey streaks, the first arising below
the costa near its middle and tending outwards and downwards
towards the tornus, but ending between the ocellated patch and
the termen at one-third the wing-breadth, the second commencing
on the costa at four-fifths, less oblique than the first, and ending
opposite to the middle of the termen above and beyond the apex of
the first streak ; between them lies a small spot of the same colour
below the costa, and beyond the outer one immediately before the
apex is a similar spot almost touching the costa; several small
brownish fuscous spots are visible along the basal two-thirds of the
costa, and a brownish shade precedes each of the blue-grey streaks
and extends along the termen to the apex (which is less falcate
than in the South American representatives of this genus) ; cilia
brownish grey with a ferruginous parting line near their base.
Exp al, 19mm. Hindwings reddish orange, speckled around the
margins and apex with greyish fuscous, and having a conspicuous
ocelloid black patch within the middle of the termen, divided by
streaks of the ground-colour, and illuminated along its lower edge
by metallic steel-grey spots ; cilia greyish ochreous, spotted with
blackish, with a reddish orange parting line along their base.
Abdomen orange-ochreous. Legs pale orange-ochreous, hind tarsal
joints spotted with black and whitish.
Type. $f.
Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River ; three
specimens.
56 Lord Walsingham on Western
It may be necessary ultimately to distinguish this
species, and its allies, from Mictopsichia, on the ground
of the somewhat longer and more recurved palpi, and
the less falcate apex of the forewings, but the same form
occurs iu Mexico and the Malay Archipelago.
TORTRICIDA.
OLETHREUTINA.
= (OLETHARE UTA Ub. = GRAPHOLT HTN, Kern.
= EPIBLEMID, Meyr.
Eccorsis, Z.
Hecopsis precedens, sp.n. (PI. IIL, fig. 21.)
Antenne stout and densely but shortly pubescent in ¢ ;
ochreous. Palpi projecting the length of the head beyond it,
moderately clothed ; cinereous. //cad cinereous, mixed with dark
umber. Thorax cinereous. Forewings, costa arched near the base,
depressed in the middle, thence again convex and depressed towards
the apex, termen oblique, slightly convex ; pale cinereous, mottled
and blotched with dark umber tending to blackish along the costa,
and with a series of spots and blotches ; five costal spots on the
basal third are followed by a median triangular shade interrupted
a little beyond its middle, this is followed by another narrow
costal spot, which is succeeded by a shade extending to the apex ;
beneath this apical shade is an oblique band angulated at its upper
extremity and reaching the termen below the middle, the space
between it and the apex shining chalybeous; a few shining
chalybeous scales scattered over the surface of the wing, especially
on its outer half, the greater part of the wing-surface is also
streaked and dotted with dark umber scales somewhat evenly dis-
tributed ; cilia cinereous, slightly shining on their outer half.
Underside brownish. Eup. al., 22 mm. ILindwings with the
abdominal angle strongly lobed, the abdominal margin deeply
indented and with a small hanging appendage near its base
(somewhat more strongly developed than in Hecopsis wahlbergiana
Z.); coppery-brown, cilia greyish with a slight parting shade
along their middle. Underside brownish ochreous. Abdomen
cinereous, much shaded with dark umber, anal tuft coppery-brown.
Legs worn, apparently cinereous, tarsal joints broadly banded
with dark umber.
Danes er
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. a7
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good); two specimens.
In comparing this species with the better-known
Eccopsis wahlbergiana, Z., it may be distinguished by the
somewhat longer palpi, by the stronger costal marks on
the basal half of the forewings, by the less conspicuous
dorsal shading and by the hindwings being of a much
lighter and more cupreous colour, as well as by its some-
what larger size.
Ancytis, Hb.
(= PHOXOPTERIS, T'r.)
Ancylis argenticiliana, sp.n. (PI. IIT., fig. 22.)
Antenne (¢) rather stout, simple; stone-grey. Palpi very
closely appressed to the face, the short apical joint scarcely pro-
jecting beyond it; stone-grey. Head stone-grey. Thorax pale
olive-grey. Forewings, costa evenly arched, apical margin strongly
indented on vein 6; pale olive-grey, with a few inconspicuous darker
mottlings indicating a pale basal patch at one-third, its irregular
outer edge slightly oblique, nearer to the base on the costa than on
the dorsum; from the middle of the costa a slender umber-brown
line (slightly convex outwardly below the middle of the wing)
extends obliquely to the dorsum within the tornus ; this is followed
by a paler space extending to the termen, showing a silvery sheen
with a few slender lines of black scales following the nervules across
it in the direction of the apex, this space is narrowed towards its
costal extremity by an oblique brown line extending from the
indentation on the termen inwards and upwards to the costa and
along the base of the cilia both upwards and downwards ; above it
the costa before the apex is chestnut-brown, with three or four
slender oblique silvery-white streaks, a faint indication of smaller
streaks can be traced along the whole of the outer two-thirds of the
costa ; cilia pure silvery-white, tending to greyish about the tornus,
and tipped along their upper half with chestnut-brown. Exp. al.,
17mm. Hindwings stone-greyish, with scarcely paler cilia, a very
faint line along their base. Abdomen stone-greyish. Legs pale
stone-grey, inclining to ochreous.
Pipes
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé
gwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
oe
Lord Walsingham on Western
Laspeyresia, Hb.
Laspeyresia hemispherana, sp.n. (PI. IIT, fig. 23.)
Antenne black. Palpi scarcely roughened beneath, apical joint
short, porrect ; snow-white, second joint blackened above towards
the base. #ead black, white above posteriorly. Thorax greyish,
with a conspicuous white band across in front. Forewing slaty-
grey, shaded with fuscous along the outer half of the costa ; with a
large semicircular brownish patch on the middle of the dorsum,
narrowly outlined with white ; several narrow very oblique whitish
costal streaks and two very conspicuous clear white ones before
the apex, the first very oblique, the second straight and parallel
with the termen; a few whitish scales along the extreme base of
the costa ; cilia whitish, a dark fuscous parting line along their
base. Erp.al., 14mm, indwings brownish fuscous ; cilia pale
whitish grey, a darker parting line along their base. Abdomen
brownish fuscous. Legs greyish fuscous.
Lupe Ss
Hab. Sierra Leone—21, IV. (Dr. Clements) ; French
Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good) ; two
Specimens.
Cypia, Hb.
(= carpocapsa, Tr.)
Cydia ? pretextana, sp. n. (PI. III., fie. 24.)
Antenne ochrecus. [Palpi missing.] /Tead and thorax canary-
yellow, the latter white with a greyish tinge beneath. Forewings
canary-yellow blending to rich orange along the costa, and reddish
ferruginous along the termen, with some reddish ferruginous
blotches in a wide fasciated band across the middle and along the
dorsum ; a series of about nine small black dots along the extreme
costa, and numerous raised spots of bright steel-grey scales scattered
about the darkened portions of the wing; a seriesof these starting
at one-fourth from the base continues nearly parallel with the
costa, these are chiefly circalar or oblong, those nearest to the costa
being smaller than those below them ; at one-fifth from the apex
is a longer steel-grey spot placed obliquely and pointing to a similar
elongate spot within the lower half of the termen ; a long narrow
spot of the same colour lies parallel with the termen below the
apex and a shorter one immediately within the tornus ; from the
last spot tending towards the base isa series of three large similar
metallic circular spots, and another lies upon the fasciated band
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 59
which crosses the wing ; an orange spot preceded by some fuscous
scales lies at the extreme base of the dorsum ; cilia shining dark
steel-grey. Underside orange, broadly black-margined throughout.
Evp. al. 18mm. Hindwings rich orange, with a rather broad
black border; cilia on the abdominal half of the margin orange, on
the outer half greyish, with a black parting line at their base.
Underside orange, narrowly black-margined throughout. A bdo-
men orange, canary-yellow at the extreme base, the posterior
segments narrowly indicated with black, anal tuft black. Under-
side whitish. Legs (anterior) yellowish, with blackish spots
[posterior /egs missing].
Lyne. 1
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey.
A. C. Good); unique.
The neuration of the hindwings differs from Cydia in
having 6 and 7 converging, but distinctly separated. As
the palpi are missing, I prefer to place the species in
Cydia provisionally rather than to create a new genus for
its reception.
TORTRICINA.
Tortrix, L.
Tortriz viridis, Wlsm.
Argyrotoxa viridis, Wlsm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1801 68-9. Pl Til, 4.
Hab. Gold Coast—Accra!; French Congo—Kangwé,
Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).
CARPOSIN/, subfam. n.
Median vein of hindwings pectinate at base ; vein 2 of fore-
wings rising from posterior fourth of cell.
AUTOGRIPHUS, gen. n.
(airés = of itself, yp'pos = a puzzle.)
Type. Autogriphus luteus, Wism.
Antenne (@) simple, basal joint slightly enlarged and somewhat
roughly clothed. Labial palpi long, porrect, reaching three times
60 Lord Walsingham on Westin
the length of the head beyond it, second joint triangular with a
brush of scales above tapering to its apex, apical joint short por-
rect. Mazillary palpi absent. Haustellum present. Head and
thorax smooth. Forewings narrow, elongate, costa evenly but
moderately arched throughout, apex depressed, slightly produced,
termen oblique, scarcely sinuate, with slight tufts of raised scales.
Neuration, 12 veins; 8 and 9 from a common stem, 7 to slightly
below apex, 2 from very near angle of cell, 3 and 4 from a very
short common stem, 5 from near origin of 3 + 4,11 bent over
at base to very near origin of 10, an internal vein running towards
the base from between 5 and 6; vein 1 furcate at base. Hindwings
broader than the forewings, apex slightly produced, obtuse, termen
evenly rounded, median vein pectinated at base. Neuration, 7
veins (6 and 7 coincident) ; 3 and 4 from a short stalk, 5 straight,
not bent over, and continued through the cell as an internal vein.
Abdomen smooth. Legs, hind tibiz slightly hairy above, spurs
rather long and slender.
Autogriphus luteus, sp.n. (PI. II., fig. 10.)
Antenne greyish. Pulpi pale cinereous, shaded with fuscous
beneath. //ead and thorax pale cinereous, the latter mottled with
brown and brownish fuscous. J orewings pale cinereous, much
suffused and mottled with brown ; with six elongate fuscous spots
along the outer two-thirds of the costa, a conspicuous dark fuscous
spot of slightly raised scales at the end of the discal cell between
veins 5 and 6, and a smaller one, also raised, about the lower angle
of the cell before and beneath it ; a few raised greyish scales a
little beyond the middle of the fold on its upper edge, and some
also beneath the fold nearer to the base ; along the termen is a
slight shade or suffusion of brownish fuscous scales, its inner
margin sinuate, angulated inwards at its middle, and recurved at
both extremities, the upper extremity not reaching to the costa, the
lower terminating about the tornus ; cilia greyish, a slightly paler
line along their base. Eup. al., 21 mm. Hindwings grey, the
spaces between the veins, especially about the abdominal margin,
semitransparent with a bluish iridesceuce ; cilia pale grey. Abdo-
men [greasy]. Legs pale greyish, hind tarsal joints faintly annulate.
LG TOR SOE
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 6L
TINEIDA.
TINEIN A.
EccoMPSOCTENA, gen. n.
(Compsoctena, nom. gen.)
Tyee. Hecompsoctena secundella, Wlsm.
Antenne, 3 strongly bipectinate (34), the pectinations biciliate.
Labial palpi short, slender, but roughly clothed, scarcely projecting
beyond the rough scales of the face. Mazillary palpi and haust-
ellum rudimentary. Head and face rough. Thorax rather roughly
clothed. SF orewings scarcely narrower towards the base than
beyond it, costa slightly convex, apex rounded, termen oblique,
slightly convex. Neuration, 12 veins; 7 and 8 from a long com-
mon stem, 7 to apex, 8 to above apex from a small supplementary
cell, from which 9 and 10 also arise, these latter meeting at their
extremity on the costal margin. Hindwings as broad as the fore-
wings. Neuration, 8 veins, all separate; 6 and 7 separate and
parallel. Hind legs thickly clothed, not hirsute.
Eccompsoctena secundella, sp. n. (PI. II., fig. 11.)
Antenne and palpi brown. Head and face ochreous. Thorax
umber-brown. Forewings pale ochreous, thickly mottled, speckled,
and suffused with umber-brown scales, the two colours alternating
along the costa in unequal spaces throughout; a rather strong
patch of umber-brown scales les at the end of the disc, which
appears to be the only point at which this colour is more concen-
trated than on the remainder of the wing-surface, although it
somewhat prevails also towards the apex and tornus; cilia pale
ochreous, with an umber-brown parting line along their middle, and
another at their extremities. Hrp. al., 22 mm. Hindiwings purplish
fuscous ; cilia cinereous, with a dark parting line near their base.
Abdomen purplish fuscous, anal tuft inclining to ochreous. Legs
dull ochreous.
Type. &.
Hab. French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.
©. Good) ; unique.
This has so much the appearance of Compsoctena pri-
mella,Z., thatit might easily be mistaken for that species,
but the neuration differs in the forking of veins 7 and 8,
and the meeting of veins 9 and 10 towards the costa of
the forewings, and the palpi are very much shorter.
62 Lord Walsingham on Western
Mesoro.ia, gen. n.
(mecondAtos = grizzled.)
Tyee, gf Mesopolia inconspicua, Wlsm.
Antenne, & strongly bipectinate (3-4), the pectinations biciliate,
basal joint tufted in front. Labial palpi slender, short, porrect,
not reaching beyond the head. Maxillary palpi and haustellum
obsolete. Head thickly scaled, but moderately smooth. Thorax
smooth. Forewings elongate ovate, costa evenly arched, apex
rounded, termen oblique, tornus rounded. Vewration, 12 veins;
7 and 8 stalked, 8 to below the apex, 5 somewhat bent over and
approximate to 4 at its base ; an internal vein forms a supple-
mentary cell by arising from slightly below 7 + 8 and running to
between 10 and 11, and a stalked internal vein from between 11
and the base emits branches to either side of 5. Hindwings as
broad as the forewings, ovate, costa slightly convex. Neuration,
8 veins all separate; 6 and 7 closely approximate at base, 5
approximated to 4,a stalked internal vein emits its branches to
either side of 5. [Legs and abdomen missing. |
This genus appears to be allied to Narycia, Stph.
(Xysmatodoma, Z.)}, but differs in the forra of the antennw
and in neuration. It has very much the appearance of
Psilothrix dardoiniella, Mill., but is somewhat larger and
there are no veins missing as in that species. Nothing is
known at present of its habits, but the larva is probably
a case-bearer.
Mesopolia inconspicua, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig, 12.)
Antenne ashy-grey. Palpi dark fuscous. Head and thorax
ashy-grey, the latter shaded with fuscous anteriorly, Lorewinys
ashy-grey with numerous short transverse striz and spot-like
groups of brownish fuscous scales—these form a rather conspicu-
ous spot below the costa near the base, another beyond and below
it extending on both sides of the fold, and a third about the
middle of the wing, there is also a slight shade about the upper
angle of the cell; the other spots are more or less distributed over
the wing surface; cilia ashy-grey with a slight parting shade
along their middle. Exp. al., 23mm. Hindwings pale brownish,
cilia slightly paler. [Abdomen and hindlegs missing. |
Types VS
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. C. Good) ; unique.
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 63
Comrscctena, Z.
Compsoctena media, sp.n. (PI. III., fig. 25.)
Antenne dentate, shortly biciliate ; pale cinereous. Jalpi pro-
jecting less than the length of the head beyond it, brush-like ; dull
ochreous with a few brownish scales. //ead very roughly clothed :
dull ochreous. Vhorax whitish cinereous, transversely banded
with brown. forewings whitish cinereous mottled and reticulated
with brown, a series of brownish patches along the costa ; three
small ones before the middle, of which the first two form the
upper edge of an ill-defined basal patch, a broad one on the middle
of the costa, forming the upper end of a somewhat broken trans-
verse fascia inclining slightly inwards to the dorsum, and two
beyond the middle, the first small, the second larger, before the
apex, also blending with a shade of brownish scales beneath it ;
the interspaces between these spots on the outer half of the costa
are ochreous, the costal cilia immediately above the apex being
also ochreous, and a slight ochreous shade runs through the base
of the cilia along the termen, in which are three more or less dis-
tinct lines of brown scales, the outer extremities of the cilia being
greyish. Ivp, al., 16 mm. LHindwings purplish grey, cilia pale
cinereous with a faint ochreous parting line along their base.
Abdomen greyish, anal tuft ochreous. Legs brown, hind tarsal
joints annulated with pale cinereous.
Dene ed.
Hal, French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey.
A. C. Good); unique.
This species appears to differ somewhat from Comp-
soctena primella, Z., in the formation of the antennw
and in the shorter palpi, but the neuration is the same,
and its divergence from the type can be scarcely con-
sidered of generic value.
Monoris, Ib.
(== BLABOPHANES, Z.}
Monopis monachella, Hb.
= longella, Wkr.* [? = mediella, F.°.]
[Alucita mediella, F’., Ent. Syst. IIT. (2), 337, No. 26
(1798) *: Tinea _mediella, F., Sppl. Ent. Syst.,
494, No. 73 (1798) *]; Tinea monachella, Hb.
Samm). Hur. Schm., VIITI., Pl. XXI., 143 (c. 1800)3 ;s
[? Tinca mediella, Turten, Syst. Nat., ITT., 381
64 Lord Walsingham on Western
(1806) 4]; Scythropia monachella, Hb. Verz. bek.
Schm., 414, No. 4001 (1826) °; Lita monachella,
Tr. Schm. Eur., 1X. (2), 100-1 (1833)°; Tinea
monachella, Z , Is., 1839, 1847; Stn. Zool., VII.,
2630 (1849)*: Sppl. Cat. Br. ‘Tin. and Pter., 2,
No. 39, 1851; Hdnrch., Lp. Eur. Cat. Meth., 79
(1851)"; Tinea ‘(Blabophane s) monachella, Z., Linn.
Knt., val, 111-2 (1852) "=; Tinea hunncnelan Stn.
List. Br. An. B. M., XVI., Lip. 9, No. 4 (1854):
Ins. Br. Lp. Tin., 27 (1854) %; Blabophanes
monachella, H.-S. Schm. Eur., V., 79, Index, p. 29
(1856) *; Tinea monachella, Koch. Schm. 8S. W.
Deutschl., 376 (1856); Stn. Mn., IT., 290 (1859)"*;
Stgr. and Wkr., Cat. Lp. Eur., 106, No. 1210
(S860)}"; Wkr., Cat. Lp. dns. 39 ML) Sexeyeiiie
465 (1863) 8; Tinea longella, Wkr., Cat. Lp. Ins.
B.M., rOCusO uty 479 (1863); Tinea monachella,
de Graaf, Tijd. v. Ent., IX., 44 (1866) *°; Rssl.,
Nass. Nat. Moye 21 D.C — OK "815 (— ema Schm.
Nassau., 215), No. 1290 (1866) "1; Blabophanes
monachella, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. ‘Tin. ([.) 39
(1870); Steger. and Wk., Cat. Lp. Eur. 269,
No. 1369 (1871)*3; Blabophanes longella, Btl.,
Ann. and Mag. N. H. (8 s.), VIT., 396-7 (1881) *;
Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, 243-47 ; Bla-
bophanes monachella, Snell., Vlind. Ned. Mier.
457-8 (1882) 76; Meyr., Ent. Mo. Mag., XX., 36
(1883)*7; Sorh. Kleinschm., Mark Brndbg., 145-4.
(1886) *5; Blabophanes longella, Moore, Lp. Ceyl.,
III., 503, Pl. 209, 1 (1887) *; Swinh. and Cotes,
Cat. Moths Ind., 702, No. 4790 (1889) °; Wlsm.,
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 87°!; DBlabophanes
monachella,Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 87°’;
Meyr., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, 27; Monopis
monachella, Meyr., HB., Br. Lp., 785 (1895)**,
farva—among rubbish,!» *; in birds’ nests (Biitt-
ner)*>; in skins®,
Hab. Evropp—v., 7 & 11, 13,156,212, WJ. 15, 20, 22, 26, 28 ,
Vals ib t 26 iValTT.. ids ii, 13, 15-6, 22, 26, ar xe. 26, , 28 Germany,
1, 2,4, 6, 7, 11, 14, 15, 21-8, 28 ; Austria, ® 4 uy, 23. Holland, 2% 26 .
Winelands 8372, 4216; (234. Inpia—N. India, "19, 24, 5° Nilghi-
ris, 30 ; Bur vau—Koni, 33; CEYLON, * 9°, Arrica—Gambia
Hquatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 65
(Bathurst)3!?. 9 XT.-XII.,**;| French Congo (Kangwé,
Ogowé River shoe ASC: Gea Natal (Spring Vale)?4 2,
ie °°; Zululand,*!. Hawarran Is. (Honolulu)? 27, 33-4.
When recording monachellw as new to the African
fauna (I c¢:, No. 32), expressed the opinion that Jon-
gella was probably only a variety, and Meyrick (J. c,
No. 33) sunk longella as a synonym, The acquisition of
further specimens confirms the opinion that these two
forms cannot be rightly separated. Iam not aware that
the variety longella occurs in Kurope, but the ordinary
form is certainly met with in other localities, from which
I have received it (e. g., India, Africa, and Ceylon), but
is apparently not found in the Hawaiian Island, whence I
have only received longella. It seems extremely pro-
bable that the first description of this species is that of
Vabricius, under the name of Alucita mediella (1. ¢., No. 1).
Stainton cies attention to this with a “? » (2. c., Nos.
9, 12, 15), and Herrich-Schaffer endorsed his opinion
(Schm. Eur. V., Index, p. 29), while Werneburg, Beitr.
Schm. I., 489, 591 (1864), regarded itasa variety, or as a
worn specimen of Gracilaria alchimiella, Se., to which it
seems to me impossible that the description could apply.
I hesitate to adopt the name mediclla, F. (nec Hb.);
although if this insect were intended it must undoubtedly
have priority, and for the present I prefer to retain it as
a probable synonym with a “?”’, but not without hope
that some further evidence may be obtainable to throw
hght upon the subject. I think however that the descrip-
tion could fairly apply to a worn specimen of that form
in which the head assumes a decidedly yellowish colour.
Scatipomra, Wlsm.
Scalidomia hirsutella, Wlsm.
Psoricoptera (?) hirsutella, Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
Tosi Zot Pl, xl 29):
Hab. Gambia—Bathurst, VIII. (Sir G. Carter);
French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey. A. UC.
Good) ; Natal}.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) 5
Lord Walsingham on Western
&
len)
Tiquapra, Wkr.
Tiquadra lichenea, sp. n. (PI. IL, fig. 26.)
Antenne fawn-brown. Palpi, second joint with a loose pro-
jecting tuft beneath, apical joint of about equal length, erect, also
thickly clothed ; fawn-brown. J/ead and thorax fawn-brown, the
latter pale greenish posteriorly. Forewings very hirsute, with
patches of upstanding scales, all the margins with rough cilia,
except on the basal third; pale bluish green with spots and ill-
defined cross-streaks of raised coarse hair-like fawn-brown scales, —
giving a somewhat reticulated appearance ; of these some at the
end of the disc, and others above and about the outer third of the
fold, are more conspicuously raised ; the outer half of the costa,
which is very roughly fringed, is distinctly chestnut-brown, and
this colour extends narrowly towards the base, the termen also has
some chestnut-brown scales, but the majority of the cilia are dirty
whitish. Underside fawn-ochreous. Lap. al.,24 mm. Hindwings
and cilia fawn-ochreous. Underside the same. Abdomen fawn-
ochreous. Legs slightly paler than the abdomen.
ype aa
Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.
A. ©. Good); unique.
An interesting species allied to goochii, Wlsm.
ADELIN A.
Nemators, Hb.
Nematois parvella, Wkr. (Pl. III., fig. 27.)
Nematois parvella, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M.,
XXVILI., 504 (1865)'.
Antenne three times as long as the forewings; cinereous. Palpi
almost obsolete. Head cinereous, with some metallic scales. Thorax
purplish, with metallic scales. Forewings narrow at the base,
widened outwardly, costa depressed to the apex ; purplish cinereous,
richly studded with brassy metallic scales, strongly iridescent in
different lights, with three yellowish ochreous patches : the first on
the dorsal half at the base; the second triangular, narrowly
margined with black scales, extending inwards from the costal
margin about the middle to the fold ; the third lying beyond the
end of the cell, occupying the middle of the apical portion of the
wing, and produced narrowly inwards and upwards to the com-
Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 67
mencement of the costal cilia, a few blackish scales lying around its
margins ; a line of blackish scales crosses the wing obliquely inwards
from the costal to the dorsal margin near the base ; cilia iridescent,
brassy, with some greenish scales below theapex. Evp. al., 16 mm.
Hindwings cupreous, with shining brassy cilia. Abdomen cupreous.
Legs cinereous, with rather long hair-scales on the tibie.
Hab. Sierra Leone', 11.V.—VI. (Dr. Clements) ;
French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C.
Good).
I described this species as new before identifying it as
parvella, Wkr., and it may be well to publish my
description, as Walker’s is hardly precise enough to
distinguish it from allied forms occurring in the Malay
Archipelago.
EXPLANATION OF Prates JI. anv III.
[See Explanation facing the PLATES. ]
III. On Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago.
By Epwarp Meyricr, B.A., F.Z.S.
[ Read Nov. 3rd, 1896. ]
In the Society’s Transactions for 1894, pp. 455-480, I
recorded some notes on a collection of Pyralidina from
Sambawa, Celebes, and Borneo. In the present paper
are included the species of the Geometroid families of
Notodontina which belonged tothe same collection ; as
well as those of both groups from the islands of Sangir
and T'alaut. These, like the former, were collected by Mr.
W. Doherty, and the types are in the possession of Mr.
H. J. Klwes.
HY DRIOMENID i.
Sauris abortivata, Guen. §S.. Borneo.
S. hirudinata, Guen. Sambawa.
S. proboscidaria, Walk. (t). Sangir.
Chleroclystis recensitaria, Walk. Sambawa.
Caria, Walk.
Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, smooth-
scaled, terminal joint rather long. Antennz in ¢@ filiform, simple.
Abdomen with series of small dorsal crests. Posterior tibix with
all spurs present. Forewings withareolesimple. Hindwings with
6 and 7 separate at origin.
C. calescens, Walk. S.K. Borneo. The 2 differs from
the ¢ in being considerably smaller (f 22 mm., 2 16
mm.), with the forewings duller, the white subterminal
line straight on upper half, not waved as in f, the hind-
wings grey (in ¢ ochreous-yellow).
Pomasia euryopis, sp. 1.
¢ 21 mm. Forewings unusually broad, with the whole disc
thinly scaled and irregularly contorted or crumpled in shallow
grooves, complicated by a transverse impression below middle ; cell
much deformed, longest at lower angle, where it reaches + from
base, lower margin rather strongly curved upwards, thickened to
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—Parr I. (APRIL.)
70 Mr. E. Meyrick on
form a stout ridge beneath from base to ¢ of cell, where it gives off 2
bent additional vein, which appears to be Ic.; pale whitish-ochreous,
suffused with orange-ochreous towards costa and termen ; six fas-
cie of irregular bisinuate partly confluent brown striz, first four
of about three striz each, fifth of two (three on costa), sixth of
one: cilia pale orange. Hindwings with colour and markings as in
forewings, but not orange towards costa ; first and second fasciz
absent, an irregular clear discal space between third and fourth.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
P. gelastis, sp. n.
¢d 16mm. Anal claspers large. Forewings whitish-ochreous,
orange-tinged, suffused with bright orange towards costa and ter-
men ; six fascie of irregular bisinuate partly confluent dark brown
strie, black-dotted on costa, first four of about three striz each,
fifth of two, sixth of one: cilia orange, with blackish bars at apex,
in middle, and above tornus. Hindwings as forewings, but not
orange towards costa ; first and second fasciz absent, an irregular
clear discal space between third and fourth containing a dark fus-
cous discal dot.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
P. vernacularia, Guen. Pulo Laut.
Physetobasis heliocoma, sp. n.
@ 31mm. Head orange-ochreous, face dark fuscous except on
margins. Forewings grey with slight greenish and purplish reflec-
tions, whitish-suffused towards dise posteriorly ; subbasal, ante-
median, and postmedian curved transverse series of irregular
blackish-grey spots ; a black transverse-oval discal spot; subter-
minal line faint, cloudy, grey-whitish: cilia grey. Hindwings
whitish ; a grey discal mark ; a postmedian series of three blackish-
grey spots on dorsal half, and a grey subcostal spot; a suffused grey
terminal fascia.
Sambawa ; one specimen.
Eucymatoge ghosha, Walk. Talaut.
Anthyria pictaria, Moore. Sambawa.
A. lunulosa, Moore. Pulo Laut.
A, grataria, Walk. Sangir.
A. metriopis, sp. n.
¢ 23mm, Head ochreous-brown, fillet white. Antenne white,
ringed with dark grey, pectinations dark grey. Forewings light
fuscous, slightly purplish-tinged ; costa posteriorly yellowish-
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 71
tinged; about twelve evenly distributed darker striae; a dark
fuscous discal dot ; a pale yellow transverse mark towards termen
above middle : cilia whitish-yellowish, with a fuscous subbasal line.
Hindwings as forewings, but without yellow mark.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
STERRHIDA.
Hois procrossa, sp. n.
g 12mm. Head pale ochreous, fillet whitish, face dark fus-
cous. Antenne serrate, cilia 13. Posterior tarsi 1, tibial tuft
large. Forewings pale whitish-ochreous, thinly sprinkled with dark
fuscous ; costal edge fuscous on basal third; first, median, and
second lines faint, slender, fuscous, first and second forming small
dark fuscous spots on costa; a dark fuscous discal dot before
median line; a terminal series of minute blackish dots: cilia
pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings as forewings, but lines not
traceable, except that second line forms small dark fuscous costal
and dorsal spots.
Sambawa ; one specimen.
Leptomeris aspilataria, Walk. Sambawa.
L. remotata, Guen. Sambawa.
I. crossophragma, Meyr. Sambawa.
DL. opicata, Fabr. 'Talaut.
Chrysocraspeda permutans, Hamps. S.E. Borneo.
C. orgalea, sp. n.
¢ 15mm. Structure as in typical section. Head crimson-
fuscous, fillet white. Forewings dull purple; a small irregular
yellow spot in disc at $; an irregular deep yellow streak along
termen and posterior part of dorsum, forming a projection inwards
in middle of termen, and terminating in a quadrate spot in middle
of dorsum; a terminal series of purple dots: cilia yellow, tips
paler. Hindwings with termen rounded-angulated in middle; dull
purple ; a yellow discal dot at 4; an irregular yellow terminal
streak, dilated at apex ; terminal dots and cilia as in forewings.
Pulo Laut ; one specimen.
HETEROCTENIS, gen. n.
Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, with appressed scales.
Antenne in @ (probably, therefore, in ¢ also) thickened with
to Mr. KE. Meyrick on
scales near base, unipectinated, apical third simple. Posterior tibiee
in 2 with all spurs present. Forewings with 10 out of 9, I1
anastomosing strongly with 9, forming smal] simple areole. Huind-
wings with 3 and 4 connate, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked.
Allied to Chrysocraspeda. Type, H. dracontias.
HH. dracontias, sp. n.
9 24mm. Antennal pectinations 5, slender. Forewings deep
yellow, with a few ferruginous scales ; a large dorsal patch, bounded
by an outwards-curved line from near base of costa to tornus, and a
large circular subapical blotch purplish-ashy, edged first with deeper
purple and then with ferruginous, and connected in disc by a short
ferruginous bar ; a terminal series of ferruginous dots : cilia pale
yellow. Hindwings purplish-ashy ; two dark fuscous dots trans-
versely placed in disc, and a dot of black scales between these ; a
rather narrow deep yellow terminal fascia, edged anteriorly first
with ferruginous and then with deep purple ; terminal dots and
cilia as in forewings.
S.E. Borneo; one specimen.
HH, tigrina, sp. n.
9 23 mm. Head orange, face and fillet yellow-whitish.
Antennal pectinations 2, very thick. Forewings with termen
bowed; yellow, suffusedly strigulated with ferruginous-orange ;
anterior portion of disc nearly clear ; a very broad purple post-
median fascia, not reaching costa, posterior edge forming a broad
rounded projection below middle: cilia pale yellow. Hindwings
with termen subdentate; yellow, suffusedly strigulated with
ferruginous-orange ; base suffused with purple; a very broad
fascia of purple suffusion, occupying from = to 4, posterior edge
projecting in middle and below costa; ine dots transversely
placed in disc, upper blackish, lower dark purplish: cilia pale
yellow.
S.. Borneo ; one specimen.
Perixera syntona, Meyr. (infermixtaria, Swinh.). Paulo
Laut.
P. suspicaria, Snell. Sangir.
P. homostola, sp. n.
dé 34mm. Head light reddish-fuscons, fillet whitish. Posterior
tibiee moderate, slender, without tuft. Forewings ochreous, slightly
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 73
reddish-tinged, obscurely strigulated with light reddish-fuscous ;
first, second, and subterminal lines faintly indicated, median rather
thick, faint, pale fuscous ; a fuscous discal mark ; a terminal series
of fuscous dots: cilia ochreous, tips paler. Hindwings as fore-
wings, but first and median lines absent, a small dark fuscous white-
centred discal spot.
Talaut ; one specimen.
Calothysanis aventiaria, Guen. Sambawa, Sangir.
Alex palparia, Walk. Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Celebes.
GEOMETRIDA.
Comostola inductaria, Guen. Sambawa.
C'. rubrolimbaria, Guen. S.E. Borneo.
PROBOLOSCELES, gen. n.
Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint rough-
scaled. Antenne in ¢ strongly bipectinated, apical third simple.
Posterior tibizw with all spurs present, in ¢ with very long stout
projection from apex above tarsus. Forewings with 10 out of 9,
11 free. Hindwings with frenulum ; 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7
stalked, 8 appressed to cell to middle.
PB. quadrinotata, Butl., Ul. Het, vu., p. 105, pl.
L365 fic. 7.
Talaut; one specimen. The dark patches are small.
Uliocnemis partita, Walk. Sambawa.
Thalassodes phrixopa, sp. n.
gd 21 mm. Head green, fillet and margins of face white.
Abdomen with a white raised dorsal spot near base. Forewings
green, with numerous obscure hyaline strigule ; costal edge dark
fuscous ; white subcostal and subdorsal antemedian dots; a
blackish-grey discal dot ; subterminal and terminal series of white
dots : cilia green, tips whitish, costal cilia dark fuscous, becoming
white near before apex. Hindwings with colour, discal dot, terminal
dots, and terminal cilia as in forewings.
Sambawa; one specimen.
Epipristis nelearia, Guen. Celebes.
74, Mr. E. Meyrick on
ORTHOSTIAID As.
Ozola macariata, Walk. Sambawa.
O, dissimilis, Warr. Talaut.
O. extersavia, Walk. Talaut.
O. spilotis, sp. n.
gd 29 mm. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, with two rows of
blackish spots. Forewings with termen not sinuate ; whitish ; a
rather broad grey stripe along costa throughout, lower edge very
irregular, extending at base to dorsum; first and second lines
represented by dorsal and subdorsal grey spots ; subterminal aad
terminal series of grey spots, former interrupted below middle,
towards apex connected by a light grey suffusion. Hindwings
whitish ; a grey blackish-centred discal spot ; second line repre-
sented by small grey spots or dots towards costa and dorsum ; sub-
terminal and terminal series of grey spots.
Sambawa ; one specimen.
Rambara ochreicostalis, Hamps. Pulo Laut, Saugir.
R. saponaria, Guen. Sambawa.
It. satelliata, Walk. Talaut.
Noreia perdensata, Walk. Pulo Laut.
MONOCTENIADE.
EHumelea rosalia, Cram. Sangir,
CaANONISTIS, g. n.
Face with short cone of scales. Antenne in ¢ unipectinated,
apex simple. Forewings with 10 and 11 stalked, 12 anastomosing
with stalk of 10 and 11. Hindwings with 6 and 7 approximated
at base,
C. rectilineata, Guen., x., p. 18. Pulo Laut.
SELIDOSEMID&.
Opisthograptis emersaria, Walk. Sambawa.
O. isospila, Meyr. Sambawa. Possibly an extreme
variety of O. emersaria.
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 75
Corymica arnearia, Walk. Pulo Laut.
Plutodes pardaria, Guen. Sangir.
P. hilaropa, sp. n.
d 22mm. Forewings yellow ; several purplish-ashy ferruginous-
edged spots towards base ; a purplish-ashy ferruginous-margined
irregular-edged antemedian fascia, much attenuated on dorsum,
posteriorly confluent above middle with an 8-shaped ferruginous
discal mark ; second line formed of ferruginous spots, irregular,
interrupted above middle; beyond this an S-shaped purplish-
ashy ferruginous-edged band from costa to middle ; subterminal
ferruginous spots on dorsal half; a double alternating terminal
series of ferruginous spots: cilia yellow, indistinctly barred with
ferruginous. Hindwings yellow ; a ferruginous mark near base ;
a purplish-ashy ferruginous-edged antemedian fascia on dorsal
half, dilated dorsally ; second and subterminal lines formed by
series of ferruginous spots, latter interrupted by a larger purplish-
ashy ferruginous-edged spot above middle ; terminal spots and cilia
as in forewings.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
Diastictis separata, Walk. Sambawa.
D. schistacea, Walk. S$... Borneo.
D. subexpressa, Walk. Pulo Laut.
D. microdoxa, sp. n.
6 18mm. Head whitish, fillet and a median bar on face black.
Forewings white, irregularly strewn with fine fuscous strigule ;
first and median lines indistinct, but forming small dark fuscous
spots on costa; second line fuscous, sinuate outwards above and
below middle ; a dark fuscous discal dot on median line ; subter-
minal line indicated by fuscous marks, only distinct towards costa :
cilia whitish, irrorated with pale fuscous. Hindwings with termen
waved ; white, irregularly strewn with fine fuscous strigule towards
costa and termen ; a dark fuscous transverse antemedian suffusion
in disc ; a transverse dark fuscous discal mark ; second and sub-
terminal lines and cilia as in forewings.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
D. sublavaria, Guen. Sambawa.
Ectropis biundularia, Esp. Sambawa.
EL. petras, sp. un.
¢ 23mm. Head light greyish-ochreous, fillet and a median
band of face mixed with brown. Antenne with fascicles of long
76 Mr. KH. Meyrick on
cilia rising from minute paired projections. Forewings pale
greyish-ochreous, thinly spriukled with white, brown, and dark
fuscous ; first and second lines parallel, curved, bisinuate, dark
browv, marked with dark fuscous dots on veins and costa, first
preceded and second followed by a brown shade ; median brown,
rather irregular, indistinct on dorsal half, traversing an indistinct
dark fuscous discal dot, and marked with another on costa; a
suffused darker spot on middle of shade following second line, fol-
lowed by an indistinct pale suffusion ; subterminal line pale, waved,
margined with brown and anteriorly on upper half with dark
fuscous, interrupted in middle ; a terminal series of dark fuscous
dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, basal half obscurely spotted with
fuscous. Hindwings with termen waved; colour and markings
as in forewings, but first line absent, median indistinct, second less
marked, not followed by darker median spot.
Pulo Laut; one specimen.
Luxiaria ditrota, sp. n.
? 36 mm. Forewings with apex subacute, termen slightly
sinuate; whitish-ochreous, with thinly scattered dark fuscous
scales; a faint brownish tinge towards base ; lines very faint,
brownish, first nearly straight, with indistinct darker dots on veins,
median hardly traceable, second angulated above middle, darker-
dotted on lower half, between angle and dorsum, followed by a
suffused brownish shade ; subterminal line faintly indicated, its
anterior margin marked by two large dark fuscous dots opposite
angle of second line; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots.
Hindwings with termen waved, slightly angulated in middle;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, a fine
short dark fuscous linear discal mark before median, second not
angulated, hardly curved, the following shade nearly reaching costa,
subterminal line without the two dark fuscous dots.
Sambawa; one specimen. I possess this species also
from Halmahera.
DT. exclusa, Walk. S.E. Borneo.
Selidosema acaciaria, Boisd. Sambawa.
S. propulsaria, Walk. Sambawa.
Tigridoptera monochrias, sp. n.
¢g 53 mm. Head and thorax blue-grey. Abdomen ochreous-
yellow, basal segment blue-grey. Forewings blue-grey ; a deep
yellow-ochreous basal blotch, not quite reaching costa, followed on
upper half by two black spots ; first and second lines thick, black,
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 77
bent above middle, median similiar but indistinct and partially
obsolete, traversing a roundish black discal spot ; two posterior
series of roundish black spots, second indicating anterior margin of
subterminal line. Hindwings blue-grey; first and second lines
thick, black, rather sinuate, second interrupted in disc ; discal spot
and two posterior series as in forewings.
Sangir ; one specimen.
T. ptochopis, sp. n.
¢ 50 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen dull
ochreous-yellowish, suffused with whitish-grey towards base,
Forewings whitish-grey, subdorsal fold obscurely tinged with dull
ochreous suffusion ; black subcostal and subdorsal spots at base ; a
small black subcostal spot at 4, and another beneath it ; first and
second lines formed by series of small black spots, bent above
middle ; median slender, blackish-grey, anguiated beneath costa,
interrupted on fold; a small transverse-oval black discal spot
before median ; a faint grey line beyond second ; anterior margin
of subterminal line represented by a series of small black spots.
Hindwings as forewings, but without basal or subbasal spots, or
median line ; no subdorsal ochreous suffusion, but a similar one
occupying median fold.
Sangir ; one specimen.
Synegia botydaria, Guen. Pulo Laut.
S. imitaria, Walk. Pulo Laut.
Hyposidra janiaria, Guen. Sambawa.
HI, talaca, Walk. Sangir.
H, afflictaria, Walk. ‘Valaut.
Abraxas sylvata, Scop. Sambawa.
A. labrarvia, Guen. Sambawa.
Buzura nephelistis, sp. n.
6 63 mm, Head and thorax yellow-ochreous, face mixed with
fuscous. Antennal pectinations 3, apical 2 simple. Forewings
with termen almost straight, rather strongly oblique ; light ochre-
ous-yellowish, clouded with deeper ; basal and median areas almost
wholly occupied by broad bandlike suffusions of dark grey irrora-
tion ; posterior edge of second line indicated by an incomplete
fascia of dark grey irroration following it, abruptly sinuate out-
wards above middle, and more gently inwards below it; sub-
terminal line faintly paler, waved, posteriorly margined above
78 Mr. E. Meyrick on
middle by a terminal patch of dark-grey suffusion. Hindwings
with colour as in forewings ; an ill-defined broad median fascia of
dark grey irroration, becoming obsolete dorsally.
Talaut ; one specimen.
Ephoria xanthocolona, sp. n.
g¢ 24mm. Head brownish-orange, fillet pale yellow. Antenne
white, hardly subdentate, shortly ciliated. Forewings dull ashy-
purple, becoming crimson on margins of yellow markings; a rather
broad bright yellow costal band from base almost to apex, narrowed
towards base, lower edge irregular, forming a triangular projection
before middle, and twice sinuate beyond it; a bright yellow ter-
minal streak from apex to above middle, not quite reaching costal
band at apex: cilia purple, opposite terminal streak yellow.
Hindwings dull ashy-purple ; costal area broadly light ochreous-
yellowish : cilia dull purple.
S.E. Borneo; one specimen. ‘This species, nearly
allied to the Japanese H. formosa, differs from it and the
rest of the genus in the absence of antennal pectinations,
which are however short and tending towards dis-
appearance in them also; in other details of structure it
coincides exactly, and does not call for generic separa-
tion.
Lomographa cogenaria, Snell. Pulo Laut.
Deilinia chlorochroa, sp. un.
gd 20-23 mm. Head and thorax pale greenish-ochreous. Fore-
wings with vein 10 out of 9, connected with 12, and anastomosing
with 9, 11 out of 10 between connexions; dull light green, with
fine scattered dark fuscous strigule ; first and second lines curved,
somewhat waved, dark fuscous; a dark fuscous discal dot. Hind-
wings as forewings, but first line absent.
Pulo Laut; one specimen. ‘This is in poor condition ;
the above description has therefore been made from a
better example, which I possess, from Burma. ‘The
neuration of the forewings, as given above, shows some
details of acquired complexity differing from the normal
type; but as all the typical points of structure are pre-
sent (the fovea of the hindwings is small and inconspicu-
ous, but distinct), there is no occasion to separate the
species generically.
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 79
Hulepidotis fimbriata, Cram. Pulo Laut.
EH. hortensiata, Guen. Pulo Laut.
EH. guttaria, Boisd. Pulo Laut.
Huchlena pyrotoca, sp. n.
gd 22mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings with
termeu bowed and slightly prominent in middle; dark fuscous ;
first and second lines darker, bent near costa ; a darker discal spot.
Hiudwings bright orange ; a wedge-shaped dark fuscous subdorsal
streak, broadest at tornus, attenuated to base, occupying about + of
wing.
Talaut ; one specimen.
H. pallida, Moore. Sambawa.
EH. pachiaria, Walk. Sambawa.
EH. imbutaria, Walk. Celebes.
HE. maculifera, Feld. Sangir, Talaut.
EL. vestigiata, Snell. Celebes, Talaut.
GALLERIADA.
Harracongura, Buti.
I have not been able to verify the structural characters
of Butler’s type, but have little doubt that the following
species is truly congeneric with it ; to prevent misappre-
hension, however, I add the leading structural characters
of my species (applicable to ¢ only), viz.:
Forewings with apex contorted; on upper surface with a short
subcostal groove before apex, enclosing a short dense expansible
tuft of hairs covered over with broad scales ; cell very large, reach-
ing % of wing, transverse vein angulated outwards in middle, 5
from the angulation, widely remote from 4, 7 and 8 out of 9.
Hindwings with long pencil of hairs on upper surface from base of
costa, lying beneath forewings ; 5 absent, transverse vein absent,
7 anastomosing shortly with 8.
H. acrocausta, sp. n.
d 28 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Forewings
elongate, apex obtuse, termen vertical, rounded ; whitish-ochreous,
faintly pinkish-tinged, with some scattered dark fuscous scales ;
traces of antemedian and postmedian discal spots; a rather narrow
dark coppery-fuscous terminal streak, anterior edge straight : cilia
80 Mr. E. Meyrick on
pale ochreous-brown, with a black interrupted subbasal line.
Hindwings ochreous-yellow, thiniy scaled: cilia pale yellowish,
tips whitish.
Sangir ; one specimen.
Heteromicta rufivena, Walk. Sangir.
Picrogama anticosma, sp. un. Sangir.*
ANTIPTILOTIS, gen. n.
Palpi in ¢ short, curved, ascending. Antennz in ¢@ simple,
basal joint with broad projecting anterior flap of scales. Thorax
with posterior crest. Forewings in ¢ beneath with subcostal
groove towards base, enclosing dense expansible pencil of hairs,
concealed by long loose hairs from adjoining surface; 4 and 5
connate, 6 approximeted to 7 at base, 8,9, 10 out of 7. Hind-
wings in ¢ above with subdorsal groove towards base, enclosing
pencil of dense hairs ; 5 rather remote from 4, 7 out of 6 near
origin, shortly approximated to 8.
A, rubicunda, sp. n.
¢ 25mm. Head and thorax whitish. Forewings elongate-
oblong, termen rather oblique, rounded; rosy-whitish, with scattered
dull rosy scales, towards costa and on dorsum somewhat mixed with
pale yellow-ochreous ; first and second lines and two dots longi-
tudinally placed in disc yellow-ochreous, very indistinct ; an in-
distinct suffusion of reddish-brown scales towards termen below
middle: cilia rosy-whitish suffused with yellow-ochreous and
sprinkled with dull rosy. Hindwings light dull rosy ; subdorsal
hair-pencil blackish-grey : cilia light ochreous.
Sangir; one specimen.
CRAMBIDAK.
Autarotis euryala, Meyr. Sangir.
THALAMARCHIS, gen. 0.
Face rounded ; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Labial palpi
long, porrected, triangularly scaled. Maxillary palpi moderate,
triangularly dilated. Antennz in @ subdentate, shortly cili-
ated. Abdomen in ¢ with dorsal tuft of floceulent hairs near
base, concealed by flat scales. Forewings with 4 and 5 closely
approximated at base, 9 absent, 11 absent. Hindwings in ¢ above
with long pencil of hairs from base of costa, concealed beneath
forewings, a loose subdorsal pencil of long hairs, and an expansible
* See Addendum (p. 91).
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 81
tuft of short hairs at tornus ; 4 and 5 short-stalked, 7 out of 6 near
origin, connected with 8 at a point before middle.
T’. chalchorma, sp. n.
3 16 mm. Head white. Palpi orange, tips white. Thorax
grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, subtriangular, termen vertical,
rather sinuate inwards on upper half, and with an indentation above
middle ; pale silky-grey, with indistinct spots of whitish-ochreous
suffusion towards dorsum before and beyond middle ; an orange
outwardly-oblique wedge-shaped mark on middle of costa ; a trian-
gular orange apical patch, extending on costa from 3, and on
termen to indentation, cut by two white lines from costa, first
angulated inwards, second curved inwards; a fine paler line near
before termen on lower half, anteriorly finely edged with dark
grey ; a coppery-metallic streak along lower half of termen, pre-
ceded by five black dots separated by ochreous-yellowish inter-
spaces ; cilia on upper half of termen orange, base shining white,
on lower half coppery-metallic, at tornus pale orange. Iindwings
whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged; hair-pencils light yellow-ochreous;
a dark fuscous terminal line round apex: cilia whitish-ochreous,
round apex whitish.
Sangir ; one specimen.
PYRAUSTIDA.
Mixophyla xanthocasis, sp. n.
? 10-12 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, second
joint fuscous above, terminal joint dorsally flattened, obtuse
loosely scaled at sides. Forewings with distinct indentation above
middle of termen; white; median line light fuscous, angulated, thick-
ened on dorsum; terminal area broadly suffused with ochreous-
yellow, most widely on costa, where it encloses two oblique whitish
spots, below middle enclosing a transverse-oval white spot, marked
anteriorly with two short dark fuscous lines (first indistinct) repre-
senting margins of second line, and posteriorly with three dark
fuscous subterminal dots, uppermost smallest : cilia shining greyish-
ochreous, white at tornus and on basal half round apex, with a
blackish subbasal line except on indentation and at tornus. Hind-
wings whitish-grey : cilia white.
Sangir ; two specimens. I take the opportunity of
describing also the following additional species of this
genus from examples in my own collection.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) 6
82 Mr. EK. Meyrick on
M., chrysias, sp. n.
¢6 2 14-15 mm. Head and thorax white. Antenne in ¢ very
shortly ciliated. Palpi white, second joint blackish above, terminal
joint tolerably cylindrical, pointed. Abdomen in ¢ with anal tuft
of mixed black and whitish hairs, Forewings with termen rounded,
very slightly prominent on 5; white; median line light ochreous-
yellow, strongly curved, becoming orange and dilated towards
costa ; two oblique wedge-shaped orange marks from costa towards
apex, reaching + across wing ; a pale ochreous-yellowish suffusion
extending from beyond median line above middle to middle of
termen, enclosing onits lower edge before termen a small rect-
angular dark fuscous spot which includes a whitish mark cutting
its lower side ; a strong blackish terminal line on upper 2 of ter-
men: cilia shining grey, cut by white bars in and above middle, on
tornus white, basal half white on upper 2 of termen,a dark grey
basal line on lower third. Hindwings and cilia white.
Amboina ; two specimens.
Oligostigma polydora, sp. n.
¢ 24mm. Head and thorax yellow-ochreous. Middle tibiz
clothed with long fine hairs above, and with a pencil of similar
hairs from base beneath. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen
bowed, oblique, costa folded over above from base to middle, mar-
gin of fold dilated except towards extremities by a broad flap of
long dense projecting scales, covering a deep circular fovea at end
of cell, dorsum strongly bowed and fringed with very long fine
cilia ; 7 and 10 out of 9 ; ochreous-orange ; ashining whitish streak
from end of cell to near before tornus, where it meets a shining
white posteriorly black-edged curved subterminal streak from
costa ; a nearly straight shining white streak from beneath costa
at + to near angle of junction of these, narrowed beneath ; an
obscure semitrausparent whitish streak along dorsum ; an inter-
rupted blackish terminal line: cilia pale grey. Hindwings
abruptly sinuate beneath apex ; shining white ; beneath costa an
elongate-oval grey patch reaching from near base to near middle,
edged above with rough grey hairs, and beneath this a linear lon-
gitudinal streak of deep black scales reaching middle, these entirely
covered by the expanded dorsal area of forewings ; an ochreous-
orange postmedian fascia and another along termen, confluent at
extremities, terminal fascia black-edged from above middle to near
tornus ; two subquadrate black terminal dots beneath sinuatiou,
margined anteriorly by white black-edged lunules: cilia whitish-
grey, with a grey subbasal line.
Sangir ; one specimen.
Lepidoptera fiom the Malay Archipelago. 83
O. metriodora, sp. n.
3 21mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow. Middle tibi
with fine slender pencils of long hairs from base above and beneath.
‘Forewings elongate-triangular, termen rounded, oblique ; on upper
surface a fovea at end of cell, and a slight subcostal groove above
it; 10 out of 9; shining white, suffused with fuscous in disc
towards base ; an orange costal streak from base to }, suffusedly
confluent with postmedian fascia; a broad orange partially fuscous-
irrorated dorsal streak to 4 ; a triangular orange fuscous-irrorated
median patch from costa, apex touching extremity of dorsal streak;
a nearly straight fuscous-orange fascia at +, parallel to termen,
ending beneath in dorsal streak ; an orange anteriorly fuscous-
edged terminal fascia; a black interrupted terminal line: cilia
whitish-fuscous, with an interrupted dark fuscous subbasal line.
Hindwings suddenly sinuate below apex; whitish-grey, darker-
sprinkled ; an orange subbasal fascia, extended along dorsum to
meet posterior band ; a broad terminal orange band, leaving a
three-lobed apical spot of ground colour, fuscous-sprinkled towards
termen on lower half, enclosing on lower half a narrow whitish
subterminal streak edged with black posteriorly on its upper half ;
a black terminal line opposite this portion, and two semi-oval black
dots beneath sinuation : cilia whitish-fuscous, with a dark fuscous
subbasal line, lighter round apex.
Talaut ; one specimen.
O. mormodes, sp. n.
3 2 34-45 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi in ¢ with ter-
minal joint considerably elongate, porrected, terminating in a small
hooked scaletuft. Antenne in ¢ dentate. Thorax ochreous-yel-
lowish, with three dark fuscous anterior spots. Posterior femora
in ¢ with small hairtuft beneath towards apex. Forewings very
elongate-triangular, termen oblique, rounded, dorsum in ¢ slightly
sinuate; in ¢@ upper margin of cell roughened above with erect
scales, and a ridge-like tuft of hairs on 16 towards base ; 10 and.
11 out of 9; shining grey-whitish ; a rather broad fuscous costal
streak from base to 3, sending a thick suffused branch beneath.
from + to middle of disc ; a long semioval blotch extending along
dorsum from near base to near tornus, anterior half dark ochreous-
fuscous, posterior half pale ochreous-yellow ; a rather broad dark
ochreous-fuscous inwards-angulated fascia from 2 of costa, con-
fluent with costal streak, and a similar nearly straight fascia from
3, meeting at % above tornus and not continued further ; a pale
ochreous-yellow anteriorly black-margined terminal fascia; an
84 Mr. HE. Meyrick on
interrupted black terminal line : cilia fuscous-whitish. Hindwings
with short sudden sinuation below apex ; shining white; a dark
fuscous subbasal fascia, marked with an ochreous spot towards
dorsum; a broad pale ochreous-yellow terminal band, edged
anteriorly on upper # by a sinuate dark fuscous line, enclosing an
indistinct whitish anteapical spot posteriorly edged with dark
fuscous, and an ill-defined shining whitish subterminal fascia on
lower half, posteriorly shortly edged with dark fuscous below
middle of wing; four small black terminal dots below sinuation, each
preceded by a silvery-metallic lunule set in black, and separated
by orange interspaces: cilia whitish, with dark grey basal spots
opposite terminal dots, and four black basal dots alternating with
these.
Sangir; two specimens.
O. hemicryptis, sp. n.
go 2 15-16 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate-triangular, termen oblique, rounded ; 10 out of 9 ; orange ;
in ¢ costal half dark fuscous from base to 3, forming an elongate-
triangular blotch, rest up to subterminal streak unevenly irrorated
with dark fuscous, in 2 wholly dark fuscous from base to sub-
terminal streak except a small costal przsubterminal spot; a
shining white posteriorly black-edged subterminal streak, hardly
reaching margins ; an interrupted black terminal line, forming a
larger black dot at apex: cilia whitish-fuscous, basal half darker-
mixed. Hindwings with slight subapical sinuation, prominent
beneath it ; shining white; a basal fascia, in ¢ orange, in 2 dark
fuscous ; a broad ochreous-orange terminal fascia, anteriorly strongly
edged with dark fuscous except towards extremities ; a minute
black terminal dot in subapical sinuation, preceded by a larger
white dot, and two quadrate black terminal dots beneath this,
preceded by white black-edged lunules, alternating with bright
orange interspaces ; beneath these a pale line, black-edged on both
sides, extending along termen from middle to }: cilia as in fore-
wings, with a blackish basal dot on prominence.
Sangir ; two specimens.
O. gephyrotis, sp. n.
@ 20 mm. Forewings very elongate-triangular, termen
oblique, rounded ; shining white ; a fuscous costal streak from
base to terminal fascia, lower edge somewhat prominent in middle ;
a light ochreous-orange terminal fascia, anteriorly fuscous-edged in
disc, continued from tornus to near base of dorsum, but leaving a
white anteriorly fuscous-edged dorsal streak from before middle to
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 85
near tornus, and enclosing a white fuscous-sprinkled subterminal
streak ; a terminal series of black marks: cilia whitish. Hind-
wings with short sinuation below apex ; white ; a broad suffused
pale orange terminal fascia, becoming deeper on termen, anteriorly
edged with blackish for about } in disc ; a silvery-whitish sub-
terminal streak round apex ; five black roundish terminal dots
below sinuation, preceded by silvery-whitish lunules edged with a
few black scales, two lowest remote from the dots: cilia whitish,
with grey basal line.
Talaut; one specimen. Nearly allied to O. argyropis.
Anydraula bombayensis, Swinh. Sangir.
Nymphula leucoplaca, sp. n.
6 16mm. Labial palpi long, smooth scaled, acute. Fore-
wings very elongate-triangular, termen sinuate beneath apex,
bowed, waved, rather oblique ; orange, irregularly and suffusedly
irrorated with dark fuscous ; a white suffusion towards base ; first
and second lines forming shining white fasciz, strongly edged with
dark fuscous, first widely interrupted in disc, second curved
inwards and interrupted below middle, upper portion forming
three adjacent spots; a shining white dark-edged submarginal
fascia, interrupted below middle, upper portion forming three
adjacent spots, two uppermost small. Hindwings with termen
irregularly dentate-waved, apex forming a very prominent tooth ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but second line forming a
straight fascia, interrupted in middle only, three upper submarginal
spots rather small, subequal.
Sangir; one specimen. The form of the hindwings is
peculiar and distinctive.
N. villidalis, Walk. Sangir; a specimen not showing
the dark median line of hindwings, yet apparently
identical.
Hydrocampa conspurcatalis, Warren. Sangir.
STREPSINOMA, gen. n.
Face oblique ; ocelli present ; tongue very long. Antenne 3,
in ¢ ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, curved, subascending,
second joint rough-scaled beneath, terminal joint rather short,
pointed or obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs half inner, tarsi very long. Forewings with
semitransparent bladdery impression in cell, larger in 4, sur-
86 Mr. E. Meyrick on
mounted by slight ridge ; 3 and 4 stalked, 10 and 11 out of 9.
Hindwings 1 ; 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to middle.
Tyre. S.amauwra. Besides the two following species,
Cataclysta cresalis (—susalis), Walk., XVIL.,
449, also belongs to the genus ; it occurs in India,
Borneo, and Halmahera,
S. amaura, sp. n.
dé 2 138—15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen
oblique ; dark fuscous ; a white sometimes indistinct dot on costa
beyond middle ; a fine white subterminal line, sometimes partially
obsolete : cilia shining grey, base darker. Hindwings rather dark
fuscous ; faint traces of a pale subterminal line.
Sambawa, S8.E. Borneo; two specimens.
S. sphenactis, sp. n.
¢ @ 13—15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen
oblique; greyish-fuscous, somewhat darker towards costa ; im-
pression in cell obscurely whitish, more distinctly in ¢@ ; a fascia-
like narrow-triangular white spot on costa beyond middle, reaching
more than half across wing, narrower in ¢ ; a curved white sub-
terminal line: cilia pale fuscous, with darker subbasal line,
Hindwings greyish-fuscous, with very indistinct darker median and
postmedian lines, latter followed in ¢@ by an obscure whitish
line.
Sangir; two specimens.
Nausinoé trogalis, Walk. Sangir.
Nevrina procopia, Cram. Sangir.
Pleonectusa adhesalis, Walk. ‘Talaut.
P. extenuatalis, Walk. (leptomeralis, Walk.). Talaut.
Pagyda spiralis Walk. Sangir.
Marasmia ruralis, Walk. Sangir.
Syngamia trimaculalis, Snell. ‘Sangir,
Molybdantha tricoloralis, Zell. Sangir.
ELurrhyparodes bracteolalis, Zell. Sangir.
Diathrausta profundalis, Led. Sangir.
Hydriris ornatalis, Dup. Sangir.
Dodanga truncatalis, Walk. Sangir.
Diplotyla tellesalis, Walk. Sangir.
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 87
Tabidia aculealis, Walk. Talaut.
Margaronia suralis, Led. Sangir; unusually large.
M. vertumnalis, Guen. Talaut.
M. nitidicostalis, Guen. Sangir.
M. celsalis, Walk. Talaut.
MES ) spissalis, Guen. Sangir.
M. crassicornis, Walk. ‘Talaut.
M. scapulalis, Led. Sangir.
M., ityalis, Walk. Sangir.
M. invertalis, Snell. Talaut.
Omiodes bianoralis, Walk. ‘Talaut.
O. vulgalis, Guen. Sangir.
Coptobasis crotonalis, Walk. (?). Walker’s type is
a 2, but appears to agree; it is, however, a very obscure
species, which might belong to another genus. The ¢
here recorded is a true Coptobasis. Sangir.
C. mimica, Swinh. Sangir.
Pycnarmon jaguaralis, Guen. Talaut, Sangir.
Aripana abdicalis, Walk. Sangir.
A. macrotis, sp. n.
6 26 mm. Abdomen with a black lateral dot on anteapical
segment, anal segment elongate. Forewings elongate-triangular
(more elongate than in allied species), termen slightly bowed,
oblique ; white, ochreous-tinged towards base and on a costal
streak from base to 2; small black basal and subbasal dots on
costa ; a small black discal dot at }; a small transverse-oval black
discal spot in middle ; a small black costal dot at 2; second line
fuscous, indistinct, blackish on costa, broken and interrupted in
disc, followed bya pale yellcwish shade ; a large black dot towards
termen below middle ; a small blackish apical dot: cilia whitish,
basal half yellowish. Hindwings white; a dark fuscous discal
dot ; second line as in forewings, but marked with a dark fuscous
dot on dorsum ; subterminal dot and cilia as in forewings.
Talaut ; one specimen.
Cwnostola originalis, Walk, Sangir.
OSPHRANTIS, gen. n.
Face rounded ; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Antenne ?,
in ¢ ciliated with long fascicles (4). Labial palpi moderate,
88 Mr. E. Meyrick on
curved, ascending, second joint beneath with dense rough pro-
jecting scales, forming a short tuft in front, terminal joint rather
short, thickened with rough projecting scales beneath, obtuse.
Maxillary palpishort, slender, filiform. Posterior tibize with outer
spurs about half inner. Forewings with 3, 4, 5 approximated,
10 out of 9. Hindwings, 1: 3, 4, 5 approximated, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to middle.
O. paraphea, sp. n.
¢ 13 mm. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, termen
sinuate, bowed, oblique ; deep yellow, towards costa and termen
suffused with a ferruginous tinge; a dark fuscous costal streak
from base to 2; first and second lines dark ferruginous, second
irregular, running from a dark fuscous spot on costa at 3 to near
tornus, then widely interrupted and recommencing in middle of
dise, running to 2 of dorsum ; small rounded dark fuscous spots in
dise at 1 and J, latter touching inferior section of second line ; an
interrupted dark fuscous terminal line: cilia whitish, base
yellowish, a subbasal dark yellow-brown line. Hindwings yellow,
towards termen ferruginous-tinged ; second line as in forewings,
but superior section reaching tornus.
Talaut ; one specimen.
Conogethes mimastis, sp. n.
d 25-27 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi ochreous-yellow,
second joint with dark grey apical band. Thorax ochreous-yellow,
with blackish-grey anterior spot. Forewings rather elongate-
triangular, termen slightly bowed, oblique ; light orange, markings
blackish ; a small basal costal spot ; a narrow curved subbasal
fascia ; first line thick, dilated costally, bent inwards beneath
costa ; a narrow transverse discal mark, touching a subcostal streak
connecting first and second lines; second line thick, nearly
straight, connected along costa with a rather broad terminal band,
of which the anterior edge is strongly concave: cilia dark grey.
Hindwings orange ; second line thick, nearly straight, blackish ;
a blackish terminal streak : cilia dark grey.
Sangir; two specimens.
C. iopasalis, Walk. Talant.
C. punctiferalis, Guen. Sangir.
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 89
C. wiphialis, Walk. Sangir.
Notarcha butyrina, Meyr. Sangir.
Dichocrocis tyranthes, sp. n.
¢ 33mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings rather elongate-triangular, termen obliquely rounded ;
whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged ; a blackish terminal line: cilia
whitish, towards base ochreous-tinged, with a grey subbasal line,
Hindwings with colour, terminal line, and cilia as in forewings.
Sangir; one specimen.
Daulia afralis, Walk. Sangir.
Isocentris illectalis, Walk. Sangir; a very small
specimen, hardly 13 mm.
PLACOSARIS, gen. n.
Face rounded ; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antenne
3, in ¢ minutely ciliated. Labial palpi moderately long,
porrected, triangularly scaled, terminal joint concealed. Maxil-
lary palpi moderate, filiform. Posterior tibie in ¢ with outer
middle-spur very short, rudimentary. Forewings in ¢ with a
small flat tuft of enlarged broad scales beneath cell towards base
on both surfaces ; 10 closely approximated to 9. Hindwings 1:
3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing
with 8 to middle.
P. leucula, sp. n.
¢d 25 mm. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, termen
rounded, oblique; yellow-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with
ferruginous ; costal edge dark fuscous; first line almost straight,
dark fuscous, edged anteriorly with a fine silvery-white streak, not
reaching costa; a dark fuscous discal mark; second line dark
fuscous, edged posteriorly by a silvery-white interrupted streak,
running from ¢# of costa to 3 of dorsum, middle third moderately
curved outwards ; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots: cilia
dark ferruginous-greyish, with dark fuscous subbasal line. Hind-
wings pale yellowish-ochreous ; second line straight, cloudy, grey,
obsolete on lower half: cilia ochreous-whitish, with a grey sub-
basal line. ;
Sangir ; one specimen.
Pyrausta inscisalis, Walk. Talaut.
P. tranquillalis, Led. Sangir.
P. basalis, Walk. Sangir.
90 Mr. EK. Meyrick on
P. suffusalis, Walk. Sangir.
P. celatalis, Walk. Sangir.
P. hipponalis, Walk. ‘Talaut.
P. platycapna, sp. n.
36 23 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous, Antennal
ciliations minute (4). Forewings rather elongate-triangular,
termen bowed, oblique; light ochreous-yellowish ; a broad rather
dark fuscous slightly purplish-tinged costal band from base to apex,
thence continued asa terminal band to tornus, extending at base
to dorsum, and between first and second lines extending as a cloudy
suffusion over disc ; first and second lines dark fuscous, second
somewhat waved, running from before 3 of costa towards tornus
to below middle, thence suddenly bent inwards to below discal
mark, and again strongly curved round to beyond middle of
dorsum ; a dark fuscous dot in disc beyond first line, and discal
median mark ; cilia fuscous, with a darker subbasal line. Hind-
wings pale ochreous-yellowish ; a small roundish dark fuscous
discal spot ; second line hardly indicated by a few dark fuscous
scales ; a rather dark fuscous terminal band.
Sangir; one specimen. Allied to the Australian
P, epitrota.
Hvergestis anastomosalis, Guen. Sangir.
PYRALIDIDA.
Cirrhochrista fumipalpis, Feld. Sangir.
Jotachena histricalis, Walk. ‘l'alaut.
Pyralis pictalis, Curt. Talaut.
Diplopseustis metallias, sp. n.
¢ 10mm. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, suboblong, ter-
men sinuate, little oblique ; deep ochreous-yellow ; a blackish costal
streak from base to first line, marked with a bluish-leaden-metallic
spot near base, extended at base to dorsum; first line nearly
straight, bluish-leaden-metallic, strongly blackish-edged ; a small
semioval bluish-leaden-metallic spot mixed with black in middle
of costa; second line nearly straight, oblique, bright leaden-
metallic, posteriorly black-edged, preceded on upper half by a
blackish blotch including a bright leaden-metallic discal spot, and
with a leaden-metallic projection inwards below middle ; bright
leaden-metallic roundish terminal spots above and below middle :
cilia ochreous-yellow, with series of dark fuscous points. Hind-
Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 91
wings ochreous-yellow ; a small blackish dorsal spot before middle;
second line nearly straight, bluish-leaden-metallic on lower half,
anteriorly blackish-edged throughout, posteriorly edged on lower
half by a blackish blotch extending to tornus, where it meets a
leaden-metallic suffusion occupying lower third of termen: cilia
as in forewings.
Sangir ; two specimens.
Sufetula sunidesalis, Walk. Sangir.
SICULODID.
Siculodes anticalis, Walk. Sangir.
S. astrodora, sp. n.
gd 15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen bowed,
oblique ; pale brownish-ochreous, irregularly striated throughout
with dark fuscous; five nearly straight dark fuscous fascie,
second angularly prominent in disc posteriorly, fourth running
to tornus, fifth to middle of termen. Hindwings as forewings,
but first two fasciz obsolete, third and fourth only distinct dorsally.
Forewings beneath with ground-colour more whitish, striz more
blackish, fascia more reddish-ferruginous ; a bright ferruginous
subcostal streak on posterior half; a black blotch iu disc before
middle, marked with longitudinal whitish lines on upper half and
a row of bright bluish-silvery metallic dots in middle, beneath this
finely whitish-sprinkled ; a broader blackish patch in disc beyond
middle, marked with numerous fine whitish longitudinal lines
throughout.
Talaut ; one specimen.
Striglina reticulata, Walk. Sangir.
Rhodoneura myrtxa, Drury. Sangir.
ADDENDUM.
The following species of Galleriadee I had supposed to
be Callionyma semifeedalis, Walk.; I am indebted to
Sir George Hampson for the information that it is not
only specifically but generically distinct.
PICROGAMA, gen. n.
Face with strong projecting ridge of scales. Labial palpi in
d very short, ascending, second joint rough-scaled, terminal short,
92 Mr. Meyrick on Lepidoptera.
scaled, in 9 very long, porrected, with appressed scales. Fore-
wings: cell in ¢ with lower angle very considerably produced,
4and 5 in ¢@ remote,in @ almost connate, 8 and 9 out of 7.
Hindwings: cell very short, 3 and 4 stalked, 7 anastomosing
shortly with 8.
P. anticosma, sp. n.
3 41 mm., 9 34 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous,
partially tinged or suffused with light brown-red. Forewings
elongate-oblong, more elongate in ¢, apex nearly rectangular,
termen straight, hardly oblique ; reddish-brown, more or less
suffused with light ochreous in disc from base to beyond middle ;
in ¢ a white longitudinal streak above middle from base to 2,
lower edge margined posteriorly with a golden-ferruginous
suffusion, indented at 2, terminated by a small round dark
fuscous discal spot ; in 2 a triangular dark fuscous blotch in dise
before middle, and a transverse narrow reniform spot beyond
middle ; a cloudy darker transverse line at 3, in ¢ straight, in ?
somewhat curved ; an undefined pale ochreous narrow terminal
fascia; cilia light reddish-brown. Hindwings in 4 orarge-
yellow, in 2 light ochreous-yellowish.
Sangir ; two specimens.
IV. New Coccidee collected in Algeria by the Rev. Alfred
EF. Eaton. By R. Newsreap, F.H.S., Curator of
the Grosvenor Museum, Chester.
[Read Nov. 18th, 1896.]
Prate LV.
Towarps the end of December, 1895, and again quite
recently, the Rev. A. E. Eaton very kindly placed at
my disposal a most interesting lot of Coccidz which he
had collected principally in the neighbourhood of Con-
stantine, Algeria, during 1895-6. It is with great plea-
sure that Iam at last able to give a complete list of all
the species he has taken, together with the descriptions
of the new species. My only regret is that I have not
been able to do so at an earlier date; but my studies of
the British Coccidze prevented my doing so until now.
Mr. Eaton also furnished a most valuable list of the food-
plants harbouring the Coccid, which has been appended
to those insects to which the plants refer. He says :—
“The localities in which the Coccids were collected lie
between 1700 ft. (in the lowest sites in the valleys quoted)
and 2500 ft. above the sea. These are not the lowest
nor the highest attainable parts of the district. Their
character has more of the Hautes Plateaux than of the
Mediterranean Region about it, and may be considered
that of the mountains of the Tell or of the outskirts of
the Plateaux. This will explain the absence of such
shrubs as Viburnum tinus, L., and (practically) Lawrus
nobilis, L., from the list and collections.’’*
Aspidiotus nerii, Bouché, f 2.
This widely distributed and destructive pest was
evidently the commonest species met with. It occurred
on the following plants :—“ Clematis jflammula, L., Con-
stantine, 4, xi1.,’?95, on M’cid, above the Route de la Cor-
niche, just beyond the last tunnel. Spartiwm juncewn, L.,
Constantine, 24, x., 795, hedge above the railway skirting
the forét at the commencement of the road up the Man-
sourah. Calycotome spinosa, Lk., Constantine, 28, x., 795,
* The Bone records were added subsequently.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.)
94, Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidee
on the slopes of the Mansourah. An abundant insect by the
descent from the town to the Port d’Aumale, and below
the railway between the railway tunnels beside the Route
de la Corniche. Ceratonia siliquosa, L., 4, xii., 795, on
M’cid in the pine wood. Bone, 4, xii., 796, Mimosa and
Robinia pseudacacia, L., Constantine, hedge of a garden
in the suburb el-Kantara. Crategus azarollus, L.,
Constantine, December, on M’cid. Hedera helix, L.,
Constantine, 26, x., °95, in the town garden ; it probably
occurs at Algiers, since ivy there harbours abundance
of a Coniopterye. Phillyrea media, L., 18, x., 795, near
the Route de la Corniche, on M’cid. Neriwm oleander,
L., Constantine, near the Route de la Corniche, by the
stream, abont 3 kilomctres from the town; chiefly on
small short shoots near the ground in the shade. Bone,
26, xii., 795. Antirrhinwm majus, L., Constantine, 23, x.,
795, on the brow of the point of the spur of M’cid oppo-
site the Kasba. Stachys circinnata, L’ Héritier, the same
as the preceding. Laurus nobilis, L., Constantine, on a
shrub planted in the public garden, 2, xii., ‘95.”
“ Osyris alba, L., Constantine, 23, x.,’95. Olea europxa,
L. (as abundant on the fruit as on the leaves). Smilax
aspera, L., Bone, 9, i., 796, by the sea-shore. Chamerops
humilis, L., Bone, 20, xii.,’¢5. Preyed upon by Chrysopa
vulgaris and Coccinellide.”
A. napax, Comst., 2.
“On Myrtle. Béne, up the valley beyond the Orphelinat,
27, ii., 796. Chiefly immature ¢, and situate on the
uppersides of the leaves along the midrib. Does not
appear a common species.
Diaspis calyptroides, Costa, ¢.
“On Opuntia ficus-indica, Haw. Bone, 20, wil., 795.”
Judging from the liberal supply of specimens, and the
crowded nature of the scales, the species is very abundant
where it occurs.
Mytilaspis pomorum, Bouché, ¢.
“On Salix pedicellata, Desf. (S. xgyptiaca, L., 7),
Constantine, 26, x., 795, border of the Roumel by the
garden of the tile-works near a ford below the Route de
collected in Algeria by Rev. A. EH. Haton. 95
Sétif, about half-an-hour’s walk from the town.’’? The
scales were unusually grey, and larger than typical
examples.
Mytilaspis minima, sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 1-5.)
? Scalevery convex, filiform, straight or curved, margins irregular,
owing to the numerous hairs on the leaf of the food-plant ; colour
pale yellow- brownor red-brown, anal extremity usually paler. Larval
pellicle terminal of the same colour as the scale. Long. *50—1°50mm.
? Adult elongate, attenuated in front ; antennz rudimentary.
Pygidium (figs. 1, 2, 3) rounded, lobes short, median pair large
and widely separated, with the lateral margins usually emar-
ginate ; second and third pairs rudimentary. There are generally
three pairs of plates on each side beyond the median lobes, which
are very long and broad ; and between the median lobes a much
shorter pair, widely separated. When present thereisa rather long
spine near the second, third, and fourth pairs of lobes, but they are
often wanting. Five groups of compound spinnerets are present ;
anterior group with 2-5, anterior laterals 3-6, posterior laterals 3-6.
gd Scale convex, a little wider than the larval pellicle ; white,
with the larval pellicles darker.
¢ Second stage elongate-ovate, closely resembling the ¢ in cha-
racter. Pygidium (fig. 4) with 5 almost continuous groups of com-
pound spinnerets; the anterior with 3, anterior laterals 7-8. posterior
laterals 4—6 ; the median lobes are very broad and deeply emargi-
nate ; the second and third pairs are scarcely visible. The plates
are somewhat larger and more numerous than in the 9.
Larva. Antenne (fig. 5) of 6 joints, of which the third is nearly
as long as the rest together ; fifth shortest, first much the widest.
Hab. “ Among the rocks at the brow of the wooded
slopes of the Mansourah; on Ficus carica, L., 24, x., 95.”
‘he 2 were scattered over both surfaces of the leaves ;
but the ¢ were on the upper side along the ribs. This is
the smallest species I have yet studied; and in other
respects it seems quite distinct. It belongs to that section
of which M. cordylinidis, Mask., is the type.
Mytilaspis ampelodesmx, sp.n. (PI. 1V., figs. 6, 7.)
Scale of the ? long and narrow, sides parallel, white ; larval
pellicle white or pale yellow, transparent; second pellicle red-
brown inclining to piceous in the centre, usually covered with
white secretion ; ventral scale white or yellowish white, and appa-
rently incomplete. Long. 1-2°25 mm., lat, 50 mm.
96 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidx
@ Adult very elongate, sometimes attenuated and curved in
front. Rostral filaments very short. Rudimentary antenne with
two or three spines. Margin in front with a few spiny hairs.
Pygidium (fig. 6) shghtly produced ; first and second pair of lobes
very large, chisel-shaped ; third pair nearly obsolete. Plates very
long, simple and stout; two between the median lobes and two
between the latter and the second pair ; beyond these are usually
nine others, arranged in threes. Spines long and slender ; median
pairs considerably within the margin ; the rest are arranged as shown
in the figure. Ventral compound spinneréets in five groups ; anterior
group with 1-7, anterior laterals 15, posterior laterals 15-22 ; in
one example the anterior group is entirely wanting.
Scale of the ¢ white, a little convex ; larvai pellicle yellowish.
d Second stage possessing antenne (fig.7) of six nearly equal joints,
This character I have not hitherto observed, and it may
be exceptional ; but as my knowledge of the intermediate
stages of the Coccidx is very limited, I cannot now offer
an opinion. It is certain that the preceding species pos-
sesses none.
Hab. ‘ Constantine, 5, xii., 795, mountain westward of
the town across the valley, at an altitude of about 2500
feet ; 7, xi., 795, among rocks at the top of the wood on
M’cid ; 8, xi., 795, among the rocks above the wood on the
Mansourah, near the quarries below the barracks.”
On Ampelodesma tenax {Vahl.], Lk. This species is
allied to Mytilaspis cordylinidis, Mask., in the form and
character of the scale; but the structure of the pygidium
is clearly distinct.
Chionaspis nerti, Newst., 2 and % scales.
Although not exclusively confined to Nerium oleander,
it is evidently partial to that plant. The Rev. A. E.
Eaton says that ‘‘the mostly solitary 2 and its f are
common on the oleander, on leaves of well-grown stems,
and the 2 makes a light-yellow rounded patch or spot of
discoloration in the leaf.”
Hab. Constantine, near the Route dela Corniche. Also
on the same plant at Béne, 26, xii.,’95. And at Con-
stantine three 2 on Olea europxa.
Chionaspis striata, sp.n. (Pl. IV., fig. 8.)
Scale of the 9 very convex, generally widely pyriform, trans-
versely striate, the striz well separated, equidistant, and clearly
defined ; shining satiny-white; pellicles pale ochreous yellow or
collected in Algeria by fev. A. EH. Katon. 97
colourless; anal extremity of second pellicle of a more decided
yellow than the rest. Long. *75-1°25 mm.
Q Adult elongate ovate. Rostral filaments short. Pygidium
(fig. 8) rather widely rounded and continuous with margin.
Ventral compound spinnerets in five groups ; anterior group with
3-4, anterior laterals 9-13, posterior laterals 8-17 ; median lobes
short, very widely separated, and between them six very short
spines, three on each side of the median line ; immediately beyond
the lobes are two more spines, which are followed by faint traces
of the second and third !obes and one or two plates. Often, how-
ever, spines, plates and lobes are entirely absent. Long. 1°25 mm.
¢ Scale white, closely felted, tricarinate ; pellicle pale ochreous,
or greenish yellow, cephalic extremity darker.
dg Adult unknown.
Hab. On Cypress. ‘‘ Constantine, on the side of the
Mansourah, on young trees planted by the garde
forestier’s house, and elsewhere in the wood. It occurs
also more sparingly in the Mohammedan cemetery... .
where in fact it was first noticed.”
The study of this unique species has given me infinite
pleasure. ‘I'he interesting satiny-white striate scales may
be recognized at a glance; and the widely separated
median lobes are very characteristic.
It is strange, though, that many of the 2 should be
without marginal appendages to the pygidium, and even
when these are present they are more or less rudimentary.
Parlatoria afinis, sp.u. (Plate 1V., figs. 9-12.)
Seale of the ? circular, when isolated and upon the smooth
surface of the leaf or fruit, but when over-crowded it becomes
elongate or widely pyriform ; dusky white or pale ochreous ; larval
pellicle at the margin in front, rarely extending beyond it ; second
pellicle occupying nearly one-third of the scale ; both pellicles
variable in colour, usually dark obscure green or piceous, rarely
ochreous red; the anal extremity of the second pellicle often dull
orange. The scale is unusually thick, and dusted with ochreous or
greyish meal. Diam. 1-1°25 mm.
Q Adult (fig. 9) almost circular. Rudimentary antenne with a
short curved spine (fig. 10). Rostral filaments extending to middle
of body. Segmentation distinct. Margins of abdominal segments
fringed with serrate and simple plates, Dermis at margins of
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1897.— PART I. (APRIL) 7
98 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidz
free abdominal segments broadly set with numerous large pores or
glands. Pygidium (fig. 11) somewhat angular ; ventral compound
spinnerets usually in five groups; anterior group with 1-3, or
entirely absent, anterior laterals 13-20, posterior laterals 14-19 ;
margin crenulated ; there are three pairs of well-developed lobes,
of which the median pair are much the largest : all deeply emar-
ginate at the outer extremity ; fourth pair of lobes almost obsolete.
There are two serrate plates between each pair of lobes, beyond
them several others, broader and more palmate, with the serrations
rather shallow and the tips OJlunt and rounded. Within the
margin on each side are 9-10 large crescent-shaped pores or open-
ings. Long. -25-75 mm.
Scale of the ¢ straight, without carine; pale ochreous or
dusky ochreous when upon the undersides of the leaves, white
when upon the upper surfaces or in exposed situations; larval pellicle
terminal; bright ochreous or dull orange, centre dark obscure
green.
¢. Antenne of 10 joints, thickly set with short hairs ; apical
joint (fig. 12) very short, suddenly narrowed about the middle
and pointed ; it is furnished with two long, stout, knobbed hairs :
the first projecting at right angles from the centre of the lower
half, the other at the extreme tip. The articulation of the tibio-
tarsal joint wide; lower pair of tarsal digitules long and slender,
and extending to tip of claw ; upper pair wanting. I can give no
further information as the specimens are too imperfect.
Hab. ‘ Constantine, along the Route de Sétif, near the
Camp des Oliviers, 6, xi., 595. on Fraxinus oxyphylla,
Marsh. ; also on Olew europea, iy ., from the same locality ;
and from the north side of M’cid.”
Parlatoria zizyphi, Lucas, f 2. (Plate IV., fig. 13.)
Hab. Bone, 2, 11, 796, on Tangerine oranges.
It is necessary here to call attention to some important
characters which apparently have been hitherto over-
looked. The adult 2 has a large marginal tubercle (fig.
13) projecting from each side of the thoracic segment,
and bearing on the dorsal (?) surface a minute spine. “Below
the tubercle on\ the extreme margin a similar isolated
spine. P. pergandii, Comst., also possesses a similar
character, but in this latter there is the merest extension
of the body surmounted by a small angular spine.
collected in Algeria by Rev. A. EL. Eaton. 99
Parlatoria pergandii, Comst.
Hab. Bone, 8, i., 796, on Tangerine orange.
Planchonia algeriensis, sp.u. (Plate 1V., figs. 14-17.)
Test of the @ short ovate, hemispherical ; opaque: lemon-
yellow. Dorsum almost covered with very short woolly filaments,
which gradually lengthen as they near the margin. Marginal fringe
long, irregular and without design. Anal orifice almost erect and
transversely elongate. When the dorsal filaments are worn away,
as is often the case, the test presents a wax-like appearance. The
test rests in a shallow depression, and is surrounded by an
abnormal swelling of the plant-tissues, as in P. quercicola, Bouché,
and P. hedere, Licht. Long. 2°50-3°50, lat. 1°75-2'50 mm.
Q Adult. Shape uncertain. Mentum monomerous, very
short ; unexpanded filaments scarcely longer than mentum. Der-
mis (fig. 14) above, with numerous scattered figure-of-eight
spinnerets (a) and very long, slender, tubular spinnerets (0) ;
ventral surface with small simple spinnerets (c), which occur chiefly
near the margin ; at the margin is a double row of figure-of-eight
spinnerets.
@ Second stage. Antenne (fig. 15) of 6 joints; 1 widest, 2°
longest and tapering; 3, 4,5, and 6 gradually widening towards apex;
2 and 4 with a single hair ; 6 with one long and two shorter hairs.
Legs (fig. 16) longer than antenna; tarsi twice the length of the
tibie, with 3-4 rather long hairs arising froma central constriction;
claw twice the length of the digitules. I could trace only a
single tarsal digitule, but it is quite possible the others may have
been broken away. Dermis with a single marginal and two dorsal
rows of figure-of-eight spinnerets of the same character as those in
the adult.
Larva. Antenne (fig. 17) of 6 joints; 1 widest, 2 narrow at
base, 3, 4, 5, and 6 equal.
Hab. ‘Constantine, 24, x.,’?95, hedge above the rail-
way, skirting the forét at the commencement of the road
up the Mansourah ; on Spartiwm juncewm, L.”
In many respects this species resembles P. hederx,
Licht., but differs in having the test more ovate and not
attenuated behind, and in the character of the antenn
of the $ 2nd stage. ‘The opacity of the test is also
another mark of distinction.
100 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidx
Planchonia ilicis, sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 18, 19.)
Test of adult ? glassy, almost circular, convex ; constricted at
the margin by the first pair of spiracles, but this character is incon-
stant, and often asymmetrical ; anal orifice very large and slightly
produced ; margin carinate ; without cilia. To the naked eye the
colour is bright, shining, greenish yellow; with the anterior half,
or anterior margin, bottle-green, sometimes inclining to brown.
Under the microscope the yellow colour is seen to be due partly to
the numerous effete larval skins ; and the darker colour in front to
the shrivelled body of the 9. Theold weathered examples present
a greyish appearance, Ventral surface of test with the anterior half
dark-brown ; posterior kalf and margin pale greenish yellow ; the
line of separation between the colours abrupt. Diam. 1°50 mm.
9 Adult cirenlar. Rudimentary antennz disc-lke and with-
out hairs. Mentum monomerous; unexpanded filaments about
same length as mentum. Anal lobes minute, each with a single
long hair,and between them two shorter ones. Anal ring small,
simple, and apparently without hairs. Dermis (fig. 18) above, with
very long tubular and circular spinnerets (a) : the former most
numerous near the margin; there is a complete single row of
figure-of-eight spinnerets (c) placed close together all round the
margin ; and near the anal ring a small group of 4 or 5 of the
form shown at (D).
Test of the ¢ elongate, with a faint median carina, and distinctly
segmented. Margin (fig. 19) with a fringe of short glassy filaments
arranged in pairs, curved outwards, and meeting together at the tips,
somewhat like a pair of callipers. Long. 1 mm.
Hab. ‘Constantine, 23, x.,’95, top of extreme corner
of the spur of M’cid opposite the Kasba, on the scrub.
‘he same scale occurs plentifully on the Mansourah, near
the source of Sidi M’cid. Colour of Coccid, during life,
bottle-green below, dusted above with lght-yellow.
Much infested by a parasitic Hymenopteron.”
This is a brilliant species ; and in its structural charac-
ters difficult to separate from P. ilicicola, Targ. Tozz.,
but the absence of a marginal fringe at once distinguishes
it from the latter. There can be no doubt as to the
atsence of the fringe, as I possess a large number of
specimens in the most perfect condition.
collected in Algeria by Rev. A. H. Eaton. 101
Tichtensia eatoni, Newstead, 2.
On Olea europea, and Plillyrea media, at Constantine,
in Oct., 1895.
Ceroplastes rusci, Linn., 2. (Plate IV., figs. 20-23.)
@ Adult. Antenne (fig. 20) of 6 joints, of which the third is
much the longest. Anal lobes short, conical ; after treatment with
potash somewhat triangular and obtusely pointed, each with two
gland-pits near the centre towards the apex.
Stigmatic area (fig. 21) with about 12 large, irregular, pocket-
like processes (fig. 22), near the margin a group of 3-4 circular
spinnerets ; and on the margin an irregular row of conical spines
(fig. 23). The external characters are not given here, as Signoret
(Essai, p. 191) very clearly describes them ; but as he gives no
structural characters of the adult ¢?, the description and figures
given above may be of use for future reference.
Hab. ‘** Constantine, 18, x., 795, near the source of Sidi
i >) 5} d 3
M’ cid.” .
Ceroplastes nerii, sp. n. (Plate IV., figs. 24, 25.)
2 Adult. External covering dull white, with a beautiful
roseate hue ; there are one dorsal and eight marginal plates, all
clearly defined and outlined in dark grey, the grey shading off
and extending into the plates; nuclei pure white. Anal lobes
slightly protruding through the covering. Dermis after treatment
with potash non-chitinised, transparent. Antenne (fig. 24) of 7
joints; 3 longest, 4,5, & 6 shortest, and equal. Anal lobes with 2-4
long, slender hairs, each arising from a transparent gland towards
the apex. Stigmatic area (fig. 25) with 20-25 grouped spinnerets ;
margin with large, very obtuse, conical spines, arrang2d two deep
at the centre.
Legs normal. Long. 3°5 ; wide 2°50-3°50 ; high 1-7-2:25 mm.
Hab. ‘ Constantine, 23, x., 795, on Neriwm oleander.
Very local, and found only on young healthy shoots of
this year’s growth.”
‘This is a large handsome species, and apparently quite
distinct. Itis like C. furidensis, Comst. (Report, 1881,
p- 331), in having a non-chitinised skin, but differs
in having fewer and shorter stigmatic spines, and
marginal hairs; in C. floridensis the latter are closer
together and much longer.
102 Mr. R: Newstead on New Coccidx
TLecanium hesperidum, Linn., @.
Hab. Constantine, October and November; on Ficus
earica ; Convolvulus tricolor, L.; Clematis jflammula ;
Morus wigra, L, and on Mimosa. As only a few speci-
mens cccurred on the above-named plants, [ imagine the
species was not very abundant.
FEriococcus formicicola. sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 26, 27.)
@ Adult elongate ovate, narrowed behind. Antenne (fig. 26) of
6 joints, 3 longer than 4, 5, and 6 together, has sometimes a central
false joint with a very faint articulation. Mentum short, biarticu-
late. Anal ring with 6 hairs. Anal lobes normal. Legs ordinary ;
tibiz and tarsi, exclusive of claw, in length equal ; digitules to
tarsi and claw simple. Dermis (fig. 27) above, with many short
tubular spinnerets ; and at wide intervals a minute spine. Margin
with a single row of short spines,
Sac of @ short ovate, convex, slightly attenuated and recurved
behind ; anal orifice large; white and closely felted. Long. 3-3 25,
lat. ‘50 mm.
Sac of ¢ elongate ovate, slightly convex. Colour and texture
asinthe 2. d¢ unknown.
,
Hab. ‘Constantine, 24, x., 795, on wooded slope of
the Mansourah. Brought up by ants after the first rain,
and carried underground again within a few days when
the weather became fine. Apparently a very local
insect ;” on Cynodon dactylon, L.
It would seem from the foregoing that prior to the for-
mation of the sac, this species lives underground in com-
pany with the ants; but for what purpose the latter
bring the Coccids to light, after a heavy rain, is a
mystery. It is very singular too that the Coccids
should leave their subterranean home and construct
their sacs on the leaves and stems of the Cynodon,
as was certainly the case with those specimens sent to me.
It is the first and only species of Hriococcus known to
frequent ants’ nests, and is therefore of great interest.
Eriococcus thymelex, sp.n. (Plate 1V., figs. 28, 29.)
Sac of the 2 short ovate, slightly produced behind, very convex;
anal orifice small. Owing to overcrowding of the sacs, they are
often irregular in form. Long. 3, wide 2 mm.
9 Adult elongate ovate, narrowed behind. Anal lobes large,
cullected in Algeria by Rev. A. H. Eaton. 103
normal. Antenne (fig. 28) of 7 nearly equal joints, 3 and 4 the
longest ; there are a few hairs on the last joint, but none discover-
able on the others. Legs long and rather stout. Mentum large,
biarticulate, with 8 long hairs near the apex ; unexpanded filaments
extending to insertion of posterior legs. Anal ring with 6 hairs,
Dermis (fig. 29) above almost covered with strong spines : those
on the margin much the longest. Scattered amongst the spines are
many simple spinnerets. Beneathare numerous minute spines, and
a few simple spinnerets. Long. °50—75 mm.
Hab. ‘Constantine, 28, x., 795, on the slopes of the
Mansourah near the Depdt des fourrages of the Chasseurs
ad Afrique; on Thymelea hirsuta, Endlicher.”
This species may be readily distinguished by the form
of the antenne, and the numerous long irregularly
arranged dorsal spines.
EXpLANATION oF Prate IV.
[See Explanation facing the PLATE. ]
> oY
"
( 105 )
V. Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterjlies. By
Arruur G. Buruer, Ph.D., F.L.S., etc.
[Read February 3rd, 1896. ]
Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuatu’s “Notes on Seasonal
Dimorphism in South African Rhopalocera” (Trans. Hnt.
Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 551), as observed by him in
Mashunaland, are of great interest and form a contribu-
tion to science which will be very useful to future workers,
as exhibiting a part of the truth relating to this engross-
ing subject; but a part only, as it is now my object to show.
Mr. Marshall has evidently misunderstood my remarks
respecting seasonal and local modifications of species ;
he has indeed wholly missed my point, which is this :—
in a country which is hot and dry throughout the year
wet-season forms will be naturally extremely rare (if
present at all), whereas the reverse will be the case in an
uniformly moist climate. Now where a species ranges
throughout Africa to Arabia, it exhibits in one locality
a single type (say dry-season), and perhaps in abnormal
seasons when light showers fall, a second type (inter-
mediate between dry and wet); or if the country be
moist a wet-season and an intermediate-season form
occur, but no dry-season form. Such is frequently the
case in Sierra Leone.
In countries where the wet season is out of all propor-
tion to the dry, the wet-season form of a species will be
naturally better marked ; and the reverse will hold good
where the dry season has the advantage.
It is very likely that Mr. Marshall may be correct in
his opinion, based upon practical experience in Mashuna-
land, that, in Acrea, I have called the dry-season form
‘“‘wet,’ and the wet-season form “dry,”’* but I am
* He however makes an exception in the case of A. bomba (=
indunda).
TRANS, ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—PaRTI. (APRIL.)
106 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on
satisfied that in an unusually dry country the so-called
“wet-season form” is sometimes identical with the so-
called ‘‘ dry-season form” of a moister country. Indeed,
the conditions, as far as the absence of one modification
and presence of a new one are concerned, are practically
very similar to those which obtain in the N. American
Lyceenid, Cyaniris pseudargiolus, beautifully worked
out by Mr. W. H. Edwards (Butt., N. Am., u., pp. 315
et seq.).
Mr. Marshall is quite correct in saying that it is
extremely difficult to define ‘‘the specific differences of
butterfles merely from a series of museum specimens
when not backed up by a practical knowledge of
the habits and range of the species involved.” But,
on the other hand, it is impossible for a worker in any
one part of so vast a country as Africa arbitrarily to
settle, to the satisfaction of everyone, the extent of varia-
tion of any one widely distributed species under seasonal
and climatic conditions. That Mr. Marshall has amply
proved this I can readily show; and 1 do so, not with
any desire to detract from the value of his observations,
as applied to South African butterflies when in southern
S. Africa, but to prove that the conditions differ in
the same species when found only so far northward as
Nyasaland.
' In my notes on “Seasonal Dimorphism in Acraa” I
took what I regarded as the extreme dry and wet
developments of the species, not of that phase of the
species represented either in the Cape Colony or in
Mashunaland ; whether the intermediate forms occur as
the dry-season form in one part of Africa, the wet-season
form in another, as the sole representatives of the species
in a third, or not at all ina fourth, is perfectly immaterial.
As developments of the species, intimately connected
with and incapable of separation from it, they must be
taken into account; but I frankly admit that it is
extremely probable, as already granted, that I ought to
have called the dry-season form ‘ wet,” and the wet form
“dry.” The fact, therefore, that one of my seasonal
forms does not occur in conjunction with the extreme
southern form throughout its range, or that it occurs
apart from the latter at any part of its range, 13 not
enough to show that it is not a seasonal phase of a species
in some part of Africa.
Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. 107
The species of Acraa mentioned in my former paper
will be now separately referred to.
(1). A. anucreon, Trim. = A. bomba, Grose-Smith.
As Mr. Marshall observes (p. 564), when he examined
the British Museum collection there were five specimens
labelled as A. bomba (=induna), four of which I have my-
self proved to be A. anacreon, inasmuch as the apical
patch is not filled in, though more heavily marked than
in typical A. anacreon. When, however, Mr. Marshall
asserts that the female, admitted to be A. induna, has no
connexion with the latter, he is certainly wrong, for we
have since received the male, agreeing perfectly with Mr.
Grose-Smith’s figure and tolerably closely with Mr.
Trimen’s. This example was captured together with a
typical male of A. anacreon, by Mr. Crawshay, on the
15th September, 1875, on the Chuona River, Mwewe’s
Town, Unyika. If there were any constant difference of
pattern on the under surface of the wings between
A. anacreon and A. bomba (= induna), it would be possible
to force oneself to credit the distinctness of these
forms, even though they were captured simultaneously.
But there is no constant difference, and absolutely the
only distinction between these two specimens, on the
under surface, consists in the absence, in the A. anacreon
type, of the three dots beyond the cell of the primaries,
which (in that type) are usually strongly defined. As a
matter of fact the only constant difference between typical
A. anacreon and typical A. bomba consists in the absence
or presence of the tawny submarginal spots on the apical
area of the primaries above. Iam therefore certain, in
spite of these two forms having been taken together
(which Mr. Marshall frankly admits to be immaterial and
due to the overlapping of seasons), that A. anacreon and
A. bomba represent the extreme developments of one
species in Nyasaland, whether they do or not in southern
S. Africa.
(2). With regard to the seasonal character of A. peri-
phanes and A, guillemei, Mr. Marshall, having seen
two specimens of the former in our collection, has his
doubts thereon; but he does not comprehend the want
of the heavy marginal border in the secondaries. | am
now able to resolve those doubts, as other specimens
(linking the two in an extraordinary manner) have been
since received ; these specimens prove beyond all question
108 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on
that the two extremes belong to one species in which the
border of the secondaries is sometimes lightly and some-
times heavily marked, as in A. anacreon. As with that
species also there are no constant differences of pattern on
the under surface of the wings.
(5). A. doubledayi, Guér. = A. dircra, Westw.
Westwood’s description agrees well with the insect
which I identified as that species, and which, I have no
doubt, is a seasonal form of A. doubledayi. Mr. Marshall,
however, when in England, informed me that he haa
seen Westwood’s type and found it identical with
A. caldarena, Hew.; this was sufficient for me, and I
immediately altered the identification. In his paper,
however, Mr. Marshall speaks of Westwood’s insect as a
seasonal form of A. caldarena, which can be hardly
possible, since Westwood says that it is “allied to Aer.
oncea, but with a very well defined broad black apex to
the primaries”; this exactly tallies with the form of
A. doubledayi (=oncexa) which I identified. Of the latter
we now have additional examples linking it to typical
A. doubledayi beyond all question, and received in the
same collection with the white-banded female of that
species. Mr. Marshall’s recently published statement
has made me feel that I should like personally to compare
Westwood’s type both with A. caldarena and the form of
A. doubledayi with black apex.
(4). Acrea stenobea, Wallengr. = A. caldarena, Hew.
Of this identifivation I never felt very certain, because
we have a wet development of A. stenobea in A. cecilia of
the West Coast. Both A. cxcilia and A. stenobea occur
rather commonly in §.-W. Africa.
When Mr. Marshall made his remarks respecting my
“ Jamentable confusion as to what are real specific differ-
ences in Acrza,” “the fallacy of my supposition,” etc., he
had not had the advantage of studying our very fine series.
Had he done so he would have discovered that A. lygus,
Druce (= albomaculata, Weym.) was a form of A. stenobea
varying in the direction of A. cecilia, and occurring with
it on the Congo. Mr. ‘l'rimen’s description does not
accurately describe it, inasmuch as the basal blackish
suffusion is more pronounced on the forewing in typical
A, lygus, than in any other form of that variable species,
A. cecilia. The examples from the “ Hastern extremity
of Cape Colony and Basutoland,” if such examples of
Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies, 109
A. lygus exist (which is not directly stated by Mr,
Trimen) may link A. stenobea to typical A. lygus, and so
to A. cecilia, but that they are a seasonal form of it in
the extreme south seems exceedingly improbable ; they
are far more likely to be a mere albinistic sport, such as
occurs in many other species of Acrea. This seems the
more probable from the fact that, as far as I have seen,
they are always females.
It is not at all a conclusive argument that, because in
southern South Africa A. stenobea has not been found
associated with A. caldarena and because, in Mashunaland,
the latter occurs the whole year round without A. stenobea
making its appearance, the two do not occur as seasonal
forms of one species in any part of Africa. Nevertheless,
as all the forms of A. cxcilia appear to occur chiefly iu
Southern and South-Western Africa (although typical A.
cecilia is also found in Abyssinia), I think the claim of
A. caldarena to be regarded as distinct has a firm basis.
Regarding this species as a wet-season form, we then still
have to look for its dry development; and this leads me
to point out to Mr. Marshall that, when he assumes that
each species varies seasonally in the same way through-
out its entire range, or, because it does not vary in cne
district, it therefore varies nowhere, he makes an assump-
tion which can be easily disproved by anybody in charge of
a sufticiently large and carefully collected series of
specimens.*
When we see that A. zefes is the extreme wet develop-
ment in Sierra Leone of that brightly coloured type of
A. menippe found at Uganda, and that A. pseudegina is
the extreme wet development in Sierra Leone of the
southern A. natalica; whilst in both cases intermediate
forms occur, sometimes side by side with the wet form,
and sometimes, to the exclusion of both extremes, in inter-
mediate localities, we must be very careful not to be too
dogmatic in our statements respecting the constancy of
either the species themselves, or their seasonal varieties.
(5). A. pudorina, Staud. = A. cheribula, Oberth.
Accepting Mr. Marshall’s correction as to the black-
tipped forms being ‘‘wet” and the forms without
black tips ‘dry,’ it is curious that in this species
* By which I mean a series labelled, not only with exact
localities, but with the dates of capture, and altitudes.
110 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on
he seems to reverse the order, telling us that he
captured A. acrita in the dry season, and referring
me to a paper of Mr, ‘rimen’s which distinctly sugyests
that the slightly marked type (which, by the way, 1
almost the same as A. pudorina) is the winter form of “he
species captured by Mr. Marshall during the heavy rain ;
and he says that, by quietly ignoring this, I have fallen
into Oe error of confusing local with seasonal variation.
If Mr. T'rimen’s insect were the wet-season form of Mr.
Marshall’s, he would have followed my original course ;
but what he has done is to confound seasonal and local
forms.
Admitting that A. pudorina is probably the extreme
dry- (not wet-) season form of the species, the form
described and figured by Mr. Trimen may occur with it
as its wet-season form; whilst if A. acrita occurs (as in
Nyasaland it undoubtedly does) with A. cheribula, the
latter would be the wet-season, and A. acrita, as Mr.
Marshall says, the dry-season form.
From Nyasaland however we receive A. chexribula
(wet-season), A. acrita (intermediate), and A. pudorina
var., of Mr. ‘Trimen’s plate (dry-season), which shows that
in dogmatizing respecting seasonal forms, locality must
_ be taken into account.
My decision respecting this species throughout its
range remains as it was, allowing only for the substitution
Ole dny 2 for “we b?; and Mr. Marshall’s assumption
that, if I had been correct, he ought to have taken A.
pudorina and not A. acrita in Mashunaland is based upon
a confusion of ideas between local and seasonal forms.
To put the matter briefly :—Ifin any part of Africa A.
cheribula does not exist with A. acrita, the extreme wet-
season form of the species is not developed in that region,
and if A. pwdorina does not exist, the extreme dry-season
development of the species is wanting, but this does not
alter the fact that these intimately connected forms are
all one species. ‘Their differences are all limited to the
black apex of the primaries above; the borders of the
secondaries vary too much in most species of Acrzxa to be
relied on, and these variations are not limited either by
season or locality.
Respecting the seasonal forms of Precis (= Junonia) I
have spoken elsewhere. They may be quite correct as
regards Mashunaland; indeed I had already published
Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies 111
my idea as to J. nachtiyali being a seasonal form of
J. artavia when we received a collection from Nyasaland
distinctly proving that both occurred together in splendid
condition at the same season. I have also proved that
J. simia, J. trimeni, and J. cuama fly there together
throughout a considerable portion of the year, and cer-
tainly both in the dry and wet seasons; this is somewhat
disconcerting.
In conclusion, I would observe that, whether the forms
of Acrxa with black apex be proved by breeding to be a
seasonal development of those which lack it, or not, there
is not the slightest doubt that they are varietal forms,
and not distinct species ; all of them, with the exception
of A. caldarena, being already linked together by inter-
grades in the British Museum series.
9TH ApRriL, 1897.
€ 13> )
VI. The Prothoracic Gland of Dicranura vinula, and
other Notes. By Oswatp H. Larrsr, Assistant
Master at Charterhouse, formerly Tutor of Keble
College.
[Read March 3rd, 1897.]
Prats V.
i. THE Funcrion, AND SrrucrurRe, AND HoMmoLocies ox
Proryoracic GLANDS.
THE present communicaticn is the outcome and con-
tinuation of my previous investigations, of which accounts
are to be found in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, pp.
287-292, and 1895, pp. 399-412. Being desirous of
tracing the source of the potassium hydroxide solution
by the aid of which the imago softens the cocoon at the
time of emergence, and having already shown that this
solution is stored in a special dorsal diverticulum at the
anterior extremity of the mid-gut of the pupa, I pro-
ceeded in the summer of 1895 to inquire into the nature
of the alkaline fluid which is abundantly present in the
alimentary canal of the larva. ‘I'wenty larvee in their last
stage were procured, their alimentary canals were dis-
sected out, and thrown into deci-normal hydrochloric acid
of known weight and there minced, while the remainder
of their bodies was likewise placed in another vessel con-
taining hydrochloric acid of similar strength.
I will deal with these latter first, for they led me to
more complete results.
On the day following the dissections above men-
tioned I was astonished to find at the bottom of the
beaker containing the hydrochloric acid into which the
bodies of the larvee had been thrown, a thick gelatinous
deposit covering all the bottom to a depth of about
¢ inch. This deposit was semi-opaque, pale yellow
in colour and sufficiently firm to allow of its being
removed en masse from the beaker and of being
lifted by one side without breaking or indeed bending
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pant u. (suLy) 8
114 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of
excessively. Hxamination of this deposit revealed
shreds of the walls of the silk glands scattered through-
out the sheet. It at unce occurred to me that if this
effect was produced by the action of hydrochloric acid
upon the contents of the silk glands, it was possible that
the formic acid secreted by the prothoracic (‘‘ neck ”’)
glands, as described by Klemensiewicz (8) and Poulton
(12, 13) might perhaps in a similar way give rise to the
peculiar horny and non-fibrous character of the silk of the
cocoon of this species. ‘This suspicion was rendered the
more strong by the fact that the sheet taken from the hydro-
chloric acid when exposed to the air and allowed to dry
assumed in the course of a few hours an appearance and
consistency very similar indeed to that of a Vinwla cocoon
spun without fragments of wood, etc. Unfortunately I
was unable, in consequence of want of material, to
proceed further with the subject in 1895, and accordingly
was obliged to defer the work till the summer of 1896,
when I procured a large number of larve from Messrs.
Edmonds of Windsor. My first. step was to determine
whether formic acid behaved towards the excised silk
glands in the same manner as hydrochloric acid. <Ac-
cordingly the silk glands of a fully grown larva were
dissected out and at once placed in formic acid, and there
cut up into several pieces. In the course of a few hours
the whole mass had swollen greatly and had set into a
tolerably firm and nearly transparent jelly. On exposing
this jelly to the air so as to permit evaporation, shrink-
age took place, and eventually there was left a hard
horny mass very closely resembling a cocoon both in
texture and appearance. I may here add that I treated
the silk glands of several other species, notably of JL.
cossus and of the larva of the Japan Silk-Moth, 4. pernyz,
witb formic acid in the same way but with totally differ-
ent results. The glands of Z. cossus remained flaccid,
but became whiter and more opaque, while those of A.
pernyt became very tough and much harder. It is thus,
evident that a special relation exists between the com-
position of the undischarged silk of D. vinulw and formic
acid, and it is further probable that the chemical com-
position of the silk of various species is very far from
constant.
I next endeavoured to ascertain whether the larva did
as a matter of fact employ its formic acid when con-
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 115
structing its cocoon. Prof. Poulton (12) has already
pointed out that the freshly-made cocoon while still
moist is strongly acid, which observation [ can amply
confirm. Moreover, if a larva is watched when spinning
itis at once seen that the aperture of the prothoracic
gland is brought into close proximity with that of the
sik glands, and further that the former is constantly
‘moist. I interrupted a larva in this occupation, and by
means of a fine roughened pair of forceps caught the end
of the thread projecting from the silk-gland aperture ; I
then held the larva against a glass slide which was flooded
with formic acid, and drew the thread into the acid; the
larva continued to discharge the silk as I gently pulled
the thread out. The first portion of the thread, which
was dry and hard when I seized it, remained unaltered,
but the portions following passed at once into the formic
acid, swelled a little, and adhered firmly to the glass
and also to those portions of the thread with which they
came in contact, for I was able to draw out several inches
of silk and to coil it up and down the slide. I then
removed the glass slide, and substituted another free
from formic acid. The silk which was drawn out on to
this slide adhered feebly to the glass, did not swell, nor
did the various lengths adhere to one another, but I was
able to lift from the slide a fine thread of fibrous silk in
no way partaking of the gelatinous character which had
been assumed by that which had been led into formic
acid.
In order to put the matter beyond doubt I tried to
prevent the formic acid from being employed in the con-
struction of the cocoon. By means of blotting-paper and
fine glass tubes I endeavoured to remove all the formic
acid from the glands of a few larvee which had just begun
to spin up. ‘Ihe handling necessary for this so disturbed
the larvae that in most cases they died without pupating,
only one of them succeeded in pupating, but not one of
them made any further attempts at spinning. I therefore
abandoned this method in favour of neutralising the
acid. Two larve ready to spin were placed in a glass
vessel whose sides and bottom had been moistened with
a solution of sodium carbonate ; no materials were given
for incorporation with the cocoon. Both these made
cocoons which were very similar to those usually con-
structed in the absence of wood-chips, etc., but at those
116 =Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracic Gland of
places where the cocoons touched the glass numerous fine
silky threads could be seen which had not become agglu-
tinated to the main mass of the cocoon. Six other larvae
of like age were placed in other glass vessels and provided
with fragments of blotting-paper which had previously
been soaked in solution of sodium carbonate and then
dried. Five of these made cocoons incorporating the
paper fragments and pupated. Hach of these cocoons
presents a very large number of loose silk fibres on the
external surface, and especially in the immediate neigh-
bourhood of the alkaline scraps of paper, but on the inner
surfaces and where the external surface touches the glass
the texture is smooth and horny as usual.
These experiments conclusively prove that the formic
acid secreted by the larva is utilised not only for defen-
sive purposes during larval life, but also for giving a
special character to the silk of the cocoon, whereby the
latter is rendered extremely tenacious to any foreign sub-
stance brought in contact with it and also extraordinarily
hard, waterproof, and completely closed against ail
aggressors. When the exposed position of the cocoon on
a tree trunk is considered it will at once be seen that this
remarkable relation between the silk of this species and
formic acid constitutes a wonderfully complete adaptation
to the specific needs.
lt would be interesting to endeavour to decide which
of these two functions of the prothoracic gland is phylo-
genetically the older. Personally, I am inclined to think
that the defensive is the more ancient ; for the gland is
as fully developed and relatively of the same size in the
freshly-hatched larva as in that ready to pupate. This
evidence is certainly not conclusive; and, indeed, the
question can hardly be settled until more is known of the
function of the prothoracic glands of other larvee—a
point to which I hope to direct my attention this vear.
Passing now to the structure of the prothoracic glands
in this species. By way of preliminary I wish to enter
an emphatic protest against the use of such terms as
“neck” or ‘‘chin”’ glands in reference to these struc-
tures. The word ‘“ neck” assuredly refers to the region
between the head and thorax—a region which I have not
yet seen in any lepidopterous larva; and to many minds
an idea of dorsal position is associated with the word,
whereas those glands are ventral, while ‘‘ chin,” though
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. ALTE
preferable to the former term, conveys an entirely mis-
leading idea as to the true position in the prothoracic
segment.
Klemensiewicz (8) has already given a very full de-
scription and figure of the gland and its appendages,
while in this country Poulton (12, 13) has described and
figured the external appearances. ‘The existence of this
gland has long been known, but the literature dealing
with it and with analogous structures appears to be so
little known in this country that I have thought it
advisable to give a short history of the work that has
been done, and to append a bibliographic lst to this
paper.
De Geer (3). It is very singular that the work of
this author has been so very generally overlooked. I
have found no mention of him in any of the authorities
cited, yet so long as one hundred and fifty years ago—
1745 and 1746—the main features of the organ now under
discussion were accurately described. De Geer does not
name his species, but describes it as ‘la Chenille a
double queue du Saule.” He points out and figures the
exact position of the aperture of the gland, the existence
of “le reservoir intérieur,” the power of ejecting the
liquid to a distance, the freedom of the sac from all but
tracheal attachments and that of its duct, and the presence
of two pairs of eversible lateral tubes covered all over with
“un grand nombre de poils courts.” These lateral tubes,
however, he fancies to be perforated by numerous minute
holes, appearing similar to the “ rose” of a watering-can,
and suggests, though confesses he has not seen the pro-
cess, that the fluid is ejected through these foramina.
He also mentions the irritating nature of the fluid, hav-
ing received part of a discharge “dans mon ceil droit, ot
cette liqneur me causait d’abord une douleur cuisante et
comme ardente mais qui, 2 ma grande satisfaction, ne
duroit pas longtemps.” The defensive value of the
apparatus is mentioned, and its “ odeur tres forte et péné-
trante, entiérement semblable a celle de la liqueur que
jettent les grands Fourmis des bois.”
Very full details are given as to the habits of the
larva in using this gland, and it is clear that this early
author made a very complete study of the subject. I am
indebted to Professor Poulton for directing my attention
to de Geer’s work, and to my friend Mr. W. Hatchett
118 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracice Gland of
Jackson for very kindly furnishing me with an abstract
of these memoirs.
Rengger (16), writing in 1817, incorrectly asserts
that the gland discharges its secretion by means of two
eversible muscular tubes, from which the secretion is
ejected.
Von Siebold (20), in 1848, mentions that the larva
can defend itself by discharges of a corrosive liquid.
I can find no further contribution of any importance
before that of Klemensiewicz (8), 1882. This author
gives a very full and, in the main, accurate account and
figures of the structures, and suggests that the secretion
is formic rather than acetic acid; at the same time, he
rightly assigns the actual discharge to the action of the
muscles of the body-wall.
Poulton (12), 1886, proved the acid to be formic acid,
but erroneously described the eversible processes. In
1887 (18) this error was corrected by him, but, as pointed
out by Schiiffer (18) and (19), he only described the external
appearances, and thus fell into the error of regarding the
median sac as a storage organ ; whereas the true sac is
not eversible, and is the actual secretory gland. ‘lhe
same author in 1887 (14) and (15) determined the
strength of the formic acid solution, and proved its pro-
tective value by experiments on natural foes.
Since the specimens I have examined, both by dissec-
tion and series of microscopic sections, exhibit several
differences to those described by the above authors, I give
my own results in full. The horizontal slit-like aperture
which is visible upon the red margin of the prothorax leads
into a shallow cavity, which I shall refer to as the “ ves-
tibule.’ This is compressed antero-posteriorly, but of
slightly greater width than the slit laterally. From nearly
the right and left corners of the vestibule there pass
backward and outward (in the retracted condition) a pair
of hollow tubes capable of eversion. ach tube, after a
very short course, divides into two main parts, about
1-3 mm. long when extracted and preserved in alcohol,
which end blindly (vide Fig. 1, ¢!, #) ; from the point of
bifurcation a very short third tube is given off (é). Of
the two tubes the anterior, when everted (#), is slightly
the longer, and its cavity is divided into two for a very
short distance at the apex (vide Fig. 6): to the apex of
this tube is attached a pair of retractor muscles (r.m.!),
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 119
while but a single retractor (7 1 *) is attached to the apex
of ¢?, a second, however, being attached to this tube at
a point about half-way along its length (7 m*'). These
tubes are lined with chitin of the ordinary kind covering
the external surface of the body, but towards their ex-
tremities are provided with a number of fine needle-like
bristles, arising in tufts from the summits of low knobs
(vide Figs. 1 and 3). ‘Their epithelia have none of the
usual characters of glandular cells, and I am confident
that they are not of this nature. I can form no positive
opinion of the function of these eversible tubes.
Schiitfer (19) suggests that these side pouches are
reservoirs for the acid, and that the bristles serve to keep
the tubes from being crushed by the body-fluids pressing
upon them. It seems to me unlikely that such relatively
small structures should be the reservoirs for so large a
gland, whose own internal capacity appears ample for the
purpose; nor am I convinced that these tubes do as a
matter of fact ever contain acid. It seems highly im-
probable that they are of any service in the discharge of
the formic acid, for they are not everted by the larva
unless external pressure is put upon its body, and even
then not until the acid has been already discharged. This
at least is my experience, and Professor Poulton in con-
versation confirms me, though Klemensiewicz (8) asserts
that they are everted just before the discharge. It is
possible that they may be of service in dire necessity
when the larva is seized by a foe in somewhat increasing
the terrifying aspect of the victim, and affording a some-
what larger surface for the evaporation of the formic acid
in close proximity to the aggressor. There are no pro-
tractor muscles to these tubes, their eversion being solely
due to pressure of liquid.
The vestibule itself is provided with powerful protractor
and retractor muscles. ‘lhe former are situated along the
anterior side of the vestibule on either side of the median
region from which they are absent; they are inserted
about half-way up the side of the vestibule and take
origin from the internal surface of the body wall anterior
to the slit aperture; on each side, right and left, these
muscles form an almost continuous sheet, which can,
however, be separated into some five or six main bundles
which are visible to the naked eye (vide Figs. 1 and 4,
pmv). These muscles come into action prior to the
120 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of
discharge of acid and cause evagination of the vestibule,
which then appears as a green band externally; at the
same time they bring the orifice of the true gland (vide
infra) up to the external surface. The retractor muscles
are arranged in four groups of three each; a pair are
inserted a little to the right and left respectively of the
middle line on to the extreme posterior wall of the
vestibule (Fig. 1, 7mv). In the resting position of the
larva these muscle bands have a curved course to their
origin from the ventral body-wall, but in the attitude
assumed under alarm the course would be almost, if not
entirely straight. The other retractors of the vestibule
are inserted on to the extreme lateral corners of the
vestibule (Fig. 1, /7 mv) and originate from the ventro-
lateral body-wall.
From the middle of the posterior wall of the vestibule
there leads backward a short cylindrical or funnel-shaped
duct (Fig. 1, d), which issues from the large flask-shaped
glandular sac (Fig. 1, gs). The duct is strengthened
and doubtless kept open by a number of stout chitinous
hoops, which project some distance in the lumen of the
duct (vide Fig. Ni
The gland sac in a full-grown larva may be 8 mm.
long, 5 mm. wide, and about 3 mm. deep. Except for
tracheal attachments it lies almost free in the body cavity ;
its anterior end by which it is connected to the duct lies
just behind the first thoracic ganglion and (generally) to
the right of the nerve cord which is thrust over slightly
to the left in consequence (vide Fig. 5); the bulk of the
gland is dorsal to the nerve cord between it and the
alimentary canal.
The minute structure of this gland has been described
by Klemensiewicz (8), and I have not much to add to his
description. ‘The epithelial cells that secrete the chitin
lining the vestibule gradually pass into those of the gland
without any sharp line of demarcation, all stages of
transition being found along the course of the discharging
duct. The cells of this duct get larger in passing towards
the gland, and there is a corresponding increase of
nucleus. ‘The cells are arranged in more or less circular
(spiral ?) rows round the duct, and each row produces a
well marked ridge of chitin projecting into the lumen of
the duct; the anterior ridges are very small, and they
gradually become more pronounced in passing backwards
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 121
(vide Figs. 7, 8, 9). Atthe posterior end of the duct, and
in the gland proper, the cells are very large with fluted
sides, and the secreted chitin is extremely thin and
often difficult to identify, though I believe it to be always
present, the plasma of the cells is relatively far more
abundant, and presents a curiously striated appearance at
its free border owing to vacuolation of this portion of the
cell, at the same time the nuclei are of great size and
branch out into numerous blunt processes corresponding
with the external flutings. The general appearance both
of the cell plasma and of the nucleus is very similar to
that of the cells of the silk-glands.
I now pass on to consider the homologies of this sternal
prothoracic gland and of similar structures.
Bernard (1) has endeavoured to show that the tracheze
arose from setiparous sacs of a Chzetopod ancestor, and
considers that the stink-glands of Julus among the Myria-
poda represent the glands of parapodial sete, while coxal
glands may represent acicular gland sacs. Packard (10)
has expressly stated his opinion that these sternal glands
of lepidopterous larve are the homologues of coxal
glands of other Arthropods, and, if I understand him
aright, that the same view is tenable of the lateral and
dorsal glands of many species of larvee. In the following
discussion I shall confine my attention to the sternal
glands, and chiefly to those cf Lepidoptera. It is very
striking to note how large a number of the segments of
the entire body possess, in various species, structures
which may with reason be regarded as serial homologues
of the gland seen in D. vinula. <A tabular arrangement
will show this most clearly.
Head segment. 1, Oil (stink) glands opening at base of
mandibles of C. ligniperda.*
3. Silk glands.+
Thorax. 1. All species of Dicranuwra (Ceruwra), Ma-
crurocampa marthesia, Packard (11),
Schizura concinna (id.); species of
Lacosoma, Astyanax, Danima, Nola,
Hyperchiria, Hyponomeuta, and Plu-
sia, Schaffer (19).
* Salivary glands; glandules of Filippi. I prefer not to assign
these to any definite segments.
+ Biitschli, Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd, 20, 1870.
122 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of
Thorax. 2. Perophora melsheimeri, Schiiffer (19),
Lacosoma, 5 species of Nolide.
Many Hemiptera.
3. P. melsheimeri, Lacosoma, 5 species of
Nolide. Imago of Bed-bug.
Abdomen. 1. Hyperchiria varia, Dimmock (4). H. io,
Packard (11). Hemileuca maia (id.).
. H. mara.
. H. varia ; H. io.
» Ho maia.
In Campodea staphylinus similar glands have been de-
scrited by Packard (10) in abdominal segments 1 to 8,
and in | to 7 in Madulis.*
It is thus seen that in all the segments of the body,
with the exception of the difficult segments of the head,
glands of this nature are present within the limits of the
Insecta. A closer examination of the accounts given by
various authors affords very striking support to Bernard’s
view alluded to above.
Packard (11) describes the larva of Perophora mel-
sheimeri as possessing small sternal tubercles on the 2nd
and 3rd thoracic segments. There are four of these
structures on each segment, two on each side of the
middle line. The square area enclosed by these four has
in its centre the mouth of an eversible gland. The same
author describes similar structures on all the thoracic
segments of Lacosoma, and mentions further the interest-
ing fact that, according to C. D. Ash, the posterior pair
on the 3rd segment are “ armed at the end with several
crowded spine-like granulations.” The correspondence
of the above structures with the prothoracic sternal
gland of D. vinula is very obvious, especially when the
lateral tubes of the latter are in the everted condition.
Other species present a most striking series of tran-
sitions towards the actual conditions found in D. vinwla.
On the 6th and 8th abdominal segments of Heimileuca
maia, according to Packard (10), are “indications of
aborted glands (which are well developed in segments 1
and 7 of the abdomen) encroached upon by two or three
pale flattened minute spiniferous warts, which are wanting
(invaginated ? O. H. L.) in segments | and 7.”
The larva of Astyanaz archippus possesses in the Ist
CO NI OD
* Vide Carriére, Arch. f. mikr, Anatomie, xxxv., 1890.
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 123
thoracic segment an “eversible soft tubercle covered
with short hairs.” That of Nola strigula has glandular
sternal apertures in the 2nd and 3rd thoracic segmeuts,
and carries “tubiform appendages near the thoracic
feet,’ Packard (10).
Schiiffer (19) describes the sternal prothoracic gland of
Hyponomeuta evonymella as being divisible into anterior
and posterior portions, provided with two retractor
muscles, and furnished with a spiny internal lining.
The dorsal abdominal glands of Porthesia similis are
stated by Klemensiewicz (8) to secrete a clear, odourless
fluid, and the interior of each cell to form a separate
projection into the lumen of the gland.
Professor Poulton has told me in conversation, and given
me permission to mention the fact that the secretion of
the sternal prothoracic gland of Stawropus fag is acid.
A large number of other larvee and imagines have been
described by various authors, particularly Schiffer (18),
Haase (6), Packard (10, 11), as possessing similar
glandular structures, but the details of their descriptions
are not sufficient for purposes of comparison. The above
statements, however, make it clear that there exists a
fairly complete series which commences with projecting
setiparous warts or tubercles surrounding a glandular
opening, and leads up to invaginated spiny (setiparous)
tubes placed laterally to the opening of the median gland.
This evidence appears to me sufficient to justify the sup-
position that these lateral structures are directly derived
from setiparous projections of a Cheetopod ancestor, and I
would maintain that the spines now present in the lateral
tubes of D. vinula and other species are the actual repre-
sentatives of original setz. Bernard (1) suggests that
the ventral parapodium is represented by the tracheate
leg, that the acicular gland sac of the dorsal parapodium
gave rise to the trachea itself of the Hexapod, that the
scattered trachez of Peripatus are derived from ordinary
setiparous glands, and that the stink-glands of Julus found
origin in the glands of parapodial setze, the coxal glands,
perhaps, in acicular gland sacs. The relations which I
have described above, especially when taken in connection
with the results of other observers lead me to the con-
clusion that the glands under discussion are the homo-
logues of the coxal glands and of the acicular gland sacs
of Cheetopods, while the lateral appendages (spiny pro-
124 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of
jections or tubes) are groups of parapodial sete. It is
noticeable as pointing to similarity of origin of these glands
and tracheal tubes that in many cases the cells are spoken
of as forming distinct chitinous projections into the
cavity of the gland and its duct. This is notably the case
in the duct of the gland of D. vinula, and is very sug-
gestive of the well-known spiral thickenings of tracheal
tubes ; at the same time attention may be called to the
branching nuclei of the cells of these glands and of those
of the silk-glands which have been claimed as homologous
with tracheze (Biitschhi, loc. cit.), though much importance
cannot be attached to this feature.
Should the significance here claimed for these struc-
tures prove to be correct, they will go far towards estab-
lishing the primitive nature of the eruciform larva, of
which many observers are already in favour.
i. Tue Presence oF Potassium HypROXIDE IN THE
ALIMENTARY CANAL.
In my communications already referred to I have shown
that the imago of D. vinula discharges potassium
hydroxide from a sac in connection with the alimentary
canal. The digestive fluid of the larva being strongly
alkaline rendered it probable that this fluid was of the
same nature. In order to test this 1 examined the
digestive system and the rest of the body with a view to
finding potassium salts. Twenty larvee were employed
for the purpose ; their alimentary canals were placed in
dilute hydrochloric acid, and the remainder of their bodies
in another lot of the same acid. In both cases I was
able to determine by the platinum perchloride method
the presence of potassium, which was also confirmed by
spectroscopic examination. In the alimentary canal J
could tind no sure indication of any other salt than the
hydroxide, but, the remainder of the body appeared to
contain traces of the carbonate as well. An unfortunate
accident prevented me from making a reliable quantita-
tive analysis.
il, A CoRRECTION.
I stated in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 403, that
near the hinder end of the mesenteron of the freshly-
emerged imago a short wide tube opened from the gut
Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 125
>)
cavity into the body cavity. I find that this is an
abnormal occurrence, and though present in all the
imagines that I examined in 1894-5, is due to an
unnatural obstacle (a glass tube) having been substituted
for the natural cocoon. I believe that the unusual efforts
made by the imago in endeavouring to escape from such
an artificial confinement causes rupture of the thin wall
of a bladder connected with the hind end of the gut. In
those imagines which have emerged from true cocoons
there is such a bladder charged with excretions of a
brownish-red colour, but in a few that I caused to emerge
in glass tubes I found the wide tube that [ previously
described, and have no doubt that the explanation I now
give is the correct one.
List oF AuTHORS dealing with thoracic sternal glands and similar
structures in Lepidoptera and other insects.
. BERNARD, H. M., Zool. Jahrb. (Anat. Abth.), v., p. 511, 1892.
—, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), xi., pp. 24-30.
. DE GEER, Mém. Acad. Paris savants étrang. 1748, pp. 29-32 ;
1750, i1., pp. 530 & 531. Mém. Hist. Ins., Tom. i., Stock-
holm, 1752. Mémoire i., p. 28. Mémoire x., p. 324.
4. Dimmock, Psyche, i1i., June, 1882.
5. GoossENs, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (sér. 4), ix., 1869.
6. Haass, Iris, i., pp. 159, 303, 1884-88.
e
8
wo Nm ee
. Hotmaren, Bih. Svenska. Akad., xviii., No. 8.
. KLEMENSIEWICZ, Verh. k. k. Zool. bot. ges. Wien, xxxii,
pp. 459-474, 2 plates, 1882.
9. PACKARD, Proc. Bost. Soc., xxiv., p, 494.
10. ——, Proc. Bost. Soc., xxv., p. 82.
11. ——, J. New York Ent. Soc., ii., pp. 110-127, 1895.
12. PouLTon, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 187.
13. ——, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 295-301.
14. ——, Rep. Brit. Assn., 1887 (Manchester), pp. 765-66.
15. ——, The Colours of Animals, pp. 274-276, 1890.
16. RENGGER, Physiologische Untersuchungen iiber die Thierische
Haushaltung der Insecten. Tiibingen, 1817, p. 81.
17. RoGENHOFER, Verh. k. k. Zool. bot. ges. Wien, 1862.
18. ScHAFFER, Dr. C., Zool. Anz., xiii., pp. 9-11, 1889.
19. ——, Zool. Jahrb. (Anat. Abth.), iii., pp. 611-652, 1889.
(Abstract in J. R. Micr. Soc., 1889, pp. 633-4.)
20. VON SreEBo.Lp, Vergleich. Anat., 1848.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
[See explanation facing the PLATE. ]
VIL. On the classification of two subfamilies of Moths
of the family Pyralids: the Hydrocampine and
Scopariane. By Srr Gerorce F. Hampson,
BART, BA,
[Read March 3rd, 1897.]
Tue following paper is a continuation of the classification
of the subfamilies of Pyralidx, of which two parts have
already appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society and the ‘Transactions of the Hntomological
Society for 1896. The subfamilies here dealt with—
the Hydrocampine and Scopariane—are both early off-
shoots from the most generalized group—the Pyraustine.
The Scopariane are a small group of genera
characterized by the small tufts of raised scales on
the forewing, and usually by their triangularly scaled
maxillary palpi resembling those of Crambus, the genus
Micraglossa alone being aberrant in having upturned
palpi, and the scaling of the maxillary palpi consequently
more compact, it has, however, all the other characters,
the habits, and peculiar facies of the subfamily. There
can be little doubt that the group is a homogeneous one
and that it is derived from the Pyraustine near Pioned.
It is largely represented in the Palearctic region, but
attains its maximum development in New Zealand, where
a large proportion of the species of Pyralidx belong to
the genus Scoparia and have been exhaustively examined
and classified by Mr. Meyrick, to whom I am indebted
for the gift and loan of most of the species. Nearly all
the species feed on lichens on trees or rocks, and har-
monize with them in appearance, but in New Zealand a
few species feed on and live among grasses. ‘The most
generalized genus is Dasyscopa in essential points of
structure, though it has specialized secondary sexual
characters; it has the normal palpi, and vein 5 of the
hindwings widely separated from 4. From it were derived
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,—PparT H. (JULY.)
128 Sir George IF’. Hampson on the
through Scoparia with vein 5 stalked or from a point
with 4, Mestolobes with vein 3 absent, J'etraprosopus with
porrect tufts of hair on the palpal joints, Helipsiodes
with the median nervure of hindwing loosely pectinated,
and Micraglossa with the palpi upturned.
Of the value of the Hydrocumpine as a group there
is considerably more doubt; they are primarily dis-
tinguished from the Pyraustine by vein 10 of the fore-
wing being stalked with 8, 9, but this character breaks
down in many individuals of several species of Nymphila,
Oligostigma, etc., not in the genera most closely allied
to the early genera of Pyraustine, but in the more
specialized genera where one would have expected the
character to have become fixed; these are to be dis-
tinguished by their long maxillary palpi and long upturned
palpi with acuminate 3rd joint, except from a few Pyraus-
tine genera such.as Sufetula, Massepha, and Homophysa,
from which they are to be separated by their facies only.
It may in consequence be contended that it would be
more natural to distribute the Hydrocampinx among the
Pyraustine, as Mr. Meyrick does, in accordance with the
forms of their palpi, placing the group of genera allied to
Nymphula near Sufetula and Homophysa, the group
allied to Coptobasis and Tatobotys near Sylepta and
Nacoleia, and Stenia, Diathrausta, Hurrhypara, ete., in
the true Pyrausta group; but the fact that the genera
Talanga, Daulia, and Parthenodes, which are undoubtedly
closely allied to the Nymphula group, have short porrect
palpi, and appear to form the transition between the
porrect and upturned palpi groups, seems to make it
advisable to retain the group, at all events pending
further evidence, and not to merge it in the already
very inconveniently large subfamily Pyraustine.
The genus Cenoloba from Australia is extremely
aberrant and not at all closely allied to any other
Pyrale, though the well-developed maxillary palpi and
the neuration of the hindwing show clearly that it
belongs to the family; vein 5 of the hindwings from the
middle of the discocellulars is a very generalized cha-
racter, only found elsewhere in the Pyralide in Simx-
thistis, Tineodes, and Oxychirotis, the first Indian, the
two latter also Australian, and all three coming among
the very early Pyraustine; the palpi are like those of
Tineodes or a Crambus, whilst the fore and hindwings are
Classification of the Pyralide. 129
each divided into two lobes like a Pterophorid, and it
must be descended from a very ancestral form of
Pyrale, having collateral affinities to the ancestor of
the Pterophoride.
Apart from Cenoloba, the most generalized form in
the group is Mabra, with short porrect triangularly-
scaled palpi giving rise to Diathrausta with vein 4 of
the hindwing absent; secondly, to a group with upturned
palpi, the 3rd joint short and blunt, of which Bradina is
typical, and Perisyntrocha, Stegothyris, etc., specialized
developments with different neuration of the forewing ;
and, thirdly, through Talanga and Parthenodes to the
typical Nymphula group with upturned palpi, the 3rd
joint long and acuminate, the maxillary palpi long and
often dilated with scales, of which Tetrernia and “Argy-
ractis are forms with specialized neuration.
The genus Hydrocampa having been merged in
Nymphula, it will be thought by some that the name of
the subfamily also should have been changed; but as the
word Hydrocanvpine expresses the habits of a larger
number of the species in the group, it seems to me quite
legitimate to retain it. The constant reckless changing
of names in zoology disgusts a large number of keen
naturalists who are unable to waste a large amount of
time over the literature of the subject, and it seems a
great mistake to change well-known names before there
is some general agreement as to the principles on which
the change should be made and some prospect of its
being permanent, which cannot be the case whilst every-
one makes his own rules of nomenclature and his prin-
ciples of selecting the types of genera. In accordance
with these opinions, I have, in this and other papers,
retained the well-known names for European genera in
preference to the Hiibnerian names of the Verzeichniss
and other works, merely indicating, by placing their
names in the synonymy, that they may at some future
time be adopted for the genera in question.
I have to thank Mr. Herbert Druce for the loan of the
species described in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’
Mr. W. Schaus for the loan of specimens of American
Pyralide compared with Guenée’s types in Monsieur
Oberthur’s collection ; the Hon. Walter Rothschild for the
loan of the whole of his magnificent collection of Pyralidx
from the Indian, Malayan, and Australian regions; Mr.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PparT ul. (JULY) 9
130 Sir George F. Hampson ow the
Elwes for the gift of the types described by Mr. Meyrick
from the Malayan region; and Mr. Meyrick for much
help with the Australian species, and I wish specially
to acknowledge the help derived from his papers, which
have cleared the whole groundwork of the classification
of the Pyralide.
As in my other papers on the Pyralidx, species of
which the type is in the British Museum are marked with
at; species I have examined, but which are not in the
Museum, with a *; whilst species I have been unable to
see, and the classification of which is doubtful, are enu-
merated at the ends of the genera. When it is stated
“Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.”, the type is in
Mr. Rothschild’s Collection, a co-type in the British
Museum. Of a large number of the species not in the
Museum, which have never been figured, coloured draw-
ings have been made from the types and pinned into
their places in the collection, among others of the whole
of the types of Pyralide in the Oxford Museum Collec-
tion, for the loan of which I am indebted to Prof.
Poulton.
Subfamily Hyprocampina.
Moths usually of very slender build, the legs very long. Pro-
boscis present. Forewing with vein 7 from the cell; 10 stalked
with 8,9, except in a few species of Nymphula and Oligostigma,
and in a small percentage of specimens of other species in these
genera, this character, though highly characteristic of the sub-
family, not having become a very stable one in the subfamily ;
these exceptions may be discriminated from the Pyraustine by their
long maxillary palpi dilated at the extremity. Hindwing with the
median nervure non-pectinate.
The larve of some species of Nymphula feed on water-plants,
and are fitted for a life below the surface of the water.
131
Classification of the Pyralide.
HY
“pqopouay DL
au |
ee Oe ee TD EE ee pag “BUD OT,
“SIPOWMUDS “DWoLgay “wupuubng “DldIIOPI/UT |
a :
“psliydoseqnag - DISNDAYIDUT “puprouhywojoy -sisnqojdoy “nuapoig ae
a DUNT "DULOLyaouD BaD pT “Dyno ee
eras re DANWAIDAC ae eee a “ppoysoydrnNy —“sapoonjny piagdopydug “‘nzsowhy ee
‘sryahdouawlizy gos “pubysobud = “Dupounshy sy — BED res
“pmousday gy : ae aL “pyaysouwbwnyt
‘WNIDNVOOUGAH AHL ao ANADOTAHG
‘DULL “Dua “ojydourp
‘syonihbupy
132
Kry TO THE GENERA.
A. Palpi upturned.
a Palpi with the 8rd joint long and acuminate.
al Fr ons rounded and not prominent.
a? Maxillary palpi filiform and of moderate
length.
as Hindwing with the outer margin evenly
rounded.
a+ Antennz with the shaft smooth.
a Palpi with the 2nd joint short and
broadly rounded with scales
b® Palpi with the 2nd joint long and
slender c
b4 Antenne with the shaft annulate 5
b3 Hindwing with the outer margin excised
towards anal angle.
4 Palpi with no sharp tuft at end of 2nd
joint in front.
a® Forewing with vein 4 present, 11 from
cell or absent; hindwing with veins
4, 5from cell. 4 : 3
b° Forewing with vein 4 absent; 11
stalked with 8, 9, 10; hindwing
with veins 4, 5 stalked A
b* Palpi with a sharp tuft at end of Qnd
joint in front 2
6? Maxillary palpi tiliform and very long ; “palpi
with the 2nd joint smoothly scaled :
c® Maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales
at extremity.
a? Hindwing with vein 4 absent ‘
b? Hindwing with veins 4,5 stalked
c} Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from cell.
a+ Palpi extremely long; hindwing with
vein 5 from above “angle of cell
b4 Palpi moderate ; hindwing with vein 5
from angle of cell.
ae Hindwine with the outer margin
evenly rounded.
a’ Forewing with veins 4, 5 from cell;
ML present :
b§ Forewing with veins 4, 5 stalked ;
11 absent
b® Hindwing with the outer margin ex-
cised below apex and lobed at
middle :
b1 Frons produced to a rounded prominence ;
maxillary palpi minute; hindwing with vein
7 from before end of cell
b Palpi- with the 8rd joint long and spatulate at
extremity; hindwing with vein 7 given 3
from before end of cell . .
¢ Palpi with the 3rd joint short and blunt.
a! Palpi with a small triangular tuft in front of
3rd joint.
a* Forewing with the cell more than half the
length of wing.
a Hindwing with the cell more than half the
length of wing; abdomen of moderate
length.
at Hindwing with the outer marge selightly
angled at middle 5
Sir George F. Hampson on the
Cobo
10.
. Orphnophanes.
. Luma.
. Cataclysta.
. Ambia.
. Tetrernia.
. Thysanoidma.
. Mixophila.
. Argyractis.
. Bristena.
. Arzama.
. Nymphula.
. Margarosticha.
. Oligostigma.
Cymoriza.
. Musotima.
. Synvphonia.
Classification of the Pyralide.
b4 Hindwing with the outer margin excised
below apex and lobed at vein 5, or
rounded ..
bs Hindwing with the cell about one-third the
length of wing ; abdomen very long.
as Forewing with vein 7 curved and ap-
proximated to 8, 9, 10 3
b4 Forewing with vein 7 straight and well
separated from 8,9,10 .
b? Forewing with the cell less than half the
length of wing
b! Palpi with the 2nd and 3rd joints conically
scaled and tapering to apex
c' Palpi with the 3rd joint naked.
a? Hindwing with the outer margin rounded.
a8 Forewing with veins 4, 5 stalked
b3 Forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked.
a* Forewing with vein 2 from well before
angle of cell
b4 Forewing with vein 2 from
cell.
a’ Forewing with vein 11 from the cell .
b5 Forewing with vein 11 stalked with 8,
a 108
Ce Forewing with veins 3, ‘4, 5 from the
cell.
a* Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from the cell.
a Hindwing with vein 7 anastomosing
with 8 almost to one or coincident
with it .
b® Hindwing with vein 7 anastomosing
with Sto about two-thirds of wing.
a® Forewing with vein 11 stalked with
8, 9, 10 ‘
bs Forewing with vein 11 free
a? Antenne with the shaft annulate.
b? Antenne with the shaft smooth
a8 Abdomen of normal length
b§ Abdomen very long, especially
in male. : :
b4 Hindwing with veins 4, 5 stalked :
b8 Hindwing with the outer margin truncate
and excised towards anal angle 5
B. Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, the 8rd upturned
C. Palpi porrect.
a Palpi once to twice the length of head.
a! Palpi triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden
by hair.
a Hindwing with vein 4 absent. “i :
b? Hindwing with vein 4 ‘present.
a? Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked
b38 Hindwing with veins 4, 5 closely approxi-
mated for a short distance.
a* Forewing long and narrow, vein 3 from
before angle of cell
64 Forewing subtriangular, vein 3 from
angle of cell.
a Palpi projecting about the length of
head; antenns with the shaft
smooth.
a® Forewing with vein 7 straight and
well separated from 8, 9, 10
b§ Forewing with vein 7 curved and
approximated to 8, 9, 10
angle of
16.
: 30.
. Diathraustodes.
. 36.
5 Be
38.
133
Aulacodes.
Coptobasis.
Dracenura.
. Hymenoptychis.
5. Celorhynchidia.
. Perisyntrocha.
. Stegothyris.
. Duponchelia.
. Strepsinoma.
. Niphostola.
. Lurytorna.
2. Bradina.
. Piletocera.
Tatobotys.
. Almonia.
. Omphaloptera.
Diathrausta.
Deuterophysa.
Stenia.
. Hyaloplaga.
. Zebronia.
134 Sir George F. Hampson on the
b° Palpi projecting about twice the length
of head; antennze with the shaft
annulate. , 6 18. Daulia.
ce? Hindwing with veins 4, 5 not approximated
towards origin.
at Maxillary palpi dilated with scales. . 46. Psanmotts.
b* Maxillary palpi filiform.
a” Hind tibiz with the spurs long and
equal . 48. Mabra.
be Hand tibize with the outer medial spur
not more than half the length of
inner 47. Eurrhypara.
b1 Palpi straightand fringed with long hair below,
the 3rd. joint prominent.
a? Maxillary palpi filiform.
a3 Frons rounded . : é 2 20: Talanga.
b3 Frons with a conical prominence : . 19. Margarochroma.
b? Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled 17. Parthenodes.
b Palpi projecting three times length of head and
downcurved at extremity.
at Forewing with vein 11 absent . j ; . 42. Zagiridia.
bi Forewing with vein 11 present. 43. Clupeosoma.
e Palpi projecting three times length of head and
straight.
al Wings not bifid; forewing with veins 5, 6
present, 11 from cell . : : 41. Camptomastye.
bl Wings each divided into two plumes ; forewing
with veins 5, 6 absent; 11 stalked with
Gh Oh 10, ape wee! 16 - _» 49. Cenoloba.
Genus MIxopPHILa.
Miwxophila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 269.
Angonia, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxxvi., p. 56 (18938).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint smoothly scaled and not reaching
vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate ; maxillary
palpi long and filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz annulate ; tibiz
P
Mixophila renatusalis, 6, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
with the spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex rect-
angular ; vein 3 from well before angle of cell ; 4,5 well separated
at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing
with vein 3 from angle of cell ; 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 6, 7
from upper angle.
Sect. I. Hind tibia of male without groove and tuft.
A. Hindwing of male normal.
Olassification of the Pyralide. 135
Type. (1). Mixopuita RENATUSALIS, WIk., xvii., 484. E.Himalayas,
TCrambus ermineus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., Ceylon, Bur-
ill., p. 580, pl. 184, fig. 7. ma, Borneo,
Angonia crambidalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Java, Sam-
XXEVI., D- OG, pl, option Le bawa.
(2). MIXOPHILA TRILINEALIS, sp. n.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with fuscous.
Forewing white, the inner half suffused with fuscous ; ante- and
postmedial fuscous lines widening to costa, the former highly
excurved at middle, the latter strongly angled at middle, and
interrupted by yellow streaks on vein 6 and the median uervules,
a fuscous line across apical area ; a fine black line on apical part of
margin ; three submarginal black specks between the yellow streaks
on median nervules with the cilia beyond them metallic silvery.
Hindwing white tinged with ochreous and fuscous.
Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea (Meek). JHup.,
20mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.
B. Hindwing of f# with a tuft of red scales in cilia at
anal angle, the inner area more or less clothed
with ochreous scales below.
(3). -MIXOPHILA XANTHOCASIS, Meyr., Trans. N.W. Hima-
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 81 . layas, Pulo Laut, Sangir,
Fergusson I., New Guinea.
Sect. IJ. Hind tibie of { dilated with groove and
tuft of long yellow hair.
(4). MrxopuILa cHrysias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Amboina,Ban.
Soc. Lond, 1897, p. 82 . : : . da, N.Guinea,
Genus ARGYRACTIS, nov.
Palpi upturned, the 3rd joint long and acuminate ; maxillary
palpi long and dilated with scales at extremity ; frons rounded
Argyractis argentilinealis, 3, 4.
antennz of male ciliated. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle
of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8 9,10. Hindwing
Type.
136 Sir George F. Hampson on the
with the outer margin evenly curved ; veins 3 and 5 from angle of
cell, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
(1). TARGYRACTIS ARGENTILINEALIS, sp. n.
d. Orange-yellow and white; fore tibiz banded with black ;
abdomen tinged with black. Forewing with the basal costal area
suffused with black ; a large triangular black-suffused patch on
costa beyond middle with the black-edged white discocellular line
on it, defined by a black line, and with a similar irregular patch
below it on inner margin, the two patches surrounded with white ;
a submarginal white line with silvery edges bent inwards above
inner margin ; some black specks on outer margin towards apex ;
cilia grey. Hindwing white, with subbasal, antemedial, and
medial black lines, the last expanding into a large patch below
costa and small spot at lower angle of cell; a curved postmedial
black line with the area beyond it orange ; a silvery submarginal
line sending spurs inwards on veins 6 and 5, and with a series of
black spots on it ; a marginal black line ; the cilia grey.
Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Jones). Hxzp., 16 mm.
(2). “ARGYRACTIS IASUSALIS, WIk., xix., 951 . Brazil.
(3). -ARGYRACTIS NIPHOPLAGALIS, Sp. 0.
Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown and white.
Forewing with the ground-colour pure white; the costa orange ;
a subcostal brown fascia emitting an oblique antemedial band and
terminating at a small discocellular lunule ; an oblique triangular
brown postmedial patch with its base on costa and apex on vein 2.
A marginal orange band defined on inner side by a fine black line
and expanding below vein 2 into a large quadrate patch ; cilia
black-brown towards apex. Hindwing white with brown marks
at lower angle of cell and near anal angle; an oblique orange
discocellular line, the outer area orange from costa to vein 2 and
with four large black-centred, white and silver-ringed ocelli with
black spots between them on margin.
Hab. Dominica (W. H. Eliott). Hep., 18 mm.
(4). “ARGYRACTIS SAMEALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 136, fig. 14. : : : : . Brazil.
Genus EristEena.
Eristena, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvu., p. 150 (1896).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in
front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and
Classification of the Pyralidx. 137
acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at
extremity ; frons rounded; antennz slightly annulated; legs
long, the tibix smooth with the spurs almost equal ; wings very
long and narrow. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;
Evistena postalbalis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the
cell about half the length of wing ; vein 3 from angle ; 4,5 ona
long stalk; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost
to apex.
Type. (1). tERIsTeNa posraLBais, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,
ix., p. 175, pl. 174, fig. 3 ‘ ; . Ceylon.
(2). ERISTENA MURINALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6); xvii) P50) ; ; : . Khasis.
Genus ARXAMA.
Areama, Wik., xxxiv., 1183 (1865).
Palpi upturned widely in front of head, very long, the 2nd and
3rd joints each about 24 times length of head, the 2nd fringed
with scales below, the 3rd naked and acuminate ; maxillary palpi
dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antennz annulate; tibis with
A pm 9799) y Bg
Arzama subcervinalis, 4, 4.
the spurs long and equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 well
separated at origin ; 6 from below angle of cell; 7 from angle ;
8, 9, 10 stalked ; 11 free. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle
of cell; 5 from near middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper
angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.
Type.
138 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. I. Hindwing with the outer margin excised
below apex and towards anal angle.
(1). ARXAMA MONETALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Pulo Laut,
Xxill., p. 244 ; id., xxvii., pl. 5, fig.3 . Celebes.
(2). ARXAMA ATRALIS, sp. n.
2. Black-brown; palpi white below; antenne ringed with
white ; thorax mixed with white ; abdomen banded with brown.
Forewing with white speck at base and dentate white subbasal
line ; a nearly straight white antemedial line; a discocellular speck ;
a short postmedial bar from costa with a speck below it above vein
5 and wedge-shaped mark on inner margin ; a submarginal series
of white specks ; cilia mixed with white towards apex and outer
angle. Hindwing with white antemedial line expanding towards
costa; two white postmedial specks below costa; a marginal
orange band with white lunule on its inner side below costa, a
curved white line inside its medial portion and another towards anal
angle, dentate on vein 2.
Hab. Gunong IJjau, Malay Peninsula. Hzp., 16 mm.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
Sect. II. Hindwing with the outer margin evenly
curved.
(3). “ARXAMA SUBCERVINALIS, W1K., xxxiv., 1183. Ceram.
Genus NyMPHULA.
Nymphula, Schrank, Faun. Boica, i, p. 162 (1802).
Hydrocampa, Latr., Faun. Nat., p. 478 (1825).
Parapoynz, Hiibn., Verz., p. 362 (1827).
Synclita, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 448.
Nymphezella, Grote, N. Am. Ent., i., p. 97 (1880).
Hygraula, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst., xvii., 129 (1885).
Hydeuwretis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 435.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in
Nymphula fluctuosalis, 3, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
front, and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and
acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at extre-
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide.
mity ; frons rounded; antenne usually annulated ;
139
ocelli usually
prominent ; legs long, the tibiz usually smooth, with the spurs
almost equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5, from angle of cell;
7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10." Hindwing with the
cell about half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7
from upper angle, 7 strongly anastomosing with 8.
Sect. I. Antenne annulate; fore tibiz of male smoothly
scaled.
(1). NyMPHULA RIVULALIS, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii.,
p. 341, pl. 233, fig. 8
(2). gas LA STAGNATA, Don., Nat. eng» Kl,
oy pl: 363 ov, fig. 3 . : .
(3). Newent A NYMPHAATA, Linn, oo
Nat., x., p. 274 5
Pnitene potamogata, Linn., Syst. Nat., xe
ps 20a:
Hydrocampa rivulata, Seop., Ent. Carn., 573.
(4). [NYMPHULA INTERRUPTALIS, Pryer, Cist.
Ent., i1., p. 233, pl. 4, fig. 5
-: Var. senureiain Leech, Ent., xxii.,
p. 71, pl. iv., figs. 2, 13
(5). ;NYMPHULA NIGROLINEALIS, Pryer, Cist.
Hmt:, 1, p. 253, pl. 4.9) On.
(6). “NYMPHULA 2£TaLIs, WIK., xix., 954
Nymphula lotialis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 135,
fig. 4.
(7). -NYMPHULA IccrusALIs, W1k., xix., 971
ft Leucochroma faulalis, W1k., xix., 973.
Hydrocampa formosulis, Clem., Pr. Ac. N.
H. Phil., 1860, p. 217.
Hydrocampa genuialis, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 451.
Hydrocampa pacalis, Grote, Papilio, i,
p: 17.
(8). -NYMPHULA EKTHLIPSIS, Grote, Can. Ent.,
vili., p. 111 :
(9). -NYMPHULA DENTILINEA, sp. n.
S. Europe.
Europe.
Europe,
Armenia.
Japan ; '
N. China.
China.
Brazil.
Weis, a
¢. Head and thorax brown, ochreous and white; abdomen
ochreous ringed with white. Forewing ochreous, with a fulvous
* In some specimens of nymphwata, responsalis, affinialis, and
other species vein 10 arises from the cell.
140 Sir George F. Hampson on the
tinge ; a dark antemedial band edged by waved white lines ; a
similar medial band with a white spot on it above vein 1, and
black spot at costa; a black-edged white lunule before the cell ;
a black-edged postmedial white line sharply angled below the costa,
then retracted to the lunule and ending at lower angle of cell ;
a slightly waved dark line just inside the margin, with a series of
dentate white marks on its inner edge, the one on vein 6 long.
Hindwing white; ante- and postmedial waved black lines, the latter
incurved below cell, and joining the antemedial line towards
inner margin; a fulvous marginal band with black line on its
inner edge, inside which is a dentate white band.
Hab. Florida (Grote). Hap., 20 mm.
(10). -NYMPHULA LANCEOLALIS, sp. n.
g. White; abdomen ringed with brown ; wings irrorated with
brown ; an antemedial waved line defined by brown, and arising
from a black spot on costa; a double postmedial brown line
oblique from costa to near middle of outer margin, then retracted
to near lower angle of cell, waved, and less well defined; the
apical part of costa fulvous; the apex acute and produced with a
curved black line enclosing a brown mark on margin below it.
Hindwing with curved antemedial and sinuous postmedial brown
lines ; ashort line from costa below apex and a curved subapical
mark,
Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Jones). Hap., 10 mm.
(11). NyMPHULA ADIANTEALIS, WIk., xix., 949 . Brazil.
(12), *NYMPHULA ABROTALIS, WIk., xix., 956 . Brazil.
(13). *NympHu.a nicRA, Warr., A. M.N. H. (6),
XVlii., p. 220 : : Khasis.
(14). Newent A FCEDALIS, Guen. ape. aad Per Athiopian,
225, pl. 4, figo © 2 . Oriental,and
Tee ain tenellulis, Guen., Delt andl Pyr., Australian
p. 228. regions.
+Lsopteryx leucothoalis, Wik., xvii., 400.
t+ Lsopteryx spilomelalis, W1k., xvii., 403.
Zebronia ethonalis, W1k., xvil., 484.
+Hydrocampa scitalis, Led., Wien Ext.
Mon., 1863, p. 451.
Physematia epispila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 257.
(15). }NyMPHULA FENGWHANALIS, Pryer, Cist.
Ent., ii., p. 235, pl. 4, fig. 11, ‘ . N, China,
Classification of the Pyralide. 141
(16). fNYMPHULA SINICALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen brown, fuscous and white. Fore-
wing mostly suffused with black variegated with yellow and white,
an antemedial line dentate inwards in cell and outwards below
cell and with some yellow inside it ; a triangular white spot below
end of cell; a postmedial black-edged white lunule below costa
with a yellow patch on its inner side; a series of dentate white
marks just inside the margin. Hindwing yellow ; a white ante-
medial band with waved black edges and irregular black band at
middle bearing a white spot; a postmedial black-edged white
lunule below costa; the apical area black with a series of white
marks just inside the margin ; both wings with the cilia rufous.
Hab. Chekiang, China. Hep., 22 mm.
(17). {NYMPHULA RESPONSALIS, WIk., xxxiv., Japan, India,
1326 F : ; i : ‘ : Ceylon, and
TNymphula turbata, Butl., P. Z. S., 1881, Burma,
p. 586, Australia.
tT Nymphula marmorea, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 434.
tisopterye enixalis, Swinh., P. Z.8., 1885,
p. 869.
+ Cymoriza linealis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 210.
(18). ~-NYMPHULA OBLITERALIS, WIk., xvii., 399. U.S. A.,
Parapoynz obscuralis, Moeschl., Verh. Z.-B. C. Am.
Ver., 1876, p. 432, pl. 18, fig. 39.
(19). NympHuLa GurGITALIs, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 449, pl. 17, fig. 17 . > Brazil.
Synclita modestalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,
1863, p. 449, pl. 18, fig. 1.
(20). -NYMPHULA FILIGERALIS, Wlk., xxxiv.,
1533 : 5 ‘ : P . . Brazil.
(21). NYMPHULA AFFINIALIs, Guen., Delt. and Socotra,
Byres ap. 270 : - : . India, Nico-
Botys ardealis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 134, bars.
fig. 31.
fT Oligostigma incommoda, Butl, P. Z. &.,
1881, p. 180.
(22). NYMPHULA CRISONALIS, WIk., xix., 961, China, Cey-
Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig.8 . lon, Java,
Parapoynx hebraicalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Celebes,
KXlli., p» 240; 2d., xxvil., pl, 4, fig. 11 Australia.
Parapoynz myina, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc,
Lond., 1885, p. 482.
Sir George F. Hampson on the
NYMPHULA DICENTRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 431. ‘ ‘
+ Oligostigma pallida, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 423.
(24). NYMPHULA DIMINUTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.
Ent:, xxiii., p. 242: zd., xxvui., pl. 5, fig: 1
(25). -NYMPHULA ENDORALIS, WIK., xvii, 459
Parapoyne distinctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
Xvili., p. 261, pl. 14, fig. 14.
(26). a STRATIOTATA, Linn., Syst. Nat.,
> P= 529 : : 3
eee paludata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 3 213.
(27). [NYMPHULA HERMEASALIS, Wik: xix. 945-:
(28). {NYMPHULA ALLIONEALIs, W1k., ae 453 .
(29). {| NYMPHULA PLENILINEALIS, peaae Paps, 11.,
pal? é
(30). NYMPHULA HYDROTHIONALIS, Snell., tad.
v. Ent., xviii., p. 262. pl. 14, fig. 15
(31). }NyMPHULA NITENS, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii,
p. 536
(32). -NYMPHULA CIRCEALIS, a Wille XVIi., 460
(33). {NYMPHULA TULLIALIS, W1k., xvii., 462
(34). }NYMPHULA SEMINIVELLA, WIk., xxxv., 1717
(Gm:
+ Nympheella dispar, Grote, N. Am. Ent., 1.,
Poot.
5). -NYMPHULA OBSCURALIS, Grote, Pap., 1,
p. 18 : :
NYMPHULA ene Wik. xi. oD
tNymphula curviferalis, Wik, X<KXIV.;
p. 1331 :
Oligostigma albalis, Rob. Ba Aue i028. N. X..,
ixp: 155, pl. lj sfigee:
NyYMPHULA VITTALIS, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib.,
p- 66, pl. 6, fig. 3 4
} Oligostigma FEET Pryer, Cist. Ent.,
p. 234, pl. 4, fig. 8
. TNYMPHULA ITEALIS, Walk., xvii.. 458
Parapoynz cretacealis, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 452.
. -NyMPHULA VOTALIS, Wlk., xvii., 433,
Hmpsn., Il. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig. 4
Australia.
China, India,
Ceylon,Java,
Celebes.
S. America.
Europe.
S. America.
WS Ae
Dig ish vs
S. America.
Australia,
New Zealand.
S. Africa,
Madagascar.
Australia,
Wig Sb AN.
Wis eAs
Canada,
Was. A.
Japan, China.
Nearctic and
Neotropical
regions.
India, Cey-
lon, Burma.
Classification of the Pyralide. 143
(40). ee JLA FLUCTUOSALIS, Zell.,Lep.Caffr., The tropical
Bay) : : and ~—sub-
ieee Inbal. Chien, Delt. quel eve tropical
p. 271 zones.
t Oligostigma chrysippusalis, W1k., xvii., 432.
Oliyostigma obitalis, W1k., xvii., 432.
Parapoynx aptalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon..,
1863, p. 452.
TF Oligostiqgma curta, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
XV Ps 210:
Parapoynzx oryzalis, Woodmason, Rice
Pest of Burma, Calcutta, 1885.
(41). ee A LEUCOSTOLA, Hmpsn., Moths
ind: iv., paldtag e. : . Burma.
(42). ee FUSALIS, Hmpsn., Mgehel Tnd.,
iv., p..195 : : . Assam.
(43). {NYMPHULA FUSCICOSTALIS, Hespenh Moths
tid ava) Palo Due : : . Bengal.
(44). Nyapuu LA NIVALIS, Schiff., Wace Verz.,
p. 316. : . Europe.
Phalena candidata, abee Ent. Sreth, 32 i.
(45). NyYMPHULA DENTIZONALIS, sp. n.
¢. White. Head, thorax, and abdomen marked with fulvous
brown. Forewing with the costa suffused with fuscous brown to
the postmedial line ; an oblique subbasal fulvous band from cell to
inner margin with some dark irroration near it ; a black spot in
cell and another at upper angle ; an oblique fulvous line with some
black scales on it from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, slightly
excurved below costa ; an oblique submarginal fulvous band with
highly dentate outer edge. Hindwing withoblique black subbasal and
medial lines ; a postmedial fulvous band with waved outer edge ;
both wings with fine black line near the margin, a fulvous marginal
line and series of black points on the cilia.
Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland. Luvp.,
18mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.
(46). ¢NYMPHULA PERLALIS, sp. n.
¢. Pure white. Forewing with black spot below base of costa
followed by a fulvous patch on costa ; an antemedial fulvous line
angled below costa and interrupted in cell ; a fulvous spot on costa
beyond middle ; a postmedial line straight from costa to vein 4
then retracted to upper angle of cell where there is a black speck
on it and sinuous to inner margin ; traces of a curved submarginal
144, Sir George F. Hampson on the
line ; a fine marginal line. Hindwing with curved ante- and post-
medial, obscure submarginal, and fine marginal lines.
Hab. Guadalupe, Peru. Hzp., 16 mm.
(47). tNyMPHULA MEDUSALIS, W1k., xvii., 486 . Australia.
(48). NyMPHULA DEPUNCTALIS, Guen., Delt. and 8S. Africa, In-
Pyrs ps 202: dia, Ceylon
tParapoynx stagnalis, Zell., Lep. Caffr., and Bur-
p. 26 (preocc.). ma, Java,
Zebronia decussalis, Wik., xvii., 481. Australia.
(49). “NyMPHULA SIMPLALIS, Snell., Trans, Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 638. ‘ : . Sikhim.
(50). NyMPHULA ARUNDINALIS, Ev., F. V. U.
p. 469; Herr.-Schaff., Eur. Schmett., iv.,
PU OO ie . : : , é . 8. Russia.
(51). NympHuLa TITANALIS, WIK., xviil., 706.
tEndotricha stenialis, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), vill., p. 68 : ‘ : P . Borneo.
Sect. II. Antenne of male laminate; forewing with a
hyaline fovea below base of cell.
A. Fore tibize of male clothed with long black hair.
(52). NyYMPHULA SERIOPUNCTALIS, Sp. n.
White; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with yellow. Fore-
wing with the costal and inner areas suffused with yellow; black
subbasal and antemedial specks on costa, the latter with traces of a
line from it expanding into a brown mark above inner margin ; a
submarginal brown line bent inwards along vein 2 and running to the
cell ; a marginal orange band defined on inner side by a fine black
line ; cilia black. Hindwing with the inner half suffused with
yellow ; traces of an antemedial line ; a marginal orange band with
series of black points on its inner edge ; cilia black.
The Fergusson Island form has a black discocellular spot on
forewing.
Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island. Hup., 16-20
mm. ‘l'ypes in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
B. Fore tibiz of male not fringed with hair.
(53). NYMPHULA PLEONAXALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen golden orange mixed with white ;
wings golden orange. Forewing with the basal and costal areas
whitish in parts ; a postmedial white band from costa curving round
to vein 2 then back to the cell ; a submarginal white line distinct at
Classification of the Pyralidz. 145
costa, fining off and ending before inner margin ; a fine marginal
black line. Hindwing with submarginal series of five or six black
specks on medial area with others beyond them on the cilia.
Hab. Humboldt Bay and Fergusson Island, New
Guinea. Hzp.,20 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and
B. M.
Auctorum.
Parapoynx indomitalis, Berg, S. E. Z., 1876,
p. 352 , : . Uruguay.
Hydrocampa mansmnalis Saal Bor Seok, Ges.,
1379; p..298, ©. ; Madagascar.
Parapoynx fregonalis, Snell Tijd. v. Ent,, “1980,
p. 241, and 1884, pl. 4, fig. 12 . : Celebes.
Hydrocampa algiralis, Guen., Expl. Deen p- 404 Algeria.
Hydrocampa distinctalis, Rag., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
1894, p.174. : Amur.
Hydrocampa sultschana, Rag. 55 Aan She Ent, Fr. 35
1894, p.174 .. 3 Amur.
Nymphulafuscomarginata, Bathwne- Balen IDAs,
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 48, pl. 1, fig. 17. . Egypt.
Parapoynx Muted, Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.,
vill., p. 157 4 W. Australia.
Noniphule sinuosa, eas P. inn Soe ING s. W.
(2) Wile, pa 2oly < : : ‘ Queensland.
Hydrocampa cenosalis, Snell., "Tijd. v. Eat
XXXVI, p. lod, - : : Celebes.
Parapoynz rugosalis, Moeschl., Abhi, Soncks *Ges:,
XV1., p. 318 : 2 . Portorico,
Hai seuvniod nebulosalis, Herat “Ent. en 7
p. 127 ; ‘ Wiss A.
Hydrocampa eepnialis Rew Ent. ie ,1V.5 De 37 We S.A.
Parapoynx chrysota, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p.221 . ‘ Fiji.
Paranoune infimalis, Moeschl., ce Seuee (com
Xiv., p. 82 : i Jamaica.
Hydrocampa rate Hale, Er: hem. Ent. She.
XAtt pe Loo : : UessA.
Hydrocampa australis, Ataiet Tr. ron Ent. Soe,
xili., p. 168 : : U.S. A.
Hodreurclis euryscia, Mere Tene! ‘Ent. sau.
Lond., 1885, p. 435. ; Australia.
rene poy: minoralis, Mab., C.R. Ent. Bele, peas
pix. . : é . Madagascar.
TRANS. ENT. 80C. LOND. 1897. —PART II, (Juty) 10
146 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Parapoyn« unguicalis, Snell., Midd. Sum. iv. (1)
Opps ime é : ‘ : . Sumatra.
Hydrocampa difiualis, Snell, Midd. Sum. iv. (1)
8, ps (Glan : . Sumatra.
Nymphula luteivittata, “Mab., C, R. Ent. Bele.
XXiil., Psoexvil = : . Madagascar.
Parapahe effrenatalis, Bere S. E. Z., a
p. 352 : : Uruguay.
Nymphula vitrinalis, Feld., TRS, Nov Bt 136,
fig. 11 5 : Guiana.
Glyphodes impuralis, Feld., tren. ove pl. 135,
fig. 2 : Haiti.
Synclera bleusei, berth: sara Ent. Soe. Fr. (6)
Vii., p. Ixxxill., and Et. Ent., xii., pl. vi., fig. 42 Algeria.
Genus MARGAROSTICHA.
Margarosticha, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1868, p. 454.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with scales,
the 3rd long and acuminate ; maxillary palpi well developed and
dilated with scales at extremity; frons rounded; antenna
minutely ciliated ; legs long and slender. Forewing with vein 3
Margarosticha pulcherrimalis, 2, 3.
from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked ; 7 straight and well separated
from 8, 9, 10; 11 absent. Hindwing with the outer margin
evenly curved ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked,
7 coincident with 8.
Type. (1). MarGarosrICHA PULCHERRIMALIS, Led.,
Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18,
fig 5. : : : é : . Amboina.
(2). MAaARGAROSTICHA BIMACULALIS, Snell.,
Tijd. v. Ent., xxiii, p. 245, and xxvii.,
ples stig. 5. ‘ : ; : . Celebes,
Classification of the Pyralidx. 147
(3). MARrGAROSTICHA AUSTRALIS, Feld., Reis.
Nov., pl. 136, fig. 10 ; : ; . Australia.
Margarosticha sphenotis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 204.
(4). *“MARGAROSTICHA LEUCOZONALIS, sp. 1.
d. Orange-yellow ; abdomen with some white at base and
fuscous segmental lines. Forewing with fuscous streak on costal
nervure ; a broad oblique medial white band edged with fuscous
from median nervure to inner margin with fuscous suffusion above
it, a silvery streak from it along extremity of median nervure and
a fuscous streak with metallic scales on it below vein 2; a post-
medial oblique white fuscous-edged triangular patch from costa to
vein 3, and a similar narrow submarginal band from below costa ;
cilia blackish. Hindwing with broad fuscous-edged white band
from near base to middle, expanding below the cell ; five black
spots on middle of outer margin, the three middle spots very
large placed on a patch white internally, orange between the spots,
and metallic on margin, and bounded on inner side by a curved
fuscous-suffused band.
Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea. EHzp., 20: mm.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
Genus CaTAcLysTa.
Cataclysta, Hiibn., Verz., p. 363 (1827).
Chrysendeton, Grote, Pap., i., p. 16 (1881).
Anydraula, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 427.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head, and
slightly fringed with hair in front, the 3rd Jong and acuminate ;
Cataclysta blandialis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
maxillary palpi small and filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne annu-
late, with rings at the joints ; legs long and slender, the spurs long
and nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;
7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with veins
3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle or stalked.
148 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. I. Hindwing with vein 7 becoming coincident
with 8.
A. Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 8, 9; fore
tarsi of male with the proximal joints fringed on
both sides with hair.
(1). FCATACLYSTA BLANDIALIS, WIk., xvii., 448; Japan,
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig. 15 . India, Cey-
Cataclysta patnalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., lon, Borneo.
pl. 136, fig. 7 (var.).
fT Cataclysta bombayensis, Cotes and Swinh.,
Cat. Moths Ind., No. 4417.
} Cataclysta cuneifera, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,
iil., p. 300, pl. 179, fig. 14.
} Cataclysta junctalis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii.,
p. 140, pl. 155, fig. 24.
} Cataclysta nigritalis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix.,
p. 178, pl. 174, fig. 5.
Cataclysta mesorphna, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 10.
t Anydraulu canthobathra, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 474.
(2). Caraciysra FuscaLis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., Bhutan, Cey-
ix.; p: 178, pl, 174 head oGe) ‘ . lon, Borneo.
+Cataclysta nyctopis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 475.
B. (Anydraula). Forewing with vein 10 from cell.
a. Fore tarsi of male with the proximal segments
fringed with hair on both sides.
(3). CATACLYSTA DRUSIUSALIS, WIk., xvil., 450. Borneo, Aus-
tralia, Fiji.
b. Fore tarsi of male naked.
(4). }CATACLYSTA GLYCERIALIS, W1k., xvii., 450. Australia.
Sect. II. (Cataclysta)—Hindwing with vein 7 anasto-
mosing with 8.
Type. (5). CATACLYSTA LEMNATA, Linn., Syst. Nat., x.,
529. : : : : 4 : . Europe.
Phalena uliginata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 317.
(6). CATACLYSTA MAGNIFICALIS, Hiibn., Pyr.,
fig. 104 . : ; ; : Ped ist Fe :\
(17).
(18).
Classification of the Pyralide.
Cataclysta helopalis, Clem., Pr. Ac. N. Sci.
Phil., 1860, p. 217.
Tt Cataclysta lamialis, Wik., XVil., 436.
CATACLYSTA BIFASCIALIS, Rob., Ann. Lyc.
INE Ye, Ix.) (ps 1oa4plk 4, fig. 3
- “CATACLYSTA CATENALIS, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr., p. 267
. TCATACLYSTA MEDICINALIS, Grete Pap. sie
p. 15 :
CATACLYSTA FULICALIS, Glens on ne N.
Sci. Phil., 1860, p. 217
Cataclysta dngulicaiee Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 435.
{ Cataclysta confusalis, W\k., xxxiv., 1234.
- “CATACLYSTA ANNULALIS, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr., p. 266
2). *CATACLYSTA ROMANAL IS, Trace! Biol. Contr
Am. Het., ii., p. 273, pl. 63, fig. 14
. *CATACLYSTA CRONIALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.
Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 18
. TCATACLYSTA GRATALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1335.
Cataclysta cerussalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 136, fig. 8.
; Nate, AXIS, Hmpsn., A. M. N. H. (6)
vi., p. 343 :
ee ONYXALIS, 0D. n.
Caiaclysta divulsalis, Druce, Biol. Contr
Am., pl. 63, fig. 13 (nec W1k.).
CATACLYSTA MONILIGERALIS, Led., Wien
Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18, fig. 10
=CATACLYSTA CQ@SALIS, WIK., xix., 952
(19). -CATACLYSTA TESSELLALIS, sp. n.
149
Texas.
Brazil.
U.S. A.
Wass A.;
Jamaica.
Brazil.
Mexico.
Mexico.
Haiti,
Brazil.
W. Indies,
Peru.
W. Indies,
Venezuela.
W. Indies,
Honduras,
Columbia.
Brazil.
Head and thorax golden brown and white; abdomen white. Fore-
wing golden brown, witha triangular white basal patch on inner area,
followed by two reniform spots; a short streak beyond cell followed
by a short transverse line ; a submarginal band from below costa to
vein 3 ; an orange marginal band emitting an orange fascia to lower
angle of cell.
Hindwing with the base white ; a medial broad ful-
vous band crossed by a white band angled below cell, and followed
by a white area irrorated with brown scales ;
five marginal black
spots centred with metallic silvery-blue; some orange on margin.
Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil(Jones). Hap., 16 mm.
150 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(20). *CaTaCLYsTA ALVEALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 136; figs 3". : 5 : : . Brazil.
(21). *Caractysta CuMALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Central
Am. Het., ii., p. 273, pl. 63, fig. 15 : America.
(22). -CaTACLYSTA DIVULSALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1336 Brazil.
(23). *CATACLYSTA CHALCITIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pledis6, fig, 9. : : : : . Brazil.
(24). FCATACLYSTA FULVICINCTALIS, sp. n.
Reddish brown ; abdomen with pale rings. Forewing with broad
fulvous band just before middle, edged by pale and dark lines ; a
pale and dark postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 3, then
recurved to lower angle of cell and running to outer angle, form-
ing a sinus enclosing a fulvous patch ; a black-edged orange
marginal band with a pale line inside it towards costa. Hindwing
with fulvous medial band edged by pale and dark lines, the latter
angled beyond lower angle of cell; an orange marginal band with
four black spots on it, with metallic spots between them and a
marginal series of small spots.
Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell). Hup., 18 mm.
(25). {CATACLYSTA PAVONIALIS, Sp. 0.
Reddish brown ; abdomen with pale rings. Forewing with
traces of waved subbasal and medial lines ; a postmedial angulated
whitish mark formed by a streak from lower angle of cell met by
a line from costa ; a fulvous marginal band. Hindwing pale; a
fulvous patch in and beyond end of cell crossed by an oblique
opalescent whitish discocellular band ; a marginal cluster of black
spots disposed somewhat in three series, with metallic colours
between them and a black line on its inner edge.
Hab. Guadalupe and Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker).
Evp., 14 mm.
(26). CATACLYSTA GUENEEALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Brazil, Ar-
Ent., 1875, p. 260, pl. 14, fig. 13 . ; gentina.
}Cataclysta trilinealis, Warr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 295.
(27). CATACLYSTA ALIS, WIk., xix,, 953 . . W. Indies,
Cataclysta gemmiferalis, Led., Wien Ent. Venezuela,
Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18, fig. 8. Brazil.
(28). CaracLysTa INSULALIS, W1k., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. (3), 1 p. 123 E . Haiti, Brazil.
Classification of the Pyralide. 151
(29) 5 “CATAChYSTA AGLESALIS,; Wik., xix.,952. . Brazil.
(30). *CATACLYSTA PANTHERALIS, W1Ik., xvii.,442 Brazil.
(31). CarTaciysTa OPULENTALIS, Led., Wien Ent. West Indies,
Mon., 1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 7. A Columbia,
tCataclysta divisalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1336. Brazil.
(32). *CATACLYSTA INAURATA, Cram., Pap. ai
Iv., p. 135, pl. 359, G. 5 . Surinam.
(35). POutscivana Guawuranns. Wik., xvii. 437 . St. Domingo.
(34). tCATACLYSTA CONSTELLALIS, Sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax white and yellow ; abdomen white ringed
with yellow ; wings white. Forewing with basal and antemedial
yellow bands with brown patches on the costa above them; an
oblique medial line sharply angled below costa ; an obliquely-curved
postmedial brown line from costa to vein 5 where it runs into a
yellow patch at outer angle, a brown spot on costa beyond it
followed by a triangular yellow patch with a line from its apex
parallel to the postmedial line ; a marginal yellow band with fine
black line on its inner edge ending in a spot at apex. Hindwing
with basal and antemedial yellow lines ; a discocellular spot ; a
marginal metallic silvery patch with two series of five black spots
on it and bordered inwardly by a fine black line.
Hab. St. Martha, Brazil (Bouchard). Hzp., 14 mm.
(35). *CATACLYSTA PULCHERIALIS, Druce, Biol.
Centr. Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 16 Centr. Am.
(36). tCATACLYSTA ILIALIS, Wlk., xvil., 441 . Brazil.
(37). CATACLYSTA PREMALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Mexico, Bra-
Am, Het., ii., p. 272, pl. 63, fig. 11 . zil, Argentina.
(38). tCATACLYSTA SUBORNATA, Sp. 0.
White ; abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing slightly tinged
with brown ; a subbasal brown line; a curved antemedial line with
slightly waved line beyond it ; a postmedial line oblique from costa
and acutely angled to near middle of outer margin, then recurved
and waved ; a triangular patch on costa beyond it, and a patch on
inner margin near outer angle; a marginal yellow band with
brown line on its inner edge. Hindwing with brown spot in cell
and another below it ; an oblique line from upper angle of cell
to vein 2 ; adiscocellular spot; asubmarginal lineangled outwards
at middle to the marginal yellow band which has a brown line on
its inner edge.
Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Hzxp., 14 mm,
(39). tCaracLysTa TRIMACULA, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,
viii., p. 139, pl. 155, fig. 14. ; . S. India.
152 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(40). tCaTACLYSTA*LAMPETIALIS, WIk., xvii., 451 Australia.
(41). *CATACLYSTA POMPERIALIS, Druce, Biol.
Centr. Am. Het., ii., p. 276, pl. 63, fig.24 Centr. Am.
(42). tCaTACLysTA ANGULATA, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,
ii., p. 300, pl. 181, fig. 12 d : Ceylon.
(43). tCATACLYSTA MIDAS, Butl., Trans. Ent. Sac:
Lond., 1881, p. 585 : ; ; . Japan.
(44). tCATACLYSTA SUPERCILIALIS, sp. n.
Head and thorax red-brown with white on collar and patagia.
Forewing rufous with a white patch at base of inner area ; a large
white patch before middle below the cell; a spot at lower angle ;
a postmedial patch from costa to vein 4; a submarginal semicir-
cular patch from below costa to vein 4; a marginal orange band
with dark line on its inner edge expanding into an orange patch at
outer angle with two silvery spots on it. Hindwing with the base
and costal area white, the area beyond the cell and at anal angle
yellow, with a dark-edged white discocellular band on it; the
outer area white irrorated with black ; two postmedial black lines
sharply angled below costa ; four black spots on the margin with
a sinuous line inside them, the two middle ones with bluish-white
centres.
Hab. Madagascar. Hup., f 18, 2 20 mm.
(45). tCATACLYSTA ALBIPUNCTALIS, sp. n.
¢. Differs from C. supercilialis in the postmedial white patch of
forewing being reduced to the part between veins 4 and 5. Hind-
wing with a broad straight edged yellow band across end of cell
with no discocellular band on it.
Hab. Madagascar. Hvp., 26 mm.
(46). tCATACLYSTA PERVENUSTALIS, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax brown and white, the patagia white ;
abdomen yellow. Forewing orange-yellow; the costal area
rufous; the basal inner area white, crossed by a rufous subbasal
line and sending a white fascia to end of cell; an oblique rufous
line from costa to lower angle of cell followed by a triangular
white patch with wedge-shaped rufous mark on its outer edge ; a
black-edged white submarginal band from costa to vein 2 where it
emits a silvery streak to join two silvery postmedial spots on inner
area ; a series of marginal black specks ; the cilia grey. Hindwing
orange ; the basal area white with brown spot in cell; a white
patch on outer area with two fine dark lines on its inner edge
Classification of the Pyralidex. 158
traversed by two fine lines, and with four black marginal spots
with silvery crescentic marks on them.
Hab. Accra, W. Africa. Hap., 22 mm.
(47). CaTACLYSTA REPETITALIS, Warr.,
A. M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 205 . : - Queensland.
(48). tCATACLYSTA ALBIDENTATA, Sp. 0.
9. Dark fuscous. Forewing with white postmedial band from
costa to vein 4 followed by an orange band. Hindwing with four
black marginal spots with obscure orange lunules on their inner
edges and white specks between them.
Hab. Java (Horsfield). Hzxp., 14 mm.
Auctorwm.
Cataclysta pyropalis, Guen., Delt. & Pyr., p. 265 . Brazil.
Cataclysta coloralis, Guen., Delt. & Pyr., p. 265. Mauritius,
Cataclysta pusillalis, Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges., Madagascar,
1S 79p.295:
Cataclysta sumptuosalis, Moeschl., Abh. Senck.
Ges.~xvi.,p- 319. . : Porto Rico,
ee ee Teas. Moeschl., ise Sencke Gen,
« P: O19 : ; Porto Rico.
Le hexalitha, Mere Tae fene Soe.
Lond., 1886, p. 219 . ° : . Fiji
Anidrauto cyanolitha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 220 . : : : é =) Bayi:
Cataclysta vestigialis, Snell., Midd. Sum., iv. (1),
Spats 3 é 4 ~ : ° A . Sumatra,
Cataclysta tripunctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
18725 p298eplas, figs Ll. . 3 ° : » Guinea.
Cataclysta minimalis, H.S., Ver. hee XXV.,
Ds 26. : : . Cuba.
Cataclysta plusialis, H. S., Ver Rese xk.
p. 26. : : . Cuba.
Chrysendeton aeernale Grote, Tr. anaes Ac.,
Viil., p. 53 . : ‘ U.S: A.
Gainniyata callichromalis, Mab., “Bull. Soe! Z.
Fri, p: 94 2 } ; z : 5 . Madagascar.
Genus SYMPHONIA.
Symphonia, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 198 (1896).
Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
fringed with long hair in front, the 3rd witha small triangular tuft ;
154 Sir George F. Hampson on the
maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antenne of
male thickened and flattened ; tibiae with the outer spurs half the
length of inner; male with the claspers elongate. Forewing with
the outer margin slightly angled at middle; veins 3, 4, 5 from
Symphonia multipictalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
angle ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7 straight and well separated
from 8, 9,10; 11 free. Hindwing with the outer margin slightly
angled at middle ; the cell more than half the length of wing ;
veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Type. TSYMPHONIA MULTIPICTALIS, Hmpsn., Moths
Ind: ivs%p: 198 — ; , , ; . Ceylon.
Genus Musorima.
Musotima, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 288.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head and
thickly fringed with hair, the 3rd well developed and spatulate at
extremity ; maxillary palpi short and filiform, frons rounded;
antenne of male thickened and flattened with appressed serrations;
Musotima acclaralis, ¢, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
tibize with the spurs long and equal ; male with a tuft of long hair
springing from base of fore coxe. Forewing with the apex pro-
duced and acute, the outer margin excised below apex ; vein 2
curved and arising near angle of cell; 3,4 from angle; 5 from
above angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10; male
with a more or less prominent foveal depression in cell. Hind-
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. 155
wing with the outer margin excised below apex and towards anal
angle; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 from above angle ; 7 from
before upper angle.
Sect. I. Outer margin and fore and hindwings deeply
excised below apex, three indentations towards
anal angle of hindwing.
(1). -Musorima surrusauis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., S. India,
ix., p. 178, pl. 174, fig. 20 A ; : Ceylon.
Sect. II. Fore and hindwings with the outer margin
slightly excised below apex ; hindwing excised,
but not indented towards anal angle,
A. Antenne of male normal.
(2). MusoTiMa apDUNCALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 135, fig. 11 ; : ; : . New Zealand.
(3). tMusoTIMa ACCLARALIS, WIk., xvii., 403; S. India,
Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig. 24. Ceylon.
(4). Musorima OCHROPTERALIS, Guen., Delt. Australia,
and Byr.;.p. 230 : : ‘ Tasmania.
(5). tMusorIMa NITIDALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1317 , Australia,
Diathrausta timaralis, Feld., Reis. Nov., N. Zealand.
pl. 135, fig. 23.
(6). *“Musotima acrias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Australia,
Lond., 1884, p. 289 . i : ‘ Tasmania.
(7). MusoTiMA NARCISSUSALIS, WIK., xix, 956. Brazil.
B. Antenne of male with a large angular projection on
outer side below middle, then strongly serrate ;
of female laminate.
(8). MusoriMa PERSINUALIS, sp. n.
White ; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with fulvous and
fuscous. Forewing with subbasal orange patch from costa to
median nervure and curved antemedial band; an orange black-
edged reniform spot with very oblique wedge-shaped orange mark
from costa above it, expanding beyond it into an elongate patch,
and with a triangular mark on costa above it; a black-edged
orange reniform mark below lower angle of cell with some diffused
black beyond it; a very sinuous submarginal line ; black from
costa to vein 4, and with orange beyond it, then interrupted, greatly
bent inwards, fuscous, and with an orange lunule on its outer
edge ; a marginal band consisting of orange lunules below apex and
156 Sir George F. Hampson on the
above outer angle, conjoined at middle, and with a fine black line
on their inner edge. Hindwing with black-edged orange subbasal
and medial bands, the latter with some black between it and the
very sinuous black-edged white postmedial band ; outer area fus-
cous tinged with fulvous and with white patch towards anal angle.
Hab. Amboina ; Tenimber ; Fergusson Island, New
Guinea; Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Doherty,
Meek). Hzp.,16 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and
(9). MusoriIMa FUSCIDISCALIS, sp. n.
White. Forewing with oblique subbasal orange band, ending
on vein 1, and with orange spot beyond it on costa; a black and
white discocellular lunule with oblique orange band from it to
inner margin before middle, and very oblique wedge-shaped orange
patch, with white costal spot on it from above it on costa to near
the submarginal black and orange band from costa to vein 5; the
whole area beyond the medial orange band and below the orange
wedge and submarginal band suffused with fuscous ; a marginal
orange band from apex to vein 3 defined by a black line on inner
side, Hindwing with orange antemedial band not reaching costa ;
a fuscous medial band from below costa expanding and enclosing
a white spot beyond lower angle of cell, and with an obliquely
sinuous line beyond it, with the area beyond it fuscous to near
margin which is white.
Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea (Meek). Lzp.,
14mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Auctoruwm.
Musotima incrustalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1894,
p. 57 ° ° ° ° : . Java.
Genus Cymoriza.
Cymoriza, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 27 (1854).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and
Cymoriza ustalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
thickly scaled, the 3rd well developed, acuminate and conically
Classification of the Pyralide. 157
scaled ; maxillary palpi minute; frons produced to a rounded
prominence ; antenne of male thickened and flattened; tibi
clothed with rough hair on outer side, the spurs long and equal.
Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked in
male and well separated from 8, 9, 10; a glandular swelling on
costa just beyond the middle. Hindwing with the outer margin
excised below apex and twice towards outer angle ; veins 3, 4,5
from angle ; 7 from before upper angle.
Type. (1). CyMor1ZA IRRECTALIS, Guen., Delt.and Pyr.,
poate =. : : : ;
(2). fCYMORIZA USTALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1529.
Cymoriza irrectalis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., Himalayas,
p. 272 (part), pl. 9, fig. 4 : f : Java.
Cymoriza fascialis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),
EVIL Pe 2208
N.-E. India.
Genus OMPHALOPTERA, Nov.
Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect and extending about the
length of head, the 3rd well developed, acuminate and upturned ;
maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antennx
laminate ; legs and spurs long, slender, and naked. Forewing
Zs
Ea ED
= am
Omphaloptera randalis, g, 1.
with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight
and well separated from 8, 9, 10; male with a large antemedial
swelling on vein 1. Hindwing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of
cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds
of wing.
Type. OmpHALOPTERA RANDALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.
Am. Het., ii., p. 275, pl. 63, fig. 21. - . Mexico.
Genus T'HYSANOIDMA.
Thysanoidma, Hmpsn., lll. Het., viii., p. 142 (1891).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head, and
with a long pointed tuft of hair in front at extremity, the 3rd well
Type.
Type.
158 Sir George F. Hampson on the
developed and acuminate; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded;
antenne of female minutely ciliated ; legs long and slender, the
spurs nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of
cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9, 10; 11 from angle of
Bes
Thysanoidma octalis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
cell. Hindwing with the outer margin much excised below apex,
and with three indentations towards anal angle; the inner and outer
margins towards anal angle fringed with long spatulate cilia of
varying lengths ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper
angle.
+THYSANOIDMA OCTALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii., Assam, Nil-
p. 142, pl. 156, fig. 19 : ‘ ‘ ; giris.
Genus TETRERNIA.
Tetrernia, Meyr., P. L. Soc. N. S. W. (2), iv., p. 1109
(1890).
Palpi upturned, the second joint moderately scaled in front, the
3rd well developed and acuminate ; maxillary palpi short and fili-
form; frons rounded; antennz minutely annulate. Forewing
with vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent;
iy oe P
Tetrernia terminitis, @, 3.
7 well separated from 8, 9, 10,11 which are stalked. Hindwing
with the outer margin slightly indented above vein 5, and excised
towards outer angle ; vein 3 fromangle; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 6, 7
from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.
*TETRERNIA TERMINITIS, Meyr., P.L.Soc. N.S.W.
(2) siven pelo) a. : : : ; . Australia.
Classification of the Pyralide. 159
Genus AmBIA.
Ambia, W1k., xix., 957 (1859).
Opistheideicta, Warr., A. M. N. H.(6),v., p. 478 (1890).
Oligernis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470.
Leucogephyra, Warr., A.M.N.H. (6), xviii., p. 219 (1896).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and
nearly naked, the 3rd long and acuminate ; maxillary palpi filiform
and of moderate length; frons rounded; legs of moderate
length, the spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex
slightly produced, the outer margin somewhat excised below apex;
Ambia iambealis, %, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
veins 3, 4, 5 usually from angle of cell; 7 straight and well
separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the apex produced ; the
outer margin somewhat excised below apex, and with two excisions
towards anal angle; the inner margin very short ; veins 3, 4 from
angle of cell; 5 usually from somewhat above angle ; 6,7 from
upper angle.
Sect. I. Forewing with vein 11 absent; antenne of
male thickened and flattened.
a. Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked.
(1). tAMBIA TENEBROSALIS, Hmpsn., Moths Ind.,
1V2,, ps 203 é : : : s . Ceylon.
b. Both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell.
(2). AMBIA ALBIPUNCTALIS, Warr., A.M. N.H. Assam, Cey-
(G))xviljpe202) : ; ; : : lon.
(3). tAMBIA XANTHOLEUCA, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., Ceylon, Bor-
iv., p. 203 d é : 5 : neo.
Sect. II. Forewing with vein 11 present ; 4 from cell.
A, (Oligernis.) Hindwing of male with no brands or
fringes of hair beyond lower angle of cell or on
inner area.
a. Forewing of male with no glandular swelling on
middle of costa or fovea in cell.
(4). tAMBIA COLONALIS, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., Amur, N.-W.
p. 67, pl. 6, fig. 4 . i : 2 ‘ Himalayas.
160 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Oligostigma locuples, Butl., Ill. Het., vii.,
p. 97, pl. 135, fig. 7.
ft Oligostigma dives, Butl., Ill. Het.. vii, p.97,
pl. 135, fig. 8 (var.).
(5). fAMBIA LeUCOCHRysA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 471 : ‘ . Borneo.
Type. (6). ?AMBIA ProLycusaLis, Walk., xix.,958 . Borneo, Cele-
Cenostola eromenalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., bes, Aus-
XXlil., p. 226, pl. 3, fig. 4. tralia.
(7). *AMBIA DEBALIs, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.
Het., ii., p. 276, pl. 63, fig. 23 : . Centr. Am.
(8). ©AMBIA DENDALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.
Het., ii., p. 277, pl. 63, fig. 27 : . Guatemala.
(9). fAMBIA ENDOPHTHALMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470 . : Borneo.
(10). -AMmBrA FALLIOLATATIS, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Assam, Bur-
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 287 A 5 F ma.
(11). fAMBIA INSTRUMENTALIS, Swinh., A.M.N.H
(6), xiv., p. 209 ; A 4 : . Assam.
(12). fAMBIA OCULALIS, sp. n.
¢. Fulvous, thickly irrorated and suffused with fuscous ; wings
with specks and patches of a white ground colour showing on basal
half. Forewing with faint traces of curved subbasal and sinuous
antemedial pale lines ; a prominent large somewhat 8-shaped white
discocellular spot; a postmedial black line defined by white on
outer side, slightly curved and minutely dentate from costa to vein
3 then retracted to lower angle of cell. Hindwing with elongate
white discocellular spot with a large white patch beyond it below
costa ; a minutely dentate postmedial white line bent outwards
between veins 5 and 2 ; both wings with rufous marginal band
defined by a minutely waved black line on inner side, inside which
is a series of white specks.
Hab. Mt. Macedon, Australia (Raynor). Hzrp., 16 mm.
(13). *AmBi1a CoMPLICATA, Warr., A.M.N. H. (6),
XVill., P. 222. . Assam.
(14). AMBIA FULVOBASALIS, Snell Tijd. v. Ent., Borneo, Cele-
KX. p.244.(9)\ =: : ; 5 é bes.
(15). -AMBIA PICALIS, sp. n.
Black ; palpi white below ; abdomen tinged with white; legs
banded with white. Forewing with sinuous white antemedial line
with specks in cell beyond it; a spot in end of cell extending
upwards to the costa, and with a series of specks beyond it bent
Classification of the Pyralide. 16]
inwards at vein 2 ; a submarginal series of specks bent outwards at
vein 5, and terminating at outer angle, with a wedge-shaped mark
beyond them on costa ; cilia white below apex and at outer angle,
Hindwing with subbasal white band ; a spot in end of cell with
sinuous line from below it to inner margin ; a postmedial series of
specks ending at anal angle ; cilia white at apex and anal angle.
Hab, Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). Hzp., 16 mm.
(16). f-AMBIA TENELLA, sp. n.
?. White with a fuscous tinge. Forewing with fuscous spot in
cell and larger discocellular spot; a fuscous postmedial band
sinuous from costa to vein 2, then bent inwards above inner
margin ; a marginal band broad at costa, narrowing to outer angle.
Hindwing with discocellular fuscous spot ; a sinuous postmedial
line broad from vein 5 to anal angle ; a marginal band narrowing
to a point at vein 2.
Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Hzxp., 14 mm.
(17). *AMBIA SEMIFASCIALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), XVill., p. 212 - Assam.
b, Forewing of male with a glandular swelling on costa
at middle, often with tovea below it.
a. Antenne of male with long cilia.
(18). *AMBIA RHABDOTALIS, Sp. n.
¢d. Fulvous orange: head and thorax suffused with fuscous ;
iubdomen banded with white and fuscous. Forewing with black-
edged white subbasal and antemedial bands, the former oblique ;
the fovea white ; a short white streak from discocellulars to post-
medial band, with another above it below costa ; the postmedial
band oblique white and black-edged from costa to vein 4, connected
by a very oblique black line with a black-edged white mark placed
nearer the base between vein 2 and inner margin ; a curved black-
edged white submarginal band with its lower extremity bent in-
wards and connected with the postmedial mark. Hindwing with
the base white ; a black-edged white antemedial band ; an oblique
postmedial band from costa to vein 4 near the submarginal band,
which is bent inwards and dentate at vein 2, Both wings with
marginal series of black points and black line through the cilia,
which are whitish; the black edges of the markings somewhat
diffused.
Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hzxp.,20 mm. Type in
Coll. Rothschild.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT tl. (sULY.) 11
162 Sir George ’. Hampson on the
(19). +AMBIA IAMBESALIS, WIk., xix.,950(3) . Assam,
+ Musotima fulvalis, Hmpsn., Il. Het., ix., Ceylon.
p. 180, pl. 174, fig. 26 (¢).
Cymoriza albiflavalis, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), xviii., p. 223.
(20). AMBIA INTERSTRIGALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen white marked with black and some-
times tinged with orange, abdomen with black band and terminal
line to each segment, wings orange suffused with brown towards
base. Forewing with two subbasal white lines divided by a black
line ; a curved antemedial white band defined by black lines ; a
short black line from costa at the fovea and another on discocellu-
lars ; white streaks between the veins beyond upper part of cell to
the black-edged white postmedial band, which is straight and
extends from costa to vein 4; a curved black-edged white sub-
marginal band emitting a tooth below vein 2 almost to cell and
with diffused fuscous on its inner side. Hindwing with straight
black-edged white antemedial band; a postmedial black-edged
white patch from costa to vein 4; a submarginal black-edged white
band curved from costa to vein 2 where it is bent inwards towards
lower angle of cell and with diffused fuscous on its inner side; an
orange marginal band defined by black.
Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson Island, N.
Guinea (Meek). Hrp., 16mm. ‘Types in Coll. Roths-
child and B. M.
(21). AMBIA ATRISTRIGALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax white and black; abdomen white tinged with
fulvous and banded with black, Forewing orange largely suffused
with black; an indistinct oblique white subbasal line; a curved ante-
medial band ; the interspaces beyond the cell prominently streaked
with black and with more or less developed white streaks above
veins 5 and 7 ; a postmedial black-edged white band curved and
running up vein 2 to the cell, then very oblique from origin of
vein 2 to inner margin; an orange marginal band defined on inner
side by a black line with a white band inside it bent round and
sending a tooth inwards above inner margin. Hindwing with the
base white, followed by an orange-centred black band, then a
sinuous white band expanding towards costa and with an orange
discocellular spot on its outer edge ; medial area black, the veins
streaked with orange; a black-edged white postmedial band curved
from costa to vein 2, along which it is bent upwards almost to the
Classification of the Pyralide. 163
cell ; outer area orange with sinuous black-edged white submar-
ginal band bent inwards below vein 2
d with veins 6, 7 of forewing stalked.
Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson Island, New
Guinea (Meek). Hzp., 16mm. Types in Coll. Roths-
child and B, M.
(22). tAmBIA LEUCoPLACA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 85. : . Sangir, Fergusson
Is]., N. Guinea.
bt, (Ambia). Antenne of male thickened and
flattened.
(23), TAMBIA SEMILUNALIS, sp. n.
dg. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow and white. Forewing
yellow with obscure white subbasal and antemedial bands; a post-
medial patch on inner area, a semicircular dark-edged white band
from costa before apex to discocellulars ; a submarginal dark-edged
white band expanding into a patch above inner margin. Hind-
wing with antemedial white band ; a semicircular dark-edged white
band from costa beyond middle to discocellulars ; a submarginal
lunulate band following the curves of outer margin.
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Ezp., 16 mm.
(24). fAMBIA FULVITINCTALIS, Sp. n.
Fulvous suffused with fuscous. Forewing with antemedial
white line expanding into a patch on inner margin ; a postmedial
white patch on inner area; a dark discocellular lunule with a white
streak from it to the curved dark-edged postmedial white band
which terminates at the origin of vein 2; a submarginal dark-
edged white band curving inwards above inner margin, Hindwing
with the base white; an antemedial white band; a dark disco-
cellular spot ; a postmedial dark-edged white band bent inwards
to lower angle of cell ; a submarginal lunulate band following the
curves of outer margin.
Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Hzp., 14 mm.
(25). *“AMBIA BOLUSALIS, WIk., xix., 457. . Brazil.
(26). fAMBIA FLAVALIS, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1889, p. 293. ‘ : . Brazil.
(27). fAMBIA LEUCOSTICTALIS, Hmpsn., A. M. Ne
(6), xvi., p. 344 (9). d Grenada.
(28). aes ape re Delt. an Byes
p. 2 ‘ ‘ . Brazil.
ae a a useasaun, Wik, Kes 955.
164 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(29). AMBIA MARGINALIS, Moore, Lep. Atk.,
py Zl ee : - ON? Es india:
t Cymoriza albicomma, Swinh® ny M. N. H
(6), xiv., p. 210.
Cymoriza fulvalis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),
XVill., p. 224,
(30), AMBIA MAGNIFICALIS, Swinh., A. M.N. H.
(O)exVI. p. 290° : ; . N.E. India.
Cymoriza interruptalis, Warr., A MON: Hi.
(6), XvVill., p. 224.
c. Forewing of male with a fovea in end of cell,
mid tibiz dilated with a fold and tuft of long
hair; hind femora with two long styliform pro-
cesses from extremity, one curved and fringed
with thick tufts of hair, the other finer and
fringed with long fine hair; tibia slender without
spurs, the tibia and tarsus fringed with fine long
hair.
(31). AMBIA TRICHOSTYLALIS, sp. 0.
Head, thorax, and abdomen orange; hind legs with the tufts on
larger process mostly black. Forewing orange ; a white patch in
cell surrounded by diffused fuscous ; an obliquely curved post-
medial dark-edged white patch with its apex on costa and its base
pointing towards lower angle of cell and surrounded by fuscous
irroration ; a curved submarginal white band ending on vein 1,
edged by fuscous on inner side and witha fine biack line on outer ;
a marginal series of black points becoming a line towards outer
angle. Hindwing orange with large black-edged subbasal elliptical
patch; a submarginal black line from vein 4 to near inner margin ;
a fine white and black subapical line ; a white-centred black spot
on marginal lobe, with black marginal mark beyond it ; a marginal
black line from vein 4 to anal angle.
Hab. Celebes (Doherty). Hxp., 22 mm. Types in
Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
B. (Opisthedeicta.) Hindwing of male with two long
brands beyond lower angle of cell on upper side
between veins 2 and 4 and two short brands below
their extremity.
(32). ¢AMBIA PORITIALIS, Wlk., xix., 951, S.-E. India,
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii., pl. 179, fig. 11 . Ceylon, Su-
matra.
Classification of the Pyralide. 165
(33). AMBIA AULACOPHORA, Sp. Nn.
Differs from porétialis in the white markings not being edged
with brown except the postmedial and submarginal bands slightly;
forewing with the medial markings connected into an irregular
V-shaped mark; the postmedial mark between costa and vein 5
more erect and with two streaks from its outer edge ; the sub-
marginal band diffused at its angle on margin, and the marginal
band incurved below apex and running out to the margin at
middle.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek). Hzp.,16 mm. Types
in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
C. Hindwing of male with fringes of hair along veins
2, 3, 4 on under side; the apical area clothed with
thick fulvous scales ; the inner margin with a lobe
fringed with very long hair; abdomen with paired
tufts of black hair from base; the hind tibiz
fringed with blackish tufts on outer side.
(34). AMBIA LOBOPHORALIS, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., Assam, Pulo
iv., p. 207 F é , P . Laut.
D. Hindwing of male with fringes of long thickened
hair on median nervure and vein la; the cilia
long and spatulate towards anal angle.
(35). TAMBIA ALBOMACULALIS, sp. n.
2. Bright fulvous irrorated with black. Forewing with indis-
tinct dentate subbasal, ante- and postmedial black lines; the outer
area not irrorated; three black specks on costa towards apex ;
silvery fasciz on veins 7 and 6; a large round white spot beyond
lower angle of cell ; an orange marginal band with black line on
its inner edge, inside which is a white line. Hindwing with
irregularly sinuous postmedial line, with yellow on its outer edge ;
three white-edged black spots on an orange ground at middle of
margin ; cilia of both wings dark,
Hab. Aburi, W. Africa (Carter). Hxp., 18 mm.
(36). AMBIA IRTUSALIS, W1k., xvil., 434 . Borneo, Pulo Laut.
(37). tAMBIA TIGRIDALIS, sp. nD.
¢. Head and thorax black and white; abdomen fulvous. Fore-
wing with the basal area black with broad white streaks on the
veins, in and below cell and on discocellulars ; a wedge-shaped
fulvous patch from middle of cell oceupying the whole outer area;
a large lunulate postmedial yellow patch surrounded by dark
brown ; a similar submarginal band ending at vein 2; a speck on
166 Sir George F. Hampson ow the
vein 1 and a marginalline. Hindwing with the base fuscous with
some white on inner area ; the rest of wing bright orange with a
wedge-shaped black patch with two white marks on it from origin
of vein 2 to outer margin; the margin fuscous from apex to vein 2
with a series cf black and white ocellate marks on it.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hxp., 22 mm.
j, Hindwing with a large tuft of scales below lower
angle of cell on upper side.
(38). }AMBIA METALOPHOTA, Sp. n.
2. Head and thorax whitish and rufous; abdomen fuscous
ringed with white and with some rufous on basal segment ; wings
roughly scaled and variegated with whitish, fuscous and ferru-
ginous. Forewing with the ferruginous chiefly confined to a band
before the obscure antemedial line and to patches at apex and
outer angle; obscure white postmedial and marginal lines, the
former much excuryed beyond cell and with a fuscous subapical
patch beyond it. Hindwing with the basal and costal areas pale ;
an irregularly waved postmedial white line; four black, white, and
metallic marginal spots towards anal angle.
Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell). Hvp., 12 mm.
Sect. III. Forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked; 11 pre-
sent.
(39). -AMBIA CATACLYSTALIS, sp. 0.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown. Forewing
grey irrorated with fuscous ; an inwardly oblique sinuous medial
black line; a postmedial sinuous line arising from almost the same
point on costa as the medial line running almost to outer angle,
then retracted above inner margin, the area beyond it dull fulvous
with an oblique wedge-shaped black-edged fuscous-speckled patch
from costa to vein 4; a submarginal black line with some white
inside its costal portion and a leaden spot near outer angle. Fore-
wing grey irrorated with black; an oblique fulvous band from end
of cell to outer margin near anal angle, with a black-edged white
discocellular band on its outer edge ; a double submarginal black
line angled below costa ; the margin fulvous, with four black spots
with white specks above them and black spots between them.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hexp., 20 mm.
Auctorum.
Nymphola thyridialis, Led., Zool. bot. Ver.,
1855, p219; pl. 4, fig. 2: : , ‘ . Syria.
Type
Classification of the Pyralide. 167
Genus OLIGosTIGMa.
Oligostigma, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 260 (1854).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in
front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and
acuminate; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at
extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne of male usually annulated ;
ocelli rarely prominent ; legs long, the tibiz smooth, with the spurs
Oligostigma picale, 2,2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
almost equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7
straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell
about half the length of wing; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from
upper angle, 7 strongly anastomosing with 8; the outer margin
excised below apex, then lobed.
Sect. I. Hind tibiee of male without groove and tuft.
A. Antenne of male not thickened and flattened.
a. Hindlegs of male without tufts of hair on the
COXe.
(1). *OLIGosTIGMA CRYPTALE, Druce, Biol. Centr. Mexico,
Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 19 : Centr. Am.
(2). OLIGosTIGMA JUNCEALE,} Guen., Delt. and
Ryn p. 206i, pl. 4, fig. 6. : s . Brazil.
(3). FOLIGOSTIGMA SEMINEALE, WIk., xvil., 430 . U.S.A.
(4). FOLIGOSTIGMA FLAVIMARGINALE, Warr.,
Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1889, p. 294 . Brazil.
(5). FOLIGOSTIGMA ANGULIPENNE, Hmpsn., II.
Het. vit p: 139, pl. 15d );fig.'G =: 2709. india.
(6). FOLIGOSTIGMA NIVEINOTATUM, Hmpsn., Il.
Hethix..p. 176; pl. 174, fig. 32". . Ceylon.
(7). fOLIGosTIGMA coRCULINA, Butl., Ill. Het.,
Hiepeecos pl, O90, fig. To : 4 . Japan.
t In junceale vein 10 of the forewing sometimes arises from the
cell.
168
Sir George F. Hampson on the
(8). FOLIGOSTIGMA HAPILISTA, Swinh,, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 20, pl. 1, fig. 11
Oligostigma albidivisa, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6); axyaans, p:; 221.
(9). FOLIGOSTIGMA FUSCIFUSALE, Hmpsn., II.
Het., ix., p. 177, pl. 174, fig. 28 5
(10). OLIGosTIGMA SYAGRUSALE. WIk., xix., 953.
t Oligostigma melanodes, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 473.
(11). OLIGOsTIGMA CONSPURCATALE, Warr., A. M.
N. H. (6), xvii., p. 202 5
(12). TOLIGOSTIGMA ne Wik., xvii., 444
(13). FOLIGOSTIGMA PARVALE, core! P. Z. S:,
1307, p.616 ‘ ‘ . :
(14). OLIGOSTIGMA DOMINULALE, Wik., XXXIV.,
1338
(15). FOLIGOSTIGMA FUMIBASALE Veen Moths
Ind., iv., p. 208
(16). FOLIGOSTIGMA INSECTALE, Pryer, (re ‘Ent,
il, p. 234, pl. 4, fig. 7 :
iz): Taine OnTIG te BILINEALE, Snell., Tijd. v.
Fmnt., xix. p. 196; plewit, fio.)
(18). OLIGOSTIGMA VILLIDALE, WIk., xvii., 435 .
t Hydrocampa sacadasalis, W1k., xix., 963.
Oligostigma unilinealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
1875, pl. 8, fig. 2.
(19). OLIGOSTIGMA ARGYRILINALE, sp. n.
White.
Assam.
Assam, Cey-
lon.
Borneo.
Assam.
W. Africa.
Andamans,
Borneo.
New Guinea.
Ceylon.
China.
Punjab, Ben-
gal.
Assam, Cey-
lon, Java,
Borneo, Aus-
tralia, Fiji.
Forewing with the costal area yellow with a streak of
black scales on it, and joined to a yellow discocellular patch out-
lined with black ; a diffused yellow fascia above middle of inner
margin ;
the outer area golden yellow with a triangular white
patch from costa beyond the discocellulars, and a silvery submar-
ginal band defined on outer side by a black line.
the outer area yellow defined on inner side by a black line between
veins 5 and 2; a silver subapical spot and a silver band defined on
outer side by a black line and with four black marginal spots
beyond it.
Hab.
Hep., 12 mm.
(20).
(21).
“QLIGOSTIGMA EXHIBITALE, Wlk., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), 1,123 .
*“QLIGOSTIGMA PHEDRALE, WI1k.,, xvii., 443 .
Hindwing with
Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek).
Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Classification of the Pyralidex. 169
(22). OLIGOSTIGMA EROMENALE, Snell., Tijd. v. Celebes, Aus-
Ent., xxiii., p. 226 ; id., xxvii., pl. 3, fig. 4 tralia.
(23). tOLIGOSTIGMA POLYDECTALE, W1k., xvii., Australia,
451 : : : : : : : Fiji.
b. Hindlegs of male with large tufts of curved hair
extending backwards from the coxe.
(24), -OLIGOSTIGMA ORTHOTELES, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 472 : . Sambawa.
(25), OLIGOSTIGMA PICALE, Guen., Delt.and Pyr.,
p. 274; Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, India, Cey-
fig Zon : ; : 3 : ‘ lon.
B, Antenne of male thickened and flattened by
appressed serrations.
a. Palpi of male normal ; fore tibiee not dilated.
(26). TOLIGOSTIGMA DIANALE, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,
ix., ps 177, pl. 174, fig: 27 ‘ ‘ . Ceylon.
(27). FOLIGOSTIGMA HEMICRYPTE, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 84. : . Sangir.
b. Palpi of male very long, the 8rd joint porrect ;
fore tibiz dilated with a terminal process ; fore-
wing with a small fovea below base of cell covered
by a flap of scales; hindwing with the costa lobed
at base.
(28). OLIGOSTIGMA CAMPTOZONALE, sp. 0.
4. White ; palpi of male tipped with black ; abdomen tinged
with fuscous. Fore wing with subbasal fuscous line interrupted
at middle ; an antemedial curved line more or less interrupted at
middle ; a discocellular ocellate spot ; a postmedial fuscous line
bent inwards at vein 3 and running to middle of inner margin,
expanding at the bend and atinner margin; a submarginal line not
reaching costa and expanding at inner margin; a pale orange mar-
ginal band with fine fuscous line on its inner side reduced to black
specks towards costa; cilia fuscous. Hindwing with antemedial and
medial fuscous lines, the latter excurved at middle ; a submarginal
diffused line expanding towards costa; a pale orange marginal
band with series of black points on its inner edge; cilia fuscous.
9. Much whiter, with the markings pale and fine.
The Amboina and Fergusson Island forms have the markings
broader and more interrupted than the Australian.
170 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island; Queensland; W.
Australia. Hep.,18 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and
B. M.
Sect. IJ. Hind tibize of male with a me of long hair
contained in a groove.
A. Male without tufts of long hair on hind tibie and
spurs.
a. Male without tufts of hair on base of mid and hind
femora.
29). FOLIGOSTIGMA PULCHELLALE, Hmpsn., Ill. Assam, Cey-
Het. ax. p. 178, pl. 174, toset a. ; lon.
b. Male with short tufts of hair from base of mid
and hind femora, hind tibie, and on 5th segment
of abdomen below. .
(30). FOLIGOSTIGMA ORNATUM, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,
Hi., p- 299; pl. 161, fie. 11 : : . Ceylon.
(31). . OLIGOSTIGMA TRIPLETALE, sp. Nn.
White. Forewing with the basal half of costa suffused with
fuscous ; two yellowish marks on inner margin before middle and
one below end of cell, an oblique yellow band with fuscous edges
from costa across end of cell to vein 2 where it is met by a curved
fuscous postmedial line and a curved fuscous submarginal band
both from costa; an orange-yellow marginal band defined on inner
side by a fine black line bent inwards along inner margin and up
to near the yellowish mark below end of cell, Hindwing with
curved fuscous medial line; an orange-yellow marginal band,
broken and bent inwards below apex, some black marks on its
inner side on medial area and three prominent black spots on the
margin with a black streak below them.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. EHzp., 18 mm.
Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
c. The tufts on hind femora developed into large
tufts directed towards the base and enclosing
a hollow; abdomen without tufts.
(32). TOLIGOSTIGMA BIFURCALE, Pryer, Cist. Ert., China, Assam
ll., p. 232, pl. 4, fig. 14 . ; ; : Burma,
B, Male with the hind tibiz and spurs tufted with
long hair; short tufts at base of mid and hind
femora.
(33). OLIGOSTIGMA ARAALE, sp. 0.
¢@. White ; head, thorax, and abdomen slightly tinged with
?
Classification of the Pyralide. 171
fulvous and fuscous. Forewing with streaks of diffused fuscous
scales below costa, from base of inner margin to cell and along
vein 2, and from inner margin before middle along vein 1 ; slight
yellow spots at base of vein 2 and on discocellulars, the latter with
a dark speck above it on costa; an ill-defined yellow submarginal
band with some dark scales on its edges; a marginal yellow band
defined on inner side by a fine black line and with a marginal series
of minute black points. Hindwing with slight oblique fuscous
line across end of cell; two sinuous fuscous diffused submarginal
lines with some yellow between them at middle ; a yellowish
marginal band defined on inner side by a waved black line and
with three marginal black spots with orange between them on the
lobe.
Hab. Kandy, Ceylon. Exp., 16 mm. ‘Type in Coll.
Rothschild.
Auctorum.
Parapoynx chrysota, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 221 . : : ° : Aeeloriie
Oligostigma quinqualis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Java,
XV, p. L76 é : : : : Celebes.
Oligostigma adjunctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
1894, p. 56, pl. 6, figs. 17 & 18, : s . dava.
Oligostigma candidalis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,
MUI, Pl ibe - : : : : ye 2eGRUe
Oligostigma argyrotoxalis, Pag., J. B., Nass.
Wer, Xxxix, Dn 176) . ‘ : j « Aru.
Oligostigma prestabilis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,
MK, Pe ed : . 5 ;, Aru.
Oligostigma orphninalis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,
5 O.S.b. ae 0501 i We 3 : : F 2 EASE.
Genus AULACODES.
Aulacodes, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 285 (1854).
Hydrophysa, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 259.
Chnaura, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 435.
Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd
joint fringed with long hair in front, the 3rd usually short with
a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi as long as the
labial and dilated with scales at extremity ; frons oblique ; an-
tennze of male thickened and flattened with appressed serrations ;
ocelli usually indistinct ; legs very long and slender ; wings long
and narrow. Forewing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which has
172 Sir George F. Hampson on the
the lower part produced and acute and the discocellulars very
oblique; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10; 11 from near
end of cell and touching or anastomosing with 8, 9,10. Hindwing
Aulacodes peribocalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
with vein 3 from before lower angle of cell, which is very much
produced and the discocellulars oblique ; 6,7 from upper angle,
7 anastomosing with 8, which is much curved.
Sect. I. Mid tibize of male with a tuft of long hair con-
tained in a fold, no fringes of hair on fore coxze and
femora or on medial spur of hind tibie ; the outer
margin of hindwing excised below apex and lobed
at vein 5.
A. Fore and hindwings with veins 4, 5 stalked; an-
tennz of male with no process on basal joint; a
small fovea in end of cell of forewing.
a. Forewing of male with a costal fold on upper side
containing a fringe of long hair.
a. Antenne of male thickened and flattened ;
palpi with the 2nd joint short.
a*. Forewing of male with a fringe of very long
hair from base of costal fold; the inner
margin produced into a large rounded lobe ;
hind tibiz with the fringe of hair long.
(1). -AULACODES poLypDoRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond , 1897, p. 82 . : : . Celebes.
Oligostigma ochreipicta, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc, Lond., 1894, p. 472 (nec Moore).
b*. Forewing of male with no fringe of long hair
from the costal fold ; inner margin not lobed.
(2). AULACODES CRASSICORNALIS, Guen., Delt.
and Pyr., p. 261; Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
KIX flo, sg. 6 . d : ; . Java.
Oligostigma javanalis, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr., p. 262.
tOligostigma bipunctalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1531.
Classification of the Pyralide. 173
b1. Antenne of male filiform ; palpi with the 2nd
joint very long ; mid femora with a tuft of hair
from near extremity ; hind tibiz with the medial
spurs minute.
(3). AULACODES AUREOLALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Java, Sam-
Ent., xix., p. 200, pl. 8, fig. 5. : , bawa.
b. Forewing of male with no costal fold.
a', Hindwing of male without large tuft of hair at
anal angle.
(4). AULACODES COLONIALIS, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr., p. 262; Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xix., Sikhim, Bom-
plod) fie. 3) 7: : : , : bay.
(5). -AULACODES IpDroTIs, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1894, p. 472 : : : . Celebes.
(6). -AULACODES METRIODORA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p.83 . —. . Talaut.
b!. Hindwing with a large tuft of black and white
hair at anal angle, outer margin excised towards
anal angle, inner margin very short.
(7). FAULACODES ENDOsSARIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 472 5 : . Pulo Laut.
c!, Hindwing of male with the anal angle produced
into a pointed lobe, the inner area clothed with
hair; antennze with the base of shaft fringed
with scales ; hind femora with tuft of hair near
base, then a triangular corneous process on inner
side.
(8). -AULACODES CERATUCHA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 471 é 5 . Pulo Laut.
B. Forewings, and almost always the hindwings, with
veins 4, 5 from angle of cell.
a. Antenne of male with the basal joint dilated and
bulbous, the shaft laminate, bent and fringed with
hair on outer side at middle; forewing with a large
triangular costal fold on under side, with fringe of
rough hair at lower extremity and tuft of large
scales at costal extremity ; cell shortened but pro-
duced at lower angle; hindwing with veins 4, 9
stalked, the outer margin strongly angled at
174 Sir George F. Hampson on the
middle, the outer medial area clothed with silky
scales below.
(9). “AULACODES TRICHOCERALIS, sp. 0.
3d. Head and thorax white and brown; antenne yellow;
abdomen white with yellow band and brown line on 2nd segment,
the extremity yellow. Forewing white with large triangular
brown patch on medial area below the cell, its apex running out-
wards along vein 1, and with a yellow mark inside on inner
margin ; an oblique wedge-shaped brown mark from middle of
costa to vein 2; a submarginal wedge-shaped brown patch with its
apex on vein 1; a marginal orange band with fine black line on its
inner side, and series of black points on outer margin ; costal fold
dark brown mostly orange towards extremity. Hindwing with the
basal area white suffused with yellow scales ; the outer half bright
yellow bounded on inner side by a black line between veins 5and 2
and with silvery submarginal suffusion between vein 3 and inner
margin ; three marginal white ocelli, each with some black scales
on inner side and two black points on outer; a black point at the
angle of margin.
Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hzxp.,
24mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.
b. Antenne of male with a curved clubbed process
from basal joint; palpi with the 3rd joint
short.
a’, Male with no tuft on hind femora; forewing
with a small costal fold at base and no costal
fringe ; the tuft of scales confined to end of
cell, and no sparse fringe on median nervure.
(10). FAULACODES SEJUNCTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Himalayas,
nt, xix: p: 207, pl. des ie : : Ceylon.
} Cataclysta delicata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i1.,
p. 556, pl. 215, fig. 8.
(11). AULACODES PLICATALIS, WIK., xxiv., 1332 Himalayas,
Oligostigma simplicialis, Snell., Tijd. v. Java,
Eint., xix.,\p..201, pli 18; fig-"b: Celebes.
(12). AULACODES HEPTOPIS, sp. n.
2. Differs from A. plicatalis in the markings of the forewing
being browner, especially the sinuous fascia above inner margin ;
the oblique band across the end of cell much more oblique, and
the submarginal band which joins it more curved. Hindwing with
Classification of the Pyralide. 175
the submarginal band narrower, more defined, and sharply angled
inwards on vein 1 ; seven small marginal ocelli.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Evzp., 44 mm.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
b', Hind femora of male with a thick tuft of
short hair near extremity.
a”. Forewing of male with large costal fold on
upper side ending in a fringe of large scales at
end of cell; the process from basal joint of
antennee short.
(13). “AULACODES PARAPOMASALIS, Sp. n.
¢. Head orange; thorax dark brown ; abdomen brownish, the
two basal segments white. Forewing dark red-brown on costal
area extending almost to inner margin on basal half, and as a
triangular postmedial patch nearly to outer angle ; a leaden grey
triangular patch on the postmedial brown area ; inner area white
extending upwards beyond middle to lower angle of cell and on
inner side of the marginal band to below apex ; a marginal orange
band defined by fine black lines and joined to an orange patch on
outer part of inner margin. Hindwing white with curved oblique
postmedial orange band defined on inner side by a fuscous line, not
reaching inner margin, and below apex running out to the marginal
orange band defined by fine black lines, and with three small white
centred ocelli at middle.
Hab. Alor, Flores. Hap., 22 mm. Type in Coll.
Rothschild, .
b°. Forewing with a slight costal fringe on
upper side ; a thick ridge of large scales from
base through the cell widening to end of it.
(14). fAULACODES HAMALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Himalayas,
Xvill., p. 199, pl. 8, fig. 4 é : ; Nilgiris.
+ Cataclysta ochripicta, Moore, Lep. Atk.,
p. 409.
(15). TAULACODES MELANOPS, Hmpsn., Moths
Ind., iv., p. 214 Sixhim,
ce’. Forewing of male with sparse fringe of long
hair from median nervure; the tuft of large
scales confined to end of cell.
(16). AULACODES PERIBOCALIS, WIk., xvii., 446. Aden, China,
Cataclysta halialis, W1k., xvii., 447 . . India,Burma.
176 Sir George F. Hampson on the
+ Cataclysta sobrina, Pryer, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 432.
Oligostigma papulalis, Snell., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890,
p. 640.
(17). *AULACODES SINENSIS, Sp. 0.
Head, thorax and abdomen whitish tinged with pale red-brown ;
ground colour of wings white. Forewing with the basal costal
area tinged with red-brown extending along vein 2 to the submar-
ginal markings; a large V-shaped postmedial red-brown mark
defined by fuscous with its apex at lower angle of cell and arms on
costa and vein 2, where it is joined by,a curved submarginal band; a
curved orange-brown fascia defined by fuscous above inner margin ;
a marginal orange band defined by black lines. Hindwing with
subbasal fulvous fuscous-defined band; a similar submarginal
sinuous band diffused to the margin below apex ; a marginal
orange band defined by black lines with three ocelli on it at middle,
the last with a blind spot below it.
Hab. Omei Shan, W. China. Ezp., $ 30, 2 38 mm.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
(18). AULACODES SATURALIS, Snell., Trans. Ent,
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 639. : : . Sikhim.
(19). FAULACODES DOMINALIS, WIK., xxxiv., 1337;
Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii., pl. 156, fig. 4 . S. India.
(20). AULACODES TRIPUNCTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Java, Sam-
Bnt., xix, 0p. 205) pl. 9 siege : 3 bawa.
d*, Forewing of male with the costa highly
arched at middle, the area below it roughly
scaled; a thick fringe of long hair in cell
expanding towards extremity.
(21). AULACODES GIBBOSALIS, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr., p. 262. . 4 : : : . Java.
fOligostigma tripunctalis, W1k., XxXxXiv.,
1531.
c. Antenne of male with no process from basal
joint.
a. Palpi with the 3rd joint long and porrect ;
hind femora with slight tufts; forewing with
elongate furrow in cell and fringe of scales from
subcostal nervure.
(22). tAULACODES MORMODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Borneo,
Soc. Lond., 1897, p.83 . ; : P Sangir.
Classification of the Pyralide. 177
b', Palpi with the 3rd joint short.
a, Hind tibiz with slight tufts of hair at base.
a, Forewing with elongate furrow in cell
and fringe of hair from subcostal nervure.
AULACODES LATIFASCIALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.
Eimt., 1876, p.202, pl: 202, pl. $,,fg. 7. Celebes.
>. Forewing with large fovea in end of cell
and no fringe of scales.
(24). AULACODES SIENNATA, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), xvil., p. 206 . é - 5 . Queensland.
(25). AULACODES ACROPERALIS, sp. 1.
Head orange-yellow ; thorax white in front, dark brown be-
hind; abdomen fulvous yellow with the first segment white.
—~
bo
Se
Forewiug with the apex produced and acute, dark brown ; the
costa orange-yellow: a white spot followed by an orange patch at
base ; a triangular white patch from cell to inner margin just
before middle ; a pear-shaped white patch beyond the cell with
its apex pointing outwards below costa ; an orange marginal band
defined on inner side by a fine black line, inside which is a some-
what irregular white band; a marginal series of black points.
Hindwing dark brown at base ; a broad antemedial white band
defined on outer side by a fine black line ; the outer area golden
yellow with a black-edged white subapical spot; five medial sub-
marginal black spots, the middle one with white centre and with
black points on the margin beyond them, the middle ones placed
in three pairs; cilia of both wings silvery at base.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp., 22 mm.
Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(26). *AULACODES WAIGAOALIS, Swinh., Cat. Het.
Mus. Oxon. ined. . : : : . Waigaou.
(27). AULACODES DIOPSALIS, sp, 0.
Head and thorax white ; palpi and legs marked with brown ;
antenne ochreous; abdomen pale yellow, white at base. Fore-
wing silvery white with the basal two-thirds of costal area fulvous,
expanding into an oblique triangular patch beyond discocellulars
with its apex on vein 2 ; a sinuous orange fascia above inner mar-
gin with a dark antemedial patch on it ; a wedge-shaped fulvous
submarginal band from costa with its apex on vein 2; a marginal
orange band joining the fascia on inner area, defined on inner side
_by a fine black line and with a marginal series of black points.
Hindwing with the basal two-thirds silvery white from costa to
below the cell, bounded by a black line from vein 5 to the sub-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—paRr Il. (JULY.) 12
178 Sir George F. Hampson on the
median fold ; the inner and outer areas golden yellow ; an oblique
white mark across apex ; a pair of black-edged white ocelli with
black spots on their outer edges below the indentation of margin
and followed by a black point then a short black line on margin ;
cia silvery at base on medial area.
Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp.,
24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(28), *AULACODES BRUNNEALIS, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax dark brown ; abdomen with the basal
half white, the distal half orange. Forewing dark red-brown, the
inner margin white ; a postmedial triangular white patch from
costa to vein 3, the costa above it fulvous; a marginal yellow band
with waved inner edge, inside which is a series of silvery white
lunules conjoined towards inner margin; a marginal series of black
specks ; cilia grey with silvery line at base. Hindwing with the
base brown; the basal half white bounded by a fuscous lne
slightly angled beyond lower angle of cell ; the outer half yellow
with oblique silvery postmedial line between veins 2 and la; a
curved silvery subapical mark ; a series of four black specks just
inside medial part of margin ; cilia grey with silvery line at base.
Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hup., 20
mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.
(29). *AULACODES CERVINALIS, sp. n.
Head and thorax fulvous brown; abdomen golden yellow, white
at base. Forewing fulvous brown with a silvery white triangular
patch on middle of inner margin extending to subcostal nervure
and joined by an oblique postmedial band from costa ; a marginal
golden-yellow band defined cn inner side by a fine black line with
a white line inside it; a marginal series of black points. Hindwing
with the base brown ; a broad antemedial white band with dark
mark on middle of its outer edge ; outer half of wing golden-
yellow with two subapical silver spots and three pairs of black
points just inside the medial part of margin with single points at
each extremity of series; cilia of both wings grey.
Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. EHzxp., 22 mm.
Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(30). AULACODES JUNCTISCRIPTALIS, sp. D.
Head and thorax orange and white; palpi banded with fuscous;
fore tibiz and tarsi ringed with black ; mid and hind coxe with
tufts of hair ; abdomen orange, the basal segment whitish. Fore-
wing orange; a silvery white fascia from base of inner margin
Classification of the Pyralide. ies)
through the cell, giving off a fascia along vein 2 to join the curved
submarginal band, which is defined on outer side by a black line ;
an oblique wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa with its apex
on vein 3; a white streak on middle of inner margin ; a marginal
series of black points ; cilia grey. Uindwing orange with oblique
silvery subbasal line; an oblique silvery mark across apex followed
by a dentate submarginal line with an oblique mark beyond it
towards anal angle ; a series of small black medial marginal spots
arranged in pairs except at extremities of the series.
Hab.
Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp., f 20,
9 24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
b°. Hind tibizee of male with tufts of scales at mid
and terminal spurs; forewing with the inner
margin produced to an angle near base.
a’, Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from cell.
(31). -AULACODES ARGYROPIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Pulo Laut,
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 473. : : : Celebes.
b>. Hindwing with veins 4, 5 stalked.
(32). -AULACODES BASILIssA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Sambawa,
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 474. Timor.
(33). TAULACODES GEPHYROTIS, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 84 . ‘ . Talaut.
Sect. II. Mid tibize of male without fold and tuft ; hind-
wing with the outer margin evenly curved.
A, (Aulacodes.) Fore coxee and femora of male with
(34).
fringes of hair, and a very long fringe ou each
side of inner medial spur of hind tibie.
AULACODES PSYLLALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies,
Pyx5 ps 299) pl: 6, fig: 11 ‘ ‘ ‘ Venezuela,
Oligostigma scuthesalis, Wllk., xix., 950. Brazil.
Hydrocampa tortalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,
1863, p. 452, pl. 18, fig. 3.
AULACODES CACHMIALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies,
Byr. p.208 ; ‘ ‘ : : : Venezuela,
Parapoyna fragmentalis, Led., Wien Ent. Brazil.
Mon., 1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 6.
Parapoynx gothicalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 136, fig. 13.
Alydrocampa bosoralis, Druce, Biol. Centr.
Am, Het., 01., p. 278, pl. 63, fig. 31.
180 Sir George F. Hampson on the
+tHydrophysa plumipedalis, Hmpsn., A.M.N.H.
(6), Xv1., p. 343,
(36). *“AULACODES HABITALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
ple ish aie 12. : 4 5 : . Brazil.
B. (Chnaura.) Legs without fringes of hair.
a. Forewing of male without costal fold; hindwing
without tufts of scales below the cell.
(37). PAULACODES CONVOLUTA, sp. 1.
¢. White irrorated with fuscous; abdomen ringed with
brown. Forewing with the basal area mostly suffused with black
and bounded by a dark-edged curved white line ; the medial area
urorated with black; a postmedial dark-edged white line from
inner margin beyond middle to middle of costa, then curved round
and almost completely enclosing a spot beyond the cell, then
curved upwards to costa before apex and downwards as the sub-
marginal line, its first curve filled in with a brown patch. Hind-
wing with ante- and postmedial sinuous black-edged white lines,
the latter curving round from costa to form the submarginal line ;
the outer area irrorated with fuscous.
Hab. R. Javary, Amazons (Trail). #ap., 14 mm.
(38). *AULACODES HODEVALTS, Druce, Biol, Centr.
Am. Het., u., p. 278; pl. 163, fie. 30 . Guatemala.
(39). *“AULACODES CITRONALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. . Mexico, ,
Am. Het., 1:, p. 247, pple 63,85..28: Centr. Am.
(40). FAULACODES SEMICIRCULARIS, sp. 1.
@. White ; palpi with the end of 2ud joint black ; abdomen
ringed with fuscous. Forewing with ill-defined subbasal and
two antemedial curved yellow bands; a large dark-edged semi-
circular yellow band on outer half of costa conjoined by a yellow
spot to Inner margin and enclosing a smaller costal semicircular
yellow band; a marginal yellow band with dark line on its inner
edge. Hindwing with subbasal and antemedial dark-edged yellow
bands ; a postmedial dark-edged yellow patch not reaching costa
or inner margin; a marginal yellow band with dark line on its
inner edge.
Hab. Espiritu Santo, Amazons. Hep., 18 mm.
(41). TAULACODES sECUTALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1291 Mysol, Solo-
Chnaura octavialis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., mons, New
1863, p. 435 (vec W1k.) Hebrides.
Classification of the Pyralide. 181
b, Forewing of male with a large costal fold extend-
ing to apex and containing a tuft of hair; hind-
wing with tuft of long spatulate hairs below end
of cell.
(42). fAULACODES CALISTOALIS, WIk., xvii., 442. 8. America.
(43). TAULACODES THETYSALIS, W1k.. xvi, 440 .° Brazil.
Auctorui.
Botys dilucidalis, Guér., Régn. Anim. Ic. Ins.,
plore iT. ‘ ‘ : : :
= Oligostigma nectalis, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent., xix.,
p. 206, pl. 9, fig. 10:
Java.
Genus PARTHENODES,
Parthenodes, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 252 (1854).
Paracymoriza, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), 'vi., p. 479
(1890).
Gethosyne, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 221.
Palpi porrect, straight and projecting about the length of head, the
2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd short and naked ; maxil-
lary palpi large and triangularly scaled ; frons rounded ; antenne
of male thickened and flattened ; legs naked, the outer spurs about
Parthenodes vagalis, 3, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
two-thirds length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle
of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing
with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is about half the length of
wing; 4,5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper
angle.
Sect. I. (Paracymoriza.) Mid tibie of male dilated with
a fold containing a fringe of hair; tufts of hair
from hind coxe; wings with the outer margin
somewhat excurved at middle.
(1). ParTHENODES INEXTRICATA, Moore, Lep.
Atk p. 210) pl. 7, fig. 7 : . Sikhim.
182 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(2). TPARTHENODES VAGALIS, WIk., xxxiv. Punjab, Nil-
1390 ? - * - - 7 : giris, Java.
(3). }PARTHENODES AURANTIALIS, Swinh., A. M.
Ni a(6), xvi.,p. 304 . : Assam.
(4). -PARTHENODES OxyGona, Meyr ean Bat
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470 é : . Sambawa.
(5). PARYTHENODES ECTARGYRALIS, Sp. 0.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown; fore tarsi
with the Ist joint fringed with scales. Forewing white, suffused and
irrorated with brown ; a small yellow spot on median nervure near
base ; an obscure yellow antemedial sinuous line defined by brown ;
a large oblique eliptical fuscous patch beyond end of cell defined
by a fuscous line ; the apical area white with an oblique sinuous
yellow band defined by brown between it and the brown area from
costa beyond middle to near outer margin at vein 2, then running
as a sinuous dark line to inner margin beyond middle ; the apical
area also crossed by an oblique curved brown-edged yellow band ;
a marginal yellow band defined by brown from apex expanding
below the upper oblique band into an irregular patch ; two yellow
marks on a fuscous patch above outer angle. Hindwing white with
a large brown-edged yellow eliptical white-centred medial mark,
sometimes contracted at middle and 8-shaped, and with some
fuscous between it and inner margin ; a marginal orange band with
fuscous suffusion on its inner side from costa to vein 2, and with
five conjoined white-centred rather disintegrated black ocelli
between apex and vein 2 and with silver beyond them on margin.
Hab. - Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Eup ,
24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(6). PARTHENODES LORICATALIS, Led., Wien
Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 435 (@ ). A . Amboina.
Sect. IT. (Parthenodes.) Mid tibize of male with no fold
or frmge of hair; hind cox without tufts; wings
with the outer margin evenly rounded.
A. Forewing with vein 11 free.
(7). }PARTHENODES OLIVALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,
wili., p. 140; pl. 155; fige8iGs), =< . Nilgiris.
+ Paracymoriza dentifascialis, Hmpsn., Il.
Het., viii., p. 140, pl. 155, fig. 21 (9 ).
(8). PARTHENODES EXSOLVALIS, Snell., Midd. Sikhim, <As-
SULLY, p. 76; and Tijd. v. Ent., xxxvi., sam, Burma,
plsoytig. 13°. : ; - : - Sumatra.
Classification of the Pyralide. 183
Cymoriza rirvularis, Moore, Lep, Atk.,
p. 210; pls 7, figes:
(9). -PARTHENODES MEDIOCINCTALIS, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax rufous and white ; abdomen rufous ringed
with white. Forewing with the basal area rufous with irregularly
sinuous subbasal and antemedial white lines, the latter defined by
a few black scales ; a broad medial orange-yellow band; the outer
area rufous ; a discocellular white lunule ; a postmedial white line
defined by black, sharply angled below costa where there is some
orange beyond it, then inwardly oblique and irregularly waved and
met by two white streaks from beyond cell ; irregular white sub-
marginal patches below apex and above outer angle; cilia yellow in
places. Hindwing with the basal area rufous, defined by white and
black lines ; a medial white band; apical area rufous; a postmedial
irregularly sinuous black-edged white line, interrupted at middle
by an orange patch ; a submarginal white line on apical area and a
white band from middle to near anal angle interrupted by the
orange patch ; cilia pale with dark bases, and dark at apex and
above middle.
Hab. Rio Janeiro. Hzxp., 30 mm.
(10). *“PARTHENODES C2PIOSALIS, W1k., xix., 949 Brazil.
(11). ParrHENODES STELLATA, Warr., A. M.
IN, E.G) ,xvait., pe203% ‘ : . Assam.
(12). PARTHENODES LATIFASCIALIS, Warr.,
A.M. N. H. (6), xviii., p. 220 ‘ . Khasis.
(13). +PARTHENODES ALBIFASCIALIS, Hmpsn., Il]. Assam, Nil-
Het., viii., p. 140, pl. 156, figs. 1 and 9 . giris, Java.
Hydrocampa philegetonalis, Snell., Tijd. v.
Emt., Xxxvilil., p. 155, pli 6, fies, 9
and 10,
Paracymoriza semialbalis, Warr.,A.M.N.H.
(G); xvil., 1) 203:
(14). +PARTHENODES NIGRIPLAGA, Swinh., A. M.
NEV ED (6). xiv, p- 209° 4 : : . Assam.
(15). PARTHENODES 2:QUIVOCALIS, Warr., A. M.
NeH:. (6), xviil., p. 221 . ‘ : . Khisis.
(16). PARTHENODES PRODIGALIS, Leech, Entom.,
1889, p. 70, pl. 4, fig. 16 : . dapan.
(17). “PARTHENODES DISTINCTALIS, Leech, Entom.,
Exiie pou, pl. 4, fig. 5” : é . China.
Type. (18). PAarTHENODES HYDROCAMPALIS, Guen., Cayenne,
Delt. and Pyr., p. 253, pl. 9, fig. 5 ; Brazil.
184. Sir George F. Hampson on the
B. Forewing with vein 11 anastomosing with 12.
(I). +PARTHENODES ANGULARIS, S}O aie
¢. Rufous. Forewing with antemedial white line, obsolescent
towards costa, angled on medial nervure, then strongly marked
and oblique ; an oblique stigma at middle of costa and oblique
white discocellular mark ; a slightly sinuous postmedial white line
from costa to near middle of outer margin, then interrupted,
recurved along vein 2 nearly to cell and down to middle of inner
margin. Hindwing with the basal area suffused with rufous ; a
medial white band, broad from costa to near middle of outer
margin, where it is strongly angled, then recurved and narrow to
inner margin.
Hab. Madagascar. Hzp., 28 mm.
Auctorum.
Parapoynx gangeticalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,
1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 5 (nee 4). 5 . India.
Cymoriza upupalis, Guen., Maillard’s Réunion,
p. 63 ; : ‘ : : : : . Réunion.
Genus Datta.
Dalia, Wik, xix. 9/on sad):
Girteeta, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 285.
Palpi porrect, about twice the length of head, triangularly
scaled, and the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi dilated
with scales; frons rounded ; antennze minutely annulated ; mid
tibia of male witha tuft of hairina fold; hind tibia with the
outer medial spur minute. Forewing with vein 3 from angle of
Daulia afralis, ¢, +. (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
cell ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance in male, which has
slight foveal depressions in the membrane in end of cell and beyond
discocellulars above and below vein 6; 7 straight and well sepa-
rated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with veins 4, 5 closely approxi-
mated for some distance, 3 also approximated to them in male ; the
cell short ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Classification of the Pyralide. 185
Type. (1). Daunia arratis, WIk., xix., 975 : ; Bhutan, Nil-
TGirtectu argentuosalis, Swinh., Trans. Ent. giris,Burma,
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 285 : . Borneo.
(2). DAULIA AURANTIALIS, Hmpsn., Moths
Ind’, iv, p. 221 : ‘ . Assam.
(3). TDAULIA SUBAUREALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1343. 8S. Africa.
Genus MArGarocHROMA.
Margarochroma, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xviii., p. 164
(1896).
Palpi porrect, extending about one and a-half times length of
head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd well developed,
naked, and downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons with a
conical prominence ; antennz of male ciliated; tibia with the
Margarochroma pictalis, ¢, +.
outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner. Forewing with
veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 strongly approximated to
8,9, 10 near base. Hindwing with veins 3,4, 5 from angle of
cell, which is about half the length of wing ; 6,7 from upper angle,
7 anastomosing with 8.
Type. MarGAROCHROMA PICTALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), xvill, p. 165 F . Assam.
Genus TALANGA.
Talanga, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i11.; p. 8300 (1885).
Palpi short, porrect, and fringed with long hair below, the 3rd
joint prominent ; maxilary palpi filiform and nearly as long as the
Talangu sexpunctalis, &, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
labial ; frons rounded; antennz nearly simple ; tibie with the
outer spurs less than half the length of inner. Forewing with
186 Sir George F, Hampson on the
veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell, 7 straight and well separated from
8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle
of cell ; 6, 7 shortly stalked.
Type (1). tTatanea sexpunctauis, Moore, P. Z.S., India,Ceylon,
1877, p. 616, pl. 60, fig. 12. ; é Malayan
Glyphodes lomaspilalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., subregion
Mp 220. to New He-
+Cataclysta nympha, Butl., P. Z. S., 1880, brides.
p. 683.
(2). tTALANGA TOLUMNIALIS, WIk., xvii., 492. . Australia.
Genus Luma,
Luma, Wlk., xxvii., 121 (1863 ).
Pelina, Moore, Lep. "Ceyl. . 1, p. 386 (1886).
Lowocorys, Meyr., ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 6.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching above vertex of head,
and slightly scaled in front, the 3rd well developed and acuminate;
maxillary palpi filiform; frons oblique; vertex of head with rough
hair ; antenne of male thickened and flattened; tibie with the
Duma sericea, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
outer spurs about half the length of inner. Forewing broad ; the
apex rounded; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 remote
from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell about half the length of
wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from near angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Sect. I. Forewing of male with a small tooth on middle
of costa, which is thickened below for some
distance ; the base of veins 8, 9, 10 thickened ;
11 almost obsolete.
Type. (1.) LUMA ANTICALIS, WIk., xxvii, 121. . Borneo.
Sect. I1.—Forewing of male normal.
(2). LUMA TRILINEALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1351 . Ceram.
(3). LUMA MACROPSALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen white, tinged with fuscous. Fore-
wing white, suffused with fuscous ; a large fuscous discocellular
‘Classification of the Pyralide. 187
spot with whitish centre ; an obscure diffused submarginal fuscous
band wide towards costa, anda marginal line. Hindwing white ;
the apical area suffused with fuscous.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Hzp.,
22mm. ‘T'ypes in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(4). [LUMA FLAVALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,. ix.,
palit, plalis) tests ay. - Ceylon.
(5). “LUMA MONOMMA, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),
xvill., p. 173 : : Assam.
(6). -LuMaA unicoLtor, Moore, Lep. Coa. fe
p. 386, pl. 184, fig. 16. : . Ceylon.
tLygropia uniformis, Hmpsn., Il. Hees
pall pl. 173. fica
(7). LuMA oORNATALIS, Leech, Entom., xxii.,
pais play. gee ; : : . China,Assam.
(8). -LuMa sERIcEA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), iv., Japan,Assam,
p.451. : Burma.
(9). -LuMA OBSCURALIS, Swank: Ae M. 'N. A. 1.6),
Vis, peaUOr & : : Assam,
(10). sane ALBIFASCIALIS, sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax reddish-brown; frons and basal joint of
antennze white ; patagia fringed with white. Forewing reddish-
brown ; the costa ochreous; a broad dark-edged medial white
band; an ill-defined curved submarginal white line expanding into
a spot at costa; some white on margin; cilia yellow. Hindwing
white ; some dark scales on inner area; the outer area fuscous
towards apex, yellow towards anal angle ; cilia yellow.
Hab. Jamaica, Hzp., 20 mm.
(11). - LUMA TRIMACULATA, sp. 0.
g. Golden yellow. Forewing with black discocellular lunule;
a postmedial black spot on costa and another on veins 3, 4. Hind-
wing with submarginal black spot on veins 3, 4; a fine marginal
black line expanding into a spot at apex.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). 16 mm.
(12). LUMA TYRANTHEs, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1897, p. 89 ; - : . Sangir.
Genus ORPHNOPHANES.
Orphnophanes, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 428.
Syntomodora, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,
p. 467.
188 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint hardly reaching vertex of head,
and broadly scaled in front ; the 3rd well developed and acuminate;
maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male
Orphnophaneés eucerasalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs about half the
length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at
origin ; 7 remote from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the ceil about
half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from near angle ; 6, 7 from
upper angle.
Sect. I. Forewing with the apex not produced; hind-
wing with the outer margin nearly straight.
A. (Orphnophanes.) Hindwing with the inner margin
shehtly lobed and fringed with hair in male.
Type. (1). OrpunoruaNes EUCERASALIS, Wlk., xix., Sikhim, Bor-
1002 : F ‘ 5 : i . neo,Amboina.
Orphnophanes productalis, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 428, pl. 16, fig. 7.
(2). *ORPHNOPHANES L@:VALIS, Warr., A.M.N.H.
(6); <vil.\-p. 206. : é ; . Assam.
Bb. (Syntomodora.) Hindwing with the inner margin
normal.
(3). FORPHNOPHANES THOASALIS, WIk., xviii, Sikhim,Anda-
692. é : ; : . 3 . mans, Borneo.
Sect. II. Forewing with the apex produced ; hindwing
with the outer margin rounded.
(4). ORPHNOPHANES ALBISIGNALIS, Hmpsn., Sikhim,
Moths Ind., iv., p, 231 : . Assam, Java.
(5). ORPHNOPHANES INCONSEQUENS, Warr., N.E. India,
A. M. N; B..\(6), xvil.,ip: 204 : : Pulo Laut.
Auctorum.
Orphnophanes turbatalis, Christ., Bull. Mosc., lvi.,
p. 31 : : : : : 5 : . Amur.
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. 189
Genus NIpHOSTOLA.
Niphostola, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 222 (1896).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint thickly scaled and reaching
vertex of head, the 3rd minute and blunt; maxillary palpi well
developed and slightly dilated with scales; frons rounded ; an-
teune of male somewhat thickened and flattened ; tibizw with the
spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex rounded ; vein 3
Qa
ys
Niphostola micans, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
from before angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10 ;
the inner niargin slightly lobed at base. Hindwing with the costa
lobed at base ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper
angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to apex or becoming coinci-
dent with it.
NIPHOSTOLA MICANS, Hmpsn., Moths. Ind.,
Uo, [Oe Lae Assam.
Genus PERISYNTROCHA.
Perisyntrocha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,
p- 469.
Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
slightly scaled in front, the 3rd naked and obtuse ; maxillary palpi
filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne annulated with rings at the
Perisyntrocha ossealis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
joints ; legs long and slender, the spurs long. Forewing long and
narrow, vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 7 straight
and well separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with vein 3 from
angle of cell; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Type.
aypes
190 Sir George F’. Hampson on the
(1). PERISYNTROCHA ANIALIS, WIk., xviii., 710 Borneo, Cele-
Zebronia alienalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1351. bes, New
Botys circumdatalis, Wk., xxxiv., 1435. Britain,
Parapoynz cuneolalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., New
Maieepy cia, & KXvil., ply o, fie 2: Guinea,
TStegothyris picata, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), Australia.
5 Oh LoD
(2). PERISYNTROCHA OSSEALIS, Hmpsn., Moths N. E. Hima-
mds iv., po 22 : 5 : : . layas, Assam.
Genus STREPSINOMA.
Strepsinoma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897,
p. 89.
Palpi upturned, hardly reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint
short and naked ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons flat and oblique;
antenne with the shaft smooth ; tibiz with the outer spurs two-
thirds length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ; vein 2 from
Sirepsinoma amaura, ¢, 3.
angle of cell 3, 4 stalked ; 5 from angle; 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked ;
both wings with a fovea in end of cell. Hindwing with vein 3
from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked, 7
anastomosing with 8 to three-fourths of wing.
(1). -STREPSINOMA AMAURA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 85 . : : . Sambawa.
(2). -STREPSINOMA SPHENACTIS, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 86 . ; . Sangir.
(3). STREPSINOMA ECTOPALIS, sp. 0.
Pale grey-brown. Forewing with a whitish mark in end of cell
and fascia in submedian fold ; an oblique white band from costa
beyond middle which is either short and somewhat triangular or
produced and almost joining the submedian streak and submarginal
line ; a submarginal white line expanding towards costa and above
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. | 191
vein 1 and not quite reaching inner margin; an orange marginal
band edged by minutely waved black lines. Hindwing with fus-
cous medial line with traces of a white band before it and orange
band beyond it ; an orange baud on medial part of margin with
a minutely waved black line on its inner edge and four black spots
on its outer.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzxp., 14-18
mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(4). STREPSINOMA CRCSUSALIS, WIk., xxxiv., Assam,
449. : : : : . :
+ Cataclystu trigonialis, Swinh., A. M. N. H.
(6), xvi, p. 304.
Borneo.
Genus DupoNcHELIA.
Duponchelia, Gell., Isis, 1847, p. 588.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly rounded with scales in
front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd shortand blunt ; maxil-
lary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; antenne of male laminate;
tibis with the outer spurs about half the length of inner ;
abdomen of male very long and slender, the anal tuft very long.
Duponchelia fovealis, g, +.
Forewing with vein 2 from angle of cell ; 3, 4 on a long stalk ; 5
from angle; 6 from well below upper angle ; 7 straight and well
separated from 8, 9, 10. Male with a large fovea in cell. Hind-
wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell, 3, 4 rarely stalked ; 6, 7
from upper angle.
DUPONCHELIA FOVEALIS, Zell., Isis, 1847, p. 588. S. Europe,
Stenia canuisalis, Mili. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, Syria, Aden,
xvii., p. 16, pl. 95, figs. 5-7. Natal.
+Hymenia griseata, Butl., A. M. N. H. (4), xvi.,
p. 415.
Auctoruwm.
Duponchelia caidalis, Oberth. Et. Ent., xii., p. 36,
p. 6, fig. 39 : : : : : A . Algeria
192 Sir George IF. Hampson on the
Genus STEGOTHYRIS.
Stegothyris, Led., Wien Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 427.
Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2ud joint
broadly fringed in front, the 3rd short and obtuse ; maxillary palpt
filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne nearly as long as the forewing
and annulated with rings at the joints; legs long, the outer spurs
Stegothyris diagonalis, ¢,+ (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
half the length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ; vein 2 from
near angle of cell; 3, 4 stalked ; 5 fromangle ; 7 chores and well
separated from 8, 9, 10 ; male with a fan of scales in upper angle
of cell below. Hinde with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;
7 from upper angle.
Type. (1). STEGOTHYRIS FASCICULALIS, Zell. Tep.
Cafix:, p.63-— : S. Africa,
(2). STEGOTHYRIS DIAGON ALIS, Gusts Delt. a Himalayas,
Pyr.,p. 201 %: : Burma, Su-
Stegothyris transversalis, Tea Wien Ent. matra, Java,
Mon., 1863, p. 427, pl. 16, fe 5. Sambawa.
+ Botys plagalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 96.
Genus Dracenura.
Dracenura, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 2
Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
fringed with hair in front, the 5rd short with a small triangular
Dracenura stenosoma, ¢, +.
tuft ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne almost as
long as forewing; legs very long and slender, the outer spurs
Classification of the Pyralide. 193
about half the length of inner ; abdomen extremely long especially
in male which has the anal segment long. Forewing long and nar-
row ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7straight and well separated
from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6,
7 shortly stalked, 7 in male connected with 8 at a point or by an
oblique bar, male with the costal area more or less enlarged.
Sect. I. Antenne annulated.
A. Forewing of male with the apex produced, and the
outer margin very oblique.
a. Hindwing of male with the costal and inner areas
greatly enlarged, the latter with longitudinal
folds; vein 7 connected with 8 by an oblique bar.
Type. (1). Drac#Nura sTENosoMA, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 134, fig. 16 - ; ‘ : See E Tr:
b. Hindwing of male with the inner area not
enlarged or folded; vein 7 connected with 8 at a
point.
(2). DRACENURA PROSTHENIALIS, Sp. 0.
¢. Fuscous with a cupreous tinge ; metathorax and basal part
of abdomen white, distal part of abdomen black ringed with
white. Forewing with the inner medial area suffused with whitish;
an indistinct fine dark subbasal line ; a discoidal point ; an oblique
postmedial line slightly curved below costa and with a dark spot
on costa ; cilia whiteat tips. Hindwing whitish becoming cupreous
fuscous towards outer margin; a fine dark postmedial line on media!
area ; cilia white at tips.
Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Ezp.,
30 mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
B. Forewing of male with the apex not produced ;
hindwing with slight enlargements of the costal
and inner areas; vein 7 connected with 8 at a
point.
(3). tDRACHZNURA LEUCOPROCTA, Sp. 0.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, the last black towards
the anal segment which is pure white; wings uniform fuscous
suffused with silvery grey; the outer margin of hindwing
blackish.
Hab. New Hebrides (Matthew). Hvp., 28 mm.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART Il. (JULY.) 13
194 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(4). +DRacHNuRA Myora, Meyr., Trans. Ent.Soc. New Hebri-
Lond., 1886, p. 230 : , ; . des, Fiji.
(5). tDRACENURA AGRAMMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
See. Lond., 1886, p. 229 : Samoa.
(6). +DRACANURA samy Meyr., riaties Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 229 3 : . New Guinea.
(7). +DRACANURA PELOCHRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 228 : Fiji.
+Botys diirogansion Butl., Trans, Ent. iste
Lond., 1886, p. 431.
(8). (DRACHNURA ASTHENOTA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond., 1886, p.229(9) . : seBagi:
(9). DRACEHENURA CINCTICORPUS, Sp. Nn.
¢. White ; head and collar marked with black ; abdomen with
two dorsal black bands before the anal segment. Forewing with
the costal area blackish; a slightly sinuous antemedial line ; a large
reniform spot in cell and discocellular band ; a curved postmedial
band angled inwards on vein 2; the apical area and margin
blackish. Hindwing with postmedial band not reaching the costa,
slightly angled inwards on vein 2, and interrupted below vein 2 ;
a marginal band narrowing to anal angle.
Hab. Lvyalty Islands. Hep., 26 mm.
Sect. II. Antenne with long cilia and not annulated ;
hindwing with the costal and inner areas not en-
larged ; vein 7 anastomosing with 8.
(10). DracaNURA TAGIADIALIS, Sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few white scales.
Forewing greyish black with a narrow medial white band from
costa, on which it expands, to median nervure, where it almost
meets an irregular triangular band from inner margin; a small
triangular white mark on costa before apex ; a submarginal series
of white points, one subapical and larger. Hindwing with the
basal area black with irregular edge; the apical area black irrorated
with white, and with two angles on its inner edge ; the rest of
wing pure white.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Lup.,
16mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
(11). DRACHNURA ALBONIGRALIS, sp, n.
¢. Head and thorax black; patagia white ; abdomen black
ringed with white towards extremity ; anal tuft black and white.
Forewing black ; the area from near base to middle white with
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. 195
the costa and a spot in cell black ; a white postmedial band from
costa to vein 6 and a submarginal patch above outer angle ; a fine
white line at base of cilia. Hindwing white, the base black running
along inner margin to middle; the outer area black, broad at
costa, tapering to a point at anal angle ; a fine white line at base
of cilia.
Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hzp.,
14mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.
Genus HymenoprycHis.
Hymenoptychis, Zell., Lep. Caffr., p. 64 (1852).
Syrbatis, Wik., xxvii., 119 (1863).
Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short
with a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi minute and
filiform ; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened and flattened ;
legs long and slender ; abdomen very long, especially in male,
which has the terminal segment long and pointed. Forewing long
and narrow ; the apex rounded ; cell less than half the length of
Hymenoptychis sordida, $, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
wing ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for
some distance ; 6 from below upper angle; 7 straight ; in male the
cell very short, 6 bent down and approximated to 4,5; 7 bent down
at middle ; a fringe of hair on subcostals below from angle of cell
half way to apex. Hindwing with the cell about one-fourth length
of wing, vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for some dis-
tance; 6, 7 stalked.
HyMeENoprycHis sorpina, Zell., Lep. Caffr., S.Africa, Ben-
p. 65; Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, pl. 16, — gal, Ceylon:
rez, B : ; : : : ; : : Burma, Ma-
+Syrbatis tipuliformis, Wik., xxvii., 120. lacea, Borneo, Marshall
+ Botys pterophoralis, Wik, xxiv., 1415. and Ellice Islands.
Auctorum.
ITymenoptychis dentilinealis, Snell., Med. Sum.,
iv. (1), 8, p. (4. : , ; : ‘ . Sumatra.
Type.
196 Sir George IF. Hampson on the
Genus TAToportys.
Tatobotys, Butl., P. Z. S., 1880, p. 686.
Decticogaster, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1880, p. 230,
Cometura, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
p- 226.
Palpi upturned and not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
moderately fringed in front, the 3rd short and blunt ; maxillary
palpi extremely minute; frons rounded; antenne rather longer
than the forewing and somewhat thickened; legs long and slender,
the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen ex-
Tatobotys janapalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
tremely long. Forewing with the costa arched towards apex; the
outer margin very oblique; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell;
7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the
cell about half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7
from upper angle.
Sect. I. (Tatobotys.) Abdomen of male with extremely
long pointed anal segment.
(1). Taroporys JANAPALIS, WIk., xvili., 676 . Formosa, Cey-
Botys lirisalis, W1k., xix., 1003. lon, Burma,
Botys bistrigulalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1415. Solomons.
Botys cunealis, W\k., xxxiv., 1420.
} Tatobotys argillacea, Butl., P. Z. 8., 1880,
p. 686.
+Hedylepta gemella, Moore, Lep. Atk.,
p. 208.
Lonchodes ceramochra, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 217.
(2). *TaTroBoTys VARANESALIS, W1k., xviil., 719. Burma,
Decticogaster zonulalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Borneo.
Xx. p. 251, and xxvu., pls, fig. 11.
Sec. II. (Cometura.) Abdomen of male with the anal
segment short.
Classification of the Pyralide. 197
(3). 'TATOBOTYS BIANNULALIS, WI1k.; xxxiv., Borneo, Sula,
1439 ; : : : , : : New Hebri-
+ Cometura picrogramma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. — des, Fiji.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 226.
(4). [TATOBOTYS ALBIVENALIS, sp. n.
@. Fuscous ; palpi white below. Forewing with all the veins
whitish ; a dark sinuous antemedial line defined by whitish on
inner edge and interrupted by the veins, a pale streak beyond it
below cell ; a pale streak in cell, a speck in end of cell and disco-
cellular lunule; the postmedial dark line defined by whitish on
outer side, interrupted by the veins, excurved below costa, then
nearly straight to vein 2, where it is retracted to below end of cell.
Hindwing with postmedial dark line slightly defined by whitish
excuryed between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to lower angle of
cell, the veins beyond which are whitish.
Hab. Bonin Island, Perey’s Group. Hxp., 28 mm.
(5). TATOBOTYS AURANTIALIS, sp. 1.
¢. Orange; head and thorax slightly marked with brown ;
abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing with some black markings
at base ; an antemedial line conjoined to a quadrate patch below
the cell; a large round discocellular mark connected with the costa
by a semicircular mark and with inner margin by a line ; a post-
medial line angled outwards on vein 6 and sharply dentate inwards
-on vein 5, then excurved and conjoined to the dark marginal area,
which is broad at costa, narrowing to near margin at vein 2, then
expanding again. Hindwing with sinuous ante- and postmedial
lines, the latter conjoined towards inner margin to the dark mar-
ginal area, which is broad towards costa, narrows at vein 2, then
expands again.
Hab. RBatchian (Doherty); Solomons (Webster).
Hep., 16 mm.
Genus ALMONIA.
Almonia, Wlk., xxxiv., 1495 (1865).
Dodanga, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ili., p. 331 (1886).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly and roundly scaled in
front, the 3rd minute and naked ; frons rounded ; antenne annu-
lated with rings at the joints ; abdomen of male with the terminal
segments flattened, the last segment long and with the anal tuft
large ; tibie with the outer spurs considerably less than half the
length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell ;
6 from well below upper angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9, 10,
198 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hindwing with the outer margin excised at middle, and the anal
area produced into a large lobe ; veins 3, 4, from angle of cell, and
Almonia truncatalis, $, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
approximated for a short distance; 5 from above angle; 6, 7
stalked ; male with a tuft of long hair from base of inner margin.
Sect. I. (Almonia.) Hind tibize of male with immensely
developed tufts of hair from medial spurs to ex-
tremity on both inner and outer sides.
Type. (1). fALMONIA TRUNCATALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1441. Ceylon, Java
Almonia onustalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1495 . A Sula.
Sect. II. (Dodanga.) Hind tibiz of male without tufts
of hair.
A, Hindwing of male with a large patch of rough
brown scales on anal lobe below.
(2), tALMONIA LOPIPENNIS, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,
iil, p.oo2, pl. 182shens : ‘ . Ceylon.
B. Hindwing of male with no sexual patch below.
(3). FALMONTA CRISTATA, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii, Gangam,
p. 136, pl. 156, fig. 7 ‘ . : : Nilgiris.
Genus BRADINA.
Bradina, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 424.
Erilita, Led., Wien Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 426.
Pleonectusa, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1865, p. 426.
Physematia, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 447.
Trematarcha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
Epichromistis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
p. 260.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly fringed with scales in
front, the 3rd short, blunt, and naked; maxillary palpi filiform,
Classification of the Pyralide. noo
and as long as the labial; frons rounded; antenne annulated ;
legs long and slender, the outer spurs half the length of inner ;
abdomen of male long and slender; wings narrow. Forewing
Bradina translinealis, #, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated
from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; veins 3, 4,5 from
angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Sect. J]. Forewing of male with the area near outer
angle clothed with rough hair below, also the
whole apical area of hindwing; hind tarsi very
long, with the 4th and 5th joints fringed with
hair; abdomen with a pair of large lateral tufts
towards extremity.
(1). fBRADINA REMIPES, sp. n.
dg. Very dark brown, with a slight ferruginous tinge ; palpi
white below at base ; abdomen white below ; hindwing with the
costal half pale, with a patch of ochreous scales at upper angle of
cell ; underside of hindwing with the costal and inner areas dark,
the medial area pale.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hzp., 28. mm.
Sect. II. (Lrematarcha.) Forewing of male with a very
large fovea in and beyond end of cell, and a thick
subcostal fringe of long scales from near base to
beyond cell.
(2). -BRADINA SEMNOPA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 234 é 3 : Bui
(3). BRADINA RECTIFERALIs, WIk., Trans. Ent. New Cale-
Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 126 , : donia, New
Marasmia erilitalis, Feld., Reis. Nov. Gil 135, Hebrides,
fig. 26. Fiji.
200 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. II]. Forewing of male with a foveal depression
occupying the whole cell; antennz with long
cilia; mid tibize with a fold containing a tuft of
long hair.
(4). BrapDINA AGRAPHALIS, Guen., Delt. and
Pyr.,¢p.244 . . 4 , , - Brazil.
Sect. IV. (Bradina.) Forewing of male with a large fovea
beyond the cell.
(5). Braprna Impressauis, Led., Wien Ent. Amboina,
Mon., 1863, p. 425, pl. 15, fig. 16 . : Mysol.
(6). BRapina SELECTALIS, Jed., Wien Ent.
1863, p. 425, pl. 16, fig. 1 : ; . Amboina.
Sect. V. (Physematia.) Forewing of male with a small
fovea in upper angle cf cell.
(7). *“BRADINA CONCORDALIS, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 447, y il., fig. 27, and
xviii, fig. 14 . : . . Nicobars.
(8). -BRADINA ATOPALIS, WIK., xviii. ae . Japan, China.
+ Botys damasalis, W1k., xviil., 668.
Sect. VI. (Hrilita.) Forewing of male normal.
A, Antenne of as almost simple.
(9). TBRADINA ADILESALIS, WIk., xvii, 664; 8. India, Cey-
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 180, fig. 14 . lon, Borneo
Botys eclusalis, Wik., xviii., 687.
Botys teutalis, Wk., xviii., 690.
(10). -BRADINA LEUCURA, sp. n.
Cupreous brown; palpi pure white below; abdomen with the
distal segments ringed with white, the anal segment white. Fore-
wing with indistinct curved ante- and postmedial dark lines ; a
speck in cell and discocellular lunule. Hindwing with obliquely
curved postmedial line ; cilia of both wings pale.
Hab. Fiji (Matthew). Hxp., 20-24 mm.
(11). f-BRADINA TRANSLINEALIS, sails Moths. N. W. Hima-
Inde tive, p: 228) oe : : : layas.
2h LBRAbi A MEGESALIS, WI1k., xviil., 663 . N, China.
He BRADINA BICOLORALIS, Hae Moths Ind.,
iv., p. 228 ' ; : ; ; .) Burmaz
(14). BrapINA MELANOPERAS, Hmpsn., Moths
Ind: iv.;p: 227 ; : y : . Burma.
Classification of the Pyralidx. 201
(15). BRaDINA SUBPURPURESCENS, Warr., A. M.
IN, EL. (6); xvary pa lac: : : - N. E. India.
(16). -BRADINA MANNUSALIS, WIk., xvili., 726 . Australia.
(17). FBRADINA MACARALIS, WIk., xviii., 709 . Perak, Borneo,
Java, Amboina, Solomons.
(18). FBRADINA ADMIXTALIS, WIk., xviii, 665; Natal, Japan,
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 180, fig. 13 India,Ceylon,
+ Botys paneusalis, W1k., xix., 998. Burma.
Pleonectusa tabidalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,
1863, p. 426.
Pleonectusa sodalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,
1863, p. 426.
Piconectusa pallidalis, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), xvii p: 147.
(19). TBRAvINA CHLOROsCIAa, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 232 : - . Tonga.
(20). Brapina acrospria, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Mauritius,
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 261 ‘ . Hii, Tonga.
(21). BRADINA EXTENUATALIS, Whlk., xxxiv., Sula, Am-
1424 : : : . boa, Mysol,
Botys leptomeralis, W1k., xxxiv., 1429. Ceram.
(22). -BRADINA ANGUSTA, Bud A. M. N. H. Duke of York
(Oo), &, Pp. 234 . : ‘ : Is., Friendly Is.
(23). -BRADINA PARALLELA, Neeie, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 231. ‘ : Ape are
+ Botys horatius, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 430.
(24). -BRADINA AURATA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5),
xx, iprl2Zé .. ‘ : ; : . Solomons.
(25). BRADINA METALEUCALIS, ae So-o.hia
1372 : : : 4 Unis
(26). BRADINA MELESALIS, Ww Ik., xviii., 705 . Borneo, Sam-
| Pleonectusa sagittalis, een A.M, N. H; bawa, W.
(G)sxvilwp. Ul : : ‘ Africa, Sind, Ceylon.
(27). }BRaDINA ARGENTATA, Butl, A.M. N. H.
(5); =x.,.p. 124 5 : ; ; . Solomons.
(28). }BRADINA ANTISEMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. New
Lond., 1886, p. 263 (9). : : : Hebrides.
(29). -BRADINA PERLUCIDALIS, sp. 0.
2. White ; abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing with the
basal half of costal area brownish ; a dark streak on base of sub-
costal nervure ; traces of an antemedial brown line ; a spot in
cell and oblique discocellular band dilated at lower angle of cell
202 Sir George F. Hampson on the
and sending streaks along the nervules to the postmedial band
which is nearly straight from costa to about outer angle, then is
bent round above inner margin to the subbasal line; a marginal
brown line running round the apex almost to the postmedial line.
Hindwing with angled brown mark on discocellulars; oblique
postmedial band ending above anal angle; a marginal brown
band.
Hab. Taou-ata Island, Marquesas (J. J. Walker).
Exp., 16 mm.
(30). Brapina Mopesrauis, Led., Wien Ent. Java,
Mon. 1863, 5p. 426; plitG. hess 7. 5 Amboina,
Pleonectusa chalinotau, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Solomons,
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 233. Ellice Is.
B. Antenne of male with long cilia.
(31). | BRADINA LIODESALIS, W1k., xix., 960 . . Brazil.
(32). -BRADINA DESUMPTALIS,t WIk., xxxiv.,
1532 ‘ : ( : : : . Brazil.
(33). *BRADINA ANTENORALIS, WI1k., xix., 893 . Brazil.
Pyralis externalis, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc.
ond. (3), 1., 119:
Auctorum.
Pleonectusa trispila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1886, p. 232 . ‘ 3 5 : = Fiji.
Genus Coprosasis.
Coptobasis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 429.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the
ord short with a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi
Coptobasis sulcialis, g, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
minute and filiform, frons rounded ; antenne of male with large
tuft of hair from upperside of basal joint, the base of shaft
~ Head wanting in unique type.
Type.
Type.
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. 203
excised ; tibixss with the outer spurs half the length of inner;
abdomen long and slender. Forewing long and narrow ; veins 3,
4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, 10.
Hindwing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6,7 from upper
angle.
Sect. I. Antennee of male with the medial part} serrate.
(1). fCopTroBasIS MESOPSECTRALIS, sp. 0.
é. Dark brown with a cupreous tinge; abdomen whitish to-
wards extremity. Forewing with obscure dark spot in cell and
another on discocellulars and traces of a postmedial line slightly
bent inwards at vein 2,
Hab. Pulo Laut; Amboina (Doherty); Natuna Island
(Hose). Hap., 36mm. Type in B. M.
Sect. IT. Antenne of male ciliated throughout.
(2). CopropasIS SULCIALIS, Wlk., xvilil., 684 . Assam,
Pachynoa megapteralis, W\k., xxxiv., 1407 Borneo.
(part).
(3). COoProBASIS MONOCHROMALIS, W1k., xxxiv.,
1419 « ‘ ‘ ‘ . ‘ . Sula, Celebes.
Genus DIATHRAUSTODES.
Diathraustodes, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 233
(1896).
Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short
and naked; maxillary palpi filiform, frons rounded; antenne
annulate ; tibie with the spurs nearly equal. Forewing with vein
Diathraustodes leucotrigona, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
3 from below angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from
8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein 3 from angle; 4.5
on a long stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to
two-thirds of wing.
(1). ¢DIATHRAUSTODES LEUCOTRIGONA, Hmpsn.,
Moths Ind., iv., p. 233: : ; . Nilgiris
,
204 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(2). DIATHRAUSTODES HEMILEUCALIS, sp. n.
g. White, patagia with patches of metallic blue-grey ; abdomen
tinged with ochreous and fuscous. Forewing with basal streaks
of metallic blue-grey below costa and in cell, and pale orange
streaks on costa and subcostal nervure ; a wedge-shaped fuscous
patch from origin of vein 2 to outer margin from above middle
to near outer angle. Hindwing fuscous ; cilia white.
Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland. Hup., 18
mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.
Genus C@LORHYNCIDIA.
Celorhyncidia, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 232
(1896).
Palpi obliquely upturned and not reaching vertex of head, the
2nd and 38rd joints conically scaled; maxillary palpi filiform ;
frons produced to two slight lateral angles ; antennze of male
Celorhyncidia ovulalis, ¢, 4 (from Moths Ind.,, vol. iv.).
thickened and annulated with rings at the joints ; tibiz with the
outer spurs half the length of inner ; veins 3, 4,5 from close to
angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hind-
wing with the cell short; 4, 5 well separated.
Sect. I. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 coincident.
Type. (1), }C@LoRHYNCIDIA OVULALIS, Hmpsn., Moths N. W. Hima-
ind. iv., p. 262 . “ - ‘ : layas.
Sect. I]. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 separate.
(2). Ca@®LORHYNCIDIA ELATHEALIS, W1k., xviil.,
615 : : : : : ; - Brazil.
(3). *C@LORHYNCIDIA PANDARALIS, WI1K., xviil.,
618 . A : : : : » Brazil:
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide., 205
(4). Ca@LORHYNCIDIA TRIFIDALIS, sp. n.
Fuscous, with a slight purple gloss ; palpi white below. Fore-
wing with indistinct oblique whitish antemedial line ; a speck in
cell and discoidal quadrate white spot ; the postmedial line repre-
sented by a whitish speck on costa, followed by three conjoined
specks and a spot nearer the base below vein 2, and sometimes by
traces of an excurved portion between veins 5 and 2. Hindwing
‘with white spots in and at end of cell; a white line from below
end of cell to inner margin; a postmedial white spot above
vein 5.
Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hzp.,18 mm. Types in
Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Genus DIaATHRAUSTA.
Diathrausta, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 438.
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;
maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne
annulated and ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds
Diathrausta profundalis, g, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
length of inner. Forewing with veins 3,4, 5 from angle of cell ;
7 well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with the cell about half
the length of wing ; vein 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
(1). DrarHRAUSTA PROFUNDALIS, Led., Wien
Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 438, pl. 17, fig.7 . India,Ceylon,
vars. conicalis and obliturata, Warr., Sambawa,
ALM. N. BH. (6), xvii.,.p. 1435 Amboina.
(2). {DIATHRAUSTA PICATA, Butl., Ill. Het., vii, N. W. Hima-
p. 94, pl. 134, fig. 17 : : : layas.
(3). DIATHRAUSTA NERINALIS, WIK., xix., 928 . W. Indies,
(4). DIATHRAUSTA RECONDITALIS, Wik., XI, Brazil.
943 ; : ee Ule Ss.As
+Ediodes minualis, W Ik,, 5.0.0. ah Es 4297.
+Diathrausta Won abulalin moans Ent. Am.,
ie pe tot,
Type.
206 Sir George F’. Hampson on the
(5). DIATHRAUSTA PLUMBEALIS, Warr., A. M.
NoH:.(6)) xviii... p. 174 - ; - Assam.
(6), *DIATHRAUSTA DELICATA, Warr., A. M.N.H.
(6), xviil., p. 218 ‘ ; é . Cayenne.
Genus DEUTEROPHYSA.
Deuterophysa, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 272.
Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly
sealed, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi dilated with
scales ; frons rounded ; antenne laminate; hind tibie with the
outer spurs half the length of inner. Forewing with the apex
Deuterophysa costimaculalis, ¢, 4.
produced and acute; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ;
7 straight, well separated from 8, 9, 10, and with a large fovea on
underside above its base. Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle
of cell ; 4,5 on along stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing
with 8.
+ DEUTEROPHYSA COSTIMACULALIS, Warr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 273. 4 é . Amazons.
Genus STeENIA.
Stenia, Guen., Dup. Cat. Meth., p. 201 (1844).
Arnia, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 240 (1854).
Amaurophanes, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 422.
Sozoa, Wlk., xxxiv., 1373 (1865).
Steniodes, Snell., Tid. v. Ent., xvii., p. 244.
Symmoracma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,
p- 469.
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;
maxillary palpi dilated at extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne as
Classification of the Pyralide. 207
_
long as the forewing and annulated ; legs long and slender, the
outer spurs half the length of inner ; abdomen long. Forewing
long and narrow; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from
ee
Stenia spondinopa, ¢, 1 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing
narrow; the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3 from
before angle ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from
upper angle.
Sect. I. (Steniodes.) Antenne: of male thickened, and
bearing a tuft of hair at one-fourth from base.
(1). STENIA GELLIASALIS, W1k., xix., 988.
Steniodes lutealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xviii., W. Indies,
p. 245, pl. 13, figs. 17 and 18. é : Brazil.
Sect. Il. (Stenia.) Antenne of male without thicken-
ing and tuft of hair.
(2). STENIA BRUGUIERALIS, Dup. Lep. Fr., S. Europe,
p. 320, pl. 232, fig. 3 ; é Syria.
Type. (3). STENIA puNcTaLis, Schiff., Wien Verz., Europe,Syria,
pe L23 : : : ‘ 3 N.W. India.
Asopia wetnealis, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii., p. 199,
p. 223, fig. 4.
Margaritia longipedalis, Curt. Brit. Ent.
ol2.
(4). ¢SrenraA spopinopa, Meyr., Traus. Ent.Soc. Ceylon, Bor-
’
Lond., 1894, p. 469 : . neo,Sambawa
(5). FSTENIA OBscURA, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1889, p. 291 : F : . Brazil.
(6). SrENIA sTIGMOSALIS, H.S., iv. p. 14, S.-E. Europe,
fig. 20 ‘ , : : . W. Asia.
(7). STENIA IANTHEALIS, W1k., xviii., 523 . Venezuela,
+ Sozoa costalis, WIk., xxxiv., 1373. Bogota.
Ercta adustalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 138,
fig. 32.
(8). “STENIA SAURIALIS, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,
Pp. 2426 ° Cayenne
Type.
208 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(9). *STENIA GIGANTAEIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.
Am: Het... p. 209, pl.'63, figs a. . Guatemala.
(10). STENIA NERVOSALIS, Guen., Lucas Explor.
Algeria, iil, p. 150, pl. 4, fig. 6 =. . Algiers.
(11). STENIA papiusALis, WIk., xviii., 788 oe eWVLy eAdnicar
Aden, N.-E. India.
Auctorum.
Stenia intervacatalis, Christ., Rom. Mem., iii.,
pl. i., fig. 11; and Hor. Ent, Ross., xii., p. 276,
pl. xvii., fig. AT k ; ; : . Scharud.
Stenia Ficoeilialis aa Ent. Mo. Mag. , XVii.,
p. 230 ; . Portugal.
Stenia baltealis, Mabe C R. Ent. Beles. KV,
p. Ixii. : ; : : : ; : . Madagascar.
Stenia modestalis, Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges., 1879,
p. 299 : : . Madagascar.
Stenia sibirialis, Mill., ie Nat! il, p. 139 ‘ . Siberia.
Stenia ote Mab., Ann, ie Ent, Fr. (5),
1X, Dsio50 . : Madagascar.
Stenia pulhetal Mab. Pan Séc. Ent, Fr. (5),
xP, ool : ; - Madagascar.
; Ag cinophanes nena Gieats Bull. Mosc.,
ime): p. 30° = : ; : : - ~« Amur,
Stenia tenellalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxxviii.,
p. 148. : : ; : : E ’ . Java.
Genus HurytorNna.
Hurytorna, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
p- 251.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front and
reaching vertex of head, the 3rd short and blunt; maxillary
palpi minute; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened and
serrate, abruptly bent at middle with a broad bifid tuft at back of
bend, a small tuft above it and a sinuation at three-fourths con-
taining another small tuft, the basal joint dilated; abdomen dilated
at extremity, hind tibize with the outer spurs one-third length of
inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 well
separated from 8, 9, 10, 11, which are stalked. Hindwing broad ,
veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle.
“KURYTORNA HETERODOXA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond,, 1886, p.-252. aie bese es ee » Hiqi.
Classification of the Pyralide. 209
Genus PILETOCERA.
Piletocera, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 431.
Rinecera, Butl., Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., 1884, p. 95
Danaya, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iit., p. 272 (1885).
Ptilzola, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 244.
Hrebangela, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1836,
. 245.
Diplotyla, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 246.
Strepsimela, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
p. 249.
Graphicopoda, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,
42
y Hormatholepis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886
p. 425.
?
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with scales in
front, and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd obtuse ; maxillary
palpi extremely minute ; frons rounded ; antenne of male with
the shaft thickened, usually with sinuations and tufts and fascicu-
late before the tufts, serrate after them, or serrate throughout ;
Piletocera egimiusalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
tibia with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner, Forewing
with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 well separated from 8, 9,
10. Hindwing narrow, with the outer margin somewhat excised
towards anal angle, the inner margin short ; the cell short ; veins
3, 4, 5 from angle, 6, 7 from upper angle.
Sect. I. (Diplotyla.) Antenne of male with the shaft
sinuate and bearing large tufts of hair at one-
third and two-thirds, the basal joint, and the
extremity of abdomen dilated.
(1). TPILETOCERA OCHROSEMA, Meyr., Trans. New Hebri-
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 247. 3 : des, Fiji.
(2). =PILETOCERA CHLORONOTA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 514. ; . New Guinea.
(3). TPILETOCERA CycLosPILA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 248. : . Samoa.
TRANS, ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—ParTU. (JULY.) 14
210 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. II. Antennze of male with the shaft sinuate at
middle and with tufts of hair before and after the
sinus, the base of shaft and basal joint dilated ;
abdomen dilated at extremity.
A. Fore femora dilated with a terminal process and
tufts of hair.
(Rinecera.) Forewing of male with the costa
angled at one-third, vein 11 bent up to the
costa, the cell short.
(4). PILETOCERA SIGNIFERALIS, Wallgrn., Wien Natal, Fiji,Ta-
Ent. Mon., 1860, p. 17. : 5 » siti, ‘Eilice,
Ceratoclasis barbicornis, Feld., Reis. Noy., Caroline,and
pl. 136, fig. 1. Marquesas
| Rinecera mirabilis, Butl., Mem. Nat. Acad. Islands.
Sci., 1884, p. 95.
}Rinecera nigrescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 424.
b. (Strepsimela.) Forewing of male with the costa
and vein 11 not distorted.
(5). PPILETOCERA XANTHOSOMA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 249. : . Samoa.
(6). *PILETOCERA PSEUDADELPHA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 223. 5 . Fiji.
B. Fore femora normal.
(7). PILwroceRA VESTIGIALIS, Warr., Queensland, Fergusson
A.M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 144 . Isl., Solomons.
(8). PILETOCERA EPIPERCIALIS, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax olive brown; antenne white except at
middle and extremity of shaft ; bao and wings blackish with
slight purple shot. Forewing brownish at base with traces of
ante- and postmedial lines and discocellular spot, the postmedial line
with a white speck on costa, then sinuous and bent inwards on
vein 2 almost to the cell. Hindwing with traces of postmedial
line bent inwards on vein 2 almost to the cell. Underside of head,
thorax, and abdomen yellowish white.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Doherty). Eup.,
28 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Classification of the Pyralide. PAld:
Sect. II. (Hormutholepis.) Anteanze of male with a
very large tuft of scales at two-third, the basal
joint and the extremity of abdomen dilated ;
palpi with tufts of hair on 2nd joint. Forewing
with the costa distorted at middle and vein 11
bent up to it, a tuft of hair on middle of inner
area below.
(9). {PILETOCERA EREBINA, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 425, pl. 10, fig.7 . Fiji.
Sect. 1V. Antenne of male with very much less deve-
loped tuft and distortion at middle, the end of
abdomen hardly dilated.
A, (Hrebangela.) Antenne of male with the basal
joint dilated.
a. Fore femora with a tuft of scales at extremity ;
mid tibize with the spurs very long, the outer spur
fringed with scales.
(10). fPILETOCERA MELANAUGES, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 246 5 5) ane
+ Graphiocopoda hecate, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond., 1886, p. 431.
b. The femora and mid tibial spur not tufted with
scales.
(11). PILETOCERA MEGASPILALIS, sp. n.
¢. Black-brown. Forewing with a white speck in cell and
large white patch beyond discocellulars between veins 7 and 2; a
postmedial white speck on costa at origin of the faint postmedial
line, which is bent inwards along vein 2 ; cilia white towards outer
angle. Hindwing with very faint traces of a postmedial line bent
inwards on vein 2; cilia usually white towards anal angle. Under-
side of forewing with the inner area irregularly white.
¢. Witha white discocellular patch on hindwing ; the postmedial
line whitish towards inner margin.
Hab. RBatchian (Doherty). Hzp.,26 mm. Types in
Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
B. Antenne of male with the basal joint not dilated,
fore femora and mid tibial spur not tufted.
a. (Piletocera.) Forewing of male with a small post-
medial lobe on costa, the membrane distorted ;
vein 10 very shortly stalked with 8, 9 in male;
legs naked.
ype:
212 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(12). PILETOCERA TORSICOSTALIS, sp. n.
Ochreous ; head, thorax, and abdomen clouded with black, the
last with the basal segment blackish, the 2nd white. Forewing
with three black annuli on costa, a small annulus in cell, and reni-
form discocellular stigma; the basal half below the cell clouded with
fuscous ; a postmedial slightly waved fuscous line, straight from
costa to vein 5, then slightly excurved and retracted on vein 2,
defined on outer side by an ochreous line with the area beyond it
fuscous ; cilia ochreous, with a series of black specks. Hindwing
with the base black ; a black discocellular spot ; a postmedial line
strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2 defined by ochreous on
outer side ; apical area fuscous, and some fuscous marks towards
anal angle ; a marginal series of black specks.
Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hxp., 16mm. Types in
Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
b. Forewing of male with the costa normal, vein 10
distinctly stalked with 8, 9.
a’. The tarsi of male fringed with curled hair.
(13). PILeTrocera vionauis, Led., Wien Ent.
Mon., 1863, p. 431, pl. 16, fig. 15; pl. 5,
figs. 14-35. E é : ; . Amboina.
(14). PILETOCERA #GIMIUSALIS, W1k., xix.,929 Sikhim, Assam,
Danaga collaris, Wik., xxxiv., 1293. Andamans,
Desmia cincta, W\k., xxxiv., 1293. Malayan re-
Desmia mysolalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1294. gion, N.
Ai liodes mysolalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1299. Guinea,
tDanaga pullatalis, Swivh., P, Z.8., 1889, Queensland.
p. 420.
Piletocera flavomaculata, Pag., J. B. Nass.
Ver., xxxvii., 279, pl. vii., fig. 8.
b. (Danaga.) Fore tarsi of male naked.
(16). Pitrrocera repucra, WIk., xxxiv., 1296 Ceram,Mysol.
(16). TPILETOCERA ALBICINCTATA, sp. 0.
3. Fuscous brown ; head, antenne after the tuft, collar, legs,
and anal tuft whitish. Forewing with white spot in cell and
quadrate white discocellular spot; a submarginal white’ band
broadest at costa, narrowing to outer angle. Hindwing with
traces of a whitish band ending in a spot on the cilia below middle,
the band prominent on underside.
9. Without the white spot in cell, and with the submarginal
band incomplete.
Hal. Batchian, Shortland Island. Exp , 20 mm.
Classification of the Pyralide. 218
(17). *PILETOCERA OCTOSEMALIS, Hmpsn., Moths
ind?; AV.) ps cao" n : : . Burma.
(18). Ee rOurn ORIENTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.
Ents, xxi, yp: oe and xxvii, pl. 4,
fgeor fe ; : . Celebes.
(19). *PILETOCERA ALBILUNATA, Ware At OM
NOH: (6), xvir, pel43'(2)) 5 . Assam,
(20). PILETOCERA FLEXIGUTTALIS, Warr., A. M.
N. H. (6), xvii., p. 144 . : Assam.
(21). PILETocERA sopALts, Leech, Entom., 1889,
Pechapl, 4, figebie. ; : 5 . Japan, China,
(22); a a COSTIPUNCTATA, Warr., A. M.
EE (6) 5 cvailley Ge aed : Burma, Bor-
are illectalis, Wik. ee ee Graces. ) neo.
(23). PILETOCERA CONCISALIS, W1k., xvii., 345; S. India,
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig. 3. Borneo.
(24). tPILETOCERA ILLECTALIS, W1k., xvil., 362 Borneo.
Desmia aceoalis, W\k., xix., 929.
(25). PILETOCERA ZEBINALIS, WIK., xix., 932 . Borneo.
(26). *PILETOCERA LATALIS, Wlk., xxxiv, 1294 Sula.
Desmia basalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1295 (var.).
(27). PILETOCERA TELLESALIS, Wlk., xix., 933 Borneo, Sula.
sEdiodes purvalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1300.
(28). PILETOCERA LYCOPUSALIS, WIk., 930 . Borneo.
(29). +PILETOCERA VIOLA, Butl., A.M.N. H. Banda, Amboina,
(5), x., p. 234 : : : Duke of York Island.
(30). tPILETOCERA CONTINGENS, Moore, Lep. India, Ceylon,
Ceyl., ii., p. 273, pl: 179) fig. 8 ; Burma, Borneo.
(31). PILETOCERA CHRYSORYCTA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 320 ; . Australia.
(32). PILETOCERA DACTYLOPTILA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 243 : Sgn
(33). |PILETOCERA ELONGALIS, Warr., A. M.N.H.
(6); xvii, p. 145. . : 3 ; . Assam.
(34). PILETOCERA LANCEOLALIS, Guen., Delt.
and, Pyr., p: 246 (9); ; : . ‘8. Africa.
+Botys eanesalis, W1k., xviil., 640.
Sect. V. (Ptileola.) Antenne of male with a sinus at
one-third fringed with scales at back ; basal joint
dilated ; abdomen not dilated.
(35). (PILETOCERA ULOPHANES, Meyr., Trans.
Eat. Soc. Lond., 1886, p, 245 : » Eiji.
214 Sir George F. Hampson ow the
Sect. VI. Antennz of male bent at one-third from base
and fringed with hair at back. Forewing with the
apical area dilated, rounded, thickly cluthed with
piliform scales.
(36). P1ILETOCERA MACROPERALIS, sp. 0.
Fuscous brown. Forewing with indistinct waved antimedial
line and discocellular annulus ; a more distinct minutely dentate
postmedial line, slightly bent outward between veins 5 and 2, then
retracted almost to the cell; apical area clothed with leaden-
coloured scales. Hindwing with traces of postmedial line
retracted along vein 2 almost to the cell.
Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek).
Hep., 20mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Sect. VII. Antenne: of male laminate and without tufts ;
forewing with the membrane distorted in and
below end of cell and vein 2 from the angle; a
fringe of scales below costa on underside.
(37). -PILETOCERA CONCHYLIA, Meyr., Trans. Ent,
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 468 : : . Pulo Laut.
Sect. VIII. Antenne of male normal and ciliated.
A. Forewing of male with a fovea in cell.
(28). PILETOCERA BUFALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies, S.
Byles ceo : : ; ‘ ; America.
+ Botys plebeialis, W1k., xxxiv., 385 (nec Led.).
Botys stercoralis, Méschl., Verh. z.-b. Wien,
5@.6. Jey OOH ies 4)
B, Forewing of male with no fovea in cell.
(39), PiLeTocera #QuaLis, WIk., xxxiv., 1299 . New Guinea.
(40). PILETOCERA NUDICORNIS, sp. n.
d. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish white ; palpi black,
white below; wings silky yellowish white, the outer half
tinged with pale rufous, on forewing tinged with fuscous towards
margin ; obscure white discocellular spots ; a dark postmedial line
well marked on forewing, arising from a black speck on costa,
angled on vein 6, then oblique, on hindwing indistinct, angled
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. PA)
on vein 6 and ending at anal angle; cilia dark at middle of fore-
wing.
Hab. Khasis. Hap., 20mm. Type in Coll. Roths-
child.
Auctorum.
Diplotyla argopis. Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p.248 . : Fiji.
Strepsimela microcentra, Meg Tee Tint Soe.
Lond., 1886, p. 249 . Fiji.
Stenia g granimialis, Guen., Delt. and Bye, p. “249. Cayenne.
Diplotyla meekii, Tipton: P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W.,
vili., p. 159 f ; 5 : : : . W. Australia.
Genus CAMPTOMASTYX.
Camptomastyz, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 238 (1896).
Palpi porrect long and straight, the 2nd joint about twice the
length of head, and fringed with hair below at extremity, the 3rd
long ; maxillary palpi extremely minute; frons rounded ; antennz
of male ciliated, thickened, bent downwards and clothed above with
long hair at about one-third from base ; tibize with the outer spurs
Camptomastyx hisbonalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
about two-thirds length of inner; abdomen of male dilated at
extremity, the claspers covered by a large tuft of hair. Fore-
wing with veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin ; vein 7 straight
and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing narrow ; the cell
short ; veins 3, 4, 5 radiating from the angle ; 6, 7 stalked,
Sect. I. Antennz of male with an elongate thickening at
about one-third from base.
(1). CamproMAsryx HISBONALIS, Wik., xviii.,707 China, Hima-
Botys pacalis, Leech, Entom., 1889, p. 69, layas, As-
pl. 4, fig. 15. sam, Bor-
{Diplotyla longipalpis, Butl., Il, Het., vii. neo.
p. 95, pl. 135, fig. 4.
Type.
216 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. II. Antenne of male with the thickening and bend
at two-thirds from base and short.
(2). “CAMPTOMASTYX EXUVIALIS, Snell., Trans. Sikhim, As
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 627 ; sam,
Genus ZaGIRIvia, nov.
Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending about two and a half
times length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi
dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antenne of male serrate and
with tufts of very long sete; hind tibize with the outer spurs two-
Zagiridia noctualis, 3, }-
thirds length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from near angle of
cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10,
which are given off before end of cell ; 11 absent. Hindwing with
veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-
mosing with 8.
+ZAGIRIDIA NOCTUALIS, sp. 0.
Dull grey brown with a slight rufous tinge. Forewing with
faint traces of antemedial line angled on median nervure; both
wings with a black speck at each angle of cell ; a very indistinct
pale postmedial line with a series of obscure dark specks on its
inner edge, retracted at vein 2 to below end of cell ; an obscure
pale waved submarginal line with series of dark specks inside it
and slightly angled inwards on vein 5; a marginal series of black
specks.
Hab. S.E. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hzp.,
20 mm.
Genus CLUPEOSOMA.
Clupeosoma, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 203 (1880).
Hydrorybina, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 239 (1896).
Palpi porrect, extending about three times the length of head
and downcurved at extremity ; maxillary palpi about half the
length of labial with a pointed tuft in front; frons flat and
Classification of the Pyralide. 217
oblique ; antenne of male ciliated ; tikiz with the outer spurs
about two-thirds length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ;
r
vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and
Clupeosoma polusale, ¢, } (from Moths Ind. vol. iv.).
well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein
3 from angle; 4,5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from
upper angle.
Sect. I. Forewing with the outer margin evenly curved.
(1). CLuprosoma POLUSALE, WIk., xviii., Sikhim, Burma, Bor-
DOS vz é 5 : : : neo, Queensland.
(2). tCLUPEOSOMA PRYEKRI, But]., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 588 . : Japan.
(3). tCLupEosomA BicoLor, Moore, Lep. Atk., Assam, Ben-
p.20t : : : 5 : gal, Ceylon.
Pionea rubralis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvii.,
[do Wc
Type. (4). CLUPEOSOMA PELLUCIDALE, Snell., Celebes, Sambawa,
Tijd. v. Ent., xxiii, p. 203, and Tenimber, Dili,
KKVI. Plo, fig) 9. : : . Fergusson Island.
Sect. II. Forewing with the outer margin excised below
apex and towards outer angle.
(5). “CLUPEOSOMA MELLICULALE, Led., Wien Ent. Mexico, Centr.
Mon., 1863, p. 414, pl. 15, fig. 6. . &8, America.
(6). “CLUPEOSOMA DENTATUM, Druce, Biol.Centr. Centr.
Am. Het., ii., p. 203, pl. 60, fig. 13 : America.
(7). *CLUPEOSOMA RUSINUM, Druce, Biol. Centr.
Am. Het., ii., p. 208, pl. 60, fig. 14 . Mexico.
(8). }CLUPEOSUMA BASALE, sp. Nn.
4. White, slightly tinged with fuscous. Forewing with the
basal area fuscous with diffused white beyond it, the rest of the
wing tinged with yellowish fuscous ; two white spots on costa
beyond middle ; traces of a postmedial line incurved below vein
3; a marginal series of black specks interrupted at middle ; a
fuscous patch at outer angle ; cilia white, fuscous at middle and
218 Sir George F. Hampson on the
outer angle. Hindwing white, with curved postmedial line and
marginal series of black specks.
Hab. Barbados (Frampton). Ezp., 16 mm.
(9). *CLUPEOSOMA METACHRYSON, sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax orange and rufous ; palpi blackish ; abdo-
men orange tinged with black towards extremity. Forewing orange
suffused with fiery red scales and irrorated with black ; the cell
suffused with black ; an orange antemedial line oblique towards
costa, and obtusely angled at middle ; an ill-defined postmedial
orange line expanding towards costa and highly excurved at
middle; cilia black, with a series of whitish points on them.
Hindwing orange, with broad black marginal band tapering to anal
angle.
Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Herp., 20 mm.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
Genus ZEBRONIA.
Zebronia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361 (1827).
Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly
scaled, and the third joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi filiform;
frons rounded ; antennz ciliated ; fore femora and tibiz of male
thickly fringed with hair on both sides ; the outer spurs about half
Zebronia phenice, dg, tf.
the length of inner ; abdomen of male long and slender. Forewing
with the costa highly arched towards apex, which is slightly pro-
duced; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi-
mated to 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell rather short; vein 3
from angle ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 shoitly
stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.
Classification of the Pyralidx. 219
Type. ZEBRONIA PHENICE, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv;, W..and Cen-
Beio5, pl. o82, fic, Ge. tral Africa,
Zebronia federalis, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361. Mauritius,
Spilomela podalivialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., Abyssinia.
p. 281.
+Zebronia lathurusulis, W1k., xix., 69.
Genus HyaLopiaca.
Hyaloplaga, Warr, A. MM. N. HE: (6), ix.,
p- 432 (1892).
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair;
maxillary palpi somewhat dilated at extremity ; frons rounded ;
antenne of male ciliated ; tibia with the outer spurs about half
Hyaloplaga pulchralis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
the length of inner. Forewing of male with a large fovea below
base of median nervure; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 straight
and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing of male with the costa
much lobed near base ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from
upper angle.
Type. +HYALOPLAGA PULCHRALIS, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867,
pagot : : ‘ ; ‘ : ; : . Sikhim.
Genus Psammoris.
Psammotis, Hitbn., Verz., p. 350 (1827).
Perinephila, Hubn., Verz., p. 356.
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about one and a-
s
Psammotis lancealis, 3, +-
half times length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; m: xil-
220 Sir George F. Hampson on the
lary palpi dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antennz of male
ciliated, and about three-fourths length of forewing. Forewing
with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 straight and well
separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle
of cell ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.
Sect. I. (Perinephila.) Hind tibiwe of male with the
outer medial spur minute; forewing narrow, the
apex produced.
(1). PsAMMOTIS LANCEALIS, Schiff., Wien Verz., Europe,
pole ls : : , : F , Japan.
Pyralis glabralis, Hiibn., Pyr., figs. 65, 117.
Pyralis longalis, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 379.
Sect. II. (Psammotis.) Hind tibia of male with the outer
medial spur half the length of inner; forewing
short and broad.
Type. (2). PSAMMOTIS PULVERALIS, Hiibn., Verz., Europe,
p. 350 : : : W. Asia.
Var. grisealis, Staud., Hor. Ent.
Ross., 1870, p. 193, pl. 2, fig. 10.
(3). PsAMMOTIS HYALINALIS, Hiibn., Pyr., Europe,
fig. 74 . : ; ; i : : W. Asia,
Auctorwmn.
Perinephile doerriesi, Staud., Deutsch. Ent. Zeit.
Lep., v., pl. iii, fig. 23, and vi., p. 81 : > mur,
Genus EurRgHYPARA.
BHurrhypara, Hiibn., Verz., p. 360 (1827).
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;
maxillary palpi filiform ; frons oblique ; antenne of male almost
Eurrhypara urticata, 3, }-
simple ; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur one-sixth length of
inner in male, one-half in female. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5
Classification of the Pyralidx. 221
from angle of cell; 8, 9,10 stalked; male with a sexual brand
below apical part of costa. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from
angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.
Type. EurRRHYPARA URTICATA, Linn., Faun. Suec., 1297. Europe.
Genus Mapra.
Mabra, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ee ae 280 (1885).
Neopimida, N\Varr., Ay Mo IN EH (6), xvii. p. 463
(1896).
Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by
hair; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; tibiz with the
spurs long and nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from
Mabra eryxalis, &, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.)
close to angle of cell ; 7 well separated from 8,9,10. Hindwing
with veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6,7 from upper
angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8
Sect. I. Antenne of male with long cilia.
(1). *MABRA GARZELLALIS, oe Reis. Nov.,
pl is5, fig. 1. : : : . Brazil.
Type. (2), +Mapra eRYXALIS, WIk., xvii., 371; Moore, India, Ceylon,
Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig : , , Burma,
Botys velatalis, Snell, Mid. Sum., p. 63, pl. 5, Sumatra.
fig. 4
Sect. IT. Antennz of male with the shaft annulate and
longer.
(3). TMaBRA CHARONIALIS, W1k., xvii., 372 . . Japan, China.
Stenia dissiputalis, Christ., Bull. Mosce., 1881,
Isp: 28.
+). -MapbRaA NIGRISCRIPTA, Swinh., A. M. N. H.
(6), xi1., p. 302 : : : 5 . Assam.
(5). MABRA FAUCULALIS, WIk., xix., 962 . . Borneo.
(6). MABRA FUSCIPENNALIS, Sp. 0.
@. Fuscous; vertex of head greyish; antenne with black
and white rings ; wings irrorated with grey. Forewing with in-
Type.
999 Sir George F. Hampson on the
distinct dark antemedial line and discocellular lunule ; the dark
postmedial line arising from a wedge-shaped white mark on costa ;
excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind-
wing with indistinct discocellular speck and diffused oblique medial
line ; both wings with fine marginal dark line. Underside pale.
Hab. \hasis. Hxp., 14mm. Type in Coll. Roths-
child.
(7). *“MABRA METALLESCENS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 138, fig..58.. ‘ : : 2 . Bogota.
Sect. III. Antenne of male with the shaft laminate.
(8). Maspra DAULIALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),
xvu., p. 464. 5 F . : . Assam.
Genus CENOLOBA.
Cenoloba, Wlsm., Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi., p. 175 (1885).
Palpi porrect extending about three times length of head,
straight, 2nd joint with dense roughly projecting scales, 3rd joint
moderate and naked ; maxillary palpi about half the length of
labial palpi and triangularly dilated with rough scales; frons
rounded ; antennz three-fourths of forewing serrate and moder-
ately ciliated. Forewing elongate, narrow ; the outer margin
Cenoloba obliterata, 2, 3.
deeply cleft to one-half, the segments lanceolate ; vein 1 simple ;
2 and 3 stalked ; 4 from angle of cell ; 5, 6 obsolete ; 7 from upper
angle; 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwings elongate and gradually
dilated ; the outer margin deeply cleft, the segments lanceolate ;
vein 2 from before angle ; 3 and 4 stalked from angle ; 5 to base
of cleft; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-
fourths of wing.
-CENOLOBA OBLITERALIS, W1k., xxx., 945 . . Australia.
Genera Auctorum.
Heringia mendica, Hedemann, Ent. Zeit. Stett.,
lv., p. 294. : : 5 : ° : ; W. Indies.
Classification of the Pyralide. 223
Eudorina aurantiacalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
5-8. G-aA bean oad A F : : : : . Java.
Eudorina brunnealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,
MV. p. 11S . ' : j ; : . dava.
Eudorina incrustalis, Snell., Tijd. v. ave Java,
MXKVI ip. LLY . ‘ : Celebes.
Nicaria latisquamalis, Snell., Td v. Ent, <xMi:,
p. 230, and xxvii., pl. i1., fig. 10a, db. : . Celebes.
Haploscopa astrapias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1887, p. 268 . : : ; : eb ts
Agrammia matronalis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,
p. 405 : : ‘ : 3 5 . Brazil.
Agrammia tridalis, Guens Delt.and Pyr., p. 406. Cayenne,
Species omitted.
Hydrocampa meropalis, Wik., xvil., 462. Type lost.
Hydrocampa actoralis, Wik., xix., 962. Type lost.
Hydrocampa nitidalis, Maasen in Stitbel’s Reise, p. 171, pl. ix.,
fig. 25. Ecuador. Isa Lithosid.
Hydrocampa decetialis, Druce, Biol Centr. Am. Het., 11., p. 275,
pl. 63, fig. 22 = Putissuw xantholeucalis, Guen., belongs to the
Schenobiine.
Hydrocampa dematrialis, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am. Het., i,
p- 276, pl. 63, fig. 25 = Sufetula dirutaiis, Wik., belongs to
the Pyraustine.
Subfamily Scoparlinz.
Proboscis present ; palpi porrect and hairy, the maxillary palpi
triangularly dilated with long hair (in IMicraglossa the palpi are
upturned and the maxillary palpi shghtly dilated). Forewing with
more or less developed tufts of raised scales in the cell ; vein 7
from cell; 10 from cell. Hindwing with the median nervure non-
pectinate (except in Eclipsiodes).
PHYLOZENY OF THE SCOPARIINA.
Eclipsiodes.
Micraglossa. Xeroscopa. Tetraprosopus. Mestolobes.
Se opar id.
Dasyscopa.
pity pe:
224 Sir George F. Hampson on the
KeEY TO THE GENERA.
A. Palpi upturned. : - : : : . Ll. Micraglossa.
B. Palpi porrect.
« Hindwing with the median nervure rectinated
above. : 5 2 c : : . 2. Helipsiodes.
b Hindwing with tha median nervure non-pec-
tinate.
a) Palpi with a tuft of long porrect hair on 3rd
joint . . 4. Tetraprosopus.
b) Palpi with no tuft of hair on 3rd joint.
a” Hindwing with some long hairs in end of
cell above : . 93. Xeroscopa.
b? Hindwing with the cell sm othly se: aled
ae Hindwing with vein 3 absent 5 . OO Mestolobes.
b3 Hindwing with vein 3 present.
as Hindwing with vein 5 from a point or
stalked with 4
: Scoparia.
bt Hindwing w ‘th vein 5 fe om w vell abov ed
Dasyscopu.
Buse
Genus MIcRAGLOosSA.
Micraglossa, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), viii., p. 65
(1891).
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and
slightly fringed with hair in front, the 3rd well developed and
acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated with scales
at extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne somewhat annulate; tibix
Micraglossa scoparialis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
nearly naked with the spurs almost equal. Forewing with vein 3
from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well
separated from 8,9. Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle of
cell ; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.
(1). tMicraAGhLossA SCOPARIALIS, Warr., Sikhim,
A. M. N. H. (6), vii., p.66 *. j j Assam.
(2). MicraGLossa G:NEALIS, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen brassy yellow, 3rd joint of palpi
ringed with black ; thorax spotted with black. Forewing brassy
yellow irrorated with black scales ; an irregular black patch from
near base of costa; an irregularly sinuous antemedial black band
conjoined to a spot below the cell; the discocellular patch figure-
of-eight-shaped with broad black outline extending up to the
costa ; traces of a postmedial line with an inward curve from
Type.
Classification of the Pyralide. 225
costa to vein 2, then erect; large submarginal black patches on
costa and inner margin and a smaller marginal patch below apex.
Hindwing whitish suffused with fuscous towards margin.
Hab. Khasis. Exp., 16 mm. Type in Coll. Roths-
child.
Genus EcLIpPsioDEs.
Helipsiodes, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,
p- 343.
Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint
with long hair below towards extremity, the 3rd joint naked ;
maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons flat ; antenne of male
ciliated; tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of inner.
Eclipsiodes crypsixantha, 3, 1.
Forewing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle;
7 well separated from 8, 9; 10 oblique; 11 curved and approxi-
mated to 12. Hindwing with the median nervure pectinated to-
wards base; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7
from upper angle.
(1). EcLipsIopEs CRYPSIXANTHA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 343. 5 . Australia.
(2). *ECLIPSIODES DROSERA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 245. ; : - Australia,
Genus XEROSCOPA.
Xeroscopa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc Lond., 1884, p. 349.
Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the
2nd joint with tuft of porrect hair below, almost hiding the 3rd
joint ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons somewhat pro-
minent ; antennz of male minutely ciliated; tibiz with the outer
spurs half the length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from before
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897—pParr 11. (JULY.) 15
226 Sir George F. Hampson on the
angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from
8,9; 11 oblique. _ Hindwing with some long hairsin end of cell ;
Xeroscopa ejuncida, 3, t.
vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; 6, 7 shortly
stalked.
(1). {XEROSCOPA INDISTINCTALIS, Wlk., xxvil.,
43. : 3 . N. Zealand.
(2). XEROSCOPA FAVILLIFERELLA, Ww Ik., xxxv., Tasmania,
APRS) : , Australia.
Xeroscopu encausta, Moyr, Tr, N. Z. Tae
VT. Wl
(3). “XEROSCOPA PHILONEPHES, ee rs NZ
Inst.; xvit.,pe 12Oe c Australia.
(4). Sreaost ors PETRINA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. inet,
KV Psd dle re : : 5 : . N. Zealand.
(5). XEROscoPA CyaAMEUTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
[nst.; xvi, 112 : ; * N. Zealand.
(6). *XEROSCOPA NG ATO. Meyr:, ir: N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 118 . : . N. Zealand.
(7). XEROSCOPA ROTUELLA, Feld., Res, Now.
pl. 137, fig. 30 : : : : . N. Zealand.
(8). “XEROSCOPA HARPALEA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst, xvii; ps 114% : : s . N. Zealand.
Type. (9). tXEROSCOPA EJUNCIDA, Knaggs, E. M. M.,
iv., p. 80 ; , N. Zealand.
(10). pare cors NIPHOSPORA, Maye AB N. Z.
ims. XVil. po llon. ‘ 5 : . N,. Zealand.
(11). *XeRoscOPA APHELES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
inst) xvii wp. Lib. , ; : . N. Zealand.
(12). XEROSCOPA aSPIDOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
imst.xvil., p. libae ‘ . N. Zealand.
(13). *XEROSCOPA EPICREMNA, Meyr., “Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvit., p. 117 . s : : . N. Zealand.
we)
Lo
NI
Classification of the Pyralide.
(14). “XeROscopa MELANOPIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond., 1888, p. 233 ; : . Hawaii.
(15). *XEROSCOPA OMBRODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 234 : : . Hawaii.
(16). *“XEROSCOPA ISCHNIAS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 235 ‘ : . Hawaii.
(17). *XEROSCOPA DEMODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 234 : ‘ . Hawaii.
(18). *XEROSCOPA PACHYSEMA, Meyr., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 236 : . Hawaii.
(19). *XEROSCOPA NngoLbuda, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 237 : : . Hawaii.
(20). *XEROSCOPA NOMEUTIS, Meyr.,. Tr. N.. Z.
Inst. xvil.,p. LIG™. : . N. Zealand.
(21). *XEROscOPA LEGNOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Tact
XVI. peli: ; j . N. Zealand.
(22), XEROSCOPA OCTOPHORA, Meyr., “Tr. N. :
Inst., Xvil:, p. LIS” . : : : . N. Zealand.
(23). =XEROSCOPA ASTERICA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 118 - N. Zealand.
(24). éXenoscora LEUCOGRAMMA Rite dr: N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 119 : N. Zealand.
@o): 3 “Snore NEPHELITIS, Meyr., 1 rans. aoe
Soe. Lond., 1887, p. 247 ‘ Saree Australia:
(26). tXERoscopA VENOSA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5),
Vii., 1., p..3932 . : : 2 : . Hawaii.
(27). tXEROSCOPA Mar, Butl., A.M. N. H.
Cd) avai lip. 4330) 2 : Hawail.
(28). tHienoscora JUCUNDA, Butl., A. M. iN: H. ©)
y pao (Q). : Hawaii.
1S ia in mosa, Butl., A.M.N. Ee (5), Vii.,
1, p. 331 (¢).
Genus ‘l'eTRAPROSOPUS.
Tetraprosopus, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), .ix., p. 97 (1837).
Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the 2nd
joint with tuft of long hair below at extremity, the 3rd also with
long tuft ; maxillary palpi large and triangularly scaled; frons
rounded; antenne somewhat annulated ; tibie with the outer
spurs one-third length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from before
228 Sir George F. Hampson on the
angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from
8, 9, to which 10 is approximated ; 11 oblique. Hindwing with the
5 27) @ TW AT Y 1
Tetraprosopus meyrichi, sis
discal area above vein 2 clothed with long hair; the cell long; vein
3 from before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7 stalked.
Type. +TETRAPROSOPUS MEYRICKI, Butl., A. M.N. H.
(a) ey 97 : : : 4 : : . Australia.
Genus MESTOLOBES.
Mestolubes, Butl., Trans. Ent. Sce. Lond., 1882, p. 38.
Palpi obliquely porrect, the 2nd joint clothed with rough hair,
the 3rd partially hidden ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with
hair at extremity ; frons rounded ; antennz laminate; tibix: with
the spurs nearly equal. Forewing with an antemedial tuft of
eto 2 “77e I
Mestolobes abnormis, ¢, 4.
scales on inner margin; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ;
7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hindwing with vein
3 absent ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.
Sect. I. Hindwing of male with fringes of long hair on
and below costa above.
A, Hindwing of male with elongate lobe on inner
margin ending in a tu't of large black scales ;
hind tibiw# with a tuft of large black scales on
outer side at extremity.
Type.
Clussification of the Pyralide. 229
(1). tMesToLoBes ABNormis, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 35 . - : . Hawaii.
tMestolobes enone, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1882, p. 37.
B. Hindwing of male without lobe; hind tibia with-
out tuft of scales.
(2), (MESTOLOBES MINUSCULA, ButL, A. M.N. H.
(5) 5 val. Sl pid 2d : : ‘ . Hawaii.
tMestolobes simethina, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 38.
Sect. Il. Hindwing of male without costal fringes of
hair; hind tibize with large tuft of black scales on
outer side near base.
(3). tMESTOLOBES SEMIOCHREA, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Lond., 1882, p. 30 : : ; . Hawaii.
Genus ScoparRia.
Scoparia, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 491 (1
Hudorea, Curt., Brit. Knt., vi., 170 (18
Lissophanes, aes Au M. N. ie (G) Ravan) pp. 07.
Palpi porrect, extending about twice to three times length of
head, the 2nd joint with long projecting hair below, the 3rd naked,
sometimes partially concealed by the hair on 2nd joint ; maxillary
palpi triangularly scaied ; frons flat ; antenne minutely ciliated
and somewhat annulate ; tibixe with the outer spurs about two-
803).
825).
Scoparia murificalis, 3, 3 (from Moths Ind., #6. IV.).
thirds length of inner. Forewing with more or less developed
tufts of raised scales at middle and end of cell ; vein 3 from before
Bie of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from
8, 9, to which 10 is ee arovimuted towards origin. Hindwing with
vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle or stalked; 6, 7
shortly stalked.
230 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Sect. I. Wings of male normal.
(1). Scoparta TRIvIRGATA, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
plas, fie, 29 : ‘ N. Zealand.
(2). °ScoPARIA PANOPLA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Taste
Kv Og .. ‘ 5 . N. Zealand.
(3); +Sooranna SABULOSELLA, Wlk., xxvii., 178 N. Zealand.
(4). ScoparIA DELTOPHORA, Meye. ir. N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 106 . : : ‘ . N. Zealand.
(5). ScopaRIaA PALTOMACHA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst;, xvil., p. 105), 5 F : . N. Zealand.
(6). *ScopaRIA ELAPHRA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
RAVAN, Pa LOG. é ; 6 : . N, Zealand.
(7). tScOPARIA EXILIS, Knaggs, E. M. M., ae
p. 81 N. Zealand.
(8). ee ener onten CNtSer Ee N. Z. Taeee
XVil., p. L03 : : ‘ N. Zealand.
(9). Scoparia AxENA, Meyr., T'r. N. Z. Tees
XV: prl03s.~. : ; j é . N. Zealand.
(10). *Scoparia crypstnoa, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 102'-; : N. Zealand.
(11). SScoPpaRIA MANGANEUTIS, Meyr., er eh Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 102 . N. Zealand.
(12). fScopaRIA CLEODORALIS, WIk., xviii, Australia,
193 : : : : 3 : : Tasmania.
(13). Scoparra acropota, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvil., p. 101 . ; , : . N. Zealand.
(14). *Scoparia acompa, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
XVil,, ps lOO ‘ : j ‘ . N. Zealand,
(15). tScoparrA FEREDAYI, Knaggs, E. M. M.,
1867, p.80 . 5 : : : . N. Zealand.
Scoparia moanalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 137, fig. 34.
(16). Scoparra Epicomia, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
XV. ps 99) ie 5 : 3 ; . N. Zealand.
(17). Scoparta PsammitTis, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst.; <vils, p.09) : : , . N. Zealand.
(18). ScopaRia LEPTALEA, Meéeyr., Tr. jN. Z.
inst.) xvii p.98" ; : : . N. Zealand.
(19). “ScopaRIA PLAGIOTIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 247 é : Tasmania.
(20). *ScopaARIA THRENODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1887, 5 246 : ‘ . W. Australia.
Classification of the Pyralide. Zou
(21). Scoparta cHaLicopes, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst. XVin, poo = : : N. Zealand.
(22). oeonanTs RAKATENSIS, Kaze E. M. M..
1867, p.80.. ‘ N. Zealand.
(23). *SCOPARIA TETRACYCLA, ees thes N. Z.
Mnst:, Kvilyeps de : : : . N. Zealand.
(24). Scoparta caTaxesta, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvil., p. 96 . : ; : . N. Zealand.
(25). ScoPpaRIA ENCAPNA, ae TraN. 2. inst,
XX., p. 65 : N. Zealand.
(26). tScorpaRIA SUBMARGINALIS, Wk. 4 xvii. 48 N. Zealand.
+ Nephopteryx maoriella, Wik., Xxxv., 17 20.
(27). ScoparraA HemipLaca, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Tnsts, xxi, ps 150:"2 , N. Zealand.
(28). }ScoPARIA DIPHTHERALIS, WI1k., xxxiv. “1501 N. Zealand.
(29). *ScopaRiA PERIPHANES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst:, X<Vil.9p. 0+. : . N. Zealand.
(30). “SCOPARIA COLPOTA, ee ir: N. Vhs Gace
x OO : : N. Zealand.
(31). *“ScopARTA PHILETERA, ike Tr. NE Z.
Inst., xvil., p.93 . : » .. N. Zealand.
(B32) 2 "Se pean TRAPEZOPHORA, Meyrs ErsiNeZ:
Inst., xvi, p93 ~ , : F . N, Zealand.
(33). Scoparta MELAN&GIS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst: Xvil., p: 92) ©. 5 : : . N. Zealand.
(34). *Scoraria PONGALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
pl. 137, fig. 33 ; F 5 : . N. Zealand.
(35). Scoparra ustrmacuLa, Feld., Reis. INOY:,
pl. 135, fig. 17 : : : A . N, Zealand.
+Scoparia conifera, Butl., Cist. Ent., i1.,
p. 493.
(36). *Scoparta CHARACTA, Meyr., ire eNG Zi.
Inst., xvil., p. 90. F N. Zealand.
(37). Sc Gann SPEL@A, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Ae
KVileps oo) : : : . Australia.
tScoparia pusilla, Rerenct AnnyeN-E:;
1885, i1., p. 427.
(38). ScopariIa ANAPLECTA, Meyr., irs Zia
imst.. Xvil., p-So —. : . Tasmania.
(39). spond critica, Meyr., Tr. N. Zz. Inst.,
460 Pn Oi of : N. Zealand.
(40). *SCOPARIA ERGATIS, Neoers, bres N. Z. inst,
xvii., p. 88. : : ; : . N. Zealand.
(41). *Scoparia HeMICycLA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Insti yxvil,.p. Oc *: 5 . N. Zealand.
(42). SScoraran MICROPHTHALMA, Mey y Ar.
NA. inst. xvit., p. 8% ; . N. Zealand.
(43). *“Scoparia CyMaTias, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvil., p. 86. ; : . N. Zealand.
(44). *ScorPaRIA ACHARIS, om ‘Tr. N, ZMinst,
Xvii., p. 85 , : N. Zealand.
(45). *Scoparra DINODES, Meyr. he. V. Z. Inst.,
Vise OO) 9. 5 é : . N. Zealand.
(46). Scoparta CHIMERIA, ae re ENG Ze
Inst., xvii., p. 84 : . N. Zealand.
(47). tScoraria MINUALIs, WIK., xxxiv., 1504 . N. Zealand.
(48). +tScoOPARIA MINUSCULALIS, W ‘lk. xxxiv.,1503 N. Zealand.
(49). *“Scoparia CHLAMYDOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
[nst.)xvinsp. 82". ; : : . N. Zealand.
SCOPARIA PHILERGA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
finst.; xvi, poole. 5 : : . N. Zealand.
(51). *Scoraria OREAS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
xVil., p. ol : N. Zealand.
(62): SRP ARTA LINFALIS, WIK., xxxiv., 1503 N. Zealand.
(53). tScoPpARIA SUBDITELLA, W "le, xxxv., 1720 N. Zealand.
(54). Scoparia GOMPHOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Iust., xvii., p. 80 : ; : . Tasmania.
(55). *“ScoPARIA PERIERGA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Tnst., xvii., p. 80 . : : . Tasmania.
(56). Scoparia EREMITIS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
Inst., xvii., p. 79 ; S. Australia.
(57). *“Scopartia HOMALA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst
XVil., p. 79 ‘ ; ; : . 5. Australia.
(08). SSCOPARIA SYNAPTA, Meyr, @r. No Z:
Inst., xvil., p. 78 . Tasmania.
(59). ScopaRIA SYNTARACTA, Mawr Tr: N. Z. Australia,
Inst., xvil., 77 E : ; ; Tasmania,
(60). }ScOPARIA EXHIBITALIS, WIk., xxxiv.,1500 Australia.
(61). *ScoPpaRIA EPICRYMA, Meyr., Dry N.e7i;
Inst., xvil., p. 76 : : F . Australia.
(62). “ScopaRIA APHRODES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.
dust. xvii, p- 16" - : : ; . Australia.
(63). Scorarra PRoTORTHRA, Meyr, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 450 . . Australia.
(64). ScopaRiIa EUMELES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst ,
XV1l.,
Sir George F. Hampson on the
p. 75
‘
Australia.
Classification of the Pyralide.
(65). Scoparra a asta, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
233
XVli., p. : . Australia.
(66). ne ANTHRACIAS, Merve: Tr. We
Imsts; xvil.,jp- (40 : Tasmania.
(67). fScoparia FriGIDA, Butl., A. M,N ° HL (5),
Vil., DP. ool ; : j . Hawaii.
(68). -ScopaARIA MONTANA, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond , 1882, p. 41 : . Hawaii.
Scopuria macrophanes, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 231.
(69). Scoparra cHorpactis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond., 1887, p. 272 . Patagonia.
(70). fScopariaA RAGONOTI, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 59
(71). TScopaRIA GLAUCULALIS, sp. n.
¢. Olive-grey. Forewing of glossy silky texture ;
yellowish marks at middle and end of cell ;
darker,
Hab. Falkland Islands. Hep., 20 mm.
(72). TSCOPARIA BISCUTELLA, Zell., 8. E. Z., 1872,
Peru, Chili,
Juan Fernandez.
traces of
the outer area slightly
p. 474, pl. 2, fig. 8 . ‘ . Bogota.
(73). TSCOPARIA ALBIFRONS, Zell., S. E. Livy 1872, 3ogota, Peru,
p. 476 : ; : é : Argentina.
(74). fScoPaRIA LONGIPENNIS, Zell., S. E. Z.,
LSi2epoadid, play figs ll . Bogota.
(75). -ScopaRIa TERSELLA, Zell., S. E. Z., 1872,
P2406, plz, fig. 9 : : . Bogota.
(76). SCOPARIA CERAMICA, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), vill., p. 67 : : 5 . Callao.
(77). ScopaRIA DISPERSA, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 58 3 : . Chili.
(78). -ScOPARIA TRICOLOR, Zell., S. E. Z., ae
p; 478, pl. 2, fig: 10 Bogota.
(79). +ScoPaRIA LUGUBRALIS, WIk., xxxiv., “1498 . Canada.
(80). ScoPpARIA NOMINATALIS, alee Tr. Am. Vancouver,
Ent. Soc., xiii., p. 148 E. States.
(81). -ScopaRra aTropicra, Zell., MS.
¢. Head and thorax variegated black and white ; abdomen
fuscous ringed with white. Forewing black variegated with
white ; numerous white patches on basal area; a sinuous ante-
medial white line with a white patch beyond it at middle; a large
234 Sir George F. Hampson on the
postmedial white patch from costa to vein 2 with two discocellular
black spots on it and L-shaped reniform spot ; a minutely dentate
postmedial black line outwardly edged by white, angled inwards
below costa, then excurved to vein 2 where it is bent inwards;
submarginal white spots below apex and above outer angle ; cilia
white with black patches. Hindwing yellowish suffused with
fuscous.
Hab. United States. Hvp., 23 mm.
(82). -ScopaRIA BASALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1497 U.S.A., E.States.
(83). FSCOPARIA BIPLAGIALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1499. Canada,
tScoparia libella, Grote, U. 8. Geol. Surv., Vancouver,
Iv., p. 675. E. States.
(84). fScOPARIA RECTILINEA, Zell., Verh. Z. B. Vancouver,
Neer: Xxix., p. 427, ple bo ation 3) 1 - Bam Wi:
Scoparia refugalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. States.
Sec., xil., p. 148.
(85). Scoparta DELPHUSA, Druce, Biol. Centr. W. States,
Am,, il., p. 279, pl. 64, fig: . ‘ : Mexico.
(86). *Scoparra sMITIL, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.,
li., p. 2¢9; pl, 64, 019% 3) = " : . Mexico.
(87). ScopaRIA CENTURIELLA, ae Wien Europe,
Werz5)p, aloe : : Labrador,
Eudorea borealis, Lef., Ann: Soe. Ent, Rie. E. States.
1855, p. 400, pl. 10, fig. 9 g
Eudorea muneralis, Zett., p. 970.
Phycis quadratella, Zett., p. 997.
+ Hypena cecalis, W1k., xvi., p. 36.
tScopula caliginosalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1460,
Scoparia frigidella, Pack., Labr., xi., 53.
Scoparia albisinuatella, Pack., Labr., x1.,
53.
Scoparia ninguidalis, Hulst, Tr. Am.
Ent. Soc., xiii., p. 147.
(88). ScorpaRIA STAUDINGERALIS, Mab., Ann. Spain,
Soc. Ent. Fr., 1869, p. 58, pl. 2, fig. 6. Corsica.
(89). ScopaARIA PERPLEXELLA, Zell., Isis, 1839,
p.16e. : : : ‘ , ; . 8S. E. Europe.
(90). Scoparia AMBIGUALIS, Tr., Schmett. Eur.,
Vile ~polSa> . , ; . Europe.
eutered mercurella, Lab., Byes No: 76.
Eulorea conicella, Dan Py r., No. 76.0.
Type.
(95).
(96).
(97).
(98).
(99).
Classification of the Pyralide.
Eudorea ancipitella, Lah., Pyr., No. 86.
Eudorea basistrigalis, ions! Be Vi M.,
lil., p. 1 (var.).
Eudorea octavianella, Mann, W. E. M.,
1859, p. 164 (var.).
Scoparia atomalis, Doubl., List (var.).
Eudorea ulmella, ieee He Mi M.; i1.,
De 2id.
Eudorea conspicualis, Hodgk., E. M. M.,
XvVlil., p. 134.
Scoparia signella, Teich., Arb. Ver. Riga,
Wiles [Oa (Pe
Scoparia teniatella, Teich., Arb. Ver. Riga,
Vieep--4o-
Scoparia incertalis, Dup., Lep. Fr., vili.,
p. 286, pl. 229, fig. 4.
SCOPARIA DUBITALIS, Hiibn., Pyr., p. 49 .
Tinea pyralella, Hiibn., Tin., fig. 167
SCOPARIA INGRATELLA, Zell, L. E., 1,
p. 283, fig. 5
SCOPARIA ZELLERI, Wocke, Vat. Ber.,
1854, p. 18
SCOPARIA CEMBR2, Fee coe Brit.,
p. 498
Eudorea cembrella, Steone me lv., p. 29.
Eudorea subfusca, Steph., Ill. iv., p. 299.
Eudorea asphodeliella, Lah., Pyr., No. 74.
Scoparia erralis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,
p. 421.
Scoparia scotica, White.
ScoPARIA PALLIDA, Steph., IIl., iv., p. 300.
Eudorea ertzeniella, H. &, iv., p. 49,
fig. 97.
Scoparra stprrici, Led., Verh. Z.-B. Wien,
1853, p. 34, pl. 7
ScoPpaRIA MANIFESTELLA, H.8., iv., p. 46,
fig. 104
ScoPARIA GALLICA, Peyer, Pet. Nouv.,
1873, p. 332, and Milliere’s Icones, iii.,
p. 338, pl. exlil., figs. 3 & 4
ScopaRIA VALESIALIS, Dup., Lep. Fr., Ae
p. 284, pl. 229, fig. 3
Eudorea parellu, Zell., Isis. , 1839, p. 165.
bo
ie)
(05h ¢
Europe.
8. Europe,
Armenia.
Europe.
Europe.
Europe.
Siberia.
Alps.
France.
C. Europe.
236 Sir George F. Hampson on the
(100). ScorparRIA TRUNCICOLELLA, Stn. Man.,
2, p. 161 : : : : : . Europe.
Eudorea murcurella, Zell., L.E., i., p. 293.
(101). ScopartiaA cRaTAGELLA, Hibn., Tin.,
lige Zone: ; ; . Europe.
(102). Scoparia FREQUENTELLA, aie Maniye2s
jOs WOR) : : : . Europe.
Eudorea portlandica, Dale, ‘D. Merry cx,
1s Ae
(103). Scoparta MuRANA, Curt., B.E., iv., p. 170. Europe.
Scoparia tuoniana, Hoffm., Stett. Ent.
Zeit., 1893, p. 130
(104). Scorarta supETICcA, Zell., Isis, 1839, Alpsand Arc-
Palio. 7. : : ‘ : 5 : tic Regions.
Scoparia luzialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,
p. 427.
(105). Scoparta PETROPHILA, Stdfs., S. E. Z.,
1848, p. 312 . : ; : : . Alps.
(106). Scoparia ALPINA, Stn. Man., 2, p.163 . Scotland.
Eudorea gracilalis, Dbl., Stn. Man., 2, p. 163.
(107). Scoparta BorREALIS, Tgstr., Bidr., p. 102. Lapland.
(108). ScopariIaA ANGUSTEA, seg Tll., iv., Europe,
p. 302 . ‘ : Syria.
Eudorea coarctata, Zell., iby Bee 5 De B08:
Scoparia amissella, Mill, Icon! 3.) p. 40;
ple 50; feel:
(109). ¢ScopaRIA ACUMINATELLA, Stn., A. M.
ING Es(3) 5, pO ee ‘ : . Madeira.
(110). ¢Scoparia sTENoTA, Wlstn., A. M. N. H.
()in., p: 109 ; F : 5 . Madeira.
tEudorea decorella, Stn. A. M. N. H.
(3), i1., p- 210.
(111). }ScopaRIA SCORIELLA, Wlstn., A. M.
ING EL. (3 ele pnaleg ; ‘ : . Madeira.
(112). Scoparra LINEOLA, Curt., B. E.,iv.,p.170. Europe.
(113). Scoparta RESINEA, Haw., Lep. Brit., Europe,
patoo ; : , 3 : ; Siberia.
Eudorea vaudaliella, H. 8., vi., p. 148,
fig. 157.
Scoparia resinea, var. orientalis, Alph.,
Troudy. Ent. Ross., x., p. 26.
(114). Scoparia LEVPELLA, Zell, L. E., i., p. 298,
figeS = ; 5 5 . ; . Europe.
Classification of the Pyralide.
(115). fScoparta NiGRiTatis, Wlk., Melis’s St.
Helena, p. 190 : 5 : :
(116). ¢Scoparra LusrpaLis, Wlk., Melis’s St.
Helena, p. 190 :
(117). {Scoparta stMiuis, Wlstn., A. M. N. H.
(5)j lil., paseo.
(118). novacav ae LENENSIS, Wiletns i M. N. H.
(5), 111., p. 334
(119). SCOP ATTA SCINTILLULALIS, Wistn:, x M,
N. H. (5), 11., p. 335 :
(120). -ScopARIA TRANSVEBSALIS, Wlstn., ne M.
IN; H. ©), 1ii.,"p;, 336 :
(121). ¢ScoparIA CONTEMPYALIS, WIk., xxxiv.,
1499 : ; : ‘ -
(122). *Scoparia NOLALIS, Feld. Reis. Nov.,
(124).
. *ScopaARIA PULVERALIS, Snell.,
pl. 134, fig. 41 ‘ a :
Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 570. : : :
ScopaRIA MEDINELLA, Snell., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 571. :
125), ¢ScopaARIA OLIVARIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viil.
’ p ») ’ b]
(126).
(127).
(128).
(129).
p. 131, pl. 154, fig. 11
TSCOPARIA DELICATALIS,
p. 1500 . :
+SCOPARIA RUFOSTIGMA, Heapene esl. ‘Het,
viii., p. 131, pl. 154, fig. 4
+ScoPARIA MEDIORUFALIS, Hmpsn.,
Ind., iv., p. 243 c : ¢
{ScoPARIA MURIFICALIS, WIk., xix., 826 ;
Ti, Het., 1x., pl. Lit no eld
tScoparia conyestals, Wik., xix., 826 ;
Hmpsn., lil. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig..2.
oe SO OHY
"9
Moths
Hmpsn.,
(130). -Scorarra VINOTINCTALIS, Hmpsn., Moths
(132).
lind 244
lV., p.
(131). TScoPparia CANICOSTALIS, igen Moths
Ind., iv., p. 244 :
SCOEAMIAOCHRE ALIS, Schiff. Wien Vee,
p. 125
Tinea silacella, " Hitbn. 5 Tin. 7 fig. 232.
Tinea simplicella, Lah., Ball. Soc. Vaud.,
en orenllos0)
St. Helena.
St. Helena.
St. Helena.
St. Helena.
St. Helena
St. Helena.
S. Africa,
S. Africa.
Sikhim.
Sikhim.
Nilgiris.
N. E. India,
Nilgiris.
Nilgiris.
Himalayas,
N. W. Hima-
layas, Cey-
lon.
Nilgiris.
Nilgiris
Europe.
Sect. II. Forewing of male with elongate fovea in ceil;
hindwing ain very large tuit OE dark hair helow
bo
(ule)
[o¢)
Sir George F. Hampson on the
the cell on underside and fringes of hair on inner
area, the wing membrane and neuration much
distorted.
(133). SCOPARIA BARBIPENNIS, sp. 0.
Head and thorax mottled brown and grey ; abdomen yellowish
white. Forewing ferruginous brown thickly irrorated with grey
and white scales; a curved white antemedial line with black marks
on its outer edge in and below the cell ; a discocellular black spot
with some white scales round it ; a postmedial line of white scales
excurved at vein 6, a submarginal diffused line of white scales bent
inwards at middle and connected with the postmedial line ; cilia
grey with a series of fuscous spots. Hindwing yellowish white
with the tufts of hair showing as a dark mark in male.
Hab. Gunong IJjau, Malay Peninsula. Lap.,17 mm.
Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Auctorum.
Scoparia mandschurica, Christ., Bull Mose., lvi.,
Ciyapes : : . Central Asia.
Scoparia Pieoleucel Felis ih, E., 1., p. 306, fig. 13. Europe.
S. vesuntialis, Guen., Dell. and Pye, p. 424.
S. sciaphilella, Lah., Pyr., p. 35
Scoparia delphinialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,
p. 425 ; : : : ; : : . SS. France.
Scoparia wollastonii, Bethune-Baker, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 583. : : . Madeira.
Scoparia absconditalis, Christ., Rom, Mem., iii,
elugpeple td, fig.°8 > : , : : . Syria.
Scoparia obsoleta, Staud., Hor. Ent. ais vay
p. 163 5 Syria,
Scopuria fulvosignalis, Snell. iad v. Ent. XK,
p. 204, and xxvi., pl. 6, fig. 10 . ; . Celebes.
Scoparia nugalis, ‘Snell, Tijd. v. Ent., te
p. 205, and xxvi., pl. 6, fig. 11 . : : . Celebes.
Scoparia seriziatalis, Oberth., Ht. Ent.,1., p. 69,
pliay., fig. 10" \. ; . Algeria.
Scoparia leucomela, Lower, Tr. R. can S, etal
XVile, Wel Oo, & : : : ; : . . Australia.
Type:
Classification of the Pyralide. 239
Genus Dasyscopa.
Dasyscopa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894
p. 464. ,
Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the
2nd joint with long projecting hair below, the 3rd naked ; maxil-
lary palpi triangularly scaled; frons flat ; antenne minutely
ciliated ; tibiae with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of
Dasyscopa homogenes, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).
inner. Forewing with tufts of scales at middle and end of cell ;
vein 3 from before angie of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and
well separated from 8,9, to which 10 is approximated towards
origin. Hindwing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4 from
angle ; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.
Sect. I. Hindwing of male with a groove on inner area,
hairy above and with tufts of hair arising from it
below.
(1). tDasyscopA HOMOGENES, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Assam, Malay
Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 464 . : ; Pen., Sambawa.
Scoparia planilinealis, Warr., A. M. N. H.
(6), xvil, p..207.
Sect. II. Forewing of male with a large fringe of hair on
basal half of costa above and a patch of scales on
inner area below; hindwing with the costa lobed
towards apex, which is produced; some large
scales below costa above and a small round sub-
apical patch; a large tuft of scales on end of
median nervure; fore femora and tibiz fringed
with hair.
(2), *“DasYSCOPA POLYSEMALIS, sp. n.
¢d. Grey mottled with black. Forewing with the costal tuft
black ; a black mark at base of inner margin; a black discocellular
stigma ; diffused black below and beyond end of cell; a past-
medial line dentate below costa and excurved between veins 5
and 2; apical area suffused with black ; a marginal series of black
Type.
240 Sir G. F. Hampson on Classification of Pyralide.
points. Hindwing with the tuft tipped with brown; a diffused
black line from it to inner margin; outer area mottled with black.
Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Exrp., 20 mm. Type
in Coll. Rothschild,
ADDENDUM (June 10th, 1897).
Genus OspPHRANTIS.
Osphrantis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. .Lond., 1897,
p. oc.
Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the
ord with small triangular tuft ; maxillary palpi filiform ; antennez
of male with long fasciculate cilia. Forewing with the cell more
than half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle, 7 straight
and well separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell one-
third length of wing ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle, 6, 7 from upper
angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.
Differs from Dracenura in the fasciculate antenne and the
strong anastomosis of vein 7 of hindwing with 8.
TOSPHRANTIS PARAPH#A, Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 88 . : : : . Talaut.
JULY 2xD, 1897.
€ Qa)
VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Central and South
American Rhopalocera. By F. Du Cang Gopman,
F.R.S., F.L.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.
[Read April 7th, 1897.]
Tue following descriptions are taken partly from speci-
mens in our own collection, partly from others sent us by
Dr. Staudinger for determination. Some of them we
hope to figure in the Supplement to the Rhopalocera of
our ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ now in course of
publication.
Danais nivosus, sp. n.
Danais hermippus, Druce, P.Z.S., 1876, p. 206 (nec
Felder).
D. gilippo (Cr.), ex Brasilia affinis sed alis multo pallidioribus,
maculis omnibus albis multo majoribus presertim lis ad cellule
posticarum finem, maculis submarginalibus albis in seriebus
duabus distinctis positis. Exp. al., 3:2 in.
Hab, PERUVIA SEPTENTRIONALIS (Krause), Vina (O. T’.
Baron); Cormillo (Pearce).
We have nine specimens of this Danais (five males and
four females) all agreeing with one another in the above
characters whereby the insect may be distinguished
from the common D. gilippus of the northern and eastern
portions of the South American continent.
Danais erginus, sp. n.
D. eresimo (Cr.), affinis sed alis saturatioribus, maculis omnibu
albis magis distinctis punctis submarginalibus albis in seriebus
duabus distinctis positis ; anticarum apicibus fere nigris; posticis
area discali distincte pallida. Exp. al., 3-2 in.
Hab. Peruvia seprentrionalis, Payta (4. H. Mark-
ham); Vina (O. T. Baron).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,—PparTit. (JULY.) 16
242 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
We have two males and three females of this strongly
marked form of D. eresimus: the white subapical and
discal spots ‘of the primaries are large and distinct, and
the double subapical row of white spots on the secondaries
clearly shown.
Ituna lanassa, sp. n.
I. lamiro (Uatr.), similis et certe forma meridionalis; anticis
maculis semihyalinis omnibus multo majoribus iis ad angulum
analem confluentibus, macula magna ad basin cellule ultra venam
subcostalem et venam medianam extendente ; posticis plerumque
medialiter magis hyalinis colore fulvo ad angulum analem
restricto, venis discocellularibus late nigris ut in J. phenarete.
Exp. al., 4°3 in.
Hab. Peruvia ortenratis, Huayabamba (Garlepp) ;
Pozzuzo (Pearce).
We have three male specimens of this species agreeing
fairly in the above characters, thougn the spots of the
primaries in one of the Huayabamba examples are more
confluent than in the others, and in the other the hyaline
spot at the base of the cell does not pass the subcostal
nervure. ‘I'he transverse bands, one of which crosses
the apex of the secondaries and the other covers the end
of the cell, are both strongly marked in I. phenarete.
Olyras prestans, sp. 0.
O. insign’ similis sed posticis margine externo unicolore haud
introrsum rufo marginato ; subtus posticis margine nigro costali
maculis duabus albis notatis. Exp. al., 4:1 in.
Hab. Cotomepia, San Martin, Llanos of R. Meta.
(Mus. nostr.); Colombia (Mus. Staudinger).
We have seen two specimens of this Olyras which
resembles the Central-American O. insignis, Salv. (Biol.
Centr.-Am. Rhop., i., p. 8, t. 1, fig. 1), but has no rufous
inner border to the dark outer margin cf the secondaries,
and is thus readily distinguished.
Olyras staudingeri, sp. n.
Olyras montagui, Godm. and Saly., Biol. Centr.-Am.
Rhop., 1., p.- 7 (nec Butler).
Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 243
O. montagui similis sed anticis vena mediana fulva, posticis
medialiter fere omnino fulva ad angulum apicalem vix pallidioribus,
fascia lata mediana semihyalina haud notata; subtus macula
exteriori costali alba majore et triangulari maculis submarginalibus
anticarum albis haud interruptis. Exp. al., 4:0 in.
The receipt of additional specimens of the true O.
montagut from the Cauca Valley, in Colombia, shows that
the Central- American insect referred by us to that species
is really distinct. ‘This is Dr. Staudinger’s view, and we
call the species of Central America after him.
Tithorea monosticta, sp. n.
T. duenne similis sed posticis fascia transversa integra nigra nulla,
macula ad angulum apicalem tantum notatis: subtus posticis fascia
maculosa et macula flavida ad angulum apicalem. Exp. al., 3-95 in.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Staudinger).
A female specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger differs in
the above points from 7’. duenna, of Guatemala. It also
differs from 7’. pinthias of Panama in having a narrower
dark border round the apical angle of the secondaries
and a single isolated black spot.
Phyciodes faustus, sp. n.
P. ptolyce affinis, alis anticis aliter punctatis, maculis duabus
medianis (inferiore majore fere rotundata), duabus subapicalibus
(inferiore parva superiore elongata) fascia mediana posticarum
integra, lineola submarginali evanescenti. Exp. al., 1°25 in.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Staudinger).
Though compared with P. ptolyca this species has
only a general resemblance to that insect. The spots
on the primaries are much fewer in number and
differently placed, only a small one standing in the
end of the cell with a larger one below it. ‘I'he wings
are narrower.
Phyciodes anomalus, sp. n.
Alis fusco-nigris, ciliis albo interruptis ; anticis dimidio distali
punctis albis notato; posticis fascia mediana fulva intra eam
punctis quibusdam ejusdem coloris et extra eam punctisalbis: subtus
944 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
pallidioribus, anticis punctis albis majoribus lunulis submargin-
alibus saturate fulvis; posticis fascia mediana cervina extra
eam lunulis nigris et punctis albis seriatim positis, lunulis
fulvis submarginalibus nigro limbatis et intra eas lunulis
albis, ad basin fulvo et albido muaculatis, maculis omnibus
late nigro marginatis; palpis fuscis subtus albis ; abdomine
subtus albido supra fusco, lateribus albido punctatis. Exp.
al. desc.
Hab. Mexico, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).
A remarkable species with no near allies that we
know of.
Anza elara, sp. n.
¢@ Alis ecaudatis cyaneo-nigris ; anticis fascia subapicali arcuata
venis quadripartita viridi-cyanea ; posticis unicoloribus ad mar-
ginem externum squamis viridi-cyaneis atomatis: subtus lete
castaneis albo irroratis marginibus externis immaculatis, posticis
macula parva ad medium maryinis costalis. Exp.al., 3-0 in.
@ major, alis ad basin viridi-cyaneo lavatis, anticis fascia
subapicali latiore et fere ad angulum analem extensa, posticis
caudatis.
Hab. Costa Rica (Mus. Staudinger).
This Anea is allied to A. proserpina, Salv., and A.
ambrosia, Druce, having the underside of the former and
the upper somewhat like that of the latter.
Dr. Staudinger has sent us a male and female, the
former in good condition, but the latter has lost the tail
to the hindwings found in all the allied species.
Lemonias eudocia, sp. n.
Alis saturate fuscis undique nigro maculatis, maculis singulis
saturate ochraceo indistincte limbatis, ciliis fuscis irregulariter albo
interruptis : subtus omnino pallidioribus maculis omnibus nigris
albido cinctis. Exp. al., 0°96 in.
Hab. Mexico occipentais, Colima (Mus. Stawdinger).
A small insect belonging to the section represented in
Centarl America by L. glauca and L. densimaculata,
From the former it differs in the colour of the wings,
Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 245
which are dark fuscous and not bluish-grey, and from the
latter in the darker colour of the wings, the black spots
being less apparent.
The single specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger is pro-
bably, from the shape of the wings, a female, but the
front legs are injured or wanting.
Theope speciosa, sp. 0.
¢ Alis anticis mgris, area interna ceerulea, reliqua (parte discali _
et margine externo exceptis) dense squamis cyaneis notatis ; posticis
ceruleis, costa et margine externo anguste nigris : subtus pallide
murinis maculis tribus parvis ad angulum analem nigris albido
circumcinctis, fronte inter oculos cinnamomea, corpore subtus alis
conco.ore. Exp. al., 1-2 in.
Hab. Cotompia occipentais, Rio San Juan (Mus.
Staudinger).
A beantiful species, of which Dr. Staudinger has sent
us a single male specimen for description. It belongs to
the T. virgilius group, but differs in having the primaries,
for the most part, black with a deep blue gloss over the
greater portion, the inner edge alone being of the blue
found in T. virgilius.
Theope talna, sp. n.
2 Alis nigris ad basin ceruleis, anticis macula subapicali tripar-
tita quoque cerulea : subtus pallide cinnamomeis, posticis maculis
duabus submarginalibus nigris cxruleo introrsum limbatis ad
angulum analem maculis alteris evanescentibus juxta cas una
utrinque ceruleis; fronte inter oculos et corpore subtus cin:
namomeis. Exp. al., 15 in.
Hab. Honpvuras, Ruatan I, (G. Ff. Gaumer).
A female specimen captured by Dr. Gaumer on
Ruatan J. differs from all others in our collection in
having a very restricted amount of blue at the base of
the wings, the black outer portion very largely predomi-
nating. The underside of the wings is of a uniform
cinnamon colour, with a few spots near the margin of the
anal angle.
It is allied to 7. virgilius, but is much darker both
above and below, and has more rounded wings.
246 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
Theope matuta, sp. n.
Alis nigris, anticis ad basin (costa nigra excepta) nitide ceruleis
venis divisis ; posticis area interna usque ad basin nitide cerulea,
costa late, margine externo angustiore, nigris: subtus fuscis costa ad
basin rufa, maculis elongatis discalibus albidis transfasciatis, fascia
maculosa submarginali ejusdem coloris ; posticis maculis sagitti-
formibus submarginalibus, aliisque elongatis discalibus indistincte
notatis, fronte inter oculos nigra utrinque albido marginata, corpore
fusco, palpis nigris antice albis, abdomine linea mediana alba. Exp.
al., 1°8 in.
Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley (Ff. A. Zurcher).
This Theope is allied to T. thebais of the Amazon
Valley, but the blue on the upper side of the wings is
much brighter. Beneath the wings are darker and the
pale markings more definite, and the rufous base of the
costa of the primaries is more extended.
We have only seen a single female specimen of this
distinct species, which was contained in a collection
made in the Santa Clara Valley, Costa Rica, at an
altitnde of 1,200 feet above the sea, by Mr. F. A.
Ziircher.
Theope diores, sp. n.
Alis fusco-nigris ; anticis ad basin czruleis costa omnino fusca ;
posticis ceruleis, costa late, angulo apicali usque ad maculam
magnam ad medium marginis externi nigro-fuscis ; margine in-
terno albido ; subtus rufescente griseis posticis punctis quibusdam
nigris ad marginem externum subtrianguliformibus et introrsum
pallide cxruleo limbatis, corpore supra ceruleo subtus alis con-
colore. Exp. al, 1°5 in.
Hab. Mexico, Colima (Mus. Staudinger); Jalapa (H.
Hdwards).
We have seen two male specimens of this species, one
of them lent us by Dr. Staudinger, and the other given
us by the late Henry Edwards, who probably received it
from Mr. Schaus in one of his earlier collections. The
most nearly allied species is perhaps the common J°
virgilius, from which it may at once be recogrized by the
large dark spot which interrupts the blue hindwings near
the middle of the outer margin.
Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 247
Theope polimela, sp. n.
T. virgilio similis sed anticis colore ceruleo magis extenso angu-
lum analem fere attingente, subtus vix differt. Exp. al., 1-75in.
Hab. Cotomsta (Mus. Staudinger); Cauca Valley
(’. H. Wheeler).
Two male specimens of this Theope differ from all those
of that sex in our collection from many localities in
Central America. The greater extension of the blue of
the primaries towards the anal angle seems sufficiently
marked to justify the separation of this southern form.
Theope mania, sp. n.
2. T. eleuthoni similis sed alis cerulescentioribus anticarum apice
minus acuto; posticis (preter costam nigram) omnino ceruleis,
angulo anali minus producto: subtus pallidioribus anticis ad
basin vix rufescentibus, posticis maculis submarginalibus evanes-
centibus. Exp. al., 1-9 in.
Hab. Mexico, San Blas (W. B. Richardson).
This is a species of T’heope, having a dark line across
the undersurface of both wings. We have as yet received
only a single female which was taken by Mr. Richardson
at San Blas, in Western Mexico, in May, 1889.
Theope eleutho, sp. n.
Alis fusco-nigris ; anticis ad basin viridescenti-ceruleis, costa
omnino nigricante maculis tribus subapicalibus in linea obliqua
viridescenti-ceruleis ; posticis area interna et area discali virides-
centi-ceruleis hac venis nigris intersecta, costa late nigricante,
margine interno albicanti: subtus glauco-fuscescentibus linea
communi ab angulo anticarum apicali ad medium marginis interni
posticarum saturate fusca, anticis ad basin rufescentibus, maculis
duabus in cellula albis, posticis maculis parvis septem submar-
ginalibus nigris; altera alba ad cellule basin; corpore supra
ceruleo subtus alis concolore. Exp. al., 2°2 in.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Zvdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger).
Dr. Staudinger has sent us a single female specimen of
this Theope, which differs from all others in our collection.
It belongs to the section having a common line on the
underside running from the apical angle of the primaries
248 Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera.
to the middle of the inner border of the secondaries. The
apical angle of the primaries is acute and salient owing to
the outer maryin being slightly concave towards the point.
The anal angle of the secondaries, too, is acute.
Papilio eracon, sp. n.
Alis saturate eneo-nigricantibus, ciliis inter venas ochraceis ;
anticis maculis sex submarginalibus, ad angulum apicalem evanes-
centibus, viridi-ochraceis; posticis paulo nitentioribus, maculis sex
discalibus fere rotundis et punctis sex (horum duobns inter venam
medianam et ramum ejussecundum)submarginalibus viridi-ochraceis:
subtus fuscis; anticis ad basin nigricantibus, maculis tribus ad angu-
lum analem aliisque indistinctis cirea cellule finem ochraceis; posticis
maculis septem transversim elongatis nigro limbatis rubidis et inter
eas punctis glauco-albidis, extra eas punctis sex majoribus submar-
ginalibus ochraceis; abdomine supra ochracea segmentis nigro
marginatis, corpore toto subtus fulvo maculato. Exp. al., 5-0 in.
Hab. Mexico occipEenTaLts, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).
A male of this distinct species differs from all forms of
this section of Papilio found in Central America in having
the spots of the secondaries in a submarginal series away
from the cell and the costa, and beyond them are some
small submarginal spots. Beneath the coloration of the
margin of the secondaries is very marked ; besides the
usual black margined rufous spots there are whitish spots
between them, as well as ochraceous ones next the
margin.
Papilio iopas, sp. n.
P. copane similis sed anticis supra omnino immaculatis posticis
fascia maculosa angustiore a margine externo magis remota. Exp.
al., 4:55 in,
Hab. Mexico occiprentatis, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).
A single male specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger
seems sufficiently distinct from P. copanx to require a
name. It is still more distinct from the Papilio from
San Blas which we described and figured as P. procas
(B.C.A. Rhop., ii., p. 203, t. 65, figs. 15 and 16), which has
a few spots on the primaries near the anal angle, and a
sie discal band to the secondaries, part of which enters
the cell.
—
( 249 )
IX. A List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained
by Mr. H. H. Smrra at St. Vincent, Grenada,
and the Grenadines, with Descriptions of New
Species: Crioceride—Galerucide. By Marrin
Jacosy, F'.E.S.
[Read February 17th, 1897.]
THis paper forms a continuation of others contributed to
these Transactions by Messrs. Gahan and Champion and
Professors Forel and Williston on the insects collected by
Mr. H. H. Smith in the Islands of St. Vincent, Grenada,
and the Grenadines, under the auspices of the West India
Exploration Committee of the Royal Society and British
Association. The Phytophagous Coleoptera are here dealt
with, the families Crioceridee to Galerucidee inclusive having
been worked out by myself, and the Hispide and Cassi-
didz by Mr. Champion. Of the first-mentioned families
forty-six species are enumerated, twenty-one of which are
described as new, several others remaining unidentified for
want of sufficient material. Amongst the twenty-five
known species of these groups six inhabit Central and
South America, five South and Central America respec-
tively, four are found in the Southern United States,
two in North, South, and Central America, two in
North and Central America, and one in the Island of
Guadeloupe.
List OF THE SpEciIgEsS—CRIOCERIDEZ TO GALERUCIDS.
Lema dorsalis, Oliv. Colaspis lebasi, Lefevre.
., sharpé, sp. n. » fastidiosa, Lefevre.
», Obscura, Fabr. » jemoralis, Lefevre.
» vitlatipennis, Baly. Rhabdopterus picipes, Oliv.
5 marginata, Oliv. Myochrous denticollis, Say.
» énsularis, Jac. Typophorus viridicyaneus,
Coscinoptera intermedia, sp. n. Crotch.
Cryptocephalus tricostatus, Jac. Phadon nigripes, sp. n.
Pachybrachys scabripennis, sp.n. Lactica tibialis, Oliv.
Nodonota grenadensis, sp. n. » levicollis, sp. n.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT ur. (sepr.) 17
250 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
List or Spectes—continued.
Hermeophaga smithi, sp. n. Chetocnema nana, sp. Nn.
Haltica satellitia, Jac. As ? minuta, Melsh.
Disonycha glabrata, Fabr. Homophyla unicolor, sp. 0.
i leévigata, sp. n. Homopheta equinoctialis, Fabr.
Systena s-littera, Linn. (Edionychis smithi, sp. n.
,, bicolor, sp. n. - sharpi, sp. n.
Pseudoepitria suffriand, sp. 0. Physimerus smithi, sp. 0.
Epitrix subfusca, sp. n. . _Hypolampsis annulicornis, sp. 1.
» parvula, Fabr. Megistops granulatus, sp. 0.
5 fuscata, Jacq. Duval. Schematiza livida, Oliv.
Glyptina nigrita, sp. n. Diabrotica melanocephala, Oliv.
Aphthona maculipennis, Jac. . bivittata, Fabr.
» grenadensis, sp. n. Cerotoma ruficornis, Oliv.
Longitarsus horni, sp. n.
Fam. CRIOCERIDA.
Lema, Fabr.
Tema dorsalis.
Crioceris dorsalis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., vi., p. 201 ;
Ent., vi., No. 94, p. 743, t. 2, fig. 27.
Lema dorsalis, Lacord., Mon., p. 499; Jacq. Duval, in
Sagra’s Hist. fis. polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 119;
Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,vi., 1, p. 12, and Suppl.,
p..09, t. 1) fiend:
Lema nigricornis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 91.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward
side).
A Tropical-American species, extending as far north
as the Mexican State of Vera Cruz, and also occurring
in Cuba.
Lema sharpi, sp. n.
Black, the upper part of the head and the thorax fulvous ;
elytra very deeply punctate-striate, fulvous, a sutural spot below
the base, a spot on the shoulders, and another on the disc before the
middle, as well as a large apical patch, metallic blue, the ninth row
of punctures interrupted.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 251
Var. a. Elytral markings more or less confluent.
Var. 6, Elytra entirely dark blue.
Length, 14 line.
Head impunctate, fulvous, the vertex with a shallow groove, the
lateral sulci moderately deep, finely pubescent; lower portion of
the face black, clothed with yellowish hairs; antenne scarcely
extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the third and fourth
joints equal; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides
but little constricted at the middle, the transverse suleus moder-
ately deep, the surface with some distinct rows of puncturesat the
middle and some others near the anterior angles, the latter
rounded ; scutellum truncate at the apex ; elytra without basal
depression, very deeply and closely punctate-striate, the ninth row
interrupted at the middle and the smooth space raised, as well as
the following interstice, a spot on the shoulders, another near the
middle, a rounded Jarger patch below the scutellum across the
suture, and a still larger patch occupying the entire apical portion,
dark blue ; underside and legs covered with silvery pubescence, the
knees and the anterior tibiz sometimes stained with fulvous.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
This is another of the small species resembling in its
elytral pattern L. dorsalis (Oliv.), and several closely allied
forms. It is, however, quite distinct from any of the
described species of the genus on account of the much
shorter antennz and the shape of the thorax, the latter
being so little constricted at the sides as to appear nearly
subquadrate ; in L. dorsalis and others the thorax is very
deeply constricted and shorter. In most of the speci-
mens of LJ. siarpi the spots on the elytra are well
separated, notably the two small lateral ones; but in some
of them the basal and apical patches join at the suture,
and are also connected with the spots on the disc, so that
‘the pattern exactly resembles that of the other allied
forms. I should have referred this species to L. inter-
media, Suffr., from Cuba, had not the author described
the thorax as deeply constricted at the middle. In the
‘specimens of the variety ) the head has a small black spot
-on: the vertex, and the elytra are entirely metallic blue ;
these agree, however, so entirely in structural characters
-with the normal form that I cannot separate them,
-especially as in two of them there is a short fulvous stripe _
252 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
at the base of the elytra, indicating the ground-colour of
the type.
Lema obscura.
Lema obscura, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i., p. 476 ; Lacord.,
Mon., p. 361.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Bulthazar (Windward
side).
Specimens from these localities agree entirely with
others from Brazil in my collection. It is curious that
Lacordaire, who gives a long description of this insect,
does not mention the short pubescence which covers all
the upper part of the body—a character of rare occur-
rence amongst the species of Lema. LL. obscura is widely
distributed in Tropical America, but is not known from
so far north as the Isthmus of Panama.
Lema vittatipennis.
Lema vittatipennis, Baly, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 315.
Hab. St. Vincent.
The types were from the Amazons.
Lema marginata.
~
Lema marginata, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 748, t. 2, fig. 35 ;
Lacord., Mon., p. 477.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Inhabits the northern part of South America.
Lema insularis.
Lema insularis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
Suppl., p. 30, t. 35, fig. 20.
Var. Antenne entirely black.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
The St. Vincent specimens agree so nearly with the
type from Taboga I., Panama, that I refer them to that
species: the only difference I can detect is the entirely
black colour of the antenne, the apical three joints being
flavous in the type; the elytral band in the latter also
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 253
does not extend to the suture, but reaches it in the St.
Vincent specimens.
Fam. CLYTHRID.
CoscinoprerA, Lacord.
Coscinoptera intermedia, sp. 0.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
Dark neous, the tibiae more or less fulvous, the upper and
under surfaces clothed with long, white pubescence; thorax closely
punctured at the sides ; elytra not more strongly punctured than
the thorax.
Length, 2 lines.
Subcylindrical, scarcely narrowed posteriorly ; head very broad,
geneous, not closely, but distinctly punctured, and covered with
long, white pubescence ; labrum black, its anterior margin some-
times fulvous; antenne very short, black, the second and third
joints (and sometimes the fourth also) fulvous, the fourth and fol-
lowing joints strongly transverse ; thorax nearly twice as broad as
long, the sides almost straight, the posterior angles obtuse, but not
rounded, the surface very closely and finely punctured at the
sides, more remotely at the middle, with a more or less distinct
central smooth line, the sides closely covered with long white
pubescence, the middle nearly glabrous ; scutellum covered with
white hairs ; elytra similarly punctured to the disc of the thorax
and also pubescent, the hairs more numerous at the sides than on
the disc; the underside and legs densely clothed with white pube-
scence, the femora more or less blackish, the tibie fulvous, the tarsi
dark.
I cannot identify this species with any of the described
members of the genus. ‘There is only one specimen
before me in which the legs and the antennz are obscure
dark fulvous; in all the others they are blackish, the
tibiz excepted. The general colour is distinctly bronze,
in which the species differs from O. dominicana (Fabr.),
the latter being also larger and differently sculptured.
The pubescence in the present species is comparatively
long: this and the differently sculptured upper surface
separate C. intermedig from any of the species described
ee eae The labrum in all the specimens is
ack.
254 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Fam. CRYPTOCEPHALIDA.
CryprocePHatus, Geoffr.
Cryptocephalus tricostatus.
Cryptocephalus tricostatus, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,
Vij ensuppl., p- 16.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Leeward and Windward
sides, and Kingstown, up to 3,000 feet ; Grenada— Mount
Gay Estate and St. George’s (Leeward side) ; Grenadines
—Mustique I., Becquia I.
I cannot separate the numerous specimens from the
above-mentioned localities from those described by me
from Chiriqui under the above name, but the size and
coloration of the insect is extremely variable. In well-
marked specimens the thorax is piceous with a slight
metallic gloss, the margins and two oblique spots at the
base. being flavous; the elytra are of the latter colour,
with the suture broadly, and a more or less distinct
transverse band near the apex, greenish-piceous, the
punctures being of the same colour. Between these and
nearly unicolorous flavous specimens there are numerous:
intermediate forms. The principal characters of distinc-
tion are:—The interruption below the shoulders of the
fifth and sixth rows of punctures on the elytra by a trans-
verse raised space (‘‘Querfeld” of Suffrian), and the broad,
convex interspaces at the sides (from which I named the
insect tricostatus), as well as the smooth and raised apical:
portion. The species varies from } to | line in length.
It belongs, no doubt, to the group in which Suffrian
placed his O. stercorator, from the W. Indies, to which it
seems very closely allied; but neither the colour nor the
description of the elytral sculpture agrees with the speci-
mens before me. OC. signatellus, Suffr., is also another
allied form.
PacHYBRACHYS, Suffr.
Pachybrachys scabripennis, sp. n.
Flavous, closely covered with brown punctures; the thorax
with some more or less distinct dark bands ; elytra closely punc-
tured in irregular rows, with raised interstices, with a small,
smooth, raised, pale spot near the suture ; femora with a brown
spot.
Length, 2 lines.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 259
Head closely and finely rugose-punctate, flavous, with a darker
central line ; the eyes large and rather closely approximate in the
male, the dividing space being narrower than their diameter ; an-
tenn long and slender, extending nearly to the middle of the
elytra, pale flavous, the apex of the outer joints darker, the third
joint nearly three times longer than the second, the terminal joints
very slightly widened at the apex ; thorax twice as broad as long,
the sides strongly deflexed, the lateral margins nearly straight, the
surface closely covered with brown punctures, which are a little
less crowded at the sides than at the middle, the interspaces form-
ing small, flavous, raised, smooth spaces, the margins very narrowly
flavous and raised, the middle with a broad and the sides with a
narrow brownish band, these being sometimes entirely obsolete ;
scutellum raised, its apex truncate, piceous ; elytra somewhat
similarly sculptured to the thorax, the punctures near the anterior
part of the suture confused and closely placed, forming irregular
rows at the sides, where they are less crowded, but extending
quite to the apex, the interstices raised into narrow, very irregu-
larly placed longitudinal smooth spaces, the shoulders and some
small irregular spots on the dise dark brown, the disc usually with
a small raised smooth flavous spot near the suture, about the
middle ; pygidium flavous, finely pubescent ; the breast more or
less darkened; abdomen and legs flavous, the femora with a
rather large, the tibize with a smaller piceous spot.
Hab. St. Vincent’; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Lee-
ward side), Caliveny and Lake Antoine Estates (Wind-
ward side); Grenadines—Union I., Becquia I.
This Pachybrachys is very closely allied to P. conglomer-
atus, Suftr., P: costipennis, Suffr., and P. pumicatus, Suftr.
(from Cuba), and P. punctatissimus, Jac. (from Mexico), but
seems to differ in several. respects from all these species.
The following are the principal points of distinction :—P.
pumicatus is smaller, differently marked, and has smooth
apices of the elytra, according to Suffrian ; P. costipennis
has the disc of the thorax impunctate, the eyes of the
male nearly contiguous, and the elytra differently sculp-
tured; P. conglomeratus is larger, and has very regu-
larly punctured elytral striz, with a yellow transverse
band, etc. ; lastly, P. punctatissimus has shorter and en-
tirely black antenne, with greatly widened terminal
joints, and a more closely punctured thorax. The
prosternum in the present species is rather long,
256 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
slightly narrowed between the cox, and distinctly
punctured.
Fam. EHUMOLPID A.
Noponora, Lefévre.
Nodonota grenadensis, sp. n.
Piceous below, above metallic green or cupreous, the antenn
and legs flavous ; thorax transverse, evenly and moderately closely
punctured ; elytra with single rows of strong punctures, the latter
widely placed.
Length, 3-1 line.
Of oblong shape ; the head remotely and rather finely punc-
tured, the vertex with a longitudinal groove ; clypeus distinctly
separated at the sides by oblique grooves, nearly smooth ; labrum
and palpi fulvous ; antennz extending beyond the middle of the
elytra in the male, flavous, the terminal joints stained with fus-
cous at the apex and scarcely thicker than the basal joints, all of
equal length, with the exception of the second ; thorax strongly
transverse, the sides much rounded, the base scarcely produced at
the middle and narrowly margined, the anterior portion somewhat
strongly deflexed, the disc rather strongly but not closely punc-
tured, the punctures of equal size and slightly oblong in shape ;
scutellum not broader than long ; elytra not wider in front than
the thorax, with a very feeble depression below the base, the punc-
tuation much stronger than that of the thorax and arranged in
rather distantly placed rows, which show a tendency to run in
pairs anteriorly, the humeral callus smooth and prominent ; under-
side entirely impunctate, piceous, the apex of the abdomen gene-
rally obscure fulvous ; legs flavous.
Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, Mt.
Maitland, and St. George’s (Leeward side), Balthazar
(Windward side).
In distinguishing this species from its many very
closely allied congeners the following characters must be
taken into account:—The piceous colour of the under-
side, the flavous antenne and legs, and the strong and
rather remote punctuation of the elytra. The sexes do
not differ much; but in the female the antenne are
shorter, the thorax is less transverse, and the anterior
tarsi are not widened.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 257
Cotaspis, Fabr.
Colaspis lebasi.
Colaspis lebasi, Lefévre, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver.,
1878, p. 121; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
p. 139, and Suppl., p. 221.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, and Mirabeau and Chan-
tilly Estates (Windward side), Windsor.
On the mainland this species ranges from Mexico to
Colombia.
Colaspis fastidiosa.
Colaspis fastidiosa, Lefévre, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1885,
p.cxci.; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1, Suppl.,
p. 221.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end; Grenada—Mount
Gay Hstate and St. George’s (leeward side), Granville,
Balthazar, Caliveny Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines
—Union I., Mustique I., Becquia I.
Inhabits Venezuela and Colombia, extending on to the
Isthmus of Panama.
Colaspis femoralis.
Colaspis femoralis, Lefévre, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver.,
1878, p. 122; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,
1, Suppl., p. 225.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, and Leeward and
Windward sides.
Inhabits Colombia, including the State of Panama.
Ruappoprervs, Lefévre.
Rhabdopterus picipes.
Colaspis picipes, Oliv., Hnt., vi., p. 886, t. 2, fig. 15.
Hab. St. Vincent—Summit of Soufriére; Grenada—
Balthazar (Windward side).
Inhabits the Southern United States.
258 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Myocurovs, Erichs.
Myochrous denticollis.
Colaspis denticollis, Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., i, p. 448
(1824) ; Complete Writings, 1., p. 215.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Windward side).
Inhabits the United States of North America.
TypopHorus, Erichs.
Typophorus viridicyaneus.
Paria viridicyanea, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1873,
p- 40.
Typophorus viridicyaneus, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,
Wig Wp. L795 tpl, 11m ail
Typophorus sturmi, Lefevre, Am. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1877,
p. 317.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown and Windward side;
Grenada—Mount Gay, Venddme, and Woodford Estates
(Leeward side), Balthazar, Mirabeau and Lake Antoine
Estates (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.
Inhabits the United States of North America, extend-
ing southwards to Costa Rica.
Fam. CHRYSOMELIDE.
PHapon, Latr.
Phexdon nigripes, sp. 0.
Black, the basal joints of the antenne, the head, and the sides
of the thorax rufous, the latter minutely punctured; elytra
metallic dark blue, distinctly punctate-striate, the interstices
impunctate.
Length, 13 line.
Head with a few fine punctures, the clypeus separated by
shallow oblique grooves from the face; palpi piceous; antenn
extending to the base of the elytra, black, the basal two joints
more or less fulvous, the terminal five joints transverse, forming
a club; thorax more than twice as broad as long, narrowed
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 259
in front, the sides nearly straight, the surface very finely
and somewhat closely punctured, rufous, with a narrow bluish-
black median band extending from the apex to the base ; scutel-
lum black; elytra with ten rows of distinct punctures, the
sutural one short, the submarginal row consisting of some finer
and more irregularly-placed punctures, the interstices minutely
granulate ; the underside and the legs black, the knees, tarsi, and
the last two abdominal segments more or less fulvous ; the sides
of the breast strongly punctured, the rest of the under surface
nearly impunctate ; penis short and broad, strongly curved, the
apex broadly rounded.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Balthazar (Windward side).
This species is very similarly coloured to many South
American forms, but differs from all of them in the black
underside and legs; in some specimens, however, the
tibiae are obscurely stained with fulvous below, but to a
small extent. In nearly all the South- and Central-
American species of the genus the colour of the under-
side and legs is fulvous.
Fam. GALERUCIDA,
Subfam. HALTICINA.
Lactica, Erichs.
Lactica tibialis.
Altica tibialis, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 697, t. 3, fig. 52.
Monomacra religata, Jacq. Duval, in Sagr’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 129.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward
side).
Inhabits the Southern United States and Cuba.
Lactica levicollis, sp. n.
Fulvous, the antenne (the basal joint excepted), the tibie,
tarsi, and abdomen black ; thorax without transverse sulcus, but
with perpendicular grooves, impunctate ; elytra metallic violaceous-
blue, distinctly punctured.
Length, 13 line.
260 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Oblong, parallel ; the head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal
tubercles small, oblique, the carina rather broad and short; palpi
robust, piceous; antenne not extending to the middle of the
elytra, black, the basal joint fulvous, the third joint slightly longer
than the fourth, this and the following joints rather robust, the
terminal one elongate, slender ; thorax twice as broad as long, the
sides nearly straight, the anterior angles oblique, thickened, the
posterior margin straight, the surface rather strongly convex,
entirely impunctate, fulvous, the basal margin with a short but
deep perpendicular groove on each side; scutellum fulvous ; elytra
not depressed below the base, metallic blue, evenly, finely, and
regularly punctured in semi-regular distant rows, the punctures
scarcely finer at the apex ; abdomen and legs black, the four anterior
femora fulvous.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen. A nearly typical Lactica, but differing
from almost all the species of the genus in the complete
absence of a thoracic transverse suicus; this latter in
itself often shows modification, but scarcely ever entirely
disappears, as in the present case. ‘I'he species cannot be
generically separated from Lactica.
Hermxopaaca, Foudr.
Hermxophaga smith, sp. n.
Black, above metallic dark blue, the basal joints of the antenne,
tne four anterior legs, and the posterior tibize and tarsi flavous ;
thorax with a deep transverse sulcus, impunctate ; elytra distinctly
punctured in closely approached semi-regular rows.
Length, 1-1; line.
Subcylindrical ; the head impunctate on the vertex, the frontal
tubercles linear, the carina very acute, the clypeus longitudinally
depressed on each side ; antennze scarcely extending to the middle
of the elytra, black, the lower four joints, and sometimes the fifth
also, flavous; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides
straight at the base, rather strongly rounded and also obsoletely
angulate before the middle, the surface convex, entirely impunctate,
and shining, the posterior margin broadly produced at the middle,
the base with a very deep, slightly sinuate, transverse sulcus, which
extends to the sides but is not bounded by a lateral groove ; elytra
with a slight depression below the base, strongly punctured in
closely approached, semi-regular rows ; underside black ; the four
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 261
anterior legs flavous, the posterior femora more or less bluish or
black, the anterior femora sometimes stained with piceous, the first
joint of the tarsi as long asthe following two joints together ; peris
slender, not thickened, the apical cavity short.
Hab. St..Vincent (Leeward side) ; Grenada—Caliveny
Estate and Balthazar (Windward side), St. George’s,
Mt. Maitland, and Mount Gay Hstate (Leeward side).
I am unable to indentify this species with H. cylindrica,
Weise, from Puerto Rico, although it seems closely allied,
the coloration being nearly similar. Weise describes his
species as metallic green: in the present insect the
underside is black ; there is also no trace either of an
oblique depression or punctuation on the thorax, and
the head seems differently sculptured; the elytra, too,
have a slight but distinct depression below the base, of
which Weise says nothing. The antenne in H. smithi
have the second joint thickened, scarcely shorter than the
third, and the terminal joints gradually becoming more
elongate and slightly widened, but not suddenly thickened
as in H. cylindrica. Found in abundance in Grenada.
Hatrtica, Geoftr.
Haltica satellitia.
Haltica satellitia, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
Suppl., p. 267.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar and Mira-
beau Estate (Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward
side), and South end.
“Originally described from Mexico and Guatemala.
Disonycua, Chevr.
Disonycha glabrata.
Orioceris glabrata, Fabr., Spec. Ins. i., p. 156 (1781).
Disonycha glabrata, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., J,
p- dll.
?Criocerts tomentosa, Fabr., Syst. Hnt., p. 122.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
A widely distributed American species, ranging from
the United States to Peru, and also found in Jamaica.
262 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Disonycha levigata, sp. n.
‘Fulvous, the antenne (the basal three joints excepted), the apex
of the tibie, and the tarsi fuscous ; head and thorax impunctate,
the latter obscurely marked with piceous; elytra bright metallic
green, microscopically punctured.
Length, 3 lines.
Head impunctate, with the exception of some deep punctures
near the eyes; frontal tubercles scarcely indicated, broad and flat ;
clypeus rather strongly raised and broad ; labrum black; antennz
not extending much beyond the base of the elytra, robust, black,
the lower three joints fulvous beneath, the third joint one-half
longer than the second and slightly shorter than the fourth, the
following joints of nearly equal length and subquadrate in shape ;
thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, narrowed
towards the apex, the anterior angles obliquely thickened, the
posterior ones strongly oblique, the surface impunctate, with an
obscure blackish transverse band towards the apex; scutellum
broad, black ; elytra bright metallic green, with a narrow reflexed
margin, the surface extremely finely*punctured (when seen under a
very strong lens) ; underside and the femora fulvous.
Hab. Grenada—Lake Antoine and Telescope Estates
(Windward side).
From those of its congeners with unicolorous metallic
elytra, the present species may be distinguished by the
fulvous head, thorax, underside, and femora, in which
respect it differs from D. mellicollis (Say) and D. collata
(Fabr.). The insect seems, however, more nearly allied
(as far as coloration is concerned) to the Central- Ameri-
can D. mexicana, Jac.; but may be separated from it by
the black labrum, the bright metallic green elytra, the
differently sculptured head, and rather large size. Two
specimens.
Systena, Clark.
Systena s-littera.
Crioceris s-littera, Linn., Syst. Nat., 10th edit., p. 373.
Systena s-littera, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
p. 331.
Systena sinwato-vittata, Clark, Journ. Ent., ii, p. 403.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 263
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides,
Kingstown ; Grenada—Balthazar and Mirabeau Estate
(Windward side).
A widely distributed Tropical-American insect ranging
from the Mexican State of Vera Cruz to Brazil. This
species is subject, like many of its congeners, to great
variation, almost entirely testaceous examples occurring,
or with only a trace of darker bands on the elytra. In
well-marked specimens the elytra are greenish-black,
each with a curved testaceous stripe on the disc ending in
a knob-like projection.
Systena bicolor, sp. n.
Flavous or fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ;
thorax with a narrow dark lateral stripe, impunctate ; elytra finely
punctate-striate, dark «neous or blackish-green, with a larger or
smaller flavous lateral spot.
Var. a. Elytra flavous, a triangular spot surrounding the scutel-
lum, and the apex, greenish-black.
Var. b. Elytra entirely dark-coloured.
Length, 1-1} line,
Head impunctate, flavous, the extreme base sometimes piceous ;
frontal tubercles small, transverse; palpi slender; antennz
extending beyond the middle of the elytra in the male, shorter in
the female, the first joint thick and straight, the second one-half
shorter, the third and fourth joints equal, the others slightly more
elongate, all the joints furnished with rather long hairs, the lower
four or five flavous, the remainder nearly black; thorax rather
convex, about one-half broader than long, the lateral margins
rounded in front, constricted at the base, the surface impunctate,
flavous or fulvous, the sides with a very narrow piceous stripe
(sometimes obsolete) ; elytra with a depression below the base,
finely and rather closely punctate-striate, the greenish-black por-
tion of variable size—in some specimens occupying the entire disc,
leaving only a flavous spot at the sides, in others the latter colour
prevails—the base with a triangular blackish spot surrounding the
scutellum, the apex entirely of that colour ; the underside and legs
flavous, the abdomen sometimes stained with piceous ; posterior
femora but moderately thickened, the metatarsus of the posterior
legs as long as the following three joints united ; prosternum very
narrow ; anterior coxal cavities closed.
264 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, Leeward side; Grenada
—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward
side).
This Systena differs from most of its allies in the
coloration of the elytra and their regular punctuation ;
the thorax also has no indication of a transverse groove ;
and the posterior femora are not strongly thickened. In
many specimens the dark basal and apical portions of the
elytra are connected by a similarly-coloured narrow
sutural stripe, leaving an elongate flavous spot or band
at the sides.
PsevDOEPITRIX, Jac.
Pseudoepitrix suffriani, sp. n.
Elongate, flavous ; antenne long, joints 5—7 black; thorax
subquadrate, with a deep transverse sulcus, impunctate ; elytra
with a sub-basal depression, strongly punctate-striate.
Length, ? line.
Head perpendicular, impunctate; the frontal tubercles strongly
raised, subquadrate, nearly contiguous ; lower portion of the face
concave, formed of a single piece ; antenne extending nearly to
the apex of the elytra, flavous, the basal joint long, strongly
thickened at the tip, the second short, thick, the third slightly
shorter than the fourth, the fifth, sixth, and seventh joints black,
these and the following joints slender, elongate, not thickened ;
thorax one-half broader than long, narrowed at the base, the sides
rounded anteriorly, the disc transversely convex, with a deep,
sinuate, transverse sulcus near the base, extending nearly to the
sides and punctured within, the basal margin slightly produced at
the middle ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, with
a distinct transverse depression, the basal portion rather raised,
the shoulders prominent, closely and strongly punctate-striate, the
punctures extending to the base and distinct nearly to the apex ;
posterior tibize with a small spur; posterior metatarsus as long as
the following two joints together; prosternum narrow, impunc-
tate ; anterior coxal cavities closed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
This insect differs from the two species from Panama
included by me under the generic name Pseudoepitrix
(Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1, p. 341) in having the first
joint of the antennz more elongate and the thoracic
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 265
groove deeper. Pseudoepitrix has most of the charac-
ters of Crepidodera, but differs from it in the thoracic
sulcus not being limited laterally by a perpendicular
groove, the thorax itself being nearly quadrate ; it closely
resembles the Eastern genus Manobia, Jac., but may be
at once distinguished by the closed, not open anterior
coxal cavities.
Eprraix, Foudr.
Epitria subfusca, sp. n.
Broadly ovate, very convex, dark chestnut-brown, pubescent ;
antennz and legs fulvous ; thorax finely and remotely punctured,
with deep ante-basal groove ; elytra with round, strong, and
closely-placed punctures, the interstices smooth, pubescent.
Length, } line.
Of dark-brown colour, shining ; the head entirely impunctate,
with the usua! oblique grooves at the sides ; clypeus broad, im-
_ punctate ; antennz in the male long and slender, flavous or pale
fulvous, the second joint thick and short, the third smaller than
the fourth, the following joints gradually thickened; thorax one-
half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, forming a dis-
tinct oblique angle anteriorly, the surface convex, very finely and
remotely punctured towards the apex, the punctures becoming
larger near the base, the sulcus deep and but little sinuate, placed
close to the basal margin, with a row of deep punctures within,
the base itself not much produced in front of the scutellum aud
rounded or slightly truncate ; elytra broader than the thorax and
very convex, with a feeble depression below the base, the punc-
tures rather strong and round, closely placed, scarcely smaller at
the apex, the interstices impunctate and sparingly pubescent, the
pubescence consisting of scattered, short, stiff, light-coloured
hairs; legs fulvous ; prosternum rather strongly punctured.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Balthazar and Chantilly (Windward side),
This small Hpitriv, of which about a dozen specimens
are before me, may be at once known from its many
closely allied congeners by the dark chestnut-brown
colour of the upper surface and the non-costate elytral
interstices. There are but few species known of the
same coloration, most of them being black, which is also
the case with H. fuscata (Jacq. Duv.), from Cuba. From
the brownish species described by me from Central
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—Ppart mi. (sEpt.) 18
266 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
America the present insect may be separated by the very
finely punctured thorax and other particulars.
Lpitriz parvula.
Crioceris parvula, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 1., p. 468.
Epitrix parvula, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
p. 855, and Suppl., p. 289.
Crepidodera hirtipennis, Me}sh., Proc. Acad. Phil., 11.,
p. 165.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar (Windward
side).
Numerous examples. Extends over the whole of the
United States, and through Central-America to Panama,
and also inhabits Cuba.
Epitria fuscata.
Crepidodera fuscata, Jacq. Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 130.
Kipitrie fuscata, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,
p. 048.
Hab. Greuada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Described originally from Cuba, and recorded by me
somewhat doubtfully from Guatemala.
Guiyptina, Lec.
Glyptina (Batophila) nigrita, sp. n.
Apterous, black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs
dark fulvous; thorax very minutely punctate; elytra finely
punctate-striate ; posterior femora piceous.
Length, $ line.
Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles extremely small, limited
at the sides by narrow oblique grooves ; clypeus rather thick and
broad, deflexed in front ; antennz scarcely extending to the middle
of the elytra, fulvous, the four or five terminal joints fuscous and
gradually thickened, the second joint small but much thickened,
the following four joints thinner but not longer than the second ;
thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the anterior
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 267
angles oblique, the disc rather convex, very minutely and rather dis-
tantly punctured, the punctures evenly distributed, the base not
margined ; elytra strongly convex, pointed at the apex, black,
without metallic gloss, very regularly, finely, and distinctly punc-
tate-striate to the apex, the two outer interstices slightly costate ;
legs dark fulvous; posterior tibis straight, with a spur at the
apex ; posterior metatarsus as long as the following joints to-
gether; claws simple; prosternum longer than broad, nearly
smooth ; anterior coxal cavities open.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Balthazar (Windward side).
Like its European congeners, this little species is
apterous. The entirely black upper surface will separate
it from any of the North-American forms. According to
Dr. Horn, the genus Glyptina, Lec. (1859) = Batophila,
Foudr. (1860), and therefore has priority.
APHTHONA, Chevr.
Aphthona maculipennis.
Aphthona maculipennis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,
1, p. 365, and Suppl., p. 293.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, and Windward and
Leeward sides; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side),
St. George’s, Venddme and Mount Gay Hstates (Lee-
ward side).
Found in plenty in Grenada.
Inhabits Central America, from Mexico to Panama.
Aphthona grenadensis, sp. n.
Testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax
extremely minutely punctured; elytra finely punctate-striate,
shining, the suture very narrowly fuscous.
Length, 1 line.
Head entirely impunctate ; the frontal tubercles indistinct,
bounded at the sides by oblique grooves; clypeus not separated
from the face; antennz not extending much beyond the base of
the elytra, blackish, the lower joints more or less flavous, the second
joint scarcely shorter than the following ones, the terminal joints
268 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
slightly and gradually thickened, the apical one more elongate than
those preceding ; thorax transversely subquadrate, the sides per-
fectly straight, the anterior angles oblique, forming a slight tooth
posteriorly, the surface microscopicilly punctured ; elytra wider
at the base than the thorax, with rows of fine, regularly placed
punctures, which become indistinct towards the apex ; underside
and legs testaceous, the posterior femora slightly darker ; posterior
tibiz straight ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the
following joints together ; prosternum narrow, constricted between
the coxee.
Hab. St. Vincent (Leeward side) ; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar and Lake Antoine
Kstate (Windward side).
This Aphthona seems to be closely allied to A. fulvi-
pennis, Jac., from Guatemala; but differs from it in the
nearly obsolete frontal tubercles and the indistinetly
punctured apex of the elytra. The punctate-striate
elytra will help to distinguish the species from most of its
allies.
Lonaitarsus, Latr.
Longitarsus hornt, sp. n.
Apterous, strongly convex, fulvous, the intermediate joints of
the antenne black; thorax subquadrate, impunctate; elytra
extremely minutely and closely punctured.
Length, + line.
Head impunctate, the clypeus triangularly raised ; antenn
extending to the middle of the elytra, the basal four and the apical
three joints flavous, the others black, joints 2-4 short, equal, the
terminal joints slightly thickened; thorax scarcely broader than
long, convex, and subcylindrical, the disc impunctate and shining,
the lateral margins straight, the anterior angles thickened, very
slightly oblique; elytra strongly convex and ovate, pointed at the
apex, dark fulvous, closely and scarcely perceptibly punctured ;
underside and legs pale fulvous or flavous, the metatarsus of the
posterior legs one-third the length of the tibiz.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St.
John’s River and Mount Gay HEstate (Leeward side),
Balthazar (Windward side).
A very small species, resembling in its ovate shape LD.
: Wet é ;
oopterus, Har., from Colombia, L. ovipennis, Jac., from
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 269
Mexico, andothers. LL. varicornis, Suffr., from Cuba, has
a punctured thorax, with rounded sides, and prominent
shoulders to the elytra; L. swbcinctus, Har., from
Colombia and Central America, is much larger, and has
long antennz (no mention is made in the description of
the absence or presence of wings) ; L. intermedius, Jac.,
from Chiriqui, has differently coloured antennz.
CHETOCNEMA, Steph.
Chetocnema nana, sp. n.
Below black, above obscure greenish-eneous, the basal joints of
the antenne and the tibie and tarsi flavous; thorax nearly
impunctate, without oblique angles; elytra strongly punctate-striate,
the interstices impunctate.
Length, } line.
Head impunctate, opaque, greenish-zeneous, sometimes with one
or two punctures above the eyes ; antennze piceous, the lower three
or four joints flavous, the second joint slightly smaller than the
third and following joints, the last joint elongate, pointed; thorax
nearly twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, without
distinct oblique anterior angles, the basal margin with a scarcely
visible impressed line and without punctures, the surface minutely
granulate and microscopically punctured ; elytra nearly black, with
the sutural and other striz regular, the interstices impunctate ;
legs dark fulvous, the posterior femora piceous.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
This is one of the smallest species of the genus known
tome. I cannot identify it with any of those described
from North or Central America. It seems most nearly
allied to C. obesula, Lec., and C. ectypa, Horn, on account
of its small size and nearly impunctate thorax; but both
these are described as having punctured elytral inter-
stices. (C. nana belongs to the division in which the
thorax is not distinctly angulate anteriorly and shows no
trace of a row of punctures along the basal margin.
Chetocnema minuta ?
Chetocnema minuta, Melsh., Proc. Acad. Phil., iii.,
p. 167; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xvi., p. 262.
270 Mr, Martin Jacuby’s List of the Phytophagous
Hab. St. Vincent; Greuada—Mount Gay KEstate
(Leeward side).
The specimens which I provisionally refer to C. méinuta, Melsh.,
are about 3 to 2 of a line in length, of the usual dark bronze
coloration, They have the head impunctate and minutely granu-
late; the antenne with the lower four or five joints fulvous, the
rest black, the terminal joints distinctly thickened and the apical
one more elongate than those preceding; the thorax transverse,
slightly wider at the middle, the sides very feebly rounded, the
anterior angles scarcely obliquely truncate, the surface minutely
and not closely punctured, with the interspaces finely granulate,
the base with a row of distinct punctures at the sides ; the elytra
with closely placed distinct punctures, the striw rather widely
separated, the interstices impunctate, and, as usual, convex at the
sides and apex; the underside and the femora piceous, the tibiz
and tarsi fulvous,
C. minuta is widely distributed in the Southern States
of North America.
Homopuyta, Har.
Homophyla unicolor, sp. n.
Darker or lighter brown, the hasal and apical joints of the
antennee pale, the others black ; thorax microscopically, the elytra
as finely but more remotely, punctured.
Length, 1-14 line.
Head impunctate, the eyes very large, the clypeus broad and im-
punctate ; antennee extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the
three basal and the three apical joints flavous; thorax about two and
a-half times broader than long, the sides straight, narrowed towards
the apex, the anterior angles thickened, the surface extremely
minutely and closely punctured (when seen under a strong lens) ;
scutellum broadly trigonate ; elytra with the shoulders slightly promi-
nent, nearly impunctate (when examined under a strong lens minute,
distantly placed punctures are visible) ; posterior tibize broadly
channelled, emarginate near the apex, the latter with a strong spur;
the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following
joints together ; abdomen paler than the breast and legs,
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St.
George’s (Leeward side), Granville (Windward side).
This insect cannot be identified with Homophyla krugi,
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 271
Weise, from Puerto Rico, which differs, according to the
description, in having the thorax distantly punctured
and the elytra more strongly punctulate, neither of which
is the case here. ‘The other described representatives of
the genus differ either in the colour of the antenne or
elytra, or in the more strongly sculptured upper surface.
Homorgata, Hrichs.
Homopheta xquinoctialis.
Galleruca xquinoctialis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth., 1., p. 493.
Homopheta xquinoctialis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,
vi., 1, p. 406*; Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr., 1889, p. 478.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar, Lake Antoine
and Chantilly Estates (Windward side), Mount Gay
Estate (Leeward side).
A common insect in Tropical America, extending north-
wards to ‘Texas. It has been recorded from Guadeloupe.
(Epionycuis, Latr.
Cdionychis smithi, sp. n.
Piceous, the antenne black; thorax flavous, nearly impunctate ;
elytra very closely punctured, obscure dark violaceous or bluish,
the lateral margins, a transverse spot at the middle, and another
near the apex, flavous.
Var. The anterior flavous spots on the elytra confluent at the
suture, and the posterior spots nearly reaching it.
Length, 24 lines.
Head more or less dark metallic blue, the space between the eyes
and the clypeus obscure fulvous, the former with some strong
punctures, the frontal tubercles and carina distinct ; antenna not
extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints
slightly stained with fulvous at the apex, all the joints, with the
exception of the second, of nearly equal length; thorax more than
twice as broad as long, flavous, the sides evenly but not strongly
rounded, theanterior angles thickened, scarcely produced, the sur-
face with a few very fine punctures, the lateral margins narrowly
* The full synonymy is given here.
272 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagqous
flattened, the disc with some slight depressions at the sides ; scu-
tellum triangular, black ; elytra very closely, evenly, and distinctly
punctured, obscure metallic bluish-black or violaceous, with a short
transverse flavous band or spot at the middle and another near the
apex, these markings sometimes connected at the suture and form-
ing fasciz, the extreme lateral margins also flavous, as well as the
epipleurz ; underside and legs piceous, the base of the tibiz and
the extreme apex of the femora sometimes paler,
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Caliveny Estate (Windward side).
This Gidionychis may, perhaps, best be compared with
O. chapuisi, Jac., from the Amazons, in which the elytra
are very similarly coloured ; but in that species they are
nearly smooth and impunctate, and of a bright metallic
blue or green. The present species is, however, like
most of its kind, subject to variation: in one specimen
the central spot assumes the shape of a narrow trans-
verse band, which extends to the suture; while in
another the posterior portion of the elytra may be de-
scribed as flavous, with the suture, a narrow stripe across
it, a spot at the sides, and the apex, blackish-blue.
(dionychis sharpi, sp. n.
Black ; thorax flavous, impunctate ; elytra very closely and dis-
tinctly punctured, flavous, with a broad sutural and a sublateral
stripe, extending from the base to near the apex, metallic dark blue.
Length, 2-23 lines.
Head rugosely punctured, black, the vertex with two obscure
fulvous spots, the clypeus flavous or fulvous ; antenne scarcely
extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint flavous
beneath, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax more than twice
as broad as long, the sides slightly converging in front, but little
rounded, the anterior angles acute, but scarcely produced, the disc
impunctate, flavous, the lateral margins narrowly flattened ; scu-
tellum black ; elytra gradually widened towards the middle, closely
and rather strongly punctured, flavous, the suture with a broad
dark blue stripe, extending to the apex and slightly constricted
below the middle, the sides with a narrower similarly coloured stripe,
not touching the margin nor extending to the apex, the epipleurz
flavous, more or less obscure piceous along their inner margin ;
underside and legs black, the abdominal segments more or less
edged with flavous.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 273
Hab. St. Vincent —Windward and Leeward sides.
This is one of the striped species, of which a great many
have been described by von Harold in the ‘ Berliner ento-
mologische Zeitschrift? for 1881, with none of which it
entirely agrees. C1. shaipi belongs to the division in which
the elytra have two stripes (instead of three), and amongst
the species of this group it may be known by the imma-
culate thorax and the black underside and legs. C. vit-
tata, Har., from Tropical South America, is closely allied,
but is larger, broader, and more convex, and has a trans-
verse black band on the thorax. The twenty specimens
before me show no variation of importance, except that
in one or two of them the dark stripes of the elytra are
united at the apex.
Puysiuervs, Clark.
Physimerus smithi, sp. n.
Below piceous, above pale fuscous, fulvous, or flavous ; antennz
(the apical joints excepted) and legs flavous ; thorax with a lateral
and a median fuscous stripe ; clytra finely punctate-striate and
pubescent, unspotted or with an obscure basal and post-median
transverse fuscous band.
Length, 1-1} line.
Head minutely rugose-punctate, the frontal tubercles feebly
raised ; clypeus strongly deflexed, shining ; palpi filiform ; antennz
extending beyond the middle of the elytra, filiform, flavous, the
apical two or three joints fuscous, the basal joint rather long and
robust, the second short, the third and fourth elongate, equal, the
fifth joint slightly longer, the following joints rather shorter, the
terminal one more elongate and pointed ; thorax scarcely broader
than long, very feebly narrowed at the base, the surface obsoletely,
obliquely depressed on either side of the disc below the middle,
clothed with short pubescence, which obscures the punctuation, ful-
vous, a narrow stripe at the middle and one on each side fuscous ;
scutellum small, fuscous; elytra with fine rows of punctures, scarcely
perceptibly depressed below the base, opaque, fulvous, with a trans-
verse band at the base and another below the middle fuscous, the
lower one sometimes very broad and extending upwards at the sides,
the surface clothed with short pubescence and scattered stiff yel-
lowish bristles; legs flavous; posterior tibize with a spur; posterior
tarsal joints short, of nearly equal length.
274 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
Hab. St. Vineent—Leeward side and South end;
Grenada—Grand Etang, 1,900 feet (Windward side).
The above description is based upon the few specimens
which show the elytral bands rather distinctly ; in the
majority of them, however, the bands are obsolete or
faintly indicated. This small species may be known
amongst its allies by the three narrow fuscous vitte of
the thorax.
Hyrorampsis, Clark.
Ilypolampsis annulicornis, sp. n.
Below piceous, above fuscous, finely pubescent; antenne piceous,
the ninth and tenth joints, and the apex of the others, pale ; elytra
finely punctate-striate, clothed with short grey pubescence, paler or
darker fuscous ; legs pale testaceous.
Var. Above and below pale testaceous, the elytra with a more
or less distinct dentate darker band below the middle.
Length, 15-2 lines.
Head finely and closely rugose-punctate, longitudinally depressed
between the eyes, and clothed with very short yellow or grey
pubescence, the space between the antennz in the shape of an
acutely-raised ridge; labrum flavous; palpi filiform, scarcely
thickened ; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, rather
robust, piceous, the joints testaceous at the apex, the ninth and
tenth entirely of that colour, the seventh and eighth joints and
also the terminal one entirely dark; thorax subquadrate, dis-
tinctly narrowed at the base, the disc with two slightly raised
tubercles before the middle, very finely punctured, fuscous, and
clothed with very short pubescence ; elytra much broader than the
thorax, obsoletely transversely depressed below the base, rather
finely but distinctly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly costate,
and clothed with short grey or yellowish pubescence ;: underside
piceous, impunctate ; legs pale, the femora sometimes darker at the
apex ; posterior tibic straight, without small teeth, the apex with
a short spur.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides ;
Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Kstate
(Leeward side).
As in most of the species of this genus the coloration
of the upper surface is dull and rather variable, the paler
forms showing some obscure darker patches and the
; . : : : ; %
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 275
others being entirely dark fuscous. The principal mark
of distinction lies, however, in the coloration of the joints
of the antennzx, which seems to be constant, even in the
pale variety. ‘The elytra in the latter show one or two
pale fuscous, deeply indented, transverse bands, before
and below the middle.
Meaistoes, Boh.
Megistops granulatus, sp. n.
Obscure pale fulvous, above pale flavous, the apical joints of the
antenne darker; thorax transverse, finely granulate, opaque ;
elytra similarly sculptured, the sides and two triangular spots at
the middle dark brown.
Length, 2 lines.
Of bigneate shape ; the sides of the head entirely occupied by the
large eyes, which, in the male, meet at the vertex, leaving a narrow
triangular strep eshte space below, the frontal elevations very
small, the labrum piceous ; antenne extending to the base of the
elytra, slender, fulvous, the terminal joints fuscous, the basal joint
elongate and thickened, the second and third joints small, equal,
the former also thickened, the fourth joint longer than the follow-
ing ones, the terminal joints much shorter ; thorax nearly three
times broader than long, the sides straight and obliquely converg-
ing in front, the anterior angles thickened, slightly oblique, the
surface minutely granulate, without any punctuation, flavous,
Opaque ; scutellum piceous ; elytra conjointly rounded at the apex,
elongate, rather convex, somewhat subcylindrical, the surface
coloured and sculptured like that of the thorax, the sides with a
narrow piceous stripe, which, at the middle, widens into a small
triangular spot, while a similar spot is placed transversely near the
suture (this latter spot is absent in one specimen); legs obscure
flavous ; the posterior femora strongly incrassate ; posterior tibiz
robust, dilated, with a broad spur, emarginate at the apex ; posterior
metatarsus as long as the following joints together.
Hab. Grenada—St. George’s and Mount Gay Hstates
(Leeward side).
If Megistops is to be retained as distinct from Dibolia,
on account of the large eyes meeting on the median line,
the present species must be referred to it, although a dif-
ference will probably be found in regard to this structure
in the two sexes. ‘he prosternum, however, in Megistops
276 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous
is not formed for the reception of the parts of the mouth,
as in Dibolia. The present species is peculiar, owing to
the almost complete absence of punctuation ; afew feeble
punctures are, however, visible near the suture of the
elytra.
Subfam. GALERUCINA.
ScHEmatizA, Blanch.
Schematiza livida.
Galeruca livida, Oliv., Eneycl. Méth., vi., p. 589;
Ent., vi., p. 631, t. 1, fig. 2.
Galerucella livida, Fleut. et Sallé, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
1889, p. 479.
Hab. Grenada—Caliveny Estate and Granville (Wind-
ward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Many specimens. Originally described from the
Island of Guadeloupe.
Diasrotica, Chevr,
Diabrotica melanocephala.
Galleruca melanocephala, Fabr., Knt. Syst., Suppl.,
a Sy
Galeruca melanocephala, Oliv., Hut., vi., p. 652, t. 4,
fig. 65.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, and Leeward and
Windward sides ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mirabeau Estate
(Windward side), Mount Gay and Venddme Estates,
Grand Etang Road (Leeward side).
Found in plenty in St. Vincent. A South-American
species, not extending to Central America.
Nabrotica bivittata.
Crioceris bivittata, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i., p. 455.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward
side).
Another Tropical American species ; not extending to
Central America.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 277
Crrotoma, Chevr.
Cerotoma ruficornis.
Galeruca ruficornis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., vi., p. 200.
Cerotoma ruficornis, Jacq. Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 126, t. 2, fig. 8;
Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,1, p. 616; Fleut.
et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr., 1889, p. 480.
Galeruca denticornis, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 659, t. 5,
fig. 78.
Cerotoma atrofasciata, Jac., P.Z.S8., 1879, p. 792.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown; Grenada—Mount
Gay and Vendéme Hstates, Mt. Maitland (Leeward
side), Balthazar, Granville (Windward side) ; Grenadines
—Becquia I.
Found in plenty in both St. Vincent and Grenada, and
also met with by Mr. Smith at Barbados. A common
species in Tropical America, ranging from Mexico to
Venezuela, and also known to occur in Cuba, Puerto Rico,
and Guadeloupe.
HISPIDA AND CASSIDIDA.
By G. C. C#Hampron.
Fam. HISPIDZ.
Cuatepus, Thunb.
Chalepus sanguinicollis.
Hispa sanguinicollis, Linn., Mant. Plant. alt., vi.,
p. 080) (1771); Ohviy Mat wa, p. 765, no. 9,
tela tos. 12a, be
Odontota sanguinicollis, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
Ory, en dey i;
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada—Mount Gay istate, St. George’s, Mt. Mait-
land (Leeward side), Chantilly, Caliveny and Lake
Antoine Estates, Granville, Palthazar (Windward side),
Grand Ance (South end); Grenadines—Becquia I.,
Union I.
Inhabits San Domingo and Tropical South America.
278 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Phytophagous
Chalepus plebeius.
Odontota plebeia, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xx.,
p. 16%
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada—Woodford Estate and Mt. Maitland (Leeward
side), Mirabeau and Chantilly Estates and Grand Etang
(Windward side).
The numerous specimens from the above localities seem
to be referable to this species.
It is variable in colour, like many of its allies, three well-
marked forms being present in the series obtained—one with a
black median vitta or oblong mark on the dise of the thorax, one
with the thorax immaculate, and one with the femora obscurely
rufescent near the base. The head is black, smooth, and dull, and
canaliculate between the eyes. The thorax is transverse, sub-
conical, the sides being strongly constricted in front and slightly
sinuate before the base; the surface isclosely impressed with coarse,
shallow punctures ; it is ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous in colour,
with a median vitta or oblong spot on the disc, which is sometimes
completely obliterated or only faintly indicated. The elytra are
long and parallel, with ten rows of punctures, except for a short
distance before the middle, between the second and fourth cost,
where the number is reduced to nine; the second, fourth, and
eighth interstices are strongly, and the sixth at the base and apex
more feebly, costate ; the apices are conjointly rounded, each with
about six or eight rather long, fine teeth ; each elytron has a very
broad, marginal, ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous stripe extending
from the base to far beyond the middle, leaving about the apical
fourth, and the suture broadly, black. The legs are entirely black,
except in one specimen.
Examples of the same species from Colombia and
Venezuela are contained in the British Museum. Chapuis’
type was from Colombia.
Fam. CASSIDIDA.
Mesompuatia, Hope.
Mesomphalia exclamationis.
Cassida exclamationis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 12th edit.
LoD
en 1 Dae
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 279
Mesomphalia exclamationis, Boh., Mon. - Cassid.,. 1.,
p- 379, and iv., p. 176; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Col., vi, 2, p. 145; Flent. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 480; Horn, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci. (2), iv., p. 344.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Lake
Antoine Estate and Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side) ; Grenadines— Union I.
A widely-distributed. Tropical American insect, extend-
ing northwards to Lower California, and recorded from
Trinidad, Martinique, and Guadeloupe.
CuetymMorPHa, Boh.
Chelymorpha polysticha.
Chelymorpha polysticha, Boh., Mon. Cassid., i1., p. 56 ;
Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 480.
Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mirabeau and Chantilly
Estates, Balthazar (Windward side), Woodford Estate,
Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).
Found in numbers in Grenada. Described from
Guadeloupe I.
CoprocycLa, Boh.
Coptocycla judaica.
Cassida judaica, Fabr., Spec. Ins., 1., p. 109.
Coptocycla judaica, Boh., Mon. Cassid., ili., p. 293, and
iv., p. 441 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 2,
p. 209.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada—La Force, Mirabeau, and Lake Antoine Ks-
tates, Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate
(Leeward side).
A Tropical American species, extending to the
southern part of the Isthmus of Panama.
Coptocycla bicolor.
Cassida bicolor, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 83.
Coptocycla bicolor, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,
2, p..al2.
280 Mr. Champion’s List of Phytophagous Coleoptera.
Coptocycla aurichalcea, Boh., Mon. Cassid., iii., p. 142,
and iv., p. 402.
Coptocycla aurisplendens, Boh., loc. cit., 111., p. 349, and
iv., p, 452.
? Coptocycla bistripunctata, Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 481.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada—Mirabeau Estate (Windward side), Woodford
Estate (Leeward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.
Twelve specimens, inseparable from the var. awrisplen-
dens of C. bicolor, an abundant insect in the Southern
United States and Central America.
Coptocycla guadeloupensis.
Coptocycla gwadeloupensis, Boh., Mon. Cassid., iii.,
p. 427, and iv., p. 468; Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 481.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenadines—Mustique I.
If I have correctly identified the nine specimens ob-
tained by Mr. Smith, Boheman’s description must have
been made from a pallid variety, with the thoracic and
elytral markings obliterated. In fully-coloured examples
of the present species the thorax has a black or reddish-
brown subquadrate patch on the disc at the base, this
being deeply excised in the centre in front and dilated
laterally behind; and the elytra have a broad fascia on
the disc below the base, and a large patch before the
apex, neither reaching the suture and sometimes con-
nected laterally, fusco-olivaceous. In two specimens the
markings of the thorax and elytra are almost obsolete,
thus nearly agreeing with Boheman’s description.
Serr. Ist, 1897.
COS)
X. On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,
and the Grenadines. By Grorce CHarites CHau-
pion, F.Z.S.
[Read March 17th, 1897.]
Tu1s paper, like the preceding, gives an account of a
portion of the Coleoptera collected by Mr. H. H. Smith
in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, under the
auspices of the West India Committee of the Royal
Society and British Association. Three families of the
Serricorn series, the Elateride, Rbipidoceridz, and
Dascillide are here dealt with.
The species are as follows :
ELATERID&.
Holus melliculus, Cand.
Physorhinus erythrocephalus, F.
Anchastus moratus, Cand.
Anchastomorphus phedrus, Cand,
Horistonotus sericeus, sp. n.
Esthesopus grenadensis, sp. 0.
Pyrophorus noctilucus, L.
Cosmesus flavidus, Cand.
Agrypnellu squamifera, Caud.
Chalcolepidius virens, F.
BA silbermanni, Chevr.
Dicrepidius insularis, sp. 1.
Crepidius flavipes, sp. 0.
Ischiodontus inornatus, Cand.
Monocrepidius posticus, Eschsch.
Heteroderes laurenti, Guér.
Aolus nigromaculatus, Drap.
RHIPIDOCERIDA.
Callirrhipis Pherminieri, Lap.
DASCILLIDA.
Cneoglossa, sp. ?
Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, sp. 0.
Scirtes pilatei, Guer.
» angustatus, Champ.
5 tnsularis, sp. n,
, suborbiculatus, Champ.
Scirtes salicis, Champ.
Cyphon dehiscens, sp. 0.
» earaibus, sp. n.
Ptilodactyla humerosa, Champ.
% sancti-vincentis, Sp. 1.
5 antillarum, sp. 1.
Fam. ELATERIDA.
Group AGRYPNINI.
AGRrYPNELLA, Champ.
Heterostethus, Schwarz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1896,
p. 147.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PaRT III.
(SEPT.) 19
282 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
Agrypnella squamifera.
Cryptohypnus squamifer, Cand., Hlat. Nouv., i., p. 88
(1864); Fleut., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1891, p. 283.
Agrypnella squamifera, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Col., i1., 1, pp. 415, 556, t. 18, figs. 21, 21a, b;
Ent. Monthly Mag., xxxii., p. 161.
Heterostethus pictus, Schwarz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
1896, p. 147.
Hab. Grenada—Telescope Estate (Windward side).
Three specimens. A widely-distributed insect in the
warmer parts of America, ranging from Guatemala to
Monte Video and Paraguay.
Group CHALCOLEPIDIINI.
Coaucoterrpius, Eschsch.
Chalcolepidius virens.
Klater virens, Fabr., Mant. Ins., i., p. 172.
Chalcolepidius virens, Cand., Hlat. Nouv., iii., p. 22;
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1886, p. Ixxii.; Champ.,
Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1, p. 280.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Two specimens, females. A Tropical- American insect
extending to as far north as Mexico.
Chalcolepidius silbermannt.
Chalcolepidius silbermanni, Chevr., Col. Mex., Cent. ii,
fase. 8, No. 197 (1835) ; Cand., Monogr. Elat., i.,
p. 275; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iu., 1,
p. 280, t. 11 fie, 2a:
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
Four specimens, females, varying very greatly in size
and to some extent in the colour of the scales. The
commonest and most widely-distributed species of the
genus in Central America, ranging from Northern Mexico
to Venezuela.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines.
bo
oo
8
Group DICREPIDIINI.
Dicrepipius, Eschsch.
Dicrepidius insularis, sp. n.
3 Very elongate, narrow, flattened above, shining ; piceous or
reddish-brown, the hind angles of the prothorax, and in one speci-
men the anterior part also, reddish in colour, beneath reddish-
castaneous, the antennz and legs ferrugineo-testaceous ; above and
beneath somewhat thickly clothed with fulvo-cinereous pubescence.
Head coarsely punctured, short, deeply sunk into the prothorax,
sulcate between the eyes, declivousin front, the front subtriangular,
the frontal carina not prominent as viewed from above, the eyes
large ; antenne very elongate, extending to far beyond the middle
of the elytra, the joints from the third each with an exceedingly
elongate, slender ramus. Prothorax as long as broad, subcylin-
drical, slightly narrowed in front; the hind angles long and feebly
divergent, a little incurved at the tip, carinate ; the surface some-
what thickly, moderately coarsely punctate (more sparsely and more
coarsely in one specimen), the punctuation becoming sparser and
finer towards the base, and with a median channel extending from
a little beyond the middle to the base. Elytra about three and
one-third times longer than the prothorax, gradually narrowing
almost from the base ; punctate-striate, the strie deeply impressed
in front, the interstices convex and sparsely, rugulosely punctured.
Length 14, breadth a little over 3 millim. j
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada-—Bal-
thazar (Windward side).
One specimen from each locality, differing a little inter se
in the colour of the body and the intensity of the puncturing
of the thorax. D.insularis resembles the Central- American
D. politus, Champ., in the form of the antennz in the
male, except that the rami are still more elongate ; but
differs from it in the less attenuate elytra, the more
closely punctured thorax, the hind angles of which are
less divergent, etc. The exceedingly elongate slender
rami of the antennz in the male also separates it from D.
palmatus, Cand., recorded from Guadeloupe by Fleutiaux
and Sallé. The present insect cannot be identified with
either D. ignotus or D. elegans, Fleut. and Sallé, from the
same locality, apparently described from females only.
284 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
CreEpipius, Cand.
Crepidius flavipes, sp. 0.
d Moderately elongate, rather convex, narrow, shining ; black,
the legs flavo-testaceous, with the tarsi slightly infuscate ; above
and beneath sparsely clothed with rather long, fine, decumbent
hairs, which are fuscous on the elytra and fulvo-cinereous on the
other parts of the body. Head coarsely, closely punctate, deeply
triangularly excavate in front, the frontal plate moderately pro-
minent and rounded anteriorly ; antennz about reaching the basal
fourth of the elytra, stout, joints 3—10 gradually becoming flabel-
late, 6—10 each with a long, stout, flattened ramus. Prothorax a
little broader thaa long, convex in front, very gradually narrowing
from the base forwards, the sides rounded anteriorly ; the hind
angles greatly produced, slightly divergent, and acutely carinate ;
the surface thickly, coarsely punctate—the punctuation becoming
sparser and finer on the basal portion of the disc, and very coarse,
crowded, and umbilicate towards the sides anteriorly,—and with a
median channel behind. Elytra about three and one-third times
longer than the prothorax, gradually narrowing from a little below
the base ; with rows of coarse punctures placed in shallow strie,
these, however, being deeply impressed on the basal declivity, the
interstices very sparsely punctured. Hind coxal plates abruptly,
triangularly dilated inwards.
Length 103, breadth 3 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One example. This very distinct species may be readily
known by the deep black colour of the body, the black
antenn, and the yellow legs. It is closely allied to
C. rhipiphorus, Cand. (of which C. brunneus, Fleut. and
Sallé, is probably the female), from Guadeloupe; but
may be distinguished from it (apart from the dissimilar
coloration of the legs and antennz) by the shorter an-
tennal rami of the male, and the courser, deeper, and
more crowded umbilicate punctures at the sides of the
thorax.
Of the two males representing C. rhipiphorus in the
Janson collection one has the antennz and legs ferru-
gineo-testaceous (as described by Candéze), and the other
has the legs (the tarsi excepted) piceous and the antennz
black.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 285
Iscuropontus, Cand.
Ischiodontus inernatus.
Ischiodontus inornatus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., 11., p. 100 ;
Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 409.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, Windward and Lee-
ward sides ; Grenada—Mount Gay (Leeward side), Bal-
thazar (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in plenty in St. Vincent and Grenada. Most of
the specimens, males and females alike, are reddish-
brown in colour, with the thorax not darker than the
elytra. Dr. Candéze gives as localities Northern Colombia
and the Antilles. There are specimens of it from
Cartagena and the Island of Martinique in the Janson
collection, and it has been recorded by Fleutiaux and
Sallé from Guadeloupe.
Group MONOCREPIDIINI.
Monocreripius, Eschsch.
Monocrepidius posticus.
Elater posticus, Eschsch., Entomograph.,1., p. 76(1822).
Monocrepidius posticus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., 11., p. 256.
Monocrepidius posticus, var. y, Champ., Biol. Centr.-
Aume, Cols, 10. [y paso:
Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward
side), Balthazar and Telescope Estate (Windward side).
Five specimens. ‘They all have a well-defined reddish-
yellow spot at the apex of each elytron, and im one of
them (the one from St. Vincent) there is an oblong
similarly-coloured spot on the disc of each a little beyond
the middle. A ‘T'ropical-American insect, extending
northwards to the Mexican State of Vera Cruz.
HETERODERES, Latr.
Heteroderes laurenti.
Hlater (Oophorus) laurentii, Guér., Mag, Zool., 1838,
Ins. du Voyage de la Favorite, p. 31, t. 230, fig. 3.
Heteroderes laurentii, Cand., Monogr. Elat., ii., p. 373.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Telescope
Estate and Soubise (Windward side); Grenadines—
Mustique I.
286 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
Found in abundance at St. Vincent and Mustique.
These specimens differ from the closely-allied H. ampli-
collis (Gyll.), recorded from St. Bartholomew and Guade-
loupe, in the uniform punctuation of the under surface of
the body, H. amplicollis having intermixed coarser punc-
tures. A widely-distributed insect in ‘Tropical South
America, apparently not extending to the Isthmus of
Panama.
/fioius, Eschsch.
Ajolus nigromaculatus.
Elater nigromaculatus, Drap., Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys.,
iii., p. 271, t. 42, fig. 2 (1820).
AHolus nigromaculatus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., 11., p. 301,
t. 5, fig. 15 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1,
p- 360.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, La Force Estate (Wind-
ward side), Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Leeward
side) ; Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in plenty in Grenada. A Tropical-American
species ranging from Nicaragua to the Amazons valley.
Afolus melliculus.
Ajolus melliculus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., ii., p. 295, t. 5,
fig. 9 (1859) ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ii1.,
1, p: 366, t. 16, fig. 9.
Ajolus moreleti, 'Tarn., Col. Acor., p. 94 (1860).
Molus rubricatus, Cand., loc. cit., p. 294.
Hab. Grenada—Caliveny Estate (Windward side),
St. George’s (Leeward side).
Found in abundance at St. George’s, all but four of
the specimens belonging to the typical form, the re-
mainder to the var. rubricatus. A common insect in
Tropical-America, extending southwards to Buenos Ayres
and northwards to the Mexican State of Vera Cruz, and
introduced into the Azores.
Group PHYSORHINI.
Puysoruinus, Eschsch.
Physorhinus erythrocephalus.
later erythrocephalus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 11., p. 241.
Physorhinus erythrocephalus, Cand., Monogr. Elat.,11., p.
389 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ii., 1, p. 386.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 287
Hab. Grenadines—Mustique I., Becquia I.
Five specimens. These differ from P. erythrocephalus
in their rather small size, less elongate shape, and more
transverse thorax, and also in having the yellow spots on
the elytra rounded and very sharply defined, owing to
their being surrounded by black (as is often the case in
P. stellatus), the rest of the ground-colour being reddish-
brown. As some of the species of this genus (P. distig-
ma, etc.) are extremely variable in size and colour, it 1s
perhaps best to treat the present insect as a varietal
form of P. erythrocephalus. In the closely allied P.
insularis, Cand., from Guadeloupe, which is perhaps an
extreme form of P. erythrocephalus, the elytral spots are
so much extended as to leave only the suture and a post-
median fascia of the ground-colour.
Ancuastus, Lec.
Anchastus moratus.
Monelasmus moratus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., iv., p. 334.
Anchastus moratus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,
its, |p. SOA, talks, Woes cane
Hab. Grenada-—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen, agreeing perfectly with the type from
San Martin Tuxtla, in the Mexican State of Vera Cruz.
The only other known localities for this peculiar species
are Yucatan and San José on the Pacific coast of
Guatemala, where a specimen was found by myself in
1879.
ANcHAstToMorPHusS, Champ.
Anchastomorphus phedrus.
Anchastus phedrus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., i1., p. 401.
Anchastomorphus phedrus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Cols im.) 15 p. 400), 6218) tre 2:
Anchastus crua-nigra, Fleut., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
1895, p. 170.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
One specimen. It has the elytra testaceous, with the
suture narrowly, and a transverse mark at the middle of
the disc, piceous. A widely distributed and variable
Tropical-American insect, extending as far north as
the Mexican State of Guerrero.
288 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
Group CARDIOPHORINT.
Horistronorus, Cand.
Horistonotus sericeus, sp. 0.
Moderately elongate, convex, rather broad, shining ; black, the
anterior and hind angles of the prothorax and the front of the
head more or less reddish, the legs and antennz testaceous or
obscure testaceous; clothed with a fine, silky, fulvo-cinereous
pubescence. Head densely, minutely punctate, with intermixed
much coarser punctures, the frontal carina rather prominent ;
antenne slender, extending to far beyond the hind angles of the
prothorax, Prothorax distinctly broader than long, widest a little
behind the middle and rapidly narrowing thence to the apex,
slightly constricted towards the base, the base deeply bi-incised on
either side, the marginal carina extending to near the apex; the
entire surface densely, very minutely punctate, with distinct inter-
mixed slightly coarser punctures, and sometimes with a short
median channel before the base ; the hind angles moderately pro-
duced, not divergent, incurved at the tip. Elytra two and three-
fifths longer than the prothorax and a little wider than it at the
base, somewhat rounded at the sides, gradually narrowing from
about the basal fourth, the humeri rounded externally ; deeply
punctate-striate, the interstices convex, all becoming acutely costate
towards the apex, the alternate ones appearing a little more
raised than the others, and also thickly, minutely punctate, with
scattered coarser punctures intermixed. Beneath densely, very
minutely punctate, with intermixed coarser punctures ; the sixth
ventral segment, and also the apex of the fifth, longitudinally
wrinkled. Hind coxal plates very broadly dilated in their inner
half. Tarsal claws bicuspid at the tip.
Length 10-11}, breadth 33-34 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown and Windward side.
Three specimens, their sex not ascertained. Closely
allied to the widely distributed H. ewxoletus, Erichs. ; but
much larger and broader, with the dense general punctua-
tion of the upper and under surfaces very minute, the
thorax more narrowed anteriorly, and the elytra less
acuminate at the apex. From H. acutipennis, Cand.,
from Venezuela, which it approaches in size, it may be
known by its less elongate shape, shorter thorax, less
acuminate elytra, less abruptly dilated hind coxal plates,
and the finer general punctuation, especially of the under
surface.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 289
Estuesorus, Eschsch.
Esthesopus grenadensis, sp. n.
Short, moderately broad, rather convex, shining, black; the anterior
and hind angles of the prothorax and the front of the head reddish,
the scutellum piceous, the elytra testaceous, with a common broad
sutural stripe extending to beyond the middle, and the sides narrowly
at the middle, piceous, the sides of the metasternum and of the abdo-
men, and the epipleure, reddish, the antenne and legs testaceous ;
above and beneath clothed with fine yellowish-cinerecus pubescence.
Head densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures intermixed,
the frontal carina moderately prominent ; antennz slender, about
reaching the base of the prothorax. Prothorax much broader
than long, transversely convex, a little narrowed in front and sub-
parallel behind, distinctly compressed laterally at the middle, the
sides thus appearing sinuate at this part; the base truncate on
either side, without incisions ; the marginal carina nearly reaching
the anterior angles; the hind angles very little produced, incurved at
the tip, and excavate above for the reception of the humeri ; the
surface densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures inter-
mixed. Scutellum rather convex in front. Elytra about two and
one-third times longer than the prothorax, and of the same width,
somewhat flattened on the disc, subparallel to the middle and nar-
rowing thence to the apex; coarsely and deeply punctate-striate, the
interstices convex and densely, rugulosely punctate. Beneath
densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures intermixed.
Length 5, breadth 13 millim. (¢.)
Hab. Grenada—Telescope Estate (Windward side).
One example. This peculiar little species is allied to
FB. hepaticus, Erichs.,* from Central and South America,
pallid varieties of which are sometimes somewhat
similarly coloured ; but it is much smaller and narrower,
the thorax is more convex above and compressed laterally
at the middle, the elytra are more deeply punctate-
striate, with the interstices more convex, etc.
Group PYROPHORINI.
Pyropnorus, Illig.
Pyrophorus noctilucus.
Elater noctilucus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 10th edit.,i., p. 404
(1758).
* Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1, pp. 439, 440.
290 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
Pyrophorus noctilucus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., iv.,
p. 14; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,ii.,1, p. 466,
t. 20, fig. 18 ( ¢ genitalia).
Hab. St. Vincent.
Found in abundance in St. Vincent. These specimens
vary greatly in size, most of them being comparatively
small. They all have the thorax very coarsely and deeply
punctured, and the punctures of the elytral striz very
distinct. There are similar examples from Guadeloupe
and Brazil in the Janson collection. A common species
in-many of the Antillean islands and also in Tropical
South America, and somewhat doubtfully recorded from
Central America, where it is replaced by P. pellucens,
Eschsch.
Group AGRIOTINI,
Cosmesus, Eschsch.
Cosmesus flavidus.
Cosmesus flavidus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., iv., p. 356.
Hab. St. Vincent—Top of Soufriére.
One specimen, agreeing with Dr. Candéze’s descrip-
tion, except in its smaller size, measuring only four
(instead of five) millimetres in length. The outer vitte
on the thorax are short. The elytra are distinctly trun-
cate at the apex, with the sutural and outer angles feebly
mucronate. ‘The type was from Venezuela.
Fam. RHIPIDOCERID.
CaLiirRuiris, Latr.
Callirrhipis Vherminieri.
Callirhipis Vherminieri, Lap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1854,
p: 250, t. 2, figs. 1, lab (2); Macord) Gen:
Col., Atlas, t. 43, fig. 3( f); Fleut. et Sallé, Ann.
Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 414.
Callirhipis brunnea, Lap., loc. cit., p. 261 (2).
Hab. St. Vincent.
One pair. The female is (as usual) nearly glabrous and
very much larger and broader than the male; it also has the
——_
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 291
thorax more sparsely and the elytra more coarsely punc-
tured, the legs stouter, and the rami of the antenne very
much shorter.
Originally described from the island of Guadeloupe,
from males only.
Fam. DASCILLIDA:.
CneoaLossa, Guér.
Cneoglossa, sp. ?.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
One example, different from any of the three known
species of the genus—two from Central America and one
from Colombia; but as the head is broken off it cannot
be described. ‘The insect is fusco-testaceous in colour,
with the scutellum and legs paler. It is desirable to
record the presence of the genus in St. Vincent.
Prionoscirtes, Champ.
Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, sp. 0.
¢. Rotundate, convex, shining, thickly clothed with greyish
pubescence ; black, the mouth-parts ferruginous, the palpi yellow,
the antenne flavo-testaceous, with the basal joint testaceous, the
legs testaceous, the hind femora partly infuseate beneath, the
under surface piceous ; the entire upper surface somewhat thickly,
minutely punctate. Head very broad, dilated on either side in
front, the mandibles prominent, the eyes large ; antenne as long
as the body, joint 1 moderately stout, 2 and 3 short, small, 3
slightly longer than 2, 4-11 broadly dilated and serrate, tapering a
little towards the tip, 4 more than twice as long as 3. Legs short,
rather stout; the upper spur of the hind tibie nearly as long as
the first tarsal joint.
Length 23, breadth 2 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One example. This very distinct species is allied to
P. nigripennis, Champ., the female only of which is
known, but may be at once separated from it, apart from
the difference in colour, by the very elongate, greatly
dilated, strongly serrate antenne, with relatively stouter
third joint. The basal joint is not stouter than in the
female of P. nigripeniis (in the genus Prionocyphon the
292 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
basal joint is usually enormously dilated on the inner side
in the males). The two known species of Prionoscirtes
are both from the Pacific slope of Guatemala, and both
unique, like the present insect.
Scirtes, Lig.
Scirtes pilatet.
Scyrtes pilatei, Guér., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1861, p. 545.
Scirtes pilatei, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ut, 1,
p. old.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen. A common and widely distributed
insect in Central America, ranging from Tabasco to
Panama.
Scirtes angustatus.
Scirtes anqustatus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., 111.,
t pp. Oll6, Gol.
Hab, Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).
Two males and one female. In the original description
1 accidentally omitted to notice the peculiar sexual
character of the female, suggestive of that of some of the
American species of Cyphon. In this sex the elytra
have each a large rugulose depression before the apex, of
which there is no trace in the male, the latter also differ-
ing from the female in having the fifth ventral segment
emarginate at the apex.
Scirtes insularis, sp. n.
d. Oval, depressed, shining, finely pubescent, testaceous, the
eyes black. Head, prothorax, and scutellum rather sparsely,
minutely punctate, the elytra thickly, finely punctate ; head very
broad, the eyes large and rather prominent; antenne long,
moderately slender, joint 3 very small, half the length of 2, 4-11
elongate. Fifth ventral segment feebly emarginate at the apex.
Length 23-3 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
Four examples. Amongst the Central-American
species, this Scirtes most nearly resembles S. puncticollis,
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 293
from which it differs in its larger size, the longer and
stouter antenne, with much shorter third joint, the
broader head, larger eyes, and smoother thorax. In the
form of the head and antenne it is, however, much more
closely allied to 9. longicornis : the antenne are shorter
and more slender than in that insect.
Scirtes suborbiculatus.
Scirtes suborbiculatus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Cole aii; §5 pe Ole:
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Two examples, apparently belonging to this variable
species. ‘They are testaceous in colour, with the elytra
infuscate, except at the sides in front and along the
suture, the antenne also infuscate, with the basal joints
testaceous. S. suborbiculatus is widely distributed in
Central-America, ranging from Northern Mexico to
Panama.
Scirtes salicis.
Scirtes salicis, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Coljeni:; 1;
ps Ol?
Hab. St. Vincent.
One example. The types were from the Atlantic slope
of Guatemala.
CypHon, Payk.
Oyphon dehiscens, sp. 0.
9. Oblong, depressed, shining, thickly clothed with fine fuscous
pubescence, which is erect on the prothorax and semi-erect on the
elytra ; black, the antenn black or piceous, with the three basal
joints more or less testaceous, the legs piceous, the tarsi in part and
the knees testaceous. Head, prothorax, and scutellum sparsely and
minutely, the elytra closely and finely, punctate ; antenne about
reaching the middle of the elytra, rather slender, joint 3 very
small and narrow, 4 elongate, longer than 5, 5-10 subequal in
length; prothorax short, convex, narrowly margined at the sides ;
elytra long, parallel in their basal half, much wider than the pro-
thorax, obliquely truncate at the apex, and gradually becoming more
dehiscent from the basal two-thirds to the apex, flattened on the
294 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn
disc to a little beyond the middle and also along either side of the
suture towards the apex, the disc with indications of two raised
lines, the sutural angles sharp, the humeri rounded.
Length 23, breadth 11 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Two female examples. Allied to C. quadrifoveolatus,
C. parallelus, and C. truncatus, Champ., but differing from
the corresponding sex of all of them in the unimpressed
elytra and the longer and darker antenne. ‘The elytra,
as usual, are not so finely punctured as the thorax; they
are rather widely dehiscent in their apical third.* A
single Cyphon from the same locality is probably the male
of the same species : it differs from the females in being
much less depressed and more oval in shape, and in
having the elytra more sparsely punctured, less dehiscent
behind, and without trace of raised lines on the disc.
Somewhat similar differences are to be found between
the sexes of C. bifoveolatus, Champ.
Cyphon caraibus, sp. n.
Elliptic, short, convex, shining, thickly clothed with fine
greyish pubescence; black or pitchy-black, the mouth-parts
ferruginous, the antennz and legs testaceous, the femora slightly
infuscate. Head, prothorax, and scutellum sparsely and
minutely, the elytra sparsely and moderately finely, punctate ;
head very broad, the eyes rather large; antennz long and mode-
rately slender, joint 2 short and rather stout, 3 and 4 elongate,
equal in length, 5-10 slightly shorter ; prothorax short and con-
vex ; elytra without raised lines, the suture straight to the apex,
the apices rather obtuse.
Length 13-1,° millim.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides.
Five specimens. ‘This obscure little species has very
much the facies of a small black Scymnus. It is allied
to the Central-American C. ampliceps, differing from that
insect in its smaller size and biack colour, and in having
the second antennal joint not so stout and the third and
* This is also the case in C. quadrifoveolatus and its allies, though
I have not mentioned it in the descriptions. In all these forms the
elytra (when properly closed) are more or less dehiscent in their
apical third, but more distinctly so in the female than in the male.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 295
fourth joints equal in length. The punctuation of the
elytra is sparse but very distinct, much coarser than that
of the thorax.
PriLopactyLa, Latr.
Ptilodactyla humerosa.
Ptilodactyla humerosa, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,
ii., 1, p. 642.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
Evidently a common insect in St. Vincent, Mr. Smith
having sent twenty-five examples from the island. P.
humerosa was described from a single male specimen
from Teapa, Mexico. The third antennal joint is shorter
than the fourth in both sexes. The coloration of the elytra
is constant, the pale humeral patch being always well
defined and the suture obscure ferruginous.
Ptilodactyla sancti-vincentis, sp. n.
6. Oblong-elliptic, flattened above, shining, thickly clothed
with short yellowish-cinereous pubescence; piceous or rufo-
fuscous, the under surface, and sometimes the prothorax also,
obscure ferruginous, the antennze fusco-testaceous, the legs testa-
ceous. Head closely, rugulosely punctate, the eyes moderately
large ; antennz very elongate, joints 4-10 each with a rather long,
slender ramus, 3 stouter and slightly shorter than 4. Prothorax
short, convex in front, the sides rounded and rapidly converging
from about the basal third to the apex, subparallel behind, the
hind angles acute ; the base trisinuate, finely denticulate, and with
a short projecting tooth in the centre ; the surface rather closely,
finely punctate. Scutellum rugulose, notched in the centre in
front. Elytra slightly wider than the prothorax, narrowly mar-
gined and a little rounded at the sides, the humeri obtuse ; flat-
tened and seriate-punctate on the disc, the rest of the surface
thickly, minutely punctate. Fifth ventral segment feebly arcuate-
emarginate at the apex. Tarsal claws with an acute tooth extending
to about the middle.
Length 3-34, breadth 14-1} millim.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Six examples, all males. Longer and more depressed
than P. hwmerosa, the antenne longer and with longer
296 Mr. George C. Champion on Serricorn Coleoptera.
rami, the third joint also relatively longer, the elytra
unicolorous, etc. Amongst the very numerous Central-
American species, the present insect is nearest allied
to P. marginata, Champ., from which it may be sepa-
rated by its much smaller size, narrower shape, more
narrowly margined elytra, shorter third antennal joint,
etc. P. marginata has only been found in Southern
Mexico and Guatemala.
Ptilodactyla antillarwm, sp.n.
¢. Oblong-elliptic, narrow, moderately convex, shining, some-
what thickly clothed with yellowish-cinereous pubescence; black,
the elytra with an oblique testaceous humeral patch, the suture
partly piceous, the antenne black, with the two basal joints red-
dish, the palpi and legs testaceous. Head sparsely, very finely
punctate, the eyes rather small; antennze comparatively stout,
joints 4-10 each with a short ramus, 3 and 4 subequal. Prothorax
short, convex in front, the sides rounded and rapidly converging
from a little before the base to the apex; the base trisinuate,
smooth ; the surface sparsely, finely punctate. Scutellum with a
shallow notch in front. Elytra of about the same width as the
prothorax at the base, subparallel in their basal half, narrowly
margined at the sides, the humeri rounded ; seriate-punctate to
near the apex, the interstices sparsely minutely punctate. Tarsal
claws with a rectangular tooth extending to about the middle.
Length 3, breadth 14 millim.,
Hab. St. Vincent.
One male example. ‘Tis insect is allied to P. humerosa,
from which it may be known by the less elongate, black
antennee, with shorter rami and relatively longer third
joint, the smaller and less prominent eyes, etc. Six
females from Grand Etang, Grenada (1,900 feet), belong
to the same, or to a very closely allied, species; they are
smaller and paler than the male described, and have the
thorax thickly granulate-punctate, the antennz more
slender, etc. The antenne in P. antillarum are formed
very much as in P. swbstriata, Champ., from Costa Rica.
a»)
XI. Quelques Formicides de ? Antille de Grenada récoltés
par M. H. H. Smith. Parle Dr. Aucustr Foret,
professeur a l’ Université de Ziirich.
[Read March 17th, 1897. }
1. Camponotus abdominalis, Fabr.: r. opaciceps, Roger,
$d.
Cette forme est trés voisine de C. sharpi, Forel, de St.
Vincent, et ce dernier doit étre considéré aussi comme
une des nombreuses races locales du OC. abdominalis.
2. Camponotus sexguttatus, Fabr., nec auctorum (= C.
ruficeps, Fabr.): var. nov. grenadensis.
Identique & la forme typique, mais les ¥ et 2 entiérement d’un
rouge jaundtre clair avec ’abdomen seul noir i six tiéches blanch-
dtres. Les 3 mznor ont la méme couleur que les 8 major et le ¢
méme a la téte et le thorax plus ou moins d’un brun roussatre.
M. H. H. Smith n’a rapporté que cette variété de
Grenada, mais de trois endroits différents ot il a trouvé
le nid sous les feuilles radicales des plantes. Je l’ai recue
en outre de Barbados par M. Jefferys.
Ayant moi-méme voyagé aux petites Antilles en 1896,
yy at étudié le C. sexguttatus qui y est tres commun a la
Martinique, la Guadeloupe et Sta. Lucia. Je n’y ai trouvé
que la variété typique noire, avec la téte seule rouge
chez les § major et les 2. A Barbados }’en ai ouvert 20
ou 30 nids, les uns du grenadensis, les autres de la forme
typique. Or )j’ai observé un fait trés curieux.
A la cee cette espece abonde dans la savanne
oti elle fait son nid en carton Iéger, composé de fibres
ligneuses grisitres, assez longues et agglutinées par la
sécrétion des glandes des fourmis. Ce carton est disposé
autour de Vaisselle des feuilles des touffes d’herbe de la
savanne, ou aux endroits ott elles sont rapprochées, et
sert a former une enveloppe pour la fourmiliére. Le nid
n’a pas de chambres distinctes ; tout au plus les inter-
stices des feuilles sont-ils un peu séparés 4 l’intérieur les
uns des autres a l’aide de ce carton. ‘Toute la famille
(les $, les g, les larves) est entassée dans ces fragiles
cavités qui ressemblent a une toile d’ araignée desséchée
et salie de terre ou de fibre. Dés qu’on les dérange,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—part i. (sepr.) 20
298 Dr. A. Forel sur quelques Formicides de
les fourmis se défendent ou se cachent plus ou moins
selon leur nombre. J’ai trouvé des nids analogues avec
le méme carton 4 d’autres endroits.
Or, & Barbados, pas un seul nid du C. sexguttatus
n’avait de carton. Ils se trouvaient sous l’écorce, dans
les branches séches et creuses ou sous l’aisselle de feuilles
de bananes, l’un méme dans la terre, sous une pierre.
A Sta. Lucia j’ai trouvé deux ou trois nids ayant un
commencement de carton trés liche, 4 peine agglutiné.
Du reste j’ai trouvé aussi quelques nids sans carton, dans
des tiges creuses 4 la Martinique et 4 la Guadeloupe.
3. Prenolepis guatemalensis, Forel: r. antillana, Forel,
4. Prenolepis longicornis, Latr., ¥ 2.
5. Brachymyrmex heeri, Forel: r. obscurior, Forel,
yg.
Cette forme mérite de former au moins une race. Outre
les différences que j’ai déji indiquées, il faut noter avant
tout la forme bien plus allongée du thorax, surtout du
pronotum et du mésonotum, la téte un peu plus allongée
et les poils du corps plus épais et plus foncés. J’ai re-
trouvé cette race i’ la Martinique, la Guadeloupe, Barba-
dos et Sta. Lucia, partout avec la méme couleur foncée.
Elle est un peu plus longue que le B. heeri typique et
beaucoup plus grande que le B. minutus.
6. Dorymyrmex pyramicus, Roger (var. claire) 3.
Odontomachus heematodes, L.: r. insularis, Guérin,
? f,et une petite variété de la 2 qu’on peut rap-
orter & VO. hirsutiusculus, Smith.
8. Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus, Fabr. :
r. testaceus, Forel, ¥.
9, Anochetus inermis, André,¥ f.
10. Anochetus mayrt, Emery, 3.
11. Platythyrea pruinosa, Mayr, 3.
12. Leptogenys arcuata, Roger, f.
13. Hciton klugi, Shuck., g.
Pris & trois endroits différents. Correspond exacte-
ment & la description de Shuckard, mais en outre, cette
curieuse espéce a entre le front et le vertex, de chaque
cété de Vocelle antérieur et devant Jui, un fort tubercule
large et dentiforme. Une profonde échancrure triangu-
laire, médiane, sépare ces deux tubercules. Les dents de
epistome sont trés larges, grandes et fort pointues.
lV Antille de Grenada. 299
Cette trouvaille prouve que |’Hciton klugi habite bien
les petites Antilles et ma supposition (‘Fourmis de St.
Vincent’) qu’il pouvait y avoir eu erreur de localité est
fausse.
14. ? EHeiton klugi, 3 sive ? H. antillanum, sp. n.
Long. 3, 546mm. Crochets des tarses simples. Premier nceud
du pédicule sans dent ni appendice en dessous. Ces deux carac-
teres le distinguent de ?E. omnivorum (cecum) @un coté et de PE.
punctaticeps de autre. Il ressemble beaucoup A ce dernier.
Mandibules striées, sémiluisantes, avec des points épars et quatre
dents obtuses, plus larges et plus convexes que chez l’E. punctati-
ceps. Téte des 8 major au moins aussi longue que large, faible-
ment échancrée et rétrécie en derriére (en trapéze arrondi), i cétés
convexes, non déprimés, Sillon frontal large et distinct. Yeux
nuls. Scapes assez fortement clavés et courbés vers leur tiers apical
(vers leur milieu et plus fortement chez l’E. punctaticeps ow ils
ne sont que faiblement épaissis & Vextrémité). Articles 2 et 3
du funicule distinctement plus longs que larges (plutét plus larges
que longs chez ?E. punctaticeps). Comme chez VE. omnivorum
(cecum), le mésonotum s’éleve en marche d’escalier au dessus du
métanotum. Ce dernier cubique arrondi, a face déclive légerement
plus longue que la face basale. Les deux noeuds du pedicule courts,
épais et cubiques, comme chez l’H. punctaticeps, mais sans dent sous
le premier. Le dos du thorax est un peu plus convexe que chez lL.
punctaticeps. es crochets des tarses sont simples, longs et courbés.
Luisant, sauf le devant de la face basale du métanotum qui est
réticulé, ponctué et subopaque. Téte assez abondamment, régu-
liérement et distinctement ponctuée; les points sont cependant
plus espacés et plus fins que chez lH. punctaticeps. Sur le dos du
thorax, les points sont plus grossiers, plus rapprochés, un peu
allongés. Cdétés du pronotum, pédicule et abdomen lisses; ces
derniers avec des points piligéres trés fins,
Pilosité fine, abondante et assez courte partout, comme chez
VE. punctaticeps (chez ’E. omnivorum elle est plus longue, plus
éparse et plus grossiere). |
Couleur rougeitre de VE. omnivorum, avec les 3 minor plus
pales. L’H. punctaticeps est de couleur plus claire.
La carene latcrale des joues est encore moins distincte que chez
PE. punctaticeps, courte et courbée en dedans, vers V’articulation de
Vantenne.
Il est fort probable que c’est bien 1a Vouvriére de lH.
klugi, lors méme que lépistome et le front ne dénotent
pas trace des caracttres si typiques du f¢, et lors méme
300 Dr. A. Forel sur quelques Formicides de V Antille.
que la taille est relativement forte et ferait, dans ce
groupe, supposer un # plus grand. II n’est pas probable
que la faune relativement pauvre des petites Antilles
reccle deux espéces d’Hciton dont on connaitrait les $ de
Pune et les x de l’autre. Mais la chose n’est pas prouvée ;
les ¥ n’ont pas été prises avec les ¢, et jusqu’a preuve suf-
fisante je donne a cette ouvricre le nom d’antillanum, sp. n,
15. Cryptocerus araneolus, Smith, 3.
16. Cyphomyrmen rimosus, Spin., 2.
il Strumagenys smitht, Forel, 2.
18. Monomorium minutum, Mayr : r. ebeninum, Forel,
¥F so.
19. Monomorium floricola, Jerd., ¥.
20. Wasmannia auropunctata, Roger, ¥ & gf.
21. Wasmannia sigmoidea, Mayr, 2.
22. Solenopsis castor, Forel, ¢.
23. Solenopsis globularia, Smith, 2 %.
24. Solenopsis geminata, Fabr., 3 2.
25. Cremastogaster brevispinosa, Mayr: r. minuwtior,
Forel.
Cette forme mérite de former une race. La pubescence
est plus abondante et plus longue que chez le VU. brevi-
spinosa typique; la suture pro-mésonotale n’est pas
toujours tout-a-fait obsolete.
26. Pheidole guilelmi-millert, Forel, r. antillana, For.,
var. nigrescens, For., ¥ @ a ans
27. Pheidole fallax, Mayr., 3 x.
28. Pheidole flavens, Roger: r. sculptior, For., var.
nov. grenadensis, For., 3 2 fx.
Le x differe de la r. sculptior de St. Vincent par son
occiput lisse et luisant et par ses ¢pines métanotales un
peu plus longues.
29. Pseudomyrma flavidula, Smith, y.
A part lHeiton klugi et son ouvriére probable, la ré-
colte de M. H. H. Smith ne nous offre que deux variétés
inédites. L’ Heiton klugi avait du reste été trouvé d’abord
i St. Vincent. L’ Anochetus inermis, la seule des espéces
de Grenada qui n’ait pas encore été trouvée & St. Vincent
i été trouvé par moi a la Martinique, de sorte qu’il existe
dans nul doute aussi dans la premicre de des iles.
L’identité des deux faunes parait done étre presque
absolue.
XII. New or little-known Sphegide from Ugur By
the Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.E.S
[Read June 2nd, 1897. ]
Prats VI.
THE insects to be described below were taken by myself
near Cairo in the spring of last year (1896). Herr Kohl,
of Vienna, kindly allowed me to send any of my captvres
for examination either by himself or by his colleague,
Herr Handlirsch, and I have described as new such
species only as were pronounced to be so by one or
other of these entomologists. For the accuracy of my
descriptions, however, I must take the sole responsi-
bility, though I have received useful hints from my
friend and neighbour, Mr. Hdward Saunders, besides
suggestions from Herren Kohl and Handlirsch as to the
affinities of particular insects, and have also of course
been helped at every step by the published works of
these authors on the Sphegide. As to the names and
arrangement of genera I have followed Herr Kohl’s
“Gattungen der Sphegiden,” just published at Vienna.
In the descriptions, also, I have mainly adopted his
nomenclature; but in numbering the abdominal seg-
ments I have not reckoned the propodeum, so that my
*‘ seoment 1” is that which follows the constriction, and
so on.
My figures are drawn from the type-specimens with
the camera lucida under low powers of the compound
microscope. ‘Though [ am no draughtsman, I believe
that the outlines of the objects as I saw them are
correctly given, but a more practised artist would (L
daresay ) have managed to place them so as to escape the
appearance of asymmetry, which I have not always been
able to avoid.
The most interesting, perhaps, of these insects is the
new species of Kohlia, ¢ and @, as that genus has
rested hitherto on a single 2 specimen from South
Africa in the Berlin Museum (K. cephalotes, Handl.).
The Tachysphex (?) with entire mandibles and a strongly
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT Ill, (SEPT.)
302 Rev. F. D. Morice on
punctured abdomen, which I call 7. integer, is also a
very extraordinary insect, being separated by characters
of at least subgeneric value from all other known
species.
Sphex stschurowskyi (?), Rad. (Pl. VI., fig. 1.)'
d. Totus niger. Ale hyaline marginibus apicalibus late
infuseatis. Facies pilis stratis argenteis atque etiam erectis aliquot
nigris vestita; vertex, tempora (longissime), et thorax plus
minusve nigro-hirta.
Vertex microscopice rugulosus, opacus, punctatus: mesonotum
(ad latera presertim) fortius rugulosum et punctatum, a basi
medio tenus impressione distincta marginibus carinatis divisum ;
scutellum bi-gibbosum, linea impressa centrali divisum ; post-
scutellum in medio tuberculato-elevatum : propodeum clathrato-
rugosum, lateribus nigro-hirtis; abdominis dorsum nitidum
microscopice punctulatum, segmenta ventralia 1, 2 nuda, reliqua
brevissime pruinoso-pubescentia satisque evidenter punctulata.
Tibize posticz intus pallide fusco-pubescentes.
Long. cire. 20 millim.
Hab. Abbasiyeh, iuxta Cairo, 2, V., 1896.
Scribit ad me Dom. Kohlesse hune, non, ut putaveram,
S. argentifrontis, Lep., sed verisimiliter S. stschurowskyt,
Rad., marem adhuc ignotum.
Cerceris pallidula, sp. n. (?)
Pallide flava; flagello rufescente, superne infuscato; vertice
(temporibus quoque in 4) et prothorace nigro-maculatis ;
mesonoto nigro flavo-vittato; segmentorum abdominalium apicibus
fuscis vel rufis. Ale superioris apex infumatus. Segmentum
ventrale 2 sine lamina distincta. Flagelli articuli 2 et 3 fere
equales, horum simul sumptorum (circiter) longitudine ocelli
posteriores inter se et ab oculis distant. Clypeus simplex.
Pronotum antice emarginatum, angulis rotundatis.
Caput dense punctatum; mesonotum satis nitidum, punctis
magnis et (in disco saltem) remotis ; scutellum vix nisi levissime
punctulatum. Propodei latera punctata, nec confertim, nec
profunde. Area basalis propodei lateribus evidenter oblique
striatis, disco levi,
Long. 7-10 millim.
New or little-known Sphegidxe from Egypt. 303
Hab. %. Koubbeh, prope Cairo, 12, V.; Abbasiyeh,
19, V.: 2. Abbasiyeh, 12,; V.; 1896.
Videtur fieri posse, ut hee 0. pulchella, Klug., revera
sit. Sed quia a specie illa evidenter differt, quam sub
titulo pulchelle, Klug., descripsit Dom. Schletterer,
auctoritatem viri tanti veritus, nomen aliud imposui.
Cerceris pruinosa, sp. un. (Pl. VI, fig. 2.)
2. Precedenti pictura simillima, sed maior. Prater maculam
in vertice, occiput quoque inter oculos menisco nigro notatur.
Scutella pzene alba. Margines segmentorum abdominalium non
nisi levissime rufescunt.
Facies pilis stratis argenteis splendens. Tempora, thoracis
latera, et abdominis segmentorum dorsalium apices plus minusve
distincte nitido-pruinosa.
Segmentum ventrale 2 basi elevata. Ocelli posteriores inter se
et ab oculis flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 (circiter) longitudine
distant. Clypei margo ut in fig. 2. Pronotum haud evidenter
emarginatum.
Caput, mesonotum, et propodeum (extra aream basalem) satis
crasse rugoso-punctata : scutella et propodei area basalis leviora,
punctis nonnullis minime profundis impressa: propodei area
basalis propter striolas microscopicas pene opaca, marginibus
evidenter striatis, sulco mediano consuto.
Long. 12 millim.
é latet.
Hab. %. <Abbasiyeh, 19, V., 1896.
Cerceris hirtiventris, sp. n.
d. C. quinquefasciate, Ross., hirsutie ventris, penicillis latera-
libus, aliisque notis multis, affinis: differt tamen evidenter,
temporibus haud post oculos incrassatis ; pronoto (postice viso)
angulis lateralibus prominentibus, quam mesonoti margo apicalis
evidenter magis elevatis; propodei area basali minus crasse, magis
transverse, rugosa; segmentis abdominalibus vix distincte
strangulatis; pictura flava longe ditiore; ale superioris apice
fortiter infumato.
Nigra; facie (preter cavitates super antennarum insertiones
nigras), maculis in vertice et temporibus, lateribus pronoti, vittis
304 Rev. F. D. Morice on
quattuor metanoti, tegulis, scutellis, pleurarum magna parte, et
abdominis fasciis latissimis segmenta pzene tota obtinentibus, flavis.
Antennarum scapus flavus, flagellum testaceum superne infuscatum.
Pedes flavi, femoribus posticis et tibiarum posticarum apicibus
infuscatis, tarsis testaceis.
Long. 12 millim.
¢ latet.
Hab. &. Zeitoun, prope Cairo, 11, V., 1896.
Cerceris lutea, Tasch. (= C. nilotica, Schlett.)
Feminas speciei huius nonnullas cum maribus in fossa
castrorum que “ Abbasiyeh ” vocantur, iuxta Cairo, 21
Mai, 1896, inveni, qui mares idem sunt quos nomine
C. nilotice descripsit Dom. Schletterer.
Cerceris tuberculata, Vill.
Varietas (= C. erythrocephala, Dahlb., nec Schlett.)
Speciei huius feminas aliquot cum maribus mense
Maio ad Abbasiyeh repperi, corporibus nigris, capitibus
pedibusque rufis. Marem sic coloratum unum tantum
inveni: ceterorum marium omnium abdomina flava
erant basibus rufis, segmentorum basibus apicibusque
angustissime cum.ventribus nigrantibus.
Cerceris vidua (?), Klug.
Marem a me ad Nakhle (prope Cairo), 26 Mai, 1896,
inventum§ scribit Dom. Kohl huic fortasse speciei
adnumerandum esse. Hi descriptio Klugiana omnino
convenit, excepto quod non dici debet “‘scutellum albo-
bipunctatum,” sed potius ‘‘ postscutellum albo-subinter-
rupte fasciatum.”
Si revera C. vidua est, de structura corporis hac
sunt adjicienda.—Ocelli posteriores inter se et ab oculis
vix flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 longitudine distant.
Propodei area basalis crasse et longitudinaliter strigosa.
Segmentum abdominis dorsale 1 latitudine sua sesqui
longius, lateribus fere a basi ad apicem parallelis; 6
lateribus evidenter denticulatis: ventralia 2-4 in medio
haud, in lateribus crasse punctata; 6 utrinque fortiter
dentato, 8 denticulato.
New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 305
Ad eandem speciem marem alterum referendum esse
credo, ad Zeitoun (Cairo), 15 Mai, captum. Structura
enim plane eadem est, etsi pictura aliquantum differt—
scutello (cum postscutello) immaculato, abdominis
segmento dorsali 5 albo-maculato.
Tachytes denticulata, sp. n.
2. Nigra, scapo (partim) antennarum, mandibulis prater apices,
pedibus preter coxas, et abdomine fere toto testaceis, huius seg-
mento dorsali 4 cum basi quinti nigro-maculato. Facie temporibus
et lateribus thoracis pilis stratis argenteis satis dense vestitis ;
abdomine (prsertim in lateribus apicibusque segmentorum dorsa-
lium) femoribus tibiis tarsisque brevius argenteo-sericeis ; vertice
et mesonoto griseo-pubescentibus. Clypei pars media ut in T.
ambidente, Kohl, bidentata : sed oculi inter se in vertice fere duplo
plusquam primi secundique flagelli articuli longitudine distant.
Alz superioris areola appendicularis distincta et completa. Vertex
nitidus; dorsulum tenuiter punctulatum. Metatarsi antici 6-
ciliati.
Long. 12 millim.
Hab. 2. Zeitoun, iuxta Cairo, 22, V., 1896.
Tachytes cameroniana, sp. i.
¢. Nigra; mandibulis (partim), tegulis venisque alarum,
pedum genibus tarsisque cum calcaribus, etc., apicibusque segmen-
torum abdominalium sordidius lutescentibus. Caput thoraxque
totus (propodeum satis longe) albido pilosa; facies, tempora,
pronotum, pedes superne, segmentorum abdominalium apices cum
lateribus totis, et valvula analis, pilis stratis argenteis dense
vestita.
Oculi inter se in vertice circiter 2 + 3 articulorum flagelli
longitudine distant. Cellula appendicularis vix distincte indicatur.
Clypei apex haud dentatus. Metatarsi antici 5-ciliati. Caput cum
thorace dense profundeque punctatum.
Long. 10 millim.
? latet.
Hab. f. Zeitoun, 22, V., 1896.
Speciem cum antecedente aliisque in horto hospitis
mei benevolentissimi Dom. Cameron, Judicis Curialis in
Cairo, captam in honorem eiusdem nominari volui.
306 Rev. F. D. Morice on
Tachysphex fasciatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIL, figs. 3, 4.)
Q. Niger, segmentorum abdominalium marginibus _pallidis.
Mandibule in medio, tarsi, tibize, et femora (basibus superne
infuscatis) testacea. 'Tegule venzeque alarum sordidius flaventes.
Caput cum thorace albo-, facies argenteo-pubescens. Abdominis
segmenta 1-4 (an et 5 ?) argenteo-fasciata.
Oculis inter se in vertice circiter articulorum 1 + 2 +3 flagelli
longitudine distant. Propodeum cum lateribus rugulosum, obscure
punctulatum, haud striatum. Area pygidialis lata, marginata,
punctata (fig. 3). Vena cubitalis tertia valde producta, superne
bis tantum quantum secunda angustata (fig. 4).
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. GZeitoun, 15, V., 1896.
Tachysphex egyptiacus, sp. n.
Niger cum pedibus mandibulisque. Facies et segmentorum
dorsalium abdominis 1-4 margines argenteo-sericantes. Thorax
griseo-subhirtus, punctulatus, subnitidus. Ale fusco-hyaline ;
areola radialis satis late truncata, appendicularis distincta, cubitalis
3 parum producta, superne lata. @ area pygidialis (ut in 7.
mediterraneo, Kohl) lata, nitida, punctata.
Vertex latus. Oculi in utroque sexu evidenter plusquam
articulorum 2-+ 3 flagelli longitudine distant.
Long. 33-6 millim,
Hab. Species prope Cairo haud infrequens in mense
Aprili, etiam ad Suez 16, IV., 1896.
Tachysphex heliopolites, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 5, 6.)
¢d. Niger, mandibulis in medio rufis, tarsis cum genibus obscure
rufescentibus. Tegule cum venis sordide flav, subcosta basi
fusca. Caput cum thorace basique abdominis pallido-pilosum, hoc
segmentis 1-3 argenteo-fasciatis. Oculi inter se vix articulorum
1 + 2 flagelli longitudine distant. Calcaria postica metatarsis
evidenter breviora. Area appendicularis vix indicata, cubitalis 3
satis elongata.
Mesonotum et propodei area horizontalis crasse granuloso-
rugosa, truncatura striata: scutellum minus fortiter rugulosum,
punctatum.
Maris supra descripti nescio au hee sit femina, eodem die
ibidem capta.
New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 307
2. Corpus evidenter minus pilosum ; facies argenteo-sericea.
Mesonotum nitidius, punctulatum. Pedes tibiis quoque rufis.
Subcosta non fusca, sed rufo-brunnea. Antenne basim versus
solito (ut mihi videtur) crassiores. Oculi inter se plusquam
flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 (minusquam 2-+ 3) longitudine distant.
Area pygidialis (fig. 5) transversim subtilissime aciculata cum
punctis nonnullis magnis. Ale superioris apex ut in fig. 6.
Long. ¢,8; 9, 10 millim,
Hab. fet 2. Zeitoun, prope Cairo, 22, V., 1896.
Similis 7. fluctwato, Gerst., sed vertice inter oculos
evidenter latiore.
Tachysphex buyssoni, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 7, 8.)
Niger, facies ¢ aureo- 9 argenteo-sericans ; oculi plus minusve
virentes. Clypei apex, cum labro et mandibulis in medio,
rufescens ;: his ante excavationem conspicuam latis et satis fortiter
dentatis. Tarsi tibie femorumque apices rufi. Abdominis seg-
menta 1-3 (in 9 6 quoque) rufa: margines omnium preter ultimum
decolorati. Thorax totus concinne reticulato-rugulosus et punctu-
latus, in ¢ flavescente-griseo tomentosus, in Q argenteo minus
dense pubescens. Thoracis fascie# parum conspicue (? nisi forte sunt
detrite). Oculiin ¢ flagelli articuli circiter 1 + 2, in 2 minus quam
2 longitudine distant. Areola cubitalis tertia superne lata, haud
fortiter producta (fig. 8). Q area pygidialis formata ut in fig. 7,
reticulato-aciculata, apicem versus punctata haud profunde.
Long. ¢,12; 9, 14 millim.
Hab. Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo, {, 23,1V.; 9, 12, V.,
1896.
Speciem in honorem Vice-comitis Roberti du Buysson
hymenopterologi clarissimi, beneficiorum multorum haud
immemor nominari volui.
Tachysphex luxuriosus, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 9, 10.)
9. Niger; clypeo, mandibulis (preter apices), scapo, et
pedibus (maximam partem), testaceis. Abdominis segmenta
dorsalia 3-5 nigra vel fuscata, reliqua testacea : venter testaceus
vix fusco-fasciatus, Caput thoraxque totus, abdominis quoque
segmenta dorsalia 1-5 in lateribus apicibusque tomento denso
argenteo pulcherrime vestita; immo etiam bases segmentorum
argenteo-pubescentes, quod tamen nonnisi in certis aspectibus
308 Rev. F. D. Morice on
videri potest. Sculpturam thoracis propter densissimum tomen-
tum examinare nequivil. Vertex sane latissimus: oculi certe inter
se multo plusquam longitudine articulorum 2-+ 3 flagelli distant.
Segmentum 6 dorsale (fig. 9), area pygidiali indistinctius quam
solet definita. Alve superioris apex (figs 10).
Long. 103 millim,
3S latet.
Hab. @. Koubbeh, 27, IV., 1896.
Tachysphex speciosissimus, sp.n. (PI. VL., figs. 11, 12.)
Q. Niger. Scapus infra cum mandibulis (partim) sordide
testaceus : abdomen preter maculas haud magnas basales segmen-
torum dorsalium 4, 5 letissime aurantiacum ; tarsi tibize femorum
que apices testacei. Caput et thorax precipue in lateribus dense
argenteo-pubescentia, segmentorum dorsalium 1-5 apices (2-5
latera quoque) conspicue argenteo-fasciati : preeterea totum fere
animal certis aspectibus pubescentia argentea brevissima quasi
pulveratum videtur.
Oculi inter se in vertice aliquanto plusquam articulorum 1 -+ 2
flagelli longitudine distant. Area pygidialis angusta, bene
definita (fig. 11), Ale superioris apex ut in fig. 12. Propodei
pilosissimi sculpturam videre nequivi.
Long. 10 millim.
6 latet.
Hab. @. Koubbeh, 4, V., 1896.
Tachysphex (?) integer, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 13, 14.)
Niger, mandibulis in medio et pedibus (obscurius) in apicali
parte rufescentibus, segmentorum abdominalium marginibus
decoloratis, tegulis sordide flavis, alarum venis et preecipue sub-
costa fuscis. Als plus minusve infumate.
Mandibule haud excise. Clypei apex ut in fig. 13 productus.
Caput et thorax pallido-pubescentia ; mesonotum cum scutello
nitidum crasse punctatum ; propodeum opacum, fortiter rugosum.
Abdomen, ut in genere Prosopigastra, fortissime punctatum (sed
frons super antennis simplex); ¢ femora excisa. @ area pygidialis
elongata, reticulato-aciculata, punctata, subnitida. Oculi in vertice
inter se flagelli articulorum minusquam 2 +3, plusquam 1 + 2,
longitudine distant. Ale superioris apex, fig. 14.
Long. circ. 8 millim.
Hab. Zeitoun, Chams, Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo.
New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 309
Auctoritatem Dom. Kohl secutus animal hoc Tachy-
sphecibus veris adnumero: est nihilominus in genere eo
species valde abnormis.
Prosopigastra handlirschi, sp.n. (Pl. VI., fig. 15.)
2. Nigra; mandibulis, clypei apice, callis humeralibus
(obscure) et tegulis cum venis alarum, tibiis tarsisque omnibus,
femoribus posticis, et abdomine toto, satis lete rufo-testaceis.
Caput dense punctatum ; mesonotum cum scutello fortius sed
remotius punctatum, nitidum. Propodei pars horizontalis semi-
circularis, clathrato-rugosa, marginata ; latera eiusdem_ striata,
pubescentia. Segmentum dorsale ultimum fere triangulare apice
(fig. 15), emarginato cum angulis distinctis.
Long. 8 millim.
3 latet.
Hab. &. Nakhle, prope Cairo, 26, V., 1896.
Prosopigastra levior, sp.n. (PL. VI., figs. 16, 17.)
Q. Nigra; mandibulis preter bases, tarsisque (his obscurius),
rufis; genibus (late), tegulis, venisque alarum, pallide flavis ;
segmentorum abdominalium marginibus pallidis. Mesonotum
scutellumque nitida, pene levia, punctulis satis remotis conspersa ;
propodei area horizontalis basi oblique apicem versus transverse
undulato-rugulosa lateribus argenteo-pilosulis.
Alv superioris areola radialis brevis, haud procul ab apice suo
venam cubitalem 5 excipiens (fig. 16). Segmentum dorsale ultimum
opacum, apice (fig. 17) pallido late rotundato-truncato.
Long. 7 millim.
3 latet.
Hab. &. Abbasiyeh; iuxta Cairo, 29, V., 1896.
Hologambrus sericans, sp. un. (Pl. VI., figs. 18, 19.)
Caput oculis in vertice valde approximatis, super ocellum
anteriorem tumidum nudum punctatum, inter hune et antennas
valde tuberculatum, facies preter hos duo tuberculos dense
argenteo-sericea; clypeus brevis, margine medio transverse
foveatus laterum angulis dentato-prominentibus ; antennzx
simplices (figg. 18 et 19).
Mesonoti pars apicalis et latera dense punctata, basis cum
310 Rev. F. D. Morice on
scutello nitida punctis sparsis; propodei area horizontalis semi-
circularis, basi rugulosa, lateribus oblique striatis ; pleure: (cum
postscutello) et precipue metapleurz albo-pilose. Abdominis
segmenta dorsalia 1-6 dense punctulata, basibus apicibusque (his
decoloratis) pilis stratis argenteis fasciata, 6 apice impresso, 7 disco
medio cavato nitido punctis magnis remotis consperso ; segmenta
ventralia 2-6 basibus punctatis, apicibus depressis decoloratis
breviter aureo-sericeis, 2 (lateribus minus distincte), 3-5 (evidenter)
transverse callosum, 8 apice emarginato.
Corpus nigrum, mandibulis partim rufescentibus, tegulis
(maximam partem) venis alarum, tarsis, tibiarum basibus apici-
busque, femorum et segmentorum abdominalium apicibus pallide
flavis.
Long. 8 millim.
2 latet.
Hab. ff. Koubbeh, 13, V., 1896.
Dinetus cereolus, sp. n.
9. Statura minima, long. vix 4} millim, Oculi cum vertice,
macula triangularis in disco pronoti, mesonotum inter parapsidas
(exceptis punctis duobus lateralibus ante scutellum), fascia basalis
postscutelli, propodei vitta lata centralis (basi in utrumque latus
anguste excurrens), femora supra plus minusve, et mandibularum
apices, nigri ; ceterum corpus pallidissime flavum.
& latet.
Habs. ©: (Cairo, 25; 1Vz, 1896,
A D. picto, Jur. (quee unica adhuce generis huius species
innotuit), preeter exilitatem picturamque dissimilem,
differt evidentissime, dorsulo non dense punctulato sed
microscopice reticulato, punctis perpaucis magnis hic
ilhe interstincto; lateribus propodei nudis, haud
argenteo-sericeis, alis magis albo-hyalinis, venis pallidi-
oribus.
Animalis huius partes pallid propter minutissimam
reticulationem ceream quandam opacitatem habent, quod
in nomine imponendo indicare volui.
Palarus saundersi, sp. n. (Pl. VI., figs. 20-22.)
4. Pictura (preter antennas fuscas) et statura (cire. 15 millim.)
Palaro spinole, de Sauss., simillimus, his tamen notis facillime
dignoscitur.
New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 311
Oculi inter se in vertice multo minus distant (fig. 20):
mesonotum longe subtilius punctatum: ale haud_ subfusco-
fasciate : area superior propodei minus profunde sulcata.
Segmentum ultimum dorsale abdominis neque (ut in P. spinola,
de Sauss., P. flavipede, Fabr., et P. humerali, Duf.) apice
bifurcato, neque (ut in P. oriental’, Kohl) basi bispinosa, sed pene
simplex (fig. 21) : segmenti ventralis 2 callus transversus (postice
visus) margine apicali denticulato (fig. 22).
? latet.
Hab. Koubbeh, 4, IV., 1896.
Kohlia cowalis, sp. n. (Pl. VI., figs. 25-27.)
Vertex intra ocellos subtiliter, extra eosdem multo fortius
punctatus. Mesonotum et scutella subnitida punctis magnis
conspersa, atque etiam inter hee puncta microscopice punctulata.
Propodei area horizontalis clathrato-rugosa. Abdomen opacum,
crasse, valde irregulariter, haud profunde punctatum, punctis ita
dispositis ut nonnusquam fere in strias continuas transversas vel
undulatas (nunquam longitudinales) confluant. Coxze antice ut in
fig. 23 singulariter scutato-dilatate. Trochanteres magni. Meta-
tarsi antici g (evidenter) 9 (longius) pectinati. Metatarsi postici
in utroque sexu prope basim curvati (fig. 24). Flagelli articulus 2
(fig. 25, ¢ ) curvatus et leniter excisus. Alze in utroque sexu satis
breves.
dg. Segmenta ventralia apicalia pilis sat densis conspicue
fimbriata. Segmentum ultimum ventrale bidentatum (fig. 26).
Genitalia (fig. 27) stipitibus processus binos apicales longos
emittentibus, interiores nudos, super sagittas quodammodo
arcuatos, exteriores sub pilosos: sagittarum apicibus valde
dilatatis, deflexis (an etiam connatis ? mihi quidem sic videtur).
?. Segmentum dorsale ultimum, triangulare, nudum, fortiter
strigosum, strigis a basi ad apicem convergentibus.
d. Capite et thorace nigris, albescente flavo opulentissime
variegatis, antennarum scapis flavis, flagellis aurantiacis; abdomine
aurantiaco, pallidissime flavo- (pane albo-) late fasciato ; pedibus
partim aurantiacis, partim pzene albis.
?. Pallide flava; fronte media, vertice, occipitis basi cum
pronoti apice, mesonoto (exceptis lateribus vittisque duabus flavis),
propodei basi centralique parte, et maculis quibusdam_parvis
lateralibus in abdominis dorso nigris. Color aurantiacus vix nisi
in flagellis antennarum et in ventre apparet. Frontis latera, clypei
ai Rey. F. D. Morice on
pars basalis, et mesonoti apex, in utroque sexu breviter sed
conspicue argenteo-pubescentia.
Long. ¢, 11; 9 12, millim.
Hab. ¢, 26, Ves 9, 21, V5 1896; prope Cairo.
Generis Kohlix, Handl., exemplar unicum tantum (K.
cephalotes, Handl., 2) ante hee duo nostra est repertum.
Indicavit iam Dom. Kohl in opere suo “ Die Gattungen
der Sphegiden ” (p. 418),* maris huins nostri characteres,
quibus genus Kohlia magis exacte definiri possit.
Stizus fuscatus, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 28, 29.)
¢. Totum pene corpus nigrum vel cyanescens, satis dense punc-
tatum. Pedes apice plus minus cum calearibus, tegul, scapus
subtus, et vene alarum rufi. Labrum immaculatum. Segmenta
dorsalia 3,4, in lateribus obscure flavo-guttata. Alee fusco-
violascentes, marginibus late hyalinis. Antennarum articulus
ultimus pallet.
Oculi in clypeum vix convergentes: facies sat lata (fig. 28).
Vena cubitalis 1 mediocriter, 2 valde, curvata. Antenne (fig. 29)
simplices preter articulum ultimum curvatum, apice evidenter
oblique truncato. Pedes et venter simplices. Segmenti 7 dorsalis
latera sinuata ; apex obtusus.
Long. 21 millim.
2 latet.
Hab. ff ad Cairo, 5, V., 1896.
S. spinulosit, Rad., marem hactenus ignotum credi-
deram hune fortasse esse. Sed S. spinulosum (quem non
vidi) in manipulum S. rificornis adscribendum esse Dom.
Handlirsch in Monographia sua docet: nostrum animal
S. fascrati potius ad manipulum pertinet, quod, specimine
examinato, mihi vir clarissimus 1am significavit.
Stizus niloticus, Handl.
¢ (hactenus ignota). Structura eorporis exemplaribus magnis S.
JSasciati, Fabr., simillima ; alis minus flavescentibus, in radiali parte
distinctissime infuscatis ; segmento dorsali sexto basi ipsa tenus
pilis stratis squamiformibus leete aureis satis dense vestito.
“ Propter errorem typographicum dicuntur ibi antenne maris
* 12-cliedrig.” Sunt eae, ut in hoc sexu fieri solet, 13-articulate.
New or little-known Sphegidx from Egypt. 313
Caput maximam partem ferrugineum ; macula T-formi ocellos
includente et occipite inter tempora nigris; facie sub antennis
flava. Antenne ferrugine, articulo 1 flavo, 9 supra infuscato.
Prothoracis pars media (non humeri), latera mesonoti, scutellum
totum, pedes preter bases nigras, et ven alarum ferrugineo-
rufescentes. Abdominis segmentum dorsale 1 lete rufo-pictum, 2
nigrum fascia magna interrupta flava, 6 obscure ferrugineum,
cetera peene tota flava. Infra abdominis pars basalis rufa est ; media
nigra ; apicalis sordide flava.
Long. circ, 25 millim,
Hab. Chams, prope Cairo, 18, V., 1896.
Teste Dom. Handlirsch, S. rufiventri, Rad., (quem non
vidi) valde affinis.
" Stizus cheops, sp.n. (Pl. VL., figs. 30, 31.)
S. nilotico similis sed minor (¢ circ. 15; 9,19 millim.). Ale,
¢ vix infumat, 2 prorsus hyaling, tantum in ipso angulo basali
flavescentes. ¢. Antennarum articuli 3 ultimi (fig. 30) sub-
wequales, artic. 13 minus etiam quam in S. zilotico curvatus.
Facies (fig. 31) inter oculos aliquanto angustior. Segmentum
ultimum dorsale (¢) nigricat, pilisque brevissimis nigris vestitur;
(2) rufescit, apicem versus pilis stratis aureis plus minusve
obtectum.
Hab. Zeitoun, Koubbeh, mensibus Aprili et Maio,
1896.
Pictura corporis pene ut in S. nilotico, sed venter in
utroque sexu nonnisi angustissime nigro-natatur, caput-
que feminze nigrum est (non ferrugineum). Maris anten-
narum flagellum supra multo minus distincte infuscatur,
articuli duo ultimi toti flavent.
Bembex kohli, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 32-34.)
Affinis B. portschinskii, Rad., eidemque similis. Oculi sub-
paralleli ; inter se fere tantum distantes, quantum a clypei basi
anterior ocellus. Caput cum thorace dense cinereo-pilosum ;
thoracis dorsum microscopice rugulosum, punctis quibusdam
magnis minime profundis irregulariter sed satis dense conspersum.
Alz longitudine normali, nervis pallidis, subcosta nigricante.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—partTiu. (sepr.) 21
314 Rey. F. D. Morice on
g. Antennarum articuli 8,9, 10 ante apices dentato-produsti
(fig. 32). Pedes antici simplices, metatarsis septem-ciliatis, Pedes
intermedii femoribus dentatis (dente medio maximo); tibiis evi-
denter curvatis, apice producto, sine calcari magno ; metatarsis
in medio emarginatis, ante excisuram et in apice setigeris (fig. 33).
Segmentum dorsale 6 lateribus ante apicem leniter constrictis, apice
obtuso angusto ; 7 apice triangulariter producto. Segmenta ven-
tralia 2 et 6 tuberculata ; 7 carinatum inter carinam et marginem
lateralem impressum, apice leniter inciso; 8 acuminatum. Genitalia
ut in fig. 34.
d. Corpus nigrum, orbitis oculorum occipitalibus, lateribus
frontis cum spatio inter antennas, clypeo, labro, mandibulis preter
apices nigros, lateribus prothoracis cum humeris tegulisque, et
maxima parte pedum nigro-lineatorum flavis ; antennis ferrugineis,
nigro-lineatis. Abdomen pene totum nigrum ; segmenti 2 fascia
dorsali plus minus obsoleta, et macula utrinque ventrali, viridi-
flaventibus, que pictura etiam ad segmenta 1, 3,4, nonnunquam
extendit.
@. Pictura B. portschinskii (secundum descriptionem Dni.
Handlirsch) simillima ; sed segmento quinto dorsali (sicut quattuor
anticis) fasciato, et lateribus frontis pallescentibus, his cum clypeo
toto evidenter argenteo-pubescentibus. Structura corporis ab omni
parte normalis.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab, Sexus uterque juxta pyramides Sacchare repertus,
30, LV., 1896.
Bembex nasuta, sp.n. (PL VI, figs. 35-39.)
6. B. rostrate, Linn., similis et affinis. Antennarum articulus
1 infra multo minus turgidus 7-10 dentati, 11-13 excavati, 13
multo gracilior et longior (fig. 35). Segmentum dorsale 6 non
rotundatum, sed truncatum angulis lateralibus distinctis (fig. 36).
Segmentum ventrale 8 lateribus maximam partem parallelis, ante
apicem ad mucronem efficiendum satis subito contractis (fig. 37).
Stipites genitalium margine interiore evidentissime exciso (fig.
38), que excisura in B, rostrata vix aut ne vix quidem apparet.
Pedes, cum femoribus intermedio dentatis (fig. 39), sic ut in
B. rostrata formati.. Metatarsus anticus 7-ciliatus. Tubercula
ventralia ut in B. rostrata. Pictura pallida abdominis in specimine
nostro unico nusquam vere flavet : in discis segmentorum dorsalium
1-3 glauca est, alibi aurantiaca. Flavent prothorax pene totus,
orbita posteriores, spatium inter antennas harumque articulus
New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 315
primus; cetera facies (clypeus, labrum, etc.) albet. Antennarum
flagellum ferrugineum est; nigro-supra lineatum.
Long. cire. 25 millim.
2 latet.
Hab. ff ad Cairo, 19, V., 1896.
Bembex frey-gessneri, sp.n. (Pl. VI, figs. 40-43.)
&. 8. oculate affinis sed distincta. Antennarum articulus 7
simplex ; 8, 9, 10, evidenter in medio dentati (fig. 40). Segmen-
tum dorsale 6 apice latius rotundato, non (utin B. oculata) margine
ante apicem sinuoso-constricto, ipso apice leniter emarginato
(fig. 41). Segmentum ventrale 7 apice latiore quam in B. oculata,
carinis tribus multo minus approximatis (fig. 42). Genitalium
stipes truncatus, non ad apicem constrictus neque acuminatus
(fig. 43).
Pedes simplices preter femora intermedia serrato-dentata,
dentibus spiniformibus. Metatarsi antici ciliis longis quinque.
Pictura abdominis glauca, non (nisi in lateribus plus minus)
flavescens. Clypeus (preter puncta duo nigra), labrum mandi-
bularum bases, orbite, prothoracis basis et latera, humeri, tegule,
scutella et puncta nonnulla mesopleurarum, flava. Antennarum
articulus 1 flavus, ceteri ferruginei; 1 (ad apicem), 2 et 3 nigro
supra lineati. Pedes flavi, nigro-lineati.
Long. 15 millim.
2 latet.
Hab. ff. Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo, 13, V., 1896.
Speciem Dom. EH. Frey-Gessner Genevensi, entomo-
logo peritissimo, amico benevolentissimo, dicare gaudeo.
Miscophus xgyptius, sp. n.
2. Niger, obscure zenescens, subnitidus, mandibulis cum palpis
plus minusve rufescentibus.
Caput et mesonotum subtilissime punctata, scutellum subtiliter
quidem sed fortius, punctis magis remotis ; propodei area horizon-
talis carina elevata longitudinaliter divisa, oblique utrinque con-
cinne striolata, apice abrupte truncata lateribus distincte angulatis,
eiusdem pars declivis basi foveata, tota satis crasse transverso-
rugosa : abdomen subtiliter punctatum.
Femora antica valde incrassata, tarsi antici vix pectinati.
316 Rev. F. D. Morice on New or little-known Sphegide.
Clypei margo apicalis levissime crenulatus (non ut in M. spurio,
Dahlb., productus neque reflexus). Alze cellula petiolata parva.
Long. 5 millim.
6 latet.
Hab. Abbasiyeh (Cairo), 26, IV., 1896.
Piate VI.
[ The explanation faces the PLATE. |
(By)
XIII. Mimetic Attraction. By Freperick A. Drxey,
M.A., M.D, F.E.S., Fellow of Wadham College,
Oxford.
[Read May 5th, 1897.]
Pirate VII.
In a former contribution* to the Transactions of this
Society, I endeavoured to trace, by means of actual
examples, the successive steps through which a complicated
and practically perfect mimetic pattern could be evolved
in simple and easy stages from a form presenting merely
the ordinary aspect of its own genus. In the present
paper I propose to enter somewhat further into the
subject of mimetic change, and in the first place to show
how the process of gradual assimilation, starting from
one given point, may take not one direction only, but
several divergent paths at the same time; in other
words, how the members of a single group may assume
several different mimetic developments, each one corres-
ponding to a distinct model, but all derived by easy
stages from the same original form.
Jn the paper just referred to it was shown that a very
complete transition could be demonstrated, by means cof
closely-allied and still existing species, between an
ordinary Pieris such as P. phaloe, presenting only the
usual features of its genus, and a form of such widely
different aspect as Mylothris pyrrha 2 ; the latter being
a nearly exact copy of Heliconius numata. But although
these facts are sufficiently striking, it is perhaps still
more remarkable that from the same or closely allied and
very similar forms of typical Pierine aspect, at least four
other lines can be traced, each showing almost as perfect
a transition as that from P. phaloe to M. pyrrha, and
each leading up to a presumably distasteful model; these
models being in appearance entirely different from H.
numata and from each other.
* © On the Relation of Mimetic Patterns to the Original Form,”
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 65-79, pls. ILI.—V.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PparRT II. (SEP'.)
318 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
A full illustration of this position would require a
larger series of diagrams than could well be given in this
place; it is hoped, however, that the series of figures on
Plate VII. may suffice to show the more important
links in each chain, or at any rate to make the drift of
my statements intelligible. It should be borne in mind
that all the forms here spoken of are neotropical.
1. The “agna” line. The first of these lines of
development may be called the agna line, inasmuch as it
leads towards a well-marked group of distasteful forms
of which Aerie agna, Godm. and Salv., (Pl. VIT., fig. 6) is
a good example. Starting from a white Pieris of ordinary
aspect like P. phalve, we find that the first step in the
growth of this mimetic pattern is furnished by the pro-
longation of the diagonal dark bar, which in P. phaloe 2 *
extends from the costa to the distal end of the cell in
the forewing, to meet the dark hind margin as in P. caly-
donia § (fig. 1, %). All stages in the development of
this first feature can indeed be traced by comparing
specimens of both sexes of P. calydonia itself. The next
step is the extension of the dark hind border of the
forewing, already more pronounced in P. calydonia &
than in P. phaloe 9, along the inner margin, as in P.
demophile 2 (fig. 3, 1). Simultaneously with this change
the dark border of the hindwing is much broadened
(ib., 4), and in some specimens of P. demophile 2, as in
the one figured, the white ground colour is replaced by
vellow. These changes are sufficient strongly to suggest
the general aspect of the protected group referred to,
and it seems difficult to believe that the appearance of
the yellow female of P. demophile has not a significance
derived from this fact.
2. The “atthis”? line. But the last-named form, viz.,
the yellow P. demophile § , though the final Pierine term
in one transitional series, is but an intermediate term in
another. ‘This second line of development, starting
afresh from P. demophile @ , passes into an unmistakable
mimetic relation with the protected group that centres
round such forms as Heliconius atthis (fig. 8) and
Tithorea pavonit.
Comparing P. viardi 2 with P. demophile &, we find
that in the former insect a further stage of divergence
* See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pl. III., fig. 2, .
Mimetic Attraction. 319
from the original Pierine form has been reached (1) by
a shght modification in shape and proportions of that
area of the pale ground colour included between the
diagonal bar and the dark inner margin of the forewing,
and (2) by the appearance of a submarginal series of
pale spots on both fore and hindwing (fig. 5,7”). Both
of these changes mark an approximation towards the
characteristic aspect of the protected Heliconius atthis
group ; but the final link in the Pierine chain, viz., the
form represented in fig. 7, which appears to be the female
of P. locusta or of a closely allied species, brings us
nearer still. Here the pale area on the apical side of
the diagonal bar (nm) shows a tendency to be broken up
into separate spots; and the pale ground colour, which
in P. viardi 2 is uniformly yellow, in P. locusta 2 only
retains the yellow tint proximally, the subapical area (7)
and the submarginal spots (7) having resumed their
original white. These submarginal spots have also
diminished in size and become more compact in outline.
In all these respects a further approach is made towards
H. atthis, and the whole series from P. phaloe or P. caly-
donia to P. locusta 9 and H. atthis affords as striking a
succession of transitional forms as that before traced from
the same ordinary Pierine types up to Mylothris pyrrha 2
and Heliconius nwmata.*
3. The “inachia” line. In this line an early step in
advance of the usual Pierine pattern is taken by Pieris
pandosia.t On the hindwing underside of this species
appears a narrow chestnut-coloured streak in the midst
of the dark hind-marginal band, running paraliel with
the hind border of the wing. In P. leptalina, Bates (=
P. pisonis, Hew.), both surfaces of the forewing show a
diagonal dark bar as in P. calydonia & and other species ;
there is also a transverse dark bar crossing the under-
surface of the hindwing nearly parallel with the costa
(fig. 2). In P. pandosia, where the distal end only of this
“ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 65-70. It should be added
to the foregoing that P. viurdi 2 itself is probably attracted by
HI. charitonia, which may perhaps be considered an outlier of the
H, atthis combination. This is analogous to the attraction of
another intermediate term in the atthis line, viz., P. demophile 9,
by the agna group.
+ Figured by Hewitson, Exot. Butt., “ Pieris,” pl. IL., fig. 14,
and ibid., pl. VL., fig. 39.
320 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
latter bar is indicated, the chestnut-coloured streak takes
no part in its formation; in P. leptalina, however, the
same chestnut-coloured streak is better pronounced along
the hind margin than in P. pandosia, and is prolonged
for a short distance along the transverse bar (fig. 2, 0).
In this way a considerable resemblance is brought about
between P. leptalina and some of the well-known trans-
parent neotropical Danainz, which are presumably
protected, such as Napeogenes inachia (fig. 4). It is
worth noting that the bar 0, which belongs to the hind-
wing in P. pandosia and P. leptalina, appears to
represent the dark inner margin of the forewing in the
model; and the presence upon its distal portion in P.
leptalina of a sight prolongation of the chestnut marginal
streak may perhaps stand for the turning inwards of the
corresponding chestnut marginal band in N. inachia
along the costal border (figs. 2 and 4).
4. The “numata” line. This series needs here no
more than a mention, as it has been already discussed
and illustrated in the paper above referred to.*
5. The “tarracina”’ line. This is an offshoot of the
last, or nuwmata line, diverging in the neighbourhood of
Mylothris malenka § , or perhaps somewhat further back
towards the original Pieris. ‘The remarkable form M.
alethina § shows a near approach to the pattern of
Tithorea tarracina and other associated species; its own
aspect being probably derived from a type like M. lorena 2
or M. malenka 2 , in which the yellow of P. demonhile ?
has persisted, and the base of the forewings has become
overspread with black.t+
General Considerations. There is, therefore, in each one
of these cases, a continuous line to be traced ; starting
in every instance from the same ordinary Pierine form,
and passing through a graduated series of closely-allied
* Vide supra, p. 319, note.
+ Three at least of the above five lines of development, viz.,
the agna, the numata, and the inachia lines, can be paralleled from
the genus Désmorphia and its allies, and it is interesting to see in
the latter case how the same ultimate result is brought about by
somewhat different means. But I have not attempted to include
species of Dismorphia within the above series, because the affinity
of this genus with Pieris and Mylothris is not close, and its own
course of mimetic development, so far as phylogeny is concerned,
must be regarded as completely independent.
Mimetic Attraction. Syeall
species until it terminates in a Pieris or Mylothris bearing
an intimate mimetic relation with some insect of entirely
different affinities. It is further to be observed that, in
every instance, the species here considered as the model
towards which these diverging series tend, does not
present an isolated and independent scheme of coloration,
but is itself a member of a larger or smaller group of
forms, in addition to the Pierine mimic, all of which are
endowed with an aspect similar to itself—in other words,
that the mimetic associations do not run simply in pairs,
but in groups. This latter fact has long been recognised ;
and the existence of such mimetic groups has been
shown by F. Miiller, Meldola, end Poulton to possess
a further significance than that originally detected by
Bates. The elaborate work of Haase* contains an
attempt to give a systematic account of the chief cases
of mimetic grouping. But in spite of what has already
been written by these and other authors, it may be
doubted whether the importance of the principle of
inimicry among the factors that have determined the
facies of the insect fauna in such a region as the neo-
* “Untersuchungen itber die Mimicry,” Stuttgart, 1893. It may
here be mentioned that several of the above-named insects have
been noticed by Haase ; who, however, has not attempted to trace
in any detail the lines of mimetic assimilation that diverge from the
common Pierine stock. He speaks, for instance, of Mylothris lorena
Gand M. malenka 2 , which undoubtedly belong to the nuwmata group,
as having arisen from such forms as P. demophile 2 , and considers
that the transition took place through forms resembling P. viardi
Q. Buta careful examination will I believe show that, as stated
above, neither P, demophile 2 nor P. viardi 2 is in the direct
line passing from the unaltered Pieris towards JM. pyrrha and
Heliconius numata. Both are, in fact, intermediate terms in the
series leading up to an entirely distinct assemblage, that typified
by Tithorea pavonii and Heliconius atthis (Haase’s “ Bonplandi
Tracht”); while P. demophile shows evidence of attraction by the
protected agna group, and P, viardi by the dominant form Heli-
conius charitonia. Again, the red streak on the underside of the
hindwing in the males of M. lorena, etc., is attributed by Haase to
“inheritance from the female,” but its origin is not traced by him
to the primitive basal red common to many Pierine genera. (See
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp.283-289 ; zbid., 1896, pp. 72, 73.)
Pieris leptalina, Bates (P. pisonis, Hew.) is spoken of by Haase as
representing the first partial assimilation tu certain Jthoméas ;
rightly, :o far as the main fact is concerned ; but it may also be
noticed that earlier stages of the same assimilation exist in P.
kigaha, and, as shown above, in P. pandosia.
322 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
tropical has ever been fully recognised. The mimetic
groups here referred to are no doubt mainly of the
“Miillerian ” kind; that is to say, they are associations
between inedible species of various affinities ; each asso-
ciation possessing a conspicuous and distinctive pattern
of its own, more or less perfectly reproduced by all its
members. In the paper already cited and elsewhere* I
have given reasons for considering the principle of Miil-
lerian mimicry to be far more widely operative than has
generally been supposed; and I have also endeavoured
to supply a test by which, even in the absence of
information as to the edibility and relative abundance of
the members of a mimetic group, a conclusion may some-
times be arrived at as to whether the assemblage is
Batesian or Miillerian. As there are grounds for suppos-
ing that the arguments just referred to have sometimes
been misunderstood, it will be attempted in the following
section to re-state, in as simple language as possible, what
appears to be the best interpretation of the facts at present
known.
Mimetic Attraction. When a species of butterfly has
become established in such a region as the neotropical,
where life of all kinds is very abundant and competition
extremely keen, it may be taken for granted that the
species possesses some efficient means of defence, failing
which it would be unable to maintain its position. In
very many instances, as is well known, the required
protection is essentially afforded by the possession of a
nauseous flavour, which causes the butterfly in question
to be avoided, when recognised, by some at least of its
insect-eating enemies. ‘lhe possibility of easy recogni-
tion in such a case constitutes, of course, an important
factor in the safety of the species ; since there would be
no advantage in being inedible, if the fact only became
known in each individual case as the result of an
experiment fatal toits subject. It is in consequence of this
necessity for ‘advertisement ” that, as is also well known,
inedible species tend to assume gaudy and conspicuous
colours, and to adopt habits calculated to display their
warning signals with the utmost publicity. In this
manner the members of a distasteful and conspicuous
species are enabled to profit by the experieuce gained at
* Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp. 297, 298 ; ibid., 1896, p. 75.
Mimetic Attraction. 323
the expense of other individuals of the same species, some
of which must necessarily fall victims to their insectivorous
enemies during the “ education” of the latter as to the
kinds of prey to be sought or avoided. Hach form that
thus succeeds in establishing itself becomes, in propor-
tion to its nauseous character and the ease with which it
can be recognised, a centre of attraction for other species,
which, by assimilating their own aspect to that of their
model, are enabled to share in the immunity from attack
enjoyed by the latter. It is now considered probable by
many that this power of attraction is exercised by
dominant inedible species over edible and inedible forms
alike; there is, however, one important difference be-
tween the two cases, which I have before endeavoured to
point out, but which seems to need a more explicit state-
ment than has yet been given to it.
Let us first take the case of a species which is edible,
and therefore liable to extermination by insectivorous
animals. The chances of the survival of such a species
depend on the excellence of its means of defence ; such as
superior swiftness, or the power of concealment, whether
by resemblance to inanimate objects, or to some other
species protected by a disagreeable flavour. The force
which impels an edible species to seek protection by the
last-named method, viz., by sheltering itself under the
reputation of a conspicuous inedible form, is the well-
known “ Batesian mimicry.” With reference to this,
which is the most complete kind of mimicry, it is to be
observed that the advantage of association is all on the
side of the mimic, and is not shared in the least degree by
the model. Indeed, the existence of the edible mimicking
species is a source of danger to the form mimicked,
inasmuch as any experience gained by tasting the former
would be used to the detriment of the latter. From these
considerations two consequences follow; the first being
that such an association can subsist only when the
numbers of the mimic are insignificant compared with
those of the model, for otherwise the latter’s reputation
for inedibility would be interfered with, and eventually
destroyed. ‘The second consequence is that the attrac-
tive force leading to assimilation between the two forms
can act only in one direction; 7.e., the model attracts the
mimic, but the mimic can exert no reciprocal influence
upon the model. ‘The latter stands secure upon its own
324 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
footing, any departure from which might be attended with
danger to itself; while the only part played by the former
is to shelter itself under as close an approximation to the
aspect of the model as circumstances permit.
We may now take the case of a species possessing
a nauseous flavour, and requiring some means of adver-
tisement in order to make its inedibility available for
purposes of protection. 'T'wo courses may be said to lie
open for such a species. First, it may seek advertise-
ment by acquiring a conspicuous and easily recognised
aspect of its own, distinct from that of any others; or,
secondly, it may obtain a share in the notoriety already
attaching to some dominant inedible form by assimilating
its aspect to that of the latter, instead of striking out a
new line for itself. An examination of the lepidopterous
fauna of such a region as the neotropical makes it certain
that the latter of these methods, viz., the method of
‘“Miillerian mimicry,” has been very extensively fol-
lowed. Its advantages, as compared with the former
method, are obvious. In the first place it assists the
memory of predaceous foes by keeping at a low figure the
number of distinct inedible types to be learned and so
avoided, and in the second place it benefits at least two
species at the same time instead of one, and both have
therefore an interest in keeping it up; for inasmuch as in
this case, as distinct from that of Batesian mimicry, the
mimic is inedible as well as the model, the results of
experimental tasting will be uniformly the same, and will
be favourable to the immunity of both species. It
follows that (1) there is no such limit as exists in
Batesian mimicry to the number either of individuals or
species forming a Miillerian group. An assemblage of
this latter kind is only strengthened, not weakened, by
fresh accessions; all being alike inedible, and so all
contributing to the common safety. (2) The benefit
of Miillerian association being mutual, there is a distinct
reason, which we saw does not exist in the case of
Batesian mimicry, for the model to help on the process of
assimilation by itself advancing to meet the mimic.
To summarise the foregoing. Every conspicuous and
distasteful form is a centre of attraction for other forms,
whether edible or inedible; but in the former case
(Batesian mimicry) the mimetic attraction is limited in
operation, and acts only in one direction, influencing
Mimetic Attraction. 325
nothing but the mimic; while in the latter case (Miillerian
mimicry) the mimetic attraction is unlimited and mutual,
acting reciprocally in both directions and influencing each
member of the group.
This doctrine of the mutual attraction between inedible
forms, leading not merely to the copying of one by
another, but to the departure of each from its original
aspect by the adoption of features belonging to the other,
is not simply a speculation, nor does it rest only on
a priori reasoning. ‘There is much evidence that
it represents a fact which does actually take place in
nature ; and in the two papers above referred to* I have
brought forward cases which seem inexplicable by any
other principle. I may be allowed to add in this place a
further instance, which appears to me for several reasons
remarkable.
The instance of P. locusta $. In Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1896, p. 72, note, I spoke, though somewhat
doubtfully, of P. locusta f as a mimic. My suspicion
that this was the case at that time fell short of actual
conviction. Now, however, after a further careful
examination of P. locusta ~ from this particular point
of view, I have little or no hesitation in pronouncing it to
be a member of a mimetic association of an exceptionally
interesting kind.
It will be remembered that the males of Mylothris
lorena, M. pyrrha, ete., form a good illustration of the
accurate manner in which the appropriate habits are
correlated with adaptive colouring—the mimetic pattern
in these instances being confined to the underside, and
being in all probability useless as a protection except
during the resting position; while the habits of these males,
as testified to by Wallace,t are such as would probably
render a Heliconiine resemblance during flight a source of
danger to its possessors rather than of safety. Similarly
in P. locusta Z, it is only on the underside that the
mimetic pattern appears, and here again there can be
* See also an abstract in“ British Association Reports,” 1894,
p. 692.
t+ “ Tropical Nature,” 1878, p. 205. See also Haase, op. cit.,
p. 68. It should, however, be stated that neither of these authors
assigns any protective value to the underside of the male forms in
question.
326 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
little doubt that its use has reference only to the resting
position.
The aspect suggested is rather that of several forms of
Fieliconius in general than that of any one in particular ;
the most definite relation, however, is with the group of
which Heliconius cydno and H. galanthus are examples, a
group characterised by the presence on both surfaces, but
especially beneath, of a good deal of light yellowoften paling
further to white. When the undersides of Pieris locusta
and one of these Heliconii, say H. cydno (which inhabits
the same part of the neotropical region), are compared
together, both insects being in the resting position, we
find not indeed an exact resemblance, but a general
similarity which, judging from other instances, we may
consider as probably sufficient to suggest the possession of
hike qualities. In both there occurs on the forewing a
certain amount of white ground colour; on one side
bounded by a dark tip, and on the other more or less
limited by the dark area of the hindwing ; which latter
is traversed by a bright yellow streak, and beset about
the base with red or chestnut patches. The elements of
the pattern in both insects are the same, and their
general relation to one another much alike, though the
pale marginal band on the hindwing that occurs in
this species of Heliconius is not found in the Pierine.
A further point of interest is the manner in which
the partial breaking up of the white colour is effected
in the Heliconius and the Pieris respectively. There
is, I think, little doubt that the dark marks on
the costa of the hindwing in P. locusta represent
i a general way the dark discoidal spot and a
portion of the inner dark area of the forewing in the
Heliconius. he bright yellow line of the hindwing will
be seen in each case to terminate in relation with a dark
patch; but in the first instance (that of the Pieris) this
belongs to the same wing; and in the second instance
(that of the Heliconius) it is contributed to by both
wings. ‘'his seems to exemplify a principle repeatedly
met with in mimicry; viz., that exact homology is dis-
regarded, and the whole exposed surface of the insect is
taken as it were as a canvas on which the mimetic
picture is painted with a free hand. The relation of this
particular group of Heliconiws with the Pierines is
remarkable, and deserves more detailed treatment ; here
Mimetic Attraction. S27
it will be sufficient to point out that there is more reason
to suppose that the Heliconius has adopted certain
features from the Pieris (for example, the whiteness of
the ground colour, and the disposition, if not the exist-
ence, of the basal red marks) than that the converse
alone has taken place.
Reeiprocal Mimicry and Convergence. ‘This fact of the
reciprocal copying of two or more species by each
other is perhaps implied, though not distinctly so,
in the term ‘ convergence,” which has been used
by many authors to express the phenomenon of Miil-
lerian mimicry; but I am not aware that any writer
who so employs the term has laid stress on the mutwal
character of the changes involved, or has traced in
any instance the actual modifications undergone by
both species of a Millerian couple under the intluence
of the attractive force existing between them. It seems
hitherto to have been taken for granted that a dominant
form will attract or retain other species within its own
sphere of influence, without being itself attracted in
return; whereas the fact is, as we have seen, that each
member of an inedible association has more or less
influence upon all the rest. The respective value of the
attraction exercised or suffered by any member of a
Miillerian group will depend on its numbers, its nauseous
qualities, and its notoriety. The stronger any species is
in these respects, the stronger will be its power of
attraction, and the weaker in comparison will be any
force tending to draw it in the direction of other mem-
bers of the group. The actual mimetic path taken by
any species will be the resultant of the various forces
acting uponit. If the form happens to be a dominant one,
these external forces will be insignificant in comparison
with its own stability ; and it will therefore resist change
to a large extent, or perhaps altogether. ‘The most com-
plete intermingling of characters given and taken on
both sides may be expected when two species meet on
equal terms, neither being strong enough to predominate
over the other.
While there can be no doubt of the convenience of the
term “convergence,” and its suitability to express
relations of the kind just discussed, there would seem to
be no sufficient reason for disallowing in their case the
earlier term “ mimicry.” This latter word may be quite
328 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
legitimately employed to designate the adoption of any
new features borrowed from another species. In so far as
A copies the appearance of B, it may properly he said to
“mimic” the latter, whether the object be to suggest
the presence of a disagreeable flavour which it does not
really possess, or merely to convey the impression
that it and its model are alike in all respects. Miil-
lerian assimilation may be quite as deceptive as Batesian,
in the sense of leading to confusion between species
essentially distinct ; and in the case of a “ weak”? species
being associated with a “strong” one, the departure of
a form from the typical aspect of its congeners by the
development of strictly imitative features may be as well
marked in the one kind of mimicry as in the other. But
although either of the terms “ Miillerian mimicry” or
“convergence ”’ would appear to express quite adequately
the general idea of the mimetic relation between inedible
Species, a separate term is wanted to designate the
peculiar give-and-take changes which we have seen are
theoretically possible to a greater or less extent in every
case of Millerian association, and which in fact do actually
occur in several. It is to supply this want of a term that
I have proposed the expression “ reciprocal mimicry,’’*
which is meant to convey, besides the general idea of
convergence, the special information that in the cases to
which the term is applied, the convergence is brought
about not by the simple imitation of one form by another,
but by the interchange of features between forms, and
their consequent simultaneous approach to an intermediate
position.
The foregoing remarks will, I think, have made it
sufficiently clear, (1) that reciprocal mimicry can only take
place in Miillerian associations, not in Batesian; and that
it is therefore, as I have elsewhere said ‘‘ good evidence
of the distastefulness of all the forms between which it
can be shown to occur;” (2) that although a mimic
which is of relatively plentiful occurrence must be Miil-
lerian, it does not follow that a mimic which is scarce
must necessarily be Batesian. An inedible mimic may
be either rare or common ; an edible mimic must be rare.
Judging by these principles, we must conclude that the
association of Pieris locusta f$ with Heliconius cydno is
“ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1894, p, 298.
Mimetic Attraction. 329
Miillerian, and an addition is thus supplied to the evidence
already existing in favour of the distasteful qualities of
this and other Pierine genera.*
Conclusion. If we take a comprehensive survey of the
whole butterfly facies of the neotropical region, we cannot
fail to be struck with the numerous cases of mimetic assimi-
lation which it presents. It would in fact almost seem
that scarcely any conspicuous form is completely isolated.
In a region where enemies to insect life are so numerous,
and competition for existence is so keen, a buttertly can
hardly afford to be conspicuous unless it is also distaste-
ful; nor is the mere individual possession of these
qualities in the majority of instances sufficient for safety.
Any form that requires to establish a reputation for
inedibility, must as it were seek allies ; and no sooner does
it make a bid for survival as a nauseous species, than it
becomes subject to the influence of mimetic attraction,
and probably finds itself drawn into the vortex of one of
the great Miillerian associations.
It is no doubt true that the process of mimetic assimi-
lation is subject to limitation by the operation of other
forces. Thus it may be needful that the resemblance to
a model, though close enough to deceive enemies, should
not be so close as to interfere with due recognition
between the sexes. We know little of the means by
which insects recognise each other, but there are at least
some grounds for thinking that they are assisted at times
by external marks. This may afford one reason for the dif-
ferent ways in which the sexes of the same species occasion-
ally react to mimetic influences ; and it may possibly be
the meaning of the retention of a portion of the original
white ground-colour in the males of certain species of
Dismorphia, It is also quite conceivable that the aspect
of every species is to some extent controlled by its
physiological constitution ;+ and this fact may tend to
disturb the perfect operation of the process of mimetic
change.
But notwithstanding all limitations, it remains the
fact that any inedible form, in the midst of competing
* Vide Trans, Eat. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp. 297, 298; zbid., 1896,
pp. 74, 76.
+ Vide Presidential Address by Prof. Meldola, Proc. Ent. Soc
Lond, 1896, pp. Ixxx. et seqq.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897—PparT UI. (SEPT.) 22
330 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on
mimetic systems, is liable to be carried off in this or that
direction as it comes under their influence. Sometimes,
as in the forms that were discussed at the beginning of
this paper, we find several species, closely related to one
another by affinity, being drawn away in different direc-
tions by the attractive power of the Miillerian groups
that surround them; and the same assemblage of cases
illustrates the fact that a mimetic change from the original
form in the direction of one protected group may serve
as a stepping-stone for a further departure towards
another.* Sometimes again, as in Mylothris lypera, M.
lorena, M. malenka, and M. pyrrha, we see that in the
males a compromise is struck between the ordinary
Pierine aspect (used for flight), and a mimetic dress hike
that of the female (used for repose); while in Preris
locusta we find the same compromise in the male, with
the curious difference that here even the sexes of the same
species have been wrested apart into separate mimetic
relations.
Finally, the comparison will perhaps not seem too far-
fetched, if the several mimetic groups, each with its own
type of coloration, are likened to the solar and stellar
systems of astronomers. Sometimes, as in the solar
system, there is one central body (7.e., species) dominat-
ing the whole, and influencing its attendant planets (¢.e.,
mimics) to an extent in comparison with which the force
they themselves can exercise is insignificant. At other
times, as in the systems of double and multiple stars,
there are bodies-(¢.e., species) more nearly equal in mass
and importance, bound together by mutual attraction
into a single combination, where each one effectively
controls and is controlled by the rest. We may even
push the comparison so far as to find an analogy between
those irregular wanderers through cosmic space which
from time to time get drawn within the limits of some
* E.g., as was pointed out above, forms lke Pieris pandosia,
P. leptalina, etc., show the result of attraction by the zxachia group
upon Pieris of the ordinary kind. Similarly the yellow female
of P. demophile exemplifies the ordinary form attracted in another
direction, that of the agna combination, Again, the last-named
development of Pieris has served as a basis for a further attraction,
that by Heliconius charitonia, as seen in P. viardi 9 ; and this latter
form has given scope for the influence of the atthis group as shown
by P. locusta 9.
Mimetic Attraction. 381
established system, and certain species which seem to
hover on the outskirts of mimetic groups, undecided as it
were whether to throw in their lot with one association
or another,
I-am indebted to Professor Poulton, F.R.S., for free
access to the Hope Department, and for permission to
figure insects from the collection under his charge.
NOTE.
In the course of the discussion which followed the reading of
this paper, my friend Professor Poulton expressed the opinion that
the term “mimicry” should be restricted entirely to cases of
Batesian association, and should not be applied to resemblances
between distasteful forms. I am, of course, entirely at one with
Professor Poulton as to the essential difference between the false
warning which is the leading feature in the one case, and the true
warning which characterises the other ; and I agree that it would
be most desirable to mark the distinction by the use of separate
terms. Though the present paper must stand as it was read, I am
willing in future to attempt the restriction which he recommends.
Perhaps ‘‘ Miillerian assimilation” and ‘“ reciprocal assimilation,”
though a little cumbrous, may serve instead of the terms used in
the text ; and it may be hoped that the advantage of greater pre-
cision thus gained will outweigh the disadvantage of having to
drop such convenient words as “‘ mimic,” ‘“‘ mimetic” and “ model ”
when speaking of a Millerian group.—June 2, 1897.
332 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on Mimetic Attraction.
List or Species MENTIONED.
PIERINZ. HELICONIIN.E.
Pieris phaloe, Goat. FHeliconius numata, Cram.
P. calydonia, Boisd. H. atthis, Doubl.
P. demophile, Linn. H. charitonia, Godt.
P. viardi, Boisd. H, cydno, Doubl. & Hew.
P. locusta, Feld. H. galanthus, Bates.
P. pandosia, Hew.
P. kigaha, Reak,
§ P. leptalina, Bates.
UP. pisonis, Hew. DANAINE.
Mylothris lypera, Koll.
M. lorena, Hew. Aeria agna, Godm. & Salv.
M. malenka, Hew. Tithorea pavonii, Butl.
M. pyrrha, Fabr. T. tarracina, Hew.
M. alethina, Butl. Napeogenes inachia, Hew.
ExXplhaNATION OF Puate VII.
. Pieris calydonia 9°.
. P. leptalina, underside.
. P. demophile 9.
. Napeogenes inachia.
Bearded:
. Aeria agna.
. P. locusta 2.
. Heliconius atthis.
1S OF & De
co
In ALL THE FIGURES
k, diagonal dark bar of forewing.
1, dark bar of forewing parallel to inner margin.
m, pale area on apical side of diagonal bar.
n, submarginal pale spots.
o, transverse bar of hindwing.
N.B., # and / asin Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896,
Plates III.-V.
XIV.—The Changes in the Structure of the Wings of
Butterflies. By A. Rapctirre Grore, A.M.
[Read June 2nd, 1897.]
In the literature relating to the course and position of
the veins in the wings of Butterflies and Moths, I find
no recognition of the causes which modify their direction,
and underlie the changes we observe as they pass from
a generalized to a more specialized arrangement. As the
biological progress which these changes indicate must
depend on dynamical requirements, a mechanical explana-
tion naturally suggests itself.
From a study of the butterflies I find that the changes
take a direction which stands probably in relation to the
mode of flight, and that the processes themselves may be
distinguished as follows :—firstly, the reduction by ab-
sorption of the radial veins ; secondly, the disintegration
of the median series; and, thirdly, the reduction and
suppression of veins above the radius and below the
cubitus. These various modifications are carried out to an
unequal extent in one and the same group, as well as in
different groups or families of the butterflies, which are
here especially discussed. They all appear to have their
origin in the lepidopterous hindwing, and, according to
the greater or lesser degree of their expression, the wings
are said to be specialized or generalized. That they are
inaugurated in the hindwings is to be explained by the
greater strain laid upon the latter in supporting the body
and checking the downward stroke of the forewings.
As compared with the primaries in one and the same
individual the secondaries are the more specialized.
All these changes have apparently as their ultimate
aim the simplification of the venation, the furcations
being the result of partial absorption of the veins. The
proof that these views are generally correct is afforded
by the fact that in Hepialus the radius of both fore and
hindwings is five-branched, and that the five-branched
radius of the primaries in those groups where the radius
of the secondaries appears one-branched evidently under-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pPanTiv. (DEC.) 23
334 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the
goes a parallel process, z.e., the reduction of the radial
veins by a process of absorption in the more specialized
forms.* Thus, among the Pieride, the Cabbage butter-
flies have a three- to four-branched radius, in the Yellows
the radius has four veins, whilst in Anthocharis and
Leptidia the normal five branches attain the margins of
the wing. A parallel case is offered by the Blues, where
the four radial veins of Iycena are reduced to three in
Thecla. It is evident that these characters, repeating
themselves as they do in otherwise different groups, are
insufficient to warrant the view of a near relationship
between the forms exhibiting them. They are characters
of convergence, and, therefore, secondary in their nature.
At the same time their presence in different groups proves
the essential unity of the process of development or
evolution in the wings.
The second direction, in which the progress of sim-
plification manifests itself, is in the disintegration of the
median series of veins. In some T'ineides the main stem
(or stems) of the media, between the base of the wing
and the cross-vein, which serves now as the point @appur
for the three median branches (veins iv}, ivy, and iv3), is
present. But in the butterflies, as well as in most of the
moths, this stem has disappeared, or is represented
merely by scars upon the surface of the tegument of the
median cell. The former passage of these stems along
what is now an unbroken surface is indicated by slight
processes, apparently emerging from the cross-vein
closing the cell at its outer extremity and turned towards
the base of the wing in the direction in which the stems of
the media appear to have formerly lain. ‘The suppres-
sion of these stems has been evidently the first step
towards the abolition of the median series which, in the
day butterflies, asserts its existence only through the
three branches arising from the cross-vein and attaining
the outer margin. We have now to consider the fate of
these three branches, and to see what becomes of them
during the evolution of this portion of the wings.
In the case of the absorption of the radial veins we
found that the condition of the hindwings of most recent
* T learn from my friend Dr. Hofmann that an intermediate form
between the five- branched and one-branched radius of the secondary
has been discovered in the Tineide.
Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 359
Lepidoptera exhibits an advance upon that of the fore-
wings as regards simplification. Similarly an examina-
tion proves that the change of the median series is
almost invariably accentuated, however slightly, in the
secondaries. A scrutiny of the course which the three
branches of the media take necessitates a clear recogni-
tion of the primitive generalized condition and arrange-
ment of these veins. This is illustrated again by
Hepialus as well as by the position of the veins in the
ante-imaginal stage.*
The position, so far as the middle branch (vein iv) is
concerned, is a median one, and those forms in a group
in which this is retained, that is, in which the middle
branch is equidistant from its two companions, are
clearly the most generalized.
We are now concerned with the shifting of the middle
branch from its original median position. Evidently,
as a comparison of the entire series of butterflies and
moths shows, it may move in one of two opposite
directions. Sometimes it moves towards the radius, and
sometimes it is attracted by the cubitus. The amount
of its movement in either direction is the test of the
specialization of the insect in this particular, just as the
extent of the absorption of the radial veins is there the
measure of progress. ‘Thus, this movement of the
median branches tends to break up the series, with the
object of dividing the residue between the radius and
cubitus. In this distribution of the former property of
the media, the upper branch (vein iv,) from its prox-
imity falls generally and naturally to the share of the
radius, and the lower branch (vein ivs) as naturally to the
share of the cubitus. But a contest arises as to the
middle branch (veinivz). As long as it keeps its original
position, it sustains the relative integrity of the median
series. When it yields in either direction, it abandons
its primitive character, but in thus yieiding it preserves
its own existence. In some groups it has resisted the
attraction of the dominant veins of the present lepido-
* “Dr, Sharp points out that, although the trachex in the pupal
wings have much the same arrangement as the nervures in the
imagines, the trachez are not changed into nervures ; but that the
latter probably have their origin from string-like structures, which
run near the trachez, called Semper’s rods.”—Ent. Rec., 1896, p. 112.
336 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the
pterous wing, and the result of this independence has
been that it has faded out into a scar, as in the second-
aries of the Skippers. The reason for this disappearance
lies in the loss of connexion and supply of nutriment
which it suffers by the reduction and final disappearance
of the supporting cross-vein, the next step in the disinte-
gration of the median series. On either side of vein ive
the supporting cross-vein vanishes and the branch loses
its power of movement. Meanwhile its companion on
either side has assured its perpetuity by a union with
one of the two competing systems of the wing.
The cross-vein itself finally vanishes. In any event, the
movement of the middle branch towards either radius or
cubitus results in a lengthening of the middle portion of
the cross-vein, and leads to its disintegration. It breaks
in spots, fading into a functionless scar, sometimes yielding
at its middle, sometimes near the upper end, so that
oftenest the sole remnant is a vein-spur representing its
inferior portion. As the cross-vein thus divides and dis-
appears, it opens the net-work of the wing longitudinally
from the base to the outer margin. The wing is thence-
forth virtually separated into a radial and cubital field,
the support of the tegument along the middle having
fallen away. In course of time all scar or trace of the
former position of the cross-vein vanishes likewise, as in
the case of the Purple Emperor (Potamis iris).
I find that that portion of the cross-vein between
the radius and the upper branch of the media, as well
as that again between the lower branch and _ the
cubitus, is retained physiologically as the base of the
respective vein, upon the disappearance of the middle
portion of the cross-vein.
We have mainly followed the fortune of the middle
branch of the media (vein ive), and have seen that, as it
attaches itself to either radius or cubitus, this or that
system is strengthened. This attachment probably has an
influence upon the mode of flight. The sailing flight of
Nymphalis or Potamis seems to follow the acquisition of
vein iva by the radius; the beating or hovering flight
of Papilio and Sphinx from its conquest by the cubitus.
But the fortunes of vein iv; are not less interesting
to follow. In the course of events this vein sometimes
leaves its position on the cross-vein and creeps along the
radius, or vein iiis, until its fusion with the latter is
Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 330
carried out for nearly a third of its length in the Large
Cabbage White. In the Nemeobiide also there is a
parallel absorption of the upper branch of the radius
(vein iy}).
The median series must now be left, in order briefly to
discuss the third modification by which the evolution of
the venation is manifested. The theoretical number of
veins below the cubitus with its two branches, and
between this main vein and the lower or inner margin of
the wing, is four. Vein vi. is indicated in a few cases
alone as a scar, generally it has departed without leaving
a trace behind. The cross-vein in Papilio between the
cubitus (vein v.) and vein vil. has been identified by
Prof. Comstock with vein vi. For the reason that I am
disposed to consider this cross-vein in Papilio as of similar
nature to the intercalary vein between il. and iii. in the
hindwings of Sphinx, I am scarcely prepared to endorse
this identification at the moment. Next, we have vein vil.
present as a true vein on both wings in the butterflies.
Below vein vii. two abbreviated veins exist on the fore-
wings in some moths. Of these the upper appears as a
loop, joined by its outer end to vein vil., in one series of the
butterflies, which show no trace of veinix. In the other
serieS vein vill. 1s wanting, being apparently crowded
out, whilst instead a stout, atrophied, spur-like vein is
found to run in an opposite direction to viil., and is
curved downwards to the inner margin, which it joins not
far from the base of the wing. This I designate as
vein ix. On the hindwings veins vii. and vii. are both
present as true, long veins in that series of the butterflies
in which vii. is alone found on the primaries. In the other
series where 1x. is present on the forewings, vil. alone
remains on the secondaries, whilst vill. has disappeared.
This disappearance through specialization of vein viil. is
accompanied by a shrinking and inward curving of the
inner margin of the secondary. Again we are admon-
ished of the essential uniformity in the course of these
changes by witnessing the same occurrence in the Attacid
genera (Lothschildia, Samia, S&c.). The mechanical
cause of the abbreviation and degeneration of the veins
below vil. on the primaries may lie in the friction of the
edges of the fore and hindwings. Above the radius on
the primaries there is a single subcostal vein (u.) tending
to split at the base in Thais. Fur ther, there is a vein-
338 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the
like thickening of the costa at the base, which I desig-
nate, after Comstock, as vein 1., for the reason that I am
disposed to consider it, together with all thickenings of
the tegument, as homologous with the other veins.*
Hiven if another derivation for it were established, its
existence might still be indicated by a number.
If, now, we review the venation of the butterflies in
search of features which shali throw light upon the phylo-
geny of the group, and prove available for the purposes
of taxonomy, it is clear that secondary characters must
be set aside in the endeavour to find those which are
primary in their nature. It must be borne in mind that
this distinction is a relative and not an absolute one, and
that here as elsewhere our conception of the value of any
character changes with the extent of ourinformation. A
scheme of classification is therefore the measure of the
acquaintance, or non-acquaintance, of the classifier with
his subject. Classification itself becomes a possible field
for psychical activity, solely by reason of the differen-
tiation which has attended biological development, and
has arisen through the interaction of the organism and
the conditions permitting its existence. In a study of the
wings of all the families of the butterflies, I have been
able to rely only upon the aforesaid characters offered by
the abbreviated veins below vein vii. on the primaries,
which allow us to distinguish the Parnassiidee and Papi-
lionides from the rest of the butterflies, including the
Hesperide. The remarkably distinct feature of the
appearance of vein ix. upon the forewings of the Swallow-
tails and their allies leads me to consider it of both
phylogenetic and taxonomic import, and as indicating a
common origin for the series of forms exhibiting it,
which is separate from that of the remaining day-flying
Lepidoptera; it seems to be of subprimary value.
Furthermore, I have persuaded myself from the data
* “Tt has been shown by Hagen that the two layers of mem-
brane can be separated when the wings are recently formed, and it
is then seen that each layer is traversed by lines of harder matter,
the nervures. These ribs are frequently called wing-veins, or
nerves, but as they have no relation to the anatomical structures
bearing those names, it is better to make use of the term
nervures.”—Ent. Record, 1896, p. 231. For the purposes of the
present paper it has seemed to me clearer and shorter to use the
common term.
Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 559
observed that all contention as to forms occupying a
higher or lower position in a linear series is to a great
extent illusory, since specialization proceeds unequally ;
and it has been from practical considerations that I have
adhered to the Linnean arrangement. Moreover, my
scheme is' accompanied by a synopsis of the grades of
specialization presented by the venation of the different
groups which authors have proposed.
The attempt to find distinctive characters of venation
for all the suggested families has so far failed as to render
the tabular arrangement presented here of only partial
use as a guide to the recognition of the forms it contains.
Before offering it I shall attempt to render the subject
5
more lucid by classifying in a brief summary of the
families the characters upon which I lay stress.
Fam. Parnassup®, In the Parnassiine, the more
specialized subfamily, the radius is four-branched
(111j 4.9, Ils, 1114, 5), the cell remains closed, the upper
median branch (iv;) has left its more generalized position
on the cross-vein and emerges from the radius without the
cell, the middle branch (vein iva) has become cubital in
position on both wings, whilst on the secondaries vein vii.
has become shortened. In the Thainz the radius is
in a more generalized state, being 5-veined ; vein iv;
spring's from the cross-vein very near the radius, the cell is
closed, and vein vii. of the secondaries is_ less
abbreviated.
Fam. Paritionip#. More generalized than the Par-
nassiide. The radius is 5-veined, the furcation of
veins ii, and i; is longer than in the preceding;
vein iy; is removed from the radius, vein ivg has a median
generalized position on the primaries whilst on the
secondaries it inclines towards the cubitus ; the cells are
strongly closed and vein vu. of the hindwings is more
developed than in the Parnassude.
In contrasting the characters of this with those of the
succeeding series, the Parnassudee and _ Papilionide
(Papilionides, auct.) are seen to be more specialized in the
absence of vein vill on the secondaries, while the absorp-
tion of vein ilig in the Parnassiide is a convergent
character which we meet with again in the Pieridz and
Lyceenide. Their generalized condition is evidenced by
the presence of vein ix. on the primaries, and in the
Papilionidz, by the position of vein iv, on the same wings.
340 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the
In a vertical arrangement the latter stand lower than
the Pieridee and Nymphalidz when compared as to
the primary wing by the same standards. As to the
secondary the whole group stands higher. :
Fam. Pinrip®. Specialization is evidenced both in the
absorption of the radial veins and in the disintegration
of the cell in the higher groups. In the Leptidiinz the
middle median vein, which has taken elsewhere a radial
position, becomes cubital on the secondaries and offers an
analogy with Papilio. I consider two subfamilies only to
occur in the European fauna.
Fam. Nympuatip® ‘The radius remains in a generalized
condition, comparable with that of Papilio ; veins iiiy and
ill; vary in the extent of the absorption and both reach
the outer margin, as in Papilio, but nearer the apex ;
this position may be brought about by the breaking up
of the median series and the assimilation of the two
upper branches with the radius.
Fam. AcapeTin® (= Satyride, auet.). More gene-
ralized than the Nymphalide but running parallel with
the less specialized groups of the latter; the radius is
also 5-veined, but vein i, attains the costa as in the
Pieridze and Libytheidee.
Fam. Lisyraeipx. This agrees with the specialized
groups of the Nymphalidz and Agapetidz in that vein ii.
of the secondaries is absorbed by the radius up to the
point of issue of the rudimentary vein i. The family
shows generalization in the median position occupied by
vein iv, on the primaries. The abbreviated vein viii.
of the primaries, which in the Pieride appears often
as a scar, but sometimes (Colias rhamni, &c.) seems
to present the character of a true vein, is strongly
marked. The cross-vein of the secondaries joins the
cubitus very nearly at the point of issue of vein ivs, thus
agreeing with the more specialized Agapetide (Parar-
ginz) and the Nymphalide.
Fam. Nemeosip#. ‘The venation is not of the type
found in the Riodinidz and Lycznide, but corresponds
essentially with that of the Pieride and Libytheide.
Fam. Lycamnipm. The position of vein iv, remains
median, and the degeneration of the cross-vein has left it
isolated. The radius is specialized through the absorp-
tion of vein ili3 44, which in the Theclinz entirely disap-
pears in lll;; vein vill. reappears as a scar.
Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 341
Fam. Husrrriapz. While the general plan of the
wing is identical with that of the Lyczenidz, all five radial
veins are separate. The absorption manifested in the
Blues has not been inaugurated. The cross-vein has
disappear ed and left not only vein iv but also vein iv; ou
the primaries isolated. On the hindwings vein iv: has
degenerated in consequence to a scar, while iv, has pre-
served its further existence by a fusion with the radius.
Vein viii. of the primaries is strongly represented as a
loop-like appendage at the base of vein vii. In the
American family Megathymidee Comstock’s figures show
a specialized Hesperian type in which vein ivz has
assumed a cubital position, and would thus preserve its
existence amid the disintegration of the median series.
TABLE OF CHARACTERS.
A. Vein ix. of the primaries present....PAPILIONIDES.
1. Vein iv, of the primaries approximate to
the: cubits) ces. ecco see ena nsec < PARNASSIIDE.
Vein iv, springing from the radius ...... Parnassiine.
Vein iv, springing from the cross-vein ... Thaidine.
2. Vein iv, of the primaries central in position PAPILIONID®.
B. Vein ix. of the primaries absent.... HESPERIADES.
3. PIERIDZA.
Vein ii, of the primaries leaving the
radius within the cell .................. Pierine.
Vein iii, leaving the radius without the
Cell aeseasehes slo aiteaitecemcmeeseeetel <aelscs Leptidiine.
4, NYMPHALID#.
Vein ii. of the secondaries absorbed by
the radius up to the point of issue of 1. Nymphaline,
Vein ii. absorbed by the radius up to
a point inferior to the issue of i....... Argynnine.
5. AGAPETID.
The cross-vein on the secondaries joining
the cubitus........... stehecged coat cectewtest Parargine.
The cross-vein on the secondaries joining
VEN LV. .cceccecses se steemenee seasnecanattane Agapetine.
6. LIMNADID.
7. LIBYTHEID®.
8. NEMEOBIID2:.
9, RIODINID®.
10. LYCANIDA.
Vein iv, joining the radius...............6+. Thecline.
Vein iv, joining the cross-vein ..........+ Lycanine.
11. MEGATHYMID.
12. HESPERIADA.
Vein i. of the primaries wanting .., Pamphiline.
Vein i. of the primaries present...... Hesperiine,
342 Mr. Grote on the Changes in the Wings of Butterflies.
Variation in the Course of Veins.
In making preparations of one and the same species
I have usually found little variation in the butterflies, but
my experience is limited to from two to six individuals ;
in some cases I have contented myself with one prepara-
tion, but usually I have made a second and, if it quite
agreed, have gone no furtherin my examinations. Sexual
characters I found to exist only in the swollen veins of
the Meadow-Browns and Potamis. But in the moths I
have found some variation which lies in the general
direction of the changes which are indicated above. The
most surprising to me was that, among five preparations
of Copismer inthus ocellatus, I foul one female in which
vein iv; did not emerge from the radius immediately
beyond the cross-vein, but from the cross-vein itself.
This was a generalized individual]. The usual position of
this vein is from the radius at a greater or less distance
from the cross-vein. Another female had an intermediate
position for vein iv; which, on the primary at least,
seemed to occupy precisely the angle of the junction.
These characters cannot be expected to be other than
plastic, and it is sufficient for our theory if the variation
takes the same line, within the assumed limits of one,
species, as that which it exhibits in different species.
Undoubtedly in the primitive Smerinthus the origin of
vein iv; was from the cross-vein, from which it has been
removed in most of the forms, permanently as it appears,
to the radius.
The second kind of variation consists in the sudden
appearance of short spur-hke processes arising from the
veins. I found such a prong issuing from vein ill, in a
female Endromis. Another case occurred with a female
Smerinthus 11 which vein vg showed a curved prong
urising near the base. In the process of individualiza-
tion the mould sometimes breaks.
In conclusion, I would urge the method of photo-
graphy in picturing the venation. The published draw-
ings are frequently inaccurate and insufficient for purposes
of “study :
(oS
(sy)
IS
ey)
—
XV. The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera
replicata. By Proressor L. C. Miaut,, 2:R.S.,
and R. Surtrorp, B.A. With an Appendix on
the Literature of the earlier stages of the Cylindro-
tomina, by Baron C. R. Osten Sacken, Hon.
F.H.S
[Read April 7th, 1897.]
Prates VIIT.—XI.
THE STRUCTURE AND LIFE-HISTORY OF
PHALACROCERA REPLICATA.
1. The form and habits of the | 6. The reproductive organs of
larva. | the larva.
2. The alimentary canal of the | 7. The development of the
larva. | imaginal organs.
3. The heart of the larva. 8. The process of pupation.
4. The respiratory organs of 9. The pupa.
the larva. | 10, The imago.
5. The nervous system of the 11. Egg-laying.
larva. | 12. Comparison with nearly-
allied insects.
1. The forms and habits of the larva.
Tue larva of this Dipterous insect is sometimes abundant
upon submerged mosses or other aquatic plants. It is,
so far as our experience goes, a very local species. Our
supply, which we owed in the first instance to the kind-
ness of Mr. Henry Scherren, came from marshes between
Pevensey and Bexhill, where the larva feeds upon a moss,
Amblystegium exannulatum.* Fragments of this moss
are easily recognised by the microscope in the ali-
* Tdentified for us by Mr. M. B. Slater, F.L.S. Mr. Scherren
gives us the following localities :—The Norfolk Broads (Hickling,
Ormesby), the Waveney, near Beccles Bridge, marshes round
Brightlingsea, Seaford. We have not found the insect in Yorkshire.
Phalacrocera has been taken in France, Germany, and Sweden. It
is said to feed upon Hypnum elodes, Fontinalis antipyretica, and
other mosses, besides Amblystegium (formerly known as Hypnum
Jluitans).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT Iv. (DEC.)
344 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
mentary canal; they give a green tinge to young larvee
when seen through the semi-transparent body-wall,
especially from the underside. Older larvee are more
opaque, and of a brownish-green colour, with a pale
and indistinct striping; the ventral surface of such
larvee is white. Full-grown larvee are about an inch
long. They are distinguished at a glance from other
Dipterous larve by the long, transparent processes,
which stand out from every surface. The larva is ex-
tremely sluggish, remaining almost motionless for hours
together. It clings to a moss-stem by its large anal
hooks, and, thus secured, it may at times be observed to
sway its body from side to side, as if to promote respira-
tion. It creeps from stem to stem by grasping with the
mandibles and the anal hooks alternately. When
alarmed, it curls itself up like a caterpillar. Hcto-para-
sitic organisms, such as Algze, Diatoms, and Infusoria,
often attach themselves in great numbers to its skin, and
especially to the outstanding processes. A small Plan-
orbis has been found creeping upon it, and probably
feeding on the vegetable growths. These parasitic
organisms, together with the general colour of the body
and the form of the numerous filaments, give the larva a
strong protective resemblance to the moss among which
it dwells. Even when held up against the light it 1s not
easily distinguished from the leafy stalks of the moss,
and in the darkness of a weedy pool it must be altogether
invisible.*
De Geer, who gives a good account of all the stages of
Phalacrocera, with many illustrative figures (Mém. Hist.
Ins., vi., p. 351, pl. xx.), tells us that the larva can
endure long and severe cold. Being obliged to shut up
his country-house, he left four of the larvae to the mercy
of a Swedish winter. ‘lhe water by which they were
surrounded froze at once to a solid mass. On returning
in the following May, De Geer found the ice melted and
half-evaporated. ‘Two of the larve still survived, and
were able to creep about and devour fresh food. Before
the end of May both of them pupated.
The head can be completely retracted into the first
and second thoracic segments, and is usually so retracted,
* Mr. Scherren recommends the collector to pull out a mass of
vegetation, and shake it over a piece of mackintosh.
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 315:
except when the larva is feeding. The orifice of pro-
trusion is a transverse cleft on the front of the prothorax.
As usual in the retractile heads of Dipterous larvee, the
hinder part, or occipital region, is imperfectly chitinised,
and excavated by deep notches. No eyes or eye-spots
have been found. There is a pair of small and slender
antennz (figs. 8,9). The mandibles are small, but strong,
curved inwards at the tip, and furnished, as is not un-
common, with a fringe of sete, which help to close the
mouth-opening (fig. 5). They are not externally visible,
being enveloped within the maxille, which form the most.
conspicuous appendages of the head (figs. 9, 10, 11).
They appear on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, and
consist of a number of sclerites, united by soft integu-.
ment, and surmounted by small palps. The largest
sclerites are ventral (fig. 11, sc.), and are furnished with
brushes (b7.), which flank the labium on either side. In-
ternal to these are subulate organs (so.), which possibly
represent the labial palps. The so-called labium is a
transverse plate, armed with teeth along its fore-edge,
against which the mandibles act (figs. 10, 11, 12). As
in some other Dipterous larvae, a second plate of similar
outline overlies it (fig. 6).
The body of the larva consists of eleven segments,
most of which are subdivided into annuli. The varying
number of the annuli, and the fact that in several seg-
ments the dorsal and ventral annuli differ in number,
show that their morphological value is slight. It may be
added that they vary a good deal in different Dipterous
larve. In the first three segments the annuli are ill-
defined; there seem to be two dorsal and three ventral
annuli in segments 2 and 8. Segment 4 has three dorsal
(ill-defined) and four ventral ; segments 5 to 10 four
dorsal and five ventral; and segment 11 no dorsal and
perhaps three ventral.
On the front surface of the prothorax is a large trans-
verse Cleft, the orifice of invagination of the larval head.
Above the cleft, when the head is protruded, a thick lip
shows itself, which disappears from view when the head
is completely retracted. ‘The lip is seen in sections to be
a fold of the body-wall, which facilitates the protrusion
and retraction of the head. Like the floor of the invagi-
nation beneath the head, its morphologically external
surface is covered with close-set setz.
346 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
The anus opens on the ventral surface of the last
segment. It is surrounded by about eight radiating folds,
which together form a large circular area (fig. 2), which at
first sight suggests a sucker, though we have no reason
to suppose that it is ever used as such. The folds are
continued internally for a considerable distance into the
rectum, part of the mucous wall of which is there-
fore ordinarily everted. The folds are capable of retrac-
tion.
The chitinous cuticle is unusually thick in most parts
of the body. It is plainly divisible into two layers, an
outer one, which is dense, shagreen-like, and composed
of small scaly prominences; and a much thicker and
softer inner layer, which stains readily (fig. 31). Micro-
scopic examination of a larval skin cast during pupation
shows that the inner cuticle is absorbed before moulting.
Numerous long processes stand out from all surfaces of
the body. These are grouped in dorsal, lateral and
ventral series.
Dorsal series (fig. 1). Segment 1 (prothorax) bears
one pair, segments 2 and 3, each two pairs of simple
processes. In all the succeeding segments except the
last the arrangement is :—annulus |, no process; annulus
2, no process; annulus 3, an unbranched process; annulus
4, a branched process. Segment 11 has only the
branched process, and the branch is so small that it can
ouly be seen by close examination; it is of solid chitin,
and forms what De Geer calls the smaller pair of anal
hooks.
Lateral series (figs. 1,2,4). Segment 1 bears one pair ;
segments 2 and 3, two pairs each, the posterior being
rudimentary ; segment 4, two unequal pairs; the other
seoments with the exception of the last, three pairs each,
the middle pair being the longest. Segment 11 has only
a rudimentary lateral process.
Ventral series (figs. 2,4). Segment 1 has no ventral
processes, but only a few set ; segments 2 and 3 have
each a pair of rudimentary processes near the middle
line, and also a pair of long processes, which are almost
as much lateral as ventral; segment 4 has a pair of rudi-
mentary processes on annulus |, a pair of short ones on
2, a pair of long ones, besides a short median one, on 3 ;
segments 0-9 exhibit five ventral annuli, of which the last
bears a short median process, while the others have only
”
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 547
a patch of scales in the same position; all the annuli
except the first have a pair of lateral ventral processes,
which increase in length and become more widely sepa-
rated from the 2nd to the 5th annulus. The last or
ilth segment has no ventral processes, except a median
setose tubercle on the second of the two annuli which le
in front of the anus.
These large and numerous processes suggest a respira-
tory function, which is partly confirmed by the presence
of a good-sized trachea, running along every one. Inthe
branched processes there are, as De Geer remarks, two
separate trachez, which diverge at the fork.
Sections through the processes show that they are
covered by a cuticle of relatively enormous thickness, far
exceeding the diameter of the contained trachee ; it is
dense and tuberculate externally, but less compact
within, the generating epidermis coming nearly into con-
tact with the generating layer of the trachea (fig.31). So
thick and solid a covering is not easily reconciled with the
respiratory character of the processes. It will be seen
from the description of the tracheal system that the larva
has spiracles, and that it visits the surface occasionally to
supply them with air.
The closest parailels that we know to the numerous and
long appendages of this larva are found, not in any
Dipterous larva, but in the Lepidopterous Paraponyx
stratiotata* and the Coleopterous Cnemidotus cxsus.t
Trichopterous larvee too may bear filaments more or less
like those of Phalacrocera.t
The larva has no true limbs. The last segment bears
a pair of large, curved anal hooks, which are strongly
chitinised on the convex dorsal side (figs. 1, 2,4). Near the
base and on the concave side is a setose tubercle. ‘he
tip of the hook is bifurcate, and just beneath it is a small
bunch of setz. ‘These hooks are constantly used for
grappling and locomotion. ‘The “small anal hooks’ of
De Geer are described in connection with the dorsal
processes (p. 346).
* De Geer op: cit.,.1., pl. dv.
+ Schiddte, De met. Eleutheratorum.
~ The insects quoted are all aquatic. The terrestrial larva of
Cylindrotoma (p. 351) bears similar but sherter processes.
348 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
2. The alimentary canal of the larva.
The mouth and cesophagus present no unusual fea-
tures. There is a large cesophageal invagination. A
capacious cylindrical stomach succeeds, which extends to
the middle of the eighth segment, where the four
Malpighian tubules enter the alimentary canal, and the
intestine begins (fig. 180).
The transition from the epithelium of the cesophagus
to that of the stomach is quite sudden.* At this point
the longitudinal muscles, which were internal in the
cesophagus, pass through the annular muscles, and
become external.+
The epithelium of the stomach, especially in the
neighbourhood of the cesophagus, exhibits many narrow-
necked, rounded protrusions, which push through the
striated hem into the lumen of the stomach, and at last
become detached as spherical masses. The protrusions
are finely granular, andstain well (fig. 22).
Certain enlarged cells which are particularly numerous
near the beginning of the stomach, contain peculiar
granular masses of spherical shape (fig. 23). The
granular masses are highly refractive, and stain badly or
not at alls A nucleus is sometimes visible in the same
cell. The masses occasionally divide within the cell into
three or four (fig. 23), but the nucleus undergoes no
corresponding division. The granular masses are
ultimately discharged entire into the cavity of the
stomach. ||
We have no conclusive evidence as to the function ot
either the protrusions or the granular masses. The pro-
truded spheres have, however, been traced into drawn-out
layers of fibrous or glairy texture which invest the food,
and we are inclined to believe that they yield the peri-
trophic membrane described below. The non-staining
granular masses are perhaps stages in the formation of
some digestive secretion.§
* Cf. Dicranota (L. C. Miall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893»
p. 245). ;
t+ Cf. Balbiani, Etudes sur Cryptops. Arch. de Zool. exp. (2), viii.
(1890).
£ See also Dicranota (loc. cit., p. 243).
§ The mucous or calyciform cells of Balbiani are described as
staining deeply and uniformly.
| Cf. Dicranota (loc. cit., pp. 243, 244).
q Cf. Dicranota (loc. cit., p. 244).
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 349
A striated hem (fig. 23) is present in the epithelium of
the stomach, though it 1s often demonstrated with diffi-
culty. The hem consists of close-set, short, and blunt
processes, which superficially, at least, resemble the per-
forated (7) end-plates of the epithelium of the villi in
Vertebrates.
The epithelium is regenerated by small cells at the
base (fig. 23), which are often grouped in twos and
threes (Watney’ s buds).*
A peritrophic membrane t is found here as in some
(perhaps many) other Dipterous larve. It is a secre-
tion of the epithelium, which encloses the food and
keeps it from direct contact with the epithelium. In the
Chironomus larva it is particularly firm and homogeneous,
forming a distinct tubular membrane. In the Dicranota
larva what appears to be the same thing is voluminous
and irregular.{ We think it probable that the peri-
trophic membrane originates in the protrusions described
above. It persists throughout the stomach and a great
part of the intestine. It is a singular circumstance that
the peritrophic membrane should arise in quite different
fashions in different insects. In the Chironomus larva,
and probably in Lepidopterous larvee, it is a perpetually
renewed prolongation of the chitinous lining of the
stomodeum ; in Myriopods, various Dipterous larve,
including Phalacrocera, and other insects, it seems to be
a secretion of the epithelium of the stomach (Balbiani,
loc. cit., pp. 30-32). We can confirm Balbiani’s account
so far as relates to Chironomus.
The epithelium gradually changes its character in the
different parts of the stomach. Near the cesophageal
invagination it is slightly folded, and consists of tall,
columnar cells, grouped in bundles. Protrusions and
** Watney, Phil. Trans., 1877 ; Miall and Denny, The Cock-
roach, p. 122 (1886); Oudemans, Bijdrage tot de Kennis der
Thysanura en Collembola, p. 54 (1887) ; Balbiani, Joc. cit., p. 54
(1890).
+ The name is Balbiani’s (oc. czt., p. 32). The same author
gives references to Plateau, Schneider, and other naturalists, who
have described a membrane enclosing the food in the intestine.
See also Cuénot, Etudes physiol. des Orthoptéres, Arch. Biol. (2),
aN (1896).
~ I now think that the secretion poured out upon the food in
the Dicranota larva originates in the stomach. L. C. M
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART IV. (DEC.) 24
350 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
granular masses are frequent. ‘Towards the middle of
the stomach the epithelium becomes regularly columnar.
There are no protrusions or granular masses, but a finely
granular secretion is poured forth. Beyond this zone
the epithelium becomes cubical, and the granular masses
reappear. Protrusions also occur, though not so fre-
quently as in the upper portion. ‘Towards the lower end
of the stomach the epithelium becomes thin and flat.
The Malpighian tubules and the beginning of the chiti-
nous intima of the proctodzeum show that the stomach
passes into the intestine at a place where there is no
change in the diameter of the tube. In young larve
there seem to be no granular masses in the epithelium,
which is uniform and irregularly columnar throughout the
stomach; Watney’s buds are very numerous. In starved
larve the epithelium becomes unusually folded, and
the protrusions are frequent, while the granular masses
and the secretion in the cavity of the stomach are more
copious. The cell-outlines are less clear than usual, and
the epithelial cells appear to be more distinctly grouped
into bundles than in normal larvee.
The intestine (fig. 18b) may be divided into two tracts,
colon and rectum. In the beginning of the colon the mus-
cular layer, and especially its annular fibres, gradually
increase in strength, while the epithelium and chitinous
intima become folded. <A circular valve occurs at the
end of this section of the colon. Then the muscular wall
thins out again, and fora variable length the intestine
becomes flexible and capable of dilatation. A con-
siderable oval enlargement, filled with food, is often seen
somewhere in this portion.* The epithelium beyond the
muscular thickening is at first cubical, but gradually
becomes thin and flat. At the beginning of the rectum
the muscular wall again becomes thickened. ‘The epi-
thelium and chitinous intima are, as usual, strongly
folded. ‘The anus has been described above (p. 345).
Salivary glands (fig. 18a). A pair of convoluted sali-
vary glands lie along the cesophagus and the beginning
of the stomach. Large nucleated cells, which form a
single epithelial layer, bulge into the narrow and irre-
* Phalacroccra illustrates the remark of Balbiani (/oc. e7t., p. 71)
that the folds of the intestinal epithelium vary with the phase of
digestion.
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 35L
enlar cavity. The glands are widest behind, and here
the lining epithelium almost disappears, so that the
glands become converted into mere reservoirs; they
taper forwards, and pass into ducts, which unite below
the suboesophageal ganglion to form a slender common
duct, which enters the floor of the mouth (figs. 10, 18a.)
Malpighian tubules (figs. 18a, 18h). There are four long
Malpighian tubules, which open at the junction of the
stomach and intestine. Hach passes forwards nearly as
far as to the cesophageal invagination, and then turns
backwards, ending opposite the colon in a_ coiled
extremity.
3. The heart of the larva.
The heart (fig. 18a,18b) lies in a pericardial space, which
is cut off from the body-cavity (hematoccel) by the usual
diaphragm. he pericardial cells and alary muscles
present no uncommon features. In the hinder part of
the heart are several pairs of valvular inlets. There is
one feature of the heart which we have never met with in
any other insect, nor do we know of a close parallel in
any other animal. ‘lwo cellular cords he free in tke
cavity, which they traverse from end to end. They are
attached behind to the body-wall between the spiracles,
and extend forwards as far as the brain. They are
here and there attached tothe wall of the heart by slender
threads. The cords are cylindrical, and consist of a
transparent, slow-staining substance, in which are im-
bedded innumerable quick-staining cells, with relatively
large nuclei(figs. 24-26). The cells are irregular, and often
branched ; between them and towards the centre of the
cord is an irregular but probably continuous cavity. We
are inclined to think that this cavity is filled in the hving
larva with a fluid, perhaps with blood. Sections reveal
the very unexpected fact that the cords are of epidermic
origin, tubular extensions of the epidermis of the hinder
end of the body. They appear to pass into the heart
through a pair of opening's in its posterior wall.*
In the pupa the cords become beaded, break up, and
finally disappear altogether. The difficulty of investigat-
ing the details of the process is very great, owing to the
** Owing to the great transparency and delicacy of the wall of
the dorsal vessel, the double opening which we have mentioned
was not clearly seen.
302 =Prof. Miailand Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
small size of the dorsal vessel and the rapidity with which
the cords break up. We have observed that during dis-
integration very minute filaments, or rods, project from
the cord, as if they were about to become free and form
some constituent of the blood. The nuclei also become
free and escape into the blood, as we infer from their fre-
quent occurrence at the critical stage in a nearly detached
condition. In a young pupa the cords are almost the same
as in the larva,while in a pupa approaching the time of final
transformation, not a trace of the cords is to be found.
The observations next to be related may throw some
light upon the nature of the cellular cords.
In a young larva there was seen, just in front of the
rectum and close to the anus, a multicellular, vacuolated
body of rounded, irregular form, which seemed to be
continuous with the epidermis, to which it was attached
by a narrow stalk, Similar bodies have been found pro-
jecting from the dorsal surface. ‘They all le in the body-
cavity (hematoccel). Segmentally arranged and single
cenocytes occur throughout the body of the larva. They
are often attached by threads or stalks to the body-wall,
and when disintegrating have been observed to give off
many fine filaments, which perhaps pass into the blood,
The nuclei are of enormous size, and contain many
nucleoli. The protoplasm of the cenocytes includes a vast
number of granules or corpuscles, with occasional vacu-
oles. . A peripheral nucleus is sometimes found (fig. 52).
We have not been able to find a close parallel 1 to the
cellular cords in any other insect. Outside the class of
insects we can only point to rather vague and distant
analogies, such as the following :—
Certain Oligochzet worms possess organs which have
been called cardiac bodies and blood-glands.* 'The Enchy-
traeidze sometimes possess a cellular rod which runs the
whole length of the dorsal vessel, being attached to its
ventral wall. Michaelsen, the discoverer of the struc-
ture, assigns to it a mechanical function, that of facili-
tating occlusion of the tube during systole, without
extreme contraction of the wall of the vessel. It has
been suggested, though apparently not proved, that this
cellular cardiac body of the Enchytrzeidz originated in a
so! Megane ian of the fe sopnage If this is well-
* Beddard, Molen of the Order Oligocheta, p. 77.
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 303
founded, the cardiac body cannot be morphologically
similar to the cellular rods of Phalacrocera. The other
blood-glands described in Beddard’s “ Oligochveta ”’ are
still more remote from anything that we have found in
Phalacrocera.
A second case of doubtful resemblance is found in the
eleoblast of Tunicates. We have to thank Prof. W. A
Herdman, F.R.S., for the following statement of the
facts :—
“The eleoblast of Salpa has been homologized by
various writers with tne tail of a normal Ascidian. It
projects from the ventral surface of the embryo near its
posterior end, but is not exclusively epidermic. ‘There is
a central mass of irregular vacuolated cells, more or less
(according to the species and age of the embryo) in pro-
cess of degeneration, which is supposed by Salensky,
Brooks, and others, to be notochordal tissue. But the
internal structure is rather indefinite ; it is very probably
the degenerate representative of several tissues, and the
eleeoblast seems to be formed at least partially by wan-
dering kalymnoblasts (follicle-cells which have immi-
grated into the embryo). A good deal of phagocytosis
goes on in the eleoblast, and it becomes greatly reduced
towards the end of embryonic life. A trace of it can
sometimes be found ina young adult. It is difficult to
trace any morphological connection between the elzoblast
and the epidermic cords in the heart of Phalacrocera,
though they may be physiologically comparable, since
both exercise a nutritive function at a time of rapid
tissue-formation.”
Certain epithelia are known to be capable of resolution
into substances which are sometimes, though not always,
nutritive. In the secretion of milk, nuclei, filaments and
oil-drops are liberated by the breaking up of epithelial
cells.* Both cock and hen pigeons feed their young for
some days after hatching, upon curdy masses formed
out of the thickened and fat-laden epithelium of the
crop.t
‘The epidermis of various Fishes, Amphibia and Inverte-
* Steinhaus, Die Morphologie der Milchabsonderung, Du Bois
pena Archiv., 1892, Suppt.
+ Waymouth Reid on 'Pigeon’s Milk. B.A. Report, 1894.
354 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
brates, contains scattered cells or collections of cells
which may discharge mucus, fibres, and nuclei.*
All insects which have been anatomically studied seem
to agree in the possession of numerous blood-cells,
which may float in the blood as corpuscles, or form sheets
and solid masses in the blood-cavities. The yellow
cenocytes described by Wielowiejski,t the pericardial
cells, and the fat-body, answer to this description. The
pericardial cells and the fat-body are believed to be
peculiar kinds of coelomic epithelium, but the cenocytes
arise from the ectoderm. In Hydrophilus groups of
parastigmatic cenocytes have been traced to invaginations
of the ectoderm.{ Such structures may be rudimentary
analogues of the cellular cords, which attain such an
extraordinary development in the larva of Phalacrocera.§
Kowalewsky|| finds that in certain Orthoptera (Pachy-
tylus, Locusta) Malpighian tubules penetrate the heart,
entering by the cardio-ceelumic apertures which he has
described, becoming much convoluted, and ultimately
reaching the pericardium through the cardio-pericardial
apertures. Here the motive seems to be, not nutrition
at the expense of the blood, but purification of the blood
itself, for which a large surface of contact is equally
necessary.
We must now attempt some physiological interpreta-
tion of the cellular cords in the heart of Phalacrocera.
We do so in a very guarded manner, feeling the
difficulty of the task, and the necessity of a more
searching inquiry than we have been able to undertake.
It seems to us unlikely that the cords of Phalacrocera
serve any such purely mechanical function as is ascribed
by Michaelsen (see above) to the cellular rod of the
Enchytreidz. Numerous and large nuclei would not be
required in a tissue which has no more complex function
than to stop up a cavity. Nor does any such mechanical
“ Waymouth Reid, The Process of Secretion in the skin of the
common Eel, Phil. Trans., Vol. 185 (1894), and authors there cited.
i Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., xliii., pp. 512-536 (1886).
¢ Graber, Biol. Centralbl., xis, "pp. 212-224 (1891).
§ Weismann’s « garland- shaped cellular cord” (Entw. d. Dip-
eon. p. 132, pl. vii., fig. 10) may possibly be a structure of the
same kind. See also Pantel on Thrivion larva (CRs 189751
pp. 472, 580).
|| C.Lt., cix., pp. 409-411.
ay
C
oO
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. oo
~
interpretation throw light upon the disappearance of the
cords in the pupa, or upon the resemblance of the cords
to the stalked prominences found elsewhere in the
heematoccel, and to the cenocytes. It seems to us much
more probable that all the structures described yield
corpuscles, filaments, or other living nutritive particles,
which are discharged into the blood at a time when the
rapid growth of new tissues calls for enrichment of the
fluid.
In the cellular cords we have a mass of epidermic
reserve-tissue, which projects far into the hzmatoccel,
and into that part of it which becomes specialized as the
heart. This is one more instance of that tendency of
epiblastic and hypoblastic tissues te bulge into any inter-
vening space, which has led to so much perplexity in the
interpretation of so-called mesoblastic organs.
We have considered the possibility that the cellular
cords may be an organ of internal secretion. There is
no positive evidence known to us which points to any
such conclusion, and the rapid disappearance of the cords
during the pupal stage seems to tell strongly against it.
4. The respiratory organs of the larva,
There is one pair of spiracles, situated on the dorsal
surface of the last segment, between the base of the
dorsal process and the anal hooks. ‘The larva is there-
fore metapneustic, aS is nearly always the case with
Tipulidee. The skin about the spiracles can be retracted
so as to form a deep recess, with which both spiracles
communicate. ‘The spiracle forms the outer end of an
air-chamber, 1uto whose cavity strong and close-set sete
project. Towards the surface the sete become rod-like,
and their inuer ends are attached to acentral plug. The
structure is much the same as in the larva of Dicranota,*
and in neither case have inlets for the air been discovered.
In both larvae, however, the spiracle is exposed at times
to the air, and the trachez are filled with air. ‘The
renewal of the air seems to take place at night, when
both Phalacrocera and Dicranota have been seen to push
their spiracles out of the water. There are two main
tracheal trunks, which run along the dorsal surface and
give off branches. In most of the segments there is a
* Miall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893.
356 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
small cross-connexion at the level of the pericardial
diaphragm. As usual in submerged Diptera the branches
of distribution are scanty, but ‘relatively large trachez
pass to the long processes. (See p. 347.)
The Phalacrocera larva can endure long abstinence
from fresh air. We have kept them alive for a fortnight
in a bottle absolutely full of water. In boiled water the
larvee lived for five days, when the experiment was dis-
continued. When access to fresh air is cut off the
natural sluggishness of the larvee is increased, but no
permanent injury results unless the experiment is greatly
protracted. ‘he larva can live long out of water.
5. The nervous system of the larva.
The ganglia are the brain, the subcesophageal, three
thoracic and eight abdominal (figs. 18a, 18b).. When the
head is retracted, the brain and two, or even three, of the
succeeding ganglia are enclosed within it; when it is
extended to its utmost (about one-third ’ being then
exposed) it contains only the brain and subcesophageal
ganglion.
According to Brauer’s peculiar nomenclature the
Phalacrocera jarva has a true head, the Chirononus
larva only a “ kiefer-kapsel.””? Yet his system requires
that Chironomus should have the true head, and Phala-
erocera the “ kiefer-kapsel.”’ It is becoming plain that
Brauer’s classification of the Nemocera by larval
characters is based upon an insufficient knowledge of
the structure of the larve.,
The first abdominal ganglion is commonly found in
its own segment, the last abdominal in segment 10.
Between the brain and the first abdominal ganglia the
connectives are double; in the abdomen they are
single.
A pair of small nerves issue from the brain, run along
the dorsal vessel, and enter a pair of ganglia, which are
closely applied to it (figs. 19, 20). ‘These are connected by
short nerves with a frontal ganglion and a recurrent
nerve. ‘lhe whole arrangement is very similar to what
exists in the Chironomus larva, and the larva of the
Crane-fly.* In the thoracic region nepaned nerves issue
* aemond. Seen Coren. = x1., p. 204 (1875).
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicuta. 357
from the connectives of the nerve-cord and unite in pairs
to form ansee, or loops, from which lateral “ respiratory ”’
nerves usually proceed to the adjacent spiracles. We
have not traced these nerves in the fly ; in the larva there
are no thoracic spiracles.
6. The reproductive organs of the larva.
The ovaries (fig. 30) form a pair of cylindrical bodies,
tapering to each end, which lie on either side of the
beginning of the intestine. The ovary is invested by a
thin fibrous sheath. It consists of a central cellular cord,
which is excavated by a row of cavities, communicating
with one another. ‘I'he wall is drawn out into many
projecting follicles (fig. 31), which are pear-shaped, with
narrow necks. Hach follicle encloses a group of large
nucleated cells, one of which is probably selected to form
an ovum, but this we have not seen.
Such an ovary is unlike that of most Insects, and
resembles, at least superficially, the ovary of many Mol-
lusca, such as the cockles.* Instead of a small number
of long ovarian tubes opening nearly at the same place
into a common oviduct, we find in Phalacrocera a great
number of short, single-chambered, though many-celled
follicles, which open at various points into a central tube.
The eggs of which (as we savpose) only one ripens in
each follicle, may pass direct from such an ovary into the
oviduct, whereas in the other arrangement they can only
be liberated a few ata time. ‘The ovary of Phalacrocera
seems to be adapted to the almost simultaneous discharge
of all the eggs, while the more usual disposition is appro-
priate to the successive discharge of eggs during a much
longer time. In such Diptera as we are familiar with
there is a multitude of short tubes or follicles, though
Tachina and some few others have a few long tubes
instead.
The testes occupy the same position as the ovaries, but
are much smaller (fig. 27). At first they are filled with
closely packed nucleated cells (spermospores), which by
division produce loosely packed spermatozoa (fig. 29).
Ripe spermatozoa may be found in advanced larve.
* Lacaze-Duthiers, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 1854.
398 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
7. The development of the imaginal organs.
As usual in Diptera Nemocera, the rudiments of the
future legs and wings appear simultaneously as three
dorsal and three ventral invaginations. ‘The ventral in-
vaginations give rise to legs ; of the dorsal rudiments the
prothoracic becomes the pupal respiratory organ, the
mesothoracic the functicnal wing, the metathoracic one
of the halteres. ‘he homology of the pupai respiratory
organ, whether tube or bunch of filaments, with a pro-
thoracic wing seems to be evident, thongh such a wing is
unknown in any recent insect. The Carboniferous
Hphemeridze seem to furnish the best example.
The invaginations for the antennee of the fly extend
from the larval antenna to the brain; the rudiments of
the compound eyes form near their hinder ends. Paired
labial invaginations (fig. 6) form beneath the cesophagus
as good-sized oval projections, extending backwards into
the larval head.
8. The process of pupation.
A larva kept in confinement pupated on Oct. 16th.
Air-bubbles were seen to form upon the processes, and
when these were detached by shaking, new ones appeared.
The larva was thus made buoyant, andl floated in a hori-
zontal position at the surface of the water. Shortly
before the larval skin opened the spiracles were exposed
to the air. ‘The skin split along the dorsal surface of the
prothorax, and the white head-end of the pupa began to
protrude. ‘The tips of the pupal respiratory tubes were
brought to the surface of the water, and the body took a
vertical position in consequence of changed hydrostatic
conditions. ‘lhe abdomen was alternately flexed and
extended until the larval skin was slipped off backwards.
As soon as it fell off and sank, the pupa lay horizontally
at the surface. ‘The work of extrication occupied a
quarter of an hour. The pupa was at first pure white,
except for a pair of bright-red spots on the fourth
abdominal segment. These spots, which can sometimes
be seen before pupation through the larval skin, are due
toa red pigment which forms in the fat-body ; they
appear in both sexes, but only show through the larval
skin in male larva. T'wo hours after pupation the pupa
Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 309
had taken a dark-green colour. The fly appeared on
Oct. 27th, so that the pupal stage lasted eleven days,
unusually long in comparison with other aquatic Diptera.*
The cast pupal skin was found to be attached to a leaf of
moss by the dorsal projections from the hinder abdominal
segments,
9. The pupe.
The pupa differs strikingly from the larva in its habits.
It is comparatively active, and moves when requisite by
flexion of the abdomen. When laid on the hand, it
wriggles about, bending its body almost into a circle.
The usual attitude of the pupa is vertical, the prothorax
with the respiratory tubes just reaching the surface of
the body; the pupa maintains itself in this position by
grasping fioating weeds with its dorsal abdominal hooks.
Considerable disturbance of the water does not cause it
to loose its hold. The pupa is also found at times
floating at the surface ; if turned over, it recovers its
ordinary position, which is necessary to respiration, by
movements of the abdomen. Sometimes it descends to
a fair depth from the surface by the help of the weeds.
The pupa is asphyxiated by a submergence of six
hours.
lts length varies from three- to four-fifths of an inch.
Its general colour is greenish-brown ; there is a darker
band along the mid-dorsal line, besides a median and two
lateral dark bands on the ventral surface. ‘lhe body is
flattened dorso-ventrally, and produced laterally into thin
margins, as inthe Chironomus pupa. A pair of respiratory
tubes project trom the prothorax, diverging strongly
from each other. ‘The sixth and eighth abdominal
segments are provided with dorsal projections, which
serve to attach the pupa, and to prop it up in such a
position that the prothorax is out of the water ; there are
also ventral and terminal projections. The thoracic legs
are short, not reaching beyond the third abdominal seg-
ment. Rows of black dots are found on the dorsal,
ventral, and lateral surfaces, whose arrangement is
shown in figs. 15-15.
** De Geer found that the pupal stage lasted only six days, and
we have found the time variable according to the season and tem-
perature.
360 Prof, Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and
The dorsal abdominal projections consist of one pair
on the sixth abdominal segment, which are curved,
pointed, and directed backwards, and of two pairs on the
eighth, which diverge from each other. Of these last the
anterior pair are directed forwards, and are finely
serrated on both margins; the posterior pair are turned
backwards, and are serrated only on the anterior margin.
A chitinous thickening which surrounds the segment con-
nects them all together. On the ventral surface of the
seventh abdominal segment isa pair of short, straight, and
pointed processes, directed obliquely backwards. The
last segment of all terminates in four small processes,
two dorsal and two terminal; the dorsal pair are short
and pointed, the terminal pair somewhat longer and also
pointed. The processes of the eighth segment seem to
serve for attachment; those of the sixth segment for
maintaining the erect posture. Most of the segments
show a division into three annuli,
10. The imago.
The perfect insect usually emerges in April, but one
or more later broods may appear. ‘The males and
females are about equally numerous. The fly is slug-
gish, and does not travel far from the pool in which it
was reared.
IL. Hgg-laying.
A female fly was observed to lay her eggs in a piece of
moss. She crawled over the moss, inserting the
extremity of the abdomen into the axils of the leaves,
until about sixty had been laid. The moss selected is
submerged. The eggs are laid singly, and adhere
shghtly to the moss; they are dark-coloured, opaque, and
spindle-shaped. The surface of the chorion is irregularly
pitted. At one end is a rosette-like micropyle, which
was found to be beset with numerous spermatozoa.
12. Comparison with nearly allied insects.
The larva of Cylindrotoma distinctissima, as described
by Zeller,* bears some resemblance to that of Phalacro-
cera. Unfortunately it has not been anatomically studied.
* Tsis, 1842, p. 808.
Life-listory of Phalacrocera replicata. 561
The larva is terrestrial, feeding upon the leaves of
Anemone nemorosa, Stellaria nemorum, ete. It attains
a length of nearly an inch, and is narrow, depressed,
tapering to each end, and of grass-green colour. There
is a slight dorsal ridge, from which a row of short,
backward-directed fleshy spines projects; one spine in
each segment exceeds the rest in length. ‘here is a
broad lateral margin, bearing very short processes. he
tracheal tubes are externally visible in the hinder part
of the body ; they open by conspicuous brown spiracles.
The head can only be partially protruded. Zeller
remarks that the orifice of protrusion is employed as a
sucker. There are eight pairs of ventral prominences,
like the’ pseudopods of caterpiilars, but without hooks,
and one pair of longer, backward-directed processes,
beneath the anus. The larva can hold on either by the
head or the tail. The pupa fixes itself to stalks or leaves
by the tail, which is still covered by the remains of the
larval skin; it is flattened, greenish in colour, and
provided with two short respiratory trumpets. ‘The
occurrence of spines or processes (much shorter, indeed,
than those of the Phalucrocera larva) in the terrestrial
larva of Cylindrotona seems to indicate that these are not
necessarily organs of aquatic respiration. A fuller descrip-
tion of the structure and life-history of Cylindrotoma is
much to be desired.
The supposed larva of T'riogma (p. 364) resembles that
of Phalacrocera in coloration, in the retractile head, and
in the presence of numerous spines. Its appearance is
strongly protective, and even when imprisoned in a
collecting-box, it was not easily discovered. ‘The pupa
was pale green, bore many spines on the abdomen, and
according to De Rossi’s recollection, had two thread-like
appendages on the prothorax.
We have to acknowledge with hearty thanks the pains
bestowed upon the plates by Mr. Hammond, who has,
among other things, materially improved and corrected
our drawings of the larval head.*
* Since our paper was read there has appeared in the Lunds
Universitets Arsskrift, XXXlll., an account of the larva of Phala-
crocera, by Simon Bengtsson. The plates give useful information
respecting the external features, the mouth-parts, and the skeleton
of the head. Our ignorance of Swedish prevents us from making
more than a superficial acquaintance with the text.
Baron Osten Sacken on the Literature of the
Cs
(=P)
bo
REMARKS ON THE LITERATURE OF THE
EARLIER STAGES OF THE CYLINDROTO-
MINA, A SECTION OF THE TIPULIDAL.
By Baron C. R. Osten Sackxen, Hon. F.E.S.
In the Monograph of North American Diptera, iv.,
pp. 289-308 (1869), in giving an account of the Section
Cylindrotomina, I introduced whatever was known about
their life-history at that time. Very little has been
added to our knowledge since. What I have done
now is to overhaul the existing literature for a second
time, and to prepare a detailed digest of it, arranged
under the headings of the three principal genera of the
section. It will be seen that with this mode of treat-
ment the peculiarities of the larve and pup of the
Cylindrotomina are brought out with more distinctness
than they were in my work of 1869 , and that these
peculiarities fully bear out the intermediate position
which I have given to that section between the 7ipulidx
longipalpi and brevipalpi. ‘his intermediate position
has been further justified by the discovery that, during
the Oligocene period in Western North America, the
Cylindrotomina were, apparently, much more common
than now, and that, for this reason, they may be con-
sidered as the ancestral form among the present Tipu-
lide. Many specimens were found in the fossiliferous
strata about Florissant, Colorado, and the White River,
Utah. Whether they represent as many species as Mr.
Scudder makes out of them, remains to be seen. (Com-
pare Scudder, Tertiary Tipulidee, Proc. Am. Phils isecs
xxxii., 1894.)
The three genera of Cylindrotomina, about the trans-
formations of which I reproduce the (in one case hypo-
thetical) literature, are :—Phalacrocera, Schin., Oylindro-
toma, Macq., and Triogma, Schin. The: life- history of
Ms venus Liogma, introduced by me (Monogr., iv.,
298, 1869), is as yet unknown.
Earlier Stages of the Cylindrotomina. 363
1. Poatacrocera, Schin.
De Geer (Nova Acta Upsal., 1, pp. 66-77, Tab. 6
(i773); Mem) Hist ime svi, p. dol, Tab: xx.,
figg. 1-16 (1776).—An excellent description of
the external form and habits of the larva, pupa,
and imago of Phalacrocera replicata, Linn.
Gvube (Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges. fiir Vaterl. Kultur,
1867, p. 59).—A rather detailed description of
evidently the same larva, but not identified.
Engel (Ent. Nachr., 1884, p. 260).—Short notice of
the discovery by him of the same larva upon the
stems of Ranunculus fluitans, in a lake, in the
vicinity of Frankfurt-on-the-Oder.
Giard, Prof. A. (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1895,
p. ccxxxv.).—An interesting notice of the same
larva, which he found in pools of water among the
downs between Wimereux and Ambleteuse (Dépt.
Pas de Calais), hidden in the aquatic moss,
Hypnum elodes, Spruce. He quotes a number
of other continental stations.
2. Cyiinproroma, Macq.
Schellenberg (Genres des Mouches Diptcres, Ziirich,
1803).—In French and German. ‘ab. xxxvii.,
fig. 1, represents a Tipuia, wrongly named in the
corresponding letter-press (pp. 22-23) Tipula
histrio, Fabr. As I pointed out in 1869 (Mon.,
p- 299), the figures of the larva and pupa make it
evident that the species is Cylindrotoma distinc-
tissima, Meig. The text merely says, “ We know
this larva, which has been found on Viola bijlora,
Linn. ; we shall give its history in another place.”
This promised publication has, to my knowledge,
never appeared.
Boie (Kroyer Naturh. Tidskr. 11., p. 254, 1838; half a
page).—Boie did not know of Schellenberg’s pub-
lication. He gives a short description of the
larva and pupa, which answers to Schellenberg’s
figures. He adds: “It deserves to be noticed
that the green colouring of the larva indicates
quite a different mode of life from that of other
Tipulide. Numerous congregations of them were
364 Baron Osten Sacken on the Literature of the
observed gnawing the leaves of Sfellaria nemorum
in shady places among woods about the end of
August. The transformation took place on the
stems of the plants, to which the pupz adhere by
the tail, just like the chrysalids of butterflies. The
fly develops about the middle of September.”
Zeller, P. C. (Dipterologische Beitrage, 2te Abth., Isis,
1842, pp. 807-809.—Limnobia distinctissima,
Wied., Meig.). Zeller refers to Boie, but deems it
useful to give a more detailed description. He
found the larve near Glogau (Silesia) in the
spring, on leaves of Anemone nemorosa; im some
places they occurred abundantly. ‘The larvex
generally remain on the underside of the leaves,
and by gnawing, make holes in them. About the
middle of May they leave their food plants, fasten
themselves upon grass-blades, leaves, etc., and
usually pupate on the very next day; the pupw
show a remarkable analogy to those of the genus
Pterophorus (Lepidoptera). They hang fastened
by the tail of the larva-skin, which is not stripped
off the last three or four segments. Zeller gives a
more detailed description of the larva and pupa
than his predecessors. It results from the pre-
ceding statements that the larva of Cyl. distunctis-
sima occurs on various phanerogamous plants—
Viola, Stellaria, and Anemone, and that it has, at
least m some localities, two generations, one in
the spring (Schellenberg, Zeller) and the other in
autumn (Boie).
3. The supposed larva of Triogma.
G. de Rossi (Ent. Nachr. 1876, pp. 30, 31) describes a
peculiar larva which he had discovered in woods,
upon a species of moss (Hypnum), among which
it was hidden. Hesucceeded in rearing the pupa,
but unfortunately the pupa produced only an
Ichneumon. As he had not made a description of
the larva before its pupation, he published an
account of it from memory. In this account I
recognised the larva of a Tipulid belonging to the
Section Cylindrotomina. A short article, which I
published about it in the same periodical (Hnt.
Earlier Stages of Cylindrotomina. 365
Nachr. 1878, p. 5), contains the following state-
ment :—“'The three-fold branches of the thorn-
like processes (die dreifach veriistelten Dornen) of
the larva of De Rossi, remind one of the aquatic
larva described by De Geer, and as this new larva
seems to hold the middle place between the
terrestrial larva of Cylindrotoma and the aquatic
one of De Geer, it seems to me possible and even
probable, that it may belong to a third of the
known genera of the Section Cylindrotomina,
Triogma. This supposition seems to be supported
by the fact that this larva, like the aquatic larva
of Phalacrocera, feeds upon a species of moss
(Hypnum), differing in this from the larva of
Cylindrotoma, which, as we have seen, occurs on
different kinds of phanerogamous plants.”
In the Monograph of North American Diptera, iv.,
pp. 289-292, I have shown that the Cylindrotomina
occupy an intermediate position between the two great,
and otherwise very well defined, divisions of the Tipulide,
the longipalpi and brevipalpi. And I have called atten-
tion (1. c. p. 295) to the anomalous character of their
larvee, corresponding with that of the perfect insects.
Larve climbing upon living plants, feeding upon them,
and gnawing holes in their leaves, are toto clo different
from ordinary larvee of Tipulide. These larvee must of
course show corresponding adaptations for such a mode
of life, and it will be the task of future investigators to
describe these structural differences in detail. What we
can gather from the existing descriptions is very little, and
is found principally in Zeller. According to him, climb-
ing is made possible by sucking-cups, the principal one of
which is produced by the withdrawal of the head into the
thoracic segments, thus forming a hollow, the edges of
which complete the cup. He believes that eight pairs of
conical, fleshy protuberances on the ventral side when
withdrawn, may likewise act as sucking-cups for loco-
motion. Zeller’s statement about the breathing apparatus
proves that the larve of Cylindrotoma distinctissima are
metapneustic, like those of Phalacrocera and other Tipu-
TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—PparT Iv. (pEc.) 25
366 Baron Osten Sacken on the Cylindrotomina.
lide. He says—‘ The translucent tracheze end, a short
distance from the anus, on the dorsal side, in two brown,
very distinct spiracles ; their anterior end is not visible,
because, in the anterior segments, they he deeper from the
surface.”
The pupz of the Cylindrotominaare also very peculiar ;
they are fastened to the food plants, and resemble the
pupze of some Lepidoptera.
PLATES VIIT.-XI.
[The explanation faces the Piaves. |
( 367 )
XVI. Descriptions of New Lepidoptera from Australia
and New Zealand. By HEpwarp Meyrick, B.A.,
LNe/MSES Caldas
u L -v , 86 .
[Read Nov. 3rd, 1897. ]
Tue following descriptions are in most instances drawn
up from specimens taken by Messrs. J. A. Kershaw,
G. V. Hudson, the late Geo. Barnard, and several other
esteemed Australian correspondents, and liberally com-
municated by them to me; the types are in my
collection, but the collectors usually possess similar
examples.
I. AtsTrRALtiaAN LepiporreRa.
CARADRINIDA.
Sub-fam. POLIADES.
Orrsosta, Ochs.
O. horologa, sp. n.
¢ 33mm. Forewings rather dark fuscous, slightly purplish-
tinged, somewhat mixed with lighter brown ; a white discal dot
before first line, and several on costa posteriorly ; first and second
lines paler, iuternally partly blackish-edged, white-mixed towards
extremities, clear white on costa ; orbicular and reniform brownish,
edged with white and outlined with black, posterior edge of reni-
form very acutely indented in middle ; claviform partly blackish-
outlined ; interneural black streaks between reniform and termen;
subterminal line partly whitish, interrupted. Hindwings whitish-
fuscous, becoming white towards base, fuscous towards termen ;
cilia white, with a fuscous subbasal line.
Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen, but I have seen a
second.
Sub-fam. MHLANCHRIDES,
Metiana, Curt.
M. xylogramma, sp. n.
6 25mm. Antennal ciliations long (3). Forewings greyish-
ochreous, suffasedly streaked with ochreous-whitish, with a few
scattered black scales, median vein whiter ; a darker fuscous-mixed
TRANS, ENT. SCC. LOND. 1897.—parT Iv. (DEC.)
368 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
median longitudinal streak from base to termen, interrupted vy
median vein; subterminal line indicated by a series of minute
black dots ; a terminal series of black dots. Hindwings pale grey;
cilia white.
Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from
the late Mr. G. Barnard.
Sub-fam. CARADRINIDES.
Hetioruis, Ochs.
H. leucatma, sp. n.
g 36mm. Forewings pale greyish-ochreous, mixed with light
brown and grey, and irrorated with blackish ; subbasal, first, and
second lines obscurely whitish, dark-edged ; orbicular centrally
dark grey, whitish-ringed; reniform dark grey, preceded and
followed by whitish patches; subterminal line very obscurely
whitish : cilia barred. Hindwings grey-whitish; veins, a thick
subcrescentic discal spot, and a rather broad terminal band dark
fuscous.
Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen, but I have seen
others.
EREMOCHROA, gen, n.
Face with truncate-conical horny prominence ; tongue obsolete ;
eyes glabrous. Antenne in d bipectinated to apex. Palpi
moderately long, porrected, clothed with dense scales, rather
spreading above, terminal joint concealed. Thorax with loose
anterior and posterior crests. Abdomen rather elongate, smooth.
Tibiz loosely haired. Hindwings : 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked,
8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell to near middle.
Types. H. psammias. The genus is distinctly related to
Lwperina.
EH. psammias, sp. n.
dQ 24-31 mm. Forewings with costa slightly sinuate ;
whitish-ochreous, in ? suffusedly irrorated with whitish, with a
very few scattered black scales; first and second lines faint,
whitish, internally darker-edged, sometimes almost obsolete, first
curved, second somewhat bent in middle; orbicular, claviform,
and reniform small, faintly paler, hardly defined, surrounded by a
somewhat deeper ochreous tinge and two or three black scales ;
from Australia and New Zealand, 369
subterminal line faintly whitish, hardly perceptible. Hindwings
in ¢ whitish-fuscous, whitish-suffused towards costa, in 2 wholly
whitish. ;
Carnarvon, West Australia; five specimens in
October.
i, alphitias, sp. n.
¢ 2 30-33mm. Forewings with costa almost straight ; whitish-
ochreous, finely irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous, and
suffusedly mixed with white except towards middle of disc ; sub-
basal line indicated by some black scales, very near base ; first and
second lines whitish, little marked, dark-edged internally, curved ;
orbicular, claviform, and reniform small, white, distinct, edged with
some black and dark fuscous scales, claviform touching first line,
lower end of reniform bilobed ; subterminal line whitish, edged
anteriorly in middle with a short dark fuscous mark. Hindwings
whitish, in ¢ greyer posteriorly; a faint fuscous-tinged sub-
terminal shade.
Adelaide, South Australia; (?) Sydney, New South
Wales ; two specimens.
MICRAPATETIS, gen. n.
Eyes glabrous, Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax and abdomen
without crests. Forewings: 10 out of 9 near base, not connected
with 9.
This and the following genus, which are closely con-
nected, are probably allied to Caradrina.
M. orthozona, sp. n.
¢ ? 15-16 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous, face white.
Forewings white, sometimes yellowish-tinged ; a triangular spot on
base of costa, a straight median fascia, a terminal fascia with
anterior edge somewhat projecting in middle, and cilia dark
fuscous, slightly purplish-tinged. Hindwings fuscous.
Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); seven specimens.
XENOPSEUSTIS, gen. n.
Face rounded-prominent ; eyes glabrous. Antennzin ¢ ciliated.
Thorax and abdomen without crests. Forewings: 10 separate, nol
connected with 9.
5370 Mr. K. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
X. peecilastis, sp. n.
356 2 19-20 mm. Head orange. Forewings dark fuscous ; two
or three white spots about base ; first line forming a straight
irregular-edged white fascia; a white dorsal spot beyond this;
reniform white, somewhat 8-shaped; second line white, usually
reduced to costal and dorsal spots ; subterminal white, irregular,
more or less interrupted and connected with termen. Hindwings
rather dark fuscous ; base and sometimes a cloudy median shade
yellowish.
Duaringa, Queensland, in February (G. Barnard) ;
three specimens.
CARADRINA, Ochs.
C. heliarcha, sp. n.
6 2? 30-35 mm. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Abdomen unusually
stout, in ¢ with blackish hairs above. Forewings light greyish-
ochreous irrorated with fuscous, basal half in ¢ suffused with
yellow-ochreous ; first and second lines pale, darker-edged, obtusely
angulated near costa, thence nearly straight ; orbicular indicated
by a black dot, posterior edge of reniform by a fine curved trans-
verse whitish line ; median line rather dark fuscous ; subterminal
faintly pale. Hindwings prismatic grey-whitish, greyer dorsally,
basal half in ¢ suffused with light ochreous-yellow ; veins dark
fuscous ; termen suffused with fuscous.
Brisbane, Queensland ; two specimens,
ActinotiA, Hiib.
A. acmophora, sp. un.
6 ¢ 29-32mm. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex
simple. Forewings fuscous irrorated and partly suffused with
white (most of the scales fuscous outlined with white) ; first and
second lines indistinctly paler, dark-edged, irregularly dentate,
connected by a black oblique line on fold ; second forming a double
clear white angulated mark towards dorsum ; median shade dark
fuscous ; orbicular oblique-oval, whitish-edged, outlined with
black ; reniform black-outlined anteriorly ; subterminal line
represented by a dark fuscous oblique cloudy streak from apex,
three or four fine black wedge-shaped interneural marks in disc,
and a dark brown black-marked streak from below middle of
termen to subdorsal angle of second line. Hindwings whitish ;
terminal half dark fuscous ; cilia white.
Melbourne, Victoria; two specimens.
from Australia and New Zealand. 371
Havena, Schranck.
H. bryochlora, sp. n.
36 35mm. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Abdominal crests slight.
Forewings light olive-green, darker terminally ; subbasal and
first lines white, partly darker-edged ; median straight, darker ;
reniform obscurely darker, white-edged on sides ; a white shade
beyond it from costa to below middle, terminated beneath by an
irregular black mark connected with second line ; second line
mixed with white and darker olive-green, black-edged anteriorly
in disc and below middle ; subterminal irregular, white, partly
edged with suffused blackish marks: cilia light olive-green, tips
white. Hindwings dark fuscous, lighter anteriorly ; cilia olive-
greenish, tips white.
Sydney, New South Wales; one specimen, but I have
seen a second.
PLUSIADA.
Sub-fam. PLUSIADES.
Mormoscopa, gen. n.
Head with appressed scales. Antenne in ¢@ ciliated. Palpi
very long, recurved, second joint with appressed scales, terminal
long, pointed. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Anterior
tibie in ¢ with long horny apical hook, tibize rough-scaled. Hind-
wings: 5 approximated to 4.
M. crossodora, sp. a.
3 ¢ 45-48 mm. Forewings rather dark fuscous; first and
second lines cloudy, whitish-ochreous, internally darker-edged ;
orbicular dot-like, whitish-ochreous ; reniform narrow, somewhat
curved, edged with whitish-ochreous ; subterminal line irregular,
ochreous-whitish, conspicuous, terminal space beyond it in 9 paler
fuscous, in ¢ wholly ochreous-whitish, forming a pale band
abruptly excavated below costa and in middle. Hindwings pale
fuscous, towards base paler and with traces of lines ; a pale sub-
terminal line, preceded by a darker suffusion, terminal space in ¢
wholly mixed with ochreous-whitish.
Mount Kosciusko (2700 feet), New South Wales ;
in January, two specimens.
OD
ul
bo
Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
Praxis, Guen.
P. marmarinopa, sp. 0.
3 Q 28-32 mm. Abdomen in g with large expansible white
genital tuft. Forewings fuscous, sprinkled with dark fuscous
and whitish, and more or less mixed with pale ochreous-rosy ;_ sub-
basal, first, second, and subterminal lines pale ochreous-rosy,
obscurely edged with dark fuscous, waved ; orbicular, claviform,
and reniform roundish, pale ochreous-rosy, ill-defined ; a terminal
row of small pale ochreous-rosy spots, corresponding with similar
spots in cilia. Hindwings fuscous, darker posteriorly ; a slightly
curved whitish postmedian line, rosy-tinged on dorsal half ; sub-
terminal line pale rosy on dorsal third; an interrupted pale rosy
terminal line ; cilia fuscous, with pale rosy basal spots in indenta-
tions, on dorsum and an apical patch white.
Carnarvon, West Australia, and I have also one
which probably comes from South Australia ; in October,
two specimens.
Carepata, Ochs.
C. melaneschista, sp. n.
? 39-43 mm. Forewings fuscous, densely irrorated with white,
especially towards costa: veins more or less marked with black
lines ; median line and margins of first and second darker, little
distinct except towards costa, where they are very oblique, and on
dorsum, where they are black and sometimes suffused ; a black
longitudinal curved submedian streak from base to second line, a
straight one above middle from first line to subterminal, and a
short one towards termen above this, all sometimes obsolete; a
blackish streak from second line on fold to termen below middle ;
termen crenate. Hindwings snow-white, prismatic ; a transverse
dark fuscous apical blotch, extending to below middle of termen.
Duaringa, Queensland, in December (G. Barnard) ;
three specimens. ;
Tayas, Hub.
Head somewhat rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Palpi
rather long, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, terminal _
moderate, pointed, erect. Thorax densely scaled. Abdomen not
crested. Middle tibie spinose. Hindwings: 3 and 4 stalked,
5 approximated to 4,
This genus includes and supersedes Achwa, Hiib., and
Ophiodes, Guen.
~I
Co
from Australia and New Zealand. Bt
T’. irioleuca, sp. n.
¢ 39-42 mm, Head and anterior edge of thorax dark fuscous,
Abdomen rather dark fuscous with white rings, beneath wholly
white. Forewings rather strongly narrowed towards base, white,
suffusedly irrorated with rather dark brown ; anterior half of
costa suffused with dark fuscous ; first and second lines blackish,
first preceded on dorsum by a triangular blackish blotch, second
forming a very strong loop inwards below middle, which includes
a clear white space, and followed on costa by a triangular blackish-
fuscous blotch ; a small dark fuscous transverse discal mark ; a
rather dark fuscous terminal band, irrorated with whitish below
middle. Hindwings snow-white, prismatic ; a dark fuscous apical
blotch, extending to below middle of termen,
Duaringa, Queensland; New Guinea; two specimens.
PROROCOPIS, gen. 0.
Head rough-scaled, face with strong horny conoid prominence,
apex forming a short vertical edge. Eyes with a few cilia from
lower edge. Antenne in ¢—P? Palpi moderately long, ascending,
loosely rough-scaled, terminal joint moderate, obtuse. Thorax
with large dense posterior crest. Abdomensmooth. Tibiz rough-
haired. Forewings: areole short. Hindwings: 3 and 4 closely
approximated at base, 5 approximated, 6 and 7 closely approxi-
mated at base.
P. melanochorda, sp. n.
2 31mm. Forewings light fuscous, irregularly irrorated with
ashy-whitish aud dark fuscous, tending to form transverse striz ;
subbasal, first, and second lines fine, sharp, black, first nearly
straight, sinuate near dorsum, second at 2 rectangularly bent in-
wards and then upwards to beneath reniform, thence abruptly
bent down again, and sinuate inwards ; median line blackish on
upper half, running along anterior edge of reniform to meet
second ; reniform dark-edged, inconspicuous, area between it and
second line more ashy-whitish ; subterminal line slender, waved,
blackish, indistinct ; a fine black terminal line. Hindwings dull
white ; a broad dark fuscous terminal band, narrowed at tornus ;
cilia white.
Carnarvon, West Australia; one specimen in October.
374 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
CreparcHa, Meyr.
C. lichenopa, sp. n.
3 2 26-35 mm. Forewings white, more or less tinged with
pale green, and irrorated with blackish ; in ¢ a broad antemedian
fascia of fuscous suffusion ; sometimes a black streak from base of
costa; subbasal, first, second, and subterminal lines black, irregular,
first and secord unusually approximated, subterminal strongest,
others sometimes partly indistinct in 9; sometimes indistinct
greenish lines alternating with these; sometimes a black discal dot:
cilia white, basal half barred with blackish. Hindwings fuscous or
whitish-fuscous, becoming dark fuscous posteriorly, in ¢ whitish.
towards base.
Duaringa, Queensland, in August and May (G. Bar-
nard); Port Moresby, New Guinea; six specimens.
PrronopHora, Meyr.
Head smooth. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, with longer sete at
joints. Palpi moderately long, obliquely ascending, with loosely
appressed scales. Thorax smooth beneath. Abdomen smooth--
scaled. Tibize smooth-scaled, spurs long. Hindwings: 2, 4, 3
approximated, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell to
middle.
The genus is here recharacterised, as the characters
originally given were incomplete in some particulars. It
is a remarkable form; the larva of the typical species is.
slender, without prolegs on 7 and 8, and feeds on
Casuarina.
P. grammatistis, sp. n.
6 @ 22-26mm. Forewings elongate, termen very oblique ;
pale greyish-ochreous, with a slight rosy-purplish tinge, more or
less sprinkled with white and black, sometimes suffusedly streaked
with whitish ; veins towards costa posteriorly often suffused with
dark fuscous ; a terminal series of black dots. Hindwings fuscous
or whitish-fuscous, becoming whitish towards base.
Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard) ; six specimens.
from Australia and New Zealand. 379
Muvsovuyma, gen. n.
Head with appressed scales. Autenne in ¢ simple. Palpi
moderate, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint mode-
rate, cylindrical. Thorax smooth-scaled. Abdomen with small
crest. Tibiz with appressed scales. Forewings: 7 separate, 10
anastomosing with stalk of 8 and 9. Hindwings: 5 somewhat
approximated to 4.
M. cyanastis, sp. n.
3 2 32-35 mm. Forewings with slight rounded dorsal pro-
minence before tornus ; fuscous, strigulated with whitish-ochreous
and blackish ; costal edge grey; a rather broad grey dorsal stripe,
tinged with fuscous and blue, from base to second line, then pro-
duced before second line to below middle; first line pale, dark-
edged, indistinct ; median shade forming a dark fuscous spot on
costa ; reniform indistinct, dark, margins and a central line pale ;
second line greyish-ochreous edged with whitish, marked with dark
fuscous in disc, very strongly curved outwards, followed on upper
half by a deep blue-grey posteriorly white-edged and indented
patch, and below middle by three blue-grey posteriorly white-edged
confluent spots ; terminal space beyond this pale greyish-ochreous,
marked with dark fuscous on termen. Hindwings whitish-fuscons;
a suffused dark fuscous terminal fascia ; cilia whitish, with a
fuscous line.
Duaringa, Queensland, in December and January (G.
Barnard) ; two specimens.
Evusiemma, Hiib.
E. orthopetes, sp. n.
2 18 mm. Forewings fuscous, reddish-tinged, with a few
black scales, terminal half rather dark fuscous; costal edge
suffused with blackish ; a broad straight whitish-ochreous fascia
beyond middle, somewhat narrowed dorsally, brownish-tinged pos-
teriorly, anteriorly blackish-edged ; subterminal line pale, obscure,
forming a clear whitish-ochreous blotch on costa. Hindwings
fuscous, darker terminally.
Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); one specimen;
allied to H. pyraspis.
376 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
STERRHID.
Eors, Hiib.
EH. plumboscriptaria, Christ.
(Acidalia plumboscriptaria, Christ. Bull. Mose.
1880 (2), p. 44.)
15-14 mm. Face dark fuscous. Forewings and hindwings
light ochreous, with five irregular angvlar-sinuate light purplish-
grey leaden-shining fasciz, first three partially confluent: cilia
barred.
Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); one specimen,
agreemg well with others from the Amur and Japan;
not previously recorded as Australian.
i. iodesma, sp. n.
916mm. Head and palpi dark ferruginous-fuscous, fillet whitish.
Thorax whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular,
termen slightly bowed, oblique ; whitish, sprinkled with faint
whitish-ferruginous ; first line ferruginous, rather irregular, not
reaching costa; second line thick, ferruginous, bisinuate, not
reaching costa; an interrupted dark fuscous terminal line on upper
half: cilia whitish. Hindwings whitish, irrorated with whitish-
ferruginous; a central ferruginous fascia, posterior edge roundly
projecting above and below middle ; an interrupted dark fuscous
terminal line : cilia ferruginous-whitish.
Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen received from
Rey. C. D. Ash; somewhat allied to H. cnnocens.
MONOCTENIADA,
Taxeoris, Meyr.
T’. goniogramina, sp. n.
¢6 25 mm. Head grey, face blackish-fuscous. Paipi 13,
wholly blackish-fuscous. Antenne whitish. Thorax and abdo-
men pale grey, sprinkled with black. Anterior and middle legs
dark grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings triangalar,
termen nearly straight above, rounded beneath ; 12 connected by
bar with 11; grey, irrorated with black, especially towards disc
posteriorly, where it forms a general dark suffusion; first line only
indicated towards dorsum; a blackish discal dot, obscured by the
NJ
from Australia and New Zealand. 37
dark suffusion ; second line pale, blackish-edged anteriorly, from
3 of costa to 2 of dorsum, forming a right angle at + from costa,
thence almost straight ; an obscure subterminal series of whitish
dots, dark-edged anteriorly, with two more distinct blackish dots
near dorsum ; costa pale-suffused towards apex; a short oblique
dark apical streak ; a terminal series of black dots: cilia grey-
whitish sprinkled with black. Hindwings with termen rounded;
grey, irrorated with black; a blackish discal dot ; second line pale,
dark-edged on both sides, central, nearly straight; terminal dots.
and cilia as in forewings.
Duaringa, Queensland, in May (G. Barnard); one
specimen. Allied to 7’. egenata, but easily separated by
the angulated second lire.
T. pelopa, sp. n.
¢d 26 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face dark fuscous. Palpi
15, dark fuscous, base white. Antenne whitish, Thorax and
abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous tinged with
brown. Forewings triangular, termen straight above, rounded
beneath ; 12 connected by bar with 11; pale greyish-ochreous,
faintly brownish-tinged, with a few black scales towards base ;
first line of five black dots, somewhat irregular ; a black discal
dot ; second line formed of black dots, from beyond 2? of costa
to } of dorsum, slightly curved; a subterminal series of ill-defined
blackish dots; a terminal series of black dots: cilia whitish-
ochreous. Hindwings with termen gently rounded ; pale greyish-
ochreous, with a few blackish scales towards dorsum; a grey discal
dot; second line beyond middle, faintly whitish, anteriorly grey-
edged, indistinct, nearly straight ; a subterminal series of indis-
tinct dark fuscous dots ; terminal dots and cilia as in forewings.
Melbourne, Victoria (G. H. Raynor) ; one specimen.
SELIDOSEMID4,
PseuDOPANTHERA, Hiib.
P. iogramma, sp. n.
¢ 25 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish-ochreous,
head and anterior part of thorax faintly rosy-tinged. Antenne
dentate. Forewings with apex prominent, termen obliquely
bowed, rather strongly prominent in middle ; 10 connected with
9, 11 connected with 10; pale greyish-ochreous, slightly rosy-
tinged towards costa anteriorly ; costal edge pale yellow-ochreous,
078 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
minutely strigulated with dark fuscous ; first line ferruginous-
fuscous, slender, curved near costa, indistinct towards dorsum ; a
black discal dot ; second line straight, oblique, thick, dark fuscous
suffused with ferruginous, near costa faintly curved and
attenuated ; an oblique cloudy whitish apical mark : cilia dark
ferruginous-fuscous, base greyish-ochreous, terminal half white,
with fuscous bars at apex, middle, and tornus, and traces of
others. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly angulated in
middle; whitish-grey-ochreous, becoming whitish towards costa
posteriorly ; second line central, straight, thick, dark fuscous
suffused with ferruginous, not reaching costa; termen somewhat
ferruginous-suffused ; cilia as in forewings, but bars less marked.
Albany, West Australia ; in October, one specimen.
GALLERIADAS.
Mettssosiaptes, Zell.
M. hilaropis, sp. nu.
3d 17mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous mixed with
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen straight, rather
oblique, 4 and 5 stalked ; rather deep ochreous; first and second
lines cloudy, fuscous, first angulated in middle, second abruptly
curved inwards on upper half, connected with first by an oblique
bar in disc ; a narrow purplish-fuscous terminal streak, on lower
half suffused anteriorly : cilia yellow-ochreous, at apex and tornus
infuscated. Hindwings light ochreous-yellow ; a fuscous terminal
Jine ; cilia pale yellowish.
Brisbane, Queensland ; one specimen.
CRAMBIDZ:.
HALTEROPHORA, gen. n.
Face with conical horny projection. Tongue well-developed.
Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Forewings: 7 separate. Hind-
wings: 4and 5 connate or stalked, 7 out of 6; in ¢ above with
very long exsertible hair-pencil lying in a groove beneath upper
margin of cell,
I characterise this genus for the reception of the
well-known Crambus lativittalis, Walk. (halterellus,
Zell.), which has apparentiy some affinity with Chilo, but
cannot be justly included in that or any other described
from Australia and New Zealand. 379
genus. If we may suppose that the neuration of the
hindwings has been directly modified in consequence of
the development of the subcostal hair-pencil, perhaps the
relationship is really closer with T'alzs.
Canuza, Walk.
C. acmias, sp. n.
9 20mm. Head, palpi, and thorax rosy-ochreous, palpi white
towards base beneath. Forewings elongate, posteriorly moderately
dilated, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish-ochreous,
irrorated, and towards costa posteriorly suffused with dull rosy-
ochreous ; an ill-defined semi-oval white spot on dorsum beyond
middle, irregularly edged with blackish ; a straight oblique dark
fuscous streak from apex of wing towards this spot, becoming
obsolete before reaching it, edged posteriorly with pale suffusion ;
cilia whitish-ochreous, with two obscure darker lines, first dark
fuscous at apex. Hindwings semitransparent grey-whitish ; veins
and a terminal suffusion grey.
Sydney, New South Waies; in October, one specimen
(G. H. Raynor).
Tatis, Guen.
T’. diacentra, sp. n.
¢ 20-22 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, sides of face and a
line on each side of back whitish, forehead with conieal promi-
nence. Palpi 43, ochreous, whitish-sprinkled. Antenne bipec-
tinated. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, termen very oblique ;
rather light ochreous; a moderate shining snow-white median
longitudinal streak from base, beneath edged with dark fuscous
from base to middle, whence proceeds an obscure line of white
and dark fuscous scales along fold to tornus, above edged with
dark fuscous from 4 onwards, at 3 almost interrupted by a
triangular dark fuscous indentation from beneath, terminating
suffusedly before reaching a rather inwards-curved cloudy white
streak running from apex to tornus but indistinct beneath ; veins
posteriorly somewhat marked suffusedly with dark fuscous: cilia
pale greyish-ochreous mixed with white, basal third before a
fuscous or blackish line clear white. Hindwings with 4 and 5
stalked or coincident; pale whitish-fuscous, slightly yellowish-
380 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
tinged, more infuscated terminally; cilia whitish, with a pale fuscous
line.
Gunbower, Victoria; two specimens (J. A. Kershaw).
The variation in the neuration of the hindwings shows that
Surattha, Walk., as defined by Sir George Hampson, is
not tenable as a distinct genus ; but I had in fact already
noted the same variation in describing 7’. wylophxa, to
which this species is most nearly allied.
T’. enchias, sp. n.
do 25mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous, forehead with
conical prominence. Palpi 54, light fuscous, beneath white.
Antenne strongly dentate. Forewings elongate, posteriorly
moderately dilated, termen faintly concave, oblique; light
brownish-ochreous, with some irregularly scattered dark fuscous
scales ; a straight white subcostal streak from base of costa to costa
again before apex, above suffused into ground colour, beneath well-
defined and edged throughout with dark fuscous suffusion; an
indistinct dark fuscous discal dot beneath this beyond middle ;
median vein beyond middle and its branches faintly indicated with
whitish suffusion ; a white almost terminal streak from apex to
tornus, indistinct on lower half ; terminal black dots on veins, more
distinct on lower half: cilia whitish, with a fuscous line. Hind-
wings with 4 and 5 stalked ; clear whitish; cilia whitish.
Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen received through
Lord Walsingham. A distinct species, perhaps nearest
T. invalidella.
DiptycaorHora, Zell.
D. microxantha, sp. n.
4 13mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi brown mixed with
black, and at tips with whitish. Forewings triangular, termen
rather strongly oblique, sinuate inwards above and less markedly
below middle ; dark brown, closely irrorated with white ; a blotch
of blackish suffusion on base of dorsum; first line obscurely
whitish, edged with dotted lines of black scales, thrice sharply
dentate outwards ; a transverse blackish discal mark ; a streak of
blackish suffusion along costa from middle to second line ; second
line thick, white, only distinct on costa and towards dorsum, edged
anteriorly throughout with scattered black scales ; a white spot on
costa before apex ; about eight small quadrate black spots on lower
from Australia and New Zealand. 38]
portion of termen ; cilia submetallic whitish-grey with two darker
grey lines, and a whitish subapical spot. Hindwings with vein 4
present ; clear ochreous-yellow; base dark grey; second line
indicated by some dark fuscous scales ; a dark fuscous terminal
line; cilia whitish, with two grey lines.
Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen (J. A. Kershaw).
PYRAUSTID.
Psammoris, Hiib.
P. trygoda, sp. n.
6 19 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, mixed with dull
purplish. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, base white. Antennal
ciliations 3. Legs yellow-ochreous, anterior pair somewhat
infuscated, middle pair white. Forewings triangular, termen
bowed, oblique ; light dull purplish, becoming deeper purple
terminally ; first and second lines cloudy, dark fuscons, first
slightly bent in middle, second from #4 of costa to near termen
below middle, thence moderately curved inwards to 4 of dorsum,
on costa preceded and followed by bright orange-ochreous
suffusion; a dark fuscous subcrescentic discal mark: cilia
yellowish, towards base orange-ochreous. Hindwings with base
of vein 8 much swollen; ochreous-yellow; a spot of purple
suffusion on termen below middle ; cilia yellow.
Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen (G. H. Raynor).
This species differs from typical forms of the genus in
the long antennal ciliations (a rare feature in the family),
as well as in the dilated vein 8 of hindwings, and may
therefore eventually require generic separation, bat at
present there seems no necessity for it.
Scoraria, Haw.
S. oxygona, sp. n.
¢ 2? 17-19 mm. Head and thorax whitish mixed with fuscous
and dark fuscous. Palpi 24, grey mixed with black, base white.
Antennal ciliations in ¢ 4+. Forewings very elongate-triangular
(somewhat broader than in S. plag/otis), termen straight, oblique ;
fuscous, irrorated with white, and irregularly coarsely irrorated
with black, forming streaks on veins posteriorly ; first and second
lines whitish, first obtusely angulated in middle, edged posteriorly
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART IV. (DEC.) 26
382 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
with blackish suffusion, second almost straight, slightly sinuate
inwards near costa and dorsum ; orbicular small, blackish, touching
posterior edge of first line ; claviform obsolete; discal X-shaped,
blackish, ill-defined ; subterminal line obscurely paler, cloudy, very
undefined, not distinctly interrupted nor touching second line.
Hindwings 14; whitish-grey, somewhat darker terminally ; a faint
darker postmedian line.
Melbourne, Victoria; Mount Lofty, South Australia ;
also from ‘Tasmania; in February and March, five
specimens. Intermediate between S. cleodoralis and S.
plagiotis; well characterised by the form of the lines.
GELECHIADAL.
EiscHaTURA, gen. n.
Antenne in ¢ filiform, simple. Labial palpi long, recurved,
second joint thickened with appressed scales, terminal as long as
second, moderate, acute. Posterior tibiz rough-scaled. Forewings
with apex strongly caudate ; 2 from 2 of cell, 7 and 8 stalked, 7
to costa. Hindwings over 1, trapezoidal, termen sinuate beneath
apex ; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 connate.
This genus belongs to the group formerly maintained
as a distinct family under the name Xyloryctide, and is
intermediate between Uzucha and Pilostibes.
EH. lemurias, sp. n.
d 28-30 mm., 2 34-35 mm. Head and thorax light reddish-
fuscous, patagia posteriorly whitish-ochreous. Palpi dark reddish-
fuscous, basal joint white, terminal white posteriorly. Forewings
elongate, moderately broad in middle, costa very strongly arched,
apex very strongly produced, caudate, termen appearing strongly
concave beneath this ; in ¢ whitish-ochreous, in ? deep ochreous,
in both with a strong shining whitish gloss ; a grey-whitish discal
spot edged with dark reddish-fuscous suffusion, ill-defined ; costal
cilia orange; terminal cilia whitish, on upper half and round
apex reddish-fuscous except at base. Hindwings pale yellowish ;
cilia round apex reddish-fuscous.
Brisbane, Queensland; four specimens (Dr. A. J.
Turner).
from Australia and New Zealand. 383
TIN EIDAb.
Narycia, Steph.
N. scotinopis, sp. nu.
gd 11-12 mm. Head fuscous, hairs of crown pale ochreous.
Palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous. Fore-
wings dark fuscous, lighter-mixed ; a more or less indistinct narrow
fuscous-whitish fascia before middle, obsolete on costa, forming an
enlarged distinct whitish spot on dorsum ; a transverse fuscous-
whitish dorsal spot before termen; two small sometimes nearly
obsolete fuscous-whitish spots towards termen beneath apex : cilia
fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous.
Gisborne, Victoria; in January and February, four
specimens (G, Lyell).
Il. Leprpoprera From New ZEALAND.
CARADRINIDAL,
Leucania, Ochs.
L. micrastra, sp. u.
9 41 mm. Head and thorax reddish-brown, mixed with
whitish-ochreous. Forewings rather light reddish-brown; veins
irrorated with grey-whitish and fuscous; lower end of reniform
indicated by a fuscous dot, preceded and followed by a minute
whitish dot: cilia light brown-reddish. Hindwings fuscous,
somewhat lighter towards base : cilia pale brownish, tips whitish.
Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Allied
to L. phaula and L. alopa.
PLUSIADAE.
HYPERAUCHA, gen. n.
Eyes naked. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple.
Palpi very long, recurved, in ¢ reflexed over thorax, second joint
densely rough-scaled, above with longer projecting scales, terminal
joint in ¢ much longer than second, densely scaled to apex, obtuse,
-concave throughout on inner side and containing a long expansible
384. Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera
hair-pencil, in Q@ somewhat shorter than second, acute, posteriorly
with broad dense projecting tuft of scales. Thorax and abdomen
without crests. Posterior tibiz loosely scaled above. Hindwings :
5 approximated to 4 towards base.
Probably with some affinity to Rhapsa.
H. octias, sp. n.
¢é 2 25-30 mm. Head and thorax light greyish-ochreous,
sometimes sprinkled with dark fuscous. Forewings with termen
obtusely angulated on 4, subconcave above this; pale greyish-
ochreous, sprinkled with brownish and dark fuscous ; first and
second lines fine, dark fuscous, waved-dentate, more or less in-
terrapted ; median shade nearly straight, fuscous or dark fuscous,
strongest in ¢ ; orbicular represented by a minute whitish dot
edged with red-brown ; reniform mixed with red-brown, partially
finely edged with whitish, and outlined with red-brown ; sub-
terminal line obscurely pale, on lower half faintly dark-edged but
almost obsolete except on dorsum, on upper half irregularly edged
with red-brown or blackish, more broadly anteriorly ; a terminal
row of blackish dots: cilia on upper half of termen barred with
dark fuscous. Hindwings whitish-fuscous, more whitish towards
costa ; median and second lines as in forewings, but median
faint ; subterminal margined with fuscous or dark fuscous.
Wellington (G. V. Hudson); also from Richmond
River and Sydney, New South Wales, and from Victoria ;
in October, four specimens. This is, I think, Australian
in origin.
HY DRIOMENID:.
Microprs, Guen.
M. epicryptis, sp. n.
6 2 21-22 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous. Palpi 6,
whitish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Forewings with
costa strongly arched, termen unevenly bowed, very oblique ;
whitish-ochreous, more whitish on dorsal half, somewhat deeper
and sometimes infuscated towards costa, with some scattered
black scales ; a median longitudinal streak of clear pale ground-
colour ; second line indicated by a strongly curved series of black
dots on veins: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings considerably
narrowed ; ochreous-grey-whitish; in @ with area of cell
from Australia and New Zealand. 385
depressed, and a costal streak of modified blackish scales from
near base to beyond middle.
Wellington; two specimens (G. V. Hudgon).
Cxtorocrystis, Hiib.
C. aristias, sp. n.
3d 24mm. Head white. Antenne with short fine pectinations
terminating in fascicles of long cilia. Thorax ochreous-whitish,
sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, somewhat
blackish-mixed, segments 2 and 3 suffused with blackish, anal
segment rosy-tinged. Forewings ochreous-whitish, with faint
strie of light reddish and dark fusconus scales; basal patch
suffused with crimson and dark fuscous towards costa; edges of
median band stronger and darker-marked, especially on costal
half ; a narrow transverse dark fuscous discal mark; fifth and
sixth fasciz greyish-ochreous, suffused with dark fuscous towards
costa. Hindwings with termen sinuate beneath apex; fuscous-
whitish, with scattered dark fuscous scales indicating very faint
strie; a dark fuscous discal dot ; a postmedian series of small
black dots ; a rosy suffusion towards termen.
Mount Arthur; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Mr.
Hudson states that the species varies considerably.
Hypriomzya, Hiib.
HH. hemizona, sp. n.
3d 25mm. Head and thorax fuscous, darker-irrorated. Anten-
nal ciliations +. Forewings with termen waved, gently rounded,
oblique ; fuscous, irrorated with dark fuscous, forming obscure
striz ; median band somewhat darker, anterior edge preceded by
an obscure pale ochreous-tinged stria, more whitish towards costa,
posterior edge obtusely prominent at + from costa, and with a
more rectangular prominence in middle, marked with a spot of
blackish suffusion, followed by a dall whitish and then by a light
brownish-ochreous stria, more conspicuous on upper half ; a small
dark fuscous transverse discal spot. Hindwings pale fuscous.
Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). An
obscure species, but very different from any recorded
New Zealand form; perhaps allied to the Australian
H. imperviata, but the resemblance is not very pro-
nounced.
386 Mr. E. Meyrick ow New Lepidoptera
XANTHORHOER, Hiib.
X. lophogramia, sp. n.
S 27mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish, irrorated with fus-
cous and black. Antennal pectinations, a7, 08. Forewings with
termen slightly waved, oblique ; fuscous-whitish, irrorated with
fuscous ; a stria near base, and edge of basal patch dark fuscous,
curved ; median band formed by two fasciz of three suffused dark
fuscous strize each, outermost blackish, anterior edge curved,
posterior edge with a rectangular projection at + from costa and a
broader rounded prominence in middle, indentation between these
rounded-angular, abrupt ; fifth fascia indicated by a fuscous costal
suffusion ; sixth suffusedly fuscous, with a triangular blackish-
fuscous spot below apex, edged above with a whitish-ochreous
suffusion: cilia fuscous, terminal half obscurely spotted with
whitish. Hindwings dull ochreous-yellowish.
Castle Hiil; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). At first
sight very similar to X. semifissata, but the peculiar form
of the posterior edge of median band is distinctive; the
pale strive beyond this band are much less defined.
Nororeas, Meyr.
N. isoleuca, sp. 0.
2 20mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow, mixed with black.
Forewings with termen bowed, rather oblique; dark fuscous,
irregularly sprinkled with yellow ; a cloudy transverse streak of
yellow irroration near base, and another of yellow and white
scales near beyond it, bent near costa; a curved white streak
at 4, suffused with yellow on costa and in middle; a rather
irregular tolerably straight white streak in middle, suffused with
yellow towards costa, middle, and dorsum; a white streak at 2,
obtusely angulated in middle, yellow on costa ; subterminal line
very fine, yellow, irregular, forming small spots on costa and in
middle : cilia white, basal half fuscous. Hindwings as in fore-
wings, but first three streaks obsolete, other two nearer base, post-
median curved, hardly angulated.
Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Nearly
allied to N. mechanitis, but differing especially in the
single well-defined median streak, which in N. mecha-
nitis 18 replaced by two cloudy streaks of yellowish
suffusion.
ee)
(06)
~I
from Australia and New Zealand.
SELIDOSEMID AS,
Sre.iposemaA, Hiib.
S. cremnopa, sp. n.
¢ 32-33 mm. Head and thorax light brownish mixed with
dark fuscous. Antennal pectinations a8, b9-10. Forewings with
termen rounded ; brown, towards costa suffused with ochreous-
whitish, especially posteriorly ; first and second lines strong, white,
first sharply angulated near costa, slightly sinuate below middle,
second almost straight on upper 2 and nearly parallel to termen,
dorsal third sinuate inwards, first edged on both sides and second
anteriorly with dark fuscous, more broadly towards dorsum ;
disc suffusedly mixed with dark fuscous ; a blackish transverse
discal dot ; a dorsal spot of white suffusion following second line ;
subterminal line fine, waved, whitish, interrupted above middle by
a spot of dark fuscous suffusion, towards costa merged in a
quadrate whitish-ochreous apical spot. Hindwings light ochreovs-
yellowish ; margins of postmedian and subterminal lines indicated
by fuscous shades.
Auckland; in December, two specimens. Perhaps
nearest S. productata, but the form of the second line is
wholly different.
GonopuyLia, Meyr.
G. ophiopa, sp. n.
¢ 35 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, mixed with
deeper yellow-ochreous. Fecrewings rather elongate-triangular,
termen oblique, angularly prominent on 4, and dentate on 6;
yellow-ochreous, somewhat paler-mixed ; first and second lines
brownish, marked with blackish dots on veins, first ill-defined,
with very acute teeth marked with black elongate dots above and
below middle, second anteriorly well-defined and pale-edged, pos-
teriorly suffused, running from costa near before apex to % of
dorsum, slightly sinuate inwards above and more strongly below
middle ; a black discal dot ; a subterminal series of blackish dots.
Hindwings whitish-ochreous, mixed with yellow-ochreous beyond
a postmedian line of dark-grey dots and brownish suffusion.
Wellington ; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Allied to
G. fortinata, but quite distinct.
388 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepiloptera
PHYCITIDA:.
Crocyporora, Meyr.
In the absence of the male the generic location of the
following species cannot be absolutely assured; but it
agrees in all essential characters with Crocydopora,
though the labial palpi are notably shorter than in the
typical species. The family is so scantily represented in
New Zealand, that any addition is interesting.
C’. enospora, sp. 0.
2 17mm. Head and thorax fuscous mixed with ferruginous.
Labial palpi 23, light ferruginous, towards base whitish. Abdomen
elongate. Forewings elongate, narrow, little dilated posteriorly,
ecsta almost straight, termen somewhat rounded, very oblique ;
fuscous, irrorated with black and grey-whitish, and much suffused
with ferruginous, especially in disc ; first line straight, oblique,
obscurely pale, edged posteriorly with a dark shade except towards
dorsum, and preceded on dorsum by a spot of blackish suffusion ;
an obscure whitish discal dot, placed in a streak of ferruginous
suffusion ; second line cloudy, obscurely pale near termen, some-
what indented near costa, edged anteriorly with a dark shade
except towards dorsum ; extreme costal edge white on posterior
half. Hindwings dark fuscous.
Castle Hill; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).
TORTRICIDAS.
Cacacia, Hiib.
C. torogramma, sp. n.
6? 19 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, slightly
reddish-tinged. Palpi moderately long. Antennal ciliations in
3 1. Forewings suboblong, costa rather strongly arched, termen
sinuate, rather oblique, costal fold in ¢ short, basal ; whitish-
ochreous, reddish-tinged, or mixed with pale reddish and whitish ;
outer edge of basal patch straight, very oblique, dark fuscous or
red-brown ; central fascia evenly broad, straight, very oblique,
edged with dark fuscous or red-brown streaks, posterior not reach-
2)
from Australia and New Zealand. 389
ing tornus, in 9 followed by a wedge-shaped whitish costal spot
reaching half across wing, dark-edged posteriorly. Hindwings
whitish-fuscous, rather darker in ?.
Wellington ; two specimens (G. V. Hudson).
(HCOPHORIDA.
Semrocosma, Meyr.
S. balanophora, sp. n.
¢ 21mm. Head and thorax white, with a few dark fuscous
scales, shoulders narrowly dark fuscous. Palpi white, basal half
and a subapical ring of second joint, and median band of terminal
joint dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa mode-
rately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; white, with
a few fuscous and dark fuscous scales; elongate dark fuscous
marks along costa at base, before middle, and beyond middle ;
stigmata fuscous mixed with black, plical obliquely before first
discal, a minute black dot between first and second discal ; obscure
indications of an angulated fuscous shade before termen ; a ter-
minal series of undefined dark fuscous dots: cilia whitish sprinkled
with fuscous. Hindwings whitish-fuscous.
Wellington ; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).
PLUTELLIDA.
HYPEURYNTIS, gen. n.
Head with loosely appressed scales. Antenne —-= ?, basal
joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second
joint somewhat loosely scaled beneath, terminal shorter than
second, acute. Maxillary palpi obsoiete. Posterior tibiz Joosely
haired above towards base. Forewings : 1b furcate towards base,
2 from near angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to apex. Hindwings 1},
ovate-trapezoidal, termen subsinuate beneath apex; 3 and 4
stalked, 5 closely approximated to 3 at base, 6 and 7 stalked.
An interesting genus, on the line of transition to the
Gelechiadee.
H. coricopa, sp. n.
? 28mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous, base of
palpi dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa
390 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera.
gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly sinuate, rather
oblique ; whitish-ochreous, with a few scattered dark fuscous
scales ; second discal stigma minute, blackish; an angulated line of
dark fuscous dots rather near and parallel to termen : cilia whitish.
Hindwings dull whitish.
Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).
XVII. Description of a new Coleopterous Insect of the
family Pausside. By Caartes O. WaterHouse,
F.E.S.
[Read Oct. 6th, 1897. ]
In 1892, Dr. Gestro described in the “ Annali del
Museo Civico di Genova” (ser. 2, xii, p. 706) a new
genus of Paussidz which he named Protopaussus. It
was the first member of this family with eleven joints
to the antennze. ‘The discovery of a second species of
this genus by Mr. J. J. Walker, in China, during the
voyage of H.M.S. “ Penguin,” is therefore of great
interest. ‘The affinity of the Paussidee with the Carabidee
was, I believe, first suggested by Burmeister (Mag. de
Zool., 1841, pl. 76, pp. 1-14). M. Raffray (Nouv. Arch.
Mus., 1885, xviii, p. 354), while admitting a relationship
with the Carabide, thinks that it is more remote than
Burmeister supposed.
The discovery of a Paussid with eleven joints to the
antennz, makes the relationship with the Carabidz still
more apparent. ‘The species which I here describe goes
a step further, for it has an emargination on the inner
side of the anterior tibie, a marked character of the
Carabide.
M. Raffray, who has gone very fully into the matter,
does not mention the singular similarity in the neuration
of the wings. One peculiarity in the wings of Carabidee
aud Hydradephaga is the presence of a small, upright,
closed cell on the disk. ‘This cell is present in the
Paussidz, and so far as I know occurs nowhere else
among Coleoptera.
Protopaussus Walkeri, sp. n.
Elongatus, sat nitidus, rufo-piceus. Elytris nigris, basi apice-
que rufo-piceis, crebre fortiter punctatis, apice ipso declivi, uitido,
levi, singulo ad basin dente acuto instructo. Long., 6 mill.
Hab. China (J. J. Walker, in Mus. Brit.).
Judging from the figure and description of P. Fee,
Gestro, from Burmah, this species differs in being of a
darker colour. The antenne are longer, the three
terminal joints being longer .than broad. ‘The head
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parTiv. (DKC.)
392 ©. O. Waterhouse on a new Coleopterous Insect.
appears to be similar, closely punctured in front, im-
pressed and much less rugosely punctured behind. The
thorax in front is a little narrower than the head across
the eyes, obliquely narrowed for a short distance, and
then considerably dilated, the dilated part terminating
posteriorly in a very acute point, which is slightly turned
outwards. There is a deep fovea occupying the area of
the anterior angle, and two deep impressions on the disk,
Fig. 1. Protopaussus Walkeri. Fig. 2. Wing of Protopaussus.
Fig. 3. Wing of Ozena (Carabide ),
only divided by a slight ridge. There are two small
impressions on the margin of the dilated part. The elytra
are strongly and closely punctured, except at the extreme
apex. The humeral part of the elytron is produced into
a conical tooth, which projects somewhat over the base of
the thorax, fitting into the space between the dilatation
of the sides and the base of the thorax. ‘The tibiz are
only shghtly widened towards the apex; the anterior
pair are slightly bent inwards at the apex, with a distinct
pubescent emargination on the inner side, occupying
about half the length of the tibia.
The structure of the antennz and the emargination of
the anterior tibize are very like what is seen in a Central-
American Carabid, which is, I believe, Ozena brevicornis,
Bates.
Mr. Walker informs me that he found two specimens
on ‘‘Mount Combe,” thirty miles 8.E. of Ning-po,
China, by sweeping long grass at an elevation of
1600 feet, June 2nd, 1892.
( 393 )
XVIII. Revision of the Notonectide. Part I. Iniro-
duction, and Systematic Revision of the genus
Notonecta. By G. W. KirKxatpy.
[Read Oct. 6th, 1897.]
Tar genus Notonecta was erected by Linnzeus in 1758,"
and contained three species, N. glauca, N. striata, and
N. minutissima. In 1762 Geoffroy? proposed the genus
Corixa for N. striata, which, however, was not (or was
only in small part) striata of Linneeus ; nevertheless the
latter belongs to Geoffroy’s genus, and the type is there-
fore limited to the two other origimal species. In 1794
Fabricius® enlarged the scope* of his genus Sigara to
admit a new species, minuta (= N. minutissima, L.),
thus indirectly but actually establishing N. glauca as the
type of the genus Nofonecta. In 1818 Leach published
his ‘‘ Classification of Notonectides”’* with a new genus
Plea {type Notonecta minutissima, Fourcr.), and in the
following year, C. R. Sahlberg’s ‘‘ Observationes quasdam
Historiam Notoneciidum .. . illustrantes,” appeared, in
which Leach’s conclusions were closely followed. Spinola
completed his “ Essai” in 1837, proposing two new genera,
viz. :—Anisops for N. niveaand Hnithares for N. indica, L.,
anda new species, H. brasiliensis.6 In 1844 Fieber pub-
lished his ‘‘ Entomologische Monographien,”” including a
monograph (pp. 294-7) of the genus Ploa (Plea), and
seven years later appeared his ‘ Rhynchotographieen ” °
upon pp. 469-486, of which (usually quoted from the
separate copies, pp. 49-62) were described all the species
known to him of the other genera, Bothronotus being
arbitrarily substituted for Hnithares. Unfortunately the
latter work has been rather a hindrance than a help, as
the descriptions are not based upon structural characters,
1 Syst. Nat. Iid., x., p. 439. ? Hist. abrég. Ins., i., p. 475.
3 Ent. Syst., iv., p. 60. 4 Kirk., 1897, Ent., p. 260.
Trans. Linn. Soc., xu., pp. 10-18.
Jam not aware that any author has indicated a type for this
genus, and therefore now set apart FH. indicu for that purpose.
7 Abh. K. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5) iii.
S Abh. K. bohm. Ges, Wiss. (3) vii.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pPaRT Iv. (DEC.)
Go
394 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy oi the
whereas, in the Notonectidze at least, any other method
is of little avail; moreover, the majority of the types are
lost, and it is apparently impossible to appropriate the
descriptions with any degree of certainty.
Since then, little has been done; a few species have
been described at intervals, and three new genera, viz. :
—Antipalocoris, Scott,' Martarega, B. White,? and
Signoretiella, Berg,® each with a single species.
Before proceeding, | must express my thanks to the
friends and correspondents who have lent or given me
types or other specimens, and otherwise assisted me; as
these include nearly all the entomologists who are in-
terested in Rhynchota, it is impossible even to enumerate
them. I am particularly indebted to Professors Uhler
and Montandon, to M. Maurice Noualhier and Mr.
Edward Saunders ; also to the directors and assistants
of the British, Budapesth, Hamburg, Hope (Oxford),
Paris, Stockholm, and Vienna Muscums.
Fam. NOTONECTIDA.
Rostrum 3-4 segmentatum; antenne 4-segmentate ; pro-
noti margine postica pedes antici inserti; scutellum
magnwne.
The insertion of the anterior pedes on the posterior
margin of the pronotum at once separates the Notonec-
tide and Corixidve from all the other aquatic pagiopodous
Rhynchota, in which the insertion is on or near the
anterior margin; the visibility and size of the scutellum
distinguishes the Notonectide from all the Corixide,
except Diaprepocoris, Kirk., from which, however (and
from the other Corixide), they are readily differentiated
by the three- to four-segmentate rostrum; the anterior
tarsi, moreover, are quite differently shaped in these two
families, being simple and raptorial in Notonectida,
while in Corixidze they are more or less dilated and
spoon-shaped.
T'wo subfamilies are embraced :—
1 (2) Tibie postice tarsique postici ciliati; venter cari-
natus, ciliatus ; rostrum 4-segmentatum ; oculi
permagni, conspicni. ‘ . NOTONECTINA.
1 1872, in Marshall, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 244.
? 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 271.
3 1883, An. S. Cient. Argent., xvi., p. 122.
Revision of the Notonectide. 395
2 (1) Tibi postice tarsique postici non ciliati ; venter
nec carinatus nec ciliatus; rostrum 5-segmentatum ;
oculi parvi, vix conspicul : - . PLEINA
Subfam. NOTONECTIN 2A.
A Oculi ad basin non contigui; femora postica non
attingentia hemielytrorum apicem.
a (b) Pronotum non transversissimum ; als adsunt, wre
hemielytrorum distincte.
1 (2) Antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo
brevius ; tarsi postici unguiculis destituti.
Notonecta, L.
2 (1) Antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo
longius ; tarsi postici unguiculis instructi.
Anisops, Spin.
> (a) Pronotum transversissimum ; antennarum segmenta
ultimum penultimumque subzqualia; tarsi postici
unguiculis longis instructi.
1 (2) Hemielytrorum arez distincte ; ale adsunt ; tarsi
intermedi bisegmentati . : Enithares, Spin.
2 (1) Hemielytrorum arez null seu subobsoletz ; ale
desunt; tarsi intermedii unisegmentati.
Martarega, B. White.
A A Oculi ad basin contigui ; hemielytrorum are null
seu indistinctz ; ale nulle ; pronotum transver-
sissimum,
1 (2) Femora postica ultra hemielytrorum apicem extensa;
antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo
longius ; tarsi postici unguiculis brevissimis in-
structi . 5 : : . Antipalocoris, Scott.
2 (1) Femora postica non attingentia hemielytrorum apicem;
antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo
brevius; (? tarsi postici unguiculis destituti).
Signoretiella, Berg.
I have seen no satisfactory account of the structure of
the head in this family; and as it is very obscure in the
mature imago, and can be worked out only from a com-
parative study of the larval stages, novel but provisional
terms have been employed in describing it. That por-
tion of the head which is apparent from a dorsal aspect
is named the notocephalon ; it 1s more or less constricted
close to the base, this constriction, here termed the
396 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
synthlipsis, being of great convenience for diagnostic
purposes. The imaginary anterior margin of the noto-
cephalon is called the vertex. The junction of the meta-
thorax and abdomen has been taken as the centre of the
insect. This will explain why the tip of the scutellum
is called its “ base,” and why the ‘third side” is termed
its “ apical margin.”
Heap. Antipalocoris and Signoretiella are at once
recognised by the contiguity of the eyes basally; in
Anisops the notocephalon is very narrow, in the other
genera wider. In Anisops the labrum attains to the apex
of the second rostral segment, in Notonecta, Enithares,
and Martarega to about the centre of that segment;
Berg and Scott do not mention it. The ultimate and
penultimate antennal segments are subequal in Hnithares
and Martarega; the ultimate is much the longer in
Anisops and Antipalocoris,and much the shorter in Noto-
necta and Signoretiella.* The scutellam in Notonecta is
large and almost equal in length to the metanotum,
except in N. mexicana, where it is only about half its
length; in Enithares and Martarega it is about half, and
in Anisops and Antipalocoris about one-third the length
of the metanotum. Berg does not mention it in
Signoretiella.
The Hemretyrra are divided into clavus, corium, and
membrane in Notonecta, Hnithares, and Anisops, and these
genera are furnished with ale, which are wanting in the
other genera, in which also the hemielytra are not or at
least very obsoletely divided into areas.
Pepes. The length of the pedes in Antipalocoris
readily distinguishes that genus, the apices of the
* T regret that I cannot altogether agree with Berg’s account of
the antennal segments (An. 8. Cient. Argent., xvi., p. 122). He
believes that the antenne in Notonecta and S/gnoretiella have five
segments. Iamunable to speak with regard to the latter genus,
but judging from preparations in glycerine jelly of four species of
the former, examined under a compound microscope, the third
segment of Berg appears to be only a muscular articulation
between the true second and third segmente. The basal segment,
which Berg thinks may be an antenniferous tubercle (tubérculo
antenar), seems in structure, texture, and method of articulation, to
be a true antennal segment.
Revision of the Notonectidx. 397
posterior femora extending beyond the apex of the
hemielytra; to which they do not attain in the other
genera.
Noronecta, L.
Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 439; Fieb., 1851,
Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., pp. 205 and 472;
Flor, 1860, Rhynch. Livl., i., p. 766.
Typr. WN. glauca, L.; Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,
p. o7.
Flor has given such a masterly description of the
genus that it is not necessary here to do more than
indicate the leading features; to comprehend the exotic
species it is necessary, however, to modify shghtly Flor’s
description of the head and eyes. Fieber’s figures (J. c.,
pl. ., D) are admirable except that the pronotum is
too long in proportion to its breadth, the posterior pedes
are represented with long unguiculi, of which they are
really devoid, and the alar neuration is not quite correct
in its proportions.
To the characters given previously, it may be added
that the intermediate ambulacra are not nearly con-
tiguous (as they are in Hnithares) and the posterior
ambulacra are practically contiguous, distinguishing the
genus at once from Anisops; the median ventral carina
of the abdomen is thickly pilose, as are the lateral
margins, thus forming a waterproof covered way over
the ‘‘ gutters,” which lie, one on each side of the carina,
for the conveyance of air. The junctures of the con-
nexival ventral segments are always covered with short
thick hair, and the scutellum and hemielytra are generally
clothed with short golden yellow pubescence. ‘lhe sexes
are almost indistinguishable in size, form, colour and
general appearance, though, of course, the female, when
full of mature ova, is dilated more than at other times.
They can be very readily separated by an examination of
the last three or four abdominal ventral segments. ‘hese
ave horizontal in the female, rounded and anteriorly
excavated in the male.
Notonecta is a genus of which the species are singu-
larly lacking in specific characters suitable for diagnosis :
and the analytical table has been based principally upon
the structure of the notocephalon and pronotum. With
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT Iv. (DEC.) 27
398 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
the exception of certain minor differences in the ventral
abdominal segments and the proportions of the scu-
tellum, I am unacquainted with any other such cha-
racters; while several structural features, largely
employed for diagnostic purposes in other groups of
Rhynchota, appear to be vaiueless in Nofonecta. The
sculpture of the head and pronotum, and the colour
and pattern of the hemielytra are not constant, although
a more or less bright crimson or scarlet dorsum
abdominis seems to be characteristic of N. insulata,
W. Kirb., and N. montezwma, Kirk., and a rich black
and yellow metanotum and dorsum abdominis of N.
glauca, var. maculata, Fabr. |
Unless otherwise mentioned, the scutellum, meta-
notum and sterna are black, the sternal hairtufts varying
from bronze-yellow to dark bronze-brown.
Melanochroism and leuco¢hroism are more marked in
this genus than in any other of the Rhynchota with
which I am acquainted. I have examined melanochroic
individuals of six species, viz.: N. glauca (nigra and mar-
ginata), N. undulata, N. americana, N. variabilis, N. lac-
titans (stygica), and N. mexicana, while certain examples.
of NV. irrorata, N. shooterti, N. triguttata and N. insulata
have almost a right to the name. :
N. lutea has been treated as a separate species; but it
may perhaps be regarded more correctly as a nearly
stable leucochroic race of N. glauca; an African form of
N. glauca, var. maculata, is generally concolorous, dark
luteous. Similarly coloured (though much lighter) forms
occur commonly in N. undulata, N. americana, N.
shooterii, and probably in other species.
A noteworthy fact is that, with the exception of
N. undulata, N. americana, one or two N. shooteric
and the luteous form of maculata (which, strictly
speaking, is not leucochroic), all the luteous specimens,
some forty or fifty, that I have seen, have unequal-lobed
membranes. Dr. Bergroth kindly pointed out this
peculiarity in N. lutea; {was at tirst inclined to regard
it as a specific character, but found this view to be pre-
mature on meeting with luteous examples of N. shooterti
(q.v.), some with ordinary, some with semi-developed
lobes.
Unless otherwise indicated, it may be assumed that.
the head, pronotum, and pedes are greenish testaceous,.
Revision of the Notonectide. 399
varying from almost stramineous to full rich green; after
death the green fades, and these parts acquire a sordid
stramineous or even brown hue. ‘The apical rostral
segment appears to be constantly piceous.
Great hopes were entertained by me that the 7
genitalia would furnish a reliable diagnostic character,
but in the few species (N. glauca, N. lutea, N. trrorata
and N. undulata), of which suitable material was avail-
able, these hopes have not been realized.
Geographical Distribution.
The genus Notonecta is distributed practically over the
world, though its home seems to be in North America ;
it is very difficult to define any special regions, as water-
bugs admittedly have no respect for such limitations.
N. glauca is distributed throughout Europe, N. Africa,
Siberia, Persia, N. India, and probably Brazil; the
allied species, N. undulata, N. americana and N. varia-
bilis occupy practically the whole of America, while
N. mexicana and N. insulata occur plentifully in North
and Central America and in the northern states of South
America; N. montandoni has been found in China and
Burma,
Only one species, N. lactitans, has been found as yet in
Africa south of the Sahara, but it extends from Guinea
to the Cape of Good Hope.*
Throughout this paper the localities derived from
specimens seen by myself are alone given, unless other-
wise stated.
SpecirerumM TABULA.
1 (2) Pronoti basis latitudo pronoti longitudine duplo atque
dimidio major; metanotum scutello fere duplo longius.
(America bor, et merid.) 1 mexicanu, Am, Serv.
2 (1) Pronoti basis latitudo pronoti longitudine duplo atque
dimidio minor (plerumque fere duplo major) ; meta-
notum scutello paullo longius.
3 (4) Vertex synthlipsi amplius quinquies latior,
(America bor.) 11 whler/, Kirk.
* T shall be greatly indebted to any South American or South
African entomologist who will send me the Notonectw of his
country.
(24-2
Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
Vertex synthlipsi minus quinquies latior.
Notocephali margines laterales subrecte atque fere
parallele.
Corporis longitudo haud minus quam 13 mm. ; abdominis
dorsum plus minus coccineum,
(America bor.) 3 insulata, W. Kirb,
Corporis longitudo minus quam 13 mm. ; abdominis
dorsum haud coccineum.
Forma longiuscula, tenuis. (Africa merid.) 5 /actitans, Kirk.
Forma breviuscula, robusta.
(America bor. et merid.) 7 americana, Fabr.
Notocephali margines Jaterales plus minus curvate,
necquaquam parallel.
Vertex synthlipsi amplius duplo atque dimidio latior.
Species magne, robuste ; amplius 12°5 mm. longitudine.
Vertex synthlipsi triplo (aut minus) latior.
Caput magnum, vertex quam oculi alteriusutrius latitudo
latior . . (China, Birmania) 14 montandoni, Kirk.
Caput mediocre ; vertex quam oculi alteriusutrius latitudo
nec latior.
Caput brevius, oculi majores ; pronoti margines laterales
subrectee : 5 (America bor.) 15 rrorata, Uhl.
Caput longius, oculi minores ; pronoti margines laterales
mediatim retrorsum subito ampliatz.
(Japonia) 13 tréguttata, Motsch.
Vertex synthlipsi fere quadruplo latior.
(China) 12 chinensis, Fallou
Species parve ; minus 12 mm. longitudine.
Pronotum duplo (aut fere duplo) latius quam longius.
(America bor, et merid.) 10 variabilis, Fieb.
Pronotum duplo atque triens latius quam longius.
(America merid.) 9 bifasciata, Guér.
Vertex synthlipsi minus duplo atque dimidio latior.
5) Notocephali margines laterales curvate sed non
sinuatee (vertex atque synthlipsis subzequales) ;
abdominis dorsum haud coccineum.,
(America merid.) 4 shooteri/, Uhl.
24 (25-23) Notocephali margines laterales subrectee ; abdominis
dorsum subcoccineum.
(America centr.) 2 montezuma, irk.
Revision of the Notonectide. 401
25 (23-24) Notocephali margines laterales curvate et sinuate ;
abdominis dorsum haud coccineum.
26 (31) Species magne, robuste.
27 (28) Posterius ampliata ; membranz lobi inequales.
(Europa) 18 lutea, Miill.
28 (27) Posterius haud ampliate ; membranz lobi subzequales.
29 (30) Caput, pronotum, scutellum nitida nigra (hemielytra
rubronigra) . ‘ : . (Brasilia) 17 nigra, Fieb.
30 (29) Caput, pronotum, scutellum non omnino nigra.
(Regiones palearctica tota, orientalis in parte)
16 glauca, Li.
31 (26) Species parvee, subrobustee.
32 (33) Pronoti basis subrecta.
(America bor. et merid.) 8 undulata, Say.
33 (32) Pronoti basis aperte concavocurvata.
(Australia) 6 hundlirschi, Kirk.
1. Notonecta mexicana, Am. Serv.
Notonecta mexicana, Am. et Serv., 1843, Hist. nat.
Ins. Hém., p. 453, pl.viii., fig. 7; Herr.-Schiiff., 1853,
Wanz.'Ins., ix., p. 43, ple 294, fic. 903; Uhl.,
1886, Checklist Hem.-Het. North Amer., p. 28.
N. klugu, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5),
vil., p. 474.
Head narrow at base, parallel for a short space, then sinuately
diverging ; vertex from three to four and a-half times as wide as
synthlipsis. Pronotum very transverse, about two and a-half
times wider than long, lateral margins slightly sinuate, humeral
margins gently and elongately curved, posterior margin not sinuate ;
humeral angles acute, accentuated. JM/etanotum not quite half as
long again as scutellum, black (dark vars.) or violet-brown, mar-
gined with luteous (pale vars.). Hemielytra varying in colour,
membrane-lobes subequal. Ale semitransparent, smoky, nervures
brown (pale vars.), or semitransparent smoky black, nervures
blackish-brown (dark vars.). Abdominis dorsum black (dark vars.),
or rufoluteous with paler genital segments (pale vars.). Abdominis
venter varying from black to testaceous.
Long. 11-14 mm., lat. 4°5-4°8 mm.
Hab. America: Western United States; Mexico ;
Costa Rica; Colombia.
The types of N. mexicana and N. klugii appear to be
lost.
402 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
Varieties.
The hemielytra are usually rich scarlet, with black
membrane, but the latter hue often extends beyond the
apical margins of the clavus and corium ; the scarlet also
varies much in shade, graduating in one direction to pale
greenish-white through pale yellow, pale olive-green,
deep yellow, orange and pinkish, and in the other
through crimson and violet-red to deep violet-black,
though, in the last, the sutures of the hemielytral divi-
sions are usually narrowly violet-red; in some specimens
the apex of the corium is black, from the base of the
membrane to the margins of the hemielytra in a straight
line, and the rest of the hemielytra are rich crimson.
The hemielytra are rarely maculate, occasionally the
centre of the clavocorial suture has a more or less pro-
nounced black smudge about the centre. It may be
convenient to propose the varietal names ceres for the
pale coloured forms and hades tor the southern violet-
black race. Herrich-Schiffer (J. c., p. 43) notes a variety
with a large ochreous central stripe on the scutellum,
while Fieber (/. c., p. 475) describes among the varieties
with red hemielytra: (1) “Schild schmutzig-gelb mit
braunem Grund,” and (2) “Schild braun, mit gelblichem
Rand ”—these three varieties I have not seen.
The crimson forms are well distributed over the
Western United States, Mexico, and Colombia; the
pale: forms I have seen from Lower California, Mexico,
Costa Rica, and Colombia; the melanochroic forms are
much rarer and more local, though occurring in the same
localities as the pale forms.
This is the most aberrant species of Notonecta, differing
from all the others in the proportions of the pronotum
and scutellum; it is wider in proportion to its length,
and the humeral angles are more accentuated. It shows
affinities in several details to Hnithares, and is perhaps
nearer in structure to the primitive Notonectid than any
other existing species of its genus.
2. Notonecta montezuma, sp. n.
HTead narrow at base, similar to that of N. mexicana, noto-
cephalic lateral margins fairly straight, diverging from the base,
vertex two and a-half to three times as wide as synthlipsis.
Revision of the Notonectide. 4.05
Hemielytra orange-red, suffused (especially marginally) with
crimson, and sparingly and irregularly marked with black ; mem-
brane bluish-black, apex brownish-black, lobes subequal. Pedes :
coxe brownish-black, intermediate tibial spur small, rather blunt.
Abdominis dorsum: segment 1 black, 2 sordid testaceous, suffused
with crimson and margined with black. Ventex black.
Long. 15°5-14 mm., lat. 4°7-5 mm.
Hah. Amurica, W. Mexico, ¢, 2. (Hope Mus.
Oxford.)
“Nord de Inde” [? error] (Paris Mus.).
Dyer. ¢. Hope Must
Very similar to, and perhaps an aberration from,
N. insulata, but differing by the structure of the head.
Not unlike N. mevicana, but larger, more elongate, and
differing by the pronotal structure.
3. Notonecta insulata, W. Kirb.
Notonecta insulata, W. Kirb., 1837, in Richardson’s
Faun. Bor. Amer. Ins., p. 235 [reprint 1878,
Canad. Ent.; =, ps Joleen W836, Checkl.,
8.
N. wmpressa, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss.
(5) vi, p. 475; UWhiy. 1886, Checkl., p. 28.
Syn. nov.
WN. rugosa, Wieb., 1851, l. ¢., p. 476.
2? N. fabricu, Towns., 1891, Pr. Ent. Soc, Wash., ii.,
p- 56 (nec Fieb.).
Head : notocephalic lateral margins fairly straight and nearly
parallel, very slightly constricted near the base; vertex little
wider than synthlipsis, which is about one-fourth less than the
width of the base of the eye. Lateral and humeral margins of
the pronotum sinuate. Scutellum varying slightly in length, but
occasionally reaching and usually nearly reaching the base of the
metanotum, black [Fieber, in N. rugosa, records two varieties
(cordigera and basalis) with yellowish scutellum, but I have not
seen them]. //em/éelytra variable in pattern and colour, the prin-
cipal variations being :—
1. Fusco-flavous (or sordid testaceous), with a faint blackish
spot or streak here and there ; indistinguishable from some forms
of the hemielytra in .V. glauca [? N. fabricii, Towns.].
2. Rufofuscous ; the base of the membrane, an irregular blotch
404 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
on the corium and one at the base thereof, black ; apex of mem-
brane testaceous.
3. Apical half of hemielytra black, basal half orange-brown, or
deep rich crimson-red (in some individuals assuming almost a
purple hue), which may be more or less clouded with black.
[? N. impressa, Fieb.]
4. Black ; except the basal half of clavus and a small spot near
the submargin (about the centre) of the exocorium, which are
roseo-testaceous, and a scarlet irregular (usually pentagonal)
spot on the apical margin of the corium ; the exocorium spotted
regularly with brownish crimson; apex of membrane sordid
testaceous.
5. When living, “ clear ivory white, with irregular dark spots on
the hemielytra, and the large spots at base of corium . . . con-
spicuous, greenish white” (Uhler én /itt.) ; but after death, much
tarnished, the white changing into pale dirty bronze green.
Ale : basal nervures crimson, the others yellow brown. Pedes :
cox black, intermediate tibial spur small, slender, not tipped with
black. Abdom. dorsum: segment 1 black, 2-6 brilliant scarlet,
7-8 reddish-testaceous.
Abd. venter black, connexivum and central carina green.
In all five varieties, the membrane lobes are subequal.
The ordinary pale forms may be known as var. odara,
the fifth variety as var. geala, while Fieber’s “ impressa ”
may be retained as a varietal name for the crimson and
black forms.
The disposition of the scarlet colour of the dorsum
abdominis, and its actual shade, vary greatly: in some
examples the second segment is suffised with black,
the third to the sixth being more or less scarlet, while
in others only the central parts of these segments are
thus coloured ; the hue varies from orange-red to deep
crimson. It is curious that this colour has not, as I
believe, been previously noted.
Long. 13-15 mm., lat. 4°9-5 mm.
Tyens. ?.
Hab. America. Prof. Uhler (1875, Wheeler’s Exped.,
xu., p. 841) writes: ‘It seems to extend entirely
across the continent [7.c., of N. America], north of the
fortieth parallel, and on the Pacific side extends as far
south as San Francisco ;” in a recent letter he adds:
“ distributed from the upland cold water of Maryland all
the way north to British America, and across Canada to
Revision of the Notonectide. 405
near the Pacific Coast, down which it spreads to Lower
California and the highlands of Mexico.” It seems,
further (from what Prof. Uhler writes) that while
N. wndulata, Say (q.v.), is a Notonecta of the plains
more especially, in warm ponds and streams, N. asu-
lata is an insect rather of the hills, in cold pools.
“The pond [i.e., where N. undulata was abundant] is
exposed to the sun’s rays, and the water becomes
mostly warm. At the western end, however, the pond
is supplied with cold, spring water, and at that end
lives the Notonecta insulata.” And again: “It seems to
belong to the foot-hills and high plateaux of the Rocky
Mountains west of the Mackenzie River; but it was not
brought in from the plains.’ From the specimens I
have examined, the very ruddy examples seem to occur
principally in California, Colorado and Mexico, while the
paler and rather larger forms come more frequently from
the Eastern States. Fieber (/. ¢.) records N. rugosa from
Brazil.
Very like N. glauca, but at once distinguished by the
stracture of the head. ‘There are (as in N. glauca) two
somewhat dissimilar forms of eye in this species. Usually
the notocephalon is short and the eyes are small, curving
away from the vertex suddenly ; occasionally, however
(and especially in var. geala), the eyes are more quadri-
lateral and larger, and the notocephalon is longer.
In Signoret’s collection there is a specimen labelled
“ N. rugosa” by him, from Canada, which I cannot satis-
factorily place in any species. It has the cephalic struc-
ture of N. lutea, Miill., but is rather less robust pos-
teriorly and has the ruddy dorsum always present in NV.
insulata; the membrane lobes are unequal, as is usual in
leucochroic individuals, and the hemielytra are greyish
yellow-green. It seems best, till further evidence is
obtainable, to regard it as an aberration from the present
species.
4. Notonecta lactitans, Kirk.
Notonecta lactitans, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6),
xX., ps 08.
Head: notocephalic lateral margins almost parallel, vertex
about a fourth wider than synthlipsis; base of the eye about half
as wide again as synthlipsis. Pronotal humeral margin well sepa-
406 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
rated ; scutellum nearly as long as metanotum. //emielytra :
clavus and corium yellowish-brown, with a broad dark-brown band
along the base of the latter, and sometimes with a narrower blackish-
brown line along the scutellar and sutural margins of the clavus ;
exterior margin of exocorium narrowly pale. Ada nervures
yellowish-brown. Pedes: intermediate tibial spur small and rather
blunt. Addoméinis dorsum shining black, genital segments blackish-
fuscous margined with green. Venter black.
Long. 12-12°5 mm., lat. pronot. 3°4-4 mm.
Hab. Arrica: Guinea (ay coll.); Gaboon (Vienna
Mus.), Cape of Good Hope (Paris Mus.).
Types. Coll. mea.
This species has no very close afhnities with any other
Notonecta ; its long and slender form and rather stout
hemielytra will at once separate it, while the structure of
the head places it near N. insulata.
Var. nov. stygica.
Smaller and rather more slender ; hemielytra black, exterior
margins of clavus broadly dark stramineous and interior half of
apical margin of corium stramineous ; membrane sordid white,
except the smoky basal part of the apex of the exterior lobe.
Hab. ? Arrica (British Mus.).
2. Notonecta shooterit, Uhl.
Notonecta shooterit, Uhl., 1894, Pr. Calif. Ac. Sci. (2),
Iv., p. 292.
Head short, notocephalic lateral margins slightly diverging
from the base and slightly converging towards the vertex, which is
about one-third wider than the synthlipsis. Pvonotum large, rather
longer in proportion to its width than in the other species, lateral
and humeral margins sinuate. Scwtellum small, nearly one-third
shorter than the metanotum ; black, base purple-brown. Sterna
sordid rufotestaceous, hair-tufts black. Hem/clytra black; clavus
(apex excepted) dull ivory-white, corium more or less concolorous,
forming with the clavus a blotch of varying extent, and usually
with a whitish spot along the apical margin, the claval and corial
markings very similarly disposed to those of N. ti/guttata; apex of
membrane smoky. The hemielytra vary, however, very much,
being quite violet-black in some individuals (melena, var. nov.),
while in others they are concolorous pale luteous. Membrane-
Revision of the Notonectide. 407
lobes always subequal in ordinary forms; generally unequal
in the leucochroic varieties (ochrothoe, var. nov.), and rarely sub-
equal (tearca, var. nov.). A/a nervures rich brown. Pedes :
intermediate cox black, tibial spur small, rather blunt. Ab-
dominis dorsum: segment 1 black, 2-5 violet-brown (the fifth
apically black), 6 blackish, genital segments greenish-testaceous,
all the segments more or less dull blackish laterally. Venter vary-
ing from green to black, carina and cilia black.
Long. 8-13 mm.,* lat. pron. 4-4°7 mm.
Type. Uhler coll.
Hab. America, ‘exclusively Western” (Uhler in
litt.) ; California (Uhler’s and my coll.) ; Mexico (Paris
and Stockholm Mus., Noualhier coll.) ; Colombia (Paris
Mus.). Var. melena: Mexico (Noualhter coll.).
This species cannot be mistaken for any other; the
small, short head, the flat eyes with the anterior margins
receding much as in typical N. insulata, the robust pro-
notum and the structure of the notocenhalon at once
distinguish it.
Allusion has already been made to what I suppose to
be concolorous varieties of this species. ‘There are, as
indicated above, two forms; those with subequal mem-
brane-lobes, diifering from the type only in the colour,
which is (except the eyes, unguiculi, segment-junctions,
&c.) entirely pale luteous. ‘his form | have seen only
from Mexico (in the Stockholm Mus. and in the Paris
Mus., where it was labelled ‘ americana,’ by Fallou).
The other forms, also luteous, differ from the type in that
they have unequal (both in width and length) membrane-
lobes, and are much commoner (being noted from Mexico
and Colombia). ‘They furthermore differ among them-
selves in the shape of the pronotum. In nearly every
case the lateral margins are almost perpendicular to the
apical and basal margins and parallel to one another,
while the humeral margins are not separable from the
posterior margin. ‘here are, however, gradations to the
usual shape. Prof. Uhler informs me that in the U.S.
National Museum there is a specimen of this species
pure ivory-white, and the above-mentioned luteous
examples are probably this colour when fresh.
* The smallest length given is that recorded by Uhler (/. ¢.,
p. 293), and 10°5 mm. is the smallest I have examined.
408 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
Here should probably be referred two handsome Noto-
necte from Guanajuato in Mexico (Duges in Mus.
Paris).
Pronotum: humeral margins longer and more sinuate than in
type. Seutellum bluish-black, thickly furnished with short white
pubescence. Heméelytra bluish-black, a pinkish-brown band along
the basal half of the claval exterior margin and a similarly coloured
spot on the basal third of the corium ; apical half of membrane
same colour.
Long. 11 mm., lat. 4°2 mm.
This may, however, prove to be a distinct species.
6. Notonecta handlirschi, sp. n.
Hlead similar in shape to N. lutea, Miill., vertex not quite as wide
as synthlipsis, notocephalic lateral margins fairly straight ; base of
an eye about half as wide again as synthlipsis. Pronotwm similar
in general shape to that of N. glauca, L., but posterior margin
sensibly concave. Hemiéelytra: clavus and claval margin of corium
dark castaneous, rest of corium and membrane (except apical
margin) lurid ; exocorium anteriorly lurid, posteriorly castaneous.
Pedes : intermediate tibial spur small and blunt. J/etanotum and
dorsum abdominis rufotestaceous. Whole ventral surface black,
Long. 10-10°5 mm., lat. pron. 3°5-4 mm.
Hab. Avustratta (“ Post., A. Fischer, 1878,” Vienna
Mus.).
Something like NV. americana, Fabr., but with the colour
and pattern very obscure. I have great pleasure in dedi-
cating this species, the first true Notonecta from Australia,
to Dr. Handlirsch of the Vienna Museum.
7. Notonecta americana, Fabr.
Notorecta americana, Fabr., 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 690,
&c.; Ol., 1811, Enc. Méth., vii, p. 389; Uhl.,
1886, Checkl., p.28; 1894, P.Z.S. Lond., p. 222.
Head rather large, notocephalic lateral margins straight, not
very divergent from the base ; vertex varying from one and a-half
to twice as wide as the synthlipsis. Scwte/lum rather shorter than.
Revision of the Notonectide. 4.09
in N. undulata, Say. Hemielytra variable: (1) fulvous or dark
stramineous, with a broad black fascia near the apex, occupying
the basal two-thirds of the membrane, and the apex of the corium.
This seems to be the original N. americana, Fabr, (2) Varying
from bluish-black to violet-brown ; the corial margins of the
clavus, and a broad irregular blotch about the middle of the
corium, fulvous or dark stramineous. Otherwise like N. wndulata,
Say.
Long. 10-11 mm., lat. 3°5-3°6 mm.
Hab. ©. and §S. America, Mexico (Puris Mus. ;
Noualhier and my colls.); Chih, Valdivia (Hamburg
Mus.) ; Cuba (Paris Mus.; my coll.). It probably extends
over Mexico, the Antilles, and the greater part of S.
America.
This species has been compared with N. widulata, Say,
instead of the reverse, as, through the kindness of Prof.
Uhler, I have had plenty of fresh material in the latter
species, whilst in the present species I have only seen
two fresh specimens (from Prof. Uhler). Fabricius says
“alis nigris”’-—but the few examples I have been able to
examine have transparent, colourless alee with nervures
coloured as in N. undulata, though Prof. Uhler writes
me that he formerly possessed at least two specimens
with the exterior margin of the alee black. Hoping that
the Copenhagen Museum might possess Fabricius’s
missing type, one of the above examples was sent to Dr.
Meinert, who wrote that he had compared it and found
it to accord with a specimen labelled “ N. americana”
which was undoubtedly seen by Fabricius, though it is
not the type. ‘This and the two following species Prof.
Uhler considers as most probably conspecific, and it is
probable that future researches will show this to be so ; for
the present, however, it seems best to regard them as dis-
tinct. In his N. americana Fabricius probably also included
N. undulata, Fieber’s N. variabilis undoubtedly included
N. americana and N. wndulata, while Say’s N. widulata
included N. americana and probably N. variabilis ; and
the references given to all three species must therefore
be taken as the best possible under the circumstances.
N. americana, Herr.-Schiiff., is clearly N. undulata, from
the figure, and N. variabilis, Guér., is the same species,
according to the specimens labelled by him in his
collection (Paris Mus.).
410 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
8. Notonecta undulata, Say.
Notonecta undulata, Say, ? 1832, Descr., Het. Hem. N.-
Am. p. so; Complete Writ. 186945) sp. 500;
Uhil., 1875, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. (2) v., p. 239,
pl. 21, fig. 33; 1886, Checkl., p. 28; Comst.,
1888, Introd. Ent.,i., p. 186, fig. 157; Weed,
1889, Bull. Ohio Agr. Sta., Techn. ser., i., p. 12,
plea tie. 3.
N. americana, Gmel., 1789, in Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xii.,
p. 2118; Herr.-Schail, 1853.5 Wanz. Ins ix.
p. 44, pl. 294, fig. 902 (nec Fabr.), syn. nov.
N. punctata, Fieb., 1851, Abh. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5)
vil., p. 476; Uhl., 1886, Checkl., p. 28, syn. nov.
N. variabilis, Fieb., 1851, l.c., 477 (in part); Guér.,
1856, in Ramon de la Sagra’s Cuba, Hist. Nat.,
Wiley Ds Leo.
N. virescens, Blanch., 1852, in Gay’s Chile, Zool., vit,
p- 233; Atlas Zool. Ins. hémipt., pl.1., fig. 16,
syn. Nov.
N. pallipes, Leth., 1881, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxv.,
p- 13 (nec Fabr.).
Head diverging curvedly (varying in degree) from the
synthlipsis, which is not quite two and a-half times less wide than
the vertex. Pronotum very similar to that of N. glauca, L., but.
the humeral margins asa rule not distinct. Scutellum not quite
one-fourth shorter than the metanotum, varying in colour from
pale luteous to black, with divers intermediate arrangements of
the two colours ; similar hemielytral markings occurring with dis-
similarly coloured scutella and vice-versa. J/etanotum varying from
luteous to black, with three or more dark castaneous stripes, scutellar
margin luteous. Heméelytra exceedingly variable, giving rise to
a number of well-marked varieties, though these are linked together
by intermediate forms.
Var. 1, maculata, Fieb. Pure moonlight colour (or occasion-
ally very pale greenish-yellow), either immaculate or with a rich
sienna-brown spot at the base of the membrane. Scutellum, meta-
notum, and abdominal segments pure golden-yellow.
This is also (according to the specimens labelled in
his handwriting, from Lethierry’s collection now in the
collection of M. Maurice Noualhier and Prof. Montandon)
N. pallipes, Leth.
Revision of the Notonectide. 4] }
Var. 2, widulata, Say. The common variety, varying from pure
ivory-white to pale luteous or stramineous, with an undulatory
subhorizontal blackish fascia, which is sometimes a mere thin
line, but generally a broad band extending between the exterior
lateral margins of the hemielytra, practically covering the base of
the membrane, exteriorly encroaching on the corium, interiorly on
the membrane. ‘T'he fascia never acute or furcate at its extremi-
ties.
This variety is, in part, N. variabilis, var. scutellaris,
Fieb.
Var. 3, charon, nov. The preceding variety (2) but with clouded
hemielytra. ;
This tendency to melanochroism increases (more par-
ticularly in Central and South American individuals)
until a peculiar chequered (black and luteous, or dark
red-brown and _ brunneo-testaceous) appearance is as-
sumed ; finally, some forms are entirely bluish-black or
purple-brown (or both), excepting only a whitish or pale
luteous fascia of varying width, on the clavus, this form
being somewhat similar to N. glauca, var. marginata
(furcata). This variety is N. widulata, var. c., Say.
Var. 4, punctata, Fieb. The largest forms, with more prominent
and quadrilateral eyes, bearing the same relation to ordinary wndu
lata that insulata, var. gealu does to typical énzsulata, are (according
to Prof. Uhler) punctata, Fieb. They vary in colour and pattern
like the other forms. The alar nervures are golden-yellow ; the
abdominis dorsum varies from clear luteous to black; the venter
varies from sordid-whitish to black (vid whitish-blotched with
black).
Long. (of vars. 1-4) 10°5-12 mm., lat. 3-4 mm.
Var. 5, virescens, Blanch., is indistinguishable save by the more
minute size, from V. undulata, but it seems to be confined to
Chili.
Long. 9-9.38 mm., lat. 3-3°2 mm.
Unfortunately the figure in the Atlas of Gay’s work
is not quite correct, either in structural details or in
colouring. ‘The antenne in the figure represent those of
an Hnithares, while the body is unduly depressed, and
the proportions inaccurate. There are two forms, in both
of which the dorsum abdominis is black: (a) Concolorous
luteous (Paris Mus.); (6) hemielytra black; clavus
412 Mr. G. W. Nirkaldy on the
(except the wide black sutural margin) and a small blotch
on the corium, dirty white; apical portion of membrane,
and a large spot about the middle of the apical margin
of the corium, castaneous. Scutellum black (Paris,
Stockholm, and Vienna Mus.; Montandon’s coll.).
Types. N. undulata, Say, punctata, Fieb.? N. vires-
cens, Blanch., Paris Mus.
Hab. N. and C. America; S. America, North of
Patagonia. ANTILLES.
Var. 1. New Jersey and Maryland (my coll., Prof. Uhler),
€Cuadeloupe (Noualhier and Montandon colls.), Colombia (Paris
Mus.).
Var. 2. Canada (Provancher), Winnipeg, Valley of Mackenzie
River, etc. (Uhler in litt.) ; the whole of the U.S.A. ; Mexico ;
St. Bartholomew, Jamaica ; Cuba (Paris Mus.) ; Colombia, ete.
Var. 3. Most of the U.S.A., but local; Cuba ; Mexico; Colombia
(Paris Mus.) ; Peru (Hamburg JMus.).
Var. 4. Baltimore (Fveber), Sabillasville, nearly 2000 feet above
sea level (my coll., Prof. Uhlev), South States (UWhler) ; New
Orleans (Paris Mus.).
Var. 5. Chili.
«This species inhabits the foulest pools, and in the
dirty slush occasioned by the drainage of slaughter-
houses, and in the slimy ponds attached to some of our
brickyards, it revels as if in full enjoyment of the filth”
(Uhler). Prof. Uhler also writes to me: ‘‘ Water of
high temperature (i.e., exposed to the sun’s continuous
rays) gave me N. wndulata, Say, in many conditions.”
(See also NV. insulata for further notes.) This species is
very similar to N. glauca, L., and it is difficult to diffe-
rentiate them by words. N. widulata is always smaller
and more triangular, and (though this is not always the
case) the humeral margin does not seem to be so dis-
tinctly separated from the posterior margin of the pro-
notum as in N. glauca; the base of the pronotum thus
acquires a more convexly curved and rounded appearance.
The luteous examples of var. 5 are labelled in several
collections “ noveboracensis, Forst.”” There is, however,
no Notonecta noveboracensis, Forst. Gmelin (1789, in
Linn. Syst. Nat. xii., p. 2119) by error substituted this
name for N. lineata, Forst. (1771, Nov. Spec. Ins., i.,
Revision of the Notonectide. 413
p. 70). From the description, the latter is evidently a
Coriva, as, presumably, is also N. noveboracensis, Gmel.
The variations in N. wndulata in the colour of the
abdominis dorsum and venter are irrespective of hemiely-
tral pattern and coloration ; the variations in the colour
of the scutellum are, to a certain extent, regular. Var. |
has a luteous scutellum always; vars. 2 and 3 luteous,
black, or variegated ; vars. 4 and 5 only black ; var. 6
luteous or black.
9. Notonecta bifasciata, Guér.
Notonecta bifasciata, Guér., 1835, Icon. R. Anim.,
. d04,
N. polystolisma, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss.
(5), vu., p. 477; Berg., 1879, Ann. 8. Cient.
Argent., vii., p. 75 (reprint, p. 198).
Head : notocephalic lateral margins diverging curvedly from the
narrow base, vertex about three times as wide as synthlipsis. Pvo-
notum : humeral angles acute, accentuated, humeral margins sinuate,
about subequal to lateral margin, posterior margin sinuate, width
about two and one-seventh times as great as the length of the
pronotum. Hemielytra varying much as in NV, undulata. Alar
nervures pale golden yellow. Pedes: intermediate tibial spur
small. <Abdominis dorsum black, genital segments testaceous.
Abdominis venter castaneo-testaceous spotted with black,
Long. 8°6—9 mm., lat. 3-3°2 mm.
Types : bifasciata, Guérin-Ménéville colln. (Mus. Paris) ,
polystolisma ?
Hab. S. America. Apparently distributed over the
greater part of Brazil, and the Argentine and Uruguaian
Republics. I have given a very brief description of this
species, as I am uncertain of its limits, and have had
very little material to work on. Guérin’s type (possess-
ing violet-black hemielytra with a broad ivory-white
band along the whole of the corial margin, and two
orange spots uear the apical margin of the corium) is
stated by Guérin-Ménéville himself to be the same as N.
polystolisma, Fieb., and accords well enough with the
description. ‘The type bears two written labels, the first
and older, ‘‘ Notonecta bifasciata, Guér., Ic. R. A. Plata
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1897.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 28
414 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
(type) Maldonado ” ; the second and newer, “ Notonecta
polystolisma, Fieb., p. 53, Maldonado bifasciata, Guér.,
Ic. R. A. (type).”
10. Notonecta variabilis, Fieb.
Notonecta variabilis, Fieb. (in part.), 1851, Abh. bohm.
Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., p. 477; Berg (in part.), 1879,
Ann. S. Cient. Argent., vill., p. 74 (reprint,
Delo7).
Head: as in N. bifasciata. Pronotum: width of posterior
margin not quite twice as great as the length of the pronotum.
Hemielytra very variable. Alar nervures pale golden yellow.
Pedes and abdomen as in N, undulata, Say.
»
Long. 86-10 mm., lat. 3°2-3°7 mm.
ver. f.
Hab. America. Apparently distributed over the
greater part of the United States, Brazil, and the Argen-
tine and Uruguaian Republics.
There are two well-marked forms, which may be dis-
tinct species. ‘The first, which occurs more commonly in
N. America (and is considered by Prof. Uhler to be a
variety of NV. undulata), is long and slender, approaching
N. whleri in shape both of head and hemielytra; the
latter are usually whitish or yellowish immaculate. The
second, which is found occasionally in N. America, but
commonly in Uruguay and Argentine, is exceedingly
like N. undulata, Say, both in appearance and hemi-
elytral markings. It differs, however, in the shape
of the head and generally in the much smaller size. It
is the N. variabilis, Berg (according to specimens
kindly lent to me by Mr. Distant). As regards the
individual labelled “Type” in M. Noualhier’s collec-
tion, I am unable to recognize it as the true type,
although it may well act as one, inasmuch as it is appar-
ently the only authentic specimen of Fieber’s in existence.
It is undoubtedly from Fieber’s collection, having passed
from Lethierry’s possession to that of M. Noualhier.
Nevertheless, Fieber (l. c., p. 477) distinctly mentions
the Vienna, Berlin, and Halle Museums as the col-
lections wherein were his original specimens.
Revision of the Notonectidx., 415
11. Notonecta whleri, Kirk.
Notonecta uhleri, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx.,
p. 08.
Head : notocephalon in the form of an inverted wine-decanter,
margins greatly curved, widely diverging towards the vertex, which
is six to eight times wider than the synthlipsis, at which point the
eyes are almost contiguous ; breadth of the eye about ten times
as great as that of the synthlipsis. Pronofum: humeral angles
acute, accentuated, lateral margins sinuate, humeral margins little
separate from the posterior margin. Metanotum dark purple-brown.
Hemielytva varying from dark brick-red to rich orange-yellow ;
a large, irregular black blotch at the base of the corium extending
transversely and non-acuminately from the apex of the clavus to
the golden-yellow exocorial lateral submargin ; membrane dark
red-brown, apically black—this tint encroaching more or less
basally. Alar nervures brown. Pedes: cox blackish ; inter-
mediate tibial spur blunt, subcylindrical. Adbdominis dorsum :
first and second segments rufotestaceous, deeper marginally, the
remainder flavotestaceous, lurid marginally; this latter tint
encroaching inwards more and more apically. <Addoménis venter
rufotestaceous, densely provided with greenish-black ciliv.
Long. ff. 11-114 mm., lat. 35-4 mm.; long. 2,
12 mm., lat. 4 mm.
Type ~. Uhler coll.
Hab. N. America, Massachusetts (Uhler, Montandon,
and Brit. Mus. colls.), New Orleans (Paris Mus.), Florida
(Uhler coll.).
Allied to N. variabilis (northern form) and probably
representing the extreme limit of the N. americana series,
viz.: N. americana, Fabr., N. wndulata, Say, and N.
virescens, Blanch.,N. bifasciata, Guér., N.variabilis, Fieb.,
and N. whleri, Kirk.
Hasily separated from all the other Notonecta by the
structure of the head.
12. Notonecta chinensis, Fallou.
Notonecta chinensis, Fallou, 1887, Le Naturaliste,
p. 418; Bergr., 1894, Rev. Ent., xiui., p. 164
(redescription).
N. sinica, Walk., 1873, Cat. Hem.-Het. Brit. Mus.,
vul., p. 204 (sec Stal), syn. nov.
Head very narrow at the base, from which the notocephalic
lateral margins keep almost parallel for a little space, then slightly
4.16 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
diverge ; vertex more than three times as wide as synthlipsis;
breadth of the eye nearly five times as great as that of the
synthlipsis. Pronotwm and scutelluwm similar to those of N. triguttata
(No. 13). Hemielytra varying from orange-red to red-brown,
with an undulatory bluish-black fascia (occasionally represented
by scattered spots) extending from suture to lateral margin, near
the apical margin of the corium, but diverging from that as it
approaches the lateral margin; membrane bluish-black. Adar
nervures brown. Abdominis dorsum black, some of the middle
segments being at times somewhat suffused with violet-brown.
Abdoininis venter black.
Long. 13°5-16°7 mm., lat. 5°2-6°2 mm.
Tyer. Fallou coll. (Paris Mus.).
Hab. Cuatna: Pekin, Kiang-Si,* Se-Tchouen, Chen-Si
(Paris Mus.), Kin-Kiang [{?Chin- Kiang], Foo-Chan (Brit.
Mus.), Fo-Kien (Fallow and Bergroth colls.), Ngan Hoei
(Montandon and my colls.). Well distributed over the
Chinese Empire.
To this species I have referred four specimens in the
Paris Museum (from Chen-Si, Se-T'chouen, and Kiang-Si),
which seem sufficiently distinct to bear a varietal name—
kiangsts, var. nov.
Hemielytra sordid luteous with a dark-brown irregular mark
extending in a zigzag from the apex of the clavus to the base or
the membrane (along the suture), thence to the exocorial sub-
margin and finally along the apical third of the latter. There is
also a small dark-brown crescent on the exterior membrane lobe.
Membrane rufoluteous.
Long. 14 mm., lat. 5 mm.
In Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx., p. 58, the type was
referred to as being in the possession of Dr. Bergroth.
That specimen was certainly from Fallou’s collection and
is that from which the redescription was drawn up by
Dr. Bergroth. There is, however, an example from Fo-
Kien in the Fallou collection (Paris Museum), labelled in
Fallou’s writing, “ Notonecta chinensis. Type. Fallou,
Le Naturaliste, 15, 1., 1887,” so that this latter speci-
** These names are given here as they were spelt on the labels,
but it is difficult to identify some, as the same places are spelt dif-
ferently in almost every atlas consulted.
Revision of the Notonectide. 417
men must be regarded as the type, Dr. Bergroth’s example
and the other individuals in Fallou’s collection (Paris Mus.
and my coll.) being entitled to rank as syntypes.
13. Notonecta triguttata, Motsch.
Notonecta triguttata, Motsch., 1861, Etudes ent:; X:,
p. 24.
Head wider at base than in N. chinensis and not so markedly
divergent ; notocephalic lateral margins sensibly curved and the
vertex a trifle more than two and a-half times as wide as the
synthlipsis, which is about a-third of the width of the eye. Pronotum:
lateral and humeral margins sinuate, the former suddenly broaden-
ing towards the humeral angles (which are acute), the pronotum
thus having somewhat the appearance of being subconstricted
mediolaterally. Hemielytra variable in pattern, black or bluish-
black, with three fascie or blotches, varying in size and extent, the
anterior generally flavous, the postreme rufous or castaneous: the
flavous bands sometimes widely separate and slender, causing
melanechroic specimens, at other times uniting so that nearly the
whole of the clavus and the anterior half of the corium form a
single extensive blotch ; the postreme spot situated along the apical
margin of the corium. Lateral margins of exocorium and membrane
narrowly flavescent. Alar nervures yellow-brown. Pedes: cox
black. Abdominis dorsum black, occasionally slightly reddish-
brown laterally. Abdominis venter black.
Long. 18-14 mm., lat. 5 mm.
Type. ? Moscow.
Hab. Japan, Yokohama (Budapest, Nowalhier and my
colls.), Seso (Paris Mus.).
Very common in Southern Japan.
Very similar at first sight to some forms of N. glauca,
L., but readily distin ouished by the cephalic structure.
14. Notonecta montandoni, Kirk.
Notonecta montandoni, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H.(6),
ReXey le OO:
Head: very similar to that of N. triguttata, but altogether
larger, wider both at the vertex and synthlipsis ; notocephalic
lateral margins much straighter; vertex about twice as wide as
synthlipsis, which is about a-third of the breadth of an eye.
418 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
Pronotum much as in N. triguttata. IZemiclytra dark crimson-lake,
irregularly marked with black; as a rule, the membrane is entirely
black; in some specimens there are scarcely any spots on the
clavus and corium, in others a broad undulatory band runs across
the corium ; exocorium either entirely concolorous with the ground
colour of the hemielytra, or blotched with black. Alar basal
nervures crimson, the rest brown. Pedes: intermediate tibial
spur verysmall. Abdominis dorsum black. Abdomiénis venter black,
except the sordid testaceous (? green) connexivum.
Long. 16—16°7 mm., lat. 6 mm.
Type: Montandon colln.
Hab. Cina: Kiang-Si (Paris Mus.), Ngan-Hoei (.Mon-
tandon and my collns.), Mou Piu, Tibet (Paris Mus.).
Var. noy., violacea.
Shghtly more robust than the type, notocephalon a little
shorter, hemielytra immaculate violet, except the slightly infuscate
exterior membrane lobe.
Long. 17:2 mm., lat. 7°5 mm.
Type. Montandon colln.
Hab. Burma: ‘‘Catcin Cauri”’ (Fea Ag. Nov. 1886, Mon-
tandon and my collns., Hamburg Mus.). In its entirety,
therefore, V. montandoni varies in length from 16 to 17:2
mm., and in breadth from 6 to 7°5 mm.; its distribution
embraces the major portion of the Chinese Hmpire (in-
cluding Tibet) and Burma.
15. Notonecta irrorata, Uhl.
Notonecta irrorata, Uhl., 1878, Pr. Bost. N. H. Soc.,
x1x., p. 443 ; 1886, Checkl., p. 28.
N. ornata, Fitch MS. (Sign. coll.).
Head small, notocephalic lateral margins diverging widely, vertex
a little more than three times as wide as synthlipsis; width of ver-
tex and of the eye subequal; eyes rather larger proportionately than
in N, triguttata, ete. Pronotum much wider basally than apically,
lateral margins not sinuate, humeral angles acute, humeral and
posterior margins sinuate. Heméelytra rich black, irrorated (espe-
cially on the clavus) with refulgent yellow-brown, interior lobe of
membrane and apex of exterior lobe smoky. The irrorations vary
greatly in different individuals; in some the corium and membrane
are almost immaculate, in others the whole of the clavus and
corium is irrorated, imparting a chequered appearance, while in
others the clavus is rich (almost metallic): yellow-brown with
Revision of the Notonectidx. 419
faint, distant, narrow black lines. Alar nervures brown. Pedes :
intermediate tibial spur small. Adbdominis dorsum: first to fifth
segments black, sixth, seventh, and eighth sordid greyish-brown.
Abdominis venter black.
Long. 15-14 mm., lat. 4-45 mm.
Hab. N. America.
Widely distributed throughout the United States of
America, but local. Prof. Uhler writes me with regard
to their occurrence in the environs of Baltimore, “ Quite
local and lives in shaded ponds of cool water. In this
case the water came from springs that empty into old
quarries of Phyllite slate, into which the roots of willows
grow in thick mats and stain the water somewhat
brown.”
16. Notonecta glauca, L.
[Var.1] Notonecta glauca, Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat.,
ed. x., p. 439; Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,
p-. 97 (type of genus); Dougl. & Scott, 1865,
Brit. Hem:,, 1, p. 087, pla, fig. 4.
Nepa Notonecta, de Geer, 1775, Mém., iii.,
p: 382, pl. xvi, figs. 16-28.
Notonecta octopunctata, Gmel., 1789, in Linn.
Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., p. 2119, syn. nov.
N. Fabriew, var. glauca, Fieb., 1851, Abh.
bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., p. 473.
N. Fabrici, var. glauca, Fieb., 1861, Europ.
Hem., p. 101.
N. glauea, var. fulva, Maria, 1897, An. Soc.
Hspan., p. 1380.
N. secunda, Schiiff. [1766], Icon. Ins. Ratisb.,
1, pt. 1, pl. 97, ne. Le each. syn.
[Var. 2] N. marmorea, Fabr., 1803, Syst. Rhyng.,
LOS.
ra tind, Schiff, [1766], U. c., pl. 33, figs. 5
& 6. Hazel. syn.
[Var. 3] N. glauca, var. nov. canariensis.
[Var.4] N. marginata, Miill., 1776, Zool. Dan., p. 104.
IN, obliqgua, “Thunb; 1737, DD. Ac. Mus.
Upsal., p. 61, syn. nov.
N. furcata, Fabr., 1794, Kut, Syst., iv., p. 58 ;
Coqueb., 1799, Illustr. Icon., 1., p. 38, pl. 19,
fig. 2; Haworth, 1812, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Bonds, 15.98:
420 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
N. melanota, Risso, 1826, Hist. princip. prod.
Europ., p. 215.
N. glauca var. furcata, Saund., 1892, Hem.-
Het. Brit. Isl., p. 828, pl. 31, fig. 2.
[Var.5] N. maculata, Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,
p. 08; Coquebs w. ey 12; 8p.) oo, pli,
fic. 1; Curt., 1824, Brit. Wnt. 1epl-.;
Herr.-Schiiff., 1848, Wanz. Ins., vii., p. 23,
pl. 256, fig. 797; Dougl. & Scott, 1865,
Brit. Hem., i., p. 588.
N. variegata, Risso, 1826, 1. c., p. 215.
N. umbrina, Germar MS.
N. Fabricii, var. wmbrina, Fieb., 1851, Abh.
bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vii., p 474.
NV. glauca, var. umbrina, Put., 1880, Synops.
Hem.-Het. France, p. 217.
N. marmorea, Frey-Gessn., 1891, MT.
Schweiz. Ent. Ges., i., p. 319 (nec Fabr.).
Head diverging slightly and curvedly from the base, curving
slightly inwards towards.the vertex, which is from two to two and
a-quarter times as wide as the synthlipsis ; the latter is about half
the width of the eye. Scutellum, metanotum, and hemielytra very
variable in colour; lobes of membrane subequal. Alar nervures
variable in colour. Pedes: spur on intermediate tibie mediocre,
apically black, rather blunt. Abdominis dorsum variable in colour.
Venter black.
VARIETIES.
1 (8) Scutellum and metanotum black. Abdominis dorsum black
(in immature specimens often pale violet-brown) ; genital
segments often sordid greenish-white.
2 (3) Alar nervures brownish-black ; hemielytra black or bluish-
black, two diagonal luteous stripes on clavus and corium.
3 marginata, Mill.
3 (2) Alar nervures brown or yellowish-brown ;
4 (5) Hemielytra purple-black, irrorated with obscure castaneous.
4 canuriensis, Kirk.
5 (4) Hemielytra not purple-black.
6 (7) Hemielytra varying from greenish-yellow to yellow-brown,
either almost immaculate or spotted and marked with
brownish-black; connexivum black . 1 glauca, 1;
7 (6) Hemielytra yellowish-brown marbled with darker and richer
colour ; connexivum dorsally greenish-testaceous.
2 marmorea, Fabr.
Revision of the Notonectide. 421
8 (1) Scutellum black or luteous. Metanotum orange-yellow with
a large blackish blotch close to the scutellar margins.
Abdominal dorsal segments: first orange-yellow, second
to fourth black (the fourth narrowly orange-yellow
apically), fifth to eighth orange-yellow (the fifth basally
blackish). Alar basal nervures orange-yellow.
5 maculata, Fabr.
Var. 1, glauca, L.
Hemielytra varying in colour from pale sage-green or stra-
mineous to rich dark castaneous, either practically immaculate
[when castaneous presumably var. fulva, Maria] or varyingly
maculate with irregular blackish mottlings and spots. Alar
nervures pale yellowish-brown.
I have taken small examples of this variety in brackish
water near Gravesend (England) in company with marine
Crustacea. From Maie-Nousky, Erzerum (Vienna Mus.),
I have seen two specimens resembling in colour and dis-
position of the apical hemielytral fascia, the typical
form of N. americana, Fabr.
Var. 2, marmorea, Fabr. (ylawca, var. 8, Leach).
Rich yellow-brown hemielytra with dark mottlings ; connexivum
greenish testaceous.
This var. has been confused with maculata, Fabr., and
I have received a number of the latter labelled ‘ mar-
morea,” indeed, as regards the hemielytral pattern and
coloration, some forms of each variety are quite indis-
tinguishable from each other. This has been fully
discussed in the Revue d’Entomologie, xvi., p. 222
(1897).
Var. 3, marginata, Miill. (fwrcata, auctt.).
Hemielytra bluish-black or dull black ; clavus luteous except at
the sutural margins; a longitudinal luteous fascia, varying in
length, at the base of the endo- and mesocorium ; in many in-
dividuals there are one or two ferruginous spots near the apical
margin of the corium ( furcata, var. 8, Leach).
Among the intermediate forms between vars. 1, 2, and
3, may be mentioned :
(a) specimens from Sind Valley, Kashmir (Budapest
and Stockholm Muss.).
422 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
Not unlike N. ‘rrorata, Uhl, in hemielytral pattern, very
pubescent, hemielytra dull black; clavus yellowish-brown or
castaneous, mottled or faintly striped with blackish-brown, corium
black obscurely irrorated with castaneous. Notocephalon a little
wider at the base than in other forms.
(8) specimens from L. Kharak, Persia (Paris Mus.),
and Transcaspia (my coll.), which are not unlike some
forms of N. insulata in hemielytral pattern.
Clavus and basal half of corium luteotestaceous ; exocorium,
apical half of corium ferruginous, spotted and blotched with
black,
Var. 4, canariensis, nov.
Notocephalon a trifle narrower than in the other forms. Hemi-
elytra purple-black, obscurely irrorated with dark rich castaneous,
margins of hemielytral areas narrowly the same colour ; anterior
half of exocorium rich castaneous blotched with black, posterior
half black. Membrane black. Pedes rufotestaceous, suffused
with rich green,
Resembling somewhat a very dark, elongate N. irrorata.
By far the most ornate Notonectid I have seen.
Var. 5, maculata, Fabr.
Hemielytra orange-red or orange-yellow irrorated with brownish-
red and blackish-brown, varying greatly in shade. Alar basal
nervures orange-yellow, rest brown.
I have discussed this var. under var. marmorea.
A specimen from Barbary (Paris Mus.) is almost
chocolate, while the hemielytra of one from Algiers
(Vienna Mus.) are scarcely maculate.
In Fabricius’s original description, the scutellum is said
to be “album ” which Herrich-Schiiffer deems a misprint
for “‘atrum;’’ there are, however, in the Paris Museum
African examples (presently to be described) with luteous
scutellum, and in any case it is a matter of no importance
having regard to the variability of this feature in so many
species. Through the kindness of Prof. Bouvier and
Prof. Joanny Martin, I have been able to examine the
type in the Bosc collection (Paris Musewm) in which the
scutellum is black. Under the name “ var. wmbrina”’
Revision of the Notonectide. 423
Dr. Puton has had the kinduess to send me specimens
from Nicily, entirely according with the type above
mentioned.
The forms with luteous seutellum have been labelled
in several collections ‘‘ lutea,” but they differ by being
darker and less robust and by the structural characters
diagnostic of the two species (vide Analytical Table).
They are (with the exception of the unguiculi, &c.) dark
luteous as a rule, but in a few individuals, the hemielytra
are incipiently brunneomaculate.
Long. 15:4: (12°2 exceptional)—17:2 mm., lat. 4-5-6 mm.
glauca, 13°4-16 mm., and 4°5-5°5 mini marmorea,
14°7-16 mm., and 5-5°5 mm. ; marginata, 14-17-2 mm.,
and 5°2-6 mm.; canariensis, 14°5 mm.,; and maculata,
12:2 (exceptional)-15 mm., and 5-5°5 mm.; maculata
(leucochroic) 13°5-13-:7 mm., and 4°6 mm.
Tyeus: glauca, ? Upsala; marmorea, Mus. Sehestedt
(sec. Stul); Nepa notenecta, Stockholm Mus. (see.
Reuter) ; maculata, Bose coll. (Paris Mus.) [? “type” ;
rather ‘‘syntype”’?]; canariensis, Vienna Mus.; mar-
ginata?.
Hab. Hurorz; Asta, 8. W. region, Siberia, N. India;
Arrica, paleearctic portion; Canary IsLes.
N. glauca and marmorea; practically the whole of
Kurope, Amurland (Brit. Mus.), Transcaspia, Persia,
Yarkand (Distant), and the whole of paleearctic Africa.
N. marginata: practically the whole of Hurope (but
rather local and apparently not a constant variety),
KXashmir.
N. canariensis: Teneriffe, Barenco Nidalgo (O. Simony,
1888, Vienna Mus.).
N. naculata: the whole of Europe (but local) and
palzearctic Africa; the leucochroic form seems confined to
Africa.
In Pr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xxxv., I noted the
presence of this species in North America. I was then
under the impression that Prof. Uhler was responsible
for the record of its occurrence in Michigan and Kansas
(Townsend, 1891, Pr. Hnt. Soc. Wash., u., p. 56), but
this appears to be a mistake, and it is probable that the
specimens belong to N. insulata, while Shepherd’s
record (1848, Amn. Mag. N. H. (2), 1., p. 158. Source of
the Mississippi under 48°) applies to N. insulata or N.
424 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the
undulata. Prof. Uhler writes that he has not seen any
authentic examples from North America.
This species seems to be almost confined to stagnant
water, though I have captured a single specimen in a
running stream. ‘his, however, appears to be unusual.
It may be of interest to note here the colour changes
after the final larval instar, which I have observed in two
varieties, viz.: glauca and marginata.
In both, the imago leaves the ultimate larval skin,
immaculate dead-white in colour. In the course of
development, the hemielytra become pure ivory-white,
while the scutellum early assumes a clear pale green
colour, the golden-yellow pubescence being then notice-
able. In glauca, the hemielytra very gradually change
to their normal hue, the scutellum remaining greenish
somewhat longer. In marginata, the hemielytra pass
through the yellowish-green stages, then becoming pale
purplish-brown, and thence to the final bluish-black, the
abdominis dorsum passing through very similar stages.
The claval and corial fasciee, and the spots at the apical
margin of the corium are ivory-white during the purplish-
brown stage, the apical spots shortly turning yellowish
and during the final development, the spcts become cas-
taneous and the fascize luteous.
17. Notonecta nigra, Fieb.
Notonecta nigra, Fieb., 1851, Abh. béhm. Ges. Wiss.
(5), vi., p. 473.
I have little to say upon this species ; there appear to
be only three specimens in collections, two in the Vienna
Museum and one (labelled “ Type,”’ but upon which I
can only offer an opinion similar to that on N. variabilis)
in the collection of M. M. Noualhier. It appears struc-
turally identical with N. glauca, and formerly, when I
believed that N. glauca inhabited North America, it
seemed probable that this was only a var. of that
species.
Long. 16 mm., lat. 5°5 mm.
Hab. Braziu.
I have nothing further to add to Fieber’s description.
Revision of the Notonectide. 425
18. Notonecta lutea, Mill.
Notonecta lutea, O. F. Miill., 1776, Zool. Dan., p. 103 ;
Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vii.,
p- 473; Flor, 1860, Rhynch. Livl., i1., p. 774;
Fieb., 1861, Europ. Hem., p. 100; J. Sahlb.,
1875, Not. Sallsk. Faun. Fenn. Forh. xiv.,
p- 274; Duda, 1891, Klub. prirod. Praze, p. 13,
pleiv., tig. 1.
N. wnicolor, Herr.-Schaff., 1835, Nomencl. Hnt., p. 65;
1848, Wanz. Ins., viii., p. 23.
N. tumida, Germ. MS.
Head large, notocephalic lateral margins slightly diverging
from base, vertex two to two and a-quarter times as wide as
synthlipsis. Entirely luteous (except the dark claret eyes,
occasional dark-brown markings along the sutures of the clavus,
&c., the bronze-brown sternal hair-tufts, the black unguiculi
and venter). Scutellum a third wider than long. Exterior lobe
of membrane only about half the size of the interior lobe, and
ebviously not so long. Alur nervures luteous, Pedes : spine on
intermediate tibia, large, acute, black-tipped.
Long. 13-17:1 mm., lat. pron. 4°5-5°5 mm.
Tyre lost. The description has been drawn up from
specimens kindly sent by Dr. J. Sahlberg.
Hab. Evrors, Tammati in Finiand (my coll.), Bohemia
(my coll.) ; Asia, Siberia (Brit. Mus.).
Very similar in structure to N. glauca; it has, how-
ever, a more arched appearance, is stouter and more
robust, especially postero-laterally, the apical margin of
the pronotum is straighter and the scutellum is shorter.
The intermediate tibial spur is also much longer. ‘The
head is larger and flatter, the notocephalon is rather
wider basally and vertically, and the lateral margins
straighter. Duda’s figure represents a Bohemian speci-
men; these are generally less robust posteriorly than the
northern forms. He has made the usual mistake of pro-
viding the posterior tarsi with long unguiculi.
Var. scutellaris, J. Sahlb.
Dr. Sahlberg has exhibited to the Societas Fennica
some interesting varieties of this species, one of which’ he
426 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the Revision of Notonectide.
has generously added to my collection. There is, in these,
a decided reversion from leucochroism. ‘The greater part
of the apical margin (base auctt.) and the centre of the
scutellum are dark brownish-black, and the hemielytra
are much more marked (though rather obscurely) with
brownish-black than the typical forms. It is most
interesting that the membrane lobes of this var. are
unequal, as in the type-forms.
Hab. Frxtanp, Tammati (Sahlb. coll.) and Jaakkima
(my coll.)
UNRECOGNIZED SPECIES.
1. N. alba, Forskal, 1775, Descr. Anim. Orient.,
p. xxii. Alexandria. ? Anisops producta.
2. N. atomaria, Pallas, 1771, Reise Russ. Reichs, i.,
p- 469; Gmel., 1789, in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed.,
xili., p. 2119. Volga at Novgorod. ? Plea
minutissima.
3. N. australis, Ol., 1811, Encyc. Meéth., viii., p. 389.
Australia (Bose colln.). ? Anisops.
4, N. grisea, Ol., 1811, 1. c. San Domingo. ? Ani-
sops ; ? N. undulata.
5. N. unifasciata, Guér., 1858, Bull. Soc. Zool. Acclim.,
iv. p. 581. Mexico. ? N. undulata.
I had hoped to give an account in this paper of the
metamorphoses of N. glauca, L. Unfortunately my
attempts at rearing this species from the ova during
two seasons have been only partially successful. I have,
however, reared three larval instars from ova deposited
in captivity, and am aware of two more, so that Notonecta
has at least five larval instars. In the ultimate and
perhaps also the penultimate larval stage, the species can
always be determined by the structure of the head; in
the first three, however, the shape of the head and eyes
does not resemble the adult at all, but is more akin to
that of Corixa, and the entire form of the insect in these
stages is very different from that of the adult.
1 hope to be able to give fuller particulars at a later
ate.
(Aon 4)
XIX. The Butterflies of Aragon. By Mrs. M. De ta B.
Nicwotn. Communicated by Sie Georce F.
Hampson, Bart., B.A.
[Read Nov. 17th, 1897.]
So few English collectors are acquainted with the Lepi-
doptera of the uplands of Aragon, that a short account of
an excursion in that district, during June and July last,
may be interesting.
The ancient kingdoms of Castile and Aragon are
bounded by a mass of rocky mountains, in which three
large rivers rise, viz., the Tagus, flowing westwards to
the Atlantic, and the Jucar and the Guadalaviar, flow-
ing eastwards and southwards to the Mediterranean.
From the northern slopes of the Sierra de Albarracin the
streams run northwards and join the distant Ebro. It
will, therefore, be apparent that these mountains form
one of the principal watersheds of Kastern Spain; they
extend for about seventy miles from Cuenca on the west,
to Teruel on the east. Both of these towns are about
3000 feet above the sea, and all the intervening country
is considerably above that level, the mountains averaging
about 5000 feet, and attaining a height of nearly 6000
feet on the higher summits. Albarracin is in the midst
of these sierras, but much nearer to Teruel than to
Cuenca, from which it is separated by about sixty miles
of forest and mountain—a beautiful and _ interesting
country, well wooded, thinly inhabited, with barren
mountains, smiling valleys, and wide grassy hollows, all
rather less known to the Englishman than Japan or New-
foundland.
There is much variety of geological formation; the
higher ridges are mostly mountain limestone or lias, and
the main valleys are cut through some kind of sandstone
or softer rock. There is one large mass of porphyritic
formation, north of Albarracin, extending about ten miles
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pParTiv. (DEC.)
428 Mrs. M. De la B. Nicholl on the
from east to west, and six or seven from north to south,
a beautiful wild country, well watered, well wooded, and
well pastured. Albarracin itself is built on a precipitous
lias rock, overhanging the Guadalaviar, which flows
for many miles through las gorges—which we found
very good ground for insects.
Arriving at Cuenca with Mr. EK. Witty, of Barcelona,
on the 14th of June, we presented our introductions to
Sefior Don Ventura Prosper, Professor at the Cuenca
University, and were most kindly received by him. He
gave us much useful information, and also an introduc-
tion to Canon Zapater, of Albarracin, which afterwards
proved most valuable to us, as the Canon is a well known
entomologist, and the original discoverer of Hrebia zapatert
and Satyrus prieurt and uhagoni. We stayed at
Cuenca for a week, but were unfortunately too late for
Zegris eupheme, which must have been just over. It is
common at Cuenca in May, and is taken more or less
abundantly throughout the Albarracin country. We then
made an excursion of two days to Lago d’Una, a charm-
ing little Jake about eighteen miles up the Jucar valley,
and a good place for butterflies. We got Thecla roboris
there, A. hecate, A. ino, and many other insects. Return-
ing to Cuenca, we started thence on mules for Albarracin,
first following the Jucar right to its source, then crossing
the Upper ‘agus valley, and striking the source of the
Guadalaviar, we descended that river to Ajbarracin,
where we arrived on June 30th, after four days of most
enjoyable travelling. We took, on our way, P. apollo,
just out; Mrebia evias, in very bad order; Lycena
aiion, scarce and in bad order; Melanargia ‘ines,
M. iapygia, and M. lachesis, just out, and Cenonympha
iphioides, flying’ over a wet field in the Tagus valley, in
some numbers. ‘This was described by Dr. Staudinger
as a variety of CO. iphis, W.V. (= amyntas, Poda, which
is the older name) ; it differs, however, from CO. amyntas
in having the ocelli on the underside of the hindwing
evenly disposed, whilst in that species the ocellus above
vein 3 is displaced inwards; also there are no white
blotches on the inner side of the series of ocelli; these
differences seem perfectly constant, and there can be little
doubt that it is a distinct species. It is also closely
allied to C. leander, Esp., from Russia and Hungary, but
differs from it in having an orange terminal line on the
underside of the forewing, and in having a silvery line on
Butterflies of Aragon. 429
the inner side of the terminal orange line of the hind-
wing instead of on the outer side.
At Albarracin we were kindly welcomed by Canon
Zapater, who gave us a copy of his valuable Catalogue of
the Lepidoptera of the Province of Teruel. This was of
infinite use to us; it supplied us with much local infor-
mation, and we found it entirely reliable in every
respect. The Canon also told us that Hrebia zapateri
was not to be looked for before July 21st, at the earliest
—so we had three weeks before us in which to explore
the country. We first went to Bronchales, in the
porphyritic mountains north of Albarracin, then east-
wards to Teruel, and on our road there (in the hot gorge
of the Guadalaviar) we took Satyrus prieurt for the first
time. Later on, we found this handsome butterfly very
plentiful in these lias valleys, and we were lucky enough
to get several specimens of the rare female variety whagoni.
We observed that this variety appeared to be singularly
attractive to the males; in fact the crowd around
uhagont several times attracted our notice to her. And
on one occasion she escaped, leaving three of her admirers
in the net!
From Teruel we went southwards to the Sierra Cama-
rena, and ascended the Javalembre, 0000 feet high,
where we got plenty of H. evias, but in very bad con-
dition. We also took a fine P. apollo, with orange spots.
Returning to Teruel by Villel, we took plenty of
S. fidia and 8S. actza, but no S. priewri till we got
back to the lias above Teruel. P. podalirius, var. feis-
thameli was very common around ‘l'eruel, and we had
a very good day along the Albarracin Road, getting
Lycena admetus, L. telicanus, and Syrichthus proto
besides the S. priewrt, which swarmed. ‘Then we
tried Bronchales and Noguera (in the porphyritic
group of mountains) for Mrebia zapateri, but in vain.
We could only find an isolated specimen here and
there, though we quartered the district as carefully as
pointers do the turnips in September. We began to
despair of it, and our time was running out, when, at
last, on the 29th of July, it appeared in numbers, and
we took over a hundred specimens in three days. It is
the most beautiful of Hrebias, and rather peculiar in its
habits, flying slowly and lazily about the bushes of
grouseberry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi), which form the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,.—ParRTIv. (DEC.) 29
430 Mrs. M. De la B. Nickoll on the
undergrowth of the thin pine woods, and it is very shy
of windy or cloudy weather. If by any chance it gets
blown away from the grouseberry bushes, it seems com-
pletely lost and will not settle anywhere, letting the wind
carry it at pleasure. It is then very hard to catch. I
append a description of this little-known insect.
Expanse, 1°50 to 1:75. Upper side of all the wings
dark reddish-brown, with a distinct blue gloss. F. W.
with broad trianguiar ante-marginal band, broad at
costa and tapering to a point at inner margin, containing
two small white-pupiiled spots near the apex. This ante-
marginal band is sometimes continued half-way across
the hindwings; but generally the hindwings have no
yellow markings. Underside of forewings brown, much
tinged with red, ante-marginal band and spots as above.
Underside of hindwings rather paler brown, with faint
-grey ante-marginal band edging the wing rather evenly.
No eye spots on hindwings.
Another scarce Erebia is common in the Albarracin
country, viz.: H. epistygne, which appears in abundance
on the higher pastures in April and May, directly the
snow melts. ‘The only other Lrebiw to be had is
Li. evias, which appears in May or June, and is not very
plentiful. The Satyrus family are well represented, and
we took eight species besides var. ulagont. S. priewrt is
probably a lias insect, as we never took it on any other
formation. P. apollo is‘very common on all the higher
mountains, and shows much variation; some specimens
have the spots white, some more or less orange, and
some ? specimens are very dark, with three conspicuous
red spots on the upper side of the forewings. L. betica
swarms everywhere; J. telicanus is not so abundant.
DL. admetus is not scarce in the Guadalaviar valley, and L.
amandus is to be had in the porphyritic country, whilst
I. arion is very scarce and very early, but generally dis-
tributed over the higher valleys. Thecla roboris is plentiful
on the Cuenca side, but rare about Albarracin. Argynnis
hecate and A. pandora are common everywhere. A.
chlorodippe replaces the typical form of A. adippe all
through Aragon. Melitwa deione is to be had, but not
very commonly, the same remark applying to AL. trivia.
M. aurinia, var. desputainit, is common, but was nearly
over. The Melanargias are well represented. WM.
lachesis swarms, so does M. iapygia, and its variety
Butterflies of Aragon. 451
eleanthe is to be had. M. ines we only took near
Cuenca—never on the Teruel side of the watershed.
Of the genus Syrichthus, S. proto is common in the
valleys, S. carthamt in the mountains, and a very well-
marked variety of S. alveus, probably var. cirsit, is taken
in plenty about Noguera. It occurred to us that the
country had been far more thoroughly worked around
Cuenca and Albarracin, and in the Noguera and Bron-
chales group of mountains, than around Tragacete, the
Muela de San Juan, and Lago d’Una. Professor Max
Korb spent much time at Bronchales during the summer
of 1896, searching for the larva of the rare Saéwrnia
isabella, and he has probably taken everything worthy
of notice in those forests. He has also hunted the
country around Cuenca pretty thoroughly, and the whole
Albarracin district has been constantly worked by
Canon Zapater for many years past. But from 'Traga-
cete, a large prosperous village within an hour’s walk
of the source of the Jucar, and within reach of the Tagus
valley, there is a great extent of mountain and forest
country, many boggy uplands and hot gorges, which
deserve to be explored. ‘Travelling is easy on mules,
_the people are remarkably honest, civil, and hospitable,
and the climate delightful.
There are excellent inns at Cuenca, Albarracin, and
Teruel ; no guide books are of much use; and no good
maps are to be had. ‘The mountain inns are no worse
than they are in other countries, and the food decidedly
better than in out of the way parts of Italy or
Ireland.
I append a list of the species of Rhopalocera to be had
in the district—partly derived from Canon Zapater’s
Catalogue, those recorded for the first time being
marked * :—
Papilio sinon, Poda (podalirius, L.); also var. feist-
hameli, Dup. (common) ; P. machaon, L.
Thais rumina, L., scarce—we only took one.
Parnassius apollo, L., common—and pretty varieties to
be had.
Aporia crategi, L., common.
Pieris brassice, L., common; P. rapx, L.; P. napi,
Ll, ; Po daplidice, L.
Anthocharis belemia, Usp., very rare; A. belia, Cram.,
432 Mrs. M. De la B. Nicholl on the
rare; and var. ausonia, Hiibn., not uncommon; A. car-
damines, L.; and A. ewphenoides, Staud., common.
Zegris ewpheme, Ksp., tolerably plentiful in some years,
always common about Cuenca.
Leucophasia sinapis, L., not very common.
Colias hyale, L.; C. edusa, Fabr., and var. helice,
Hiibn., very common.
Rhodocera rhamni, L.; ft. cleopatra, L.—very common.
Thecla spint, Schiff., and T. ilicis, Ksp., common; 1.
roboris, Ksp., not so common; TJ. rubi, L., very
plentiful.
Thestor ballus, Fabr., common at Cuenca.
Polyommatus aleiphron, Rott., var. gordius, Sulz., and
P. phleas, L., very common; var. eleus, Fabr., also
common,
Lycena betica, L., in swarms; J. telicanus, Lang,
rarer; L. argus, L., and var. hypochiona, Ramb., com-
mon; L. zephyrus, Friv., rare (we caught none, being
too late for it); L. orion, Pall., rare; L. baton, Bergst.,
rather common; LL. lysimon, Hiibn., very rare; L.
astrarche, Bergst., and vars. estiva and montana, com-
mon; L. icarus, Rott., common; JL. escheri, Hiibn., L.
bellargus, Rott., L. corydon, Poda, L. argiolus, L., L.
sebrus, Boisd., all common; JL. corydon, Poda, var.
albicans, Herr.-Schiatf., var. syngrapha, Boisd., and var.
hispana, Herr.-Schiff., rare; L. hylas, Esp., and var.
nivescens, Kef., not very common; L. admetus, Esp., not
very common; L. damon, Schiff, rare; LL. minima,
Fuessly, rare; L. semiargus, Rott., not common; J,
cyllarus, Rott., rare ; L. melanops, Boisd., very rare; L.
arion, L., very rare; L. amandus, Schneid., local,
probably recorded in Zapater’s list as L. tolas, Ochs.
Limenitis camilla, Schiff., common.
Vanessa C.-album, L., not rare; V. polychloros, L.,
common; V. wrtice, L., V. atalanta, L., and V. cardut,
L., very common; V.i0, L., scarce; *V. egea, Cram.,
very rare.
Melitzxa aurinia, Rott., the typical form replaced by
var. desfontaini, Godt; M. phoebe, Knoch., M. didyma,
Ochs., and M. parthenie, Borkh., very common ; M. trivia,
Schiff., and IM. deione, Hiibn., not very common; JM.
athalia, Rott., very rare.
Argynnis lathowia, L., A. adippe, L., var. chlorodippe,
Herr.-Schiiff. (which replaces the type), A. aylaia, L., A
Butterflies of Aragon. 433
pandora, Schiff., all common; A. hecale, Hsp., A. ino,
Esp., and A. paphia, L., all tolerably common.
Melanargia lachesis, Hiibn., M. iapygia, Cyr., and var.
cleanthe, Boisd., M. ines, Hoffsge., all common; *M.
galathea, L., very rare.
Hrebia evias, Godt., and EH. epistygne, Hiibn., tolerably
common; FH. zapateri, Oberth., common in the Sierra
Albarricin only.
Satyrus aleyone, Schiff., S. circe, Fabr., S. briseis, L.,
S. prieurt, Pierr., S. semele, L., S. statilinus, Hufn., 8.
fidia, L., and S. actwxa, Esp., all common; S. arethusa,
S. V., and S. priewri, var. uhagoni, Oberth., rare.
Pararge meone, Esp., and P. megzra, L., common; P.
egeria, L., rather rare; P. mxra, L.
Epinephele lycaon, Rott., EH. tithonus, L., EH. pasiphe,
Eisp., very common; #. ianira, L., and HE. ida, Hsp.,
not so common; FH. ianira, var. hispulla, Hiibn., not
common.
Cenonympha arcania, L., and C. dorus, HEsp., com-
mon; C. iphioides, Staud., C. pamphilus, L., and var.
lyllus, Esp., rather scarce.
Spilothyrus lavatere, Esp., common ; 8. althex, Hiibn.,
and var. beticus, Ramb., and S. alcex, Hsp., rather
rare.
Syrichthus carthami, Hiibn., S. alveus, Hiibn., var.
fritillum, Hiibn., and var. cirsi, Mey., S. malve, L.,
and S. sao, Hiibn., common; S. proto, Esp., not so
common.
Nisoniades tages, ., not uncommon; var. cervanies,
Grasl., rare.
Hesperia lineola, Ochs., common; H. comma, L., not
very common.
I cannot end this paper without some notice of Saturnia
isabelle, Graells, which is found chiefly in the pine forests
of the Albarracin. The caterpillar feeds on the upper
branches of the highest pine trees, from which it very
seldom descends. It is hatched at the end of June and
is full fed about the end of July; the beautiful green
moth emerges in September. Iam told that it is not
easily taken, and the caterpillar is reckoned a great prize
on account of the height at which it feeds. It is not
very easy to rear, but the British Museum possesses
some beautiful specimens, bred at the Zoological Gardens.
434 Mrs. M. Dela B. Nicholl on the Butterflies of Aragon.
T imagine that the moth might be taken without diffi-
culty at night in September, which appears never to
have been attempted. It is not rare at Noguera and
Bronchales. I believe Prof. Korb obtained over
200 caterpillars last year, but did not meet with much
success in rearing them. Another very rare insect,
peculiar to the Albarracin, is Bombyx (or Albarracina)
korbi, Staud., discovered by Prof. Korb in 1881, very
rare at Albarracin and unknown elsewhere in Europe.
Canon Zapater’s list of moths is long and interesting ;
but these do not come within the scope of this paper.
XX. New or little-known Sphegide from Hgupt—a
Correction. By the Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A.,
F.E.S.
In my paper, published in these Transactions (1897,
pp. 310-316), I unfortunately described one of the new
species under the name of Tachysphew (?) integer (p. 308).
‘This name is not available, having been applied by Kohl
to another species (Ann. Hofm. Wien, vii., p. 216, 1892).
I propose therefore to call my insect, instead, Tachysphex
(?) hologuathus—this name referring (as my former
name was intended to do) to the entire mandibles, which
form so striking a characteristic of the insect in contrast
with the notched mandibles of cther species belonging
to the same genus.
Dec. 16, 1897.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For tHE YEAR 1897.
February 3rd, 1897.
Mr. Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and the thanks
of the Society voted to the respective donors.
Appointment of Vice-Presidents.
The President briefly returned thanks for the honour
conferred upon him by his election, and announced that he
had appointed as Vice-Presidents The Rey. Canon Fow ter,
M.A., F.L.8., Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., and Professor
Metpora, F.R.S.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. F. Bates, of 417, High Road, Chiswick; Mr. Dudley
D’ Auvergne Wright, M.R.C.S., L.R C.P., of 55, Queen Anne
Street, W.; and Mrs. E. Brightwen, of The Grove, Great
Stanmore, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Eahibitions, ete,
Mr. Champion exhibited an extensive series of Coleoptera
collected by Mr. R. W. Lloyd and himself in July last in the
Austrian Tyrol, chiefly at Mendel, Campiglio, and Cortina.
PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND. I., 1897. A
( a)
The collection contained about 4509 species, including
35 Longicornia, about 20 Otiorrhynchus (the most charac-
teristic beetles in the places visited), and many interesting
Carabidex, Elateride, ete.
He also exhibited about 85 species of Coleoptera from
Cintra, Portugal, collected by Col. Yerbury, during the early
spring of 1896, the most interesting of these being Carabus
lusitanicus, 1°,
Also, on behalf of Mr. W. H. Harwood, two specimens of
the rare Zeugophora flavicollis, Marsh., from Colchester.
Mr. Tutt exhibited for Mr. H. B. Prince some Lepidoptera
from the Cheshire coast, and read the following notes :—
‘‘These insects were captured on the Wallasey sandhills.
Nyssia zonaria.—The examples are uniform at first sight, and
yet, when carefully examined, exhibit considerable variation.
In some specimens the darker portions of the wings are but
faintly developed, and the specimens have a very pallid and
unicolorous appearance. At the opposite extreme the trans-
verse basal line is continued up to the costa, and the space
between this and the next transverse line 1s filled in with dark
grey shading, forming a more or less distinct band. In other
specimens the basal transverse line is almost or quite obsolete,
and leaves the whole area from the discoidal lunule to the
base of the wing with only the two darker longitudinal
neurational markings. On the hindwings there is an equal
range of variation, the palest specimen having scarcely any
trace of the three transverse bars which are very distinctly
marked in the darkest specimens. The apterous females
show no marked variation. Triphena orbona (comes).—A
moderately variable series with nothing approaching the
range of variation found among the Scotch specimens. The
colour aberrations appear to cover the usual range reached in
our southern and midland English counties. Noctua
wanthographa.—Among these we get the usual range of
yariation, extending from the pale grey ab. cohwsa, H.-5.,
to a form approaching the ab. obscura, Tutt, without reaching
the range to which the Scotch specimens often attain.
Triphena pronuba.—This series comprises some of the more
usual forms but, taken as a whole, it tends to the darker
Gaal)
‘aberrations. Mellinia circellaris.—The series is composed of
‘about half each of the greyish-ochreous type (circellaris) and
ithe redder ab. ferruginea, Esper. The suffused ab. macilenta,
Hb, is not represented. Orthosia lota.—These are a most
uniform series. Of the thirteen examples, twelve are quite
-of the typical coloration, whilst one shows a slight tendency
_ to approach the ab. rufa, Tutt.
‘““The two following species sent by Mr. Prince did not
‘come from the Cheshire sandhills. LHmaturga atomaria.—
‘These were captured on Thurstaton Common, by the river
‘Dee, in May, 1896. They are rather smaller than our
‘southern form and more nearly approach in size and their
dark fuscous coloration the specimens from the northern
moors. /ypsipetes ruberata.—Captured at Flaybruck Hill,
near Bidston, in May, 1896. These are an interesting series,
‘somewhat smaller than the Wisbech specimens. Most of the
individuals show the transverse markings fairly well, whilst -
only two examples exhibit the pale central band so conspic-
uous in the two allied species—H. trifasciata and H, furcata
(sordidata).”
Mr. Tutt then exhibited some typical specimens of Zyqana
ochsenheimeri, Zell., from Piedmont, and also some hybrid
Zygenids, obtained by crossing 4%. ochsenheimeri with Z.
jilipendula, and read the following notes:—‘‘It is in the
memory of you all that Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred
hybrids between AZygena lonicere and Z. filipendule and
between Z. lonicere and Z. trifolii (the progeny of the latter
proving fertile for four generations). In my ‘ Notes on the
Zygenide,’ I re-described two very distinct Zygenids which
had been united by Staudinger under the name of 7, trifolii
var. dubia. There were 4%. medicayinis, Led., and Z,. ochsen-
heimeri, Zell.; the former a five-spotted species, closely
allied to, but larger than, 7%, lonicera, the latter a six-spotted
species closely allied to 4%. jfilipendulw, aberrations of which
have been erroneously referred to this species. In 1894
Dr. Chapman sent eggs of 7%. ochsenheimeri from Courmayeur
(Piedmont), to Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher. These duly hatched,
and when the imagines emerged a ¢ Z. ochsenheimeri was
paired with a ? Z. filipendule from the Sussex Downs (Lewes
(oPiy 3)
or Shoreham). Eggs were obtained, and a part of the moths
resulting from the cross I now exhibit. Mr. Fletcher adds
that the hybrids paired inter se and the larve duly hatched.
“The true 7%. ochsenheimert shows considerable sexual
dimorphism, the male being smaller than the female, the
sixth spot (i.e., the lower of the outermost pair of spots)
being almost obsolete, with a distinct concavity on the outer
margin of the hindwing, the concavity being largely accen-
tuated by the widening of the rather broad black margin at
this area. The females show the same peculiarities, but less
markedly, than the males,
“The males of the cross exhibit very markedly the char-
acters of the male of 7. ochsenheimeri, the sixth spot in all but
two of the male specimens being much reduced, and in a
majority of the specimens the hindwing is like that of
Z. ochsenheimert. On the other hand, the females, with two
exceptions, strikingly resemble 7. filipendulw, and the hind-
wing character is almost entirely lost.
“It is evident that the theory that allied species are not
fertile inter se does not hold good for the genus Zyyena,
unless we are to unite all the Zygenid species into one,
which is absurd.”’
Mr. Tutt also showed, for Mr. J. B. Hodgkinson, a number
of obscure British Micro-lepidoptera, many of which had been
regarded as new species. The validity of the determinations.
was questioned by Lord Walsingham, Mr. B. A. Bower and
others, and the firstnamed speaker strongly deprecated the
practice of positively recognizing or describing such obscure
forms, particularly when British, from single or worn speci-
mens. <A suffused aberration of a Gelechiid, taken at
Witherslack, and described under the name of Lita inter-
mediella (Knt. Rec., ix, p. 86), was referred to Lita fraternella.
Mr. Barrett showed specimens of the true Platyptilia tesse-
radactyla, L. (= P. fischeri, Zell.) new to the United Kingdom,
and taken in Co. Galway by Mr. W. F. de V. Kane and the
Hon. R. KE. Dillon. The species was widely distributed in
N, and Central Europe, often occurring at a considerable
elevation, and was said to feed on Gnaphaliwn.
Mr, Tutt stated that he had found it to be common in the
(wy)
Alps among Petasites; and Lord Walsingham spoke in sup-
port of the identification.
Mr. McLachlan exhibited cooked locusts (Schistocerca pere-
grina) received from the Rev. A. E. Eaton and sold in the
market of Biskra, Algeria, under the name of ‘“ Jarad.”’
They were cooked whole, but the abdomen only was eaten.
The President, Mr. Barrett, and Mr. Blandford made some
remarks on the subject.
Mr. Blandford, Hon. Sec., suggested that it would be
greatly to the advantage of Fellows if notices of Exhibits of
general interest, and likely to lead to a discussion, were sent
to him beforehand, as was the case with kindred societies. If
this were done, and the notices were accompanied by the
names of Fellows likely to be specially interested in the
exhibition, he would endeavour to send out intimations to
them of the date fixed. As the plan was suggested for the
convenience of Fellows, and was not provided for by the
Society’s bye-laws, he must reserve the discretion in every
case as to whether such notices should be acted on or not.
The President and Mr. Merrifield, Hon. Sec., also spoke in
favour of the proposal.
Paper.
A paper was communicated by Dr. A. G. Butler, F.L.5.,
on ‘‘ Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies.’”” He con-
tested the views of Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall (Tr. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1896, pp. 551—566) as to the distinctness of certain
forms of Acrwa, and maintained that one part of Africa
cannot and does not represent the entire range of a species
with its extreme dry- and wet-season forms, and that the
dry-season form of a moist district may be the intermediate
or a wet-season form of a drier district. The author also
stated that the black apical patch of the forewings in Acrea
was not of specific value, inasmuch as all grades existed
between the broadest apical patch and no patch at all; it was
probably only a seasonal development or a mere variation.
Many of the species recognized as distinct by Mr. Marshall
were merely varietal, and were linked together by inter-
mediate forms in the collection of the British Museum. Such
(2)
Were Acraa pudorina, Staud., A. acrita, var., Trim., A. acrita,
Hew., and A. cheribula, Oberth.
The paper led to a long discussion, chiefly on the so-called
‘‘dry-season’”’ and ‘‘ wet-season forms,’’ between the Presi-
dent, Mr. Jacoby, Mr. Tutt, and Mr. Merrifield. The latter
speaker stated that he had been unable experimentally to
modify the colour and markings of Lepidoptera by variations
in humidity. Mr. Tutt believed that Mr. Doherty had
obtained ‘‘ wet-season forms” of Oriental species by keeping
the pupa in a moist atmosphere.
February 17th, 1897.
Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,
in the Chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
tothe respective donors.
Hahibitions.
Messrs. Champion and Jacoby exhibited the collection of
Phytophagous Coleoptera made by Mr. H. H. Smith in
Grenada and the Grenadines for the West India Explora-
tion Committee of the Royal Society and British Association.
Mr. FI’. C. Adams exhibited rare Diptera taken in the New
Forest during the preceding year, and read the following
notes :—
‘Tipula, sp. n.; a small species taken in my garden at
Lyndhurst, May 28th, and submitted for identification to
Mr. Austen, who regarded it as probably new.
** Platyura marginata, Meig. It is doubtful whether this
should be called rare, but I have not yet found it common in
the New Forest, and it was unrepresented in the British
Museum Collection.
‘* Nephrocerus flavicornis, Zett. This very rare fly has only
been taken twice in this country, on both occasions by myself.
The first, taken on June 16th, 1894, in Park Ground En-
closure, is in the National Collection; the second was taken in
my garden, not more than two hundred yards from the same
spot.
( vu)
“ Syrphus guttatus, Fall. One female taken in my garden,
June 22nd. Originally recorded by Mr. Coryndon Matthews
from South Devon in 1898. Mr. R. C. Bradley recorded two
females last year as well as three SN. flavifrons, Verr., which
he believes will prove to be the male of this species.
‘“Callicera anea, Fabr. Taken on water-mint at Butts Lawn,
near Brockenhurst, on August 13th.
‘‘Mr. Verrall mentions four specimens recorded up to
January, 1889; since then one has been taken also at Lynd-
hurst. This brings the record up to six, of which three have
been taken in the County of Hampshire. Nothing I believe
is known of the larva, but from the circumstance under which
I took the fly, I think it may prove to be aquatic.
‘* Physocephala nigra, De G. Judging from old collections,
this fine Conops seems to have been more plentiful in bygone
years, but only a few captures have been recorded of late.
My specimen was taken in Rhinefield Enclosure on the
29th May.
“« Stevenia maculata, Fall. This is the Flesina maculata, Fall.,
of Verrall’s List, and seems to be very spasmodic in its
appearance, single specimens being the general rule.
“‘ Acanthiptera inanis, Fall. This does not appear in Mr,
Verrall’s List unless under the name of Sphecolyma inanis,
Fall., one of the Dexide. The venation however is distinctly
that of the Anthomylide, and Dr. Meade places it just before
Pegomyia. It has been bred from wasps’ nests, which seem
a very strange habitat for so frail an insect to select, con-
sidering how fond wasps are of preying upon Diptera, espe-
cially those belonging to the family Muscide.
‘“« Hydromyza livens, Fabr. Several taken 29th July at
3rockenhurst Bridge, running on leaves of Nuphar lutea.
This insect was quite common, but difficult to capture, and I
should not have exhibited it as rare but for the fact that Mr.
Verrall, in his list, considers it as doubtfully British. It
stands in the old collection at the British Museum, and was
figured and described by Curtis as Cordylura livens, Fabr.”
Mr. M. Burr showed an example of Locust (Acrydium
agyptium, L.) taken in the Post Office at Bedford Street,
Strand, and six new species of Acrydiide belonging to the
( viii)
genera Gelastorrhinus, Brauer, from Japan; Duronia, Stal,
from the Cameroons; Phlaoba, Stal, from Penang ; Hyalo-
pteryx, Charp., from Bolivia; Catantops, Schaum, from the
Cameroons; and Dichroplus from Bolivia.
The Secretary exhibited a Cicada larva from which a
fungus, probably Cordyceps sobolifera, was growing, which
had been sent to the Society from Venezuela, with an
enquiry as to its real nature. He mentioned that such
Cicada larve, with the out-growing fructifications of this
fungus were among the best known cases of insects attacked
by Entomophthorea, and had been familiar for many years
from the West Indies, under the name of the ‘ Vegetable
Fly.” Judging from the description and figures of the
fungus given by Mr. Cooke in his ‘* Vegetable Wasps and
Plant-Worms,”’ the one sent from Venezuela appeared to be
identical with the West-Indian species.
The Rey. Dr. Walker showed a series of Coleoptera,
Hymenoptera, and Diptera, collected in the Orkney Islands —
during the previous season.
Mr. Tutt exhibited some very extreme forms of Spilosoma
lubricipeda ab, zatima, in which the black suffusion of the wings
was exceptionally heavy, and in one of which the fringes also
were black. The specimens were bred by Mr. Young, of
Rotherham, Yorks. In reply to Mr. Mclachlan, Mr. Tutt
said that the species occurred on the Continent as a somewhat
rare aberration, Heligoland being the best known locality.
For at least twenty years a M. Deschange had interbred the
form on the Continent and advertised the pup# in the
Continental magazines for sale. There was considerable
doubt as to how the species had been introduced into England,
for it was probably not indigenous, but it was certainly being
sold by a professional dealer living in this country before the
now well-known strain from Yorkshire had been established,
There was, however, no reason to suppose that it was deliber-
ately introduced for sale as a British variety.
Mr. C. G. Barrett also spoke on the origin of the British
strain, and said that the parent example was bred from one of
a large number of pup from different sources. The origin
of this pupe was unknown but it possibly came from the
Ces)
South of England and the larva might have been accidentally
imported in market produce.
Mr. Tutt also showed an exceptionally fine specimen of
Teniocampa populeti ab. ocularis, Frr., bred by Mr. Young,
from a larva taken in the neighbourhood of Rotherham.
Paper.
Mr. Jacoby and Mr. Champion communicated a “ List of
the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith
in St. Vincent, Grenada and the Grenadines, with descrip-
tions of new species,” the Crioceride and Galerucide being
dealt with by Mr. Jacoby, the Hispidae and Cassidide by Mr.
Champion. The paper was in continuation of those contri-
buted by Messrs. Gahan and Champion and by Prof. Williston
on the insects collected in these islands under the auspices of
the West India Exploration Committee of the Royal Society
and British Association. Forty-six species, of which twenty-
one were new, were enumerated in the first two families, and
seven species in the last two families.
March 8rd, 1897.
Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. George W. Bird, of the Manor House, West Wickham,
Kent; Mr. Alfred H. Martineau, of Solihull, Warwickshire ;
Mr. Hubert C. Phillips, M.R.C.S., of 88, Shirland Gardens,
W.; Mr. William A. Vice, M.B., of 5, Belvoir Street,
Leicester; and Mr, Colbran J.Wainwright, of 147, Hall Road,
Handsworth, Birmingham, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
The Secretary announced that the Committee appointed to
consider the question of the protection of British insects in
danger of extermination, had unanimously resolved that it
was desirable to form an Association, the members of which
should agree to discourage, by their own example and by
their influence, the excessive collecting of all those species
C= 2
of Lepidoptera which from their habits appeared to be in
danger of extermination; that this resolution had received
the approval of the Council, who would refer the matter back
to the Committee, in order that definite proposals for the
formation of such an Association might be drafted, and it was
hoped to lay these prcposals before the Society for discussion
upon April 7th.
Mr. Champion exhibited, on behalf of Messrs. Godman and
Salvin, a portion of the Elateride, and the Cebrionide and
Rhipidoceride recently worked out by him in the “ Biologia
Centrali-Americana.”’ The Elateride included 5381, the
Cebrionide 29, and the Rhipidoceride 14 species, a large
proportion of which were described as new. He stated that
his labours had been much facilitated by the free access to
the very extensive collection of Elateride formed by the late
BK. W. Janson, and by the loan of many types from Dr. Can-
déze, who had lent valuable aid. He called attention to the
excessive rarity of the males in the Hlaterid genera Chalco-
lepidius and Semiotus (the contrary being the casein the genus
Scaptolenus of the Cebrionide, and also in many Klateride),
and to the fact that the sexual characters of Semiotus had been
misunderstood, the supposed males being really females. In
the ‘fire-flies,”’ Pyrophorus, a genus containing a large
number of extremely closely-allied forms, important specific
characters were detected in the genitalia of the males. One
species, Meristhus scobinula, Cand., was common to Central
America and China.
He also exhibited a specimen of Hudectus giraudi, Redt ,
found by himself at Mendel, in the Austrian Tyrol, in July
last. This is a rare European species of Staphylinide, a
black variety of which (/. white?, Sharp) had once been found
in Scotland, on the summit of Ben-a-Bhuird.
Mr. Jacoby showed a Halticid beetle, taken in Mashuna-
land by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, and remarkable for a prolon-
gation of the hind tibia beyond the tarsal articulation into a
very long serrated process.
Mr. Elwes showed a series of Papilionide of the Machaon
group, from North America, including P. machaon and P.
oregonia from British Columbia, P. brucei, P. bairdit, and
Got)
P. zolicaon from Glenwood Springs, Colorado, and the latter
species from British Columbia. He stated that there was a
tolerably complete gradation from P. oreyonia (= machaon)
through P. brucei to P. zolicaon, that none of the characters
which had been relied on for separation were of real value,
and that the structure of the genitalia afforded no assistance.
Although P. bairdii appeared to be very distinct in appearance
and habits, it was associated with the other forms in Colorado,
and Mr. W. H. Edwards stated that he had bred both P. bairdii
and I, oreyonia from eggs of the same female of either of the
two forms.
The working-out of the synonymy and specific differences
(if any such existed) between the N. American Papilios of
this group was one of the most difficult problems offered by
the Butterflies, and one which was well deserving of an
exhaustive study.
Mr. J. J. Walker mentioned that he had bred P. zolicaon
from larve found on Siwn, at Esquimault, Vancouver Is.,
and that neither larva nor pupa was distinguishable from
that of P. machaon.
Papers.
Mr. O. H. Latter read a paper on “ The prothovacic gland
of Dicranura vinula, and other notes,’’ in continuation of his
previous communications on the subject. A fresh use of the
formic acid secreted by the larva was described; it was
employed to alter the silk secreted in spinning the cocoon, in
order to convert it into the well-known horny mass. If the
acid was prevented from acting, as by supplying the larvie
with bits of blotting paper soaked in an alkali to be utilised
in making the cocoon, the silk thus protected from the action
of the acid retained its usual fibrous structure.
Prof. Meldola spoke in appreciation of Mr. Latter’s work on
this larva, which he characterised as being physiologically one
of the most remarkable insects known. The most singular
feature which Mr. Latter had discovered was its power of
secreting free potassium hydrate, and it was of great import-
ance to ascertain if possible the metabo'ic processes whereby
this was effected.
(oaexll a)
Sir George Hampson communicated a paper on ‘“ The
Classification of two subfamilies of Moths of the Family
Pyralide—the Hydrocampine and Scopariane.”’
March 1I7th, 1897.
Mr. Roranp Trimen, F'.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. Henry Hague, care of the Clydesdale Bank, 30, Lom-
bard Street, E.C., was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
The Secretary read the following letter addressed to the
President by the President of the Royal Society :—
‘‘Royat Socrety, Burtrycron House,
“¢Lonpon, W.
“ February 22nd, 1897.
‘‘Sm,—Upon the invitation of the President and Council
of the Royal Society, the Presidents of scientific Societies in
London met the President and Officers of the Society on
February 9th to consider whether any, and, if so, what, steps
should be taken on the part of men of science to commemorate
the present 60th year of the reign of Her Gracious Majesty
the Queen, a period so rich in scientific discoveries. At that
meeting, which was a very representative one, it was unani-
mously resolved :—
“That a fund, to be called the Victoria Research Fund,
be established, to be administered by representatives
of the various scientific Societies, for the encourage-
ment of research in all branches of science.
“To raise a Fund of such a kind worthy of the occasion,
the active co-operation of all the scientific Societies of the
Empire is imperatively necessary; for the Fund, to be so
worthy, must be a very large one.
‘Tt is not to be expected that scientific Societies would in
general contribute out of their corporate funds, though some
might be willing to do so; but rather that the several
Societies should exert themselves to coliect subscriptions to
the Fund.
(C2 xine)
‘*Nor is it to be expected that men of science would them-
selves furnish the required sum. It is to be hoped that they
would contribute so far as each felt able. But the chief gifts
are to be looked for from the public, from these who are not
themselves engaged in scientific inquiry, and especially per-
haps from those whose wealth has been the direct or indirect
result of the scientific progress of the Victorian era.
‘So many demands are at the present moment being made
in so many ways upon the purse for the purpose of commemo-
rating the present year, that it may be worth while to point
out that, the object of the proposed Victoria Fund being a
lasting one, it 1s not necessary that the whole Fund should be
raised at once. The Fund once established might be increased
by subsequent additions, and contributions might be spread
over many years, or might not be called in until some future
time, so that the burden in the present year might be
lightened.
‘It is proposed that the income of the Victoria Fund should
be applied to the advancement of all branches of science in
all parts of the British Empire. Should therefore the project
of the Fund be approved, and the Fund established, its
administration will necessitate an organization, the details of
which will need most careful consideration in order that the
Fund may be used in the best way in all future times; but
such details may be left for the present.
‘‘Meanwhile, the first step to be taken is to ascertain
whether the proposal meets with such general acceptance
among men of science as to justify the President and Council
in proceeding further in the matter.
‘*T have therefore been requested by my Council to ask you
to be so good as to bring the subject before your Society at
your earliest convenience, in order to ascertain whether the
proposal is approved or not, and at the same time to give the
Royal Society the benefit of the advice of your Scciety upon
the whole matter.—1 am, faithfully yours,
(Signed) ‘¢ LISTER,
“* President of the Royal Society.
‘< To the President of the
Entomological Society.”
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11., 1897. B
(xiv)
It was moved by Mr. Merrifield, seconded by Mr. Tutt, and
unanimously agreed to ‘‘ That this Society approves generally
of the proposals contained in the letter from the President of
the Royal Society of the 22nd February, 1897, for establish-
ing the ‘ Victoria Research Fund.’ ”
Mr. Butterfield, present as a visitor, exhibited a series of
33 male and 6 female Phigalia pedaria, taken near Bradford,
Yorkshire, on Feb. 14-17, 1897.
21 males were typical in having a greatér or less develop-
ment of the four transverse bars. The remaining 12 were
without bands, and varied in colour from black to a smoky
olive; they were decidedly less in point of size, ranging
from 1x: in. to liin., as against ly in. to 14% in. in the
banded forms, and were also poorer in scales and slightly
deformed. He had only met with this variety once before
in the last twenty years, and suggested that the eruption of
smal], black, and depauperized forms might have been pro-
duced by dryness and want of food in the larval conditions,
the trees haying been extensively defoliated in the preceding
year. These dark forms appeared in the first emergence of
the species.
Mr. Tutt agreed with this view, in the course of the sub-
se ,uent discussion. Mr. Porritt said that the melanic variety
had occurred to his knowledge for several years in the
Bradford district, in some years 8 per cent. of the specimens
being of this variety, whereas in the present year only 4 per
cont. were melanic; similar varieties, e.g., m A. betularia,
showed no signs of depauperisation.
Mr. Kirkaldy exhibited an example of the rare macro-
pterous form of Velia currens, Fabr., taken by Mr. Burr at
Kast Grinstead, and one of Cicadetta montana, Scop., from
Brockenhurst.
Mr, Burr exhibited a series of grasshoppers with red and
blue hindwings of the family CEdipodide, to show the remark-
able variation in colour seen in this group; and read the
following notes :—
‘* The few specimens exhibited are intended to show the
peculiar coloration of the hindwings which is found in certain
(Edipodide. The remarkable colour-variations, however,
(Ses)
which occur throughout the family can only be fully seen by
means of a longer series. The first two species, Psophus
stridulus, Linn., from Savoy and an undetermined species
from the United States show red hindwings, of which the
colour does not vary to any great extent. The third species,
(Hdipoda miniata, Pall., from Italy, has two forms, one, the
.type-form, red wings as shown here, the other blue. The
latter is due to a failure of the pigment and is therefore a
form of albinism, as Brunner has suggested. ‘he first blue-
winged species exhibited is the common ‘ langoute,’ or
Uidipoda carulescens, Linn., which is normally blue. There
is, however, a yellow form, var. sulfurescens, found in Algeria,
of which a specimen is shown. It is a curious thing that this
yellow form is never found in Europe, where the blue form is
abundant; its existence is also due to a failure of pigmentation,
produciug albinism, which here takes the form of an insipid
yellow colour, whereas albinism in (. miniata converts the
red colour into a blue. The synonymy of these two species
is very confused as the different colour-varieties were regarded
as distinct species. Later they were all united into a single
species until Brunner in his ‘Prodromus der europaischen
Orthopteren’ succeeded in separating them on structural
characters. Together with the yellow form a fine species,
(dipoda fuscocincta, Luc., of which a specimen is shown, is
found in Algeria.
“In Celes variabilis, Pall., of which I have no specimen
here for exhibition, no less than three colour-varieties of the
hindwings are found, red, blue (more or less faint) and quite
colourless. The blue species from America affords a striking
example of another variation that is common in the species of
this group, in the position of the black band or fascia on the
hindwings. This form of variation seems to be dependent on
geographical circumstances. According to Brunner, in the
specimens of (idipodide from the Northern Pyrenees and from
the Jura and the Northern Alps, t.c., Alpine forms, the whole
of the apex of the wings is black: in specimens from Central
Europe the black band reaches the outside edge of the wing at
the second sinus, wuile in the southern specimens, 7.e., from
southern Dalmatia or Greec2, the band fizst reaches the edge
C x1 7)
of the wing at the fourth or fifth sinus. Here we have a
transition towards Cdipoda gratiosa, Serv, and (. char-
pentieri, Fieb., in which the band is entirely within the wing
and never reaches the edge. A specimen of a red @. qratiosa,
from Ephesus, is shown.
“In Bryodema tuberculata, Fabr., from Mongolia, a curious
form of venation is seen, some of the veins being greatly
thickened in the genus. The species is different in habits
from the majority of the Orthoptera, being a very high and
sustained flyer, and ascending in the air until it is almost lost
to sight. In flying, like certain other insects of this order, it
produces a continual buzz with a metallic sound, especially
in the male.”
Papers.
Mr. Champion communicated a paper on the Elateride and
Rhipidoceride collected by Mr. H. H. Smith at St. Vincent,
Grenada, and the Grenadines, and exhibited the specimens.
Dr. Forel also communicated a paper on the Formicide
collected by Mr. Smith in the same islands.
April 7th, 1897.
Mr. Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Ewhibitions, ete.
The following Memorandum of an Association for the Pro-
tection of Insects in danger of extermination, which had been
drawn up by a Committee appointed for the purpose and
approved by the Council, was laid before the Society and
signed generally by those present: ‘‘ We, the undersigned,
being desirous of protecting from extermination those rare
and local species of Insects which are not injurious to Agri-
culture nor to Manufactures, do hereby agree, by our own
example and by the exercise of our influence over others, to
discourage the excessive collection and destruction of those
species of Insects which from their peculiar habits are in
danger of extermination in the United Kingdom,
‘We further agree to accept for the purposes of this
(i. xvul )
Association such list of species in need of protection as shall
be drawn up and, if necessary, from time to time amended by
the Committee of the Entomological Society of London
appointed to that end.”’
The draft of alterations and additions to the Society’s Bye-
laws, recommended for adoption by the Council, in accorc-
ance with a notice received under the provisions of Chap. XXJ.
of the Society's Bye-Laws, and signed by the following
Fellows : Sir George Hampson, Bart., Messrs. R. McLachlan,
F.R.S., F. Merrifield, W. F. H. Blandford, G. C. Champion,
Herbert Goss, Martin Jacoby, and J. W. Tutt, was read for
the first time.
Mr. McLachlan showed, on behalf of Mr. Gerald Strick-
land, a magnified photograph of Brachycerus apterus, obtained
by direct enlargement in the camera, and extremely clear in
definition and detail.
Mr. Tutt exhibited some of the silk used by Tephrosia
bistortata to cover its ova. His attention was first drawn
to it by Mr. T. Baty, but directly afterwards the slide con-
taining the silk was received from Dr. Riding, who stated
that the silk was contained in a pouch at the extremity of the
abdomen, between the upper part and sides of the vaginal
sheath and the abdominal walls, being packed in the form of
dense bundles about 2 mm. long, and resembling in miniature
locks of wavy flaxen hair. A detailed account of the working
of the ovipositor and the placing of the silk was given by
Dr. Riding (Ent. Rece., ix., No. 5). The importance of the
discovery lay more particularly in the suggestion it afforded,
that the material with which several Lasiocampids and
Liparids covered their eggs, which had often been described
as consisting of scales from the anal segment, might most
probably prove to be analogous with that described by
Dr. Riding, and to be secreted in the same way. The
presence of such glands had hitherto not been suspected in
the imago. Attention was drawn to the very different ap-
pearance presented by the material used to cover the eggs in
such species as Porthesia similis and Leucoma salicis, the
saliva-like appearance of the egg-covering in the latter species
being very remarkable.
(xvi)
Papers.
Papers were communicated by Prof. Miall, F.R.S., on
‘The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata,” and
by Messrs. Godman, F.R.S., and Salvin, F.R.S., on ‘‘ New
Species of Central and South American Rhopalocera.”’
May 5th, 1897.
Mr. Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. C. H. Peers, of Harrow Weald, was elected a Fellow
of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
The draft of alterations to the Society’s Bye-Laws was
read a second time.
Mr. J. J. Walker exhibited an earwig, Apterygida arachidis,
Yersin, of wide distribution, but new to Britain and recently
found in large numbers in chemical works at Queenborough.
It had been probably imported among bones. Mr. Burr
also showed a complete series of the British species of
Forficulide. Of these, Chelisoches morto, Fabr., was an
Oriental species, very widely distributed over the Pacific
Islands, Malay Archipelago, Burmah, Ceylon, Mauritius, ete.
It had been taken at Kew Gardens, having been imported
from Mauritius in sugar-cane.
Mr. Enock showed eggs of Stenopsocus cruciatus, L., laid on
ivy in the autumn of 1896, and containing larve of Alaptus
fusculus, Hal. The first male parasite emerged on May 4th,
1897, and was of a somewhat different character from the rest;
he thought it would probably prove to be Alaptus minimus, Hal.
The males remained under the Psocid’s web until the females
emerged, when pairing took place immediately, the males
dying soon afterwards.
Mr. Merrifield exhibited some further results of tempera-
ture experiments on pupe of Pieris daplidice from eggs
obtained at Hyéres in March. Four were forced at 70° to
80° F., emerging in seventeen to eighteen days; all were
(Sac) )
of the ordinary summer type. Seven others cooled: at about
52° F. for from five to six weeks, and then at normal out-
door temperature, where they were from five to eight weeks
before emerging, were all of the spring form bellidice. A Colias
edusa pupa cooled for four weeks had the ordinary markings
ill-defined and the black discal spot much reduced. Of two
Melitea didyma forced at 94° F. and emerging in five to six
days, one a male, was abnormally fiery in colour, and two
that were cooled at about 51° F. for four weeks, had a great
extension of the black markings on the undersides of the
hindwings. Some Saturnia carpini, from North Italy,
forced in the late winter and early spring were much paler,
ruddier, and less richly marked than those kept out of doors.
A number of fresh pup and larve of Vanessa urtice@, var.
polaris, from Lapland, kindly brought by Dr. Chapman and
Mr. W. E. Nicholson, were subjected to the usual different
temperatures, from about 102° F. to 34° F., and exhibited
a wide range of effects, but not so wide as those from Central
Kurope. 8S. carpint is interesting as one of the few winter
pup which have been found to be affected. The others
previously recorded by him were Drepana falcataria, the
three Selenias found in England, and Zonosoma punctaria.
Mr. Merrifield had not found time to work out all his results,
but he thought the changes produced by temperature were
mainly of three kinds, viz.: (1) General change, often
striking, in the colouring, without material alteration in
the pattern or form of the markings, but often with much
enhancement or diminution in their intensity; (2) change
caused by the substitution cf scales of a different colour,
either singly and generally distributed so as to be scattered,
or so grouped as to cause a material change in pattern ;
(3) change in general appearance, caused by imperfection
in the development of scales or of their pigment. No. 1
seemed a direct effect of temperature not affecting vigorous
development. Under No. 2 were to be ranged the most
radical changes in pattern (as in the extreme case of
Araschnia levana-prorsa, which had been explained on the
theory of reversion to an earlier form). In No 38 the wings
were often somewhat reduced in size, the scales were scanty,
( xx )
irregularly placed, and often misshapen and deficient in
pigment, the membrane of the wing showing between them,
so as to give the insect a shining ‘‘greasy’’ appearance. Of
course the three were more or less combined in many cases.
Also he thought that in general the principal changes were
produced along the margins and at the base and apex, and
often along the nervures of the wings; perhaps there was
some connexion between this and the fact ascertained and
lately published by Mr. Mayer, that these were the parts of
the wings in which the pigment was the last to develop. In
conclusion, he called attention to the experiments of Mr. E.
Fischer, of Zirich, and particularly to the considerable
effect caused by brief exposure to a very low temperature,
one gradually reduced from about 20° C. (68° F.) to 2° C.
(28-4 F.), where pup of V. wrticw were kept for brief periods,
causing more than half of the butterflies from them to be
materially changed in appearance.
Mr. Tutt exhibited a long series of insects, including
specimens of Ascalaphus, collected by Dr. Chapman at
Cannes during March, and by himself at Digne during April,
1897, and remarkable for their early emergence.
Paper, FPavhibitions, and Discussion on Mimicry.
Dr, Dixry read a paper on ‘‘ Mimetic Attraction.”” He
began by pointing out with the aid of diagrams that the
process of mimetic assimilation might start from a given
point and proceed along several divergent paths. For
example, from an ordinary non-mimetic form of neotropical
Pieris, such as Pieris phaloe, not one only but several diver-
gent series of mimetic modifications could be traced; each
passing through a graduated series of closely-allied forms
until it terminated in a Peris or Mylothris bearing a more or
less intimate relation with some protected form or forms of
entirely different affinities. Such were the series leading
through P. calydonia to P. demophile 2, a mimic of Aeria
agna ; the series starting from 1’. demophile and passing into
forms such as 7. locusta 2, which was in mimetic relation-
(cc)
ship with Fleliconius atthis; the series represented by P. pax-
dosia and P, leptalina, which approached Napeogenes inachia ;
the series dealt with in a previous communication (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, pp. 65-79), which led up to forms
associated with Heliconius numata; and lastly, a series
derived from the one last-mentioned, which ended in
Mylothris alethina 2, a mimic of Tithorea tarracina.
In all these instances, the model towards which the series
tended did not present an isolated scheme of colour, but was
a member of a larger or smaller group of forms, associated in
external features; such as were shown in the series to be
exhibited by Mr. Blandford. These mimetic groups were no
doubt mainly of the ‘Miillerian” kind, that is, they were
associations between inedible species of various affinities.
Reasons were given for attributing great importance to the
operation of the Miillerian principle in producing such a
facies as that of the neotropical fauna, and for assigning to
Batesian mimicry a comparatively subordinate position. Stress
was laid on the facts (1) that Batesian mimicry could exist
only when the numbers of the mimic were insignificant
compared with those of the model, whilst a Miillerian group
was strengthened by every fresh accession; and (2) that the
attractive power in Batesian mimicry acted only from the
model towards the mimic, whereas in Miillerian association it
was mutual, and tended to produce reciprocal changes. For
this mutual modification of characters the term “reciprocal
mimicry ’’ was suggested. A relation of the latter kind
appeared to exist, e.y., between Pieris locusta ¢ and Heliconius
cydno, and it must therefore be concluded that the Pierid was
inedible, a conclusion previously reached in the case of other
Pieride on more than one kind of evidence. A consequence of
the keen competition for life in such a region as the neotropical
was that scarcely any conspicuous form was completely isolated.
If edible, it would generally be a Batesian mimic; if nauseous,
it would be drawn into the vortex of one of the great Mul-
lerian groups. The force exerted by these latter was well
exemplified by the facts dwelt upon at the beginning of the
paper, which showed the steps by which the members of a
single genus such as Pieris, and sometimes even the sexes of a
(ei) 9)
single species such as P. locusta were drawn apart into more
or less intimate relationships with separate Millerian groups.
Mr Brayprorp then exhibited and described the series of
Neotropical butterflies from the Godman-Salvin collection,
which were shown by him on a previous occasion (Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1896, p. xxxviii.); he stated that he used the
term ‘ homemochromatism,’’ originally employed in the
‘* Biologia Centrali-Americana,’’ in preference to Dr. Dixey’s
term ‘‘reciprocal mimicry,” to denote the phenomenon
exhibited by ‘‘ Millerian ’’ groups, because it gave a sufficient
indication of its nature without assuming any theoretical con-
sideration as to its origin. The series shown were :—
ig HemaocHROMATISM BETWEEN Patrep SPECIES OF THE SAME
GENUS.
Heliconius galanthus and H. luce. Guatemala.
H. chioneus and H. sappho. Panama.
H. cydno and H, eleuchia. Colombia.
FH. alithea and H. primularis. Teuador.
Hach pair was closely alike on the upper-side; the under-
sides were different, there being common types for the right-
hand and left-hand members of the pairs respectively.
There was also a progressive modification in the patterns of
the upper-side in proceeding from North to South.
II. HomaocuHroMATISM BETWEEN ParrREeD SPECIES OF DIFFERENT
GENERA.
Tithorea humboldti and Heliconius cassandra. Colombia.
Tithorea candollei and Heliconius sp. Antioquia,
(with these associated F’picalia chromis,@ ).
Tithorea bonplandi and Heliconius hecuba. Colombia.
Vithorea pavonit and Heliconius atthis Keuador.
(with these associated Pieris locusta, 2).
III. GeroGRAPHICAL MODIFICATIONS OF Homa@ocHROMATIC SPECIES
OF THE SAME GENUS.
Heliconius thelwiope and H, vesta.
a. Parallel varieties of both species in Cayenne, inoscu-
lating with H. melpomene at one end of the series,
(ten)
and extending to typical H. thelwiope and H. vesta at
the other end; the varieties occurring without refe-
rence to geographical distribution.
b. Fixed geographical paired races of both species from
British Guiana, Lower Amazons (Para), Upper
Amazons (Pebas), Ecuador and Bolivia, and accom-
pained in the first three localities by homcochro-
matic races of H. ade.
c. Intermediate forms connecting H. vesta with H. phyllis
in Bolivia.
IV. Exrenstve Homa@ocuromatic (Mixierian) Grovups.*
1. North Central-American Type.—Guatemala to Nicaragua.
Lycorea atergatis. Helicontus telchinia,
Melinaa imitata. Fueides zorcaon.
Tithorea sp. Hresta philyra.
Mechanitis doryssu-. Protogonius cecrops.
Ceratinia dionwa. Dismorphia praxinoe,
C. fenestella, Mylothris malenka.
Intermediate between Groups 1 and 2,
Melinea scylax. Heliconius clarescens.
Mechanitis lycidice.
Napeogenes tolosa.
Ithomia heraldica,
2. South Central-American Type.—Costa Rica to Panama.
Thyridia melantho. Heliconius zuleika.
Tithorea helicaon, HH, formosus.
T. duenna, Liueides vulyiforinis.
T. pinthias. Hresia nigripennis.
Mechanitis isthnia, Ey. pecillina,
Ceratinia decumana. Anaa jansoni, 2.
C. callispila. Ithomets imitatriv.
Napeogenes tolosa. Archonias lyceas, &.
* The genera in the left-hand columns of the list, except Lycorea,
a true Danaid, belong entirely to the Heliconioid Danainz (Neotro-
pine). Of those in the right-hand columns, Heliconius and Eueides
belong to the Heliconiine : Eresia, Anea and Protogonius to the
Nymphaline ; Archonias, Mylothrisand Dismorphia to the Pierins ;
and [thomeis to the Erycinide.
(xxiv =)
Dircenna relata.
Callithomia hezia.
Hyposcada adelphina.
Pleronymia notilla.
Hypoleria libera,
Dismorphia deione, 9.
D. sororna, 2.
Mylothris malenka, 2.
Papilio zalates.
Colombian modification of 2.
Tithorea hecalesina,
Napeogenes peridia.
Pteronymia picta.
East Brazilian Type.
Heliconius hecalesia.
Evesia ithomioides.
Anea panariste, 2.
(a.) The apical spots on the forewing yellow.
Lycorea halia,
Melinwa ethra.
Tithorea sp.
Mechanitis nesaa,
Napeoyenes vanthone.
Ceratinia laphria,
Heliconius dryalus.
Huetdes dianasa.
Hresta esora.
Hresia sp.
Dismorphia astyonome.
(».) The apical spots on the forewing white.
Mechanitis lysimnia.
Napeoyenes euryanassa,
Ceratinia daeta,
Guiana Type.
Lycorea ceres.
Melinawa mneme.
Tithorea harmonia.
Mechanitis polymnia.
Ceratinia philidas.
. Upper Amazons.
p
a. Kga Type.
Lycorea cinnamomeana.
Melinaa pardalis.
Tithorea harmonia.
Mechanitis eqaensis.
Ceratinia fluonia.
Heliconius nareaa.
Fleliconius numata.
Hresia sp.
Dismorphia amphione.
Heliconius pardalinus.
Protogonius castaneus.
Diismorphia egaana.
@ xxv)
b. Sao Paulo Type.
Lycorea cinnamomeana. Heliconius isabellinus.
Melinaa cydon.,
Mechanitis olivencius.
Ceratinia tigrina.
c. Lower Rio Napo Type.
Melinea sp. FLeliconius sp.
Mechanitis sp. Eueides sp.
Callithomia sp. Eresia sp.
Ceratinia sp.
6. Ecuador Type.
Melinaa cydippe. Heliconius aristiona.
Mechanitis mothone. Hueides acacetes.
Ceratinia semifulva. Acrea acipha,
Napeogenes sp. Hresia ithomiola,
Protogonius semifulrus.
Papilio baechus.
7. Central Colombian modification of 6.
Melin@a messenina. Heliconius messene.
Mechanitis menophilus.
Napeogenes sp.
The greater part of these groups, which also contained a
few moths belonging chiefly to the genus Pericopis, consisted
of species of the Heliconioid Danaine or, as they had been
recently called, Neotropinz; one or more species of Heli-
coniude were constantly present, and the associated forms of
Heliconius might conveniently be regarded as representatives
of the respective colour-types. A few Nymphaline, Pierine,
Papilioning, and in one case an Erycinid, had been drawn
into the vortex. The colour-types which they represented
were so far diagnostic of the geographical distribution that
4, strange specimen belonging to one or other of these groups,
which were a few only out of many such that could be put
together, could be unhesitatingly assigned by its facies to its
G xxvii")
original habitat in Tropical America.* But whereas certain
groups, such as 1, 2, 3, and 4, were of extensive geographical
range, others, such as the Ega group, 5a, with its peculiar
suffused brown coloration, or the Rio Napo group, 5c, were
restricted to a comparatively small area. This was intelligible
in the Andean region, where every valley had its owu special set
of forms and where isolation played the same part as in the
evolution of insular faunas, but, as Dates had pointed out,
it was a very remarkable phenomenon in the Amazon valley,
throughout which the physical conditions were very uniform.
He did not propose to dispute either of the theories of mimi-
ery which were associated with the names of Bates and
Miller, but they rested very largely on hypothesis and were
in want of further support from observation and experi-
ment, which would afford a large if arduous field of
work to the enterprising naturalist; the difficulties of the
subject did not appear to him to be fully overcome by these
theories, which should not be pushed so far as to lead to the
disregard of other factors which might have influenced the
genesis of these groups. One difficulty was that of distribu-
tion. As before mentioned, the groups of the Upper Amazon
valley were often of limited range; but if they were geneti-
cally connected and the conditions of their environment were
constant, the causes which brought about association under
a common type, if prohibiting deviation therefrom under
penalty of destruction, should have operated to extend the
limits of a group as widely as possible by acting as a check
to variation on its outskirts. If it were assumed that one
form were so far dominant as to drag its associates with it in
any given direction, it must be also recollected that the prin-
ciple on which these large ‘ Miullerian”’ associations were
supposed to be based was prohibitive to variation of any
component species, either as a whole, or in any part of the
* As an example, group 4 is distinguished mainly by having
the hindwings almost or quite black behind the transverse black
bar usually preseut. The same character exists in British Guiana
examples of //. theluiope and //. vestu, not in other respects true
components of the group; it is absent in their Amazon repre-
sentatives, at least as far as Bolivia, where it turns up again in
association with very different groups.
(| xxvii)
range of the system. The logical tendency of such a group
would be to extend its limits indefinitely and not to give rise
to repeated changes of the colour-type.
Another difficulty was presented by the very close resem-
blance, at times amounting to identity in external characters,
between certain pairs in these groups, a resemblance to
which Brunner’s epithet, ‘‘ hypertelic’’ might be applied.
Existing theories postulated a selective elimination by insecti-
vorous birds, etc. ; but the birds’ discrimination of members of
a ‘ Millerian,” 7.¢., protected group must be in relation to
its distinctness from the other insects co-existing in the same
region. If, as was frequently the case, such a group was
immediately recognisable by its broad features as protected
and inedible, such further discrimination between its members
as would be necessary to bring about the intimate likeness
found, e.g., between many species of Melinwa and Heliconius
was not adequately accounted for by Muller’s hypothesis.
With regard to ‘ convergence,”’ which had been put forward
as a necessary phenomenon in Millerian mimicry, the
possibility of parallel variation ought not to be excluded. To
take the case of H. thelxiope and H. vesta, the “ typical ”’
forms might be assumed, ew hypothes?, to be the most ancestral,
and to have acquired their common resemblance by conver-
gence; but from these forms were derived, as the series
exhibited showed, a number of paired varieties which were
progressively modified in relation to their distribution. There
was nothing to show that either species had been influenced
in its variation by the other, and that it would not have
followed the same course if it had been isolated. And it was
conceivable that the causes, in most cases unknown, which
brought about modifications in the colour and markings of a
species in association with its geographical range, might have
produced identical results in two species of the same genus,
with a common facies, under common conditions.
Prof. Pounron: He congratulated Dr. Dixey on his care-
ful work, and on the deep interest of the results he had
obtained. It was a great source of satisfaction to him that
this research had been conducted in the Hope Department of
the Oxford University Museum.
(| xxvii )
He then exhibited a further series of neotropical butterflies
from the Godman-Salvin collection, illustrating the various
members of the group which had been formed round Methona
confusa, Butl., and Thyridia psidii, L.; the best known moths
(of the genera Castnia and Hyelosia) which fell into the group,
were supplied by specimens from the Hope collection. This
group which, as regards most of its members, had been
originally described by H. W. Bates, occupied a very wide
geographical area, and was of special interest, not only on
account of the number of forms which entered into it, but
also because of the perfection of the resemblance.
Further, he exhibited the smaller group which convergcs
around Ituna lamira, Latr.,and species of Olyras, Thyridia, ete.,
the specimens being selected from the Godman-Salvin collec-
tion; he also showed several groups characteristic of Honduras,
Surinam, Eastern Brazil, etc., the specimens haying been
recently acquired by the Hope collection for the purpose of
illustrating the principles of Warning Colours and Mimicry.
Many of these specimens possessed the special interest that
they were captured by one collector nearly at the same time,
and in one locality. In fact, in the case of the Honduras
insects (presented by Col. Swinhoe), examples of several
different species and genera had been sent in one set of papers
as a single species. Thus in the case of these groups evi-
dence was actually forthcoming that the separate species do
live together intermingled, and are liable to be confused, at
any rate by a human collector.
The term “ homcochromatism’’ was criticized on the
ground that it was a mistake in science rigidly to exclude
theory and interpretation. A theory might be a good guide
to discovery, even if it turned out in the end to be imperfect
cr wrong. And in this case it was contended that the theories _
of Mimicry and of Warning Colours had by no means been
proved to be wrong, but remained as the only hopeful inter-
pretation of the facts.
He also objected to Dr. Dixey’s phrase, ‘reciprocal
mimicry,’ inasmuch as the resemblances alluded to were
those of specially defended insects, and not of forms which,
being themselves harmless, lived on the reputation of their
@ sexixe 8)
better defended neighbours, as in mimicry proper. Protective
Mimicry had been defined by the speaker as ‘‘ False Warning
or Deceptive Warning Colours” (pseudaposematic), while,
according to Dr. Dixey’s contention, there was nothing false
about the warning colours of the insects described.*
It was contended that the peculiar local groups, such as
those of Ega and the Rio Napo do not offer any difficulty
to the theory. The ordinary laws of variation continued to
operate after the formation of a group, only in this case the
change which so often occurs in a species with a wide geogra-
phical range, ultimately splitting it up into subspecies and
true species, would draw the associated forms after it by the
operation of the very principles by which the group was
originally formed. If this process were sufficiently gradual
no principle of Millerian association need be violated. Or
the facts might be reasonably explained in another way: the
dominant (a word which here implies only the commonest
and best known, in fact, the most widely advertised
of the specially defended Lepidoptera of the district)
form might have inhabited the region in question, and
assumed its peculiar aspect before the formation of the
* Tt has since occurred to me that terms accurately descriptive
for those who accept the theories of Mimicry and Warning Colours
may be obtained by an extension of the terminology proposed by
me in 1890 (“The Colours of Animals,” pp. 336 et seqq.). In the
majority of cases there is reason for the belief that Miillerian
groups have been formed by a gradual approximation towards the
appearance of some aggressive and abundant species, or towards
that of the most prominent general characteristics of several such
species belonging to a specially defended section of Lepidoptera,
such as the Euploeine or Acreine. Miillerian groups of this kind—
probably by far the commonest—may be said to possess Synaposematic
(obv, together ; ard, away : ofjya, Sign) colours, pattern, or appear-
ance, the noun being Synaposeme. They may also be said to possess
Miillerian Warning Colours or Common Warning Colours. For
those extremely interesting but, as I believe, relatively uncommon
cases, in which the approach is mutual—a process of ‘give and
take,” so well described by Dr. Dixey—the term Diaposematic
(ad, used to express mutual relation, as in “ dialogue,” amd, and ofa)
may be employed, the noun being Diaposeme. These cases may
also be spoken of as Reciprocal Warning Colours. Mr. Arthur
Sidgwick has kindly helped in the formation of these new terms.
—E. B. Poulton, June 14th, 1897.
PROC. ENT. SOC LOND., u., 1897. C
(Cee)
group, and may have then separately ‘‘converted ’’ each new-
comer as it arrived in the district. The tendency of a group
was certainly, as Mr. Blandford maintained, to extend its
limits indefinitely—a tendency which had operated with great
success in certain cases. But the spread of species always
encountered opposing forces which in many cases acted as
effective barriers.
With regard to Brunner’s ‘ Hypertely,” he maintained
that one knew far too little of the details of the struggle for
existence to justify the conclusion that it was incompetent to
produce such effects. What little was known confirmed the
belief that very minute differences might serve to turn the
scale. The differences between extremely perfect resem-
blances and those which were less perfect or only very rough,
were probably to be explained by the relative age of the
association in the former, or the more complete and rapid
operation of natural selection on account of a special reliance
on this among other modes of defence possessed by the
species. One was compelled to believe that every perfect
resemblance began as an imperfect resemblance, and then
passed through stages in which the likeness was gradually
increased ; and it was only to be expected that examples of
all such stages should exist at the present day among the
numberless forms which exhibited mimicry and common
warning colours.
Gradual changes in the geographical distribution of the
constituent species along the borders of groups would tend
from time to time to bring certain of them within the
influence of other groups, and so begin a change in another
direction. Furthermore, there was no reason for concluding
that the detached members of Miillerian groups must become
extinct, as in the case of the Batesian or true mimic. In the
presence of other dominant members of a group, any ten-
dency towards resemblance might well be of selection value :
in their absence it was by no means necessary to assume that
a species, which, ex hypothesi, was specially protected in some
way, must become extinct, although any further advance
towards. the likeness would be checked, and the ground gained
in the past lost after a longer or shorter interval. To enter
(Sexxy 3)
the area of another group would tend towards a rapid modifi-
cation of the old appearance.
The suggestion that parallel variation assisted in the for-
mation of these resemblances was strongly opposed by the
fact that the superficial characters were alone affected, and
that the closeness of resemblance bore no relation to degree
of affinity. For instance, the resemblance between a
Melina and a Heliconius was frequently much closer than
that between the former and a Mechanitis, or the latter and
an Eueides, in the same groups. Although the interesting
facts brought forward by Mr. Blandford with regard to Heli-
conius thelviope and H. vesta, ete., would, taken alone, seem
to support his suggestion of parallel variation, yet when they
were considered as part of the whole phenomena of Miillerian
warning colours, as exhibited and as at present known and
understood, in the Neotropical Rhopalocera, one was led to
believe that one set of principles had been at work, and that
natural selection, which, he contended, offered the only hopeful
solution in the vast majority of cases was the true explanation
of the others also.
Further strong support for this conclusion and further
difficulty in the way of any other interpretation as yet offered
was to be found in the similar behaviour of the groups which
in other tropical countries represented the Danaine, Nectro-
pine, and Heliconiine of S. America. Thus unmistakable
indications of Miillerian association were to be found among
the Acreine of Africa and among the Danaine and Eupleine
of the Oriental Region. It was impossible to contend that
these representative groups possessed the monopoly of parallel
variation, or of change under direct influence of the environ-
ment.
The Prestpent: In treating of the Millerian associations of
species closely resembling each other—many of which were so
well illustrated by the admirably arranged series of Tropical-
American Lepidoptera exhibited by Mr. Blandford—there
was always, in his opinion, great risk, in the case of species
of the same genus or even of nearly allied genera, of mis-
taking for mimicry the similarity really due to close affinity in
blood, It also occurred to him that in these Miullerian com-
( scxxai >)
panies, where each component species is admittedly protected,
some certainly and the rest presumably, by offensive and dis-
tasteful secretions, there did not apparently exist the same
necessity for exact imitation as was demanded in the case of
the Batesian mimicries, when the very existence of the unpro-
tected edible individual and species depended on the closest
simulation of the protected inedible form. The opinion had
been expressed that in the latter cases mimicry had some-
times been carried to an exactness in minutie quite unneces-
sary; but he thought that no one, who considered the life
conditions under which these mimicries had been brought
about—the intensity of competition, the overwhelming fer-
tility, the complex inter-relations of organisms, so charac-
teristic of tropical regions, could seriously conclude that these
special modes of protection could by any possibility be too
perfect. We might rest assured that imitations so complete
as many of them are would certainly not exist if they had not
become necessary.
In the discussion of these extremely interesting phenomena
it was only too evident how great was the need for prolonged
and continuous systematic study of the living forms in their
natural environment. The collector in tropical regions,
however able and enlightened, and however desirous of con-
tributing to the elucidation of these and kindred problems,
was too much hampered by the hindrances and interruptions
incident to his main occupation to admit of his undertaking
such a series of observations as was essential. What was
wanted were Diological Stations dealing with the terrestrial
fauna on the lines of late so successfully followed in marine
biological research.
The discussion was then adjourned till June 2.
June 2nd, 1897.
Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The President referred to the great loss which the Society
had sustained by the death of Dr. Fritz Miiller, one of its
Honorary Fellows, and to his distinguished services in the
@ xa )
cause of entomological science, and especially in forwarding
the theory of the Origin of Species.
The draft of the proposed additions and amendments to
the Society’s Bye-Laws was read a third time.
Ewvhibitions.
Dr. Chapman exhibited the young larva of Kriocephala
allionella. The egg was very similar to that of L. calthella,
which he had previously figured. The larva was also closely
alike but the tubercular appendages were proportionately
smaller, The ova were from moths taken near Cannes. He
also exhibited the skin of a female imago of //eterogyna penella,
to show the muscles, which were well developed on a larval
type in both the abdominal and thoracic regions.
Mr. Jacoby exhibited a fine example of the large Hepialid,
Leto venus, from Plettenberg Bay, 8. Africa. The President
said that the insect afforded an interesting case of localised
distribution, being confined to an area of about fifty by
fourteen miles, whereas the larva fed in the wood of Virgilia
capensis, @ common and widely-distributed leguminous tree.
The insect was very conspicuous and could not have been
overlooked in other localities.
Mr. Burr showed a pair of gynandromorphous earwigs,
Chelisoches morio, Fabr., from Java, with ordinary males and
females for comparison. In both specimens the right branch
of the forceps was of the male, and the left branch of the
female form. De Bormans had recorded a similar case in
Labidura pugnax, Kirb., from Burmah (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.
(2), xiv., p. 877), in which also the right branch was male
and the left female. In the National Collection there was a
Chelisoches morio, in which the left branch was male and
the right female. According to Brunner this phenomenon
was not uncommon in the Forficulariide, but the speaker had
heard of no other cases.
The Hon. Walter Rothschild exhibited a series of speci-
mens of Hudemonia brachyura, Drury, and FE. argiphontes,
Kirby, to show the differences between these two West
African Saturniid moths. The distinctness of the latter
species had been doubted, as until recently it was only
(Cr xxv, 4)
known by the unique examples in the Dublin Museum, and
the three published figures of these were materially different
from each other. A comparison of the series exhibited
showed the two species to be abundantly distinct.
Mr. Kirkaldy exhibited fifty specimens of Notonecta glauca,
Linn., to show the extreme range in size and colour of this
species, to which the Palearctic N. lutea, Mull., was ex-
tremely closely allied, if not conspecific with it. The
distribution of N. glauca was very extensive and included
practically the whole of Europe, Palearctic Africa, Teneriffe,
Western Asia, Siberia, the Himalayas, and North America,
the exhibitor observing that a Brazilian species was probably
an extreme variety of this insect.
Discussion on Mimiery, ete.
Tae discussion on Mimicry and Homeochromatism in
Butterflies, adjourned from May 5, was then resumed.
Dr, Dixry: He wished to add his voice to the chorus of
approval and thanks which had greeted the very fine exhibit
arranged by Mr. Blandford from the collection of Messrs.
Godman and Salvin. ‘He thought that his own views were
supported by the contents of the drawers shown, and that the
series of examples contained therein were, in most instances,
Millerian associations of an extensive character.
He agreed that the term ‘ homcochromatism”’ had an
advantage in merely denoting the facts, without reference to
any theory ; but he thought that Mr. Blandford ought not to
restrict it, if such were his intention, to Millerian mimicry.
It was equally true that Batesian mimics were homceochro-
matic with the models they represented.
He was not sure whether Mr. Blandford intended his
remarks about the intimate resemblance existing between
certain species included in these groups to be considered as a
criticism of the Miillerian theory. The course taken by any
species was a resultant of the various forces acting upon it,
and the perfection of a mimetic resemblance would therefore
stand in relation to the facility for its acquisition which was
allowed by the other forces tending to modify the external
appearance.
( oxxxy )
Professor Poulton had criticised the use of the term
“mimicry”? in the case of Miillerian resemblances. The
speaker agreed that any ambiguity between these phenomena
and DBatesian mimicry was to be avoided, but it had not
occurred to him that his use of the term ‘‘reciprocal
mimicry’? was open to this objection. He had also been
charged with saying that Millerian mimicry was necessarily
reciprocal. Possibly he had conveyed this impression ; he did
not, however, intend to assert that this form of mimicry must
always so demonstrably act as to produce reciprocal alterations
among species associated under its influence; but merely that
it exercised a constant potential force, in some cases becoming
actual and capable of demonstration, towards mutual converg-
ence, whereas in Batesian mimicry the mimic was neces-
sarily without any such influence on the model.
He was glad to hear Professor Poulton say that he was
becoming convinced by the speaker’s arguments that the
Pierine were a protected group. Hoes should not himself,
however, care to assert more than that much evidence point-
ing to this conclusion existed in respect to many members
of the subfamily—for instance, the genera Delias and Mylo-
thris; while in some cases the evidence for inedibility was
considerably strengthened by the presence of reciprocal
change.
Canon Fow.er: Could anyone explain the existence of the
‘‘predominant partner’’ which was assumed in the explana-
tion given of these groups? He could not imagine why one
species should be stable and the others unstable and depen-
dent upon the former for their characters,
Mr. Etwes: The society was much indebted to Messrs.
Godman and Salvin for the loan and to Mr. Blandford for
the arrangement and exhibition of these valuable specimens.
He doubted if there were any other collection in the world
from which such an exhibit as that shown could be got together.
To his mind the specimens were of infinitely greater scientific
value in their present arrangement than they would be if
dispersed throughout a collection in their proper systematic
positions,
He therefore pleaded that when the question of their being
( xxxvi })
sent to their ultimate destination, the British Museum,
arose, the possibility of their being kept permanently to-
gether might be considered, and their retention in the present
arrangement stipulated for, The absence of any rare or
unique examples from their proper places in the collection
would be more than compensated for by the increased interest
which would thus be secured, and the series would serve as
a model to curators of other museums in the art of making
butterfly collections interesting and instructive.
He had to speak that evening without the advantage of
having heard the first part of the discussion, and what he
had to say was therefore based mainly on the abstract which
had been furnished of it. He thought, and his opinion was
formed on personal experience gained in collecting in many
countries, tropical and otherwise, that there was too much
assumption about either the Batesian or Miillerian theories
of mimicry. In many supposed cases he doubted whether
the so-called models were protected either by taste or smell,
and he thought that the importance of birds as enemies of
butterflies had been overrated. It seemed to him that the
protection supposed to be given to the imago was of little
account in the perpetuation of the species when compared
with the destruction which took place in the larval or pupal
stage by climatic influence, as well as by insect and other
enemies.
However beautiful these explanations of the phenomena of
mimicry were in theory they ought not in most cases to be
treated as proved scientific axioms. He did not deny that
there might be some truth in each of the theories which had
been put forward, but it appeared to him that altogether too
much stress was laid on them. Had any observations been
made which would justify the statement that the members of
a Miillerian group were inedible, as was asserted by Dr. Dixey
in his quoted remarks ?
He desired to call attention again to a passage in his
Presidential Address on Geographical Distribution (Trans,
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, pp. Ixv., lxvi.). He -had said:
‘* What is most remarkable is the existence, at high eleva-
tions in yarious parts of the Andes, and at sea level in South
Gixxxvul
Chili and Patagonia, of several genera and species elsewhere
unknown in the Neotropical region, and which are isolated
from their congeners in North America by an enormous area
of country.
‘* Among these Trifurcula huanaco is a remarkable species
which occurs in the Andes of Bolivia, at 16,000 to 17,000
feet, and has a marvellous likeness to Baltia shawt, found at
a similar elevation m Ladak.
‘“Phulia, a genus of three or four nearly allied species
also occurring at great elevations in the Andes and Chili, has
a striking resemblance to Synchloe butleri, a species which
accompanies Baltia in Ladak. If similar conditions of en-
vironment do not produce similar effects, how can these
extraordinary cases of resemblance in remote and discon-
nected areas be accounted for ?”’
He hoped that entomologists who resided in places where
any of the supposed instances of protective mimicry occurred
would pay special attention to the life-history of the species
affected by it, as such observation alone could prove or dis-
prove the question.
Mr. Verratt : Homeochromatism was not a phenomenon
confined to the tropics. Homcochromatic resemblances
existed even in Europe between Diptera and Hymenoptera,
and it must be assumed that they stood in relation to the
protective armature of the Hymenoptera.
Col. Swrrnor: A challenge had been held out as to whether
the distasteful qualities of protected Lepidoptera had been
experimented on. As an example of a species, of which such
qualities were placed beyond doubt, he instanced Danais
chrysippus, one of the most widely-spread protected models.
This insect was so free from attack, owing to its nauseous
character, that the protection extended eyen to dried
examples. These would be found untouched in a box of
insects, although the remainder of its contents had been
destroyed by mites or Anthreni. He did not doubt that
there were many other protected Lepidoptera, including many
Pierine genera—for example, all the species of Teracolus
appeared to be inedible.
Mr. Jacosy: If protected and inedible species were so
PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1., 1897. D
(| xxxvill_ )
widely distributed, why were they not universally imitated
by unprotected insects? He did not think that sufficient
proof had been given of the existence of protection.
Sir Grorce Hampson, Bart.: In his personal experience
in 8. India he had found that it was quite an exceptional
thing to see birds catch, or even attempt to catch, butterflies,
whilst it was a matter of daily occurrence to see them taking
other insects, especially moths, ete., started from a position
of rest. In the cases he had witnessed the Huplwe and
Danaidae were caught as often as any others, but usually
escaped eventually from the beak of the bird and flew away
none the worse owing to the toughness of the integuments.
The only bird he had observed frequently to pursue butter-
flies was the common Indian Bee-eater, which he had seen
hawking Pieride, and among them Teracolus, which Col.
Swinhoe had expressly referred to as a protected genus.
He thought the cause demanded by these theories was
inadequate to produce the results assigned to it.
The Hon. Watrer Roruscarip: It had struck him that it
was much more conceivable that certain climatic influences,
etc., had played a part in bringing about these resemblances,
and he thought that these groups assumed the same appear-
ance because one given influence was at work on them.
Such a case as that of Papilio merope, and its various
representative forms inhabiting Africa (except the Palearctic
North part) and Madagascar were inexplicable by mimicry
alone. This Papilio was monomorphic in Madagascar, the
female being similar to the male both in colour and form of
wings, while the representative found in Abyssinia had the
hindwing tailed like the male, but possessed a decidedly
‘‘mimetic’’ pattern. In this respect it resembled the female
forms of 8. and W. Africa, which were, however, tailless.
He contended that these geographical forms of Papilio merope
had probably sprung up under the direct influence of the
external conditions of the respective areas rather than in
consequence of the direct selection of specimens with a more
** mimetic” pattern.
Canon Fowier: There was too much assumption about
the current theories.
( exxocixay |)
Mr. McLacutan: A point that appeared to him to be a
good deal overlooked in this matter was the possibility that
two species might go on independently and yet apparently
-mimic each other by arriving at the same results in their
modifications.
Prof. Wetpon, F.R.S.: He did not intend to enter upon
the details of mimetic resemblances or upon the theories
which had been put forward, but, speaking as a visitor, he
would like to take the opportunity, as he did whenever an
occasion presented itself, of pointing out to entomologists
that the truth or falsity of these theories was capable of being
tested to a large extent experimentally, and especially by
experiments which would give a basis for statistical deter-
minations,
Thus, if one took a mimetic species distributed over a
large area, hommochromatic with one species in one district,
and with another in another district, such a species on
theoretical grounds must be variable and susceptible to a
moderately rapid selective action.
In any given area, although the examples caught might
conform fairly closely with a common type, the species must
still be variable and capable of selection ; if the theories were
true there should be evidence of continued selective destruc-
tion, and this could be ascertained by experimental breeding
on a large scale from eggs of wild individuals. A comparison
of the examples thus reared with an equal number of wild
specimens from the same locality would show whether there
was any greater variability among the bred forms. Assuming
that sources of error had been excluded, such a result would
be good evidence of the existence of continued selection
tending to ensure conformity with the model.
Mr. J. J. Watxer: He was unable to believe that birds
were effective agents in causing mimetic resemblances.
During all his experience as a collector in different parts of
the world he had never seen a bird pursue and catch a
butterfly but once. On the other hand, butterflies were often
eaten when at rest by lizards, small mammals and monkeys.
Col. Yersury: During his personal experience of many
years in India and Ceylon he had hardly ever seen a bird
Cash
touch a butterfly. Some years ago the question was raised
by the Bombay Natural History Society, and he, with others,
took notes on the subject. He recorded two cases only
dyring three years’ observing. It was significant that while
the flocks of locusts and white ants were attended by
vertebrates of all orders, the flocks of butterflies in Ceylon
(locally known as ‘‘snowstorms’’) were attended by one
species only of bird, and that but seldom.
In his opinion the enemies of butterflies were chiefly, if not
entirely invertebrate. In Ceylon two protected species,
Kuplea core and Delias eucharis, were largely taken by a
mantis, Gongylus gongyloides, while two of the large Asilide,
Promachus maculatus and Seleropogon ambryon preyed largely
on Danais limnace.
Mr. Buanprorp: In criticizing the term ‘‘ homeochroma-
tism ’’ Prof. Poulton had, he thought, somewhat mistaken
the speaker’s attitude. He had no intention whatever of
excluding theoretical considerations, even if he could not
accept them at their full value. But it was obviously unjust
that a class of facts, about which there could be no dispute,
should be labelled with a collective name implying the
acceptance of a theory which, however well it might stand
criticism, had certainly not yet been established. He
preferred to keep one terminology for the facts and another
for the explanatory theory.
The wideness of meaning which he proposed to attach to
the term ‘‘homcochromatism”’ required some explanation.
Certainly he conceded that it covered cases of Batesian
municry; but if generally adopted, it would probably prove
convenient to give it a more restricted and conventional
meaning by their exclusion: such a conventional limit had
constantly to be applied in terminology. In order to keep
the nomenclature of these facts independent of speculation it
seemed desirable to employ the words ‘‘ mimic ” and “ model”
without reference to the questions of Batesian or Miillerian
mimicry, the essential character of a ‘‘ mimic ’’ being that of
a wide departure from the general type of its genus or
subfamily with a resulting likeness to a model which was not,
or scarcely, modified thereby; in hommochromatism, as he
© xii)
desired to limit the term, and as he had illustrated it, no
such one-sided departure was manifest.*
The President had called attention to the risk, in the case
of species of the same genus, or of nearly allied genera, of
mistaking for homcochromatism a similarity due to blood-
relationship. Of course, the value of resemblances had to be
estimated in relation both to the range of form existing in
the genera or sections of a genus involved, and to distribution ;
and the speaker did not admit that such a mistake had been
made in respect to any single species of his exhibit. As far
as his knowledge went, instances of non-mimetic homco-
chromatism among Neotropical butterflies were entirely
confined to the Neotropine, Heliconiine, and Hesperiide,
although other subfamilies afforded mimetic forms.
He had brought forward certain difficulties attending the
current theories; Prof. Poulton’s epicriticism thereon was
based largely on the assumption that each group possessed
some dominant form. The speaker had already pointed out
that the Miillerian theory was opposed to the existence of
dominant forms, and he knew of no direct evidence that such
actually were present—that was, species which could so far
influence a group as to compel its components to change
when they changed. His objections as to geographical
distribution had been met by two counter-suggestions, one of
which presupposed that a series of dominant forms had
preoccupied the country and had influenced the appearance
of the protected species which subsequently invaded it; but
one could not bring oneself to believe without strong evidence
that the groups of insects concerned, the Heliconiine
and Neotropine, were not coeval in distribution. Prof.
Poulton’s comments on ‘‘ hypertely ’’ again presupposed the
*“ Homoeochromatic pairs, such as those of Series I. in my
exhibit, are not demonstrably in the relation of “model” and
“mimic,” but in one for which some other word must be found.
I would suggest that each member of such a pair, or group, which
does not show the departure indicative of a mimetic form, be
called the “ homotype” of its associates. Thus Heliconius galanthus
would be the homotype of, or homotypic with, //. luce—W. F.
H. Blandford, July, 1897.
( xiii )
existence of a dominant form in each group, the other com-
ponents of which were capable of being arranged in a
descending order of resemblance to it. That was scarcely
borne out by the specimens. A group such as that shown
from Panama presented several hypertelic pairs and did not
support the idea that the species could be arranged in degrees
of adaptation towards one particular model. Whilst the
facts of geographical distribution afforded, in his view,
a real objection to the Miullerian theory, he did not look to
distribution alone as likely to have hada considerable share in
the production of these groups.* It might have had some ;
but their production might conceivably be due to a variety of
causes, and not one alone.
He had certainly intended his remarks on hypertely to be
taken as a criticism of the Millerian hypothesis.
However effective a destructive agency might be in pro-
ducing change, directly it became non-selective, the resulting
change must stop short at the point reached; and _ his
argument was that the process of discrimination by birds,
the only available agents, would be limited to the recognition
of a group of associated forms as an inedible whole, and being
superfluous if carried farther would not be exercised so as to
bring about such minute resemblances as were often met
with. Asan instance, he might mention the two Brazilian
eroups, differing in the white or yellow colour of the apical
spots of the forewing. ‘To use a rough illustration, a person
whose object was to avoid the society of a policeman would
betake himself off at the first sight of the familiar uniform
and would not stop to decipher such minutiz as the distin-
guishing number thereon. His view was strengthened by .
the President’s admission that in Millerian groups there
apparently did not exist the same necessity for exact
imitation as was demanded in the case of Batesian mimics ;
it practically conceded his point.
Every one who had listened to the discussion must, he
thought, be struck with the amount of doubt thrown on the
* The objections to any explanation based on distribution alone
have been forcibly stated by Fritz Miller himself. ‘“ Kosmos,”
1882, p. 262.
( xliii_)
bird-theory by speakers whose competence and opportunities
for observation were quite beyond dispute. Further impor-
tant evidence on this point had been lately given by M. Piepers
(Congr. Internat. Zool., III., p. 460) who had studied the
question in Sumatra and Java for twenty-eight years. In
that time M. Piepers had seen four cases only of butterflies,
two belonging to the ‘protected’? genus Huplwa, being
attacked by birds; and his paper referred to the fact that
neither Pryer, after twenty years’ observation in Borneo,
Skertchley nor Scudder had seen or accepted such a
phenomenon. M. Piepers had arrived at the sufficiently
striking result that mimicry had nothing to do with Natural
selection.
The premisses necessary to support either theory of
Mimicry had been unduly neglected. For example, though
evidence existed to show that the models were protected and
inedible, the proof of the edibility of mimetic butterflies had
not received enough attention; it was necessary to Bates's
theory, and all the more so since Dr. Dixey’s work on the
‘¢ Millerian’”’ character of certain Pierine. These theories,
indeed, were really working hypotheses, the object of which
was to suggest experimental work tending to prove or
disprove them ; they were not yet to be put forward dogmati-
cally as true and as convincing proofs of Natural selection.
To insist that these homceochromatic groups owed their
origin merely to the educational requirements of birds had
led, in his view, not so much to a development as to a
stifling of broad speculation on and inquiry into the problem.
The facts presented by the Ithomie (s. lat.) had scarcely
been touched upon in the discussion. Almost every colour-
type among these insects, however insignificant in appearance,
was represented by species of two or more of the genera into
which the old genus /thomia had been divided; so that the
Ithomie might be said habitually to exist as homceochromatic
pairs. The coloration of many of these pairs, consisting of
nothing but afew black patches and a white or yellow patch on
a transparent ground was far from exhibiting the striking
features which one was led to believe were characteristic of
warning colours.
( xliv_)
Personally, he was not disposed to reject Bates’s theory
which, even if of less general application than was commonly
supposed, was strongly supported by evidence from other orders
of insects, but he was not yet able to accept that which had
been called by the name of Fritz Miller. What was to take
the place of the latter? At present, nothing. Until more
information had been collected on the habits and variation of
homceochromatic species, and on selective agencies, there
were no data on which a new theory could be legitimately
founded. But he desired to call attention to a significant
passage in Bates’s original paper on Mimicry (Trans. Linn.
Soc., 1861, p. 501). Bates said therein: ‘“‘ The process of
the creation of a new species I believe to be accelerated in
the Ithomie and allied genera by the strong tendency of these
insects, when pairing, to select none but their exact counter-
parts ; this also enables a number of very closely allied ones
to exist together, or the representative forms to live side by
side on the confines of their areas, without amalgamating.”’
Such a statement indicated the possibility that sexual
selection, or the segregation of forms might take place as a
direct act of perception on the part of the insects themselves.
If such a phenomenon were shown really to exist, it would
remove many of the difficulties which the present theories
entailed, and in view of Bates’s definite and repeated state-
ments, some proof or disproof of them should be attempted
before the Millerian theory came to be regarded as more than
a merely provisional suggestion.
The Preswwenr: The point had been raised by Mr. Elwes
that the destruction of species in the imago stage was of little
importance when compared with the much greater destruction
of larve and pupe which took place. As a matter of fact,
he could bear witness that certain species at any rate of
Danais and Acrea were distasteful and protected in all stages.
The larve and pupe of Danas chrysippus and of five or six
species of South-African Acraw were rejected by cage-birds
and common fowls; they were highly conspicuous (especially
the pupe of Acrea, which are white or yellowish-white with
orange and black bars and spots, and suspended indiscrimin-
ately on green leaves, dark-brown bark of trees, tarred
Garxive )
palings, etc.) and all gave out an odour weaker than, but of
the same character as, that emitted by the perfect insects.
With respect to the term ‘“‘ homeeochromatism,”’ it had this
disadvantage, that it was at once too wide and too restricted —
too wide, because it did not exclude cases of resemblance due
to mere relationship, and too restricted, because it left out of
sight the similarity in shape of wings or body, or of move-
ment and habit which often made up part of a mimetic
likeness.
He did not agree with Mr. Rothschild as to the case of
Papilio merope, considering that cases in which the ? alone
was exactly modified in imitation of a protected form (or, as
in the instance under notice, of three or four differing
protected forms) were, by reason of the extraordinary contrast
with the unmodified ¢, more striking and unmistakable
instances of obvious and indisputable mimicry than even
those in which both sexes were similarly modified. As
regards the Abyssinian representative of P. merope named
P. antinorii, which until recently was thought like the
Madagascar and Comoro representatives (P. meriones and P.
humbloti) to have the sexes alike, without any mimetic
modification of the 9, Prof. Kheil had described and figured
in 1890 two forms of the ? (collected, with seven ¢ ¢ and
two ¢ ? coloured like the ¢, at Lake Tana by the late Dr. A.
Stecker) respectively closely imitative of D. chrysippus and
Amauris niavius, but still retaining the conspicuous tails
on the hindwings which all the other known forms of ¢
of the allied species on the African continent have lost.
There, it seemed to him, was a most interesting and con-
clusive case of mimetic modification still actually vw progress,
the ? usually resembling the ¢ in both colouring and
pattern as well as in outline of wings, but also presenting
two other forms, each profoundly modified in simulation of
a protected Danaine butterfly, yet an incomplete mimicker
in so far that the tailed outline of the hindwings remained
unaltered.
He must admit that the capture by birds of butterflies was
rare, but he had himself seen birds, especially the Drongo
shrike, chasing butterflies.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1897. E
(pelea 4)
Mr. Mansel Weale had recorded his haying witnessed the
capture of the ¢ Papilio cenea (the S. African representative
of P. merope) by the Fly-catcher, Tchitrea cristata; and Mr.
T. Ayres has observed that the small King-hunter, Ispidina
natalensis, fed almost entirely on butterflies.
The larger Madagascar Chameleons also ate butterflies, but
appeared to show no discrimination. Lizards attacked them,
but must necessarily see the undersides only, which were
protectively coloured in many cases.
As regarded the known protected butterflies, it should be
borne in mind that there was very little difference in colour-
ing and pattern between the two surfaces of the wings in the
Danaine and Acraine, so that warning indications of dis-
tastefulness were shown almost as conspicuously when at rest
as when in flight. The importance of this as a means of
protection was manifest, and was further evidenced by the
fact that it was exhibited very markedly by the mimicking
forms as well.
The chief invertebrate enemies he had noticed were
Asilide and dragon-flies.
It seemed to him impossible to explain except by the theory
of mimicry such cases as that of Danais chrysippus, a widely
distributed and very common insect which was attended by a
troop of mimetic species wherever it went.
Dr. Dixey: It was too late to deal fully with all the points
which had been raised, and he must necessarily leave some
unanswered for that reason, and not because he undervalued
their importance.
He agreed with Canon Fowler as to the danger of making
too much assumption upon a matter such as mimicry—it
was a subject upon which he had no desire to dogmatise.
His position was rather this :—Supposing the theory that
such and such forms were inedible seemed to supply a
provisional explanation of observed facts, it was desirable
to work out fully the logical consequences of such a
theory, and then to make a fresh appeal to observers for
verification.
Mr. Elwes had laid stress on the importance of getting
more observations from naturalists resident in the country
(s -xbva’ ©)
where these phenomena existed; with that the speaker fully
agreed.
With respect to Mr. Elwes’s question as to the reason for
concluding that the various members of a ‘ Millerian”’
group were inedible; that was an inference which was
drawn from several data, in some instances resting on
direct observation, in others depending mainly on the
accordance of the characters exhibited with the logical
requirements of the theory. Cases of the latter kind
awaited verification.
The suggestion made by Mr. Rothschild with regard to the
similar results produced by a similar environment did not
remove the difficulty ; for these effects were not uniform, and
even closely allied species inhabiting the same region might
differ widely in aspect.
Special Meeting.
At the close of the discussion, the meeting was resolved
into a Special Meeting for the purpose of considering the
proposed amendments and additions to the Society’s Bye-
Laws.
It was moved by Mr. Turr, seconded by Mr. McLacunan,
and unanimously carried, that the proposed amendments and
additions as read at the meetings and contained in the
Schedule circulated among the Society, be put to the vote
collectively.
On the motion of Mr. Merririezp, seconded by Dr. Dixey,
it was unanimously agreed that the said amendments, etc.,
should be adopted, and that the Bye-Laws as amended should
be the Bye-Laws of the Society.
October 6th, 1897.
The Rey. Canon Fowner, F.L.§8., Vice-President, in the
Chair.
Klection of Fellows.
Mr, W. H. Bewyett, of 15, Wellington Place, Hastings, and
Mr. B. Tomury, of 59, Liverpool Road, Chester, were elected
Fellows of the Society.
(ie xilvany )
Hahibitions.
Mr. Merrirrecp exhibited specimens of Aporia crategi, the
pupe of which had been subjected to high and low tempera-
tures. In the former case the effect was slight, possibly the
temperature up to 100° F. had not been as high as they
would bear, in the latter case the spreading and darkening of
the dark parts were remarkable, especially in the male. He
also showed some Argynnis paphia from larvee obtained in the
New Forest, the pup of which had been at high tempera-
tures, ranging up to 103° F. The males were of a lighter
colour than the normal ones, and the dark markings were
considerably reduced in area and intensity ; in both respects
they very closely resembled some males recently taken in the
hot Rhone valley, which were exhibited for comparison. On
the other hand, males, of which the pup had been at 38° F.
to 51° F., had the dark markings much extended and
darkened. Some females which had been subjected to
similar differences of temperature seemed to show slighter
effects of a similar character, but there was no approach in
them to the var. valesina.
Mr. Tutt showed for comparison the extreme forms selected
from some 500 examples of A. crateyi bred or captured in
Kent between 1860 and 1868, but none was so marked as
those shown by Mr. Merrifield, which had been selected from
19, all that he had:bred. Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited some
A, paphia from the South of Europe, including some of the
var. anargyra from Corsica; the underside of some of those
bred by Mr. Merrifield from heated pup approaches these in
appearance,
Mr. Turr showed a remarkable melanic aberration of
Nemeophila plantayinis bred by Mr. A. Horne, in 1893, from
one of three larvee found on Scotston Moor, near Aberdeen ;
the other two moths were normal. Mr. Horne stated that he
had bred hundreds of specimens from this locality, but had
never before seen anything approaching the one exhibited.
The specimen was of a deep solid black, due to the spread of
the markings ; the forewings were almost entirely black, the
hindwings quite so. There was a not uncommon form of
aberration of this species, in which the normally pale parts
@ “xix °)
of the hindwings were smoky black, but with the normal
black markings easily traceable. This specimen had, how-
ever, lost all trace of the pale ground colour and dark
markings.
Mr. Tutt also exhibited a series of Abravas sylvata (ulmata)
captured during the past summer by Mr. Dutton, 25 miles from
York. Previously the occurrence of melanic aberrations had
been rare, but the twenty specimens exhibited were a fair sample
of a number captured this year. The most striking were the
blue-grey forms, in which the ground colour was entirely suf-
fused and melanochroic. Others had the outer portions of the
wing suffused and the base normal; others again had the
suffusion irregular and placed asymmetrically on opposite
wings. The tendency to form a very wide band was observ-
able in some individuals with the ground colour normal, and
it might be supposed that this suffusion was due to the
spread of the grey patches on the wings which existed in
normal specimens as lines and spots. That this was not so,
was shown by the fact that these could be independently
traced except in the most suffused specimens. Other examples
were somewhat suffused with smoky-ochreous or dirty cream
colour. These patches were particularly irregular, the
suffusion of a single wing being common. ‘Two specimens,
however, were regularly suffused, and, were less strongly
marked than usual with the normal chestnut and grey
patches. In both cases the suffusion was of the same shade as
the main colours of the ordinary wing markings, blue-grey and
brown, but was formed independently ana not by the spread
of the normal spots. Mr. Dutton had stated that a large
proportion of the aberrations were crippled, sorae having only
two wings, and that all had the wings more or less folded and
crumpled. He suggested that this points to mal-nutrition as
the most probable cause.
He also showed for Dr. Riding and Mr. Bacot bred
specimens of both broods of Tephrosia bistortata from Clevedon,
Somerset, and bred specimens of 7. crepuscularia and its ab.
delamerensis from York. Reciprocal hybrids were exhibited
between 7’, bistortata and T. crepuscularia, between the former
and the form delamerensis ; and hybrids of the second genera-
(ae)
tion between the two latter crosses. The offspring of the
first crosses were roughly divisible into two groups following
the parent forms, those of the second tended to become
quite different in appearance. Hybridization led to the pro-
duction of continuous broods, and certain broods tended to
produce males only. The coloration became more intense
with increase in the duration of the pupal stage.
Dr. Dixry drew attention to the experiments on hybridiza-
tion recorded in Dr. Standfuss’s ‘‘ Handbuch der Paliarktischen
Gross-Schmetterlinge.’’ These had been continued for many
years, and accounts of them had appeared from time to time
in various foreign periodicals. They were now published at
length, and it would be recollected that several of the hybrids
themselves, together with interesting specimens of tempe-
rature-variation, had, through the kindness of Mr. Merrifield,
been exhibited during the past summer in London. Some
of the chief conclusions derived by Standfuss from his nume-
rous experiments in the crossing of macrolepidoptera were
briefly summarized as follows :—
A. The fertility of first crosses.
1. The intercrossing of two species may result in anything
from complete sterility to the production of the normal
number of fertile eggs. These extremes may even occur as
the result of crossing different individuals of the same two
species.
(Hence a cross must not be pronounced infertile on the
evidence of a single failure.)
2. Individual differences in the structure of the genital
apparatus may prevent effective crossing between some
members of two given species, though other members of
the same two species may pair freely.
3. Some crossings have resulted entirely in male, others
entirely in female offspring. A third class has given both
sexes in various proportions.
B. The fertility of hybrids,
4, In no case observed by Standfuss or known to him has
the female of a true hybrid been shown to be fertile. But the
Gi)
occurrence of undoubted cases of fertility in male hybrids has
been proved by crossing the male hybrids with the females of
both parent-species, and in one case with the female of a
third species.
c. The relative strength of hereditary *nfluences.
(N.B. The three following conclusions rest on an elaborate
series of experiments with certain species of Saturnia, and
are prefaced in the ‘“*‘ Handbuch” by a careful discussion of
the evidence that exists respecting the relative phylogenetic
age of the forms in question.)
5. The freshly-hatched hybrid larva closely resembles
that of the female parent; but with the process of growth
a resemblance to that of the male parent gradually
increases.
6. The extent of approximation towards the male parent
depends on the relative phylogenetic age of the two species ;
the older being able to transmit its properties, whether of
structure or habit, better than the younger.
7. In reciprocal pairing, the male is able to transmit the
characters of the species in a higher degree than the female.
This influence, however, is less regular and potent than that
spoken of in the preceding paragraph.
pv. The result of crossing a parent species with a local race,
or with an aberration of the same species.
8. When the normal form of a species (Grundart) is
crossed with a gradually-formed local race of the same
species, the result is a series of intermediate forms.
9. On the other hand, when the normal form is crossed
with a sporadic aberration, the result in many cases is that
the issue divides itself sharply between the normal form and
the sport, intermediate forms being absent.
To the foregoing summary the speaker added the following
comments :—
1. The experiments completely disprove the remarkable
assertion of Escherich as to the non-occurrence of insect
hybrids.
(pli ee)
2. They afford fresh illustrations of the manner in which
the physiological isolation of an incipient species may be
brought about.*
3. They do not support the assertions of Haeckel and
Quatrefages as to the possibility of Lepidopterous hybrids
continuing their race apart from admixture with either parent
form.
4. They show that the statement of Focke as to the great
variability of the offspring resulting from the crossing of a
plant hybrid with one of the parent species holds good in the
case of insects.
5. What Standfuss speaks of as the prepotency of the
phylogenetically older of the parent species is probably only
another expression of the principle established by Darwin,
that in many cases crossing causes reversion to a remote
ancestor,
6. The general conclusion as to the prepotency of the male
parent accords so far with one result of Mr. F. Galton’s
investigation of the late Sir E. Millais’ breed of Basset
hounds.
7. The result of crossing a parent species with a gradually-
formed local race, though less in degree, is much the same in
kind as that of crossing two distinct species.
8. The result of crossing the normal form of a species
‘with a sporadic aberration of the same species appears to
show that the latter stands biologically on an entirely dif-
ferent footing from the regularly developed variety, even
though it may indicate (as alleged by EKimer and by Jordan)
the direction in which variation for that species is possible.
With Standfuss’s instances may be compared the well-known
case of the “ otter-sheep ”’ (Darwin, ‘ Variations of Animals
and Plants under Domestication,’ 1868, vol. 1, p. 100),
which similarly, when crossed with a sheep of ordinary breed,
gave no true intermediates.
9. Certain experiments with aberrations of this kind, of
which exact numerical records have been kept for several
** This has been demonstrated ona complete scale by Jordan,
“ On Mechanical Selection,” Nov. Zool., 1896, pp. 426-525.—F. A. D.
( li)
generations, are of special interest in connexion with Mr. F.
Galton’s law of heredity.*
In conclusion, Dr. Dixey observed that many points of
ereat interest had necessarily been left untouched in the pre-
sent brief sketch of Standfuss’s work. He hoped, however,
that enough had been said to show the scientific importance
of the researches that had cost their indefatigable author so
much labour. It should be especially gratifying to entomolo-
gists that the present experiments afforded one more illustra-
tion of the aid which could be brought by entomological data
towards the solution of some of the most difficult problems of
biology.
Mr. Cuampron showed for the Rey. J. H. Hocking an
example of the long-bodied moth, Vatosoma ayrionata, ¢,
from New Zealand; also one of Protopaussus walkeri, Waterh.,
found by Mr. Walker in China, the subject of a later com-
munication; and specimens of the rare Hmblethis verbasci, F.,
from the Scilly Isles.
Mr. Jacosy showed a Halticid beetle with a singular
abnormality, the side-margin of the prothorax being split,
and embracing a long process.
Dr. Cuapman exhibited some Spilosoma lubricipeda bred by
Dr. Riding, who stated that the original 2 parent exhibited
‘was a selected variety, not a fair sample of the brood she
belonged to. Mr. Hewett of York gave me the larve, and had
selected the parents from a series bred the year before from
larve from Hull. There has been pure selection from nor-
mal broods, and no introduction of zatima blood. The 4
parent was a normal, though well-marked ¢, not kept. The
specimens sent are picked specimens, but 1 have many more
like the least marked ones, the proportion bred with similar
variations being roughly about twenty per cent. They show
* Mr. Galton has lately tested his law (first enunciated in his
work, ‘“ Natural Inheritance,” 1889, p. 134) by application to the
records of the breed of Basset hounds already mentioned. His
recent paper, “ The Average Contribution of each Several Ances-
tor to the Total Heritage of the Offspring,” Proc. Roy. Soc. 1897,
pp. 401-413, shows that it stands the test remarkably well.—F.A.D.
( dive)
a gradually increasing amount of black markings in both sexes,
and in some the costal black spots are becoming linear.”
In one or two the principal row of spots was a continuous
black band, broken only by the nervures, and in several the
costal spots met to form a continuous costal black line.
Dr. Chapman also exhibited a brood of Acronycta psi, bred
by Dr. Riding from a @ moth, sent from near Rochester, and
illustrating well the permanence of varieties and races in this
species. This dark form of 4. pst was not met with at
Hereford. He had placed in another box three series of
A, psi, one of continental origin, the other two selected Here-
ford forms ; though the differences between them were slight,
they were constant throughout the series, and in the other
specimens of the broods which he had not brought. He also
showed a single specimen of a curious form of A. psi, of
which he had reared a brood from a captured parent ;
its smooth aspect, rounded wings, white clouding, straight
inner line, and almost entire absence of the central prong of
both daggers, made it very distinct, especially in a series,
and much resembling A. menyanthidis. This form he had
called var. bidens.
Dr. Riding’s series presented about thirty specimens very
deep grey, like the parent, shading off in thirteen or fourteen
specimens to about a dozen which were still dark, but not
markedly so.
The Continental series were nearly as dark as the lightest
of Dr. Riding’s brood, but with a less grey tone.
One brood, bred from Hereford parents, with a very distinct
white inner border to the subterminal line, showed this line
more or less marked in all specimens, none being without it,
as were several in the next series. These were from a 2
selected for the shortness of the dagger mark; this did not
affect the whole brood, but was marked in several specimens.
In further illustration he exhibited series of A. tridens ;
the usual form at Hereford, where they were fairly
common, he had divided into two sets—a pink and an
ochreous. ‘These were not distinct races, so far as he knew.
They might be so, as sufficient care was not taken to keep the
broods separate, but he thought both forms were equally
ty)
common in broods both from captured females and from
specimens paired in captivity. This form had eggs smaller
than those of A. psi, and with about 388 ribs (87-44) (A. psi,
45-54).
On only one occasion had he taken in Herefordshire any
other form, and that was a large dark specimen in August,
1892. Its eges were indistinguishable from those of A. psi,
and had 49-52 ribs. The progeny was exceedingly uniform,
and all like the example shown. ‘There was no difference in
the larve of these two forms, although the eggs differed so
decidedly, and of one the imago was so pale, and of the other
dark as well as larger.
Mr. Burr exhibited a Mantis, Phyllocrania illudens, from
Madagascar, with a close resemblance to the dead leaves
among which it lived, some of which were shown with it ;
even the dried stem of the leaf was imitated by a curious
twisted prolongation of the frons.
A new British coccid, NWermes variegatus, Gmel., from
Kent, was exhibited by Mr. Warernouse, who had found it on
the twigs, near or on the buds of oak shrubs in a wood near
Herne, Kent.
Papers,
Mr. G. C. Grirrirus read a paper on “ The Frenulum of the
Lepidoptera.’”’ Mr. Kirkanpy communicated a ‘ Prelimin-
ary Revision of the Notonectide, Part I.” ; and Mr. Water-
HousE the ‘ Description of a new Coleopterous Insect of
the family Pausside.”’
November 8rd, !897.
Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The PresmEent announced the death, on Oct. 15th, of Mr.
J. W. Dunning, formerly Secretary and President of the
Society, and referred to his constant interest in it and zeal
for its welfare.
The Treasurer also spoke in appreciation of Mr. Dunning’s
repeated liberality towards the Society, especially at times of
financial straits, and to his successful efforts in procuring
the Royal Charter, the cost of which he had defrayed.
( lvi )
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. Setwyn nace, of 6, Southampton Street, W.C., was
elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. J. J. Watxer exhibited specimens of <Anisolabis
annulipes, Lue., an introduced species of earwig taken among
bones at the chemical works at Queenborough, and of
Brachysomus hirtus, Boh., a rare weevil, taken among dead
leaves at Chatham, Oct., 1897.
Mr. Janson exhibited a variety of Melanaryia galatea of a
clear yellowish cream colour, without trace of the usual
black markings. It was captured between Dover and
Walmer in 1843 by Mr. Thos. Marshall, and was recorded in
vol. ii. of the ‘‘ Zoologist.’’ It was stillin excellent condition.
Lord Dormer showed a remarkable openwork cocoon of an
unknown Japanese moth, constructed from the larval hairs.
Mr. Jacosy exhibited fine examples of both sexes of the
Australian Hepialids, Charagria ramsayi, C. splendens and
Hepialus daphnandri.
Mrs. Nicuotnt exhibited a selection from the butterflies
collected by her this year, in June and July, in the Albarracin
Mountains in Aragon, containing several additions to the
list of the district published in Madrid by Don Zapater and
Herr Max Korb. ‘The -species of greatest interest were
Hrebia zapateri, Oberth., Canonympha iphioides, Staud.,
Satyrus prieurt, Pierr., and its fulvous female var. whagonis,
which was observed to be much more attractive to the males
than the normal form was; Aryynnis hecate, Ksp., and Par-
nassius apollo, Li., of which a female variety occurred with red-
centred ocelli on the upperside of the forewing.
The Rey. H. S. Goruam showed examples of the following
rare beetles from the New Forest : Notiophilus rufipes, Velletus
dilatatus, four specimens, of which two were found in copula,
Trichonyx sulcicollis, and a single example of Lytta vesicatoria
from Shirley Warren, in the immediate neighbourhood of his
residence,
Mr. Turr showed a series of Noctue, taken at Romford by
(hiv)
the Rev. W. Claxton, all of aberrant forms, and including
Anchocelis pistacina, ab. serina, Esp., and ab. venosa, Haw.; Noctua
wanthoyrapha of the dark greyish-fuscous type form and its
ab. cohasa, Herr.-Schiiff; Hadena protea of the yellowish-
green type form ; Agrotis exclamationis, ab. picea, Haw.,
AXylophasia hepatica, ab. characterea, Hiib., Misclia oxyacanthe,
ab. capucina, Mill., and a fine mottled Hadena thalassina. He
remarked that the interest of these aberrations consisted
chiefly in their being taken so near London, where the usual
forms of these species ran in other directions.
He also exhibited for Mr. J. Merrin :
1. A diminutive specimen of Lycena arion, taken on the
Cotswold Hills in the middle of June after a dry spring,
which probably led to the starving of the food-plant.
2. A specimen of Aylais urtice with a silvery costal spot
on the underside of the forewings. It was bred among a
number of others which showed no tendency to vary in the
same direction.
3. Melitwa aurinia, taken in a swampy meadow near
Gloucester during the last five or six years. The undersides
showed considerable variation, some being of an uniform tint,
z.e., Without any creamy markings, others with the creamy
basal spots reduced to a minimum, others in which they
occupied the whole space and united with the central creamy
band, leaving the fulvous only as small spots. One specimen
had the underside of the hindwings with a wide creamy
transverse band extending from the centre to the hind margin,
the basal half being fulvous.
4, Anexample of Syrichthus malva, ab. taras, taken near
Gloucester.
Mr. Kirxanpy exhibited a complete series of species of the
genus Notonecta, L., specimens of the larva and imago of the
very rare Pedinocoris macronyx, Mayr., from Arizona, and
specimens of Antipalocoris marshalli, Scott, from Ceylon,
previously recorded from Corsica alone; also both sexes of
Metrocoris stali (Dohrn) from Ceylon, the male of which was
noticeable as having the anterior femora incrassated, and of
Diaprepocoris brachycephala, Kirk., from Australasia, a con-
necting link between the Corixine and Micronectine.
( Vivi)
Papers.
Papers were communicated by the Presment on ‘“‘ New or
little-known Species of African Butterflies,’ and by Mr. E.
Meyrick on ‘New Lepidoptera from Australia and New
Zealand.”
November 17th, 1897.
Mr. R. McLacuuan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,
m the Chair.
The Chairman referred with regret to the death, while
serving on the Indian Frontier Expedition, of Capt. EK. Y.
Watson, Fellow of the Society, and well known for his
writings on Oriental Rhopalocera.
Election of Fellows.
Miss E. F. Cuawner of Forest Bank, Lyndhurst; Mr. F.
N. Brown, M.R.C.8., of the Elms, Chobham, and Natal;
Mr. Ausert Harrison, F.C.S., of 72, Windsor Road, Forest
Gate; Mr. Atserrt Norris of Church Lane, Napier, New
Zealand; Mr. Srersen Pecuer of Retford, Notts.; Mr.
Epwarp G. J. Sparxe, B.A., of 1, Christchurch Villas,
Tooting Bec Road, S.W.; and Mr. Witmor Tunstatu of
Brook House, Meltham, near Huddersfield, were elected
Fellows of the Society,
Exhibitions.
Mr, Setwyn Imace exhibited male examples of Fieris
brassicae, with a black spot on the disc of the forewings.
They were bred from larvee found feeding on Tropwolum at
Lee, N. Devon, in the autumn of 1896, and six out of ten
males showed this variation.
He also showed a dark variety of Vanessa urtica, taken at
Copthorne in Sussex, and characterized as follows:
Forewings: the yellow costal blotches, and the yellow
subdorsal blotch, absent; the second and third black costal
blotches united; the white costal blotch become a mere tinge
of bluish-grey shading into ochreous, and this into the black
of the terminal fascia, which is somewhat broader, and far
less sharply defined, than ordinarily, and without any blue
(lk )
spots ; the veins in the space between the united black costal
blotches and the terminal fascia conspicuously traced in
black ; the two black discal spots absent.
Hindwings black, sprinkled with ochreous scales and
covered with brown hairs towards the abdomen; the yellowish
costal tinge absent ; terminal fascia represented only by blue
and ochreous spots—elongated and somewhat obscure ;
ochreous edging of the wing specially conspicuous by
contrast.
He also exhibited two fine specimens of Plusia moneta taken
at valerian, near Baleombe, Sussex, on June 30th, 1897.
Mr. M. Burr exhibited three new species of Rumanian
Orthoptera in illustration of a later communication.
On behalf of Mr. T. D. A. Cocxrrett of Mesilla, New
Mexico, two specimens of Synehioe lacinia from that locality
were exhibited to show the remarkable forms of variation
found in individuals occurring at the same time and place
and on the same flowers.
Papers.
Mrs. Nichott communicated a paper ‘‘On the Butterflies
of Aragon,” and Mr. Burr a ‘“ List of Rumanian Ortho-
ptera.”
Mr. Turr read a paper entitled ‘Some Results of recent
Experiments in hybridising Tephrosia bistortata and Tephrosia
crepuscularia.”’
December Ist, 1897.
Mr. Rt. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows,
Mr. Horr Auprrson of Hilda Vale, Farnborough; Mr.
Arruur Horne of Ugie Bank, Aberdeen; Mr. Cuartes H.
Pemperton of 4, Kent’s Terrace, Torquay ;.and Mr. E. P.
StepsineG, Indian Forest Service, were elected Fellows of the
Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. Duprey Wricur exhibited an aberration of Argynnis
euphrosyne, in which the, upperside was suffused with black,
(Grube 3)
and the silver spots of the underside of the hindwings con-
verted into streaks.
On behalf of Mr. W. H. Tucx, Mr. Tutt showed examples
of Metecus paradoxus, L., taken in nests of Vespa vulgaris
near Bury St. Edmunds, together with some of the cells in
which they were found. About a fifth of the nests examined
were affected, some containing as many as 24, 12 and 8
examples of the beetle ; the more usual number present was
from two to four. The dates between which examples were
taken in 1897 were from Aug. 2nd to Oct. Ist. According to
Dr. Chapman the eggs were laid in the cracks of posts, etc.,
from which the wasps got the pulp to make their cells.
Combs were also exhibited from nests of Vespa crabro and
Vespa germanica, in which Mr, Tuck had found larve of
Velleius dilatatus, Fabr., which, however, he had been unable
to rear.
The Rev. A. E. Earon exhibited a specimen of the singular
Myodites subdipterus, Fabr., taken by himself at Biskra,
Algeria, and a near ally of MJetwcus,
Mr. Buanprorp called attention to a new instance of the
destructive propensities of Dermestes vulpinus, Fabry. He had
received examples found at Hong-Kong among flags made of
bunting, which were presumably injured, although no details
had been forwarded. This form of injury was analogous with
the damage to woodwork recorded by himself and others; it
had nothing to do with the feeding-habits of the insect, but
was committed by the larve in their search for shelter in
which to pupate. Probably the flags had been stored at some
period in the neighbourhood of infested leather goods, or
dried provisions. The only other case of damage to textile
fabrics by Dermestes rulpinus which he knew of occurred in
connexion with the case recorded by him (Proc. Ent. Soc.
Lond, 1890, p. xxxi); a blue handkerchief spotted with
white, left in the infested building, was found next day to
have all the white spots eaten out.
In the ensuing discussion Mr. C. G. Barrer referred to
the damage done by Agrotid larve to linen spread out to
bleach on the hillsides near Belfast. Investigation showed
that this did not take place except when the linen was
( jilscit sy)
gathered up and brought into the warehouses without being
shaken. The caterpillars which had taken shelter underneath
it then ate their way through it, in order to escape in search
of food.
Papers.
Mr. Cuampron communicated papers entitled ‘Notes on
American and other Tingitide, with Descriptions of two new
Genera and four Species,’ and ‘‘A List of the Cicindelide,
Carabide, and Staphylinide collected by Mr. J. J. Walker,
R.N., in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar.”
ANNUAL MEETING.
January 19th, 1898.
Mr. Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., F.L.8., President, in the Chair.
Mr. A. Huen Jones, one of the Auditors, read the
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £1 Os. 1d.
in the Society’s favour.
Mr. W. FE’. H. Buanprorp, one of the Secretaries, read the
following
Report of the Council.
During the Session of 1897-98 the progress of the Society
has been satisfactory.
In 1897 one Honorary Fellow, Dr. Fritz Miller, and six
Ordinary Fellows have died. The latter are Mr. George
Christopher Dennis, Mr. Joseph William Dunning, Mr. John
B. Hodgkinson, Mr. Ernest Sabel, Captain Edward Yerbury
Watson, and Mr. Morris Young.
Five Fellows only have resigned, and twenty-four Ordinary
Fellows have been elected, a number greater than in either
of the two preceding years. It is gratifying to note that
the falling off observed in 1896 has proved to be merely
temporary, and that the applications for admission have
lately been more spontaneous and derived from a wider circle
of entomological workers than in the past few years.
The total number of Fellows now stands at 398, or twelve
more than last year, the Society consisting of 9 Honorary,
52 Life, and 337 Fellows liable for the Annual Contribution.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v., 1898. F
( Ixii )
On the initiative of the Council the Bye-Laws were
amended at a Special Meeting held June 2nd, 1897, when
the modifications which the experience of the past eleven
years had shown to be desirable were unanimously adopted.
Of these the most important are the increase of the Council
from thirteen to fifteen Members; the simplification of the
regulations for filling up chance vacancies in the Council or
Officers, and for the removal of Fellows; and the restoration
of a former Bye-Law, that a candidate for election shall be
proposed from personal knowledge.
The Transactions for the year contain nineteen papers,
which are of somewhat shorter average length than usual,
and form a volume of 434 pages. They are contributed by
the following authors: Dr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. George C.
Champion; Dr. Frederick A. Dixey; Dr. Auguste Forel ;
Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., and Mr. Osbert Salvin,
F.R.S.; Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote; Sir George F. Hampson,
Bart.; Mr. Martin Jacoby and Mr. George C. Champion ;
Mr. George W. Kirkaldy ; Mr. Oswald H. Latter; the Rey.
Thomas A. Marshall; Mr. Edward Meyrick (2 papers) ;
Prof. Louis C. Miall, F.R.S., Mr. R. Shelford and Baron C.
R. Osten Sacken; the Rev. F. D. Morice; Mr. Robert
Newstead ; Mrs. M. de la B. Nicholl; the Rt. Honble. Lord
Walsingham, F.R.S.; and Mr. Charles O. Waterhouse.
Of these papers, 15 are descriptive, systematic or faunistic,
and relate: 8 to Coleoptera, 2 to Hemiptera, 3 to Hymeno-
ptera, and 7 to Lepidoptera. Of the remaining papers, 3 deal
with morphological and bionomical questions in Lepidoptera
and Diptera, and one with Mimicry in Lepidoptera.
These Memoirs are illustrated by 11 plates, of which 4 are
coloured, For the cost of Plates II. and III., and for a
portion of the cost of Plates VIII.-X1., the Society is indebted
to Dr. Holland and Prof. L. C. Miall respectively. That of
Plates I. and VI. has been defrayed out of the income
derived from the ‘‘ Westwood Bequest.”
The Council desire that some permanent token shall exist
. to mark the indebtedness of this Society to the constant
solicitude and generosity of the late Mr. Joseph W. Dunning.
They have decided, therefore, to present the Society with
( Ixiii_)
his portrait, which has been satisfactorily drawn by Mr. W.
Purkiss, from the only available photograph, as a frontispiece
to the present volume of Transactions.
The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of, and
notes on, the Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings,
extends to over 60 pages, of which a large proportion is
occupied with the account of the discussion on Mimiery in
Butterflies. The interest taken in this debate, of which
there is ample evidence, encourages the hope that it may be
possible from time to time to arrange for other special
discussions on important subjects, with an equal measure of
success.
The number of books, pamphlets, ete., added to the
Library during the year 1897 and catalogued under the
authors’ names, amounts to 124, in addition to Transactions
and serial publications; 3860 books have been borrowed
from the Library. Attention may be called to the large
number of catalogued ‘‘ separata’’ in the Society’s posses-
sion; these are comparatively little asked for, in spite
of the manifest conveniences which papers in that form
often present.
The amount received for current subscriptions has been
somewhat less than in 1896, and the arrears are consequently
ereater. The Admission Fees show a very satisfactory
increase. The sum to the credit of sales of publications
is the smallest for the last ten years: it is hoped that this
diminution is only of a temporary nature. No Life Com-
position has been received during the year, but that remaining
over at the close of 1896 has been invested, so the financial
position is stronger than a year ago, notwithstanding that
only a nominal cash balance remains in hand. There are no
ascertained liabilities.
The investments are now as follows:—£560 1s. 5d.
Consols, costing £550 8s. Od., and £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham
Corporation 8 per cent. Stock, costing £250 (The ‘‘ Westwood
Bequest”). The present value of these investments should
be about £630 and £270 respectively.
11, Cuanpos Street, CavENDISH Square, W.
19th January, 1898.
( xiv)
The Secretaries haying received no notice proposing to
substitute other names for those contained in the lists pre-
pared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the
Council for 1898 :—William Bateson, M.A., F.R.S.; Walter
F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.8.; George C. Champion, F.Z.8.;
Thomas A, Chapman, M.D.; Sir George F. Hampson,
Bart., B.A.; Martin Jacoby; A. Hugh Jones; Robert
McLachlan, F.R.S.; Philip B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.;
Frederic Merrifield ; Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.; Roland
Trimen, F.R.S.; James W. Tutt; George Henry Verrall ;
and Charles O. Waterhouse.
The following are the Officers elected :—President, Mr.
Roland Trimen; Z'reasurev, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Secre-
taries, Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford and Mr. Frederic Merri-
field; Librarian, Mr. George C. Champion.
The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been
unanimously adopted, the Address of the President, Mr. Rh.
Tren, was read on his behalf by Mr. Blandford, one of
the Secretaries.
At its conclusion Lord WatstneHam proposed a vote of
thanks to the President for the valuable contribution to
knowledge contained in his Address, and for his services as
President. This was seconded by Mr. Gopman, and carried
by acclamation.
The President having acknowledged the vote, a vote of
thanks to the Officers and Council was moved by Professor
Poutton, seconded by Colonel Yrrsury, and carried. Mr.
McLachlan and Mr. Blandford spoke in acknowledgment.
(so lsves)
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1897.
RECOIPTS.
Balance in hand, Ist Jan.,
1897
Subscriptions for 1897
Arrears
Admission Fees
Donations
Sales of Transactions, &e. 51 14
Interest on Investments :—
£14 67
Westwood Bequest 6 19 0
Consols
Subscriptions in advance 15 1
Subscriptions in arrear considered good (say) £21
Investments :—
Cost of £560 1s.
5d. Consols ...
£550 8s. Od.
| PAYMENTS.
So le | Baisids
Printing Transactions, &c. 216 14 10
. 2 | Plates,&e. . Ss Syl
- 30814 0 | Rent and Office Ex-
13 18 0 penses . 5 5 . 162 210
48 6 0 | Books and Binding . 26 10 0
10 5 6 | Investments in Consols ly aliss 0)
5 | Subscriptions in advance
carried to 1898 15 15 0
Balance a OL:
21 5 7
5 0 |
£480 1 8 | £480 1 8
paid | era
ASSETS.
Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.
Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.
Rospert McLacuian,
LIABILITIES, nil.
Treasurer.
12th January, 1898.
Audited and found correct,
OsSBERT SALVIN.
A. Hueu JONEs.
R. Wruie Luoyp.
¢ Sik)
THE PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
GENTLEMEN,
The Report of the Council which you have just
heard read gives, I am glad to say, a very encouraging review
of the Society’s operations during 1897, and statement of
its present position; so that we may look forward with con-
fidence to progress generally during the new year on which
we have entered. A very satisfactory feature of the Report
is the number of new Fellows elected, which greatly exceeds
that of the preceding year, and nearly touches the figure
reached in 1894.
The ‘“‘ Transactions ”’ are certainly of less bulk than usual,
but, if the quantity is somewhat reduced, the quality of our
publications has been fully maintained, and as a set-off the
increased fulness and detail with which the most important
of our discussions has been reported in our ‘‘ Proceedings ”’
is an improvement not to be overlooked.
It will be remembered that in the Presidential Address
of last year, my predecessor made special mention of
the formation of a Committee of the Society to deal
with the question of aiding in the protection from
threatened extinction of rare and local British insects.
The Committee has held several meetings, and has
been in correspondence with various local Societies and
with individual entomologists on the subject; and as
regards the Lepidoptera—the only Order which would
appear to be unduly persecuted by excessive collecting—
a first or provisional list was drawn up of species held to
C i=)
run most risk of extermination in this way, and therefore
recommended to be sparingly collected. At the Society’s
meeting of April 7th a Memorandum prepared by the Com-
mittee and approved by the Council was submitted, and
extensively signed by Fellows present, agreeing to associated
action in discouraging by example and influence the destruc-
tion of such rare and local species of insects as might be
designated by the Committee as standing in need of protec-
tion. There is good reason to think that the efforts made
in this direction have been favourably received, and will not
be barren of result.
Early in July the Officers and Council of the Society paid
their second visit to Oxford at the invitation of the Hope
Professor of Zoology, and were again most hospitably
received and entertained by the Vice-Chancellor and by Prof.
Poulton and other distinguished resident Members of the
University. It was with no little pleasure and _ profit
that we renewed our acquaintance with the treasures of
the Hope Collections, and noted the valuable and exten-
sive augmentations they had received, and the important
progress made in their classification and arrangement.
The Hope Professor has given no less attention to the
improvement of the accommodation for students, and
the increased facilities thus afforded have largely furthered
the prosecution of special study of different portions of the
collections, as is well indicated by the appearance, under his
editorship, of the first volume of ‘‘ The Hope Reports,’’ con-
taining reprints of various memoirs based on researches
carried on in this Department during the last four years.
OBITUARY.
The losses from death sustained by the Society and by
Entomology during 1897 have been heavy. The Society has
lost one Honorary and six Ordinary Fellows; and it is with
no ordinary sorrow that we miss from our roll of members
the distinguished names of Fritz Miller, Joseph William
( Ixvin )
Dunning, and Edward Yerbury Watson. Beyond the limits
of the Society, it is with deep regret that we record the deaths
of George H. Horn, Andrew Matthews, and Alois Friedrich
Rogenhofer—men of distinction among eight entomologists
of note who have passed away. With Mr. Dunning, our
lamented colleague and President, I was well acquainted for
many years, and I would add my testimony to his great
ability, high personal character, and unequalled devotion to
the interests of the Society.
Dr. Fritz Miuuer, Hon. F.E.S. This great naturalist,
the correspondent and friend of Charles Darwin, was born
on March 31, 1822, at Windisch-Holzhausen, in Thuringia.
He was sent to school at Erfurt, and afterwards betook him-
self to the study of pharmacy, but abandoned it to become
a pupil of Johannes Miller, the comparative anatomist, at
Berlin. After taking his doctor’s degree, he settled at
Erfurt as a science teacher, an occupation which he tem-
porarily relinquished for the study of medicine.
In 1852 political reasons caused him to emigrate to South
Brazil, where, chiefly at Blumenau and on the island of
Desterro, the remainder of his life was spent, partly as a
farmer, partly as a teacher, always as an earnest student of
nature. His zoological investigations, begun in Germany
but interrupted by his emigration, were resumed at Desterro
in 1857, from which date he published papers in rapid
succession, chiefly in ‘* Wiegmann’s Archiv,” on subjects of
marine zoology, celenterates, annelids, and especially the
transformations of Crustacea. These brought him into
notice as a thorough and acute zoologist; but his real
reputation dates from the publication of the ‘ Origin of
Species.”
His own studies on the structure and habits of animals
caused him enthusiastically to accept Darwin’s great theory,
and to support it by the unrivalled series of zoological and
botanical observations contained in his numerous later
writings. In 1865, he published ‘“ Fir Darwin,” a sketch
of Crustacean development and phylogeny from the Dar-
winian standpoint, and his only work in book-form ; its
publication led to a regular correspondence with Darwin,
(visi. |)
and several of Miiller’s letters, full of interesting and
novel observations, were communicated by the former to
* Nature.”
Miler did not occupy himself with entomology till after
his removal from the sea-coast, his earliest important memoir,
on Termites, the real complexity of whose social system he
was the first to appreciate, appearing in the ‘‘ Jenaische
Zeitschrift,” in 1878. His subsequent contributions, mainly
to ‘‘ Kosmos,” include papers on the relations of insects and
flowers, dimorphism, the life-histories of aquatic forms, the
case-making of Phryganeide, and especially on the ‘ recogni-
tion-characters’’ of butterflies and the more complex
phenomena of mimicry among them. His _ well-known
theory, which supplements that of Bates, is discussed in
the following pages.
In spite of losses and misfortunes, Miller continued his
work almost to his death, which took place on May 21 in the
preceding year. His inestimable services to science brought
him little gain or official recognition, and this Society con-
ferred a real honour upon itself by electing him an Honorary
Fellow, in 1884.
Many of his notes and papers, especially that on ‘* [tuna
and Thyridia,”’ have appeared in our Proceedings as trans-
lations, chiefly by Prof. Meldola, F.R.S., who has done more
than anyone to bring Miller’s work to the notice of British
entomologists.
He contributed papers to our ‘‘ Transactions,’’ in 1878,
1879 and 1895, the last, entitled ‘‘ Contributions towards the
history of a new form of larve of Psychodide (Diptera)
from Brazil,” being virtually written in 1881; the plates
accompanying it are noticeable as beautiful examples of his
powers of draughtsmanship. The number of his separate
papers on all subjects is probably between 150 and 200.
Grorcr CuristopHeR Dennis, F.E.S., was in business in
York, but retired about two years ago to devote his whole
time to natural history and outdoor pursuits. He was an
excellent lepidopterist and made many lengthened excursions
to different parts of the country for collecting purposes ;
quite recently he had taken up the study of Neuroptera and
CS lsx. ©)
Trichoptera with the intention of forming a collection for
the York Museum, in which he was greatly interested. He
was president of the York and District Naturalists’ Society,
was on the Council of the York Philosophical Society, and
was a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, the
presidency of which he had repeatedly declined. He died
suddenly at York on Dec. 22nd, 1897, having been a Fellow
of this Society since 1892.
JosEPpH Winuiam Dunnina, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., was born
at Leeds, on November 5, 1888. He was educated at
Huddersfield under Mr. Peter Inchbald, an enthusiastic
naturalist, from whom Dunning acquired his love for ento-
mology, and afterwards at Paris. He entered at Trinity
College, Cambridge, graduated in 1856, and afterwards
became Fellow and Tutor of the College. In 1861 he was
called to the Equity Bar, where he practised successfully as
a conveyancer.
His interest in entomology began when a schoolboy, and
to him is owing the rediscovery of Agrophila sulphuralis, at
Brandon. In 1849, he joined this Society at the age of 16, and
afterwards helped to found the Entomological Society of Cam-
bridge, which, in conjunction with that of Oxford, produced
an ‘‘ Accentuated List of British Lepidoptera.’ In this work
Dunning took a prominent part, for which his classical
knowledge and critical taste specially fitted him.
In 1862 he was elected one of the Honorary Secretaries of
this Society, a post which he held until January, 1871. The
Society was then not in a flourishing condition, and Dunning
set himself steadily to work to improve its position and to
further its welfare in every possible way.
An admirable man of business, he spared neither time nor
trouble in the control of the Society’s affairs. Moreover,
whenever money was urgently required, he was a liberal and
unostentatious donor to the funds, often making up a financial
deficit at the end of the year, and supplementing his dona-
tions to the general funds by gifts to the Library and Publi-
cation Account, both of which have repeatedly benefited by
acts of generosity known in many cases to but one or two of
his colleagues. As recently as 1894, he presented the
C Mics)
Society with the sum of £45, on the 45th anniversary of his
election as a Member.
He was elected President in 1888-84, and was mainly
instrumental in obtaining the Royal Charter of Incorporation
which has so materially raised its status, defraying the heavy
expenses out of his own pocket. To the general regret, the
Charter was not granted until the year after his term of
office had expired.
Able as his published papers on Entomology are, they are
few in number, the most important being on ‘‘ The Coffee-
Borer of Southern India” (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868),
and ‘On the Genus Acentropus”’ (id., 1872 and 1878).
In October, 1890, he had a paralytic seizure, from the
effects of which he never fully recovered; a similar attack
brought about his death in October 15, 1897, and deprived
this Society of its greatest benefactor, to whom its present
prosperity is largely owing.
James B. Hopnexrinson, F.E.S., was born at Preston in
1823, and was an engineer, and later a manufacturer by
occupation. An excellent and observant field-naturalist, he
possessed an intimate knowledge of the Lepidoptera of the
North of England, and added several new species to the
British list. His collection of British lepidoptera was one of
the finest in the country.
He published numerous collecting notes, but little or
nothing of permanent scientific value. He joined this Society
in 1890.
Ernest Sasez, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., F.E.S., was in business
in Cannon Street. He formed a large collection of Kuropean
and exotic, chiefly African, Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, but
had not collected personally for many years. At one time,
however, he travelled in Africa, and probably formed the
nucleus of his collection there. He published nothing on
Entomology. He had been a Fellow of the Society from
1885.
Capt. Epwarp Yersury Watson, F.Z.8., F.E.S., joined the
North Lancashire Regiment as Lieutenant in 1884. Whilst
in India, he collected and studied the Oriental Rhopalocera,
on which he published several papers, his most important
(exit?)
being the valuable ‘‘ Proposed Classification of the Hesperiide,
with a revision of the Genera” (P. Z. §., 1893). While
serving with the Tirah Expedition, he fell a victim, on
November 8th, to a stray shot fired into camp, being shot
through the head while strolling outside his tent. His con-
nexion with the Society began in 1891.
Morris Youne, F.E.S., late Curator of the Paisley Museum,
was an accomplished naturalist and coleopterist, who added
several species of beetles to the British list. He devoted him-
self to the care of the Museum under his charge, presenting
his collections to it, and helping it generously with books and
money, as his means allowed. He joined the Society in
1886,
Among the distinguished entomologists, not Fellows of the
Society, whose deaths have been recorded during the present
year are the following :—
The Rey. Peter Betuincer Bropm, M.A., F.G.S., although
strictly a geologist, devoted much attention to British fossil
insects, on which he wrote numerous papers. He is best
known by his ‘ History of the Fossil Insects of the Second-
ary Rocks of Britain,’’ published in 1845.
FRANCISQUE GUILLEBEAU, one of the last collaborators of
Mulsant, and a member of the Entomological Society of
France, was a coleopterist who did valuable work on certain
obscure families, particularly the Phalacride, the European
species of which he monographed.
Dr. Joun Haminron, of Allegheny, Pa., U.S.A., published
numerous papers on North-American Coleoptera, particularly
on the distribution of species common to the Palearctic and
Nearctic Regions.
Dr. Greorce H. Horn, President of the American Entomo-
logical Society, and since LeConte’s death, the leading
authority on North-American Coleoptera, was born April 7th,
1840. His life was almost entirely passed at Philadelphia,
where he was in good practice as a physician. During the
Civil War he was stationed in Arizona, where he collected
insects for almost the only period in his life, for he had little
aptitude for field-work. He was a great admirer of LeConte,
with whom he became associated, and whom he assisted to
( Ixxiii_ )
bring out his later works in a useful and handsome form.
The chief product of this joint authorship was the enlarged
edition of the ‘Classification of the Coleoptera of North
America,” published in 1883. An excellent systematist,
Horn chiefly devoted himself to the monographic revision of
families and genera, being markedly averse to the description
of isolated new species. His first paper appeared in 1860, in
the ‘‘ Proceedings” of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia; and his work was almost entirely confined to
the North-American fauna, the one important exception being
his monograph of the Eucnemide in the ‘“ Biologia Centrali-
Americana.’’ He was a reserved man and a bachelor; but
he made two voyages to Europe in order to visit collections
and make the acquaintance of Huropean entomologists, and
he has been a welcome visitor at meetings of this Society.
About a year ago a paralytic stroke incapacitated him from
work, and he died on November 25th, 1897.
The Rey. Anprew Marruews, Rector of Gumley, Leicester-
shire, was one of the most independent and original of
British naturalists. Devoting himself at first to ornithology
and the collection of Lepidoptera, he subsequently turned his
attention to neglected groups of minute Coleoptera, especially
the Trichopterygide, on which his extraordinary skill as a
dissector and microscopist rendered him the first, and practi-
cally the only, living authority. He was an admirable field-
naturalist, and added many rare species of Coleoptera to the
British list, but, retirmg as he was, and markedly averse to
connecting himself with learned societies, he was known per-
sonally to few entomologists. His principal work, ‘ Tricho-
pterygia Ilustrata,’’ was published in 1874; a second supple-
mentary volume on the Corylophidee, completed in his 80th
year, still awaits publication.
Father Monrrouzirr, a missionary to New Caledonia, and
a member of the Entomological Society of France, was well-
known as a collector in, and writer on the fauna and flora of,
New Caledonia, the Solomon and Woodlark Islands.
Wiuu1am Rorxors, a former President of the Belgian Ento-
mological Society, was a coleopterist and an authority upon
Curculionide.
() Issiy =)
Avors Frreprich Rocennorer, of the Vienna Natural History
Museum, was a distinguished Lepidopterist, best known for
his work, in association with the Felders, on the Lepidoptera
collected during the voyage of the ‘‘ Novara.”
MIMICRY IN INSECTS.
Sharing in the perplexity avowedly felt by many of
my predecessors in this chair as to the choice of a subject
for the Annual Address—perplexity arising rather from the
redundancy than from the scarcity of entomological matter —
I have been led to think, considering the wide-reaching
importance of the questions involved and the unmistakeable
interest shown in the recent discussion at two of our meet-
ings, that some account of the Mimetic Relations existing
among Insects might not be out of place. Having for a
considerable period devoted some attention to the matter, I
propose to pass in review what has been placed on record ;
and if, in so doing, I traverse ground very familiar to most
of us, my excuse must be the fascinating interest which
attaches to the whole subject.
The application by Henry Walter Bates, our lamented
President, of the great principle of natural selection in
elucidation of the Mimicries found among Insects* is too
well known to require any detailed repetition here. It is
sufficient to recall that, as the result of many years’ expe-
rience in tropical South America, Bates established the facts
that (1) among the abundant and conspicuous butterflies
‘of the groups Danaine, Heliconiine, Acreine, and some
Papilionine were found very much rarer mimicking forms,
chiefly of the group Pierine but partly belonging to other
eroups and some even to the Heterocera, which, departing
very widely from the aspect of their respective allies, imitated
with more or less exactness the abundant species in question ;
(2) the numerous and showy Danaine, etc., although of slow
flight, did not appear to be molested by the usual insectivorous
* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxiii. (1862).
(a isxy 7?)
foes; and (3) the members of these unassailed tribes pos-
sessed malodorous juices not found in the mimicking forms
or their allies. From these data he argued that the explana-
tion of these extraordinary resemblances was to be found
in the great advantage it would be to species uncefended by
offensive secretions, and therefore palatable and much hunted
down, to find escape in the disguise of species recognized and
avoided as unpalatable ; and traced the mimicries to the long-
continued action of natural selection, perpetually weeding
out by insectivorous agencies every occurring variation not
in the direction of likeness to the protected forms, but as
perpetually preserving, and so aiding the development by
heredity of, every variation favourable to the attainment of
the protective mimicry.
This sagacious application of the Darwinian theory in
solution of one of the most difficult and baftling of the pro-
blems presented to zoologists, was of the greatest service and
encouragement to all students of evolution. I retain to-day
the liveliest recollection of the delight I experienced in the
perusal of a copy of Bates’s memoir received from himself ;
for his work was not that of the mere cabinet systematist, but
came with all the force of face-to-face commune with the
abounding life of the tropics.
Before two years had passed, Bates’s explanation of
mimicry was confirmed by his former companion in explora-
tion, Alfred Russel Wallace, who, working with equal devo-
tion in the Malayan Islands, had observed and was able to
adduce a strictly analogous series of mimetic resemblances
among Oriental butterflies, and gave his unreserved accept-
ance of the Batesian interpretation.* Such support from the
co-founder with Darwin of the theory of natural selection,
and from a naturalist of the widest experience in both
Western and Eastern tropics, was of the greatest weight with
evolutionists generally.
My own contribution to the subject was read to the Linnean
Society in March, 1868.t In the previous year I had
made an entomological tour in Natal, and had enjoyed some
* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxv. (1864). - + Trans. Linn. Soe., xxvi. (1869).
Czy)
precious opportunities of observing in nature several cases of
mimicry between species not inhabiting the Cape Colony.
There was no claim to originality in my paper; it simply
rounded off the case by adding from Africa, the third great
tropical region of the globe, a series of instances and observed
facts confirmatory of those brought forward by Bates from
the Neotropical, and by Wallace from the Orientalregion. Of
course I had had nothing like the extended field experiences of
those great naturalists, and the African material then avail-
able was but scanty; but it so happened that perhaps the
most striking and elaborate of all recorded cases of mimicry —
that exhibited by the females of the Mverope-group of Papilio—
had come under my personal observation in South Africa,
and [I was thus in a position to describe satisfactorily a
wonderful illustration of the Batesian theory.*
It will be remembered that Bates, in his memorable paper
(l. c., p. 507), also brought to notice the very close resem-
blances, or apparent mimicries, which unquestionably
exist between species belonging to different groups or sub-
families of protected distasteful butterflies themselves; but
neither he nor Wallace felt able to give any explanation of
these instances, which obviously differed very materially from
the cases of mimicry of an unpalatable protected species by a
palatable unprotected one. Not until 1879 was there any
elucidation of this side of the matter, but in May of that year
appeared in ‘“ Kosmos,’’ Fritz Miller’s notable paper on
““Jtuna and Thyridia,”’ which was translated by Professor
Meldola, and printed in our ‘ Proceedings’’ for the same
year (p. xx.). In this memoir, Miller made the valuable
suggestion that the advantage derivable from these resem-
blances between protected forms was the division between
two species of the percentage of victims to the inexperience
of young insectivorous enemies which every separate species,
however well protected by distastefulness, must pay.
* At various subsequent dates I was enabled, through the valuable aid of
Mr. J. P. Mansel Weale and Colonel J. H. Bowker, to make known to
science conclusive evidence of the species-identity of the three mimetic
females of Papilio cenea, and of the pairing of the widely-differing sexes of
that species. —See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 187, and 1881, p. 169;
and “ South Afr. Butterflies,’ iii., p. 254 (1889).
( Uxxyi ))
Professor Meldola not only brought forward and supported,
with all his wonted grasp and acumen, F, Miiller’s daring
interpretation of this phenomenon, but in 1882,* in a paper
discussing the objections brought against Miiller’s view, made
a distinct advance by showing how that view could justly be
extended to explain the characteristic and peculiar prevalence
of one type of colouring and marking throughout large num-
bers of species in protected groups—so especially noticeable
in the subfamilies Danaine, Heliconiine, and Acreine.
In 1887 was published} Professor Poulton’s most interest-
ing memoir entitled ‘‘ The Experimental Proof of the Pro-
tective Value of Colours and Markings in Insects in reference
to their Vertebrate Enemies,’’ which dealt in great detail
with the actual results of numerous experiments conducted
by himself and other naturalists with the object of ascertain-
ing to what extent highly conspicuous (almost always dis-
tasteful) larvee and perfect insects are rejected or eaten by
birds, lizards, and frogs. The conclusions given at the close
of this paper (pp. 266-267) cover a wide range in connection
with the subject of warning coloration, and among them
I would call special attention to No. 5, in which the author
points out that ‘‘ In the various species in which a conspicuous
‘* appearance is produced by colour and marking, the same
‘“* colours and patterns appear again and again repeated,” and
adds that ‘‘In this way the vertebrate enemies are only
‘“‘compelled to learn a few types of appearance, and the
‘* types themselves are of a kind which such enemies most
‘‘ easily learn.”’ This generalisation certainly had the merit
of first detecting a great additional advantage derivable from
the common aspect exhibited by a number of protected forms
in the extended ‘ Miillerian’”’ associations indicated by
Prof. Meldola; and it was applied by Wallace to the case
of the Heliconide in the comprehensive survey of warning
coloration and mimicry generally given in ‘ Darwinism”
(Ch. IX., pp. 282-267, 1889). We are further indebted to
Prof. Poulton for the discussion and summary of all extant
data up to 1890 in his ‘Colours of Animals,’’ a work
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), x., pp. 417-425.
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 191-274.
G
@ bexyi )
which abounds in pregnant suggestion, and indicates with
justice and clearness how far the evidence forthcoming was
valid, and in what directions evidence still lacking should be
sought.
Wallace well observed (‘‘ Darwinism,” p. 264) that ‘ to
“set forth adequately the varied and surprising facts of
‘‘ mimicry would need a large and copiously illustrated
“volume; and no more interesting subject could be taken
“up by a naturalist who has access to our great collections
*“and can devote the necessary time to search out the many
“examples of mimicry that lie hidden in our museums.”’
A work ostensibly of this character was issued in 1892-93,
in two Parts, from the pen of the late Dr. Erich Haase,
under the title of ‘‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Mimicry auf
Grundlage eines natiirlichen Systems der Papilioniden”’ ;*
and last year an English translation of the second Part was
published, and has quite recently been reviewed by Prof.
Poulton.f This treatise is of large quarto size, and the
first Part contains 120 pages and 6 coloured plates, while the
second extends to 158 pages and includes 8 coloured plates.
The first Partt deals solely with the family Papilionide
(s. str. = subfamily Papilionine) and principally with the
great genus Papilio (s. lat.), which on grounds of structure,
system of markings, form of larve and pup, and food-
plants of larve, is divided into the three subgenera of
Pharmacophagus, Cosmodesmus, and Papilio (s. str.), With
the utmost minuteness the species assigned to these groups,
with their sexual, geographical, or mimetic variations, are
traced through the four zoological regions recognized by the
author, and very elaborate analysis of markings is made in
aid of arriving at their natural affinities from a phylogenetic
point of view. Haase shows that in Papilio the models
which are mimicked by other species of that great genus are
always members of the Pharmacophagus group, or as he calls
them ‘“ Aristolochia-Butterflies ”»—whose larve feed on that
tribe of plants, and which, as he contends, derive their
* Jn Vol. ILL. of Bibliotheca Zoologica (Stuttgart).
+ “Nature,” 4th and 11th November, 1897.
{ ‘‘Entwurf eines natiirlichen Systems der Papilioniden.”’
( ‘xxix )
offensive juices directly from the poisonous properties of
their food in the early state.
In Part 2* a lengthy account is given of the cases of
mimicry occurring throughout the class of insects, and
reference is also made to the few known instances in other
classes of animals. The Lepidoptera occupy the bulk of the
memoir, and, as in Part 1, a geographical order is followed, the
mimicries in each of the four zoological regions being given
under their respective families and genera, but in separated
accounts of (firstly) models, and (secondly) mimickers.
In the ‘‘ Allgemeiner Theil’’ which concludes the work, and
occupies about half of Part 2, there are sections treating of
mimicry (a) within the limits of the old genus Papilio (in
connexion with Part 1), (b) between ‘‘immune and non-
immune” Lepidoptera, and (c) among ‘‘ immune” Lepido-
ptera themselves; followed by a consideration of objections
to the theory of mimicry, and of mimicry as a part of
protective adaptation to the environment.
While I regard Part 1 as a memoir of value, and as
likely to prove serviceable to the student of a group so
difficult to classify as the Papilionine, and while I recognize
the great labour and research displayed throughout the work
in the assembling of the accessible facts and data, I must
reluctantly record my concurrence in Prof. Poulton’s severe
criticism of the extremely unsatisfactory nature of the general
treatment of the subjectin Part 2. Apart from the cumbrous
handling of the mass of details accumulated, the writer mani-
fests such disregard of obvious difficulties, such unscientific
haste in jumping to conclusions, and such inadequate recogni-—
tion of what had been accomplished by previous investigators,
that one can only regret that he ever entered on the speculative
part of his work, and did not confine his energies to the
better concentration and arrangement of the materials so
assiduously collected.
Among recent contributions to the subject, we shall, I
think, all agree in assigning a high place to the memoirs
with which Dr. I. A. Dixey has enriched our ‘ Transac-
* Subtitle, ‘‘ Untersuchungen tiber die Mimicry.’’
( ikxx® |}
tions.” In 1894 he read before the Society his elaborate
paper ‘‘On the Phylogeny of the Pierine, as illustrated by
their Wing-markings and Geographical Distribution,” and
took occasion to discuss the wide divergence from the
primitive or typical pattern of the group caused by mimicry
in such genera as Huterpe, Pereute, Dismorphia, etc. Adopt-
ing the Millerian interpretation as expanded by Meldola, he
proceeded to offer the original suggestion that, in the
acquisition of closer resemblance between two or more
protected forms, it was not necessary that in every instance
the process of adaptation should lie solely in the imitation of
one particular form as model, but that there might very well
exist mutual convergence of the forms concerned, thus
accelerating the attainment of the common beneficial resem-
blance. This ‘‘reciprocal mimicry” the author further
explained in a paper read in 1896 ‘‘On the Relation of
‘* Mimetic Patterns to the Original Form”’ (pp. 72-75), by a
consideration of certain mimetic sets of Heliconii, Pierine,
and Papilionine which present features and relations of
pattern and colouring explicable apparently in no other way
than by the hypothesis in question. This paper also gave a
lucid demonstration, traced through corresponding series
of existing forms of both mimetic and non-mimetic Pierine,
of ‘the successive steps through which a complicated and
‘“* practically perfect mimetic pattern could be evolved in
‘‘ simple and easy stages from a form presenting merely the
‘‘ ordinary aspect of its own genus,’’ and further adduced
reasons for holding that ‘‘ it is not necessary that the forms
‘‘ between which mimicry originates should possess consider-
‘* able initial resemblance.” In his latest memoir, ‘‘ Mimetic
‘« Attraction,”’ read on 5th May last,* Dr. Dixey expanded a
suggestion he had previously (1896) made _ respecting
divergent members of an inedible group to point out—still
from evidence in the Pierine subfamily to which he has
devoted so much fruitful study—* how the process of gradual
‘‘ assimilation starting from one given point may take not
** one direction only but several divergent paths at the same
* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1897, p. 317.
C sca)
*¢ time,”’ with the result that a more or less intimate mimetic
relation was brought about with several protected forms of
quite different affinities, though each connected in their
colouring and aspect with some group of distasteful asso-
ciates, He further set forth very fully the distinction which
exists between the mimicry of inedible by edible forms, which
could only be in one direction and was of advantage to the
mimicker alone, and the assimilation among inedible forms
themselves, where the mimetic attraction acts reciprocally, to
the advantage of all participators.
Another of our Fellows, Colonel C. Swinhoe, distinguished
for his wide and intimate knowledge of Oriental Lepidoptera,
read before the Linnean Society, in 1895, a most interesting
paper ‘‘ On Mimicry in Butterflies of the genus Hypolimnas,”’ *
In this memoir, as the author points out, a small group of
wide-ranging mimetic insects is followed throughout its geo-
graphical distribution ; and the process of mimetic modifica-
tion is traced through the female, from the amazing instability
of that sex of H. bolina (local form) in the Fiji Islands,
where the male is stable and of the normal ancestral pattern
and colouring, to the opposite extreme in Africa, where (with
the exception of H. misippus) both sexes of the known allied
forms of the genus are equally mimetic.+ The singular con-
trast between the numerous modifications of the female of
the Bolina type, and the absolutely constant imitation of
Danais chrysippus alone by the Q H. misippus is well brought
out, and the different courses thus pursued by the respective
females are shown to depend on the range, variation, and
abundance of the model that is mimicked. Colonel Swinhoe
had previously (1887) published a good account of mimicry
in Indian butterflies,t and in it made special reference to the
remarkable series of close hkenesses between species belong-
ing to different subgenera of the great protected genus
Huplea.
* Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., xxv., pp. 339-348.
+ It should be noted that in the African H. salmacis and the Malagasy
H. devithea the sexes are alike and non-mimetic, and that therefore these
species probably most closely approximate to the primitive appearance of the
genus.
t Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1., pp. 169-174.
(@ Mikeocrly))
So much prominence has naturally been given to the very
conspicuous development of mimicry among the Lepidoptera,
that it is not uncommon to hear the matter spoken of as if
limited to butterflies and moths, and even entomologists need
to be reminded of the prevalence of the phenomenon among
other orders of insects. The stinging Hymenoptera furnish
the most numerous models to members of other orders, being
closely mimicked by numerous Diptera, by many heterocerous
Lepidoptera, by various Carabid, Heteromerous, and Longi-
corn Coleoptera, and by some Hemiptera ; while certain ants
are well imitated by spiders. As regards Coleoptera, mimicry
is mainly found within the limits of the order itself—e.y.,
Cicindelids by Heteromera and Longicorns, Carabids by
Heteromera, Malacoderms by Longicorns, and Rhyncho-
phora by Longicorns; but certain Cicindelid and Rhyncho-
phorous beetles are closely copied by Orthoptera, belonging
respectively to the genera Condylodetra and Scepustus. Lepido-
ptera do not seem to find mimickers beyond their own order,
unless the case quoted by Haase * from E. Hartert, of the
resemblance of a large Cicada to the Indian Thawmantis aliris
(Morphine) be one of actual mimicry. Nor do Diptera
appear to be models for imitation, except in the case of the
hunting spiders, which mimick the Muscide they chase ;
although the neuropterous Littacus certainly bears a strong
likeness to Tipula, and may possibly find the advantage of
that harmless aspect in approaching its prey. It cannot be
denied that some of the inter-ordinal mimicries are even more
impressive and striking than those so notable among butter-
flies, the excellence of the superficial disguise of general out-
line, proportion of parts, colouring, and markings being so
great as to throw into obscurity the really vast structural
discrepancies. Such cases as the imitation of the South-
American wasps of the genera Polybia and Syneca by moths
of the genera Sphecosoma and Myrmecopsis,+ of the Bornean
sand-wasp Myygnimia aviculus, by the beetle Coloborrhombus
* Op. cit., ii., p. 10. Haase (on p. 11) cites Brauer to the effect that the
genus Drepana is mimicked by the neuropterous Drepanoptery, which is
stated to feed on Lepidoptera.
+ See Haase, /.c., u., p. 76, pl. xiii.
( dca)
fasciatipennis,* or of the Philippine tiger-beetle Tricondyla, by
the cricket Condylodeira,+ are absolute marvels of deception
all belonging to that special phase of mimicry where the
obvious advantage to the unarmed mimic lies in being mis-
taken for the armed and formidable model.
As the Lepidoptera are at present the only order in which
a very considerable number of mimetic relations have been
observed, it may be of service to note here the various direc-
tions in which mimicry ramifies within the ordinal limits.
The very large majority consists of cases where (a) Rhopalo-
cera are copied by other Rhopalocera ; and, taking the groups
in succession, we find that (1) Danaine (including Neotro-
pine) are mimicked by members of their own subfamily, by
Satyrine, Heliconiine, Nymphaline, Erycinide, Pierine, and
Papilionine ; (2) a few Morphine by Papilionine; (8) Helt-
contine by Pierine ; (4) Acrainw by Nymphaline, Lycenide,
Pierine, and Papilionine ; (5) some Nymphalinw by members
of their own subfamily ; (6) Pierine by species of their own
subfamily, and very rarely by Satyrine ¢; and (7) Papilionine
by members of their own subfamily and by certain Pierine.
The next series is composed of those comparatively few
instances where (b) Rhopalocera are imitated by Heterocera ;
and here it is found that (1) Danaine (true, and Neotropine)
are mimicked by Castniide, Chalcosiide (three different
genera), Arctiide (two different genera), Dioptide (three
different genera), and Geometre (two different genera); (2) a
few Acraine by Melameride (two different genera); (3)
Papilionine by Castniide, Chalcosiide, and Arctiide.|| Much
* See Pryer, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1885, p. 369, pl. x., who in the same place
also figures another most striking case from Borneo, in which the hymeno-
pterous Triscolia patricialis is mimicked by the lepidopterous Scoliomima
insignis.
+ See Bates, J. ¢c., p. 509.
t In the Oriental region Delias is mimicked by Prioneris and Pieris, and
in the Ethiopian region Mylothris by Pieris and Hronia. An interesting
case in support of the probable distastefulness of Mylothris is found in
Madagascar, where the abundant M. phileris is mimicked by the very scarce
Elymnias masoura, a Satyrine which is extremely divergent in colouring
from all known members of its genus and subfamily.
|| Col. Swinhoe informs me that the Pierine Teracolus limbatus—‘‘ the
southern form of 7’, etvida "—is accurately mimicked by the Geometrid moth,
Abravas etridoides. This ease seems to support Col. Swinhoe’s opinion
( Ixxxiv. )
rarer are the known cases of (c) mimicry of Heterocera by
Rhopalocera; but (1) certain Uraniidw are simulated by
Papilionine ; (2) Agaristida by Nymphaline ; and (3) Litho-
stide by Nymphaline. The mimicry of (i) Heterocera by
Heterocera seems also to have been but seldom observed, but
the cases recorded consist of (1) Ayaristide by Liparidie ; (2)
Melamerida by Chalcosiide ; (3) Geometridw by Uraniidee and
Chalcosiide, and (4) Lithosiidw by Agaristidee.*
It will be seen that the foregoing enumeration ineludes not
only the Batesian mimicries, but also those coming under the
category of Miillerian associations of distasteful forms. To
the latter class belong all cases occurring within the limits of
the subfamilies Danainz, Heliconiine, and Acreine, and also
many of those existing between species of one or more of
those groups and certain Pierine and Papilioninee, as well as
(among moths) the Agaristide, some Lithosiidee, and very
probably others. It seems clear that, in the same circle of
various species all approximating with more or less accuracy
to one special type of coloration, marking, and outline, there
will often be found, in the larger and more comprehensive of
such associations, both Batesian and Miillerian mimicries ;
this is indeed distinctly to be gathered from some of the
cases tabulated by Bates himself, and has been lately well
illustrated in the exceptionally rich Neotropical series of
‘‘homceochromatic ’’ forms brought before us by Mr. W. F. H.
Blandford, among which were several of the actual specimens
figured by Bates in illustrating his famous memoir. In the
searcely less opulent Oriental region (as Col. Swinhoe has
(Proce. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xxxvil.) that the species of Teracolus are
inedible. I have noted (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 21) another instance
of marked resemblance to the females of the smaller East African Teracoli
in the Satyrine, Physceneura prone.
* There is some ground for suspecting Acherontia atropos to be a protected
species. It has an apparent mimicker in Africa—its natural habitat—in the
shape of another Sphingid of almost equal size, Protoparce solani, which,
when seen at rest on tree-trunks, | have, on more than one occasion, mis-
taken for the Death’s Head. I do not know if any experiments as to the
distastefulness of Acherontia have been made; but I incline to the belief
that, if this moth is shunned by any insectivorous animals, such avoidance is
more likely to be due to its squeaking powers and its threatening gesture,
when irritated or alarmed, of suddenly elevating the robust and spiny fore-
legs. I know of no other moth that assumes this menacing attitude.
( ‘ixxxy .)
pointed out in the paper above mentioned, and has more
fully of late described to me) the same state of things is pre-
valent, extensive Millerian inedible associations among (¢.g.)
the species of the three main groups into which the old genus
Eupleea has been divided, being “‘attended and surrounded ”’
by numerous true mimics belonging to edible groups. ‘lhe
far poorer Ethiopian region has, to my knowledge, yielded
as yet only a very few series including both inedible and
edible imitators; but in the group of which the Danaine,
Amauris egialea, is the centre, there appears the exactly
similar Danais (Melinda) morgeni ; and in the same way the
much-mimicked Amauris echeria, var., has in East Africa a
protected companion in the female Acrwa johnstont, while
there is some reason for thinking that the widely-distributed
Acrwa encedon is modified in resemblance to the dominant
Danais chrysippus. Perhaps the most remarkable of these
associations is that which surrounds the abundant and
extremely conspicuous slow-flying diurnal Lithosiid moth,
Aletis helcita. The apparently protected analogues of this
insect are the closely similar Lithosid, Phaayarista helcitoides,
and Agaristid Husemia falkensteinti, while the Batesian
mimickers are found in the Nymphaline butterflies, Muphadra
ruspina and fH, eleus, and the aberrant Lyczenid, Liptena
sanguinea. Another point of interest in this last-named
series is its great similarity in colouring and marking to that
which is headed by Danais chrysippus, the differences being
merely that in the Aletis set the red ground-colour is brighter,
and the white spots in the black margins are larger; so that
from the aspect of warning of distastefulness to enemies the
two sets may be regarded as practically but one.
Among the Batesian mimicries in the Ethiopian region,
I wish to revert more fully to the very striking and instructive
case, already briefly referred to, presented by the females of
the Merope-group of the genus Papilio, because it has largely
gained in interest by the increase of our knowledge in recent
years. In 1867, when I wrote the paper above mentioned,*
only three forms of the Merope-group were known, vid. : the
* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxvi.
( Ixxxvi )
West-African P. merope, the South-African P. cenea (then
regarded as not more than a variety of P. merope), and the
Madagascar P. meriones. Of these the last-named alone had
the sexes nearly alike, vid.: of a very pale yellow, margined
with black in the forewings, and with the hindwings more or
less black-marked and bearing conspicuous tails; each of
the two continental species presenting not only the utmost
disparity between the sexes but also the singular phenomenon
of a polymorphic female, invariably without tails, accurately
mimicking two or three widely-differing species of Danaine,
and at the same time offering numerous linking variations.
I was justified in considering that the Madagascar form
should be regarded as retaining the ancestral condition of
this group of Papilio, while the females of the continental
forms had been profoundly modified in the mimetic directions
specified; and I pointed to the costal black bar in the fore-
wings of the female P. meriones as possibly indicating the
feature on which natural selection had been able to work, to
the ultimate production of close imitation first of the lighter
and at length of the darker Danaine concerned.
It was startling to learn, in 1883, that a newly-discovered
continental form of the group, P. antinorii, inhabiting
Abyssinia, like the Madagascar P. meriones, had the sexes
quite alike except for the costal black bar in the female ;
while in 1889 there was described from the Comoro Islands
a fifth and very distinct species, P. hwnbloti, im which the
sexes resemble each other even more closely than in the
Madagascar form, and which therefore in all probability
exhibits a still more primitive condition.
The survival of the ancestral similarity of the sexes on the
African mainland, so far from the Malagasy archipelago as
Abyssinia, was a discovery of much importance; and the
greatest interest was added to the whole case when, in 1890,
Prof. N. M. Kheil,* of Prague, described and figured two
most remarkable new forms of the female P. antinorii.
These females, given by the author as ‘“ ab. niariotdes’’ and
‘ab. ruspina,” respectively, in colouring and pattern mimic
* “ Tris,” iil., pp. 333-336.
( Txxxva -)
Amauris dominicanus and Danais chrysippus, almost as closely
as do the hippocoonoides and trophonius females of P. cenea,
but yet retain on the hindwings the fully-developed tails
possessed by the male and the unmodified female.* One
would naturally suppose that these conspicuous appendages
to the hindwings, never found in the Danaine but so
characteristic of many groups ef Papilio, would have been
among the first features to be lost in the process of assimila-
tion to the Danaine models; and, as Prof. Kheil mentioned
in his paper, that the tails in the specimen of ‘ niavioides”
were injured, but had been restored in the figure, I felt a
little doubtful about them, and ventured recently to address
him on the subject. He most obligingly answered my
inquiries, stating that the two forms of female were still in
his possession, and that while the tails of the ab. niavioides
were injured, as originally pointed out, those of the ab.
ruspine were intact and are correctly delineated in Haase’s
figure, which—as well as that of niavioides—was drawn from
the actual specimen, lent by Prof. Kheil. It is to be noted
that the tails are uniformly black, in accord with the broad
hindmargins, instead of being pale yellow with a short
median streak of black, as in the female of the male
coloration. Prof. Kheil further informed me that the dis-
coverer of these forms, the late Dr. A. Stecker, who
collected at Lake Tana, brought together seven males, two
females like the male, and one only of each mimetic form of
female, and that he reported the male as very common,
while the females seldom occurred.
This persistence in Abyssinia of the original female 1.
antinorii, side by side with two mimetic forms of the same
sex retaining her outline of hindwings but far divergent
from her in advanced imitation of two very different Danaine
belonging to distinct genera, is strong confirmatory evidence
of the view I advanced as to the development of the various
tail-less mimetic African females of the group from the
ordinary male-like type of female solely prevalent still in
the Malagasy sub-region. From analogy with what occurs
* For coloured figures of the three forms of P. antinorii, 9 , see Haase,
Pv crs 1.5) plate
(@elxxvii ©)
over so large an area of the rest of Africa, I confidently
anticipate that we shall receive from Abyssinia intermediate
gradations between the three known forms of the female P.
antinorti ; and as the dominant model, Amauzris echeria, 18
represented in Abyssinia by the abundant and very closely
allied A. steckeri, I should not be surprised to see another
mimetic female of P. antinorii closely resembling the typical
P. cenea. More than this, we may not unreasonably hope to
discover, at some point in the wide territories between
Abyssinia and Zanzibar, females of the Merope-group exhibit-
ing stages intermediate between the long-tailed mimetic
females of P. antinorii and the entirely tail-less ones of
P. cenea,
While dealing with this case, I would add that, until
recently, of all the various tail-less continental females of
this group known to me, the form dionysos—a rare phase
of the West-African P. merope—was the least modified as
compared with the male,* for it possesses merely a trace of
the wide black bar that in two other forms divides the pale
ground-colour into perfectly separate subapical and inner-
marginal spaces in the forewings, and the hindwings are
ochre-yellow with a narrow black border.+ Professor Poulton
has, however, kindly shown me, in the Hope Collection of the
Oxford University Museum, a much closer approximation to
the masculine coloration in an extraordinary example of the
female P. cenea from Zanzibar. In this female the transverse
trace of black in the forewings is even fainter than in the
dionysos form, and the colour of the wide pale spaces and the
hindmarginal spots in all the wings is almost exactly of the
pale creamy-yellowish tint of the male P. cenea; and on the
underside, while the pale-yellowish of the forewings is better
divided by blackish than on the upperside, the colouring of
the hindwings corresponds much more nearly to that of the
male than in any other female I have seen—the characteristic
break in the submarginal brownish band being moreover very
* See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 178.
+ Hewitson (Exot. Butt., iv., Papilio, xii., fig. 39) delineates an example in
many respects intermediate between dionysos and hippocoon, but rather
closer to the latter form as regards the forewings.
© Ixxxx”_—)
complete and wide. There can be no doubt that in this
specimen we have a marked case of reversion to the original
colouring of the female, but it is unaccompanied by any
inchnation towards the recovery of the lost tail of the hind-
wings.
Returning to the general aspects of the subject, it is of
importance to consider more closely how the evidence stands
in relation to (A) persecution by insectivorous foes, (B) posses-
sion of malodorous and distasteful juices by certain groups,
(c) rejection or avoidance by foes of the insects provided with
offensive juices, and (p) loss occasioned to distasteful species
by the attacks of young and inexperienced enemies ; for it is
admittedly on the co-operation of these factors that the theory
of mimicry depends,
(a,) As regards the first point, the broad fact of insects
generally constituting the food of countless devourers, verte-
brate and invertebrate, is beyond dispute; immense and
incessant persecution is universally at work. But when we
proceed to examine this world-wide persecution more in
detail, and to ask in what special directions it works, or what
groups or species are the particular prey of certain groups or
species of enemies, we very soon discover how little is exactly
known. Birds, for instance, are such notorious and appa-
rently indiscruninate insect-eaters, and some of them are so
active and demonstrative in their hunting, that it seems but
reasonable to regard them as the chief pursuers on the wing
of the abundant and defenceless butterflies. Yet in the
discussion which followed the reading of Dr, Dixey’s last
paper above referred to nothing was more noticeable than the
very scanty testimony to such persecution on the part of
birds that could be brought forward by the very competent
well-travelled entomologists present. In fact, the poverty of
observed cases of such attack has induced the opinion among
some entomologists that birds very rarely chase butterflies at
all, and the published expression of this view by Pryer,
Skertchley, Piepers, and other experienced collectors cannot
be overlooked. But I am persuaded that in this instance, as
in so many others where the life-history of animals is con-
cerned, the dearth of evidence is due to the neglect of well-
( xe )
directed and sustained observation. Little can be gained by
merely noting such cases as happen to force themselves on
the collector’s attention; the collector must resolutely set
himself to search out and keep watch upon what really takes
place. Considering that there is no record of any naturalist’s
having seriously taken up the investigation of this matter in
the field, I think that very much positive evidence could
hardly be expected, and that what has been published goes
far in the direction of proving that birds must still be
reckoned among the principal enemies of butterflies. Belt’s
well-known note on the pair of Puff-birds that he watched for
half-an-hour bringing various butterflies to feed their young
is supported by E. Poeppig’s observation* that in the forest
it is easy to discover where a Galbula’s favourite perch
has been chosen, as the wings of large butterflies, whose
bodies only have been eaten, strew the ground for several
paces roundabout. Von Wied found a large “ Tagschmetter-
ling” in the stomach of a Bucco, and K. Hartert butterflies
in that of Merops pusillus; while E. L. Arnold saw Terias
hecabe and Papilio pammon caught by birds in India.f Hahnel
published in “Iris”? (1890) the observation that in South-
America birds hunted Pierine more than any other group of
butterflies, and often snapped up specimens close to him.
Haase in Siam saw some Catopsiliv (Pierine) and Hesperiidee
captured and eaten by sparrows. I have recorded Mrs. Bar-
ber’s remarks that among the insects caught and brought to
their nestlings by various Sun-birds at the Cape she often
noticed Pyrameis cardui, and also Mr. Mansel Weale’s note
that T'chitrea cristata captures the male Papilio cenca. My. T.
Ayres, a very trustworthy ornithological observer, has
remarked (in his notes in ‘‘ The Ibis ” on the habits of South-
African birds) that the King-hunter, Jspidina natalensis, feeds
almost entirely on butterflies. Col. Swinhoe informs me
that in India he has on several occasions seen Merops viridis
catch and eat butterflies, and that he has also witnessed
many cases of other birds pursuing them; while the common
* Cited by Haase, l.c., ii., p. 104.
+ These three eases also cited by Haase, l. c.
@excr)
Corvus splendens was found greedily to devour any edible
butterflies thrown to it. This evidence is supported by that
kindly furnished to me by Mr. F'. Lewis, of the Ceylon Forest
Service, who has for many years been familiar with the ways
of birds in the jungle, vid. :—that he has seen Merops viridis
and M. philippinus occasionally take small white and yellow
butterflies (Terias, spp.), and the latter bee-eater and M,
swinhoti frequently capture Catopsilia, especially when these
butterflies are travelling in thousands along the river-valleys.
Mr. Lewis also gives Buchanga leucopygialis as a very active
hunter of butterflies on the wing. In England I have
noticed a swallow hunting one of the common ‘‘ Whites”
(apparently Pieris brassice), and also three sparrows for some
time chase and eventually capture a female Mpinephile janira ;
while at the Cape I have seen Miscus collaris, the common
shrike of the colony, seize in succession several newly-
emerged Papilio lyaus on the wing.
In Mr. Skertchley’s paper, ‘“‘On Butterflies’ Hnemies,’’*
he gives a list (p. 485) of no fewer than twenty-three
species of butterflies belonging to five different subfamilies,
which he observed in Borneo with both hindwings mutilated
in the same manner, as if a piece had been bitten out while
the insect was at rest—but this description of mutilation he
attributes, not to the assaults of birds, but to those of lizards
and perhaps small mammals. I see nothing, however, to
lead us to conclude that birds do not attack butterflies when
at rest, especially when settled on flowers, foliage, etc., with
closed and erect or pendant wings; it is highly probable,
indeed, that they would mark down a settling butterfly and
make direct for it. It seems to me likely that most of the
destruction of butterflies by birds is not effected by the
difficult chase of these wavering and erratic or often very
eapid flyers in the open, but is carried on mainly against the
slowly-flying bulkier females while engaged in depositing
their ova, usually among the fohage of trees, undergrowth,
or herbage, where they would be almost unnoticed by the
collector. An equally if not more dangerous time for
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iti., pp. 477-485 (1889).
Ce xc)
butterflies of both sexes is during courtship and pairing,
when they are less on their guard than at any other period,
and those actually paired (unless very well concealed by close
resemblance of their underside to the immediate surroundings)
have little chance of escape.* Col. Swinhoe has mentioned
to me that birds often do not seem inclined to take the
trouble to give chase to flying butterflies, but sit merely
watching them, and this is in support of the view that they
more frequently adopt the easier plan of attacking them when
feeding, settling. or at rest. The frequency of the cases
where mimicry is confined to the female points with some
significance to the probability that persecution is more
directed against that sex than against the male.
(s.) The presence of malodorous juices in many insects is
a matter of common observation, and is a protective property
possessed by several entire groups, especially among the
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. There is abundant evidence as
to the prevalence of these secretions, and among the Lepido-
ptera they are particularly developed in the butterflies of the
sroups Danaine, Neotropine, Acrzeine, and Heliconine, and
also in some Papilionine, as well as in many moths of the
eroups Agaristidee, Chalcoside, Arctiidae, Lithosiide, ete.
The strength of the disagreeable odour emitted is in some
species very great ; + Seitz, for instance, mentioning that the
smell of the South-American Heliconius besckei and Fueides
aliphera extends over a radius of several paces, and Wood-
mason and De Nicéville testifying to the same effect as
regards the Indian Papilio philowenus and allied forms.
When molested many of these offensively-smelling species
exude drops of a yellow or whitish fluid which leave on any-
thing they touch a stain and odour difficult to remove, as I
have experienced in the case of the Mauritian “uplwa euphone,
the South-African Danaine and ‘Acreine, and various
South-African Agaristide, Glaucopide, and Arctiide.
The origin and manner of acquisition of these unsavoury
* Tt is not improbably in these circumstances that the imperfectly
mimetic but still ‘‘ warning ’’ underside of the male in Perrhybris becomes
specially serviceable (Cf. Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1896, p. 71).
+ Cited by Haase, /. ¢., i1., p. 101.
( xciii_)
secretions have yet to be discovered ; the suggestion (so much
insisted on by Haase) that these juices are directly derived
from those of similar quality in the food-plants of the larve
arising from the long-known circumstance that some of the
food-plants of species in the protected groups are of an acrid
or poisonous character, such as (e.y.) Asclepiads in the case
of many Danaine, and Aristolochia in that of the inedible
forms of Papilionine. No doubt, too, the fact that the
unpleasant qualities are very often fully developed in the
larve of the distasteful species—as I have found with Danais
chrysippus and various Acreee—lends some weight to the
suggestion; but at present nothing approaching sufficient
data can be brought forward respecting the actual food-plants
to which the protected groups, in contrast to the unprotected,
are thought to be restricted. It cannot be gainsaid, as Prof.
Poulton has pointed out,* that the food-plants of many of
the distasteful European moths do not belong to any
poisonous or acrid category ; and his own and Mr. Latter’s
papers on Dicranura vinula alone amply demonstrate what
powerful acids can be elaborated by a larva which finds its
food in such innocuous plants as poplar and willow. The
supposed direct derivation of the nauseous juices from the
plants consumed is thus plainly a matter that awaits investi-
gation from both biological and chemical standpoints.
(c.) The avoidance or rejection as food by insectivorous
animals of the insects possessing malodorous or distasteful
juices no longer rests merely on the negative evidence given
by Bates, Wallace, Belt, and other competent observers, to
the effect that in nature such distasteful forms are habitually
neglected and unmolested; there is now much positive experi-
mental evidence as to the manifest avoidance or disgust with
which such species are left untouched, or thrown aside after
tasting, when offered to domesticated or captive vertebrate
animals that devour ordinary insects with avidity. The
numerous experiments of this kind recorded by Butler,
Jenner Weir, Weismann, Poulton, and Lloyd-Morgan, as
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 198, etc., and ‘‘ Nature,” 4th Nov.,
1897, p. 3.
H
(a xciv 2)
regards both larve and imagos of European species, are sup-
ported by a few made by Belt with Heliconiine in Central
America, by D’Urban and myself with Danaine and Acreeine*
in South-Africa, and by Haase with Danainz in Singapore.
It is manifest, of course, that even the most distasteful
forms cannot enjoy complete immunity from persecution; in
ordinary circumstances they are doubtless mainly kept down
by parasitic insects,t and during any scarcity of more pala-
table prey it is certain that they will be devoured faute de
mieux by vertebrates and invertebrates alike. To the latter
condition are perhaps due such cases as Distant’s ¢ note of
the orthopterous Hemisaga devouring. an imago of Danais
chrysippus ; Col. Yerbury’s || observation that in Ceylon
Euplwa core and Delias eucharis were largely taken by a Mantis,
and Danais limniace by two kinds of Asilid~@; and Belt’s
remark that a flower-frequenting spider captured Heliconiide.
(p.) As regards the important point whether the protected
forms have to suffer a certain percentage of loss from the
attacks of young and inexperienced birds and other animals,
it must be admitted that the evidence at present forthcoming
is exceedingly scanty; and I have long felt considerable
doubt as to the sufficiency of this factor to account for the
mimetic resemblances, often remarkably close, between mem-
bers of associated protective groups. But on reviewing care-
fully the recorded observations which appear to bear on the
question, I have found reason to think that there is enough
support to justify the provisional acceptance of the Millerian
explanation, We have in the first place Fritz Miller’s own
capture of Heliconi and Acreine with a notched piece
bitten out of the wings, and Distant’s (l.¢., p. 65) of a Danais
chrysippus whose wings had been bitten unsymmetrically, —
apparently by a bird. Then there is the significant record
* De Nicéville (Butt. Ind., etc., i., p. 318) notes that Acrea violw was the
only butterfly rejected by all the species of Mantide to which he offered
various butterflies.
+ C. V. Riley (apud Haase, l.c., ii., p. 47) found that a dipterous parasite
was very prevalent in the larve of Danais archippus, often destroying a
whole brood.
{ Nat. in Transvaal, p. 65 (1889).
|| Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xl.
( xev )
of Skertchley (/. c., p. 485) who, among twenty-three species
of Bornean butterflies taken with both hindwings mutilated
in the same manner, notes no less than four Danaina, vid.,
Hestia lynceus, H. leuconoe, Ideopsis daos, and Huplwa midamus.
Moreover, it is very remarkable that several of those entomo-
logists who have specially emphasized the small part played
by birds in attacking butterflies, mention, among the few
eases of such attack as they witnessed, instances of protected
forms being assailed, Sir G. Hampson * remarking that in
South India the Euplcee and Danaids were caught as often
as any others, and M. Pieperst that in two of the four cases
which he had seen in Sumatra and Java, the species seized
were Euplee.
The question underlying this is manifestly whether insect-
eating animals have an instinctive inherited discernment of
what species are unfit for food, or whether, on the contrary,
each individual has to acquire this necessary knowledge by
personal experience, aided in some vertebrate groups by
parental guidance. So numerous and so marvellous are the
instinctive or congenital activities of animals—especially in
the insect world, where past experience or parental instruction
is almost always non-existent—that there has been a very
general disposition on the part of naturalists to incline to the
former view in a matter so all-important as suitable food.
Yet, as far as experiment has hitherto gone in this direction,
there seems good ground for holding that—at any rate in such
specially insectivorous vertebrate groups as birds, lizards, and
frogs—the young possess no such hereditary faculty of dis-
crimination, but have to discover individually what to avoid.
This appears not only from Mr. Jenner Weir’s and especially
Prof. Poulton’s careful and often-repeated experiments with
lizards and frogs, but also from Prof. Lloyd-Morgan’s study||
of newly-hatched birds of different orders, which indicates
clearly with what complete want of discrimination every
object of suitable size is at first pecked at and vas, |e how
nero: Ent. Bee. Lond., 1897, p. xxxvil.
+ Report of Intern. Zool. Congress, iii. (Leyden, 1895), p. 460.
t See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 191, ete.
i “* Habit and Instinct,’”’ pp. 29-58.
( xevi )
soon experience tells and is acted upon. Prof. Lloyd-Morgan
made special trial of these young birds with many distasteful
insects and their larve, and states in conclusion (J.c., p. 43)
that he did not find a single instance of instinctive avoidance,
but that the result of his observations is that ‘in the
‘* absence of parental guidance, the young birds have to learn
‘* for themselves what is good to eat and what is distasteful,
‘and have no instinctive aversions.”
In concluding what I feel to be a very incomplete outline
of what has been done in this most important branch of
zoological research, I cannot refrain from expressing the
gratification I find in noting how by far the chief part in the
investigations pursued and in the deductions derived from them
has from the outset been borne by Fellows of this Society.
It is work on which we may with justice be congratulated, and
which should encourage perseverance in the same and kindred
lines of inquiry.
Here, as in many other biological researches, it cannot be
too strongly insisted on that no result of lasting value can be
hoped for without resort to the living animals among all the
natural conditions and surroundings. It was not a stay-at-
home theorist, familiar only with the dried specimens of the
cabinet, that detected the meaning of mimicry and gave to
science a rational explanation of the mystery, but an ardent
explorer and naturalist, who devoted many of the best years
of his life to field-work in tropical lands. Iam the last to
undervalue the knowledge of the systematist, which is abso-
lutely indispensable to all intelligible record, and I fully
recognize that no naturalist can be properly equipped for his
work without a fair amount of systematic training; but
philosophical discovery in any direction such as we are now
considering can never be truly advanced without unflagging
observation and experiment among organisms living in their
natural environment. How but by the closest and most
exact attention to the entire life-history of animals in their
native haunts can we expect to deal satisfactorily with such
questions as this of mimicry, of protective resemblances
generally, of seasonal dimorphism, sexual selection, local
variation, and the like? Admitting gratefully the good
( xevu )
work of this kind which has been carried on in Europe,
and especially in our own country, one cannot but regret that
from tropical regions, where alone the abundance, complexity,
and incessant activity of life afford full prospect of the
adequate reward of such research, we have little more than
isolated notes and unconnected and incomplete observations,
mere indications—precious as they are—of the rich harvest
that lies unreaped for lack of resident workers devoted to the
task.
It is on this account that I earnestly renew the plea put
forward from this chair on the 5th May last, for the
establishment, in tropical countries, of Biological Stations
for the study of the terrestrial fauna; where, as in the
existing Marine Biological Stations, naturalists could follow,
during a succession of seasons, special lines of observation
and experiment under favourable conditions of laboratory and
other equipment, free from the hindrances and distractions of
ordinary collecting travel, and with all the advantages of
mutual help and encouragement. The living expenses, for
men of the simple tastes of the naturalist, would not be
great ; and I feel certain that, with the increasing facilities
for swift transport, it would not be long before many students
of biology would embrace the opportunity so provided for the
effectual prosecution of researches of the utmost value to
science.
ret i. ™ our? i ee ae ae 1 ,
~ i 7) v ¥
“ - . ‘ iy
if co iJ ¥ f i‘
i ' ie :
- e
>
v -
i . 7
“
q
t ‘ .
t a
. ‘ "
ru
(GexCIXie)
INDEX.
Nore.—Where the name only of the Genus or Species is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.
The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’
New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be
found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generically
under their headings.
Many of the subjects indicated as being found in pp. 317-332, and xx.-xlvil.,
are referred to in the President’s Address, which is not separately
indexed.
Page Page
GENERAL SUBJECTS «.....0+- xcix | HYMENOPTERA Jopeonnnisac cll
COLEOPTERA <..--...0:s0.00--- c LepIDOPTERA . eli
TDIWEnoYN, Gogpspscosnpeqoosdoooce™ cl NEUROPTERA ....- seeohanccates eviil
HEMIPTERA ......--- Sioesuoebeee cil ORTHOPTERA ...scereesee seers evlil
——_—_—_—_—_—_—$—[_{£
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Abnormalities in Halticid beetles, exhibited, x., liii.: gynandromorphous
Chelisoches morio, exhibited, xxxiil.
Annual Meeting, 1xi.
Brachycerus apterus, photograph of, exhibited, xvil.
Butterflies, neuration of, changes in the wing structure of (A. R. Grote), 333 ;
aberrations in Lepidopterous neuration, 342.
Bye-Laws, alteration of, at Special Meeting, xlvii.
Cordyceps growing from a Cicada larva, exhibited, viil.
Dermestes vulpinus and Agrotid larve, damage by, referred to, lx.
Destruction of butterflies by birds, etc., referred to, Xxxviil.-xlvi.
Dicranwra vinula, the prothoracie gland of (O. H. Latter), structure and
function, 113; homology, 121; referred to, xi.—Presence of potassium
hydroxide in the alimentary canal of, 124.
Dimorphism, Seasonal, in African butterflies (Dr. A. G. Butler), 105.
‘““ Dry-”? and ‘‘ wet-season forms,”’ discussion on, vi.
Danning, Mr. J. W., death of, lv.
Homeochromatism and mimicry in butterflies, paper, exhibitions and dis-
cussion On, XX., XXXIV.
Hybridization of Lepidoptera, Standfuss’s experiments on, account of (Dr.
F. A. Dixey), l.:—of Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepuscularia, xlix. ;
of Zygena ochsenheimeri and Z, filipendule, ii.
Crew)
Insects from Orkneys, exhibited, viii. ; from Cannes, xx.
Insects introduced into Great Britain, exhibited:—Acrydium xgyptium,
viii.—Anisolabis annulipes, lvii—Apterygida arachidis, Chelisoches
moro, XVili.
Locusts, cooked for food, exhibited, v.
Mimetie Attraction, reciprocal Mimicry and Convergence in Butterflies
(Dr. F. A. Dixey), 317.
Miller, Dr. Fritz, death of, xxxii.
President’s Address, Ixvi.
Protection of British insects in danger of extermination, proposed associa-
tion for, ix., xvi.
Temperature experiments on Lepidoptera, results of exhibited, xviii., xlviii.
Victoria Research Fund, Letter from the President of the Royal Society, xii.
Watson, Capt. E. Y., death of, lviii.
COLEOPTERA.
Aphthona grenadensis, n. s., 267.
Brachysomus hirtus, exhibited, lvi.
Chetocnema minuta, referred to, 269.—nana, n. s., 269.
Chalepus plebeius, 278.
Coleoptera from Austrian Tyrol, i.—from Cintra, ii., exhibited.
Coscinoptera intermedia, n. s., 253.
Crepidius flavipes, n. s., 284.
Cryptocephalus tricostatus, referred to, 254.
Cyphon caraibus, n. s., 294.—dehiscens, n. s., 293.
Dermestes vulpinus, damage by, referred to, lx,
Dicrepidius insularis, n. s., 283.
Disonycha levigata, n. s., 262.
Elateridw, characters and relative numbers of the sexes in species of,
noticed, x.
Epitriz subfusca, n. s., 265.
Esthesopus grenadensis, n. s., 289.
Eudectus giraudi, exhibited, x.
Glyptina nigrita, n. s., 266.
Halticid beetles, abnormalities in, exhibited, x., iii.
Hermexophaga smithi, n. s., 260.
Homophyla unicolor, n. s., 270.
Horistonotus sericeus, n. s., 288.
Hypolampsis annulicorivis, n. s., 274.
Lactica levicollis, n. s., 259.
Lema sharpi, n. s., 250.
Longitarsus horni, n. s., 268.
Lytta vesicatoria, exhibited, lvi.
Megistops granulatus, n. s., 275.
Metecus paradovus, exhibited, lx.
Myodites subdipterus, exhibited, lx.
Nodonota grenadensis, n. s., 256.
Notiophilus rufipes, exhibited, lvi.
CEdionychis sharpi, n. s., 272.—smithi, n. s,, 271.
Ozxna, referred to, 392.
Pachybrachys scabripennis, n. 8., 254.
Paussidee, description of a new Insect of the Family (C.O. Waterhouse), 391.
Phedon nigripes, n.s., 258.
Physimerus smithi, n. s., 273.
Physorhinus erythrocephalus, referred to, 286.
Phytophagous Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines ;
species belonging to the following families described and alluded to :—
(Crioceridee—Galerucide, M. Jacoby; Hispide and Cassidide, Gs:
Champion), Aphthona, 267. — Cassidide, 278. — Cerotoma, 277.—
Chetocnema, 269. —Chalepus, 277. — Chelymorpha, 279.—Chryso-
melidze, 258.—Clythridx, 253.—Colaspis, 257.—Coptocycla, 279.—
Coscinoptera, 253.—Crioceride, 250.—Cryptocephalide 954.—Crypto-
cephalus, 254.—Diabrotica, 276.—Disonycha, 261.—Epitriz, 265.—
Eumolpide, 256.—Galerucide, 259.—Galerucine, 276.—Glyptina,
266.—Halticine, 259.—Haltica, 261.—Hermexophaga, 260.—Hispide,
277. — Homopheta, 271. —Homophyla, 270. —Hypolampsis, 274.—
Lactica, 259.—Lema, 250.—Longitarsus, 268.— Megistops, 275.—
Mesomphalia, 278.—Myochrous, 258.—Nodonota, 256.—(Hdionychis,
271.—Pachybrachys, 254.—Phedon, 258.—Physimerus, 273.—Pseudo-
epitriv, 264.—Rhabdopterus, 257.—Schematiza, 276.—Systena, 262.—
Typophorus, 258.—Species exhibited, vi.
Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, n. s., 291.
Protopaussus walkeri, n. s., 891.—exhibited, liii.
Pseudoepitriv suffriani, n. s., 264,
Ptilodactyla antillarum, n. s., 296.—sancti-vincentis, n. s., 295.
Scirtes insularis, n. s., 292.
Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines ; species
belonging to the following families and genera described and alluded to
(G. C. Champion) :—Holus, 286.—Agrypnella, 281.—Anchastomorphus,
287.—Anchastus, 287.—Callirrhipis, 290.—Chalcolepidius, 282.—
Cneoglossa, 291.—Cosmesus, 290.—Crepidius, 284.—Cyphon, 293.—
Dascillide, 291.—Dicrepidius, 283.—Elateride, 231.—Hsthesopus,
239.—Heteroderes, 285.—Horistonotus, 2388.—Ischiodontus, 285.—Mono-
crepidius, 285.—Physorhinus, 286.—Prionoscirtes, 291.—Ptilodactyla,
295.—Pyrophorus, 289.—Rhipidoceride, 290.—Scirtes, 292.—Species
exhibited, x.
Systena bicolor, u. s., 263.
Trichonyx sulcicollis, exhibited, lvi.
Velleius dilatatus, exhibited, lvi.—referred to, Ix.
Zeugophor.s flavicornis, from Colchester, exhibited, ii.
DIPTERA.
Acanthiptera inanis, exhibited, vii.
Callicera znea, exhibited, vii.
Cylindrotoma, early stages of, referred to, 363.
Cylindrotomina, Earlier Stages of (Baron Osten Sacken), 362.
Hydromyza livens, exhibited, vii.
Linmobia, early stages of, referred to, 364.
( cit)
Nephrocerus flavicornis, exhibited, vi.
Phalacrocera replicata, Structure and Life-history of (L. C. Miall and
R. Shelford), 343.
Physocephala nigra, exhibited, vii.
Platyura marginata, exhibited, vi.
Stevenia maculata, exhibited, vii.
Syrphus guttatus, exhibited, vii.
Triogma, supposed larva of, referred to, 364.
HEMIPTERA.
Aspidiotus nerit, 93. —rapaz, 94, alluded to.
Ceroplastes nerii, n. s., 101.—rusci, 191.
Chionaspis nerit, referred to, 96.—striata, n. s., 96.
Cicadetta montana, exhibited, xiv.
Coccidx, New, collected in Algeria. by Rev. Alfred EK. E.ton (R. Newstead), 93.
Diaspis calyptroides, referred to, 94.
Emblethis verbasci, exhibited, liii.
Eriococcus fornvicicola, n. s., 102.—‘hymeleez, n. s., 102.
Hydrocores, species exhibited of genara Antipalocoris, Diaprepocoris Metro-
coris, Pedinocoris, lvii.
Kermes variegatus, from Kent, exhibited, lv.
Mytilaspis ampelodesm, n. s., 95.—-minima, n. s.,95.—pomorum, referred
to, 94. Z
Notonectidw, Revision of, Part I. (G. W. Kirkaldy), 393.—Genera charac-
terized, 395.—Notonecta, 397. N. americana, 408.—bifasciata, 413.—
chinensis, 415.—glauca, 419.—handlirschi, nu. s., 408.—insulata, 403 —
irrorata,418.—lactitans, 405.—lutea, 425.—mewicana, 401.—imontandoni,
417.—montezuma, n. s., 402.—nigra, 424,—shooteri, 406.—triguttata,
417. —whlersi, 415.—undulata, 410.—variabilis, 414.—Species exhibited,
Xxxiv., lvii. ?
Parlatoria affinis, n. s., 97.—zizyphi, referred to, 98.
Planchonia alyeriensis, n. s., 99.—ilicis, n. s., 100.
Velia currens, macropterous var., exhibited, xiv.
HYMENOPTERA.
Alaptus fusculus, larvee in eggs of Psocid, exhibited, xviii.
Ants of Grenada, ete., races, habits (Dr. A. Forel), 297.
Bembezx frey-gessnert, n. s.,315.—kohli, n. s., 313.—nusuta, n. s., 314
Brachymyrmex heeri, vr. obscurior, referred to, 298.
Braconide, a Monograph of British, Part VII. (Rev. T. A. Marshall), |.
Camponotus abdominalis, referred to, 297.—sexguttatus, var. u., grena-
densis, 297.
Cerceris hirtiventris, n. s., 303.—pallidula, n.s. (?), 302.—pruinosa, n. s.,
303.—Lutea, tuberculata, vidua (?), referred to, 304.
Chenusa, 30. C. conjungens, 30.
Chorebus, 26. C. limoniadum, 28.—lymphatus, 29.—naradum, 29.—
nerevdum, 27.
(@aciny 7)
Cremastogaster brevispinosa, vr. minutior, referred to, 300.
Dacinusa abdita, 22.—adducta, 1.—albipes, 12.—ampliator, 6.—aquilegiv,
21.—areolaris, 19.—cincta, 138.—clandestina, 20.—diremta, 16.—
egregia, 8.—gilvipes, 22.—gracilis, 17.—lateralis, 12.—lepida, 14.—
leptogaster, 15.—macrospila, 10.—imisella, 11.—orphanta, 18.—ovalis,
14.—petiolata, 7.—phenicura, 2.—postica, 16.—semirugosa, 4.—
senilis, 10.—stramineipes, 19.—striatula, 4.—taiaris, 3.—temula, 9.—
tristts, 5.
Dinetus cereolus, n. s., 310.
Eciton antillanum, n. s.. 299.—klugi, alluded to, 298.
Gyrocampa, 23. G. affinis, 24.—foveola, 25.—uliginosa, 26.
Hologambrus sericans, n. s., 309.
Kohlia coxalis, n. s., 311.
Miscophus egyptius, nu. s., 315.
Palarus saundersi, n. s., 310.
Prosopigastra handlirschi, n. s., 309.—levior, n. s., 309.
Pseudomyrma flavidula, referred to, 390.
Sphegide from Egypt, new or little-known (Rev. F. D. Morice), 301.
Sphew stschurowskyi (?), 302.
Stizus cheops, n. s., 313.—fuscatus, n. s., 312.—niloticus, n. s., 312.
Tachysphex, new species:—egyptiacus, 306.—buyssoni, 307.—fasciatus,
306.—heliopolites, 306.—holognathus (n. u., for integer, 308), 434.—
luxuriosus, 307.—speciosissimus, 308.
Tachytes cameroniana, n. s., 305.—denticulata, n. s., 305.
Wasps’ nests containing coleopterous parasites, exhibited, lx.
LEPIDOPTERA.
Abravas sylvata, aberrations of, exhibited, xlix,
Acrwea, African species referred to, 107-110.
Acronycta psi, A. tridens, varieties of, exhibited and described, liv.
Actinota acmophora, n. s., 370.
Adelomorpha, reterred to, 37.
Aeria agna, referred to, 318.
African Butterflies, Seasonal Dimorphism in (Dr. A. G. Butler), 103.
Aglais (Vanessa) wrtice, aberrations of, exhibited, lvii., lviii.
Agrotid larve, damage to linen by, referred to, lx.
Alucita similalis, candidalis, referred to, 36.
Ambia, new species:—albomaculalis, 165.—atristrigalis, 162.—aulaco-
phora, 165.—cataclystalis, 166.—fulvitinctalis, 163.—interstrigalis,
162.—metalophota, 166.—oculalis, 160.—picalis, 160.—rhabdotalis,
161.—semilunalis, 168.—tenella, 161.—tigridalis, 165.—trichostylalis,
164.
Anza elara, n. s., 244.
Ancylis argenticiliana, n, s., 57.
Anthyria metriopis, n. s., 70.
Antiptilotis, u, g., 80. A, rubicunda, n.s., 8).
Aragon, Butterflies of (Mrs. Nicholl), 427.—exhibited, lwvi.
Argynnis euphrosyne, aberration, exhibited, lix.
( civ \)
Argyractis, n. g., 185. A. argentilinealis, n. s., 136.—niphoplagalis,
n. s., 136.
Aripana macrotis, n. s., 87.
Arvama atralis, n. s., 138.
Aulacodes, new species :—acroperalis, 177.—brunnealis, 178.—cervinalis
178.—convoluta, 180.—diopsalis, 177.—heptopis, 174.—junctiscriptalis
178. — parapomasalis, 175. — semicircularis, 180. — sinensis, 176. —
trichoceralis, 174.
Australia, Descriptions of New Lepidoptera from (E. Meyrick), 367.
Autogriphus, n. g., 59.—A. luteus, n. s., 60.
Bradina tleucura, n. s., 200.—perlucidalis, n. s., 201.—remipes, un. s.,
199.
Butterflies: Changes in the Structure of the Wings of (A. R. Grote) 333.—
* Neuration of Agapetide (Satyridx), 340.—Hesperiide, 341.—Liby-
theidee, Lycwenide, Nemeobiide, Nymphalide, 340.—Papilionide,
Parnassiide, 339.—Pieride, 340.
Butterflies, Mimetie Attraction in (Dr. F. A. Dixey), 317.—List of species
alluded to, 327.
Butterflies, mimicry and homceochromatism in, paper, exhibitions and dis-
cussion, XX, XXXIV.
Buzura nephelistis, n. s., 77.
Cacecia torogramma, n. s., 388.
Canonistis, n. g., 74.
Canuza acmias, n. s., 379.
Caradrina heliarcha, n. s., 370.
Carbia, 69.—C. calescens, referred to, 69.
Cataclysta, new species :—albidentatu, 153.—albipunctalis, 152.—con-
stellalis, 151.—fulvicinctalis, 150.—pavonialis, 150.—pervenustalis,
152.—subornata, 151.—supercilialis, 152.—tessellalis, 149.
Catephia melanoschista, n. s., 372.
Central and South American Rhopalocera, descriptions of new species of
(F. D. Godman and O. Salvin), 241.
Ceparcha lichenopa, n. s., 374.
Chloroclystis aristias, n. s., 885.
Chorentis octogemmifera, n. s., 52.
Chrysocraspeda orgalea, n. s., 71.
Clupeosona basale, n. s., 217.—metachryson, n. s., 218.
Cocoon of unknown Japanese Moth, exhibited, lvi.
Colorhyncidia trifidalis, n. s., 205.
Cenonympha iphioides, referred to, 428.—exhibited, lvi.
Coimpsoctena media, n. s., 63.
Conogethes mimastis, n. s., 88.
Coptobasis mesopsectralis, n. s., 203.
Crocydopora enospora, n. s., 388.
Jrocydoscelus, n. g., 35. C. ferrugineum, n. s., 35.
Cydia (?) pretextana, n. s., 58.
Danais erginus, n. s., 241.—nivosus, n. s., 241.
Dasyscopa polysemalis, n. s., 239.
Deilinia chlorochroa, n. s., 78.
Diastictis microdoza, n. s., 75.
Cew)
Diathraustodes hemileucalis, n. s., 204.
Dichocrocis tyranthes, n. s., 89.
Dicranura vinula, the Prothoracic Gland of, and other notes (O. H. Latter),
113.
Diplopseustis metallias, n. s., 90.
Diptychophora microvantha, n. s., 380.
Dracenura, new species:—albonigralis, 194.—cincticorpus, 194.—leuco-
procta, 193.—prosthenialis, 193.—tagiadialis, 194.
Eccompsoctena, n. g., 61. E. secundella, n. s., 61.
Eccopsis precedens, n. s., 56.
Ectropis petras, n. s., 75.
Eois iodesma, n. s., 376.—plumboscriptaria, 376.—procrossa, n. s., 71.
Ephoria xanthocolona, n. s., 78.
Epicharma, n. g., 88. EH. nothriforme, n. s., 39.
Erebia zapateri, 430.—exhibited, lvi.
Eremochroa, n. g., 868. E. alphitias, n. s., 369.—psammias, un, s., 368.
Bremothyris, n. g., 47. EH. hollandi, n. s., 48.
Eriocephala allionella, larva of, exhibited, xxxiii.
Eschatura, n. g., 382. EH. lemurias, n. s., 382.
Ethmia rhomboidella, n. s., 45.
Eublemma orthopetes, n. s., 379.
Euchlena pyrotoca, n. s., 79.
Eudemonia arguphontes and EL. brachyura, exhibited, xxxtii.
Glyphipteryx gemmatella, 18.
Gonophylla ophiopa, n. s., 387.
Hadena bryochlora, n.s., 371.
Halterophora, n. g., 378.
Harpagoneura acrocausta, n. s., 79.
Heliconius, mimicry among species of, 317.
Heliothis leucatma, n. s., 368.
Hepialide, Australian, exhibited, lvi.
Heteroctenis, n. g.,71. H. dracontias, n. s., 72.—tigrina, n. s., 72.
Heterogyna penella, exhibited, xxxili.
Hilarographa, 52.
Homeceochromatic groups of Butterflies from Central America, exhibited,
XxiL, XXViil.
Hydriomena henvizona, n. s., 385.
Hydrocampine, classified, 130.
Hyperaucha, n. g., 383. H. octias, n. s., 384.
Hypeuryntis, n. g., 389. H. coricopa, n. s., 389.
Idiothauma, n. g., 49. I. africanwn, n. s., 50.
Jtuna lanassa, n. s., 242.
Jobula (?) radiata, n. s., 46.
Laspeyresia hemispherana, n. s., 58.
Lemonias eudocia, n.s., 244.
Lepidoptera, aberrations in neuration of, 342.—trom Cheshire, exhibited, ii.
—from Hodgkinson collection, exhibited, iv.
Leto venus, exhibited, xxxiil.
Leucania micrastra, n. s., 383.
Lita intermediella, referred to L. fraternella, iv.
(evi; 7)
Luma albifascialis, n. s., 187.—macropsalis, n. s., 186.—trimaculata, n. s
187.
Lusiaria ditrota, n. s., 76.
Mabra fuscipennalis, n. s., 221.
Malay Archipelago, On Lepidoptera from the (E. Meyrick), 69.
Margarosticha leucozonalis, n. s., 147.
Melanargia galatea, aberration of, exhibited, lvi.
Meliana xylogramma, n. s., 367.
Melissoblaptes hilaropis, n. s., 378.
Melitea aurinia, varieties of, exhibited, lvii.
Mesopolia, n. g., 62. M. inconspicua, n. s., 62.
Micraglossa enealis, n. s., 224.
Micrapatetis, n. g., 369. M. orthozona, n. s., 369.
Microdes epicryptis, n. s., 384.
Mictopsichia argus, n. s., 54.
Mizxophyla chrysias, n. s., 82.—trilinealis, n.s., 1385.—eanthocasis, n. s.,
81.
Monopis monachella, synonymy, ete., 63.
Mormoscopa, n. g., 871. M. crossodora, n. s., 371.
Musothyima, nu. g., 375. M. cyanastis, n. s., 375.
Musotima fuscidiscalis, n. s., 156.—persinualis, n.s., 155.
Mylothris, mimicry among species of, 317.
Napeogenes inachia, referred to, 319.
Narycia scotinopis, n. s., 383.
Nematois parvella, 66. :
Nemeophila plantaginis, aberration of, exhibited, xlviii.
New Zealand, Descriptions of new Lepidoptera from (K. Meyrick), 3353.
Noctue, aberrant forms of, from Romford, exhibited, lvi.
Notoreas isoleuca, n. s., 386.
Nyinphula, new species :—dentilinea, 1389.—dentizonalis, 143.—lanceolalis,
140.—leucoplaca, n. s., 85.-—perlalis, 143.—pleonavalis, 144.—serio-
punctalis, 144.—sinicalis, 141.
Oligostigma, new species :—areale, 170.—argyrilinale, 168.—camptozonale,
169.—gephyrotis, 84.—hemicryptis, 84.—metriodora, 83.—imorinodes,
83.—polydora, 82.—tripletale, 170.
Olyras prestans, n. s., 242.—staudingeri, n. s., 242.
Omphaloptera, n. g., 157.
Orthosia horologa, n. s., 367.
Orygocera, n. g., 41. O. carnicolor, n. s., 42.
Osphrantes, n. g., 87. O. parapheea, n. s., 88.
Ozola spilotis, n. s., 74.
Papilio eracon, n. s., 248.—iopas, n. s., 248.—bairdii, brucei, machaon,
oregonia, zolicaon, exhibited and discussed, x.—merope, alluded to,
XXXVill., xlv.
Pappophorus, n.g., 39. P. eurynotus, n. s., 40.
Parnassius apollo, var., exhibited, lvi.
Parthenodes angularis, n. s., 184.—ectargyralis, n. s., 18S2.—mediocinctalis,
TiS eecds
Perixera homostola, nu. s., 72.
Phigalia pedaria, vars., exhibited, xiv.
Ory
(CF evg,, )
Phyciodes anomalus, n. s., 243.—faustus, n. s., 245.
Physetobasis heliocoma, nu. s., 70.
Picrogama, n. g., 91. P. anticosma, n. s., 92.
Pieris, mimicry among species of, 317. P. brassicw, varieties of, exhibited,
lviii.
Piletocera, new species:—albicinctata, 212.—epipercialis, 210.—macro-
peralis, 214.—megaspilalis, 211.—nudicornis, 214.—torsicostalis, 212.
Placosaris, n. g., 89. P. leucula, n. s., 89.
Platyptilia tesseradactyla, from Galway, exhibited, iv.
Plusia moneta, exhibited, lix.
Plutodes hilaropa, n. s., 75.
Pomasia euryopis, n. s., 69.—gelastis, n. s., 70.
Praxis marmarinopa, un. s., 372.
Precis (Junonia), species referred to, 110.
Prionophora granmatistis, n. s., 374.
Probolosceles, n. g., 73.
Prorocopis, n. g., 373. P. melanochorda, n. s., 373.
Psammotis trygoda, n. s., 381.
Pseudopanthera iogranma, n. s., 377.
Pseudoprotasis, n. g., 44. P. canariella, n. s., 45.
Ptilothyris, n. g., 37. P. purpurea, n. s., 38.
Pyralidee, on the classification of two subfamilies of: the Hydrocampina
and Scopariane ; genera characterized (Sir G. F. Hampson) :—Almonia,
197.—Ambia, 159.—Argyractis, n. g., 185.—Arwvana, 137.—Aulacodes,
171.—Bradina, 198.—Camptomastyx, 215.—Cataclysta, 147.—Ceno-
loba, 222.—Clupeosoma, 216.—Celorhyncidia, 204.—Coptobasis, 202.—
Cymoriza, 156.—Dasyscopa, 239.—Daulia, 184.—Deuterophysa, 206.—
Diathrausta, 205.—Diathraustodes, 203.—Dracenura, 192.—Dupon-
chelua, 191.—EHclipsiodes, 225.—KHristena, 186.—Eurrhypara, 220.—
Eurytorna, 208.—Hyaloplaga, 219.—Hymenoptychis, 195.—Luma, 186.
—Mabra, 221.—Margarochroma, 185.—Margarosticha, 146.—Mestolobes,
228.—Micraglossa, 224.—Misophyla, 184.—Musotima, 154.—Niphostola,
189.—Nymphula, 138.—Oligostigiia, 167.—Omphaloptera, n. g., 157.
—Orphnophanes, 187.—Osphrantis, 240.—Parthenodes, 181.—Peri-
syntrocha, 189.—Piletocera, 209.—Psammotis, 219.—Scoparia, 229.—
Stegothyris, 192.—Stenia, 206.—Strepsinoma, 190.—Symphonia, 153.
—Talanga, 185.—Tatobotys, 196.—Tetraprosopus, 227.—Tetrernia, 158.
—Thysanoidma, 157.—Xeroscopa, 225.—Zagiridia, n. g., 216.—
Zebronia, 218.
Pyrausta platycapna, n.s., 90.
Saturnia isabella, referred to, 453.
Satyrus prieuri, var. whagonis, referred to, 429.—exhibited, lvi.
Scalidomia hirsutella, alluded to, 65.
Scoparia, new species:—atropicta, 233.—barbipennis, 238.—glauculalis,
233.—oxygona, 381.
Scopariane, classified, 225.
Selidosema cremnopa, n. s., 387.
Senriocosma balanophora, n. s., 389.
Siculodes astrodora, n. s., 91.
Simaethis equatoris, n. s., 53.—flavimaculata, noticed, 54.
( cvili )
Spilosoma lubricipeda, varieties of, exhibited and described, viii., liti.
Strepsinoma, n. g., 85. S. amaura, n. s., 86.—ectopalis, n. s., 190.—
sphenactis, n. s., 86.
Synchloe lacinia, exhibited, lix.
Teniocampa populeti, ab. ocularis, exhibited, ix.
Talis diacentra, n. s., 379.—enchias, n. s., 380.
Tatobotys albivenalis, n. s., 197.—aurantialis, n. s., 197.
Tatosoma agrionata, exhibited, lili.
Taxeotis goniogramma, n. s., 376.—pelopa, n. s., 377.
Temperature experiments, results of, described and exhibited {F. Merri-
field):—on species of Colias, Drepana, Melita, Pieris, Saturnia,
Vanessa, xvili.—on Aporia crategi and Argynnis paphia, xlviii.
Tephrosia bistortata, silk of, exhibited, xvii.—oviposition in, xvii.—T. bis-
tortata and T. crepuscularia, and hybrids, exhibited, xlix. -
Thalamarchis, n. g., 80. T. chalchorma, n. s., 81.
Thalassodes phrixopa, n. s., 73.
Thaumatographa, n. n., 52.
Theatrocopia, n.-g., 43. T. elegans, n. s., 44.—roseoviridis, n. s., 43.
Theope, new species :—diores, 246.—eleutho, 247.—mania, 247.—matuta,
246.—polimela, 247.—speciosa, 245.—talna, 245.
Thyas irioleuca, n. s., 378.
Tigridoptera monochrias, n. s., 76.—ptochopis, n. s., 77.
Tiquadra lichenea, n. s., 66.
Tithorea monosticta, n. s., 243. T. pavonii, 321.—tarracina, referred to, 320.
Tortriz viridis, referred to, 59.
Western Equatorial African Microlepidoptera (Lord Walsingham), 33.
Xanthorhoe lophogramma,n. s., 386.
Xenopseustis, n. g., 369. X. pecilastis, n. s., 370.
Ypsolophus basistriatus, n. s., 41.
Zagirvidia, n. g., 216. Z. noctualis, n. s., 216.
Zygena ochsenheimert and Z. filipendule, hybrids between, exhibited, iii.
NEUROPTERA,
Stenopsocus cruciatus, parasitized eggs of, exhibited, xviii.
ORTHOPTERA.
Acrydium exgyptium, imported, exhibited, vii.
Anisolabis annulipes, exhibited, lvi.
Apterygida arachidis, exhibited, xviii.
Chelisoches morio, exhibited, xviii gynandromorphous, exhibited, xxxiii.
Locusts, used as food, exhibited, v.
(Edipodidx, variable species of, exhibited, xiv.
Phyllocrania illudens, exhibited, lv.
“Westwood Bequest” Trns. Ent. Soc. Lond. (OST ag
T.A.Marshall.del, Mantern Bros lth.
British Braconidae .
'
% ede: -
t F
= ote ave
% ’
BN
i
‘
3
+
=
~
‘
’
t
oe?
'
a
4
;
Fig. 1.
[a\)
“I
ite)
EXPLANATION OF Puate IT.
PAGE
Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, Wism., ¢ ‘ 5 . 33
(With head, and bifid scale.)
Ptilothyris purpurea, Wism., 3 . : . 36
(With head, and joints ‘of antenns Saeed
side-view and section.)
Epicharma nothriforme, Wism., 2. : 0 = oe
(With head.)
Pappophorus eurynotus, Wisn., g . . : . 38
(With head, and fold in hindwing containing hair-
pencil enlarged.)
Orygocera carnicolor, Wism., ¢ sane : - 40
(With head.)
Theatrocopia roscoviridis, Wism., 2 . : - « “AL
(With head.)
Pseudoprotasis canariella, Wism., ¢ . : , . 43
(With head.)
Eremothyris hollandi, W\sm., 4 F : : . 46
(With head.)
Idiothauma africanum, W\sm., @ . : , 48
(With head.)
Autogriphus luteus, Wism., 2. : “ : . 58
( With head.)
Eccompsoctena secundelia, Wism., ¢ . : , oy)
(With head.)
Mesopolia inconspicua, Wlsm., ¢ ; - 69
(With head, and joint of niente enlar eed. )
iT
on!
Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond 1897. Fl If
Jno. Hartley Durrant del. AJWendel hich,
Kquato rial African Micro-L epidopt era
Inne WEY
ExpbLaNnation oF Prate III.
PAGE
Ypsolophus basistriatus, Wlsm., ¢ . : : aa)
Theatrocopia elegans, Wism., 2 5 : : . 42
Ethmia rhomboidella, W\sm., 2 : : : nto
Jobula ? radiata, W\sm., ¢ : : : ‘ . 44
Glyphipteryx gemmatella, Wkr., 2 . , ; . 46
Choreutis octogemmifera, Wlsm., 3. . : . 50
Simaethis equatoris, Wlsm., ¢ . : ; : . ol
Mictopsichia argus, Wism., ¢ . : ‘ . 52
Eccopsis precedens, Wism., 3. : : : . 54
Ancylis argenticiliana, W\sm., ¢ F : : = 20
Laspeyresia hemispherana, W\sm., 3 : : = 90
Cydia? pratectana, Wism, 3. : : ‘ - 56
Compsoctena media, Wism., g . : ‘ : ~ Of
Tiquadra lichenea, Wism., 3. : ; : - 64
Nematois parvella, Wkr., g : : : : - Gt
Pa
-
be ist?
16e eoeecar
Trans. Lint. Soe. Lond. 1897. Pl lil.
quat ortal African
18. ——
EXpLANATION oF Puate IV.
Mytilaspis minima, Newst.
Figs. 1-3. 2 pygidium.
4, ¢ (second stage) pygidium.
5. Larva, antenna.
M. ampelodesme, Newst. .
Fig. 6. 9 pygidium.
7. ¢ (second stage) antenna.
Chionaspis striata, Newst.
Fig. 8. 2 pygidium.
Parlatoria affinis, Newst.
Fig. 9. @ adult;
10. do, antenna;
11. do. pygidium.
12. ¢ apical joint of antenna.
P. sizyphi, Lucas : : ;
Fig. 13. @ thoracic tubercle.
Planchonia algeriensis, Newst. .
Fig. 14. @ dermis ;
15. do. (second stage) antenna ;
16. do. do. leg.
17. Larva, antenna.
P. ilicis, Newst.
Fig. 19. Q antenna.
Ceroplastes ruse, L.
Fig. 20. @? antenna ;
21-23. @ stigmatic area.
C. nerii, Newst.
Fig. 24. Q antenna ;
25. do. stigmatic area.
Eriococcus formicicola, Newst.
Fig. 26. 2 antenna ;
27. do. dermis.
E. thymelaw, Newst.
Fig. 28. 9 antenna.
29. do. dermis.
PAGE
95
So
Ou
96
97
98
99
100
101
101
102
102
ae ST 7 t nei Sti . oe —
eae | rieer 4 - I alt en toe -
a - 7"
a
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond .1897, PLIV.
SS
R.Newstead del. * Mintern. Bros . lith
Al
erian Coccidze.
Co,
a
t
:
7
7
wie « B33. 5
+
a
ff
sy fa
Wi
wy
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fic. 1—Enlarged dorsal view of prothoracic gland and _ its
appendages in D. vinula: v, vestibule ; g s, glandular
sac ; d, duct; #1, @, ¢, lateral tubes containing bunches
of bristles ; 7 m!, retractor muscles of ¢!; rm, 1 m”,
retractor muscles of #; p m v, protractor muscles of
vestibule ; 7 m v, retractor muscles of vestibule ; 1 r mv,
lateral retractor muscles of vestibule.
kia, 2.—External view of aperture of gland, g a; and of lateral
tubes, 7 ¢; v, vestibule pulled open.
Fig. 3.—Bristles on low knob from within # or P.
Fic. 4.—Dorsal view of glandular sac, g s, nat. size, showing pro-
tractor muscles of vestibule, p mv; st, stigma; /}, 7,
first and second pair of legs.
Fic. 5.—Dorsal view of glandular sac in situ to show relations to
nerve cord: g', gy’, first and second thoracic ganglia ;
A, C, alimentary canal cut short and turned forward; s,
silk glands.
Fic. 6.—Transverse section of apex of ¢!, when retracted to show
its bifid termination,
Fic. 7.—Longitudinal section through duct, d, of gland; v, vesti-
bule ; e c, external chitin; hk, hypodermis ; ¢ c, transi-
tional cells ; » c, chitinous rods (rings) which keep duct
open.
Fic. 8.—Portion of duct under higher power: rc, as above; de,
cells of duct: with rather enlarged nuclei and cell
bodies.
Fic. 9.—Glandular cells of sac: b m, sharply defined basement
membrane ; ch, very thin chitinous lining covering free
surface of cells. The large size and _ branching
character of the nuclei are shown, and the vacuolated
borders of the cells.
a
Trans. Frnt. Soc. Lond. 1897, PL. V.
West,Newman Ltl
The prothoracie gland of D. vmula.
Fia.
EXPLANATION oF Pirate VI.
1. Sphex stschurowskyi (?), Rad. ¢. Head.
2. Cerceris pruinosa, sp.n. 2. Apex of clypeus.
3. LTachysphex fasciatus, sp.n. 2. Pygidial area.
4, 0 ee Ps Apex of anterior wing.
5. Tachysphex heliopolites,sp.n. 2. Pygidial area.
6. ss . Bs , Apex of anterior wing.
7. Tachysphex buyssoni, sp.n. @Q. Pygidial area.
8. a , Apex of anterior wing.
9. Tachysphec lucuriosus, sp.n. @Q. Pygidial area.
10. es » Apex of anterior wing.
LB Tachysphea speciosissimus, sp.n., 2. Pygidial area.
122 ee , Apex of anterior wing.
13. Tach ysphea (?) integer, sp.n. Apical production of clypeus.
14. 3 i Apex of anterior wing.
NDA Waa osopigastra handlirschi, sp.n. 9. Apex of last dorsal
segment.
16. Prosopigastra lavior, sp.n. @Q. Apex of anterior wing.
ie - x 5 » Apex of last dorsal seg-
ment.
18. Hologambrus sericans, sp.n. ¢. Head (anterior view).
19: és 3 . <3 5, (lateral view),
20, Palarus saundersi, sp.n. Head.
21. es 53 pe Apex of abdomen, ¢@.
22. $ 5 3 Denticulated transverse crest on
2nd ventral segment, seen from behind.
23- Kohlia covralis,sp.n. Anterior coxa.
24- 5 ° . Posterior metatarsus.
25 + = ps 2nd joint of flagellum.
26. 5 5 a 8th ventral segment, ¢.
Alle i 3 ss Genital armature, 2.
28. Stizus fuscatus, sp.n, Head.
DY: 5 5 Apex of antenna, ¢.
30. Stizus cheops, sp. nu. Apex of antenna, ¢.
ale - Head.
32. Bembex koh fi,sp.n. ¢@. Apex of antenna.
33 9 Ff - ,, Intermediate femur, tibia and
metatarsus.
ae - - » . 9 Genital armature.
35. Bembex nasuta, sp.n. ¢. Apex of antenna.
36. a es 5 Apex of 6th dorsal segment.
37. 7 . » Sth ventral segment.
38. 59 is ia 5 Stipes of genital armature.
39. , Intermediate femur.
40. Bembex frey- _gessneri, sp.n. ¢. Apex of antenna.
41. 3 5 3 » Apex of 6th dorsal seg-
ment.
42, * - re ,, 7th ventral segment.
43. 45 3 5 Genital armature,
*
i
PAA ALN
PAu ¥ hal} 1
BAN
| FE-D.Morice dev.
Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond. 1897. PL VI.
West, Newmaar se,
New Sphegide from F.gypt.
‘oo
z
6
Aeria agnea
U7 Q
7T Pieri S locus LOL 2
FPADmey pinx*
a. rl A
Mameti Attraction
EXPLANATION OF Puate VIII.
The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.
Fic.
He
9)
oe
Co
:
en
C 92)
Dorsal view of larva, x 5.
Ventral view of do., showing sucker-like invagination
for the larval head, the rudiments of the legs of the fly,
and the anal sucker, x 5.
Side-view of prothorax, with cleft for larval head, and
rudiment of leg, x 5.
Last segments of larva, in side-view, x 5.
Mandible of larva.
“Labium” of larva, with the double plate common in
Dipterous larve, p, rudiment of imaginal palp.
Maxillary palp of larva, with sensory spot.
Antenna of larva.
if = il
1 a oa -
. 7 _
= ~~ > .
“i
- 2
>
’
- 2 ie
{ z
P * ‘
. UJ .
-
. in .
> -
‘ *.
of 7
i é
4 \ é <3 ia =
; 7
,
i
< 7 *
= 5 7 é x
/ : “J
: = ¢ : . —)
* a a - . 7
* . - oo = 7 4
a
5 % lw - } . s
; ; cae
os 4
' 7 .
A i
f
* ,
4 be .
= a . ‘ 7 re
ae Od cae
= s :
r
F, ; 7 -
i - ¢
; Us v q {
{ : ;
ee 7 i
‘ 7 ;
1 ° 4
' ‘
: aa {
7 - .
n 7
i . 7 a
A
. : 7
{ ,
a ‘
4 v
{ - - “
- 1
iD ad i :
'
7 «
= | ~ A 7
7 ay.
z s - = ‘
asa 5 é am i “i
Trans. Hrt. Soc. Lond 1897. PUVINL
st Newman inip ;
e
val
oy
A.Hammondoi lith.
Lcoae
+H
Be
Phalacrocera rep
FEXpLANATION oF Pirate IX.
The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.
Fic. 9.
oO:
rahe
2
Noh
eld
15
Ge
eel.
Dorsal view of larval head, showing labrum (/),
antenne (), and part of maxillee (mx), x 100.
Ventral view of do., showing labium, maxillie (mr),
maxillary palps (mp), salivary duct (sd), and
the attachment (/) of the fold of integument which
unites the head and prothorax, x 100,
Ventral view (not quite full) of mouth-parts, «, an-
tenna, h, hooklets on labrum, map, maxillary palp,
se, sclerite of maxilla, bearing brush, br ; so, subulate
organ at base of maxilla; /, labium, x 120.
Outline of serrated labial plate (Cf. fig. 6).
Pupa (side-view), showing prothoracic respiratory tube,
legs and wing of fly, abdominal hooks, etc., x 5.
Male pupa (ventral view), x 5.
Extremity of abdomen of female pupa (ventral view),
-
xX ov.
Eggs, laid upon leafy shoot of moss. The eggs should
be shown as lying in the axils of the leaves.
Outline of ovary from female larva. The oblique line
shows the plane of the section in fig. 30.
s. Hn. Soc. Lond. 1897. PLIK.
so
A. Hammond hth. West, Newman imp.
5
Phalacrocera replicata.
EXPLANATION OF. PLatE X.
The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.
Fic. 18a, Longitudinal (nearly median) section through body of
‘larva. This joins 18). 7, brain, s, salivary gland,
h, heart or dorsal vessel, st, stomach, f, fat-body.
18). 0, ovary, h, heart, m, Malpighian tubule, an, anus.
M3
Brain with dorsal vessel (dv), trachee and ganglia
(dorsal view).
Do., side-view; oc, cesophagus. In figs. 19 and 20 the
upper end is anterior, and in fig. 20 the right-hand
side is dorsal.
Epithelium of stomach, with granular secretion on its
free surface.
Do., with protrusions (p. 348).
Do., with granular masses and dividing cells.
Surface-view of part of the two cellular cords in the
heart (p. 351).
is i, ,
? ‘
ee
=
Laer!
en
pO
SOOO DS ad
ar
V
A Hammond Jith.
Nest, Newman imp
EXPLANATION OF Puatre XI.
The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.
Fig. 25.
3 26
eee
eae
F
Pepe is
aw)
ey!
eae.
3 oo
Longitudinal section through hinder end of a cellular
cord, showing its continuity with the epidermis.
Transverse section through heart, showing the cellular
cords én situ.
Outline of testis.
Section through larval testis.
Do., highly magnified, showing spermospores and
spermatozoa.
Ovary cut along the oblique line shown in fig. 17
(p. 357).
One follicle of the ovary.
Base of a dorsal process to show the surface of the
chitinous cuticle, the thick inner layer, the generating
epidermis, and a tracheal branch.
An cenocyte (p. 352) with central (7) and peripheral
nucleus (7’). |
=
vo a
Trans. fnt. Soe. Lond. 1897. PU XI.
6)
Ny)
West Newman imp.
A Hammond iith.
Phalacrocera replicata.
Sy
1 eae
ITHSONIAN IN TITUTION LIBRARIES
Tn
|
Ih
3 9088 00843 3278 _
opm ‘ |
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11